The URL can be used to link to this page

RPDPS_Policy_ManualRohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual CHIEF'S MESSAGE Law enforcement service is a calling; and as such, the men and women of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety have a responsibility to provide exceptional community service to the citizens of Rohnert Park. It is the responsibility of the Department, however, to provide its personnel with specific and consistent instructions and guidelines to help them perform their duties and obligations. This manual is designed to provide such guidance and instruction in the form of written policy and procedures. While sworn and non-sworn personnel are responsible for making discretionary decisions, we are all bound by law and standards to be fair, consistent, and professional. These standards create an environment that instills public trust in the organization. Policy consists of principles and values that guide the performance of a Department activity. It is not a statement of what must be done in a particular situation; rather, it is a statement of guiding principles which should be followed in activities which are directed toward the attainment of Department objectives. Department policy is formulated by analyzing objectives and determining through research those principles which will best guide the Department in achieving its objectives, and are always guided and demanded upon by police ethics and experience, the desires of the community, and the mandate of the law. Procedure consists of law enforcement best practices, methods and processes that accomplish a particular function or activity. Procedures are principles which will be adhered to in the performance of the law enforcement function. An officer in the performance of his duty is confronted with an infinite variety of complex situations which require police action. Since procedures are situation oriented, they are focused in scope and require employees to understand the governing rules, policy, and laws which regulate the conduct or limit the response. This manual is a tool to be used to supplement individual training and experience, and is not intended to discourage employee initiative. It will not encompass every situation encountered by a member, so judicious exercise of discretion may be required. It does, however, contain standards of conduct that embody the Department's Core Values as well as our guiding philosophy concerning the delivery of quality law enforcement services. All personnel are required to be familiar with the directives in this manual and when necessary, seek guidance and clarification from a supervisor. Each employee will be held accountable for their performance and behaviors as they relate to these policies. This policy manual is a living document, subject to change through new legislation, court decisions, technological innovation and evolving methodologies. An ongoing review process is designed to ensure each member has the best and most current information available to assist with their decision-making process. This manual will be updated as necessary to reflect changes in the law, personnel responsibilities, and Department goals and objectives. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to serving the community while protecting the rights of all persons. Consistent with this commitment, the Department's Vision, Mission, and Core Values, in concert with the Law Enforcement Code of Ethics, reflect the guiding philosophy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety CHIEF'S MESSAGE - 1 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual CHIEF'S MESSAGE If any section, subsection, item, clause, or phrase contained in the Department Manual is found to be illegal or otherwise incorrect or inapplicable, such finding shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of the Department Manual. Upon dissemination of this manual, all other existing manuals, orders and directives that are in conflict are hereby revoked. Tim Mattos Director of Public Safety January 01, 2019 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety CHIEF'S MESSAGE - 2 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual PUBLIC SAFETY CODE OF ETHICS As a public safety officer, my fundamental duty is to serve the community; to safeguard lives and property; to protect the innocent against deception, the weak against oppression or intimidation and the peaceful against violence or disorder; and to respect the constitutional rights of all to liberty, equality and justice. I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all and will behave in a manner that does not bring discredit to me or to my agency. I will maintain courageous calm in the face of danger, scorn or ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be constantly mindful of the welfare of others. Honest in thought and deed both in my personal and official life, I will be exemplary in obeying the law and the regulations of my department. Whatever I see or hear of a confidential nature or that is confided to me in my official capacity will be kept ever secret unless revelation is necessary in the performance of my duty. I will never act officiously or permit personal feelings, prejudices, political beliefs, aspirations, animosities or friendships to influence my decisions. With no compromise for crime and with relentless prosecution of criminals, I will enforce the law courteously and appropriately without fear or favor, malice or ill will, never employing unnecessary force or violence and never accepting gratuities. I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and I accept it as a public trust to be held so long as I am true to the ethics of police service. I will never engage in acts of corruption or bribery, nor will I condone such acts by other police officers. I will cooperate with all legally authorized agencies and their representatives in the pursuit of justice. I know that I alone am responsible for my own standard of professional performance and will take every reasonable opportunity to enhance and improve my level of knowledge and competence. I will constantly strive to achieve these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself before God to my chosen profession . . . Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety PUBLIC SAFETY CODE OF ETHICS - 3 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual MISSION, VISION AND VALUE STATEMENTS Mission Statement "The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is dedicated to working collaboratively with the community to maintain trust and safety by providing professional service with compassion and integrity" Value Statement We are the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety R-P-D-P-S Respect - For Each Other, Our Community, and Our City Pride - In What We Do, and Who We Are Dedication - To Our Department, Community, and City Professionalism - Our Attitude Towards Each Situation We Handle Success - What We Strive For Each Day Vision Statement The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is a professional and progressive organization that values its employees and community while providing exceptional service through our actions. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety MISSION, VISION AND VALUE STATEMENTS - 4 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Table of Contents CHIEF'S MESSAGE.......................1 PUBLIC SAFETY CODE OF ETHICS..................3 MISSION, VISION AND VALUE STATEMENTS..............4 Chapter 1 - Law Enforcement Role and Authority.............10 100 - Law Enforcement Authority..................11 101 - Chief Executive Officer....................13 102 - Oath of Office.......................14 103 - Policy Manual.......................15 Chapter 2 - Organization and Administration..............20 200 - Organizational Structure and Responsibility.............21 201 - Special Orders......................24 202 - Emergency Operations Plan..................25 203 - Training.........................27 204 - Electronic Media Policy...................30 205 - Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols..........33 206 - Administrative Communications.................46 207 - Staffing Levels......................47 208 - License to Carry a Firearm..................49 209 - Retiree Concealed Firearms..................56 Chapter 3 - General Operations...................60 300 - De-Escalation and Use of Force.................61 301 - Use of Force Review Boards..................72 302 - Handcuffing and Restraints..................75 303 - Control Devices and Techniques................79 304 - Conducted Energy Device...................84 305 - Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths...............90 306 - Firearms........................100 307 - Vehicle Pursuits.....................110 308 - Officer Response to Calls..................123 309 - Fire Apparatus/Vehicle Backing................127 310 - Canines........................130 311 - Domestic Violence.....................137 312 - Search and Seizure....................145 313 - Probation Searches- RESIDENCE................147 314 - Temporary Custody of Juveniles................149 315 - Senior and Disability Victimization................157 316 - Discriminatory Harassment..................174 317 - Child Abuse.......................180 318 - Missing Persons.....................188 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Table of Contents - 5 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual 319 - Public Alerts.......................194 320 - Victim and Witness Assistance.................201 321 - Hate Crimes.......................204 322 - Standards of Conduct....................214 323 - Information Technology Use..................227 324 - Report Preparation.....................230 325 - Media Relations.....................234 326 - Court Appearance And Subpoenas...............239 327 - Reserve Police Officers...................243 328 - Outside Agency Assistance..................249 329 - Registered Offender Information................250 330 - Major Incident Notification..................253 331 - Death Investigation....................255 332 - Identity Theft......................258 333 - Private Persons Arrests...................259 334 - Anti-Reproductive Rights Crimes Reporting.............261 335 - Limited English Proficiency Services...............262 336 - Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications............269 337 - Mandatory Employer Notification................279 338 - Biological Samples.....................281 339 - Chaplains........................284 340 - Public Safety Video Surveillance System.............285 341 - Child and Dependent Adult Safety................288 342 - Service Animals.....................292 343 - Volunteer Program.....................295 344 - Public Safety Explorer Program................300 345 - Off-Duty Law Enforcement Actions...............301 346 - Department Use of Social Media................303 347 - Gun Violence Restraining Orders................306 348 - Generative Artificial Intelligence Use...............311 Chapter 4 - Patrol Operations...................315 400 - Patrol Function......................316 401 - Bias-Based Policing....................319 402 - Briefing Training.....................322 403 - Fire Services Function...................323 404 - Crime and Disaster Scene Integrity...............325 405 - Ride-Along Policy.....................328 406 - Hazardous Material Response.................331 407 - Mental Illness Commitments.................333 408 - Security, Hospitalized Suspects / Victims.............339 409 - Hostage and Barricade Incidents................340 410 - Cite and Release Policy...................345 411 - Response to Bomb Calls...................350 412 - Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives...........356 413 - Rapid Response and Deployment................360 414 - Reporting Police Activity Outside of Jurisdiction...........362 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Table of Contents - 6 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual 415 - Immigration Violations....................363 416 - Emergency Utility Service..................369 417 - Patrol Rifles.......................370 418 - Field Training Officer Program.................372 419 - Obtaining Air Support....................375 420 - Contacts and Temporary Detentions...............376 421 - Criminal Organizations...................380 422 - Shift Supervisors.....................385 423 - Mobile Data Computer Use..................386 424 - Portable Audio/Video Recorders................390 425 - Medical Marijuana.....................394 426 - Foot Pursuits......................399 427 - Automated License Plate Readers (ALPRs).............404 428 - Homeless Persons.....................407 429 - Civil Disputes......................409 430 - First Amendment Assemblies.................411 431 - Public Recording of Law Enforcement Activity............419 432 - Crisis Intervention Incidents..................422 433 - Medical Aid and Response..................427 434 - Aircraft Accidents.....................433 435 - Field-Based Video Systems..................437 Chapter 5 - Traffic Operations...................445 500 - Traffic Function and Responsibility...............446 501 - Traffic Collision Reporting..................449 502 - Major Accident Investigation Team (MAIT).............451 503 - Vehicle Towing and Release.................453 504 - Vehicle Impound Hearings..................458 505 - Impaired Driving.....................460 506 - Traffic Citations......................467 507 - Disabled Vehicles.....................469 508 - 72-Hour Parking Violations..................470 509 - Administrative Per Se Law (APS)................471 Chapter 6 - Investigation Operations.................474 600 - Investigation and Prosecution.................475 601 - Sexual Assault Investigations.................482 602 - Asset Forfeiture......................487 603 - Informants.......................494 604 - Eyewitness Identification...................500 Chapter 7 - Equipment......................506 700 - Department Owned and Personal Property.............507 701 - Personal Communication Devices................511 702 - Vehicle Maintenance....................515 703 - Vehicle Use.......................517 704 - Personal Protective Equipment.................522 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Table of Contents - 7 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual 705 - Cash Handling, Security and Management.............527 706 - Military Equipment.....................529 Chapter 8 - Support Services...................535 800 - Crime Analysis......................536 801 - Dispatch Center.....................537 802 - Property and Evidence...................543 803 - Records Bureau.....................553 804 - Restoration of Firearm Serial Numbers..............558 805 - Records Maintenance and Release...............560 806 - Protected Information....................570 807 - Computers and Digital Evidence................575 808 - Animal Control......................579 809 - Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act...............584 Chapter 9 - Custody......................590 900 - Prisoners - Suspects....................591 Chapter 10 - Personnel.....................592 1000 - Recruitment and Selection..................593 1001 - Resignation and Reinstatement................599 1002 - Evaluation of Employees..................600 1003 - Special Assignments and Promotions..............604 1004 - Grievance Procedure...................608 1005 - Reporting of Arrests, Convictions, and Court Orders.........612 1006 - Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace...............614 1007 - Time Off.......................618 1008 - Communicable Diseases..................622 1009 - Smoking and Tobacco Use.................627 1010 - Personnel Complaints...................628 1011 - Seat Belts.......................640 1012 - Body Armor......................642 1013 - Personnel Records....................644 1014 - Commendations and Awards.................654 1015 - Fitness for Duty.....................656 1016 - Meal Periods and Breaks..................659 1017 - Lactation Break Policy...................661 1018 - Payroll Records.....................663 1019 - Overtime Compensation Requests...............664 1020 - Outside Employment....................666 1021 - Occupational Disease and Work-Related Injury Reporting........670 1022 - Personal Appearance Standards................672 1023 - Uniform Regulations....................675 1024 - Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships..............694 1025 - Department Badges....................697 1026 - Temporary Modified-Duty Assignments..............700 1027 - Social Media......................703 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Table of Contents - 8 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual 1028 - Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking.........708 1029 - Anti-Retaliation.....................712 1030 - Illness and Injury Prevention.................716 1031 - Line-of-Duty Deaths....................721 1032 - Wellness Program....................733 Attachments.........................738 Change Workflow.JPG.....................739 Grievance Procedure (Reso 79-22).pdf................740 City Grievance Form.pdf.....................741 Hate Crime Checklist.pdf....................742 Statutes and Legal Requirements.pdf................743 Supplemental Hate Crime Report-Agency.pdf..............744 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Table of Contents - 9 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 1 - Law Enforcement Role and Authority Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Law Enforcement Role and Authority - 10 Policy 100 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Law Enforcement Authority 100.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to affirm the authority of the members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to perform their functions based on established legal authority. 100.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to limit its members to only exercise the authority granted to them by law. While this department recognizes the power of peace officers to make arrests and take other enforcement action, officers are encouraged to use sound discretion in the enforcement of the law. This department does not tolerate the abuse of law enforcement authority. Officers shall not interfere unnecessarily with the lawful business of any person. 100.3 PEACE OFFICER POWERS Sworn members of this department are authorized to exercise peace officer powers pursuant to applicable state law (Penal Code § 830.1 et seq.). 100.3.1 DELIVERY TO NEAREST MAGISTRATE When an officer makes an arrest pursuant to a warrant with bail set, and the warrant was issued in a county other than where the person was arrested, the officer shall inform the person in writing of the right to be taken before a magistrate in the county where the arrest occurred (Penal Code § 821; Penal Code § 822). 100.3.2 ARREST AUTHORITY OUTSIDE THE JURISDICTION OF THE ROHNERT PARK DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY On-duty arrests will not generally be made outside the jurisdiction of this department except in cases of hot or fresh pursuit, while following up on crimes committed with the City or while assisting another agency. On-duty officers who discover criminal activity outside the jurisdiction of the City should, when circumstances permit, consider contacting the agency having primary jurisdiction before attempting an arrest. When an officer makes an out-of-county arrest pursuant to a warrant, the officer shall inform the arrestee of the right to be taken before a magistrate in that county (Penal Code § 821; Penal Code § 822). 100.3.3 ARREST AUTHORITY INSIDE THE JURISDICTION OF THE ROHNERT PARK DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY The arrest authority within the jurisdiction of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety includes (Penal Code § 830.1; Penal Code § 836): (a)When the officer has probable cause to believe the person has committed a felony, whether or not committed in the presence of the officer. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Law Enforcement Authority - 11 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Law Enforcement Authority (b)When the officer has probable cause to believe the person has committed a misdemeanor in this jurisdiction and in the presence of the officer. (c)When the officer has probable cause to believe the person has committed a public offense outside this jurisdiction, in the presence of the officer and the officer reasonably believes there is an immediate danger to person or property, or of escape. (d)When the officer has probable cause to believe the person has committed a misdemeanor for which an arrest is authorized or required by statute even though the offense has not been committed in the presence of the officer such as certain domestic violence offenses. (e)In compliance with an arrest warrant. 100.3.4 TIME OF MISDEMEANOR ARRESTS Officers shall not arrest a person for a misdemeanor between the hours of 10:00 p.m. of any day and 6:00 a.m. of the next day unless (Penal Code § 840): (a)The arrest is made without a warrant pursuant to Penal Code § 836 which includes: 1.A misdemeanor committed in the presence of the officer. 2.Misdemeanor domestic violence offenses (See the Domestic Violence Policy). (b)The arrest is made in a public place. (c)The arrest is made with the person in custody pursuant to another lawful arrest. (d)The arrest is made pursuant to a warrant which, for good cause shown, directs that it may be served at any time of the day or night. 100.4 CONSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS All employees shall observe and comply with every person's clearly established rights under the United States and California Constitutions. 100.5 INTERSTATE PEACE OFFICER POWERS Peace officer powers may be extended to other states: (a)As applicable under interstate compacts, memorandums of understanding or mutual aid agreements in compliance with the laws of each state. (b)When an officer enters an adjoining state in close or fresh pursuit of a person believed to have committed a felony (ARS § 13-3832; NRS 171.158; ORS 133.430). The person arrested out of state must be taken without unnecessary delay before a magistrate of the county in which the arrest was made (ARS § 13-3833; NRS 171.158; ORS 133.440). 100.6 CONSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS All members shall observe and comply with every person’s clearly established rights under the United States and California Constitutions. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Law Enforcement Authority - 12 Policy 101 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chief Executive Officer 101.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The California Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) has mandated that all sworn officers and dispatchers employed within the State of California shall receive certification by POST within prescribed time periods. 101.1.1 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER REQUIREMENTS Any chief executive officer of this department appointed after January 1, 1999, shall, as a condition of continued employment, complete the course of training prescribed by POST and obtain the Basic Certificate by POST within two years of appointment. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Chief Executive Officer - 13 Policy 102 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Oath of Office 102.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to ensure that oaths, when appropriate, are administered to department members. 102.1.1 OATH OF OFFICE - SWEARING IN Oath of Office STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF SONOMA CITY OF ROHNERT PARK FOR THE OFFICE OF __________________________________I,__________________ , do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of California against all enemies, foreign and domestic- that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of California; that I take this obligation freely, without any mental reservation or purpose of evasion; and that I will well and faithfully discharge the duties upon which I am about to enter. Subscribed and sworn to before me this _____day of__________, 20__ 102.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety that, when appropriate, department members affirm the oath of their office as an expression of commitment to the constitutional rights of those served by the Department and the dedication of its members to their duties. 102.3 OATH OF OFFICE All department members, when appropriate, shall take and subscribe to the oaths or affirmations applicable to their positions. All sworn members shall be required to affirm the oath of office expressing commitment and intent to respect constitutional rights in discharging the duties of a law enforcement officer (Cal. Const. Art. 20, § 3; Government Code § 3102). The oath shall be as follows: “I, (employee name), do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of California against all enemies, foreign and domestic; that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of California; that I take this obligation freely, without any mental reservation or purpose of evasion; and that I will well and faithfully discharge the duties upon which I am about to enter.” 102.4 MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS The oath of office shall be filed as prescribed by law (Government Code § 3105). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Oath of Office - 14 Policy 103 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Policy Manual 103.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The manual of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is hereby established and shall be referred to as "The Policy Manual." The Policy Manual is a statement of the current policies, general orders, procedures, rules, and guidelines of this department. All employees are to conform to the provisions of this manual. All prior and existing manuals, orders, and regulations which are in conflict with this manual are revoked, except to the extent that portions of existing manuals, orders, and other regulations which have not been included herein shall remain in effect where they do not conflict with the provisions of this manual. Except where otherwise expressly stated, the provisions of this manual shall be considered as guidelines. It is recognized, however, that police work is not always predictable and circumstances may arise which warrant departure from these guidelines. It is the intent of this manual to be viewed from an objective standard, taking into consideration the sound discretion entrusted to members of this department under the circumstances reasonably available at the time of any incident. 103.1.1 DISCLAIMER The provisions contained in this Policy Manual are not intended to create an employment contract, nor any employment rights or entitlements. The policies contained within this manual are for the internal use of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department and shall not be construed to create a higher standard or duty of care for civil or criminal liability against the City, its officials or employees. Violations of any provision of any policy contained within this manual shall only form the basis for departmental administrative action, training or discipline. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department reserves the right to revise any policy content, in whole or in part. 103.2 RESPONSIBILITIES The ultimate responsibility for the contents of the manual rests with the Director of Public Safety and every member of the Department of Public Safety. Since it is not practical for the Director of Public Safety to prepare and maintain the manual, the following delegations have been made: 103.2.1 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SAFETY The Director of Public Safety shall be considered the ultimate authority for the provisions of this manual and shall continue to issue General Orders, Special Orders, and Standard Operating Procedures which shall modify those provisions of the manual to which they pertain. Special Orders and Standard Operating Procedures shall remain in effect until such time as they terminate or may be permanently incorporated into the manual. 103.2.2 COMMAND STAFF Command Staff shall consist of the following: •Director of Public Safety Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual - 15 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Policy Manual •Deputy Chiefs •Lieutenants •Managers The staff shall review all recommendations regarding proposed changes to the manual at staff meetings. 103.2.3 SUPERVISORS Supervisors shall consist of the following: •Sergeants •Supervisors 103.2.4 OTHER PERSONNEL All Department employees suggesting revision of the contents of the Policy Manual shall forward their suggestion, in writing, to their respective supervisor who will consider the recommendation and forward to command staff. 103.3 FORMATTING CONVENTIONS FOR THE POLICY MANUAL The purpose of this section is to provide examples of abbreviations and definitions used in this manual. 103.3.1 ACCEPTABLE ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are acceptable substitutions in the manual: •General Orders may be abbreviated as "GO" •Policy Manual sections may be abbreviated as "Section 106.X" or "§ 106.X" 103.3.2 DEFINITIONS The following words and terms shall have these assigned meanings, unless it is apparent from the content that they have a different meaning: Adult - Any person 18 years of age or older. CHP - The California Highway Patrol. C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations. City - The City of Rohnert Park. Department/RPDPS - The Department of Public Safety. DMV - The Department of Motor Vehicles. Employee/Personnel - Any person employed by the Department. Juvenile - Any person under the age of 18 years. Manual - The Department of Public Safety Policy Manual. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual - 16 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Policy Manual May - Indicates a permissive, discretionary or conditional action. Member - Any person who is employed by the or appointed by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety including sworn, reserve, professional staff employees and volunteers.. Non-sworn/Professional Staff/Civilian Staff - Employees and volunteers who are not sworn peace officers. Officer/Sworn - Those employees, regardless of rank, who are sworn employees of the Department of Public Safety. On-Duty - Employee status during the period when he/she is actually engaged in the performance of his/her assigned duties. Order - A written or verbal issued by a superior. POST - The California Commission on Peace Standards and Training. Rank - The job classification title held. Shall or will - Indicates a mandatory action. Should - Indicates a generally required or expected action, absent a rational basis for failing to conform. Special Order (SO) - A written order applicable to the department as a whole, or an individual therein, which establishes a temporary principle, policy, or procedure on a given subject usually for a specific length of time. When the effective period of a is not specified, it automatically becomes inoperative with the passing of the incident or situation which caused it issuance. Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) - A written procedure or guideline, applicable to the department as a whole, a, a unit, or an individual therein, which establishes a principle, or procedure on a given subject. U.S.C. - United States Code 103.3.3 DISTRIBUTION OF MANUAL A computerized version of the Policy Manual will be made available on the Department network for access by all employees. The computerized version will be limited to viewing and printing of specific sections. No changes shall be made to the electronic version without authorization from Staff. 103.4 MANUAL ACCEPTANCE As a condition of employment, all employees are required to read and obtain necessary clarification of this department's policies. All employees are required to sign a statement of receipt acknowledging that they have received a copy, or have been provided access to the Policy Manual and understand they are responsible to read and become familiar with its contents. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual - 17 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Policy Manual 103.4.1 REVISIONS TO POLICIES All employees are responsible for keeping abreast of all Policy Manual revisions. All changes to the Policy Manual will be posted on the Department's computer network under the title Recent Policy Manual Revisions. The Director of Public Safety or designee will forward revisions to the Policy Manual as needed to all personnel via electronic mail. Each employee shall acknowledge receipt by return email, review the revisions and seek clarification as needed. Each unit lieutenant/manager will ensure that employees under his/her command are aware of any Policy Manual revisions. 103.4.2 CANCELLATION AND PURGING GENERAL ORDERS (a)General Orders are not self canceling, and shall remain in effect until canceled or superseded. (b)All Orders will be reviewed annually, by Command Staff, to determine the needs of cancellations or revisions and their recommendations will be presented to the departmental staff. SPECIAL ORDERS (a)Special Orders have an effective period designated and will be removed from the Special Order folder on the Department's computer network following the final date of the period. (b)Special Orders indicating an indefinite date of effectiveness will be reviewed annually in the same manner as and in conjunction with General Orders PERSONNEL ORDERS (a)Unless an effective period has been designated within the order, Personnel Orders are permanent and remain in effect until such time as affected by a subsequent order. (b)Those Personnel Orders with a designated effective period and those that have been affected by a subsequent order will be removed from the Personnel Order folder on the Department's computer network following the final date of the period. 103.5 ISSUING THE POLICY MANUAL An electronic version of the Policy Manual will be made available to all members on the department network for viewing and printing. No changes shall be made to the manual without authorization from the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. Members shall seek clarification as needed from an appropriate supervisor for any provisions that they do not fully understand. 103.6 PERIODIC REVIEW OF THE POLICY MANUAL The Director of Public Safety will ensure that the Policy Manual is periodically reviewed and updated as necessary. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual - 18 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Policy Manual 103.7 REVISIONS TO POLICIES All revisions to the Policy Manual will be provided to each member on or before the date the policy becomes effective. Each member will be required to acknowledge that he/she has reviewed the revisions and shall seek clarification from an appropriate supervisor as needed. Members are responsible for keeping abreast of all Policy Manual revisions. Each Deputy Chief will ensure that members under his/her command are aware of any Policy Manual revision. All department members suggesting revision of the contents of the Policy Manual shall forward their written suggestions to their Deputy Chiefs, who will consider the recommendations and forward them to the command staff as appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual - 19 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 2 - Organization and Administration Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Organization and Administration - 20 Policy 200 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Organizational Structure and Responsibility 200.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The organizational structure of this department is designed to create an efficient means to accomplish our mission and goals and to provide for the best possible service to the public. 200.1.1 OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SAFETY To set objectives for the department; make plans; develop procedures; organize and re-organize; provide for staffing and equipment for the department; adopt rules and regulations for the administration of the department, affixing powers and duties, and prescribing penalties for violations of any such rules and regulations, and providing for their enforcement. Inspect and recommend promotion of personnel; coordinate efforts and relationships; establish policies; report on departmental accomplishments; maintain good public, employee and official relations. Present the departmental budget; provide general administration of the department and keep the City Manager informed of incidents or developments that may unusually affect public or official relations. 200.2 DIVISIONS The Director of Public Safety is responsible for administering and managing the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. There are three divisions in the Department of Public Safety as follows: •Police Services Division •Fire Services Division •Support Services Division 200.2.1 POLICE SERVICES DIVISION The Police Services Division is commanded by a Deputy Chief and two Lieutenants whose primary responsibility is to provide general management direction and control for the Police Services Division. The Police Services Division consists of the Patrol Division, the Traffic Unit, the Investigations Unit, and the Community Oriented Problem Solving Unit. The functions of the Police Services Division are maintenance of law and order in the city; the enforcement in the city of all laws of the United States, the State of California and all Municipal Codes of the city, except when such enforcement is by such law or Municipal Code made the responsibility of another officer or department, or when such enforcement is the responsibility of a state or federal agency or officer; the performance of such other functions as may be assigned by the City Manager or prescribed by Municipal Code of the city Council or by applicable State law. 200.2.2 FIRE SERVICES DIVISION The Fire Services Division is commanded by a Deputy Chief and two Lieutenants whose primary responsibility is to provide general management direction and control for the Fire Services Division, Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Organizational Structure and Responsibility - 21 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Organizational Structure and Responsibility and Department Training Unit. The Fire Services Division consists of the Fire Suppression Unit, the Fire Prevention Unit, the Training Unit, and Emergency Operations. 200.2.3 SUPPORT SERVICES DIVISION The Support Services Division is managed by a Support Services Manager whose primary responsibility is to provide general management direction and control for the Support Services Division. The Support Services Division consists of the Records Bureau, the Property & Evidence Unit, the Communications Center, and the Animal Shelter. 200.3 COMMAND PROTOCOL •Chain of Command •Succession of Command •Unity of Command •Orders 200.3.1 SUCCESSION OF COMMAND The Director of Public Safety exercises command over all personnel in the Department. During planned absences the Director of Public Safety will designate a Deputy Chief to serve as the acting Director of Public Safety. Except when designated as above, the order of command authority in the absence or unavailability of the Director of Public Safety is as follows: (a)Deputy Chief (b)Lieutenant (c)Sergeant 200.3.1 CHAIN OF COMMAND No member of the Department of Public Safety shall violate the Chain of Command except where specifically allowed by the Director of Public Safety or written directive. This applies to all members, full-time, part-time and civilian. Further, this applies to all areas of department business. All suggestions, complaints, grievances or any business that relates to the operation of this department shall be discussed with your immediate supervisor. The matter shall not be discussed in public or with any other official until such time as an answer has been received from the person to whom the communication was directed. 200.3.3 UNITY OF COMMAND The principles of unity of command ensure efficient supervision and control within the Department. Generally, each employee shall be accountable to one supervisor at any time for a given assignment or responsibility. Except where specifically delegated authority may exist by policy or special assignment (e.g., K-9, Motors), any supervisor may temporarily direct any subordinate if an operational necessity exists. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Organizational Structure and Responsibility - 22 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Organizational Structure and Responsibility 200.3.4 ORDERS Members shall respond to and make a good faith and reasonable effort to comply with the lawful order of superior officers and other proper authority. 200.4 RESPONSIBILITIES OF COMMAND STAFF Each command staff member, in addition to the general and individual responsibilities of each officer and employee, shall be responsible for: (a)The direction and control of personnel under their command. (b)The maintenance of discipline and the enforcement of rules and regulations among members of their command. (c)Proper performance of duties and adherence to policies and procedures by each member of their command. (d)Providing supervision and command to members of other divisions as necessary in the absence of divisional command. (e)The discharge of detailed divisional responsibilities. (f)The proper condition and maintenance of quarters assigned to his division. The proper maintenance, use and operation of equipment, supplies and materials assigned for division use. (g)The prompt initiation of administrative action when necessary to fulfill a functional responsibility of the department or division when such action is not otherwise being taken. (h)The effective operation of their division or unit. (i)Providing continuation of command and/or supervision in their absence. Preparation of correspondence pertaining to activities of the division. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Organizational Structure and Responsibility - 23 Policy 201 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Special Orders 201.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Special Orders establish an interdepartmental communication that may be used by the Director of Public Safety to make immediate changes topolicy and procedure consistent with the current Memorandum of Understanding and as permitted by Government Code § 3500 et seq. Special Orders will immediately modify or change and supersede sections of this manual to which they pertain. 201.1.1 SPECIAL ORDER PROTOCOL Special Orders will be incorporated into the manual as required upon approval of Staff. Special Orders will modify existing policies or create a new policy as appropriate and will be rescinded upon incorporation into the manual. All existing Special Orders have now been incorporated in the updated Policy Manual as of the below revision date. Any Special Orders issued after publication of the manual shall be numbered consecutively starting with the last three digits of the year, followed by the number "01" For example, 08-01 signifies the first Special Order for the year 2008. 201.2 RESPONSIBILITIES 201.2.1 STAFF The staff shall review and approve revisions of the Policy Manual, which will incorporate changes originally made by a Special Order. 201.2.2 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SAFETY The Director of Public Safety shall issue all Special Orders. 201.3 ACCEPTANCE OF SPECIAL ORDERS All employees are required to read and obtain any necessary clarification of all Departmental Directives. Depending on the nature of the special order, employees may be required to acknowledge receipt and review of the special order in writing, either electronically or via signed log, as specified. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Special Orders - 24 Policy 202 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Emergency Operations Plan 202.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The City has prepared an Emergency Management Plan for use by all employees in the event of a major disaster or other emergency event. The plan provides for a strategic response by all employees and assigns specific responsibilities in the event that the plan is activated (Government Code § 8610). 202.2 ACTIVATING THE EMERGENCY PLAN The Emergency Management Plan can be activated on the order of the official designated by local ordinance. 202.2.1 RECALL OF PERSONNEL In the event that the Emergency Management Plan is activated, all employees of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety are subject to immediate recall. Employees may also be subject to recall during extraordinary circumstances as deemed necessary by the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. Failure to promptly respond to an order to report for duty may result in discipline. 202.3 LOCATION OF THE PLAN A physical copy of the plan is available for Public Safety employees in the following locations: •The Office of the Director of Public Safety •Command Staff Offices •Patrol Sergeants Office •Patrol Briefing Room •Dispatch Center •Fire Sergeants Office •Records Bureau •Investigations Bureau All supervisors should familiarize themselves with the Emergency Operations Plan and what roles public safety personnel will play when the plan is implemented. 202.4 UPDATING OF MANUALS The Director of Public Safety or designee shall review the Emergency Management Plan Manual at least once every two years to ensure that the manual conforms to any revisions made by the National Incident Management System (NIMS) and the Standardized Emergency Management System (SEMS) and should appropriately address any needed revisions. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Emergency Operations Plan - 25 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Emergency Operations Plan 202.5 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER The established EOC for the City of Rohnert Park will be located in the Training Room in the Rohnert Park Public Safety building. The level of EOC staffing will vary with the specific emergency situation. In order to control access to the EOC, all staff members must present a valid agency-issued identification card. Staff members not in possession of an agency-issued identification must be cleared by the EOC Director. An EOC provides a central location of authority and information, and allows for face-to-face coordination among personnel who must make emergency decisions. The following functions are performed in the City of Rohnert Park EOC: (a)Managing and coordinating emergency operations. (b)Receiving and disseminating warning information. (c)Developing emergency policies and procedures. (d)Collecting intelligence from, and disseminating information to, the various EOC representatives, and, as appropriate, to County, City, special district and State agencies, military, and federal agencies. (e)Preparing intelligence/information summaries, situation reports, operational reports, and other reports as required. (f)Maintaining general and specific maps, information display boards, and other data pertaining to emergency operations. (g)Continuing analysis and evaluation of all data pertaining to emergency operations. (h)Directing, controlling and coordinating, within established policy, the operational and logistical support of Op Area resources committed to the emergency. (i)Maintaining contact and coordination with support DOC, other local government EOC, and the Coastal Region. (j)Providing emergency information and instructions to the public, making official releases to the news media and the scheduling of press conferences as necessary. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Emergency Operations Plan - 26 Policy 203 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Training 203.1 POLICY The Department shall administer a training program that will meet the standards of federal, state, local, and POST training requirements. It is a priority of this department to provide continuing education and training for the professional growth and development of its members. 203.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE It is the policy of this department to administer a training program that will provide for the professional growth and continued development of its personnel. By doing so, the Department will ensure its personnel possess the knowledge and skills necessary to provide a professional level of service that meets the needs of the community. 203.3 PHILOSOPHY The Department seeks to provide ongoing training and encourages all personnel to participate in advanced training and formal education on a continual basis. Training is provided within the confines of funding, requirements of a given assignment, staffing levels, and legal mandates. Whenever possible, the Department will use courses certified by the California Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST), the California State Fire Marshall, and/or NFPA. 203.4 OBJECTIVES The objectives of the Training Program are to: (a)Enhance the level of police, fire and EMS services to the public (b)Assess training needs (c)Increase the technical expertise and overall effectiveness of our personnel (d)Provide for continued professional development of department personnel (e)Maintain personnel training files (f)Ensure compliance with POST rules and regulations concerning law enforcement training. 203.5 TRAINING PLAN A training plan will be developed and maintained by the Training Coordinator. It is the responsibility of the Training Coordinator to maintain, review, and update the training plan on an annual basis. The plan will address the following areas: •Federally Mandated Training •State Mandated Training •Critical Issues Training •Regional Protocols •Agency Specific Requirements Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Training - 27 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Training 203.6 TRAINING NEEDS ASSESSMENT The Training Unit will conduct an annual training-needs assessment of the Department. The needs assessment will be reviewed by staff. Upon approval by the staff, the needs assessment will form the basis for the training plan for the fiscal year. 203.7 TRAINING COORDINATOR The Director of Public Safety shall designate a Training Coordinator who is responsible for developing, reviewing, updating, and maintaining the department training plan so that required training is completed. The Training Coordinator should review the training plan annually. 203.7.1 TRAINING RESTRICTION The Training Coordinator is responsible for establishing a process to identify officers who are restricted from training other officers for the time period specified by law because of a sustained use of force complaint (Government Code § 7286(b)). 203.8 TRAINING COMMITTEE The Director of Public Safety or designee should establish a Training Committee, which will serve to assist with identifying training needs for the Department. The Training Committee should be comprised of at least three members, with the senior ranking member of the committee acting as the chairperson. Members should be selected based on their abilities at post-incident evaluation and at assessing related training needs. The Director of Public Safety or designee may remove or replace members of the committee at his/her discretion. The Training Committee should review certain incidents to determine whether training would likely improve future outcomes or reduce or prevent the recurrence of the undesirable issues related to the incident. Specific incidents the Training Committee should review include, but are not limited to: (a)Any incident involving the death or serious injury of an employee. (b)Incidents involving a high risk of death, serious injury or civil liability. (c)Incidents identified by a supervisor as appropriate to review to identify possible training needs. The Training Committee should convene when determined by the Director of Public Safety or designee to review the identified incidents. The committee should determine by consensus whether a training need exists and then submit written recommendations of its findings to the Deputy Chief over the training division. The recommendation should not identify specific facts of any incidents, such as identities of employees involved or the date, time and location of the incident, but should focus on the type of training being recommended. The Deputy Chief should consider the recommendations of the committee and determine what training should be addressed, taking into consideration the mission of the Department and available resources. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Training - 28 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Training 203.9 TRAINING PROCEDURES (a)All employees assigned to attend training shall attend as scheduled unless previously excused by their immediate supervisor. Excused absences from mandatory training should be limited to the following: 1.Court appearances 2.First choice vacation 3.Sick leave 4.Physical limitations preventing the employee’s participation. 5.Emergency situations (b)When an employee is unable to attend mandatory training, that employee shall: 1.Notify his/her supervisor as soon as possible but no later than one hour prior to the start of training. 2.Document his/her absence in a memorandum to his/her supervisor. 3.Make arrangements through his/her supervisor and the Training Coordinator to attend the required training on an alternate date. 203.10 FINANCIAL REIMBURSEMENTS Requests for financial reimbursement (Employee Expense Account) forms for all school, training or conferences shall be submitted within 10 calendar days after the employee uses their own funds for any purpose; or within 10 days after said employee returns from special school or assignment whether reimbursement is needed or not. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Training - 29 Policy 204 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Electronic Media Policy 204.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to set forth and define the appropriate use of the City of Rohnert Park's computer and telecommunication systems. These systems include, but are not limited to: computers, software, networking resources, any on-line information services, the Internet and World Wide Web access and usage; electronic mail systems (e-mail), voice mail, facsimile, telephones, and all data and files within such systems . This policy applies to all individuals who use City of Rohnert Park electronic media and to the electronic media equipment owned by the City. This also applies to media that is privately owned, but is used with permission on City's premises for City business-related purposes. 204.2 POLICY Electronic media, communications and data is provided for the use of City employees for City of Rohnert Park business-related purposes only and are not intended for personal use. Limited personal use is allowed, provided that no use of the City's electronic media shall: 1. Impair the City's business or the employee's performance. 2. Commit any illegal act. 3. Violate the City's anti-harassment policy. 4. Result in private gain or advantage for the' employee {such as conducting business related to economic interests outside of City employment). 5. Express political opinions or conduct union business except when an employee is acting in an official capacity to represent an employee unit, in which case the employee may use the system to communicate to the entire unit in order to schedule meetings, announce decisions and communicate status of issues. All electronic media, communications and data are the property of the City of Rohnert Park and the City reserves the right at its discretion to enter, search, and review the computer files, e-mail, voice mail, or any other type of electronic file of any employee without prior notice or consent. This right is hereby established so that the City can assure that its property is being used appropriately and for other reasons that may include but are not limited to; the prevention of harassment, to review improper use, to investigate potential violations of this policy or other City policies. Electronic media, communications and data are neither private nor confidential and employees do not have personal privacy rights to such media, communications or data, Employees may use City computer resources after normal business hours for educational purpose with the prior written approval of the Department Head. A. Use of Electronic Media 1. On-line Information Service Use -Use of on-line information services such as the Internet and the World Wide Web is for approved plans/services of the City of Rohnert Park. Personal use of Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Electronic Media Policy - 30 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Electronic Media Policy on-line information services is discouraged. Access time to on-line information services should be kept to a reasonable amount of time and for business-related purposes only. Excessive personal use of on-line services is prohibited. 2. Voice Mail -The voice mail system is intended to better serve the public by providing them with immediate and current information and to make it convenient to leave a message when Staff is not immediately available in-person. Voice mail is a secondary means of assisting people and City of Rohnert Park Staff shall remain available to the public whenever possible. To that end staff utilizing voice mail shall: a. Check messages as frequently as possible and return all calls in a timely manner. b. Have in place a reference to zero-default option to speak to a real person during normal business hours. c. Update greetings on availability, holidays, and when messages will be returned. 3. The e-mail system is the City of Rohnert Park's property. Employees should disclose information or messages from the e-mail system only to authorized employees. The City of Rohnert Park reserves the right at its discretion to monitor the e-mail system to assure that its property is being used for appropriate purposes, to prevent harassment, or monitor other improper use. Employees do not have a personal privacy right in any matter created, received, stored in or sent from the e-mail system. 4. Computers. Computer Software and Computer Files a. Only hardware or software that has been approved for use by the Information Systems Manager or designee may be purchased, installed and/or used by City employees on City equipment and systems. b. Software shall be used in accordance with the manufacturers' licensing agreements. c. Software purchased by the City may not be used or taken for personal use. d. All outside diskettes shall be examined by Anti-virus software prior to file transfer to any City of Rohnert Park hardware. 204.3 PURPOSE AND USE OF ELECTRONIC MEDIA Electronic media is provided to City employees to increase employee effectiveness and efficiency, enhance communications and service to the public. Electronic media is to be used in accordance with this stated purpose and within the guidelines established by this policy. Each employee utilizing the City of Rohnert Park's electronic media is responsible for understanding and following this policy. Unauthorized or improper use of the City's electronic media may result in terminating access to it; and, depending upon the severity of the outcome of unauthorized use, may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination. Employees are responsible to maintain the security of their password and to use their user name when utilizing systems. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Electronic Media Policy - 31 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Electronic Media Policy 204.4 PROHIBITED USES OF ELECTRONIC MEDIA Prohibited uses of Electronic Media include but are not limited to: A. Illegal activities as defined as a violation of local, state and/or federal law. B. Committing fraud or stealing data, or equipment. C. Using the network for an illegal activity, including violation of copyrights or other contracts violating such matters as institutional or third party copyright license agreements and other contracts. D. Anything that may be construed as harassment or disparagement of others based on race, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age, disability or religious or political beliefs. These include, but are not limited to, slurs, obscene messages, materials and pictures. E. Threatening messages. F. Political endorsements. G. Commercial activities including areas of personal financial gain. H. Intentionally disrupting network traffic or crashing the network and connected systems (for example sabotage, intentionally introducing a computer virus). I. Unauthorized accesses to others' files with no substantial business purpose, or vandalizing the data of another user. J. Forging electronic mail messages. K. Wasteful use of system resources. L. Personal messages such as chain letters. M. Messages that are disrespectful of an employee 's co-workers, managers or supervisors. N. Computer games are prohibited during business hours. 204.5 DISSEMINATION OF POLICY All employees, supervisors, department heads, City Council members, City Board and Commission Members shall be provided a copy of this Policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Electronic Media Policy - 32 Policy 205 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols 205.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium (SCPSC) has developed and implemented several Protocol documents regarding procedures as they relate to the operation and inter-operation of the centralized, shared systems, including but not limited to Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD), Records Management System (RMS), and Mobile Data Computer (MDC/MPS) components by participating agencies. The purpose of these protocols is to ensure continuous, reliable operation of the system, and to standardize the procedures participating agencies and their personnel must follow when affecting any changes to the system. Employees shall abide by these SCPSC protocols as they would any other policy in this manual. 205.1.1 TRANSFERRING CALLS FOR SERVICE TO OTHER AGENCIES The purpose of this protocol is to provide guidelines for transferring calls for service between dispatch centers using the Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium (SCPSC) countywide CAD/ RMS/MDC system. I. Definitions A. Misrouted call for service: Events that are created in one dispatch center and inadvertently sent to another dispatch center via CAD B. Combined Events: Calls created in CAD that produce separate events for law, fire and EMS C. Outside Agency Jurisdiction calls: Calls received at dispatch centers that do not have jurisdiction over the call D. Non- SCPSC calls: Calls received by SCPSC agencies for agencies that are not participating in the Countywide CAD system II. Misrouted Calls for Service A. When a dispatcher takes a call for service that inadvertently creates an event for another agency, the dispatcher will contact the agency for whom the call was created to advise that the call is a misroute. This contact should take place as soon as the error is realized. B. When a dispatcher receives an event from another agency via CAD, and believe it is incorrectly routed, a call to the originating agency will be made to confirm whether or not the call is a mistake. C. In instances were safety is an issue, the receiving agency may continue to handle the call and add information as appropriate for the agency who will respond to the call. D. Field events that are incorrectly routed to a dispatch center may be sent directly to the dispatch center responsible for the unit that created the call. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 33 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols III. Combined Events A. The call will be created by the receiving agency using approved combined event codes. See attached list. B. Confirmation of the call will be made by the creating agency as soon as practical. This may be accomplished by a phone call, viewing the SCPSC window to see that the call has been dispatched, etc. C. Appropriate remarks to clarify the type of call, i.e. heart attack for a MEDAID, should be added to the call by the receiving agency. D. If the event type must be changed by one of the responding agencies, an associated event should be created to avoid changing the event type for all involved agencies. IV. Outside Agency Jurisdiction A. Generally, calls received by an agency that does not have jurisdiction over the call will be transferred or referred to the appropriate agency. Exceptions may be made on a case-to-case basis, i.e. calls where safety is an issue. In those cases the receiving dispatch center may create the event and send it to the appropriate agency via CAD, with follow up as appropriate. V. Non-SCPSC Calls A. When participating agencies in the Countywide CAD system receive calls for non-participating agencies, those calls will be referred or transferred to the appropriate agency. 205.2 STATISTICAL INFORMATION In order to provide staff, community members and the press with standardized information, this protocol defines the statistical terms and reports that may be used. I. General A. Standardized definitions of terms referred to in statistical reports are necessary in order to reduce confusion. B. Reports can be modified to meet an agency's specific need, as long as the definitions remain the same. C. The Data Analysis Technology (DAT) user group will establish standardized definitions and be responsible for developing and distributing standardized report formats. II. Statistical Definitions A. Event: Any CAD event that takes place regardless of source (a combination of Calls for Service and Officer Initiated) B. Response Time: The Median time from when Dispatch creates an event in CAD until the first unit arrives on scene Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 34 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols C. Handle Time: The Median time from when Dispatch creates an event in CAD until the first unit is dispatched D. Officer Initiated: Any CAD activity where the Officer is the source of the event. (Field Event) E. Calls for Service: 1. Events that are created in CAD or Netviewer and are dispatched (not officer initiated) F. Drive Time: Time from en route status to arrive status G. Incident: An event which was assigned a case number in the Incident Module of RMS III. Protocol A. All agencies will use the agreed upon format for standardized report when releasing information to the public. B. Any agency can submit a report or statistical definition for adoption by the consortium agencies. C. Only accepted reports can be posted on the consortium shared drive for general use. D. Agencies may create additional reports based on their needs for use by their administration or governing bodies. These will be clearly marked as agency reports rather than SCPSC reports. 205.3 SPECIAL SITUATION TYPES The purpose of this protocol is to establish a consistent method for entry of special situations within the Intergraph CAD system. Protocol: I. When creating special situations in CAD or CADDBM, the following type codes should be used to clarify the type of entry. When creating from CAD events, the event type shall be replaced with one of the below listed types codes. Officer Safety (no abbreviations) Info Jurisdiction (no abbreviations) Trespass (no abbreviations) Gate Code HAZMAT Medical Fire Info II. Remarks (Record Summary) Field: A. The remarks field just below the type code shall be used to further describe the type code selected. Examples listed below: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 35 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols Type: Officer Safety Remarks: Weapons Type: Info Remarks: Directions Type: Trespass Remarks: Trespass letter on file Type: HAZMAT Remarks: Chlorine storage III. Message Field: A. The message field at the bottom should contain specific details related to the address and reason for special situation entry. IV. Expiration Date: A. A specific expiration date should be entered whenever possible based on need and/or Department Policy. V. Departmental Review: A. Periodic review of each agencies special situation will help to ensure the entries are accurate and active. If a record is no longer needed, the expiration date shall be changed to a previous date so that the record no longer appears on CAD events. 205.4 RELEASE OF INFORMATION The purpose of this protocol is to provide direction for accessing and releasing information associated with the JPA and Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium (SCPSC) agencies. A request to release system data specific to an agency shall be forwarded to that agency for appropriate action. I. DEFINITIONS: A. Records: Any electronic information contained in a shared database and belonging to a member agency B. Working Copy: A printed copy from a database for use in a criminal investigation by a SCPSC authorized user C. Sealed Record: Any record ordered sealed, expunged or with a finding of factual innocence by any court D. JPA Administrator: person responsible for ensuring that the ordinary and necessary business/ procedural requirements of the SCPSC are satisfied E. General Systems Support (GSS): entity to perform SCPSC system maintenance, improvement, and various support services II. PROTOCOL: A. Any authorized user viewing records of another SCPSC member agency may print a hard copy for working purposes only. Release of report copies and/or agency-specific information shall be limited to the Custodian of Records or designee from the member agency originating the record. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 36 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols A document containing records from multiple member agencies (such as RMS) shall have other member agency information redacted, and shall require the requestor to request or subpoena the additional records from the other member agencies. This limited access is necessary because the personnel releasing information must have extensive knowledge of the law governing records release decisions. Just as important, records that are released must be annotated to support later release decisions and to enable information to be retrieved if the records are subsequently ordered sealed or purged. 1. When a member agency receives a subpoena for record information and their response to that subpoena includes redacted record information from another member agency, the subpoenaed member agency should notify the subpoenaing party of the agency(s) whose information has been redacted in that response and the Custodian of Records of the involved member agency(s). B. A request for any electronic record initially delivered to the GSS shall be forwarded immediately to the Custodian of Records or designee from the member agency originating the record for appropriate action. C. A request for any record specific to JPA operations received by the GSS or any member agency shall be forwarded to the JPA Administrator or designee for appropriate action. 205.5 MDC REPLACEMENT The purpose of this protocol is to provide guidelines for replacing hardware that has reached the end of a useful life span or has been damaged beyond repair prior to scheduled life span replacement. I. Definitions A. Hardware Failure: The piece of hardware ceases to function due to physical damage to the total unit or to key parts, which either can not be repaired or that the cost of repair is approximately as great as the cost of buying a new unit. Some example of a hardware failure would be a hard drive crash, motherboard failure, or the inability to re-image the computer disk drive. B. Incompatibility with software update: The hardware in service can no longer support the demands of the current operational SCPSC software. An example of hardware incompatibility with software would be if the software version selected by SCPSC has certain memory and operating system requirements that do not meet the minimum requirements of the software manufacturer and can not be easily upgraded and/or is cost prohibitive. C. Agency technician: The person designated by each consortium member to service, monitor and update, and diagnose MDC hardware problems. D. Hardware requirements: The capabilities of the hardware to produce optimum field performance required by users including but not limited to processor speed, connection ports, display visibility, connectivity to the network, and ergonomics. E. Replacement schedule: When and how the hardware is replaced at the end of a 4-year life cycle. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 37 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols F. Additions or Replacement to hardware prior to replacement schedule: Purchases made by member agencies for new additions to their fleet or to replace, lost/stolen, or user damaged units prior to the replacement schedule. G. Connectivity Options: The different ways member agency mobile units connect to and communicate with the mobile network. Some examples of connectivity options are radio network, cellular technology, and WI-FI or WI-Max. H. General System Support (GSS): contract entity to perform system maintenance, improvement, and various support services for the SCPSC II. Hardware Replacement A. The SCPSC shall plan for a 4-year replacement cycle of the standardized mobile hardware mounted and in use that has been in service for the past four years. The replacement shall be limited to this specific standardized hardware unless an overall upgrade of hardware is required to keep the system functioning with new software. Individual agencies may elect to replace their entire fleet at once, or in increments staggered over the 4-year cycle for budget, or car replacement concerns. The replacement plan should be communicated well in advance with the GSS provider in order to plan and coordinate the equipment purchase. If and agency elects to leave the SCPSC, any funds that agency contributed to the SCPSC mobile replacement fund shall be refunded. Additionally, any mobile hardware purchased by that agency shall remain with that agency to be disposed of at their discretion. B. Consideration should also be given to upgrades to support both hard wired and wireless communication infrastructure to provide optimum connectivity and performance to mobile units and in order to maintain an overall county wide robust communications network. C. A consortium wide operational evaluation of all hardware will be begin in the first month of the beginning of the fourth year's cycle by the mobile group with input from Agency Technicians and the GSS provider. A recommendation for the type of hardware needed and the cost of the hardware will be provided to the MAG to be reviewed and sent to Oversight for approval prior to the conclusion of the ending fiscal year. D. A decision by the SCPSC to upgrade software for CAD or MDC may cause software incompatibility with the current in use software, which would necessitate an accompanying hardware upgrade to resolve the issue. III. Hardware that is damaged beyond repair or lost prior to replacement schedule A. In the event that a unit's hardware has been damaged beyond repair, lost or stolen prior to the scheduled replacement date and has been identified as such by the member agency's technician, should be replaced with the same type of hardware, unless the new hardware specifications have already been identified and approved. The purchase will be made from that agency's own budget funding and not from the mobile replacement fund, however if the purchase is made within 6 months of the identified replacement date that agency shall receive a refund from the SCPSC replacement fund equal to their replacement contribution. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 38 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols IV. Hardware Additions A. Should a member agency add new hardware to their MDC fleet or create a non-standardized configuration during the 4-year cycle, the cost of such additions will be paid by the member agency. The SCPSC shall have the option of initially purchasing 5% additional hardware systems for purchase by consortium agencies with the intent of providing hardware compatibility. B. A member agency will coordinate implementation steps relative to new hardware with GGS to ensure system integrity issues and specifications have been met. In addition, provide GSS with the serial number and model of hardware purchased. V. Connectivity Options A. Member agencies should be given connectivity options to increase performance and provide redundancy in case of natural or manmade disasters to ensure connectivity throughout the county. The member agencies will ensure that the SCPSC network is sufficiently protected from unwanted intrusion with appropriate firewalls, encryption, and meets the requirements set forth by the Department of Justice. Member Agencies will consult with the GSS provider to ensure compatible deployment of any and all connectivity options. VI. Hardware Purchasing A. It is recommended that hardware purchases for the SCPSC member agencies be made through GSS. A bulk purchase based upon the required needed hardware should include a minimum 5% overage to provide not the best price for newly acquired hardware but a reserve cache of available replacement systems. The member agencies will reimburse the GSS provider for the cost of outfitting their fleet. SCPSC agencies will keep track of the life cycle of its MDC fleet and communicate with the GSS provider providing information on how many MDC's will be replaced in the next replacement cycle. B. The GSS provider will increase the replacement contribution of a member agency due to additions to their fleet. The SCPSC member agencies will keep the GSS provider informed of their current MDC equipment inventory and any additions made to their fleet. The GSS provider will notify the Finance Committee of changes to an agencies MDC inventory, so that adjustments may be made to the annual MDC replacement contribution amounts. C. The GSS provider will provide the SCPSC with MDC counts by agency at agreed upon intervals. VII. Recycling or disposal of old hardware A. Unsalvageable hardware should be disposed of by the GSS provider in accordance with any appropriate county policies. Replaced salvageable hardware will be returned to the GSS provider for disposition. Any funds received from the potential re-sale of salvaged hardware will be returned to the hardware replacement fund. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 39 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols 205.6 FIXED ASSETS Property and inventory records shall be maintained on all land, buildings and equipment under the control of the SCPSC in a fixed asset system. Property records of facilities shall be maintained on an ongoing basis. The SCPSC will maintain a comprehensive fixed assets program requiring periodic inventory of assets that is designed to protect against losses which would significantly affect the ability of the SCPSC to continue services for its members. That program will take into consideration requirements of the laws and regulations of the State of California. Fixed assets augment program capabilities and operational requirements within the SCPSC environment. No equipment will be removed for personal use. I. Definitions A. Fixed asset: means a unit of furniture or furnishings, an instrument, a machine, an apparatus or a set of articles which retains its shape and appearance with use, is nonexpendable, and does not lose its identity when incorporated into a more complex unit, is valued above $5,000 or is defined as theft-sensitive. Theft-sensitive are those items identified as having a value of $300 or more. B. General Systems Support (GSS): Contract entity to perform system maintenance, improvement, and various support services for the SCPSC. C. Service Level Agreement (SLA): Contract between SCPSC and GSS provider addressing standard services D. Management Advisory Group (MAG): An advisory group to the Oversight Committee who work collectively to provide daily management of the functions of SCPSC. This group consists of management level personnel from specific member agencies appointed by their agency's Oversight Committee member. E. SCPSC Shared Asset: A resource used to support member programs that is collectively funded by SCPSC membership and is generally associated with system infrastructure and network operations. II. Responsibility A. The SCPSC Administrator will develop procedures to implement this policy in a manner consistent with all applicable laws. At a minimum, the policy shall provide for the permanent safeguarding of agendas, minutes, financial reports, and annual audit reports. A retention schedule shall be developed for all fiscal records associated with required audits. The Administrator will serve as the SCPSC's custodian of records for business documents. a. The Administrator will provide the Board of Directors with an annual report identifying the SCPSC's fixed assets. The report shall include equipment not located during the review process. i. Missing equipment may be removed from SCPSC records by action of the Board of Directors. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 40 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols B. As addressed in the SLA, the GSS will maintain an inventory of SCPSC assets that includes hardware that is part of the SCPSC replacement fund and software that is licensed for use by the SCPSC. C. The SCPSC may recommend the removal or disposal of shared assets that are no longer usable and have been determined to have no remaining value. Such requests will be forwarded to the Oversight Committee for consideration and direction. a. The MAG, in conjunction with the GSS, will provide documentation addressing details relative to each request. The documentation shall include the asset's remaining value, the proposed method for removing proprietary data and information, and the proposed method of physically removing or disposing of the asset. b. Disposal practices will be consistent with applicable laws and regulations. c. The fixed asset inventory will reflect assets that have been removed separately from those that remain in production. 205.7 RADIO DISTRESS SIGNALS/UNIT EMERGENCY BUTTON ACTIVATIONS The purpose of this protocol is to provide guidelines, for handling radio distress signals and unit emergency button activations to agencies using the Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium (SCPSC) countywide CAD/RMS/MDC system. I. Definitions A. Radio Distress Signal: An emergency signal created via portable radio emergency button activation. B. Unit Emergency Button Activation: An emergency signal created via activation of the emergency button on the mobile data computer (MDC). II. Testing Agencies may schedule regular testing of emergency alert signals. Prior notification by the testing agency will be made to other participating agencies as to the time and date of scheduled testing. Testing will be halted if it interferes with another agency's emergency situation. III. Alarm/Alert Activations The agency responsible for the unit activating a radio distress signal or unit emergency activation will handle the event per their internal policies and coordinate with other agencies if required. Other agencies should not respond unless requested. 205.8 CHANGE MANAGEMENT General: To provide the Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium (SCPSC) with a procedure that effectively coordinates member change requests to system applications. It provides reasonable standards to effectively manage SCPSC system maintenance and development opportunities. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 41 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols The vast majority of requests will reflect either basic configuration work or enhancements. The following information should be utilized as the agreed upon and uniform method for processing these SCPSC activities. Definitions: 1. Change Request: An addition, modification, deletion or other adjustment to SCPSC hardware and/or software applications. 2. Member Agency: A contract member of the Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium (SCPSC), as noted within its official membership document. Note: A non-member Agency request will be routed to the Oversight for initial review and approval. 3. System Configuration: A general modification to an application's existing functionality, does not require funding and utilizes local technical resources to improve existing workflow. Examples: Informer Mask revision; dialog box change; add event type; color change; parameter change; adding a box to capture data (sysgui) for statistical reporting, etc. 4. System Enhancement: A modification typically larger in scope, requiring funding considerations and/or third-party support services. Examples: IPS upgrade; a task requiring a 3rd party contract; interface; proof-of-concepts (Beta testing); etc. Protocol: A change request proposal may be submitted at any time via the Oversight group, an Application representative and/or Member Agency. Change requests fall into two general categories; configurations and enhancements. Both require initial research, discussion, assessment, coordination, cost analysis, and projected time lines. The process begins with a presentation of the initial concept, followed by detailed discussion sessions within the affected application(s) and work groups, and ultimately culminates with an acceptable solution. Timely and effective communications are essential parts of each task. Attachment 'A' addresses workflow associated with configuration and enhancement change requests. Items within a configuration typically require less scope, while an enhancement demands greater involvement and a commitment of resources. The first two steps are common for all requests of this type. For instance; it includes a member presentation, followed by a review within the primary Application Group that involves technical support and assessment. A recommendation on which direction the request will be routed from that point will be based on user and technical input. The change request's sponsor or the primary Application Lead will be responsible for monitoring item progress. In general, software applications will be reviewed by the following groups: Application Group I/Dispatcher CAD Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 42 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols I/Netdispatcher CAD CADDBM CAD, Tech I/Informer CAD I/Mobile MDC I/AFR MDC RMS LEADS I/Tracker MDC I/Netviewer All Groups I/Analyst DAT DAT Website DAT 3rd-Party Software: Affected group Attachment A '" Workflow Chart See attachment: Change Workflow.JPG 205.9 DISASTER RECOVERY '" SYSTEM APPLICATIONS The purpose of this policy is to establish a general plan for continuing state of emergency preparedness that protects Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium (SCPSC) membership in the event of a disaster impacting system functionality. Its intention is to place into action collective measures that ensure continuity and early resumption of essential services. The following information reflects general guidelines, given the uncertainty relative to disaster events. An agency's initial steps may likely be internal to its primary mission. Business resumption efforts will be in concert with SCPSC priorities. I. Definitions A. General Systems Support (GSS): entity to perform SCPSC system maintenance, improvement, and various support services. B. Service Level Agreement: a service based contract between the SCPSC and the GSS provider II. Procedure A. Assessment and Notification 1. Each agency will activate an internal review process, assessing damages and providing findings to its agency representative, and/or designee a. The agency representative, and/or designee, will collect reported items and coordinate findings with the GSS provider Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 43 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols 2. The GSS provider will assess system performance, hardware, software issues and provide its findings to agency representatives, and/or designees. a. The GSS provider has the option to immediately activate back-up solutions when deemed reasonable in support of the SCPSC 3. The GSS staff will provide periodic status updates regarding recovery efforts affecting the SCPSC operation, and upon request. a. In general, refer to Service Level Agreement B. Planning and Restoration 1. SCPSC representatives, and/or designee, will collaborate with the GSS provider and collectively develop a business resumption plan for the Consortium's operation. Routine communication measures will be established to ensure timely interaction. In general, command and control applications will be restored first, and as follows: a. CAD b. CLETS (not currently configured at back-up site) c. Mobile (not currently configured at back-up site) d. RMS 1) Restoration efforts to primary operations a) Identify needs, process and general time lines i. Work with Application Leads, as necessary 2) Activation of back-up options and accommodations a) Identify needs, process and general time lines i. Work with Application Leads, as necessary 2. Relocation a. Dependent on the event's severity and its overall affect, involved agencies will take the lead in coordinating physical relocation efforts with assistance from SCPSC members and the GSS provider as is feasible. In addition to the measures above, consideration factors include: 1) Availability of SCPSC member site(s) 2) Availability of non-member site(s) 3) Resources a) Personnel b) System support c) System application(s) Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 44 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols d) System hardware e) Other technical support f) Workstation(s) g) Accommodations b. Restoration of primary operations 1) Identify needs, process and general time lines a) Work with GSS provider and supporting agencies as necessary 205.10 GENERAL SYSTEM SUPPORT The purpose of this protocol is to outline the role and responsibilities of the vendor who provides technical and operational support for the Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium (SCPSC) data and communications systems. I. Definitions A. Board: Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Joint Powers Authority Board of Directors B. Service Level Agreement (SLA): a service based contract between the SCPSC and the GSS provider II. General System Support Vendor A. The Board shall contract with either a public or private entity to perform technical system support duties that include: 1. General system maintenance and improvement; 2. Attend and participate at SCPSC meetings; 3. Conduct presentations; 4. Construct budget factors and costs; 5. Provide reports; 6. Perform fiscal, financial and operational requirements; 7. Record retention; 8. Various payments and purchases; 9. Inventory; 10. Contract management; 11. Support services consistent with system requirements or development; and 12. Technical support service duties as required. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Protocols - 45 Policy 206 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Administrative Communications 206.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Administrative communications of this department are governed by the following policies. 206.2 PERSONNEL ORDER Personnel Order may be issued periodically by the Director of Public Safety to announce and document all promotions, transfers, hiring of new personnel, separations, personnel and group commendations, or other changes in status. 206.3 CORRESPONDENCE In order to ensure that the letterhead and name of the Department are not misused, all external correspondence shall be on Department letterhead. All Department letterhead shall bear the signature element of the Director of Public Safety or designee. Personnel should use Department letterhead only for official business and with approval of their supervisor. 206.4 SURVEYS All surveys made in the name of the Department shall be authorized by the Director of Public Safety or a Deputy Chief. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Administrative Communications - 46 Policy 207 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Staffing Levels 207.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to ensure that proper supervision is available for all shifts. The Department intends to balance the employee's needs against the need to have flexibility and discretion in using personnel to meet operational needs. While balance is desirable, the paramount concern is the need to meet operational requirements of the Department. 207.1.1 OFF DUTY RESPONSE If summoned during an emergency, employees off duty shall report for duty immediately upon receipt of and in compliance with the directions given at the time of notification. 207.2 MINIMUM STAFFING LEVELS - PATROL The purpose of minimum staffing levels is to maintain the proper balance between safety of personnel and the ability to proactively handle issues within our community. While day to day staffing may change due to scheduled and non-scheduled time off it is the responsibility of the Supervisor to maintain that balance. In keeping with the purpose and flexibility, the Police Sergeant has the discretionary responsibility and accountability to go above or below minimum staffing. Minimum Staffing in Police is ideally, but not limited to: Monday - Wednesday •0200-1100 SGT + 3 PSOs •1100-2100 SGT + 4 PSOs •2100-0200 SGT + 4 PSOs Thursday - Sunday •0200-1100 SGT + 3 PSOs •1100-2100 SGT + 4 PSOs •2100-0200 SGT + 5 PSOs DUI Car can count towards 5th PSO. 207.2.1 SUPERVISION - PATROL In order to accommodate training, scheduled time off, and other unforeseen circumstances, any sworn supervisor, command officer, or acting shift supervisor may be used in place of the Public Safety Sergeant. 207.3 MINIMUM STAFFING LEVELS - FIRE The purpose remains the same that the goal is the protection of department personnel, citizens, and property. At the discretion of the Supervisor, the Fire Division can be augmented by, but not limited to on-duty personnel, off-duty personnel, auto aid agreements, and mutual aid agreements. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Staffing Levels - 47 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Staffing Levels Minimum Staffing in Fire is: •Station 1: None •Station 2: Captain + Engineer •Station 3: Engineer + Firefighter •Station 4: Engineer + Firefighter 207.3.1 SUPERVISION - FIRE In order to accommodate training, scheduled time off, and other unforeseen circumstances, any sworn supervisor, command officer, or acting shift supervisor may be used in place of the Fire Sergeant. 207.4 MINIMUM STAFFING LEVELS - DISPATCH The purpose of minimum staffing in the Communication Center provides for safe, efficient, and reliable support of all employees working in and with the Department of Public Safety. In keeping with the purpose and flexibility, any Supervisor shall have the discretionary responsibility and accountability to go above or below minimum staffing. Minimum Staffing in Dispatch is: •2 Dispatchers on at all times. 207.4.1 SUPERVISION - DISPATCH Normal supervision in the day to day and long term operations of dispatch will fall to the Communications Supervisors and/or the Support Services Manager. In order to accommodate shift activities, unscheduled time off, and other unforeseen circumstances, any supervisor or command staff member, or acting shift supervisor may be used in place of the Communications Supervisors when it is deemed necessary or prudent. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Staffing Levels - 48 Policy 208 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual License to Carry a Firearm 208.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide a written process for the application, issuance, denial, appeal, and revocation of a license to carry a firearm (Penal Code § 26150; Penal Code § 26155). 208.1.1 APPLICATION OF POLICY Nothing in this policy shall preclude the Chief or other head of a municipal police department from entering into an agreement with the Sheriff of the county or preclude the Sheriff of the county from entering into an agreement with the Chief of any municipal police department to process all applications and license renewals for the carrying of concealed weapons (Penal Code § 26150; Penal Code § 26155). 208.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will fairly and impartially consider all applications to carry firearms in accordance with applicable law and this policy. 208.3 QUALIFIED APPLICANTS In order to qualify for a license to carry a firearm, the applicant must: (a)Be deemed not to be a disqualified person as provided in Penal Code § 26202. (b)Be deemed not to be prohibited by state or federal law from possessing, receiving, owning, or purchasing a firearm (Penal Code § 26185; Penal Code § 26195). (c)Be a resident of the City of Rohnert Park (Penal Code § 26150; Penal Code § 26155). (d)Be at least 21 years of age, and present clear evidence of identity and age as defined in Penal Code § 16400 (Penal Code § 26150; Penal Code § 26155). (e)Fully complete the California Department of Justice (DOJ) application (Penal Code § 26175). (f)Submit fingerprints and a complete criminal background check (Penal Code § 26185). (g)Pay all associated application fees (Penal Code § 26190). (h)Be the recorded owner of the firearm, with the California DOJ, for which the license will be issued, as determined by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety (Penal Code § 26162). (i)Be free from any psychological conditions that might make the applicant unsuitable for carrying a firearm (Penal Code § 26190). (j)Complete required training described in Penal Code § 26165. 208.4 APPLICATION PROCESS The application process for a license to carry a firearm shall consist of two phases. Upon the successful completion of each phase, the applicant will advance to the next phase until the process is completed and the license is either issued or denied. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety License to Carry a Firearm - 49 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual License to Carry a Firearm 208.4.1 PHASE ONE (TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL APPLICANTS) (a)Any individual applying for a license to carry a firearm shall first fully complete a California DOJ application to be signed under penalty of perjury. Any applicant who provides false information or statements on the application will be removed from further consideration and may be prosecuted for a criminal offense (Penal Code § 26180). 1.If an incomplete application package is received, the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee may do any of the following: (a)Require the applicant to complete the package before any further processing. (b)Advance the incomplete package to phase two for conditional processing pending completion of all mandatory conditions. (c)Issue a denial if the materials submitted at the time demonstrate that the applicant would not qualify for a license to carry a firearm even if the package was completed (e.g., not a resident, disqualifying criminal conviction). (b)Applicant fees shall be submitted and processed according to department-established procedures and Penal Code § 26190. 1.Additional fees may be required for fingerprinting, training, or psychological testing, in addition to the application fee. 2.Full payment of the remainder of the application fee will be required upon issuance of a license. 3.Payment of related fees may be waived if the applicant is a duly appointed reserve peace officer as defined in Penal Code § 830.6 (a) or (b) (Penal Code § 26170). (c)Additional documents may be requested of the applicant as required to complete the application process (e.g., photograph, proof of residency). (d)The applicant shall submit proof of ownership or registration of each firearm to be licensed. Within 90 days of receiving the completed application for a new license, the Department shall give written notice to the applicant of the Department's initial determination, based on its preliminary investigation, whether or not the applicant is a disqualified person (Penal Code § 26202). If the determination is that the applicant is not a disqualified person, the notice shall inform the applicant to proceed with the training requirements as specified in Penal Code § 26165. 208.4.2 PHASE TWO This phase is to be completed only by those applicants successfully completing phase one. (a)Fingerprints and related information required by the California DOJ shall be submitted to the California DOJ as provided in Penal Code § 26185. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety License to Carry a Firearm - 50 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual License to Carry a Firearm (b)The Director of Public Safety may, based upon criteria established by the Director of Public Safety, require that the applicant be referred to an authorized psychologist used by the Department for psychological testing. The cost of such psychological testing shall be paid by the applicant but shall not exceed the reasonable costs to the Department (Penal Code § 26190). (c)The applicant shall complete a course of training approved by the Department, which complies with Penal Code § 26165. (d)The applicant shall submit any firearm to be considered for a license to the Rangemaster or other department authorized gunsmith, at no cost to the applicant, for a full safety inspection. The Director of Public Safety reserves the right to deny a license for any firearm that has been altered from the manufacturer's specifications or that is unsafe (Penal Code § 31910). (e)The applicant shall successfully complete a firearms safety and proficiency examination with the firearm to be licensed, to be administered by the department Rangemaster, or provide proof of successful completion of another department- approved firearms safety and proficiency examination, including completion of all releases and other forms. The cost of any outside inspection/examination shall be the responsibility of the applicant. Once the Director of Public Safety or authorized designee has verified the successful completion of phase two, the license to carry a firearm will either be granted or denied (Penal Code § 26170). 208.5 LIMITED BUSINESS LICENSE TO CARRY A CONCEALED FIREARM The authority to issue a limited business license to carry a concealed firearm to a non-resident applicant is granted only to the Sheriff of the county in which the applicant works. A chief of a municipal police department may not issue limited licenses and these applicants should be referred to the Sheriff's Office (Penal Code § 26150). An individual who is not a resident of the county but who otherwise successfully completes all portions of phases one and two above, may apply for and be issued a limited license subject to approval by the Sheriff and subject to the following: (a)The applicant physically spends a substantial period of working hours in the applicant's principal place of employment or business within the City of Rohnert Park (Penal Code § 26150). (b)Such a license will be valid for a period not to exceed 90 days from the date of issuance (Penal Code § 26220). (c)The applicant shall provide a copy of the license to the licensing authority of the city or county in which the applicant resides (Penal Code § 26220). (d)Any application for renewal or reissuance of such a license may be granted only upon concurrence of the original issuing authority and the licensing authority of the city or county in which the applicant resides (Penal Code § 26220). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety License to Carry a Firearm - 51 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual License to Carry a Firearm 208.6 ISSUED FIREARMS PERMITS In the event a license to carry a firearm is issued by the Director of Public Safety, the following shall apply: (a)The license will be subject to any and all reasonable restrictions or conditions the Director of Public Safety has deemed warranted, including restrictions as to the time, place, manner, and circumstances under which a person may carry the firearm (Penal Code § 26200(b)). 1.All such restrictions or conditions shall be conspicuously noted on any license issued (Penal Code § 26200(c)). 2.The licensee will be required to sign a Restrictions and Conditions Agreement. Any violation of any of the restrictions and conditions may result in the immediate revocation of the license. (b)The license shall clearly identify the licensee, bear a photograph and fingerprints of the licensee with the expiration date, type of firearm, restrictions, and other pertinent information as described by Penal Code § 26175. The license may be laminated (Penal Code § 26175). (c)The license will be valid for a period not to exceed two years from the date of issuance (Penal Code § 26220). 1.A license issued to a state or federal magistrate, commissioner, or judge will be valid for a period not to exceed three years. 2.A license issued to any reserve peace officer as defined in Penal Code § 830.6(a) or (b), or a custodial officer employed by the Sheriff as provided in Penal Code § 831.5 will be valid for a period not to exceed four years, except that such license shall be invalid upon the individual's conclusion of service as a reserve officer. (d)If the licensee's place of residence was the basis for issuance of a license and the licensee moves out of the county of issuance, the license shall expire 90 days after the licensee has moved (Penal Code § 26210). (e)The licensee shall notify this department in writing within 10 days of any change of place of residency. Within 10 days of receiving such notice, the Department shall notify the California DOJ (Penal Code § 26210). 208.6.1 AMENDMENTS TO LICENSES Any licensee may apply to amend a license at any time during the period of validity by completing and submitting a written Application for License Amendment along with the current processing fee to the Department in order to (Penal Code § 26215): (a)Add or delete authority to carry a firearm listed on the license. (b)Change restrictions or conditions previously placed on the license. (c)Change the address or other personal information of the licensee (Penal Code § 26210). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety License to Carry a Firearm - 52 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual License to Carry a Firearm In the event that any amendment to a valid license is approved by the Director of Public Safety, a new license will be issued reflecting the amendment. An amendment to any license will not serve to extend the original expiration date and an application for an amendment will not constitute an application for renewal of the license. 208.6.2 REVOCATION OF LICENSES Any license issued pursuant to this policy shall be revoked by the Director of Public Safety for any of the following reasons (Penal Code § 26195): (a)The licensee is prohibited by state or federal law from owning or purchasing a firearm. (b)The licensee has become a disqualified person and cannot receive such a license in accordance with the standards set forth in Penal Code § 26202. (c)The licensee has breached any of the conditions or restrictions described in Penal Code § 26200. (d)Any information provided by a licensee in connection with an application for a new license or a license renewal is inaccurate or incomplete. (e)If the license is one to carry "loaded and exposed," the license shall be revoked immediately upon a change of the licensee's place of residence to another county (Penal Code § 26210). The issuance of a license by the Director of Public Safety shall not entitle the holder to either a property or liberty interest as the issuance, amendment, or revocation of such license remains exclusively within the discretion of the Director of Public Safety as set forth herein. If any license is revoked, the Department will immediately notify the licensee in writing and the California DOJ (Penal Code § 26225). 208.6.3 LICENSE RENEWAL No later than 90 days prior to the expiration of any valid license to carry a firearm, the licensee may apply to the Director of Public Safety for a renewal by: (a)Verifying all information submitted in the original application under penalty of perjury. (b)Completing a training course pursuant to Penal Code § 26165. (c)Submitting any firearm to be considered for a license renewal to the Rangemaster for a full safety inspection. The Director of Public Safety reserves the right to deny a license for any firearm that has been altered from the manufacturer's specifications or that is unsafe (Penal Code § 31910). (d)Paying the applicable renewal application fee. Within 90 days of receiving the completed application for a renewal license, the Department shall give written notice to the applicant of the department's initial determination whether or not the applicant is a disqualified person (Penal Code § 26202). If the determination is that the applicant is not a disqualified person, the notice shall inform the applicant to proceed with the training requirements as specified in Penal Code § 26165. The Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety License to Carry a Firearm - 53 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual License to Carry a Firearm Department shall then submit the renewal notification to the California DOJ as provided in Penal Code § 26185. Once the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee has verified the successful completion of the renewal process, the renewal of the license to carry a firearm will either be granted or denied. 208.7 DEPARTMENT REPORTING AND RECORDS The Department shall maintain a record of the following and immediately provide copies of each to the California DOJ (Penal Code § 26225): (a)The denial of a license (b)The denial of an amendment to a license (c)The issuance of a license (d)The amendment of a license (e)The revocation of a license The Director of Public Safety shall annually submit to the State Attorney General the total number of licenses to carry firearms issued to reserve peace officers and judges. 208.8 CONFIDENTIAL RECORDS The home address and telephone numbers of any peace officer, public defender, prosecutor, magistrate, court commissioner, or judge contained in an application shall not be considered a public record (Government Code § 7923.805). 208.9 WRITTEN NOTICE FOR DENIAL OF LICENSE The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall give written notice to the applicant for a new license that the license is approved or denied within 120 days of the initial application or within 30 days after receipt of the applicant's criminal background check from the California DOJ, whichever is later (Penal Code § 26205). Written notice to an applicant for a renewal license that is approved or denied shall be given within 120 days of receiving the completed application (Penal Code § 26205). Additionally, regardless of the type of license, if the license is denied, the notice shall state which requirement was not satisfied (Penal Code § 26205). 208.9.1 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS If an application for a new license, renewal of a license, or revocation is denied based on a determination that the person is a disqualified person as provided by Penal Code § 26202, the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall provide the person with the notice of determination as provided by Penal Code § 26202(d), Penal Code § 26205, or Penal Code § 26195(b)(3). The notice shall state the reason why the determination was made and inform the applicant that they may request a hearing from a court. The Department shall also provide the most recent California DOJ hearing request form to the applicant (Penal Code § 26206). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety License to Carry a Firearm - 54 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual License to Carry a Firearm If an application for a new license, renewal of a license, or revocation is denied for any other reason as described in Penal Code § 26206(i), the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall provide the person with the notice required under Penal Code § 26205 or Penal Code § 26195(b)(3), as applicable, and inform the applicant they may apply to the county Superior Court for a writ of mandate pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure § 1085 (Penal Code § 26206). 208.10 POLICY AVAILABILITY This policy shall be made accessible to the public as provided by Penal Code § 26160. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety License to Carry a Firearm - 55 Policy 209 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Retiree Concealed Firearms 209.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to outline the process and conditions associated with the issuance, revocation, and denial of a concealed weapons (CCW) endorsement for retired officers of this department. 209.2 QUALIFIED RETIREES Any full-time sworn officer of this department who was authorized to, and did, carry a concealed firearm during the course and scope of his/her employment shall be issued an identification card with a “CCW Approved” endorsement upon honorable retirement (Penal Code § 25455). (a)For the purpose of this policy, honorably retired includes all peace officers who have qualified for, and accepted, a service or disability retirement, however, shall not include any officer who retires in lieu of termination. (b)No CCW Approved endorsement shall be issued to any officer retiring because of a psychological disability (Penal Code 26305). 209.3 LEOSA The Director of Public Safety may issue an identification card for LEOSA purposes to any qualified former officer of this department who (18 USC § 926C(c)): (a)Separated from service in good standing from this department as an officer. (b)Before such separation, had regular employment as a law enforcement officer for an aggregate of 10 years or more or, if employed as a law enforcement officer for less than 10 years, separated from service after completing any applicable probationary period due to a service-connected disability as determined by this department. (c)Has not been disqualified for reasons related to mental health. (d)Has not entered into an agreement with this department where the officer acknowledges that he/she is not qualified to receive a firearm qualification certificate for reasons related to mental health. (e)Is not prohibited by federal law from receiving or possessing a firearm. 209.3.1 LEOSA IDENTIFICATION CARD FORMAT The LEOSA identification card should contain a photograph of the former officer and identify him/ her as having been employed as an officer. If the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety qualifies the former officer, the LEOSA identification card or separate certification should indicate the date the former officer was tested or otherwise found by the Department to meet the active duty standards for qualification to carry a firearm. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Retiree Concealed Firearms - 56 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Retiree Concealed Firearms 209.3.2 AUTHORIZATION Any qualified former law enforcement officer, including a former officer of this department, may carry a concealed firearm under 18 USC § 926C when he/she is: (a)In possession of photographic identification that identifies him/her as having been employed as a law enforcement officer, and one of the following: 1.An indication from the person’s former law enforcement agency that he/she has, within the past year, been tested or otherwise found by the law enforcement agency to meet agency-established active duty standards for qualification in firearms training to carry a firearm of the same type as the concealed firearm. 2.A certification, issued by either the state in which the person resides or by a certified firearms instructor who is qualified to conduct a firearms qualification test for active duty law enforcement officers within that state, indicating that the person has, within the past year, been tested or otherwise found to meet the standards established by the state or, if not applicable, the standards of any agency in that state. (b)Not under the influence of alcohol or another intoxicating or hallucinatory drug or substance. (c)Not prohibited by federal law from receiving a firearm. (d)Not in a location prohibited by California law or by a private person or entity on his/her property if such prohibition is permitted by California law. 209.4 CALIFORNIA IDENTIFICATION CARD ISSUANCE Any full-time sworn officer of this department who was authorized to, and did, carry a concealed firearm during the course and scope of his/her employment shall be issued an identification card with a Carrying Concealed Weapon endorsement, "CCW Approved," upon honorable retirement (Penal Code § 25455). (a)For the purpose of this policy, honorably retired includes all peace officers who have qualified for, and accepted, a service or disability retirement. It shall not include any officer who retires in lieu of termination. (b)No CCW Approved endorsement shall be issued to any officer retiring because of a psychological disability (Penal Code § 26305). 209.4.1 CALIFORNIA IDENTIFICATION CARD FORMAT The identification card issued to any qualified and honorably retired officer shall be 2 inches by 3 inches, and minimally contain (Penal Code § 25460): (a)A photograph of the retiree. (b)The retiree’s name and date of birth. (c)The date of retirement. (d)The name and address of this department. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Retiree Concealed Firearms - 57 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Retiree Concealed Firearms (e)A stamped CCW Approved endorsement along with the date by which the endorsement must be renewed (not more than one year). If a CCW endorsement has been denied or revoked, the identification card shall be stamped “No CCW Privilege.” 209.4.2 QUALIFIED RETIRED RESERVES Qualified retired reserve officers who meet the department requirements shall be provided an identification card with a CCW Approved endorsement (Penal Code § 26300). 209.5 IDENTIFICATION CARD FORMAT The identification card issued to any qualified and honorably retired officer shall be two inches by three inches and minimally contain the following (Penal Code § 12027(a)(1)(D)): (a)Photograph of the retiree. (b)Retiree's name and date of birth. (c)Date of retirement. (d)Name and address of this department. (e)A stamped endorsement "CCW Approved" along with the date by which the endorsement must be renewed (not more than five years). In the case in which a CCW endorsement has been denied or revoked, the identification card shall be stamped "No CCW Privilege". (f)If applicable, a notation that "This person is in compliance with 18 U.S.C. § 926C(d) (1)." 209.5.1 MAINTAINING A CALIFORNIA IDENTIFICATION CARD CCW ENDORSEMENT In order to maintain a CCW Approved endorsement on an identification card issued under California law, the retired officer shall (Penal Code § 26305): (a)Qualify annually with the authorized firearm at a course approved by this department at the retired officer’s expense. (b)Remain subject to all applicable department policies and federal, state and local laws. (c)Not engage in conduct that compromises public safety. (d)Only be authorized to carry a concealed firearm inspected and approved by the Department. 209.6 DENIAL, SUSPENSION, OR REVOCATION OF A LEOSA IDENTIFICATION CARD A LEOSA identification card may be denied or revoked upon a showing of good cause as determined by the Department. In the event that an identification card is denied, suspended, or revoked, the former officer may request a review by the Director of Public Safety. The decision of the Director of Public Safety is final. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Retiree Concealed Firearms - 58 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Retiree Concealed Firearms 209.6.1 SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY Employees who have reason to suspect a retiree's conduct has compromised public safety should notify the Shift Supervisor as soon as practical. The Shift Supervisor should take the following steps in these instances: (a)Take appropriate steps to promptly look into the matter. (b)If warranted, contact the retiree in person and advise him/her in writing of the following: 1.The retiree's CCW endorsement is immediately and temporarily revoked. 2.The retiree will have 15 days to request a hearing to determine whether the temporary revocation should become permanent. 3.The retiree will forfeit his/ her right to a hearing and the CCW endorsement will be permanently revoked if the retiree fails to respond to the notice of hearing within the 15-day period. (c)A current copy of Penal Code §§ 26305, 26312 and 26315 should be attached to the written notice. (d)In the event that personal contact with the retiree cannot be reasonably achieved in a timely manner, the Shift Supervisor should attempt to make the above notice of temporary suspension through another peace officer. For example, if a retiree was arrested or detained by a distant agency, the Shift Supervisor may request that a peace officer of that agency act as the Department's agent to deliver the written notification. (e)Notification of the temporary suspension should also be promptly mailed to the retiree via first class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (Penal Code § 26312). (f)The Shift Supervisor should document in a memo the investigation, the actions taken, and, if applicable, any notification made to the retiree. The memo should be forwarded to the Director of Public Safety. 209.7 FIREARM QUALIFICATIONS The Rangemaster may provide former officers from this department an opportunity to qualify. Written evidence of the qualification and the weapons used will be provided and will contain the date of the qualification. The Rangemaster will maintain a record of the qualifications and weapons used. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Retiree Concealed Firearms - 59 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 3 - General Operations Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety General Operations - 60 Policy 300 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force 300.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines on the reasonable use of force. While there is no way to specify the exact amount or type of reasonable force to be applied in any situation, every member of this department is expected to use these guidelines to make such decisions in a professional, impartial, and reasonable manner (Government Code § 7286). In addition to those methods, techniques, and tools set forth below, the guidelines for the reasonable application of force contained in this policy shall apply to all policies addressing the potential use of force, including but not limited to the Control Devices and Techniques and Conducted Energy Device policies. Retaliation prohibitions for reporting suspected violations are addressed in the Anti-Retaliation Policy. 300.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Deadly force - Any use of force that creates a substantial risk of causing death or serious bodily injury, including but not limited to the discharge of a firearm (Penal Code § 835a). Feasible - Reasonably capable of being done or carried out under the circumstances to successfully achieve the arrest or lawful objective without increasing risk to the officer or another person (Government Code § 7286(a)). Force - The application of physical techniques or tactics, chemical agents, or weapons to another person. It is not a use of force when a person allows him/herself to be searched, escorted, handcuffed, or restrained. Serious bodily injury - A serious impairment of physical condition, including but not limited to the following: loss of consciousness; concussion; bone fracture; protracted loss or impairment of function of any bodily member or organ; a wound requiring extensive suturing; and serious disfigurement (Penal Code § 243(f)(4)). Totality of the circumstances - All facts known to the officer at the time, including the conduct of the officer and the subject leading up to the use of force (Penal Code § 835a). 300.2 POLICY The use of force by law enforcement personnel is a matter of critical concern, both to the public and to the law enforcement community. Officers are involved on a daily basis in numerous and varied interactions and, when warranted, may use reasonable force in carrying out their duties. Officers must have an understanding of, and true appreciation for, their authority and limitations. This is especially true with respect to overcoming resistance while engaged in the performance of law enforcement duties. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 61 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force The Department recognizes and respects the value of all human life and dignity without prejudice to anyone. Vesting officers with the authority to use reasonable force and to protect the public welfare requires monitoring, evaluation and a careful balancing of all interests. 300.2.1 FAIR AND UNBIASED USE OF FORCE Officers are expected to carry out their duties, including the use of force, in a manner that is fair and unbiased (Government Code § 7286(b)). See the Bias-Based Policing Policy for additional guidance. 300.2.2 DUTY TO INTERCEDE Any officer present and observing another law enforcement officer or an employee using force that is clearly beyond that which is necessary, as determined by an objectively reasonable officer under the circumstances, shall, when in a position to do so, intercede (as defined by Government Code § 7286) to prevent the use of unreasonable force. When observing force used by a law enforcement officer, each officer should take into account the totality of the circumstances and the possibility that other law enforcement officers may have additional information regarding the threat posed by the subject (Government Code § 7286(b)). 300.2.3 DUTY TO REPORT EXCESSIVE FORCE Any officer who observes a law enforcement officer or an employee use force that potentially exceeds what the officer reasonably believes to be necessary shall immediately report these observations to a supervisor (Government Code § 7286(b)). As used in this subsection, "immediately" means as soon as it is safe and feasible to do so. 300.2.4 FAILURE TO INTERCEDE An officer who has received the required training on the duty to intercede and then fails to act to intercede when required by law, may be disciplined in the same manner as the officer who used force beyond that which is necessary (Government Code § 7286(b)). 300.3 USE OF FORCE Officers shall use only that amount of force that reasonably appears necessary given the facts and totality of the circumstances known to or perceived by the officer at the time of the event to accomplish a legitimate law enforcement purpose (Penal Code § 835a). The reasonableness of force will be judged from the perspective of a reasonable officer on the scene at the time of the incident. Any evaluation of reasonableness must allow for the fact that officers are often forced to make split-second decisions about the amount of force that reasonably appears necessary in a particular situation, with limited information and in circumstances that are tense, uncertain, and rapidly evolving. Given that no policy can realistically predict every possible situation an officer might encounter, officers are entrusted to use well-reasoned discretion in determining the appropriate use of force in each incident. Officers may only use a level of force that they reasonably believe is proportional to Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 62 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force the seriousness of the suspected offense or the reasonably perceived level of actual or threatened resistance (Government Code § 7286(b)). It is also recognized that circumstances may arise in which officers reasonably believe that it would be impractical or ineffective to use any of the approved or authorized tools, weapons, or methods provided by the Department. Officers may find it more effective or reasonable to improvise their response to rapidly unfolding conditions that they are confronting. In such circumstances, the use of any improvised device or method must nonetheless be objectively reasonable and utilized only to the degree that reasonably appears necessary to accomplish a legitimate law enforcement purpose. While the ultimate objective of every law enforcement encounter is to avoid or minimize injury, nothing in this policy requires an officer to retreat or be exposed to possible physical injury before applying reasonable force. 300.3.1 ALTERNATIVE TACTICS - DE-ESCALATION As time and circumstances reasonably permit, and when community and officer safety would not be compromised, officers should consider actions that may increase officer safety and may decrease the need for using force: (a)Summoning additional resources that are able to respond in a reasonably timely manner. (b)Formulating a plan with responding officers before entering an unstable situation that does not reasonably appear to require immediate intervention. (c)Employing other tactics that do not unreasonably increase officer jeopardy. In addition, when reasonable, officers should evaluate the totality of circumstances presented at the time in each situation and, when feasible, consider and utilize reasonably available alternative tactics and techniques that may persuade an individual to voluntarily comply or may mitigate the need to use a higher level of force to resolve the situation before applying force (Government Code § 7286(b)). Such alternatives may include but are not limited to: (a)Attempts to de-escalate a situation. (b)If reasonably available, the use of crisis intervention techniques by properly trained personnel. 300.3.2 USE OF FORCE TO EFFECT AN ARREST Any peace officer may use objectively reasonable force to effect an arrest, to prevent escape, or to overcome resistance. A peace officer who makes or attempts to make an arrest need not retreat or desist from his/her efforts by reason of resistance or threatened resistance on the part of the person being arrested; nor shall an officer be deemed the aggressor or lose his/her right to self-defense by the use of reasonable force to effect the arrest, prevent escape, or to overcome resistance. Retreat does not mean tactical repositioning or other de-escalation techniques (Penal Code § 835a). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 63 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force 300.3.3 FACTORS USED TO DETERMINE THE REASONABLENESS OF FORCE When determining whether to apply force and evaluating whether an officer has used reasonable force, a number of factors should be taken into consideration, as time and circumstances permit (Government Code § 7286(b)). These factors include but are not limited to: (a)The apparent immediacy and severity of the threat to officers or others (Penal Code § 835a). (b)The conduct of the individual being confronted, as reasonably perceived by the officer at the time (Penal Code § 835a). (c)Officer/subject factors (age, size, relative strength, skill level, injuries sustained, level of exhaustion or fatigue, the number of officers available vs. subjects). (d)The conduct of the involved officer leading up to the use of force (Penal Code § 835a). (e)The effects of suspected drugs or alcohol. (f)The individual's apparent mental state or capacity (Penal Code § 835a). (g)The individual’s apparent ability to understand and comply with officer commands (Penal Code § 835a). (h)Proximity of weapons or dangerous improvised devices. (i)The degree to which the subject has been effectively restrained and his/her ability to resist despite being restrained. (j)The availability of other reasonable and feasible options and their possible effectiveness (Penal Code § 835a). (k)Seriousness of the suspected offense or reason for contact with the individual prior to and at the time force is used. (l)Training and experience of the officer. (m)Potential for injury to officers, suspects, bystanders, and others. (n)Whether the person appears to be resisting, attempting to evade arrest by flight, or is attacking the officer. (o)The risk and reasonably foreseeable consequences of escape. (p)The apparent need for immediate control of the subject or a prompt resolution of the situation. (q)Whether the conduct of the individual being confronted no longer reasonably appears to pose an imminent threat to the officer or others. (r)Prior contacts with the subject or awareness of any propensity for violence. (s)Any other exigent circumstances. 300.3.4 PAIN COMPLIANCE TECHNIQUES Pain compliance techniques may be effective in controlling a physically or actively resisting individual. Officers may only apply those pain compliance techniques for which they have Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 64 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force successfully completed department-approved training. Officers utilizing any pain compliance technique should consider: (a)The degree to which the application of the technique may be controlled given the level of resistance. (b)Whether the person can comply with the direction or orders of the officer. (c)Whether the person has been given sufficient opportunity to comply. The application of any pain compliance technique shall be discontinued once the officer determines that compliance has been achieved. 300.3.5 RESTRICTIONS ON THE USE OF CAROTID CONTROL HOLD Officers of this department are not authorized to use a carotid restraint hold, except in situations where the use of deadly force is allowed by law. A carotid restraint means a vascular neck restraint or any similar restraint, hold, or other defensive tactic in which pressure is applied to the sides of a person’s neck that involves a substantial risk of restricting blood flow and may render the person unconscious in order to subdue or control the person (Government Code § 7286.5). 300.3.6 USE OF FORCE TO SEIZE EVIDENCE In general, officers may use reasonable force to lawfully seize evidence and to prevent the destruction of evidence. However, officers are discouraged from using force solely to prevent a person from swallowing evidence or contraband. In the instance when force is used, officers should not intentionally use any technique that restricts blood flow to the head, restricts respiration or which creates a reasonable likelihood that blood flow to the head or respiration would be restricted. Officers are encouraged to use techniques and methods taught by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety for this specific purpose. 300.3.7 RESTRICTIONS ON THE USE OF A CHOKE HOLD Officers of this department are not authorized to use a choke hold. A choke hold means any defensive tactic or force option in which direct pressure is applied to a person’s trachea or windpipe (Government Code § 7286.5). 300.3.8 ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS Terms such as "positional asphyxia," "restraint asphyxia," and "excited delirium" continue to remain the subject of debate among experts and medical professionals, are not universally recognized medical conditions, and frequently involve other collateral or controlling factors such as narcotics or alcohol influence or pre-existing medical conditions. While it is impractical to restrict an officer's use of reasonable control methods when attempting to restrain a combative individual, officers are not authorized to use any restraint or transportation method which might unreasonably impair an individual's breathing or respiratory capacity for a period beyond the point when the individual has been adequately and safely controlled. Once the individual is safely secured, officers should promptly check and continuously monitor the individual's condition for signs of medical distress (Government Code § 7286.5). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 65 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force 300.4 DEADLY FORCE APPLICATIONS Where feasible, the officer shall, prior to the use of deadly force, make reasonable efforts to identify themself as a peace officer and to warn that deadly force may be used, unless the officer has objectively reasonable grounds to believe the person is aware of those facts (Penal Code § 835a). If an objectively reasonable officer would consider it safe and feasible to do so under the totality of the circumstances, officers shall evaluate and use other reasonably available resources and techniques when determining whether to use deadly force. To the extent that it is reasonably practical, officers should consider their surroundings and any potential risks to bystanders prior to discharging a firearm (Government Code § 7286(b)). The use of deadly force is only justified when the officer reasonably believes it is necessary in the following circumstances (Penal Code § 835a): (a)An officer may use deadly force to protect themself or others from what the officer reasonably believes is an imminent threat of death or serious bodily injury to the officer or another person. (b)An officer may use deadly force to apprehend a fleeing person for any felony that threatened or resulted in death or serious bodily injury, if the officer reasonably believes that the person will cause death or serious bodily injury to another unless immediately apprehended. Officers shall not use deadly force against a person based on the danger that person poses to themself, if an objectively reasonable officer would believe the person does not pose an imminent threat of death or serious bodily injury to the officer or to another person (Penal Code § 835a). Additionally, an officer should not use deadly force against a person whose actions are a threat solely to property. An "imminent" threat of death or serious bodily injury exists when, based on the totality of the circumstances, a reasonable officer in the same situation would believe that a person has the present ability, opportunity, and apparent intent to immediately cause death or serious bodily injury to the officer or another person. An officer's subjective fear of future harm alone is insufficient as an imminent threat. An imminent threat is one that from appearances is reasonably believed to require instant attention (Penal Code § 835a). 300.4.1 SHOOTING AT OR FROM MOVING VEHICLES Shots fired at or from a moving vehicle are rarely effective and involve considerations and risks in addition to the justification for the use of deadly force. When feasible, officers should take reasonable steps to move out of the path of an approaching vehicle instead of discharging their firearm at the vehicle or any of its occupants. An officer should only discharge a firearm at a moving vehicle or its occupants when the officer reasonably believes there are no other reasonable means available to avert the imminent threat of the vehicle, or if deadly force other than the vehicle is directed at the officer or others (Government Code § 7286(b)). Officers should not shoot at any part of a vehicle in an attempt to disable the vehicle. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 66 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force 300.4.2 DISPLAYING OF FIREARMS Given that individuals might perceive the display of a firearm as a potential application of force, officers should carefully evaluate each tactical situation and use sound discretion when drawing a firearm in public by considering the following guidelines (Government Code § 7286(b)): (a)If the officer does not initially perceive a threat but reasonably believes that the potential for such threat exists, firearms should generally be kept in the low-ready or other position not directed toward an individual. (b)If the officer reasonably believes that a threat exists based on the totality of circumstances presented at the time (e.g., high-risk stop, tactical entry, armed encounter), firearms may be directed toward such threat until the officer no longer perceives such threat. Once it is reasonably safe to do so, officers should carefully secure all firearms. 300.5 REPORTING THE USE OF FORCE Any use/show of force by a member of this department shall be documented promptly, completely, and accurately in an appropriate report, depending on the nature of the incident. The officer should articulate the factors perceived and why he/she believed the use/show of force was reasonable under the circumstances. To collect data for purposes of training, resource allocation, analysis, and related purposes, the Department may require the completion of additional report forms, as specified in department policy, procedure, or law. See the Report Preparation Policy for additional circumstances that may require documentation. 300.5.1 NOTIFICATION TO SUPERVISORS Any use of force by an officer shall be reported immediately to a supervisor, including but not limited to the following circumstances (Penal Code § 832.13): (a)The application caused a visible injury. (b)The application would lead a reasonable officer to conclude that the individual may have experienced more than momentary discomfort. (c)The individual subjected to the force complained of injury or continuing pain. (d)The individual indicates intent to pursue litigation. (e)Any application of a conducted energy device or control device. (f)Any application of a restraint device other than handcuffs, shackles, or belly chains. (g)The individual subjected to the force was rendered unconscious. (h)An individual was struck or kicked. (i)An individual alleges unreasonable force was used or that any of the above has occurred. As used in this subsection, "immediately" means as soon as it is safe and feasible to do so. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 67 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force 300.5.2 REPORTING TO CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE Statistical data regarding all officer-involved shootings and incidents involving use of force resulting in serious bodily injury is to be reported to the California Department of Justice as required by Government Code § 12525.2. See the Records Bureau Policy. 300.5.3 REPORT RESTRICTIONS Officers shall not use the term "excited delirium" to describe an individual in an incident report. Officers may describe the characteristics of an individual's conduct, but shall not generally describe the individual's demeanor, conduct, or physical and mental condition at issue as "excited delirium" (Health and Safety Code § 24402). 300.6 MEDICAL CONSIDERATIONS Once it is reasonably safe to do so, properly trained officers should promptly provide or procure medical assistance for any person injured or claiming to have been injured in a use of force incident (Government Code § 7286(b)). Prior to booking or release, medical assistance shall be obtained for any person who exhibits signs of physical distress, who has sustained visible injury, expresses a complaint of injury or continuing pain, or who was rendered unconscious. Any individual exhibiting signs of physical distress after an encounter should be continuously monitored until the individual can be medically assessed. Based upon the officer's initial assessment of the nature and extent of the subject's injuries, medical assistance may consist of examination by fire personnel, paramedics, hospital staff, or medical staff at the jail. If any such individual refuses medical attention, such a refusal shall be fully documented in related reports and, whenever practicable, should be witnessed by another officer and/or medical personnel. If a recording is made of the contact or an interview with the individual, any refusal should be included in the recording, if possible. The on-scene supervisor or, if the on-scene supervisor is not available, the primary handling officer shall ensure that any person providing medical care or receiving custody of a person following any use of force is informed that the person was subjected to force. This notification shall include a description of the force used and any other circumstances the officer reasonably believes would be potential safety or medical risks to the subject (e.g., prolonged struggle, extreme agitation, impaired respiration). Persons who exhibit extreme agitation, violent irrational behavior accompanied by profuse sweating, extraordinary strength beyond their physical characteristics and imperviousness to pain, or who require a protracted physical encounter with multiple officers to be brought under control, may be at an increased risk of sudden death. Calls involving these persons should be considered medical emergencies. Officers who reasonably suspect a medical emergency should request medical assistance as soon as practicable and have medical personnel stage away if appropriate. See the Medical Aid and Response Policy for additional guidelines. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 68 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force 300.7 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY A supervisor should respond to any reported use of force, if reasonably available. The responding supervisor is expected to (Government Code § 7286(b)): (a)Obtain the basic facts from the involved officers. Absent an allegation of misconduct or excessive force, this will be considered a routine contact in the normal course of duties. (b)Ensure that any injured parties are examined and treated. (c)When possible, separately obtain a recorded interview with the subject upon whom force was applied. If this interview is conducted without the person having voluntarily waived his/her Miranda rights, the following shall apply: 1.The content of the interview should not be summarized or included in any related criminal charges. 2.The fact that a recorded interview was conducted should be documented in a property or other report. 3.The recording of the interview should be distinctly marked for retention until all potential for civil litigation has expired. (d)Once any initial medical assessment has been completed or first aid has been rendered, ensure that photographs have been taken of any areas involving visible injury or complaint of pain, as well as overall photographs of uninjured areas. These photographs should be retained until all potential for civil litigation has expired. (e)Identify any witnesses not already included in related reports. (f)Review and approve all related reports. (g)Determine if there is any indication that the subject may pursue civil litigation. 1.If there is an indication of potential civil litigation, the supervisor should complete and route a notification of a potential claim through the appropriate channels. (h)Evaluate the circumstances surrounding the incident and initiate an administrative investigation if there is a question of policy non-compliance or if for any reason further investigation may be appropriate. In the event that a supervisor is unable to respond to the scene of an incident involving the reported application of force, the supervisor is still expected to complete as many of the above items as circumstances permit. 300.7.1 FIREARM DISCHARGE Each discharge of a firearm, except at an approved range, shall be investigated personally by the Supervisor to which the officer is assigned. After conducting a thorough investigation of the circumstances surrounding the discharge of a firearm, the Supervisor shall submit a detailed written report of the results of the investigation to the Director of Public Safety via the Chain of Command. The report shall also contain the observations and conclusions of the Supervisor. The Director of Public Safety, after reviewing the reports pertaining to the discharge of a firearm, will Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 69 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force determine if it is necessary to convene a Review Board to review the circumstances surrounding the discharge of the firearm. 300.7.2 SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY The Shift Supervisor shall review each use of force by any personnel within his/her command to ensure compliance with this policy. 300.8 USE OF FORCE COMPLAINTS The receipt, processing, and investigation of civilian complaints involving use of force incidents should be handled in accordance with the Personnel Complaints Policy (Government Code § 7286(b)). 300.9 TRAINING Officers, investigators, and supervisors will receive annual training on this policy and demonstrate their knowledge and understanding (Government Code § 7286(b)). 300.9.1 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Required annual training shall include: (a)Legal updates. (b)De-escalation tactics, including alternatives to force. (c)The duty to intercede. (d)The duty to request and/or render medical aid. (e)Warning shots (see the Firearms Policy). (f)All other subjects covered in this policy (e.g., use of deadly force, chokeholds and carotid holds, discharge of a firearm at or from a moving vehicle, verbal warnings). (g)Training courses required by and consistent with POST guidelines set forth in Penal Code § 13519.10. See the Training Policy for restrictions relating to officers who are the subject of a sustained use of force complaint. 300.9.2 STATE-SPECIFIC TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Required state-specific training shall include guidelines regarding vulnerable populations, including but not limited to children, elderly persons, pregnant individuals, and individuals with physical, mental, and developmental disabilities (Government Code § 7286(b)). 300.10 USE OF FORCE ANALYSIS At least annually, the Deputy Chief of Police or authorized designee should prepare an analysis report on use of force incidents. The report should be submitted to the Director of Public Safety. The report should not contain the names of officers, suspects or case numbers, and should include: (a)The identification of any trends in the use of force by members. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 70 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual De-Escalation and Use of Force (b)Training needs recommendations. (c)Equipment needs recommendations. (d)Policy revision recommendations. 300.11 POLICY REVIEW The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee should regularly review and update this policy to reflect developing practices and procedures (Government Code § 7286(b)). 300.12 POLICY AVAILABILITY The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee should ensure this policy is accessible to the public (Government Code § 7286(c)). 300.13 PUBLIC RECORDS REQUESTS Requests for public records involving an officer’s personnel records shall be processed in accordance with Penal Code § 832.7 and the Personnel Records and Records Maintenance and Release policies (Government Code § 7286(b)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety De-Escalation and Use of Force - 71 Policy 301 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Use of Force Review Boards 301.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes a process for the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to review the use of force by its employees. This review process shall be in addition to any other review or investigation that may be conducted by any outside or multi-agency entity having jurisdiction over the investigation or evaluation of the use of deadly force. 301.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will objectively evaluate the use of force by its members to ensure that their authority is used lawfully, appropriately and is consistent with training and policy. 301.3 REMOVAL FROM LINE DUTY ASSIGNMENT Generally, whenever an employee's actions or use of force in an official capacity, or while using department equipment, results in death or very serious injury to another, that employee will be placed in a temporary administrative assignment pending an administrative review. The Director of Public Safety may exercise discretion and choose not to place an employee in an administrative assignment in any case. 301.4 REVIEW BOARD The Use of Force Review Board will be convened when the use of force by a member results in very serious injury or death to another. The Use of Force Review Board will also investigate and review the circumstances surrounding every discharge of a firearm, whether the employee was on- or off-duty, excluding training,recreational use, or the humane dispatching of an animal. The Director of Public Safety may request the Use of Force Review Board to investigate the circumstances surrounding any use of force incident. The Deputy Chief of Police will convene the Use of Force Review Board as necessary. It will be the responsibility of the Deputy Chief or supervisor of the involved employee to notify the Deputy Chief of any incidents requiring board review. The involved employee's Deputy Chief or supervisor will also ensure that all relevant reports, documents and materials are available for consideration and review by the board. 301.4.1 COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD The Deputy Chief of Police should select four Use of Force Review Board members from the following, as appropriate: •Commanding officer in the involved member's chain of command •Non-administrative supervisor Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Use of Force Review Boards - 72 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Use of Force Review Boards •A peer officer •Department instructor for the type of weapon, device or technique used The senior ranking command representative who is not in the same division as the involved employee will serve as chairperson. 301.4.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BOARD The Use of Force Review Board is empowered to conduct an administrative review and inquiry into the circumstances of an incident. The board members may request further investigation, request reports be submitted for the board's review, call persons to present information and request the involved employee to appear. The involved employee will be notified of the meeting of the board and may choose to have a representative through all phases of the review process. The board does not have the authority to recommend discipline. The Director of Public Safety will determine whether the board should delay its review until after completion of any criminal investigation, review by any prosecutorial body, filing of criminal charges the decision not to file criminal charges, or any other action. The board should be provided all relevant available material from these proceedings for its consideration. Absent an express waiver from the employee, no more than two members of the board may ask questions of the involved employee (Government Code § 3303). Other members may provide questions to these members. The review shall be based upon those facts which were reasonably believed or known by the officer at the time of the incident, applying any legal requirements, department policies, procedures and approved training to those facts. Facts later discovered but unknown to the officer at the time shall neither justify nor call into question an officer's decision regarding the use of force. Any questioning of the involved employee conducted by the board will be in accordance with the department's disciplinary procedures, the Personnel Complaints Policy, the current collective bargaining agreement and any applicable state or federal law. The board shall make one of the following recommended findings: (a)The employee's actions were within department policy and procedure. (b)The employee's actions were in violation of department policy and procedure. A recommended finding requires a majority vote of the board. The board may also recommend additional investigations or reviews, such as disciplinary investigations, training reviews to consider whether training should be developed or revised, and policy reviews, as may be appropriate. The board chairperson will submit the written recommendation to the Director of Public Safety. The Director of Public Safety shall review the recommendation, make a final determination as to whether the employee's actions were within policy and procedure and will determine whether any Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Use of Force Review Boards - 73 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Use of Force Review Boards additional actions, investigations or reviews are appropriate. The Director of Public Safety's final findings will be forwarded to the involved employee's Deputy Chief for review and appropriate action. If the Director of Public Safety concludes that discipline should be considered, a disciplinary process will be initiated. At the conclusion of any additional reviews, copies of all relevant reports and information will be filed with the Director of Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Use of Force Review Boards - 74 Policy 302 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Handcuffing and Restraints 302.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for the use of handcuffs and other restraints during detentions and arrests. 302.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety authorizes the use of restraint devices in accordance with this policy, the Use of Force Policy, and department training. Restraint devices shall not be used to punish, to display authority, or as a show of force. 302.3 USE OF RESTRAINTS Only members who have successfully completed Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety- approved training on the use of restraint devices described in this policy are authorized to use these devices. When deciding whether to use any restraint, officers should carefully balance officer safety concerns with factors that include but are not limited to: •The circumstances or crime leading to the arrest. •The demeanor and behavior of the arrested person. •The age and health of the person. •Whether the person is known to be pregnant. •Whether the person has a hearing or speaking disability. In such cases, consideration should be given, safety permitting, to handcuffing to the front in order to allow the person to sign or write notes. •Whether the person has any other apparent disability. 302.3.1 RESTRAINT OF DETAINEES Situations may arise where it may be reasonable to restrain a person who may, after brief investigation, be released without arrest. Unless arrested, the use of restraints on detainees should continue only for as long as is reasonably necessary to ensure the safety of officers and others. When deciding whether to remove restraints from a detainee, officers should continuously weigh the safety interests at hand against the continuing intrusion upon the detainee. 302.3.2 RESTRAINT OF PREGNANT PERSONS Persons who are known to be pregnant should be restrained in the least restrictive manner that is effective for officer safety. Leg irons, waist chains, or handcuffs behind the body should not be used unless the officer has a reasonable suspicion that the person may resist, attempt escape, injure self or others, or damage property. No person who is in labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery shall be handcuffed or restrained except in extraordinary circumstances and only when a supervisor makes an individualized Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Handcuffing and Restraints - 75 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Handcuffing and Restraints determination that such restraints are necessary for the safety of the arrestee, officers, or others (Penal Code § 3407; Penal Code § 6030). 302.3.3 RESTRAINT OF JUVENILES A juvenile under 14 years of age should not be restrained unless he/she is suspected of a dangerous felony or when the officer has a reasonable suspicion that the juvenile may resist, attempt escape, injure him/herself, injure the officer, or damage property. 302.3.4 NOTIFICATIONS Whenever an officer transports a person with the use of restraints other than handcuffs, the officer shall inform the jail staff upon arrival at the jail that restraints were used. This notification should include information regarding any other circumstances the officer reasonably believes would be potential safety concerns or medical risks to the person (e.g., prolonged struggle, extreme agitation, impaired respiration) that may have occurred prior to, or during, transportation to the jail. 302.4 APPLICATION OF HANDCUFFS OR PLASTIC CUFFS Handcuffs, including temporary nylon or plastic cuffs, may be used only to restrain a person’s hands to ensure officer safety. Although recommended for most arrest situations, handcuffing is discretionary and not an absolute requirement of the Department. Officers should consider handcuffing any person they reasonably believe warrants that degree of restraint. However, officers should not conclude that in order to avoid risk every person should be handcuffed, regardless of the circumstances. In most situations, handcuffs should be applied with the hands behind the person’s back. When feasible, handcuffs should be double-locked to prevent tightening, which may cause undue discomfort or injury to the hands or wrists. In situations where one pair of handcuffs does not appear sufficient to restrain the person or may cause unreasonable discomfort due to the person’s size, officers should consider alternatives, such as using an additional set of handcuffs or multiple plastic cuffs. Handcuffs should be removed as soon as it is reasonable or after the person has been searched and is safely confined within a detention facility. 302.5 APPLICATION OF SPIT HOODS Spit hoods are temporary protective devices designed to prevent the wearer from biting and/or transferring or transmitting fluids (saliva and mucous) to others. Spit hoods may be placed upon persons in custody when the officer reasonably believes the person will bite or spit, either on a person or in an inappropriate place. They are generally used during application of a physical restraint, while the person is restrained, or during or after transport. Officers utilizing spit hoods should ensure that the spit hood is fastened properly to allow for adequate ventilation and so that the restrained person can breathe normally. Officers should provide assistance during the movement of a restrained person due to the potential for impairing Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Handcuffing and Restraints - 76 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Handcuffing and Restraints or distorting that person's vision. Officers should avoid comingling those wearing spit hoods with other detainees. Spit hoods should not be used in situations where the restrained person is bleeding profusely from the area around the mouth or nose, or if there are indications that the person has a medical condition, such as difficulty breathing or vomiting. In such cases, prompt medical care should be obtained. If the person vomits while wearing a spit hood, the spit hood should be promptly removed and discarded. Persons who have been sprayed with oleoresin capsicum (OC) spray should be thoroughly decontaminated, including hair, head, and clothing, prior to application of a spit hood. Those who have been placed in a spit hood should be continually monitored and shall not be left unattended until the spit hood is removed. Spit hoods shall be discarded after each use. 302.6 APPLICATION OF AUXILIARY RESTRAINT DEVICES Auxiliary restraint devices include transport belts, waist or belly chains, transportation chains, leg irons, and other similar devices. Auxiliary restraint devices are intended for use during long-term restraint or transportation. They provide additional security and safety without impeding breathing, while permitting adequate movement, comfort, and mobility. Only department-authorized devices may be used. Any person in auxiliary restraints should be monitored as reasonably appears necessary. 302.7 APPLICATION OF LEG RESTRAINT DEVICES Leg restraints may be used to restrain the legs of a violent or potentially violent person when it is reasonable to do so during the course of detention, arrest, or transportation. Only restraint devices approved by the Department shall be used. In determining whether to use the leg restraint, officers should consider: (a)Whether the officer or others could be exposed to injury due to the assaultive or resistant behavior of a person. (b)Whether it is reasonably necessary to protect the person from his/her own actions (e.g., hitting his/her head against the interior of the patrol vehicle, running away from the arresting officer while handcuffed, kicking at objects or officers). (c)Whether it is reasonably necessary to avoid damage to property (e.g., kicking at windows of the patrol vehicle). 302.7.1 GUIDELINES FOR USE OF LEG RESTRAINTS When applying leg restraints, the following guidelines should be followed: (a)If practicable, officers should notify a supervisor of the intent to apply the leg restraint device. In all cases, a supervisor shall be notified as soon as practicable after the application of the leg restraint device. (b)Once applied, absent a medical or other emergency, restraints should remain in place until the officer arrives at the jail or other facility or the person no longer reasonably appears to pose a threat. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Handcuffing and Restraints - 77 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Handcuffing and Restraints (c)Once secured, the person should be placed in a seated or upright position, secured with a seat belt, and shall not be placed on his/her stomach for an extended period, as this could reduce the person’s ability to breathe. (d)The restrained person should be continually monitored by an officer while in the leg restraint. The officer should ensure that the person does not roll onto and remain on his/her stomach. (e)The officer should look for signs of labored breathing and take appropriate steps to relieve and minimize any obvious factors contributing to this condition. (f)When transported by emergency medical services, the restrained person should be accompanied by an officer when requested by medical personnel. The transporting officer should describe to medical personnel any unusual behaviors or other circumstances the officer reasonably believes would be potential safety or medical risks to the person (e.g., prolonged struggle, extreme agitation, impaired respiration). 302.8 REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION If a person is restrained and released without an arrest, the officer shall document the details of the detention and the need for handcuffs or other restraints. If a person is arrested, the use of handcuffs or other restraints shall be documented in the related report. Officers should document the following information in reports, as appropriate, when restraints other than handcuffs are used on a person: (a)The factors that led to the decision to use restraints. (b)Supervisor notification and approval of restraint use. (c)The types of restraint used. (d)The amount of time the person was restrained. (e)How the person was transported and the position of the person during transport. (f)Observations of the person’s behavior and any signs of physiological problems. (g)Any known or suspected drug use or other medical problems. 302.9 TRAINING Subject to available resources, the Training Coordinator should ensure that officers receive periodic training on the proper use of handcuffs and other restraints, including: (a)Proper placement and fit of handcuffs and other restraint devices approved for use by the Department. (b)Response to complaints of pain by restrained persons. (c)Options for restraining those who may be pregnant without the use of leg irons, waist chains, or handcuffs behind the body. (d)Options for restraining amputees or those with medical conditions or other physical conditions that may be aggravated by being restrained. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Handcuffing and Restraints - 78 Policy 303 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Control Devices and Techniques 303.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for the use and maintenance of control devices that are described in this policy. 303.2 POLICY In order to control subjects who are violent or who demonstrate the intent to be violent, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety authorizes officers to use control devices in accordance with the guidelines in this policy and the Use of Force Policy. 303.3 ISSUING, CARRYING AND USING CONTROL DEVICES Control devices described in this policy may be carried and used by members of this department only if the device has been issued by the Department or approved by the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. Only officers who have successfully completed department-approved training in the use of any control device are authorized to carry and use the device. Control devices may be used when a decision has been made to control, restrain or arrest a subject who is violent or who demonstrates the intent to be violent, and the use of the device appears reasonable under the circumstances. When reasonable, a verbal warning and opportunity to comply should precede the use of these devices. When using control devices, officers should carefully consider potential impact areas in order to minimize injuries and unintentional targets. 303.4 RESPONSIBILITIES 303.4.1 SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Shift Supervisor may authorize the use of a control device by selected personnel or members of specialized units who have successfully completed the required training. 303.4.2 RANGEMASTER RESPONSIBILITIES The Rangemaster shall control the inventory and issuance of all control devices and shall ensure that all damaged, inoperative, outdated or expended control devices or munitions are properly disposed of, repaired or replaced. Every control device will be periodically inspected by the Rangemaster or the designated instructor for a particular control device. The inspection shall be documented. 303.4.3 USER RESPONSIBILITIES All normal maintenance, charging or cleaning shall remain the responsibility of personnel using the various devices. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Control Devices and Techniques - 79 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Control Devices and Techniques Any damaged, inoperative, outdated or expended control devices or munitions, along with documentation explaining the cause of the damage, shall be returned to the Rangemaster for disposition. Damage to City property forms shall also be prepared and forwarded through the chain of command, when appropriate, explaining the cause of damage. 303.5 BATON GUIDELINES The need to immediately control a suspect must be weighed against the risk of causing serious injury. The head, neck, throat, spine, heart, kidneys and groin should not be intentionally targeted except when the officer reasonably believes the suspect poses an imminent threat of serious bodily injury or death to the officer or others. When carrying a baton, uniformed personnel shall carry the baton in its authorized holder on the equipment belt or outer carrier vest. Plainclothes and non-field personnel may carry the baton as authorized and in accordance with the needs of their assignment or at the direction of their supervisor. 303.6 TEAR GAS GUIDELINES Tear gas may be used for crowd control, crowd dispersal or against barricaded suspects based on the circumstances. Only the Shift Supervisor, Incident Commander or Crisis Response Unit Commander may authorize the delivery and use of tear gas, and only after evaluating all conditions known at the time and determining that such force reasonably appears justified and necessary. When practicable, fire personnel should be alerted or summoned to the scene prior to the deployment of tear gas to control any fires and to assist in providing medical aid or gas evacuation if needed. 303.7 OLEORESIN CAPSICUM (OC) GUIDELINES As with other control devices, oleoresin capsicum (OC) spray and pepper projectiles may be considered for use to bring under control an individual or groups of individuals who are engaging in, or are about to engage in violent behavior. Pepper projectiles and OC spray should not, however, be used against individuals or groups who merely fail to disperse or do not reasonably appear to present a risk to the safety of officers or the public. 303.7.1 OC SPRAY Uniformed personnel carrying OC spray shall carry the device in its holster on the equipment belt or outer carrier vest. Plainclothes and non-field personnel may carry OC spray as authorized, in accordance with the needs of their assignment or at the direction of their supervisor. 303.7.2 PEPPER PROJECTILE SYSTEMS Pepper projectiles are plastic spheres that are filled with a derivative of OC powder. Because the compressed gas launcher delivers the projectiles with enough force to burst the projectiles on impact and release the OC powder, the potential exists for the projectiles to inflict injury if they strike the head, neck, spine or groin. Therefore, personnel using a pepper projectile system should Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Control Devices and Techniques - 80 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Control Devices and Techniques not intentionally target those areas, except when the officer reasonably believes the suspect poses an imminent threat of serious bodily injury or death to the officer or others. Officers encountering a situation that warrants the use of a pepper projectile system shall notify a supervisor as soon as practicable. A supervisor shall respond to all pepper projectile system incidents where the suspect has been hit or exposed to the chemical agent. The supervisor shall ensure that all notifications and reports are completed as required by the Use of Force Policy. Each deployment of a pepper projectile system shall be documented. This includes situations where the launcher was directed toward the suspect, whether or not the launcher was used. Unintentional discharges shall be promptly reported to a supervisor and documented on the appropriate report form. Only non-incident use of a pepper projectile system, such as training and product demonstrations, is exempt from the reporting requirement. 303.7.3 TREATMENT FOR OC SPRAY EXPOSURE Persons who have been sprayed with or otherwise affected by the use of OC should be promptly provided with clean water to cleanse the affected areas. Those persons who complain of further severe effects shall be examined by appropriate medical personnel. 303.8 KINETIC ENERGY PROJECTILE GUIDELINES This department is committed to reducing the potential for violent confrontations. Kinetic energy projectiles, when used properly, are less likely to result in death or serious physical injury and can be used in an attempt to de-escalate a potentially deadly situation. 303.8.1 DEPLOYMENT Only department-approved kinetic energy munitions shall be carried and deployed. Approved munitions may be used to compel an individual to cease his/her actions when such munitions present a reasonable option. Officers are not required or compelled to use approved munitions in lieu of other reasonable tactics if the involved officer determines that deployment of these munitions cannot be done safely. The safety of hostages, innocent persons and officers takes priority over the safety of subjects engaged in criminal or suicidal behavior. Circumstances appropriate for deployment include, but are not limited to, situations in which: (a)The suspect is armed with a weapon and the tactical circumstances allow for the safe application of approved munitions. (b)The suspect has made credible threats to harm him/herself or others. (c)The suspect is engaged in riotous behavior or is throwing rocks, bottles or other dangerous projectiles at people and/or officers. (d)There is probable cause to believe that the suspect has already committed a crime of violence and is refusing to comply with lawful orders. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Control Devices and Techniques - 81 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Control Devices and Techniques 303.8.2 DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS Before discharging projectiles, the officer should consider such factors as: (a)Distance and angle to target. (b)Type of munitions employed. (c)Type and thickness of subject's clothing. (d)The subject's proximity to others. (e)The location of the subject. (f)Whether the subject's actions dictate the need for an immediate response and the use of control devices appears appropriate. A verbal warning of the intended use of the device should precede its application, unless it would otherwise endanger the safety of officers or when it is not practicable due to the circumstances. The purpose of the warning is to give the individual a reasonable opportunity to voluntarily comply and to warn other officers and individuals that the device is being deployed. Officers should keep in mind the manufacturer's recommendations and their training regarding deployment distances and target areas. However, officers are not restricted solely to use according to manufacturer recommendations. Each situation must be evaluated on the totality of circumstances at the time of deployment. The need to immediately incapacitate the subject must be weighed against the risk of causing serious injury or death. The head and neck should not be intentionally targeted, except when the officer reasonably believes the suspect poses an imminent threat of serious bodily injury or death to the officer or others. 303.8.3 SAFETY PROCEDURES Shotguns specifically designated for use with kinetic energy projectiles will be specially marked in a manner that makes them readily identifiable as such. Officers will inspect the shotgun and projectiles at the beginning of each shift to ensure that the shotgun is in proper working order and the projectiles are of the approved type and appear to be free from defects. When it is not deployed, the shotgun will be unloaded and properly and securely stored in the vehicle. When deploying the kinetic energy projectile shotgun, the officer shall visually inspect the kinetic energy projectiles to ensure that conventional ammunition is not being loaded into the shotgun. Absent compelling circumstances, officers who must transition from conventional ammunition to kinetic energy projectiles will employ the two-person rule for loading. The two-person rule is a safety measure in which a second officer watches the unloading and loading process to ensure that the weapon is completely emptied of conventional ammunition. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Control Devices and Techniques - 82 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Control Devices and Techniques 303.9 TRAINING FOR CONTROL DEVICES The Training Coordinator shall ensure that all personnel who are authorized to carry a control device have been properly trained and certified to carry the specific control device and are retrained or recertified as necessary. (a)Proficiency training shall be monitored and documented by a certified, control-device weapons or tactics instructor. (b)All training and proficiency for control devices will be documented in the officer's training file. (c)Officers who fail to demonstrate proficiency with the control device or knowledge of this agency's Use of Force Policy will be provided remedial training. If an officer cannot demonstrate proficiency with a control device or knowledge of this agency's Use of Force Policy after remedial training, the officer will be restricted from carrying the control device and may be subject to discipline. 303.10 REPORTING USE OF CONTROL DEVICES AND TECHNIQUES Any application of a control device or technique listed in this policy shall be documented in the related incident report and reported pursuant to the Use of Force Policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Control Devices and Techniques - 83 Policy 304 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Conducted Energy Device 304.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for the issuance and use of the conducted energy device (CED). 304.2 POLICY The CED is used in an attempt to control a violent or potentially violent individual. The appropriate use of such a device may result in fewer serious injuries to officers and suspects. 304.3 ISSUANCE AND CARRYING CEDS Only members who have successfully completed department-approved training may be issued and carry the CED. The Rangemaster should keep a log of issued CED devices and the serial numbers of cartridges/ magazines issued to members. CEDs are issued for use during a member's current assignment. Those leaving a particular assignment may be required to return the device to the department's inventory. Officers shall only use the CED and cartridges that have been issued by the Department. Uniformed patrol sergeants and officers who have been issued the CEDshall wear the device in an approved holster on their person.Non-uniformed sergeants and officers may secure the CED device in the driver's compartment of their vehicle.Sergeants and officers working in the fire division shall have the device readily available for use, which includes secured on board the apparatus. Members carrying the CED should perform a spark test on the unit prior to every shift. Officers who carry the CED while in uniform shall carry it in a holster on the side opposite the duty weapon (Penal Code § 13660). (a)All CEDs shall be clearly and distinctly marked to differentiate them from the duty weapon and any other device. (b)For single-shot devices, whenever practicable, officers should carry two or more cartridges or an additional cartridge on their person when carrying the CED. (c)Officers should not hold both a firearm and the CED at the same time. 304.3.1 USER RESPONSIBILITIES Officers shall be responsible for ensuring that the issued CED is properly maintained and in good working order. This includes a function test and battery life monitoring, as required by the manufacturer, and should be completed prior to the beginning of the officer's shift. CEDs that are damaged or inoperative, or cartridges/magazines that are expired or damaged, shall be returned to the Rangemaster for disposition. Officers shall submit documentation stating the reason for the return and how the CED or cartridge/magazine was damaged or became inoperative, if known. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Conducted Energy Device - 84 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Conducted Energy Device 304.4 VERBAL AND VISUAL WARNINGS A verbal warning of the intended use of the CED should precede its application, unless it would otherwise endanger the safety of officers or when it is not practicable due to the circumstances. The purpose of the warning is to: (a)Provide the individual with a reasonable opportunity to voluntarily comply. (b)Provide other officers and individuals with a warning that the CED may be deployed. If, after a verbal warning, an individual fails to voluntarily comply with an officer's lawful orders and it appears both reasonable and feasible under the circumstances, the officer may, but is not required to, activate any warning on the device, which may include display of the electrical arc, an audible warning, or the laser in a further attempt to gain compliance prior to the application of the CED. The laser should not be intentionally directed into anyone's eyes. The fact that a verbal or other warning was given or the reasons it was not given shall be documented by the officer deploying the CED in the related report. 304.4.1 EVIDENCE Any Taser cartridge that is expended in field use (except during training) is to be collected and booked into evidence. When booking the cartridge into evidence, the officer may book the cartridge, wires and probes intact and together, or cut off the probes, prior to booking them. Probes that penetrate a person's skin are to be treated as biologically contaminated and secured or booked into evidence in an appropriate manner. 304.5 USE OF THE CED The CED has limitations and restrictions requiring consideration before its use. The CED should only be used when its operator can safely deploy the device within its operational range. Although the CED may be effective in controlling most individuals, officers should be aware that the device may not achieve the intended results and be prepared with other options. If sufficient personnel are available and can be safely assigned, an officer designated as lethal cover for any officer deploying a CED may be considered for officer safety. 304.5.1 APPLICATION OF THE CED The CED may be used, when the circumstances reasonably perceived by the officer at the time indicate that such application reasonably appears necessary to control a person who: (a)Is violent or is physically resisting. (b)Has demonstrated, by words or action, an intention to be violent or to physically resist, and reasonably appears to present the potential to harm officers, themself, or others. Mere flight from a pursuing officer, without additional circumstances or factors, is not good cause for the use of the CED to apprehend an individual. The CED shall not be used to psychologically torment, to elicit statements, or to punish any individual. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Conducted Energy Device - 85 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Conducted Energy Device 304.5.2 SPECIAL DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS The use of the CED on certain individuals should generally be avoided unless the totality of the circumstances indicates that other available options reasonably appear ineffective or would present a greater danger to the officer, the subject or others, and the officer reasonably believes that the need to control the individual outweighs the potential risk of using the device. This includes: (a)Individuals who are known to be pregnant. (b)Elderly individuals or obvious juveniles. (c)Individuals with obviously low body mass. (d)Individuals who are handcuffed or otherwise restrained. (e)Individuals known to have been recently sprayed with a flammable chemical agent or who are otherwise known to be in close proximity to any known combustible vapor or flammable material, including alcohol-based oleoresin capsicum (OC) spray. (f)Individuals whose position or activity is likely to result in collateral injury (e.g., falls from height, located in water, operating vehicles). Any CED capable of being applied in the drive-stun mode (i.e., direct contact without probes as a primary form of pain compliance) should be limited to supplementing the probe-mode to complete the circuit, or as a distraction technique to gain separation between officers and the subject, thereby giving officers time and distance to consider other force options or actions. 304.5.3 TARGETING CONSIDERATIONS Recognizing that the dynamics of a situation and movement of the subject may affect target placement of probes, when practicable, officers should attempt to target the back, lower center mass, and upper legs of the subject, and avoid intentionally targeting the head, neck, area of the heart, or genitals. If circumstances result in one or more probes inadvertently striking an area outside of the preferred target zones, the individual should be closely monitored until examined by paramedics or other medical personnel. 304.5.4 MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS OF THE CED Once an officer has successfully deployed two probes on the subject, the officer should continually assess the subject to determine if additional probe deployments or cycles reasonably appear necessary. Additional factors officers may consider include but are not limited to: (a)Whether the probes are making proper contact. (b)Whether the individual has the ability and has been given a reasonable opportunity to comply. (c)Whether verbal commands, other options or tactics may be more effective. Officers should generally not intentionally apply more than one CED at a time against a single subject. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Conducted Energy Device - 86 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Conducted Energy Device 304.5.5 ACTIONS FOLLOWING DEPLOYMENTS Officers should take appropriate actions to control and restrain the individual as soon as reasonably practicable to minimize the need for longer or multiple exposures to the CED. As soon as practicable, officers shall notify a supervisor any time the CED has been discharged. If needed for evidentiary purposes, the expended cartridge, along with any probes and wire, should be submitted into evidence (including confetti tags, when equipped on the device). The evidence packaging should be marked "Biohazard" if the probes penetrated the subject's skin. 304.5.6 DANGEROUS ANIMALS The CED may be deployed against an animal if the animal reasonably appears to pose an imminent threat to human safety. 304.5.7 OFF-DUTY CONSIDERATIONS Officers are not authorized to carry department CEDs while off-duty. Officers shall ensure that CEDs are secured while in their homes, vehicles, or any other area under their control, in a manner that will keep the device inaccessible to others. 304.6 DOCUMENTATION Officers shall document all CED discharges in the related arrest/crime reports. Photographs should be taken of any obvious probe impact or drive-stun application sites and uploaded into evidence. Notification shall also be made to a supervisor in compliance with the Use of Force Policy. Unintentional discharges, pointing the device at a person, audible warning, laser activation, and arcing the device, other than for testing purposes, will also be documented. Data downloads from the CED after a probe deployment on a subject should be done as soon as practicable using a department-approved process to preserve the data. 304.6.1 REPORTS The officer should include the following in the arrest/crime report: (a)Identification of all personnel firing CEDs (b)Identification of all witnesses (c)Medical care provided to the subject (d)Observations of the subject's physical and physiological actions (e)Any known or suspected drug use, intoxication, or other medical problems 304.7 MEDICAL TREATMENT Consistent with local medical personnel protocols and absent extenuating circumstances, only appropriate medical personnel or officers trained in probe removal and handling should remove CED probes from a person's body. Used CED probes shall be treated as a sharps biohazard, similar to a used hypodermic needle, and handled appropriately. Universal precautions should be taken. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Conducted Energy Device - 87 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Conducted Energy Device All persons who have been struck by CED probes or who have been subjected to the electric discharge of the device, or who sustained direct exposure of the laser to the eyes shall be medically assessed prior to booking. Additionally, any such individual who falls under any of the following categories should, as soon as practicable, be examined by paramedics or other qualified medical personnel: (a)The person is suspected of being under the influence of controlled substances and/ or alcohol. (b)The person may be pregnant. (c)The person reasonably appears to be in need of medical attention. (d)The CED probes are lodged in a sensitive area (e.g., groin, female breast, head, face, neck). (e)The person requests medical treatment. Any individual exhibiting signs of distress or who is exposed to multiple or prolonged applications shall be transported to a medical facility for examination or medically evaluated prior to booking. If any individual refuses medical attention, such a refusal should be witnessed by another officer and/ or medical personnel and shall be fully documented in related reports. If an audio/video recording is made of the contact or an interview with the individual, any refusal should be included, if possible. The transporting officer shall inform any person providing medical care or receiving custody that the individual has been subjected to the application of the CED (see the Medical Aid and Response Policy). 304.8 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES When possible, supervisors should respond to calls when they reasonably believe there is a likelihood the CED may be used. A supervisor should respond to all incidents where the CED was activated. A supervisor should review each incident where a person has been exposed to a CED. The device's internal logs should be downloaded by a supervisor or Rangemaster and saved with the related arrest/crime report. The supervisor should arrange for photographs of probe sites to be taken and witnesses to be interviewed. 304.9 TRAINING Personnel who are authorized to carry the CED shall be permitted to do so only after successfully completing the initial department-approved training. Any personnel who have not carried the CED as a part of their assignments for a period of six months or more shall be recertified by a qualified CED instructor prior to again carrying or using the device. Proficiency training for personnel who have been issued CEDs should occur every year. A reassessment of an officer's knowledge and/or practical skills may be required at any time, if deemed appropriate by the Training Coordinator. All training and proficiency for CEDs will be documented in the officer's training files. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Conducted Energy Device - 88 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Conducted Energy Device Command staff, supervisors, and investigators should receive CED training as appropriate for the investigations they conduct and review. Officers who do not carry CEDs should receive training that is sufficient to familiarize them with the device and with working with officers who use the device. The Training Coordinator is responsible for ensuring that all members who carry CEDs have received initial and annual proficiency training. Periodic audits should be used for verification. Application of CEDs during training could result in injuries and should not be mandatory for certification. The Training Coordinator should include the following training: (a)A review of this policy. (b)A review of the Use of Force Policy. (c)Performing weak-hand draws or cross-draws until proficient to reduce the possibility of unintentionally drawing and firing a firearm. (d)Target area considerations, to include techniques or options to reduce the unintentional application of probes to the head, neck, area of the heart, and groin. (e)Scenario-based training, including virtual reality training when available. (f)Handcuffing a subject during the application of the CED and transitioning to other force options. (g)De-escalation techniques. (h)Restraint techniques that do not impair respiration following the application of the CED. (i)Proper use of cover and concealment during deployment of the CED for purposes of officer safety. (j)Proper tactics and techniques related to multiple applications of CEDs. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Conducted Energy Device - 89 Policy 305 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths 305.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish policy and procedures for the investigation of an incident in which a person is injured or dies as the result of an officer-involved shooting or dies as a result of another action of an officer. In other incidents not covered by this policy, the Director of Public Safety may decide that the investigation will follow the process provided in this policy. 305.2 INVESTIGATION RESPONSIBILITY This department conforms to the Sonoma County Chief's Association – Critical Incident Protocol for investigating officer-involved shootings. 305.3 TYPES OF INVESTIGATIONS Officer-involved shootings involve several separate investigations. The investigations may include: (a)A criminal investigation of the incident by the agency having jurisdiction where the incident occurred. This department may relinquish its criminal investigation to an outside agency with the approval of the Director of Public Safety or Command Staff (b)A criminal investigation of the involved officer(s) conducted by an outside agency (c)A civil investigation to determine potential liability conducted by the involved officer's agency (d)An administrative investigation conducted by the involved officer's agency, to determine if there were any violations of department policy 305.4 JURISDICTION Jurisdiction is determined by the location of the shooting and the agency employing the involved officer(s). The following scenarios outline the jurisdictional responsibilities for investigating officer- involved shootings: 305.4.1 ROHNERT PARK DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY OFFICER WITHIN THIS JURISDICTION The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is responsible for the criminal investigation of the suspect's actions, the civil investigation, and the administrative investigation. The criminal investigation of the officer-involved shooting will be conducted by the District Attorney's Office. 305.4.2 ALLIED AGENCY'S OFFICER WITHIN THIS JURISDICTION The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is responsible for the criminal investigation of the suspect's actions. The criminal investigation of the officer-involved shooting will be conducted by the District Attorney's Office. The officer's employing agency will be responsible for any civil and/ or administrative investigation(s). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 90 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths 305.4.3 ROHNERT PARK DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY OFFICER IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION The agency where the incident occurred has criminal jurisdiction and is responsible for the criminal investigation of the incident. That agency may relinquish its criminal investigation of the suspect(s) to another agency. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will conduct timely civil and/ or administrative investigations. 305.4.4 INVESTIGATION RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX The following table identifies the possible scenarios and responsibilities for the investigation of officer-involved shootings: Criminal Investigation of Suspect(s) Criminal Investigation of Officer(s) Civil Investigation Administrative Investigation RPDPS Officer in this Jurisdiction RPDPS Investigators District Attorney's Office CIRA RPDPS Sergeant or Command Staff Allied Agency's Officer in this Jurisdiction RPDPS Investigators District Attorney's Office Involved Officer's Department Involved Officer's Department RPDPS Officer in another Jurisdiction Agency where incident occurred Decision made by agency where incident occurred CIRA RPDPS Sergeant or Command Staff 305.5 THE INVESTIGATION PROCESS The following procedures are guidelines used in the investigation of an officer-involved shooting. 305.5.1 DUTIES OF INITIAL ON SCENE SUPERVISOR Upon arrival at the scene of an officer-involved shooting, the first uninvolved supervisor should: (a)Take all reasonable steps to obtain emergency medical attention for all apparently injured individuals. (b)Attempt to obtain a brief overview of the situation from any non-shooter officer(s). 1.In the event that there are no non-shooter officers, the supervisor should attempt to obtain a brief voluntary overview from one shooter officer. (c)If necessary, the supervisor may administratively order any officer from this department to immediately provide public safety information necessary to secure the scene and pursue suspects. 1.Public safety information shall be limited to such things as outstanding suspect information, number and direction of shots fired, parameters of the incident scene, identity of known witnesses and similar information. (d)Absent a voluntary statement from any officer(s), the initial on scene supervisor should not attempt to order any officer to provide other than public safety information. (e)Provide all available information to the Shift Supervisor and the Dispatch Center. If feasible, sensitive information should be communicated over secure networks. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 91 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths (f)Take command of and secure the incident scene with additional personnel until relieved by a detective supervisor or other assigned personnel. (g)As soon as practical, shooter officers should respond or be transported (separately, if feasible) to the station for further direction. 1.Each involved officer should be given an administrative order not to discuss the incident with other involved officers pending further direction from a supervisor. 2.When an officer's weapon is taken or left at the scene (e.g., evidence), the officer will be provided with a comparable replacement weapon or transported to the station by other officers. 305.5.2 SHIFT SUPERVISOR DUTIES Upon learning of an officer-involved shooting, the Shift Supervisor shall be responsible for coordinating all aspects of the incident until relieved by Command Staff. 305.5.3 NOTIFICATIONS The following person(s) shall be notified as soon as practicable: •Director of Public Safety •Deputy Chief •Sonoma County Chief's Association – Critical Incident Protocol rollout team •Outside agency investigator (if appropriate) •Sergeant or Command Staff supervisor •Civil liability response team •Psychological/peer support personnel •Chaplain •Coroner (if necessary) •Involved officer's agency representative (if requested) •Officers representative •Public Information Officer 305.5.4 MEDIA RELATIONS A single press release shall be prepared with input and concurrence from the supervisor and agency representative responsible for each phase of the investigation. This release will be available to the Shift Supervisor, the assigned Press Information Officer, and Command Staff in the event of inquiries from the media. It will be the policy of this department to not release the identities of involved officers absent their consent or as required by law. Moreover, no involved officer shall be subjected to contact from the media (Government Code § 3303(e)) and no involved officer shall make any comments to the press unless authorized by the Command Staff. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 92 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths Law enforcement officials receiving inquiries regarding incidents occurring in other agency jurisdictions shall refrain from public comment and will direct those inquiries to the agency having jurisdiction and primary responsibility for the investigation. 305.5.5 INVOLVED OFFICERS Once the involved officer(s) have arrived at the station or other designated location, the Shift Supervisor should admonish each officer that the incident shall not be discussed except with authorized personnel or representatives. The following shall be considered for the involved officer: (a)Any request for department or legal representation will be accommodated, however, no involved officer shall be permitted to meet collectively or in a group with an attorney or any representative prior to providing a formal interview or report (Government Code § 3303(i)). (b)Requests from non-Department involved officers should be referred to their employing agency. (c)Discussions with licensed attorneys will be considered privileged as attorney-client communications. (d)Discussions with department representatives (e.g., employee association) will be privileged only as to the discussion of non-criminal information however. (e)A psychotherapist shall be provided by the Department to each involved officer, or any other officer, upon request. 1.Interviews with a licensed psychotherapist will be considered privileged and will not be disclosed except to the extent that the officer is or is not fit for return to duty. 2.An interview or session with a licensed psychotherapist may take place prior to the involved officer providing a formal interview or report, but the involved officers shall not be permitted to consult or meet collectively or in a group with a licensed psychotherapist prior to providing a formal interview or report. (f)Although the Department will honor the sensitivity of communications with peer counselors, there is no legal privilege to such. Peer counselors are cautioned against discussing the facts of any incident with an involved or witness officer. Care should be taken to preserve the integrity of any physical evidence present on the officer's equipment or clothing, such as blood or fingerprints, until investigators or lab personnel can properly retrieve it. Investigators shall make reasonable accommodations to the officer's physical and emotional needs (Government Code § 3303(d)). Each involved officer shall be given reasonable paid administrative leave, no less than 3 (three) days, following an officer-involved shooting. It shall be the responsibility of the Shift Supervisor to make schedule adjustments to accommodate such leave. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 93 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths 305.5.6 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Upon arrival at the scene, the first uninvolved RPDPS supervisor should ensure completion of the duties as outlined above, plus: (a)Attempt to obtain a brief overview of the situation from any uninvolved officers. 1.In the event that there are no uninvolved officers who can supply adequate overview, the supervisor should attempt to obtain a brief voluntary overview from one involved officer. (b)If necessary, the supervisor may administratively order any RPDPS officer to immediately provide public safety information necessary to secure the scene, identify injured parties and pursue suspects. 1.Public safety information shall be limited to such things as outstanding suspect information, number and direction of any shots fired, perimeter of the incident scene, identity of known or potential witnesses and any other pertinent information. 2.The initial on-scene supervisor should not attempt to order any involved officer to provide any information other than public safety information. (c)Provide all available information to the Shift Supervisor and the Dispatch Center. If feasible, sensitive information should be communicated over secure networks. (d)Take command of and secure the incident scene with additional RPDPS members until properly relieved by another supervisor or other assigned personnel or investigator. (e)As soon as practicable, ensure that involved officers are transported (separately, if feasible) to a suitable location for further direction. 1.Each involved RPDPS officer should be given an administrative order not to discuss the incident with other involved officers or RPDPS members pending further direction from a supervisor. 2.When an involved officer’s weapon is taken or left at the scene for other than officer-safety reasons (e.g., evidence), ensure that he/she is provided with a comparable replacement weapon or transported by other officers. 305.5.7 NOTIFICATION TO DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE The California Department of Justice (DOJ) is required to investigate an officer-involved shooting resulting in the death of an unarmed civilian. The Shift Supervisor should promptly notify the DOJ in all incidents involving an officer-involved shooting resulting in the death of an unarmed civilian, including where it is undetermined if the civilian was unarmed. For purposes of notification, “unarmed civilian” means anyone who is not in possession of a deadly weapon (Government Code § 12525.3). 305.6 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION The District Attorney's Office is responsible for the criminal investigation into the circumstances of any officer-involved shooting or death. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 94 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths If available, investigative personnel from this department may be assigned to partner with investigators from outside agencies or the District Attorney's Office to avoid duplicating efforts in related criminal investigations. Once public safety issues have been addressed, criminal investigators should be given the opportunity to obtain a voluntary statement from involved officers and to complete their interviews. The following shall be considered for the involved officer: (a)RPDPS supervisors and Sergeant or Command Staff personnel should not participate directly in any voluntary interview of RPDPS officers. This will not prohibit such personnel from monitoring interviews or providing the criminal investigators with topics for inquiry. (b)If requested, any involved officer will be afforded the opportunity to consult individually with a representative of the officer's choosing or an attorney prior to speaking with criminal investigators. However, in order to maintain the integrity of each involved officer's statement, involved officers shall not consult or meet with a representative or an attorney collectively or in groups prior to being interviewed. (c)If any involved officer is physically, emotionally, or otherwise not in a position to provide a voluntary statement when interviewed by criminal investigators, consideration should be given to allowing a reasonable period for the officer to schedule an alternate time for the interview. (d)Any voluntary statement provided by an involved officer will be made available for inclusion in any related investigation, including administrative investigations. However, no administratively coerced statement will be provided to any criminal investigators unless the officer consents. 305.6.1 DETECTIVE PERSONNEL Once notified of an officer-involved shooting, it shall be the responsibility of the Investigation Unit supervisor to assign appropriate detective personnel to handle the investigation of related crimes. Detectives will be assigned to work with investigators from the District Attorney's Office and may be assigned to separately handle the investigation of any related crimes not being investigated by the District Attorney's Office. All related departmental reports except administrative and/or privileged reports will be forwarded to the designated detective supervisor for approval. Privileged reports shall be maintained exclusively by those personnel authorized such access. Administrative reports will be forwarded to the appropriate Command Staff member. 305.6.2 REPORTS BY INVOLVED OFFICERS In the event that suspects remain outstanding or subject to prosecution for related offenses, this department shall retain the authority to require involved officers to provide sufficient information for related criminal reports to facilitate the apprehension and prosecution of those individuals (Government Code § 3304(a)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 95 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths While the involved officer may write the report, it is generally recommended that such reports be completed by assigned investigators who should interview involved officers as victims/witnesses. Since the purpose of these reports will be to facilitate criminal prosecution, statements of involved officers should focus on evidence to establish the elements of criminal activities by involved suspects. Care should be taken not to duplicate information provided by involved officers in other reports. Nothing in this section shall be construed to deprive an involved officer of the right to consult with legal counsel prior to completing any such criminal report. Reports related to the prosecution of criminal suspects will be processed according to normal procedures, but should also be included for reference in the investigation of the officer-involved shooting. 305.6.3 WITNESS IDENTIFICATION AND INTERVIEWS Because potential witnesses to an officer-involved shooting or death may become unavailable or the integrity of their statements compromised with the passage of time, a supervisor should take reasonable steps to promptly coordinate with criminal investigators to utilize available personnel for the following: (a)Identification of all persons present at the scene and in the immediate area. 1.When feasible, a recorded statement should be obtained from those persons who claim not to have witnessed the incident but who were present at the time it occurred. 2.Any potential witness who is unwilling or unable to remain available for a formal interview should not be detained absent reasonable suspicion to detain or probable cause to arrest. Without detaining the individual for the sole purpose of identification, officers should attempt to identify the witness prior to his/her departure. (b)Witnesses who are willing to provide a formal interview should be asked to meet at a suitable location where criminal investigators may obtain a recorded statement. Such witnesses, if willing, may be transported by a member of the Department. 1.A written, verbal or recorded statement of consent should be obtained prior to transporting a witness. When the witness is a minor, consent should be obtained from the parent or guardian, if available, prior to transportation. (c)Promptly contacting the suspect’s known family and associates to obtain any available and untainted background information about the suspect’s activities and state of mind prior to the incident. 305.7 ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATION In addition to all other investigations associated with an officer-involved shooting or death, this department will conduct an internal administrative investigation of RPDPS officers to determine Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 96 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths conformance with department policy. The investigation will be conducted under the supervision of the Sergeant or Command Staff and will be considered a confidential officer personnel file. Interviews of members shall be subject to department policies and applicable laws (see the Personnel Complaints Policy). (a)Any officer involved in a shooting or death may be requested or administratively compelled to provide a blood sample for alcohol/drug screening. Absent consent from the officer, such compelled samples and the results of any such testing shall not be disclosed to any criminal investigative agency. (b)If any officer has voluntarily elected to provide a statement to criminal investigators, the assigned administrative investigator should review that statement before proceeding with any further interview of that involved officer. 1.If a further interview of the officer is deemed necessary to determine policy compliance, care should be taken to limit the inquiry to new areas with minimal, if any, duplication of questions addressed in the voluntary statement. The involved officer shall be provided with a copy of his/her prior statement before proceeding with any subsequent interviews. (c)In the event that an involved officer has elected to not provide criminal investigators with a voluntary statement, the assigned administrative investigator shall conduct an administrative interview to determine all relevant information. 1.Although this interview should not be unreasonably delayed, care should be taken to ensure that the officer’s physical and psychological needs have been addressed before commencing the interview. 2.If requested, the officer shall have the opportunity to select an uninvolved representative to be present during the interview. However, in order to maintain the integrity of each individual officer's statement, involved officers shall not consult or meet with a representative or attorney collectively or in groups prior to being interviewed (Government Code § 3303(i)). 3.Administrative interviews should be recorded by the investigator. The officer may also record the interview (Government Code § 3303(g)). 4.The officer shall be informed of the nature of the investigation. If an officer refuses to answer questions, he/she should be given his/her Lybarger or Garrity rights and ordered to provide full and truthful answers to all questions. The officer shall be informed that the interview will be for administrative purposes only and that the statement cannot be used criminally. 5.The Sergeant or Command Staff shall compile all relevant information and reports necessary for the Department to determine compliance with applicable policies. 6.Regardless of whether the use of force is an issue in the case, the completed administrative investigation shall be submitted to the Use of Force Review Board, which will restrict its findings as to whether there was compliance with the Use of Force Policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 97 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths 7.Any other indications of potential policy violations shall be determined in accordance with standard disciplinary procedures. 305.8 AUDIO AND VIDEO RECORDINGS Any officer involved in a shooting or death may be permitted to review available Mobile Audio/ Video (MAV), body-worn video, or other video or audio recordings prior to providing a recorded statement or completing reports. Upon request, non-law enforcement witnesses who are able to verify their presence and their ability to contemporaneously perceive events at the scene of an incident may also be permitted to review available MAV, body-worn video, or other video or audio recordings with approval of assigned investigators or a supervisor. Any MAV, body-worn and other known video or audio recordings of an incident should not be publicly released during an ongoing investigation without consulting the prosecuting attorney or City Attorney’s Office, as appropriate. 305.9 CIVIL LIABILITY RESPONSE A member of this department may be assigned to work exclusively under the direction of the legal counsel for the Department to assist in the preparation of materials deemed necessary in anticipation of potential civil litigation. All materials generated in this capacity shall be considered attorney work product and may not be used for any other purpose. The civil liability response is not intended to interfere with any other investigation but shall be given reasonable access to all other investigations. 305.10 DEBRIEFING Following an officer-involved shooting or death, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety should conduct both a Critical Incident Stress Debriefing and a tactical debriefing. See the Wellness Program Policy for guidance on Critical Incident Stress Debriefings. 305.10.1 CRITICAL INCIDENT/STRESS DEBRIEFING A critical incident/stress debriefing should occur as soon as practicable. The Deputy Chief of Police or designee is responsible for organizing the debriefing. Notes and recorded statements should not be taken because the sole purpose of the debriefing is to help mitigate the stress-related effects of a traumatic event. The debriefing is not part of any investigative process. Care should be taken not to release or repeat any communication made during a debriefing unless otherwise authorized by policy, law, or a valid court order. Attendance at the debriefing shall only include those members of the Department directly involved in the incident, which can include support personnel (e.g., dispatchers, other non-sworn personnel). Family or other support personnel may attend with the concurrence of those involved in the incident. The debriefing shall be closed to the public and should be closed to all other members of the Department, including supervisory and Sergeant or Command Staff personnel. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 98 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths 305.10.2 TACTICAL DEBRIEFING A tactical debriefing should take place to identify any training or areas of policy that need improvement. The Director of Public Safety should identify the appropriate participants. This debriefing should not be conducted until all involved members have provided recorded or formal statements to criminal and/or administrative investigators. 305.11 MEDIA RELATIONS Any media release shall be prepared with input and concurrence from the supervisor and department representative responsible for each phase of the investigation. Releases will be available to the Shift Supervisor, Investigation Deputy Chief and Public Information Officer in the event of inquiries from the media. The Department shall not subject any involved RPDPS officer to visits by the media (Government Code § 3303(e)). No involved RPDPS officer shall make any comment to the media unless he/she is authorized by the Director of Public Safety or a Deputy Chief. Department members receiving inquiries regarding officer-involved shootings or deaths occurring in other jurisdictions shall refrain from public comment and will direct those inquiries to the agency having jurisdiction and primary responsibility for the investigation. 305.12 REPORTING If the death of an individual occurs in the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety jurisdiction and qualifies to be reported to the state as a justifiable homicide or an in-custody death, the Patrol Deputy Chief will ensure that the Records Supervisor is provided with enough information to meet the reporting requirements (Penal Code § 196; Penal Code § 13022; Government Code § 12525). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths - 99 Policy 306 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms 306.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for issuing firearms, the safe and legal carrying of firearms, firearms maintenance and firearms training. This policy does not apply to issues related to the use of firearms that are addressed in the Use of Force or Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths policies. This policy only applies to those members who are authorized to carry firearms. 306.2 AUTHORIZED FIREARMS, AMMUNITION AND OTHER WEAPONS Members shall only use firearms that are issued or approved by the Department and have been thoroughly inspected by the Rangemaster. Except in an emergency or as directed by a supervisor, no firearm shall be carried by a member who has not qualified with that firearm at an authorized department range. All other weapons not provided by the Department, including but not limited to edged weapons, chemical or electronic weapons, impact weapons or any weapon prohibited or restricted by law or that is not covered elsewhere by department policy, may not be carried by members in the performance of their official duties without the express written authorization of the member’s Deputy Chief. This exclusion does not apply to the carrying of folding pocketknives that are not otherwise prohibited by law. 306.2.1 DUTY WEAPON The authorized department-issued handgun is the Glock Model 17 9MM. Any other firearm used for duty must be approved by the Department Rangemaster. Semi-automatic pistols can be single action when carried in condition one (weapon on safe and hammer is cocked) double action, 45 A.C.P., 9mm., or.40 caliber and approved by the Director of Public Safety or designee. 306.2.2 SECONDARY WEAPON (BACK-UP) An officer shall be authorized to carry a secondary weapon under the following conditions: (a)The weapon can be a semi-automatic or revolver. (b)Only an officer who has successfully completed the departmental approved firearms course may carry a secondary weapon. (c)An officer shall qualify and maintain proficiency. The weapon must be registered with the department. The weapon must not, at any time, be visible to the public. No more than one back-up weapon will be carried. Carrying of a secondary weapon is optional. Under no circumstances will the secondary weapon be used as the primary weapon; unless the primary weapon is rendered inoperable or an emergency situation exists. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 100 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms 306.2.3 WEAPON CRITERIA - NON UNIFORMED An officer assigned to plain clothes investigative duties must carry the weapon issued by the department or other weapons that meet the following conditions: (a)The weapon must be at least.380 caliber. (b)The weapon will be single action when carried in condition one (weapon on safe and hammer is cocked) a double action semiautomatic pistol or revolver. (c)The weapon and ammunition must be approved by the Director of Public Safety or designee. 306.2.4 LESS THAN LETHAL FIREARMS Shotgun The authorized department-issued shotgun is the Remington 870 12 gauge. Only less than lethal ammunition will be used or possessed in conjunction with this shotgun. Additional, no officer will possess an issued shotgun that has not been painted a distinct color (orange) to identify it as a less than lethal option 40MM Launcher The department currently deploys 40MM single shot launchers. Only officers who have received training each calender year may deploy the 40MM single shot launcher. Only less than lethal ammunition approved by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety range master may be used. When not deployed, the less than lethal firearms shall be properly secured consistent with department training in a locking weapons rack, if applicable, or in the patrol vehicle. 306.2.5 PATROL RIFLES The authorized department-issued patrol rifle is the Colt AR-15. Members may deploy the patrol rifle in any circumstance where the member can articulate a reasonable expectation that the rifle may be needed. Examples of some general guidelines for deploying the patrol rifle may include but are not limited to: (a)Situations where the member reasonably anticipates an armed encounter. (b)When a member is faced with a situation that may require accurate and effective fire at long range. (c)Situations where a member reasonably expects the need to meet or exceed a suspect's firepower. (d)When a member reasonably believes that there may be a need to fire on a barricaded person or a person with a hostage. (e)When a member reasonably believes that a suspect may be wearing body armor. (f)When authorized or requested by a supervisor. (g)When needed to euthanize an animal. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 101 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms When not deployed, the patrol rifle shall be properly secured consistent with department training in a locking weapons rack in the patrol vehicle. 306.2.6 PERSONALLY OWNED PATROL RIFLE UPPER RECEIVERS Members desiring to carry an authorized but personally owned patrol rifle upper receiver must receive prior authorization from the Range Master or their authorized designee. Personally owned patrol rifle upper receivers must be utilized with the department issued patrol rifle lower receiver assembly. Personally owned AR-15 lower receiver assemblies are not permitted to be used in conjunction with the personally owned patrol rifle upper receiver. Once approved, personally owned patrol rifle upper receivers are subject to the following restrictions: (a)The personally owned patrol rifle upper receiver must be in good working order and approved by the department rangemaster. A list of previously approved manufacturers we be maintained by the department rangemaster for reference by members as to what they are able to purchase for use on duty. It is highly recommended that prior to purchasing an upper receiver group that the member provides the make and model of the upper receiver to ensure that it would be approved by the rangemaster. (b)The personally owned patrol rifle upper receivers will be purchased as a complete assembly from the manufacturer, requiring no assembly of the receiver to the barrel, handguard, or gas system by the member or rangemaster. (c)All personally owner patrol rifle upper receivers will adhere to all applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, and will have a minimum overall barrel length of 16 inches, measured from a closed bolt face, and a minimum barrel length of 14.5 inches with an appropriate muzzle device permanently affixed so that the overall length of the barrel is 16 inches or greater. (d)All necessary parts, and accessories, for the personally owned patrol rifle upper receiver will be supplied by the member, to include at a minimum the optic, backup sights, and weapon mounted light. Any other accessory that the member chooses to be added to the upper receiver group will be approved by the rangemaster. The optic must be approved by the rangemaster or their designee. A list of previously approved manufacturers, and models, we be maintained by the department rangemaster for reference by members as to what they are able to purchase for use on duty. (e)Prior to being assembled and installed on the department lower receiver, the member will present the personally owner upper receiver to the department rangemaster, or their designee, for approval and installation. Once assembled the firearm shall be subject to inspection whenever it is deemed necessary. (f)Upon installation of the personally owned upper receiver, the department will retain and store the previously issued upper receiver until a time when the member no longer wishes to utilize the personally owned upper receiver, or the lower receiver assembly is collected due to employment separation. (g)Prior to carrying the personally owned patrol rifle upper receiver, members shall qualify under range supervision and thereafter shall qualify in accordance with the department qualification schedule. Members must demonstrate proficiency and safe handling, and that the firearm functions properly. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 102 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms 306.2.7 PERSONALLY OWNED DUTY FIREARMS Members desiring to carry an authorized but personally owned duty firearm must receive written approval from the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. Once approved, personally owned duty firearms are subject to the following restrictions: (a)The firearm shall be in good working order and approved by the department rangemaster(s). (b)The firearm shall be inspected by the Rangemaster prior to being carried and thereafter shall be subject to inspection whenever it is deemed necessary. (c)Prior to carrying the firearm, members shall qualify under range supervision and thereafter shall qualify in accordance with the department qualification schedule. Members must demonstrate proficiency and safe handling, and that the firearm functions properly. (d)Members shall provide written notice of the make, model, color, serial number and caliber of the firearm to the Rangemaster, who will maintain a list of the information. 306.2.8 AUTHORIZED OFF-DUTY FIREARMS The carrying of firearms by members while off-duty is permitted by the Director of Public Safety but may be rescinded should circumstances dictate (e.g., administrative leave). Members who choose to carry a firearm while off-duty, based on their authority as peace officers, will be required to meet the following guidelines: (a)The member may use his/her duty firearm or may use a personally owned firearm that is carried and inspected in accordance with the Personally Owned Duty Firearms requirements in this policy. A member carrying his/her duty firearm will be deemed to have complied with (c), (d) and (e) of this section. 1.The purchase of the personally owned firearm and ammunition shall be the responsibility of the member. (b)The firearm shall be carried concealed at all times and in such a manner as to prevent accidental unintentional cocking, discharge or loss of physical control. (c)It will be the responsibility of the member to submit the firearm to the Rangemaster for inspection prior to being personally carried. Thereafter the firearm shall be subject to periodic inspection by the Rangemaster. (d)Prior to carrying any off-duty firearm, the member shall demonstrate to the Rangemaster that he/she is proficient in handling and firing the firearm and that it will be carried in a safe manner. (e)The member will successfully qualify with the firearm prior to it being carried. (f)Members shall provide written notice of the make, model, color, serial number and caliber of the firearm to the Rangemaster, who will maintain a list of the information. (g)If a member desires to use more than one firearm while off-duty, he/she may do so, as long as all requirements set forth in this policy for each firearm are met. (h)Members shall only carry department-authorized ammunition. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 103 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms (i)When armed, officers shall carry their badges and Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety identification cards under circumstances requiring possession of such identification. 306.2.9 AMMUNITION Only commercial factory ammunition is authorized. (a)Minimum allowable caliber is 9mm Lugar (Para). (.380 caliber allowable for non- uniformed personnel). (b)Calibers allowed: 9mm Lugar,.45 A.C.P. and.40 caliber. 306.2.10 RELIABILITY TEST Prior to using a personal weapon, officers shall fire the weapon 200 times without any malfunction attributable to the weapon; this must be witnessed by a department Rangemaster or authorized representative. 306.3 REPAIR OR MODIFICATIONS OF DUTY WEAPONS The Rangemaster shall be the only person authorized to repair or modify any department- owned weapon. All repairs and/or modifications of department issued weapons not performed by the Rangemaster must be approved in advance by the Rangemaster and accomplished by a department approved gunsmith. Any repairs or modifications to the officer's personally owned weapon shall be done at his or her expense and must be approved by the Rangemaster. 306.4 FIREARMS QUALIFICATIONS HAND GUNS All sworn personnel are required to qualify annually with their duty weapon and annually with their off-duty weapon and secondary weapon on an approved range course. The Rangemaster shall keep accurate records of any qualifications, repairs, maintenance, training or as directed by the Rangemaster supervisor. In addition to regular qualification schedules, the Rangemaster shall be responsible for providing all sworn personnel with annual practical training designed to simulate field situations. At least once a calendar year, all personnel carrying a firearm will receive training on the department Use of Force policy and demonstrate their knowledge and understanding. Officers, in order to successfully qualify at the range must show proficiency. Proficiency defined is (but not limited to): smooth draw from the holster, proper manipulation of the weapon, proper failure drills, smooth tactical or combat reloading, proper shot placement (if applicable), and a smooth re-holster of the weapon. The single action pistol will require the same level of proficiency coupled with the requirement the weapon will be in, "condition one" at the beginning and end of each range instruction. Transition in and out of," condition one" at the range will be scrutinized. Proficiency or lack of proficiency will be at the discretion of the range masters. Any officer lacking proficiency will receive immediate remediation training or be asking to come back to the range at a later date. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 104 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms RIFLE Prior to authorization for duty use, an officer must successfully complete both classroom and live fire practical qualification and certification. 306.4.1 NON QUALIFICATION If any officer is unable to qualify for any reason, including injury, illness, duty status, or scheduling conflict, that officer shall submit a memorandum to his or her immediate supervisor prior to the end of the required shooting period. Members who fail to qualify will be relieved from field assignment and appropriate disciplinary action may follow. Sworn members who fail to qualify on their first shooting attempt shall be provided remedial training until proficiency is demonstrated and will be subject to the following requirements: (a)Additional range assignments may be required until consistent weapon proficiency is demonstrated (b)A maximum of three qualification attempts will be allowed per training session (c)Members shall be given credit for a range qualification after remedial training and a qualifying score is obtained (d)No range credit will be given for the following 1.Unauthorized range make-up 2.Failure to qualify after remedial training 306.4.2 HOLSTERS Only department-approved holsters shall be used and worn by members. Members shall periodically inspect their holsters to make sure they are serviceable and provide the proper security and retention of the handgun. The department standard holster cannot be used when a sighting device or light is attached to a pistol. Therefore, the officer electing to carry the approved aiming device or light must supply his/her own holster. The holster in question must meet the same specifications as the department issued holster and must be approved by the Director of Public Safety or designee prior to carrying same. 306.4.3 TACTICAL LIGHTS Tactical lights may only be installed on a firearm carried on- or off-duty after they have been examined and approved by the Rangemaster. Once the approved tactical lights have been properly installed on any firearm, the member shall qualify with the firearm to ensure proper functionality and sighting of the firearm prior to carrying it. 306.4.4 OPTICS OR LASER SIGHTS Optics or laser sights may only be installed on a firearm carried on- or off-duty after they have been examined and approved by the Rangemaster. Any approved sight shall only be installed Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 105 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms in strict accordance with manufacturer specifications. Once approved sights have been properly installed on any firearm, the member shall qualify with the firearm to ensure proper functionality and sighting of the firearm prior to carrying it. Except in an approved training situation, a member may only sight in on a target when the member would otherwise be justified in pointing a firearm at the target. The officer who elects to carry the laser sighting device is responsible for its purchase and any maintenance associated with the device. Should the laser aiming device become damaged while on duty, the City of Rohnert Park will only pay a maximum of $50.00 towards the repair of the item. 306.5 WARNING AND OTHER SHOTS Generally, warning shots or shots fired for the purpose of summoning aid are discouraged and may not be discharged unless the officer reasonably believes that they appear necessary, effective and reasonably safe. 306.5.1 STORAGE AT HOME Members shall ensure that all firearms and ammunition are locked and secured while in their homes, vehicles or any other area under their control, and in a manner that will keep them inaccessible to children and others who should not have access. Members shall not permit department-issued firearms to be handled by anyone not authorized by the Department to do so. Members should be aware that negligent storage of a firearm could result in civil and criminal liability (Penal Code § 25100). 306.5.2 ALCOHOL AND DRUGS Firearms shall not be carried by any member, either on- or off-duty, who has consumed an amount of an alcoholic beverage, taken any drugs or medication, or has taken any combination thereof that would tend to adversely affect the member’s senses or judgment. 306.5.3 STORAGE IN VEHICLES When leaving a handgun in an unattended vehicle, members shall ensure that it is locked in the trunk, or in a locked container that is placed out of view, or in a locked container that is permanently affixed to the vehicle's interior and not in plain view, or in a locked toolbox or utility box permanently affixed to the vehicle (Penal Code § 25140; Penal Code § 25452). If the vehicle does not have a trunk or a locked container, then the firearm should be locked within the center utility console that can be locked with a padlock, keylock, combination lock, or other similar locking device (Penal Code § 25140). Officers are exempt from these requirements during circumstances requiring immediate aid or action in the course of official duties (Penal Code § 25140). 306.6 INJURED ANIMALS With the approval of a supervisor, an officer may euthanize an animal that is so badly injured that human compassion requires its removal from further suffering and where other dispositions are impractical (Penal Code § 597.1(e)). Injured animals (with the exception of dogs and cats) may Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 106 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms only be euthanized after a reasonable search to locate the owner has been made (Penal Code § 597.1(b)). Injured dogs and cats found without their owners shall be taken to an appropriate veterinarian for determination of whether they should be treated or humanely destroyed. 306.7 FIREARM DISCHARGE Except during training or recreational use, any member who discharges a firearm intentionally or unintentionally, on- or off-duty, shall make a verbal report to his/her supervisor as soon as circumstances permit. If the discharge results in injury or death to another person, additional statements and reports shall be made in accordance with the Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths Policy. If a firearm was discharged as a use of force, the involved member shall adhere to the additional reporting requirements set forth in the Use of Force Policy. In all other cases, written reports shall be made as follows: (a)If on-duty at the time of the incident, the member shall file a written report with his/ her Deputy Chief or provide a recorded statement to investigators prior to the end of shift, unless otherwise directed. (b)If off-duty at the time of the incident, the member shall file a written report or provide a recorded statement no later than the end of the next regularly scheduled shift, unless otherwise directed by a supervisor. 306.8 RANGEMASTER DUTIES The range will be under the exclusive control of the Rangemaster. All members attending will follow the directions of the Rangemaster. The Rangemaster will maintain a roster of all members attending the range and will submit the roster to the Training Coordinator after each range date. Failure of any member to sign in and out with the Rangemaster may result in non-qualification. The range shall remain operational and accessible to department members during hours established by the Department. The Rangemaster has the responsibility of making periodic inspection, at least once a year, of all duty firearms carried by members of this department to verify proper operation. The Rangemaster has the authority to deem any department-issued or personally owned firearm unfit for service. The member will be responsible for all repairs to his/her personally owned firearm and it will not be returned to service until inspected by the Rangemaster. The Rangemaster has the responsibility for ensuring each member meets the minimum requirements during training shoots and, on at least a yearly basis, can demonstrate proficiency in the care, cleaning and safety of all firearms the member is authorized to carry. The Rangemaster shall complete and submit to the Training Coordinator documentation of the training courses provided. Documentation shall include the qualifications of each instructor who provides the training, a description of the training provided and, on a form that has been approved by the Department, a list of each member who completes the training. The Rangemaster should keep accurate records of all training shoots, qualifications, repairs, maintenance or other records as directed by the Training Coordinator._ Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 107 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms 306.9 FLYING WHILE ARMED The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) has imposed rules governing law enforcement officers flying armed on commercial aircraft. The following requirements apply to officers who intend to be armed while flying on a commercial air carrier or flights where screening is conducted (49 CFR 1544.219): (a)Officers wishing to fly while armed must be flying in an official capacity, not for vacation or pleasure, and must have a need to have the firearm accessible, as determined by the Department based on the law and published TSA rules. (b)Officers must carry their Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety identification card, bearing the officer’s name, a full-face photograph, identification number, the officer’s signature and the signature of the Director of Public Safety or the official seal of the Department and must present this identification to airline officials when requested. The officer should also carry the standard photo identification needed for passenger screening by airline and TSA officials (e.g., driver license, passport). (c)The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety must submit a National Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (NLETS) message prior to the officer’s travel. If approved, TSA will send the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety an NLETS message containing a unique alphanumeric identifier. The officer must present the message on the day of travel to airport personnel as authorization to travel while armed. (d)An official letter signed by the Director of Public Safety authorizing armed travel may also accompany the officer. The letter should outline the officer’s need to fly armed, detail his/her itinerary, and include that the officer has completed the mandatory TSA training for a law enforcement officer flying while armed. (e)Officers must have completed the mandated TSA security training covering officers flying while armed. The training shall be given by the department-appointed instructor. (f)It is the officer’s responsibility to notify the air carrier in advance of the intended armed travel. This notification should be accomplished by early check-in at the carrier’s check-in counter. (g)Any officer flying while armed should discreetly contact the flight crew prior to take-off and notify them of his/her assigned seat. (h)Discretion must be used to avoid alarming passengers or crew by displaying a firearm. The officer must keep the firearm concealed on his/her person at all times. Firearms are not permitted in carry-on luggage and may not be stored in an overhead compartment. (i)Officers should try to resolve any problems associated with flying armed through the flight captain, ground security manager, TSA representative or other management representative of the air carrier. (j)Officers shall not consume alcoholic beverages while aboard an aircraft, or within eight hours prior to boarding an aircraft. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 108 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Firearms 306.10 CARRYING FIREARMS OUT OF STATE Qualified, active, full-time officers of this department are authorized to carry a concealed firearm in all other states subject to the following conditions (18 USC § 926B): (a)The officer shall carry his/her Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety identification card whenever carrying such firearm. (b)The officer is not the subject of any current disciplinary action. (c)The officer may not be under the influence of alcohol or any other intoxicating or hallucinatory drug. (d)The officer will remain subject to this and all other department policies (including qualifying and training). Officers are cautioned that individual states may enact local regulations that permit private persons or entities to prohibit or restrict the possession of concealed firearms on their property, or that prohibit or restrict the possession of firearms on any state or local government property, installation, building, base or park. Federal authority may not shield an officer from arrest and prosecution in such locally restricted areas. Active law enforcement officers from other states are subject to all requirements set forth in 18 USC § 926B. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Firearms - 109 Policy 307 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 307.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Vehicle pursuits expose the public, law enforcement officers and fleeing violators to the risk of serious injury or death. The primary purpose of this policy is to provide officers with guidance in balancing the safety of the public and themselves against law enforcement's duty to apprehend violators of the law. Another purpose of this policy is to reduce the potential for pursuit-related collisions. Vehicular pursuits require officers to exhibit a high degree of common sense and sound judgment. It is recognized that vehicular pursuits are not always predictable, and decisions made pursuant to this policy will be evaluated according to the totality of the circumstances reasonably available at the time of the pursuit. 307.2 POLICY It is the policy of this department to balance the importance of apprehending suspects who unlawfully flee from law enforcement against the risks associated with vehicle pursuits. 307.2.1 DEFINITIONS Blocking - A low-speed tactic where one or more authorized police department emergency vehicles intentionally restrict the movement of a suspect vehicle, with the goal of containment or preventing a pursuit. Blocking is not boxing in or a roadblock. Boxing-in - A tactic designed to stop a suspect's moving vehicle by surrounding it with law enforcement vehicles and then slowing all vehicles to a stop. Pursuit Intervention - An attempt to stop the suspect's ability to continue to flee in a vehicle through tactical application of technology, tire deflation devices, blocking or vehicle intercept, boxing-in, the PIT (known as Pursuit Intervention Technique or Precision Immobilization Technique), ramming, or roadblock procedures. Pursuit Intervention Technique (PIT) - A low-speed tactic intentionally applied to cause the suspect vehicle to spin out and terminate the pursuit. Ramming - The deliberate act of impacting a suspect's vehicle with another vehicle to functionally damage or otherwise force the suspect's vehicle to stop. Roadblocks - A tactic designed to stop a suspect's vehicle by intentionally placing an emergency vehicle or other immovable object in the path of the suspect's vehicle. Tire deflation device - A device that extends across the roadway designed to puncture the tires of the pursued vehicle, sometimes referred to as spike strips. Terminate - To discontinue a pursuit or stop chasing fleeing vehicles. Trail - Following the path of the pursuit at a safe speed while obeying all traffic laws and without activating emergency equipment. If the pursuit is at a slow rate of speed, the trailing vehicle will maintain sufficient distance from the pursuit vehicles so as to clearly indicate an absence of participation in the pursuit Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 110 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits Vehicle Pursuit - An event involving one or more law enforcement officers attempting to apprehend a suspect, who is attempting to avoid arrest while operating a motor vehicle by using high-speed driving or other evasive tactics, such as driving off a highway, turning suddenly, and/ or driving in obvious disregard for the rules of the road. 307.3 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Vehicle pursuits shall only be conducted using authorized department emergency vehicles that are equipped with and displaying emergency lighting and sirens as required by Vehicle Code § 21055. Officers are responsible for continuously driving with due regard and caution for the safety of all persons and property (Vehicle Code § 21056). 307.3.1 WHEN TO INITIATE A PURSUIT Officers are authorized to initiate a pursuit when there is reasonable suspicion to detain, or probable cause to arrest a suspect, who has been given the appropriate signal to stop by a law enforcement officer, is attempting to evade arrest or detention by fleeing in a vehicle. The decision to pursue is often made under difficult, unpredictable, and rapidly changing circumstances. For those reasons, the requirement for immediate supervisory acknowledgment and ongoing supervisory control of a pursuit is the cornerstone of the department's pursuit philosophy. Considering the totality of the circumstances, sometimes the best course of action may be to not pursue or to discontinue a pursuit already in progress. Officers may engage in vehicular pursuits only when the officer can articulate the following factors are present: (a)Felony crimes against persons involving violence (b)Robbery or carjacking, where the suspect was armed or indicated he was armed (c)Hit and run involving a serious injury to anyone other than the suspect (d)Any crime posing a significant threat to public safety or involving a credible threat of imminent serious bodily injury or death against a person (e)Pursuits of suspected impaireddrivers where the driving of the suspect prior to the attempted stop already presented an intolerable risk of injury or death to persons other than the suspect (f)When the suspect is believed to have committed a violent misdemeanor, is armed, and poses a significant threat to public safety. Factors that should be considered in deciding whether to initiate or continue a pursuit include: (a)The seriousness of the known or reasonably suspected crime and its relationship to community safety. (b)The importance of protecting the public and balancing the known or reasonably suspected offense and the apparent need for immediate capture against the risks to officers, innocent motorists, and others. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 111 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits (c)The safety of the public in the area of the pursuit, including the type of area, time of day, the amount of vehicular and pedestrian traffic (e.g., school zones), and the speed of the pursuit relative to these factors. (d)The pursuing officers' familiarity with the area of the pursuit, the quality of radio communications between the pursuing units and the dispatcher or field supervisor, and the driving capabilities of the pursuing officers under the conditions of the pursuit. (e)Whether weather, traffic, and road conditions unreasonably increase the danger of the pursuit when weighed against the risk of the suspect's escape. (f)Whether the identity of the suspect has been verified and whether there is comparatively minimal risk in allowing the suspect to be apprehended at a later time. (g)The performance capabilities of the vehicles used in the pursuit in relation to the speeds and other conditions of the pursuit. (h)Emergency lighting and siren limitations on unmarked department vehicles that may reduce visibility of the vehicle, such as visor or dash-mounted lights, concealable or temporary emergency lighting equipment, and concealed or obstructed siren positioning. (i)Suspect and officer vehicle speeds. (j)Other persons in or on the pursued vehicle (e.g., passengers, co-offenders, hostages). (k)Availability of other resources such as air support or vehicle locator or deactivation technology. It is acknowledged it can take time to determine if these factors apply, which can depend on the pursuing officers training and experience. Continuing with the pursuit while actively determining whether the above criteria is met is permissible so long as the pursuing officers and supervisors are continually evaluating the risk to the public and officers. 307.3.2 WHEN TO TERMINATE A PURSUIT Pursuits should be terminated whenever the totality of objective circumstances known or which reasonably ought to be known to the officer or field supervisor during the pursuit indicates that the present risks of continuing the pursuit reasonably appear to outweigh the risks resulting from the suspect's escape. The decision to terminate a pursuit can be made by the pursuing officer or anyone of higher rank with direct knowledge of the circumstances of the pursuit. The factors listed in this policy on when to initiate a pursuit will apply equally to the decision to terminate a pursuit. Officers and field supervisors must objectively and continuously weigh the seriousness of the offense against the potential danger to innocent motorists, themselves, and the public when electing to continue a pursuit. In addition to the factors that govern when to initiate a pursuit, other factors should be considered in deciding whether to terminate a pursuit, including: (a)The distance between the pursuing vehicle and the fleeing vehicle is so great that further pursuit would be futile or require the pursuit to continue for an unreasonable time and/or distance. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 112 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits (b)The pursued vehicle's location is no longer definitely known. (c)The pursuing vehicle sustains damage or a mechanical failure that renders it unsafe to drive. (d)The pursuing vehicle's emergency lighting equipment or siren becomes partially or completely inoperable. (e)Hazards to uninvolved bystanders or motorists. (f)The danger that the continued pursuit poses to the public, the officers, or the suspect, balanced against the risk of allowing the suspect to remain at large. (g)The identity of the suspect is known and it does not reasonably appear that the need for immediate capture outweighs the risks associated with continuing the pursuit. 307.3.3 SPEED LIMITS The speed of a pursuit is a factor that should be evaluated on a continuing basis by the officer and field supervisor. Evaluation of vehicle speeds should take into consideration public safety, officer safety, and the safety of the occupants of the fleeing vehicle. Should high vehicle speeds be reached during a pursuit, officer and field supervisors should also consider these factors when determining the reasonableness of the speed of the pursuit: (a)Pursuit speeds have become unreasonably unsafe for the surrounding conditions. (b)Pursuit speeds have exceeded the driving ability of the officer. (c)Pursuit speeds are beyond the capabilities of the pursuit vehicle thus making its operation unsafe. 307.4 PURSUIT UNITS When involved in a pursuit, unmarked department emergency vehicles should be replaced by marked emergency vehicles whenever practicable. Vehicle pursuits should be limited to two units and a field supervisor; however, the number of units involved may vary with the circumstances. An officer or field supervisor may request additional units to join a pursuit if, after assessing the factors outlined above, it reasonably appears that the number of officers involved may be insufficient to safely arrest the suspects. All other officers should stay out of the pursuit, but should remain alert to its progress and location. Any officer who drops out of a pursuit may then, if necessary, proceed to the termination point at legal speeds, following the appropriate rules of the road. 307.4.1 MOTORCYCLE OFFICERS When involved in a pursuit, department motorcycles should be replaced by marked four-wheel emergency vehicles as soon as practicable. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 113 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 307.4.2 VEHICLES WITHOUT EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Officers operating vehicles not equipped with red light and siren are prohibited from initiating or joining in any pursuit. 307.4.3 PRIMARY UNIT RESPONSIBILITIES The initial pursuing unit will be designated as the primary pursuit unit and will be responsible for the conduct of the pursuit unless the officer is unable to remain reasonably close to the suspect's vehicle. The primary responsibility of the officer initiating the pursuit is the apprehension of the suspects without unreasonable danger to any person. The primary unit should notify the dispatcher commencing with a request for priority radio traffic, that a vehicle pursuit has been initiated, and as soon as practicable provide information including but not limited to: (a)The location, direction of travel, and estimated speed of the suspect's vehicle. (b)The description of the suspect's vehicle including license plate number, if known. (c)The reason for the pursuit. (d)Known or suspected weapons. Threat of force, violence, injuries, hostages, or other unusual hazards. (e)The suspected number of occupants and identity or description. (f)The weather, road, and traffic conditions. (g)The need for any additional resources or equipment. (h)The identity of other law enforcement agencies involved in the pursuit. Until relieved by a field supervisor or secondary unit, the officer in the primary unit is responsible for the broadcasting of the progress of the pursuit. Unless circumstances reasonably indicate otherwise, the primary pursuing officer should, as soon as practicable, relinquish the responsibility of broadcasting the progress of the pursuit to a secondary unit or air support joining the pursuit to minimize distractions and allow the primary pursuing officer to concentrate foremost on safe pursuit tactics. 307.4.4 SECONDARY UNIT RESPONSIBILITIES The second officer in the pursuit will be designated as the secondary unit and is responsible for: (a)Immediately notifying the dispatcher of entry into the pursuit. (b)Remaining a safe distance behind the primary unit unless directed to assume the role of primary pursuit vehicle or if the primary pursuit vehicle is unable to continue the pursuit. (c)Broadcasting the progress, updating known or critical information, and providing changes in the pursuit, unless the situation indicates otherwise. (d)Identifying the need for additional resources or equipment as appropriate. (e)Serving as backup to the primary pursuing officer once the suspect has been stopped. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 114 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 307.4.5 PURSUIT DRIVING The decision to use specific driving tactics requires the same assessment of the factors the officer considered when determining whether to initiate and/or terminate a pursuit. The following are tactics for units involved in the pursuit: (a)Officers, considering their driving skills and vehicle performance capabilities, will space themselves from other involved vehicles such that they are able to see and avoid hazards or react safely to maneuvers by the fleeing vehicle. (b)Because intersections can present increased risks, the following tactics should be considered: 1.Available units not directly involved in the pursuit may proceed safely to controlled intersections ahead of the pursuit in an effort to warn cross traffic. 2.Pursuing units should exercise due regard and caution when proceeding through controlled intersections. (c)As a general rule, officers should not pursue a vehicle driving left of center (wrong way) against traffic. In the event that the pursued vehicle does so, the following tactics should be considered: 1.Requesting assistance from available air support. 2.Maintain visual contact with the pursued vehicle by paralleling it on the correct side of the roadway. 3.Request other units to observe exits available to the suspects. (d)Notify the California Highway Patrol (CHP) and/or other law enforcement agency if it appears that the pursuit may enter its jurisdiction. (e)Officers involved in a pursuit should not attempt to pass other units unless the situation indicates otherwise or they are requested to do so by the primary unit and with a clear understanding of the maneuver process between the involved units. 307.4.6 PURSUIT TRAILING In the event the initiating unit from this agency either relinquishes control of the pursuit to another unit or jurisdiction, that initiating unit may, with permission of a field supervisor, trail the pursuit to the termination point in order to provide information and assistance for the arrest of the suspects and reporting the incident. Trailing means following the path of the pursuit at a safe speed while obeying all traffic laws and without activating emergency equipment. If the pursuit is at a slow rate of speed, the trailing vehicle will maintain sufficient distance from the pursuit vehicles so as to clearly indicate an absence of participation in the pursuit. 307.4.7 AIR SUPPORT ASSISTANCE When available, air support assistance should be requested. Once the air unit has established visual contact with the pursued vehicle, the unit should assume control over the pursuit. The primary and secondary ground units, or involved field supervisor, will maintain operational control but should consider whether the participation of air support warrants the continued close proximity and/or involvement of ground units in the pursuit. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 115 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits The air unit should coordinate the activities of resources on the ground, report progress of the pursuit and provide officers and field supervisors with details of upcoming traffic congestion, road hazards, or other pertinent information to evaluate whether to continue the pursuit. If ground units are not within visual contact of the pursued vehicle and the air support unit determines that it is unsafe to continue the pursuit, the air support unit should recommend terminating the pursuit. 307.4.8 UNITS NOT INVOLVED IN THE PURSUIT There should be no paralleling of the pursuit route. Officers are authorized to use emergency equipment at intersections along the pursuit path to clear intersections of vehicular and pedestrian traffic to protect the public. Officers should remain in their assigned area and should not become involved with the pursuit unless directed otherwise by a field supervisor. The primary and secondary units should be the only units operating under emergency conditions (red light and siren) unless other units are assigned to the pursuit. 307.5 SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND RESPONSIBILITIES Available supervisory and management control will be exercised over all vehicle pursuits involving officers from this department during the entirety of the pursuit. The field supervisor of the officer initiating the pursuit, or if unavailable, the nearest field supervisor will be responsible for: (a)Immediately notifying involved unit and the dispatcher of supervisory presence and ascertaining all reasonably available information to continuously assess the situation and risk factors associated with the pursuit. (b)Engaging in the pursuit, when appropriate, to provide on-scene supervision. (c)Exercising management and control of the pursuit even if not engaged in it. (d)Ensuring that no more than the required number of units are involved in the pursuit under the guidelines set forth in this policy. (e)Directing that the pursuit be terminated if, in the field supervisor's judgment, it is unreasonable to continue the pursuit under the guidelines of this policy. (f)Ensuring that assistance from air support, canines, or additional resources is requested, if available and appropriate. (g)Ensuring that the proper radio channel is being used. (h)Ensuring that the lieutenant, if on duty, is notified of the pursuit as soon as practicable. (i)Ensuring the notification and/or coordination of outside agencies if the pursuit either leaves or is likely to leave the jurisdiction of this department. (j)Controlling and managing Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety units when a pursuit enters another jurisdiction. (k)Preparing a post-pursuit review and documentation of the pursuit. 1.Field supervisors should initiate follow up or additional review when appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 116 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 307.5.1 LIEUTENANT RESPONSIBILITIES Upon becoming aware that a pursuit has been initiated, the lieutenant, if on duty and available, should monitor and continually assess the situation and ensure the pursuit is conducted within the guidelines and requirements of this policy. Once notified, the lieutenant has the final responsibility for the coordination, control, and termination of a vehicle pursuit and shall be in overall command. The lieutenant shall review all pertinent reports and BlueTeam entry for content and forward the BlueTeam entry to the deputy chief. 307.6 THE DISPATCH CENTER If the pursuit is confined within the City limits, radio communications will be conducted on the primary channel unless instructed otherwise by a field supervisor or dispatcher. If the pursuit leaves the jurisdiction of this department or such is imminent, involved units should, whenever available, switch radio communications to a tactical or emergency channel most accessible by participating agencies and units. 307.6.1 THE DISPATCH CENTER RESPONSIBILITIES Upon notification or becoming aware that a pursuit has been initiated, the dispatcher is responsible for: (a)Clearing the radio channel of non-emergency traffic. (b)Coordinating pursuit communications of the involved units and personnel. (c)Broadcasting pursuit updates as well as other pertinent information as necessary. (d)Ensuring that a field supervisor is notified of the pursuit. (e)Notifying and coordinating with other involved or affected agencies as practicable. (f)Notify the lieutenant as soon as practicable. (g)Assigning an incident number and logging all pursuit activities. 307.6.2 LOSS OF PURSUED VEHICLE When the pursued vehicle is lost, the primary unit should broadcast pertinent information to assist other units in locating suspects. The primary unit or field supervisor will be responsible for coordinating any further search for either the pursued vehicle or suspects fleeing on foot. 307.7 INTER-JURISDICTIONAL CONSIDERATIONS When a pursuit enters another agency's jurisdiction, the primary officer or field supervisor, taking into consideration distance traveled, unfamiliarity with the area and other pertinent facts, should determine whether to request the other agency to assume the pursuit. Unless entry into another jurisdiction is expected to be brief, it is generally recommended that the primary officer or field supervisor ensure that notification is provided to each outside jurisdiction into which the pursuit is reasonably expected to enter, regardless of whether such jurisdiction is expected to assist. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 117 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 307.7.1 ASSUMPTION OF PURSUIT BY ANOTHER AGENCY Officers will relinquish control of the pursuit when another agency has assumed the pursuit, unless the continued assistance of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is requested by the agency assuming the pursuit. Upon relinquishing control of the pursuit, the involved officers may proceed, with field supervisory approval, to the termination point of the pursuit to assist in the investigation. The field supervisor should coordinate such assistance with the assuming agency and obtain any information that is necessary for any reports. Notification of a pursuit in progress should not be construed as a request to join the pursuit. Requests to or from another agency to assume a pursuit should be specific. 307.7.2 PURSUITS EXTENDING INTO THIS JURISDICTION The agency that initiates a pursuit is responsible for conducting the pursuit. Units from this department should not join a pursuit unless specifically requested to do so by the pursuing agency and with approval from a field supervisor. The exception to this is when a single unit from the initiating agency is in pursuit. Under this circumstance, a field supervisor may authorize units from this department to join the pursuit until sufficient units from the initiating agency join the pursuit or until additional information is provided allowing withdrawal of the pursuit. When a request is made for this department to assist or take over a pursuit that has entered the jurisdiction of Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, the field supervisor should consider: (a)The public's safety within this jurisdiction. (b)The safety of the pursuing officers. (c)Whether the circumstances are serious enough to continue the pursuit. (d)Whether there is adequate staffing to continue the pursuit. (e)The ability to maintain the pursuit. As soon as practicable, a field supervisor or the lieutenant should review a request for assistance from another agency. The lieutenant or field supervisor, after considering the above factors, may decline to assist in, or assume the other agency's pursuit. Assistance to a pursuing allied agency by officers of this department will terminate at the City limits provided that the pursuing officers have sufficient assistance from other sources. Ongoing participation from this department may continue only until sufficient assistance is present. In the event that a pursuit from another agency terminates within this jurisdiction, officers should provide appropriate assistance to officers from the allied agency including but not limited to scene control, coordination and completion of supplemental reports, and any other reasonable assistance requested or needed. 307.8 WHEN PURSUIT INTERVENTION IS AUTHORIZED Whenever practicable, an officer shall seek approval from a field supervisor before employing any intervention to stop the pursued vehicle. In deciding whether to use intervention tactics, officers/ field supervisors should balance the risks of allowing the pursuit to continue with the potential Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 118 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits hazards to the public arising from the use of each tactic, the officers, and persons in or on the pursued vehicle to determine which, if any, intervention tactic may be reasonable. 307.8.1 USE OF FIREARMS . When feasible, officers should take reasonable steps to move out of the path of an approaching vehicle instead of discharging their firearm at the vehicle or any of its occupants. An officer should only discharge a firearm at a moving vehicle or its occupants when the officer reasonably believes there are no other reasonable means available to avert the imminent threat of the vehicle, or if deadly force other than the vehicle is directed at the officer or others (Government Code § 7286(b)). Officers should not shoot at any part of a vehicle in an attempt to disable the vehicle. 307.8.2 INTERVENTION STANDARDS Any intervention tactic, depending upon the conditions and circumstances under which it is used, may present dangers to the officers, the public, or anyone in or on the vehicle being pursued. Certain applications of intervention tactics may be construed to be a use of force, including deadly force, and subject to the policies guiding such use. Officers should consider these facts and requirements prior to deciding how, when, where, and if an intervention tactic should be employed. (a)Blocking should only be used after giving consideration to the following: 1.The technique should only be used by officers who have received training in the technique. 2.The need to immediately stop the suspect vehicle or prevent it from leaving reasonably appears to outweigh the risks of injury or death to occupants of the suspect vehicle, officers, or other members of the public. 3.It reasonably appears the technique will contain or prevent the pursuit. (b)The PIT should only be used after giving consideration to the following: 1.The technique should only be used by officers who have received training in the technique. 2.Supervisory approval should be obtained before using the technique. 3.The need to immediately stop the suspect vehicle reasonably appears to outweigh the risks of injury or death to occupants of the suspect vehicle, officers, or other members of the public. 4.It reasonably appears the technique will terminate or prevent the pursuit. (c)Ramming a fleeing vehicle should only be done after giving consideration to the following: 1.Supervisory approval should be obtained before using the technique. 2.The need to immediately stop the suspect vehicle reasonably appears to substantially outweigh the risks of injury or death to occupants of the suspect vehicle, officers, or other members of the public. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 119 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 3.It reasonably appears the technique will terminate or prevent the pursuit. 4.Ramming may be used only under circumstances when deadly force would be authorized. 5.Ramming may be used when all other reasonable alternatives have been exhausted or reasonably appear ineffective. (d)Before attempting to box a suspect vehicle during a pursuit the following should be considered: 1.The technique should only be used by officers who have received training in the technique. 2.Supervisory approval should be obtained before using the technique. 3.The need to immediately stop the suspect vehicle reasonably appears to outweigh the risks of injury or death to occupants of the suspect vehicle, officers, or other members of the public. 4.It reasonably appears the technique will terminate or prevent the pursuit. (e)Tire deflation devices should only be used after considering the following: 1.Tire deflation devices should only be used by officers who have received training in their use. 2.Supervisory approval should be obtained before using tire deflation devices. 3.The need to immediately stop the suspect vehicle reasonably appears to outweigh the risks of injury or death to occupants of the suspect vehicle, officers, or other members of the public. 4.It reasonably appears the use will terminate or prevent the pursuit. 5.Tire deflation devices should not be used when the pursued vehicle is a motorcycle, a vehicle transporting hazardous materials, or a school bus transporting children, except in extraordinary circumstances. 6.Due to the increased risk to officers deploying tire deflation devices, such deployment should be communicated to all involved personnel. (f)Roadblocks should only be used after considering the following: 1.Roadblocks should only be used by officers who have received training in their use. 2.Supervisory approval should be obtained before using the technique. 3.The need to immediately stop the suspect vehicle reasonably appears to substantially outweigh the risks of injury or death to occupants of the suspect vehicle, officers, or other members of the public. 4.It reasonably appears the technique will terminate or prevent the pursuit. Roadblocks may be used only under circumstances when deadly force would be authorized. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 120 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 5.Roadblocks may be used when all other reasonable alternatives have been exhausted or reasonably appear ineffective. 307.8.3 CAPTURE OF SUSPECTS Proper self-discipline and sound professional judgment are the keys to a successful conclusion of a pursuit and apprehension of evading suspects. Officers shall use only that amount of force, which reasonably appears necessary under the circumstances, to accomplish a legitimate law enforcement purpose. (Penal Code §835a) Unless relieved by a field supervisor, the primary pursuing officer should coordinate efforts to apprehend the suspects following the pursuit. Officers should consider safety of the public and the involved officers when formulating plans for setting up perimeters or for containing and capturing the suspects. 307.9 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS All appropriate reports should be completed to comply with applicable laws, policies, and procedures. (a)The primary officer should complete appropriate crime/arrest reports. (b)The field supervisor shall ensure that an Allied Agency Vehicle Pursuit Report (form CHP 187A) is filed with the CHP not later than 30 days following the pursuit (Vehicle Code § 14602.1). The primary officer should complete as much of the required information on the form as is known and forward the report to the field supervisor for review and distribution. (c)After first obtaining the available information, the involved field supervisor shall promptly complete a BlueTeam entry briefly summarizing the pursuit and forward it through the chain of command. (d)This entry should include, at a minimum: 1.Date and time of pursuit. 2.Initial reason and circumstances surrounding the pursuit. 3.Length of pursuit in distance and time, including the starting and termination points. 4.Involved units and officers. 5.Alleged offenses. 6.Whether a suspect was apprehended, as well as the means and methods used. 7.Any use of force that occurred during the vehicle pursuit. (a)Any use of force by a member should be documented in the appropriate report (See the Use of Force Policy) and Blue Team. 8.Any injuries and/or medical treatment. 9.Any property or equipment damage. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 121 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Pursuits 10.Name of field supervisor at scene or who handled the incident. Annually, the Director of Public Safety should direct a documented review and analysis of department vehicle pursuit reports to minimally include policy suitability, policy compliance, and training or equipment needs. 307.9.1 REGULAR AND PERIODIC PURSUIT TRAINING The Training Coordinator shall make available to all officers initial and supplementary Police Officer Standard Training (POST) training on pursuits required by Penal Code § 13519.8, Vehicle Code § 17004.7(d), and 11 CCR 1081, and no less than annual training addressing: (a)This policy. (b)The importance of vehicle safety and protecting the public. (c)The need to balance the known offense and the need for immediate capture against the risks to officers and others. 307.9.2 POLICY REVIEW Officers of this department shall certify in writing that they have received, read, and understand this policy initially, upon any amendments, and whenever training on this policy is provided. The POST attestation form, or an equivalent form, may be used to document the compliance and should be retained in the member’s training file. 307.10 APPLICATION OF VEHICLE PURSUIT POLICY This policy is expressly written and adopted pursuant to the provisions of Vehicle Code § 17004.7, with additional input from the POST Vehicle Pursuit Guidelines. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Pursuits - 122 Policy 308 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer Response to Calls 308.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides for the safe and appropriate response to emergency and non-emergency situations whether dispatched or self-initiated. 308.2 RESPONSE TO CALLS Officers dispatched "Code-3" shall consider the call an emergency response and proceed immediately. Officers responding Code-3 shall continuously operate emergency lighting equipment, including at minimum a steady forward facing red light, and shall sound the siren as reasonably necessary pursuant to Vehicle Code § 21055. Responding with emergency light(s) and siren does not relieve the officer of the duty to continue to drive with due regard for the safety of all persons. The use of any other warning equipment without a red light and siren does not provide any exemption from the Vehicle Code. Officers should only respond Code-3 when so dispatched or when circumstances reasonably indicate an emergency response is required. Officers not authorized to respond Code-3 shall observe all traffic laws and proceed without the use of emergency lights and siren. 308.3 REQUESTING EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE Requests for emergency assistance should be limited to those situations where the involved personnel reasonably believe that there is an immediate threat to the safety of officers, or assistance is needed to prevent imminent serious harm to a citizen. In any event, where a situation has stabilized and emergency response is not required, the requesting officer shall immediately notify the Dispatch Center. If circumstances permit, the requesting officer should give the following information: •The unit number •The location •The reason for the request and type of emergency •The number of units required 308.4 INITIATING CODE 3 RESPONSE If an officer believes a Code-3 response to any call is appropriate, the officer shall immediately notify the Dispatch Center. Any additional officers who believe a Code-3 response is appropriate, shall notify the Dispatch Center. The Shift Supervisor or field supervisor will make a determination as to whether one or more officers driving Code-3 is appropriate. 308.5 RESPONSIBILITIES OF RESPONDING OFFICERS Officers shall exercise sound judgment and care with due regard for life and property when responding to an emergency call. Officers shall reduce speed at all street intersections to such a degree that they shall have complete control of the vehicle. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer Response to Calls - 123 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer Response to Calls The decision to continue a Code-3 response is at the discretion of the officer. If, in the officer's judgment, the roadway conditions or traffic congestion does not permit such a response without unreasonable risk, the officer may elect to respond to the call without the use of red lights and siren at the legal speed limit. In such an event, the officer should immediately notify the Dispatch Center. An officer shall also discontinue the Code-3 response when directed by a supervisor. Upon receiving authorization or determining a Code-3 response is appropriate, an officer shall immediately give the location from which he/she is responding. 308.6 COMMUNICATIONS RESPONSIBILITIES A dispatcher shall assign a Code-3 response when an officer requests emergency assistance or available information reasonably indicates that the public is threatened with serious injury or death and immediate police response is needed. The dispatcher shall: (a)Attempt to assign the closest available unit to the location requiring assistance (b)Notify the Shift Supervisor (c)Confirm the location from which the unit is responding (d)Notify and coordinate allied emergency services (e.g., fire and ambulance) (e)Continue to obtain and broadcast information as necessary concerning the response and monitor the situation until it is stabilized or terminated (f)Control all radio communications during the emergency and coordinate assistance under the direction of the Shift Supervisor or field supervisor 308.7 SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITIES Upon being notified or becoming aware that a Code-3 response has been initiated, the Shift Supervisor or the field supervisor shall verify the following: (a)The proper response has been initiated (b)No more than those units reasonably necessary under the circumstances are involved in the response (c)Affected outside jurisdictions are being notified as practical The field supervisor shall monitor the response until it has been stabilized or terminated and assert control by directing units into or out of the response if necessary. If, in the supervisor's judgment, the circumstances require additional units to be assigned a Code-3 response, the supervisor may do so. It is the supervisor's responsibility to terminate a Code-3 response that, in his/her judgment is inappropriate due to the circumstances. When making the decision to authorize a Code-3 response, the Shift Supervisor or the field supervisor should consider the following: •The type of call Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer Response to Calls - 124 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer Response to Calls •The necessity of a timely response •Traffic and roadway conditions •The location of the responding units 308.8 FAILURE OF EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT If the emergency equipment on the vehicle should fail to operate, the officer must terminate the Code-3 response and respond accordingly. In all cases, the officer shall notify the Shift Supervisor, field supervisor, or the Dispatch Center of the equipment failure so that another unit may be assigned to the emergency response. 308.9 BACKING OF FIRE APPARATUS A guide will be used whenever fire apparatus is moved backwards. The driver must communicate to the guide the backing plan including the route, and where they intend to go. Even though using a guide, the driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle. Use of a guide is not required when backing staff vehicles, sedans, or utilities but is encouraged anytime visibility is compromised or hazards dictate such action. The use of a guide may not be required when extenuating or hazardous conditions exist. The highest ranking officer in the crew is responsible for clearly articulating such a condition exists. The captain, engineer, and/or any firefighters on the apparatus must concur the conditions exist. Prior to Backing: All effort will be made to minimize distractions during the backing process. These actions include removing the headset if the driver is wearing one and rolling down the window(s) where necessary to improve communication. The intended backing route should be visually inspected by both the guide and driver as the complexity dictates. Ensure guides are in place, and have been briefed by the driver of the backing plan (route and destination). Guides should be placed on the side presenting the greatest hazard. The guide stands diagonally off the rear corner, far enough back to stay clear of the vehicle, yet close enough to be seen in the mirror by the driver. The guide will make every effort not to pass, or stand behind the vehicle while it is moving. Driver will make every effort to use a guide as part of every backing operation, however, if a guide is not available, the driver shall ensure there are no hazards to the rear of the vehicle prior to backing. During Backing: Driver will not initiate backing until guide is in place, and is visualized in the vehicle mirror. Driver will proceed at a safe pace. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer Response to Calls - 125 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Officer Response to Calls If at any time visual contact is lost with the guide, the driver will stop the vehicle until they return to view. After Backing: If the backing guide is to re-enter vehicle, apparatus operator will ensure vehicle is stationary by placing transmission in parking configuration, and applying parking brake. 308.10 FIRE HELMETS IN FIRE APPARATUS Fire helmets shall not be worn by persons riding in enclosed driving and crew areas. Fire helmets are not designed for crash protection and they will interfere with the protection provided by head rests. The reduction in head clearance creates a greater hazard to personal safety than the helmets will protect. The minimum seat head height values in this standard assume that the occupants are not wearing fire helmets. The use of a helmet detracts from the head clearance and puts the occupant a greater risk of neck or back injury during a rollover or a severe road event. If helmets are to be stored in the driving or crew compartment, the helmets shall be secured. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Officer Response to Calls - 126 Policy 309 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Fire Apparatus/Vehicle Backing 309.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to help members avoid the dangers inherent to vehicle backing operations and reduce the high incidence of firefighter injuries, fatalities, and property damage. 309.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Apparatus - Any department vehicle that is designed and equipped to support firefighting and rescue operations, including those equipped with an aerial ladder, elevating platform or water tower that may position members, handle materials, provide continuous egress or discharge water at positions elevated from the ground. Driver - The member charged with driving the vehicle or apparatus. This member is in control of the vehicle or apparatus and therefore is responsible for its movement. In the absence of an officer, the driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle or apparatus and its personnel. Officer - The member responsible for the operation of the vehicle or apparatus and its personnel. Spotter - A member designated to direct the driver while backing up the vehicle or apparatus. This position may be referred to as a back-up person. Vehicle - Any automobile or light utility vehicle owned or leased by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and used for department business. 309.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety that operators, when feasible, will drive around the block rather than backing an apparatus or vehicle. 309.3 OFFICER AND DRIVER RESPONSIBILITIES Firefighter safety is extremely important. Backing operations are the most common cause of fire service vehicle collisions. Training and awareness of the potential dangers of backing operations is anticipated to reduce the incidence of firefighter injuries and fatalities. Before backing-up an apparatus or vehicle, all potential backing-up impediments should be reviewed to ensure that obstructions are clear to avoid a collision. The officer/driver is responsible for deploying spotters when backing-up or as necessary to allow the safe movement of an apparatus. The driver should not move the vehicle or apparatus until the spotters have been deployed in a backing-up situation. If the driver loses sight of the spotter, the member shall stop apparatus until the spotter is back in sight. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Fire Apparatus/Vehicle Backing - 127 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Fire Apparatus/Vehicle Backing If more than one spotter is being used, the driver will need to maintain contact with both spotters. This means shifting attention from one spotter to another frequently so as to safely move the apparatus, while maintaining the safety of the spotters. This will require the apparatus to be moving at a slower than normal rate. If at any time the driver feels that the situation is not safe, he/she should stop the vehicle or apparatus until the situation is corrected. This may mean getting out and physically walking around the apparatus or down the road in the direction the apparatus is headed. 309.4 SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES Spotters are generally used when backing-up large vehicles or fire apparatus. Voice communication between the spotter and driver is good, but the driver may not hear the spotter over the noise of the vehicle or apparatus and other background noise. On apparatus equipped with wireless headsets, the driver and spotter should use this equipment to maintain communication with each other. Alternatively, and when practicable, the use of portable radios to communicate between the spotter and driver may prove beneficial in certain circumstances. The spotters, the driver, and the officer should maintain radio contact as well as eye contact. In congested or tight areas, one spotter may be needed at the rear and one at the front of the vehicle being moved either forward or backward. Spotters should also be used when going forward in tight areas. Spotter responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Be constantly aware of the surroundings while performing this function. (b) Look and listen for other vehicles and people that may enter the path of the vehicle or apparatus that is backing up. (c) Stop any oncoming hazard or stop the vehicle or apparatus being backed-up. (d) Be aware of objects in the path of the vehicle or apparatus and direct the driver safely around them. (e) Be attentive to ground level obstructions as well as overhead hazards (e.g., tree branches, wires, signs, canopies, ladders). (f) Maintain visual contact with the driver at all times. (g) Be in the line-of-sight of the mirrors of the vehicle or apparatus being backed-up at all times. (h) Illuminate him/herself at night with a rear spotlight or flashlight, to remain visible to the driver. (i) Use hand signals to direct the driver. Hand signals should be somewhat exaggerated for clear understanding by the driver. (j) Stand on the ground; never on the apparatus. (k) Practice skills as time permits. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Fire Apparatus/Vehicle Backing - 128 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Fire Apparatus/Vehicle Backing 309.5 FIRE STATION BACKING/PARKING The apparatus will not travel in reverse without a spotter Station 2 - Personnel should consider making a three-point turn in the driveway before backing into the station. If personnel choose to back into the driveway from the street, the driver shall pull up to the curb, place the transmission in "Park" and set the parking brake prior to letting out the spotter. Once spotter is out and the road is clear, the driver will activate the emergency lights, prepare for a three-point turn, and perform the backing procedure. Station 3 - Personnel should consider entering the station through the rear gate and driving through the station. If personnel choose to back into the driveway from the street, the driver shall pull up to the curb, place the transmission in "Park" and set the parking brake prior to letting out the spotter. Once spotter is out and the road is clear, the driver will activate the emergency lights, prepare for a three-point turn, and perform the backing procedure. Station 4 - Going South on Maurice - Upon approaching the driveway of the station, the driver shall activate the emergency lights as well as the stoplight fronting the station. When safe to do so, the driver will pull the apparatus across both lanes of traffic perpendicular to the curb, place the transmission in "Park" and set the parking brake. The spotter will exit the apparatus and walk around the front of the engine and maintain visual contact with the driver as well as look for traffic. The spotter will take a position on the driveway and prepare for the backing maneuver. With the emergency lights activated, the driver will move the apparatus in reverse out of the road until it is completely on the driveway or in the apparatus bay. Going North on Maurice - The driver shall pull up to the curb, place the transmission in "Park" and set the parking brake prior to letting out the spotter. The driver should also activate the stop light across from the station to give traffic time to stop at the limit lines or to clear the roadway. Once spotter is out and the road is clear, the driver will activate the emergency lights, prepare for a three-point turn, and perform the backing procedure. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Fire Apparatus/Vehicle Backing - 129 Policy 310 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Canines 310.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes guidelines for the use of canines to augment police services in the community, including but not limited to locating individuals and contraband and apprehending criminal offenders. 310.2 HANDLER SELECTION The minimum qualifications for the assignment of canine handler include: (a)An officer who is currently off probation. (b)Residing in an adequately fenced single-family residence (minimum 5-foot-high fence with locking gates). (c)A garage that can be secured and can accommodate a canine vehicle. (d)Living within 30 minutes travel time from the Rohnert Park City limits. (e)Agreeing to be assigned to the position for a minimum of three years. 310.2.1 ASSIGNMENT OF CANINES The canine teams shall be assigned to the Patrol Division. Unless assigned to a specific patrol beat, Canine teams should not be used to handle matters that will take them out of service for extended periods of time unless absolutely necessary and only with the approval of the Shift Supervisor. When assigned to a beat, Canine teams are expected to assist in their Canine capacity as needed, or at the discretion of the Shift Supervisor. 310.3 CANINE COORDINATOR The canine coordinator shall be appointed by and directly responsible to the Patrol Division or the authorized designee. The responsibilities of the coordinator include but are not limited to: (a)Reviewing all canine use reports to ensure compliance with policy and to identify training issues and other needs of the program. (b)Maintaining a liaison with the vendor kennel. (c)Maintaining a liaison with command staff and functional supervisors. (d)Maintaining a liaison with other agency canine coordinators. (e)Maintaining accurate records to document canine activities. (f)Recommending and overseeing the procurement of equipment and services for the teams of handlers and canines. (g)Scheduling all canine-related activities. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Canines - 130 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Canines (h)Ensuring the canine teams are scheduled for regular training to maximize their capabilities. 310.4 GUIDELINES FOR NON-APPREHENSION USE Because canines have senses far superior to those of humans, they may often be effectively utilized to: (a)Locating lost and missing persons (b)Locating evidence (c)Public Relations In such circumstances, it will be necessary for the handler to evaluate the conditions and ability of the canine to determine the feasibility of such an application. (a)Absent a change in circumstances that present an immediate threat to officers, the canine or the public, such applications should be conducted on leash or under such conditions that will minimize the likelihood that the canine will bite or otherwise injure the individual. (b)Throughout the deployment of the canine in such circumstances, the handler should consider issuing periodic verbal assurances that the canine will not bite or hurt the person. (c)Unless otherwise directed by a supervisor, assisting personnel should take direction from the handler in order to minimize interference with the canine. 310.4.1 USE OF BOMB/EXPLOSIVE DETECTION CANINE Because of the high risk of danger to the public and officers when a bomb or other explosive device is suspected, the use of a trained explosive detection dog team may be warranted. When available, a trained explosive detection dog team may be used in accordance with current law and under the following circumstances: (a)To assist in the search of a building, structure, area, vehicle or article where an actual or suspected explosive device has been reported or located. (b)To conduct preventative searches at locations such as special events, VIP visits, official buildings and other restricted areas. Because a dog sniff may be considered a search, such searches of individuals should remain minimally intrusive and shall be strictly limited to the purpose of detecting explosives. (c)To assist with searches at transportation facilities and vehicles (e.g., buses, airplanes and trains). (d)To assist in the search of scenes where an explosion has occurred and an explosive device or secondary explosive device is suspected. (e)At no time will a detection dog be used to render a suspected device safe or clear. 310.4.2 USE OF NARCOTIC-DETECTION CANINE A narcotic-detection-trained canine may be used in accordance with current law under the following circumstances: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Canines - 131 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Canines (a)To assist in the search for narcotics during a search warrant service. (b)To obtain a search warrant by using the detection canine in support of probable cause. (c)To search vehicles, buildings, bags and any other articles deemed necessary. 310.5 APPREHENSION GUIDELINES A canine may be used to locate and apprehend a suspect if the canine handler reasonably believes that the individual has committed, is committing, or is threatening to commit any serious offense and if any of the following conditions exist: (a)There is a reasonable belief the suspect poses an imminent threat of violence or serious harm to the public, any officer, or the handler. (b)The suspect is physically resisting or threatening to resist arrest and the use of a canine reasonably appears to be necessary to overcome such resistance. (c)The suspect is believed to be concealed in an area where entry by other than the canine would pose a threat to the safety of officers or the public. It is recognized that situations may arise that do not fall within the provisions set forth in this policy. Such events require consideration of the totality of the circumstances and the use of an objective reasonableness standard applied to the decision to use a canine. Absent a reasonable belief that a suspect has committed, is committing, or is threatening to commit a serious offense, mere flight from a pursuing officer, without any of the above conditions, shall not serve as the basis for the use of a canine to apprehend a suspect. Use of a canine to locate and apprehend a suspect wanted for a lesser criminal offense than those identified above requires approval from the Shift Supervisor. Absent a change in circumstances that presents an imminent threat to officers, the canine or the public, such canine use should be conducted on-leash or under conditions that minimize the likelihood the canine will bite or otherwise injure the individual. In all applications, once the suspect has been located and no longer reasonably appears to present a threat or risk of escape, the handler should secure the canine as soon as it becomes reasonably practicable. If the canine has apprehended the suspect with a secure bite, and the handler believes that the suspect no longer poses a threat, the handler should promptly command the canine to release the suspect. 310.5.1 PREPARATION FOR DEPLOYMENT Prior to the use of a canine to search for or apprehend any suspect, the canine handler and/or the supervisor on-scene should carefully consider all pertinent information reasonably available at the time. The information should include but is not limited to: (a)The nature and seriousness of the suspected offense. (b)Whether violence or weapons were used or are anticipated. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Canines - 132 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Canines (c)The degree of resistance or threatened resistance, if any, the suspect has shown. (d)The suspect’s known or perceived age. (e)The potential for injury to officers or the public caused by the suspect if the canine is not utilized. (f)Any potential danger to the public and/or other officers at the scene if the canine is released. (g)The potential for the suspect to escape or flee if the canine is not utilized. As circumstances permit, the canine handler should make every reasonable effort to communicate and coordinate with other involved members to minimize the risk of unintended injury. It is the canine handler’s responsibility to evaluate each situation and determine whether the use of a canine is appropriate and reasonable. The canine handler shall have the authority to decline the use of the canine whenever he/she deems deployment is unsuitable. A supervisor who is sufficiently apprised of the situation may prohibit deploying the canine. Unless otherwise directed by a supervisor, assisting members should take direction from the handler in order to minimize interference with the canine. 310.5.2 WARNINGS GIVEN TO ANNOUNCE THE USE OF A CANINE Unless it would otherwise increase the risk of injury or escape, a clearly audible warning to announce that a canine will be released if the person does not come forth, shall be made prior to releasing a canine. The canine handler, when practical, shall first advise the supervisor of his/her decision if a verbal warning is not given prior to releasing the canine. In the event of an apprehension, the handler shall document in any related report whether or not a verbal warning was given and, if none was given, the reasons why. 310.5.3 EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE OF THE CANINE The handler shall notify the Unit Coordinator as soon as practicable when emergency medical care for the canine is required. Depending on the severity of the injury or illness, the canine shall either be treated by the designated veterinarian or transported to a designated emergency medical facility for treatment. If the handler and dog are out of the area, the handler may use the nearest available veterinarian. 310.5.4 REPORTING CANINE USE, BITES AND INJURIES Whenever the police service dog is deployed, a interdepartmental memorandum shall be completed by the handler and turned in to the Unit Coordinator before going off-duty. Whenever the use of the canine results in a bite or any injury a interdepartmental memorandum shall be completed and included with any related incident report. The injured party should be transported to an appropriate medical facility if the injury requires medical attention beyond first aid. If the injured party is in custody an officer should remain with the suspect until treatment has been rendered. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Canines - 133 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Canines Photographs shall be taken of the bite or injury as soon as practicable after tending to the immediate needs of the injured party. Photographs shall be retained as evidence in accordance with current department evidence procedures. Photographs shall be retained until the potential need for use in any related criminal and/or civil proceeding has expired. If a subject alleges an injury that is not visible, a supervisor shall be notified and the location of the alleged injury should be photographed as described above. The Unit Coordinator will maintain liaison with the Animal Control Department to ensure that information regarding canine bites is not retained by its office. Canines used by law enforcement agencies are exempt from impoundment and reporting requirements to the Animal Control Department (Food and Agriculture Code § 31609(b)). 310.6 REQUESTS FOR CANINE TEAMS Patrol Division members are encouraged to request the use of a canine. Requests for a canine team from department units outside of the Patrol Division shall be reviewed by the Shift Supervisor. 310.6.1 OUTSIDE AGENCY REQUEST All requests for canine assistance from outside agencies must be approved by the Shift Supervisor and are subject to the following: (a)Canine teams shall not be used for any assignment that is not consistent with this policy. (b)The canine handler shall have the authority to decline a request for any specific assignment that he/she deems unsuitable. (c)Calling out off-duty canine teams is discouraged. (d)It shall be the responsibility of the canine handler to coordinate operations with agency personnel in order to minimize the risk of unintended injury. (e)It shall be the responsibility of the canine handler to complete all necessary reports or as directed. 310.6.2 PUBLIC DEMONSTRATION All public requests for a canine team shall be reviewed and, if appropriate, approved by the canine coordinator prior to making any resource commitment. The canine coordinator is responsible for obtaining resources and coordinating involvement in the demonstration to include proper safety protocols. Canine handlers shall not demonstrate any apprehension work unless authorized to do so by the canine coordinator. 310.6.3 CANINE IN PUBLIC AREAS All canines shall be kept on a leash when in areas that allow access to the public. Exceptions would include specific police operations for which the canines are trained. (a)Canines shall not be left unattended in any area to which the public may have access. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Canines - 134 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Canines (b)When the canine unit is left unattended all windows and doors shall be secured in such a manner as to prevent unauthorized access to the dog. The handler shall also insure that the unattended unit remains inhabitable for the canine. 310.6.4 HANDLER COMPENSATION The canine handler shall be compensated for time spent in the care, feeding, grooming and other needs of the dog as provided in the Fair Labor Standards Act. The compensation shall be prescribed in the employee's Memorandum of Understanding. 310.7 HANDLER RESPONSIBILITIES The canine handler shall ultimately be responsible for the health and welfare of the canine and shall ensure that the canine receives proper nutrition, grooming, training, medical care, affection, and living conditions. The canine handler will be responsible for the following: (a)Except as required during appropriate deployment, the handler shall not expose the canine to any foreseeable and unreasonable risk of harm. (b)The handler shall maintain all department equipment under his/her control in a clean and serviceable condition. (c)When not in service, the handler shall maintain the canine vehicle in a locked garage, away from public view. (d)When a handler is off-duty for an extended number of days, the assigned canine vehicle should be stored at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety facility. (e)Handlers shall permit the canine coordinator to conduct spontaneous on-site inspections of affected areas of their homes as well as their canine vehicles to verify that conditions and equipment conform to this policy. (f)Any changes in the living status of the handler that may affect the lodging or environment of the canine shall be reported to the canine coordinator as soon as possible. (g)When off-duty, the canine shall be in a kennel provided by the City at the home of the handler. When a canine is kenneled at the handler’s home, the gate shall be secured with a lock. When off-duty, the canine may be let out of the kennel while under the direct control of the handler. (h)The canine should be permitted to socialize in the home with the handler’s family for short periods of time and under the direct supervision of the handler. (i)Under no circumstances will the canine be lodged at another location unless approved by the canine coordinator or Shift Supervisor. (j)When off-duty, the handler shall not involve the canine in any law enforcement activity or official conduct unless approved in advance by the canine coordinator or Shift Supervisor. (k)Whenever a canine handler is off-duty for an extended number of days, it may be necessary to temporarily relocate the canine. In those situations, the handler shall Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Canines - 135 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Canines give reasonable notice to the canine coordinator so that appropriate arrangements can be made. 310.7.1 CANINE IN PUBLIC AREAS The canine should be kept on a leash when in areas that allow access to the public. Exceptions to this rule would include specific law enforcement operations for which the canine is trained. (a)A canine shall not be left unattended in any area to which the public may have access. (b)When the canine vehicle is left unattended, all windows and doors shall be secured in such a manner as to prevent unauthorized access to the canine. The handler shall also ensure that the unattended vehicle remains inhabitable for the canine. 310.7.2 IMMUNITY All duly authorized peace officers acting in the performance of their official duties and any person working under their immediate direction, supervision or instruction are immune from prosecution under the Uniform Controlled Substance Act while providing substance abuse training or canine drug detection training (Health & Safety Code § 11367.5(b)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Canines - 136 Policy 311 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Domestic Violence 311.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide the guidelines necessary to deter, prevent and reduce domestic violence through vigorous enforcement and to address domestic violence as a serious crime against society. The policy specifically addresses the commitment of this department to take enforcement action when appropriate, to provide assistance to victims and to guide officers in the investigation of domestic violence. 311.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Abuse means intentionally or recklessly causing or attempting to cause bodily injury, or placing another person in reasonable apprehension of imminent serious bodily injury. Domestic Violence is abuse committed against an adult or minor who is a spouse, former spouse, cohabitant, former cohabitant, or a person with whom the suspect has had a child or is having or has had a dating or engagement relationship. Cohabitant means two unrelated adult persons living together for a substantial period of time, resulting in some permanence of relationship. Factors that may determine whether persons are cohabiting include, but are not limited to: Sexual relations between the parties while sharing the same living quarters Sharing of income or expenses Joint use or ownership of property Whether the parties hold themselves out as husband and wife The continuity of the relationship The length of the relationship The above definition of cohabitant is used for the application of enforcing Penal Code § 273.5. Family Code § 6209 expands the definition of cohabitant to include a person who regularly resides in the household for the application of enforcing Penal Code § 836(d). Court order - All forms of orders related to domestic violence, that have been issued by a court of this state or another, whether civil or criminal, regardless of whether service has been made. Officer/Deputy means any law enforcement officer employed by a local police department or sheriff's department, consistent with Penal Code § 830.1. Victim means a person who is a victim of domestic violence. 311.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety’s response to incidents of domestic violence and violations of related court orders shall stress enforcement of the law to protect the victim and shall communicate the philosophy that domestic violence is criminal behavior. It is also the policy of this department to facilitate victims’ and offenders’ access to appropriate civil remedies and community resources whenever feasible. 311.3 OFFICER SAFETY The investigation of domestic violence cases often places officers in emotionally charged and sometimes highly dangerous environments. No provision of this policy is intended to supersede Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Domestic Violence - 137 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Domestic Violence the responsibility of all officers to exercise due caution and reasonable care in providing for the safety of any officers and parties involved. 311.4 INVESTIGATIONS The following guidelines should be followed by officers when investigating domestic violence cases: (a)Calls of reported, threatened, imminent, or ongoing domestic violence and the violation of any court order are of extreme importance and should be considered among the highest response priorities. This includes incomplete 9-1-1 calls. (b)When practicable, officers should obtain and document statements from the victim, the suspect, and any witnesses, including children, in or around the household or location of occurrence. (c)Officers should list the full name and date of birth (and school if available) of each child who was present in the household at the time of the offense. The names of other children who may not have been in the house at that particular time should also be obtained for follow-up. (d)When practicable and legally permitted, video or audio record all significant statements and observations. (e)All injuries should be photographed, regardless of severity, taking care to preserve the victim’s personal privacy. Where practicable, photographs should be taken by a person of the same sex. Victims whose injuries are not visible at the time of the incident should be asked to contact the Detective Bureau in the event that the injuries later become visible. (f)Officers should request that the victim complete and sign an authorization for release of medical records related to the incident when applicable. (g)If the suspect is no longer at the scene, officers should make reasonable efforts to locate the suspect to further the investigation, provide the suspect with an opportunity to make a statement, and make an arrest or seek an arrest warrant if appropriate. (h)Seize any firearms or other dangerous weapons in the home, if appropriate and legally permitted, for safekeeping or as evidence. If the domestic violence involved threats of bodily harm, any firearm discovered in plain view or pursuant to consent or other lawful search must be taken into temporary custody (Penal Code § 18250). (i)When completing an incident or arrest report for violation of a court order, officers should include specific information that establishes that the offender has been served, including the date the offender was served, the name of the agency that served the order, and the provision of the order that the subject is alleged to have violated. When reasonably available, the arresting officer should attach a copy of the order to the incident or arrest report. (j)Officers should take appropriate enforcement action when there is probable cause to believe an offense has occurred. Factors that should not be used as sole justification for declining to take enforcement action include: 1.Whether the suspect lives on the premises with the victim. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Domestic Violence - 138 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Domestic Violence 2.Claims by the suspect that the victim provoked or perpetuated the violence. 3.The potential financial or child custody consequences of arrest. 4.The physical or emotional state of either party. 5.Use of drugs or alcohol by either party. 6.Denial that the abuse occurred where evidence indicates otherwise. 7.A request by the victim not to arrest the suspect. 8.Location of the incident (public/private). 9.Speculation that the complainant may not follow through with the prosecution. 10.Actual or perceived characteristics such as race, ethnicity, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, economic status, age, cultural group, disability, or marital status of the victim or suspect. 11.The social status, community status, or professional position of the victim or suspect. 311.4.1 IF A SUSPECT IS ARRESTED If a suspect is arrested, officers should: (a)Advise the victim that there is no guarantee the suspect will remain in custody. (b)Provide the victim’s contact information to the jail staff to enable notification of the victim upon the suspect’s release from jail. (c)Advise the victim whether any type of court order will be in effect when the suspect is released from jail. 311.4.2 IF NO ARREST IS MADE If no arrest is made, the officer should: (a)Advise the parties of any options, including but not limited to: 1.Voluntary separation of the parties. 2.Appropriate resource referrals (e.g., counselors, friends, relatives, shelter homes, victim witness unit). (b)Document the resolution in a report. A report is not required if no allegation of a crime and no probable cause exists that a crime occurred. 311.5 VICTIM ASSISTANCE Because victims may be traumatized or confused, officers should be aware that a victim's behavior and actions may be affected: (a)Victims should be provided with the department's domestic violence information handout, even if the incident may not rise to the level of a crime. (b)Victims should also be alerted to any available victim advocates, shelters, and community resources. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Domestic Violence - 139 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Domestic Violence (c)When an involved person requests law enforcement assistance while removing essential items of personal property, officers should stand by for a reasonable amount of time. (d)If the victim has sustained injury or complaints of pain, officers should seek medical assistance as soon as practicable. (e)Officers should ask the victim whether the victim has a safe place to stay and assist in arranging transportation to an alternate shelter if the victim expresses a concern for the victim's safety or if the officer determines that a need exists. (f)Officers should make reasonable efforts to ensure that children or dependent adults who are under the supervision of the suspect or victim are being properly cared for. (g)If appropriate, officers should seek or assist the victim in obtaining an emergency order if appropriate. An officer shall advise an individual protected by a Canadian domestic violence protection order of available local victim services (Family Code § 6452). 311.6 DISPATCH ASSISTANCE All calls of domestic violence, including incomplete 9-1-1 calls, should be dispatched as soon as practicable. Dispatchers are not required to verify the validity of a court order before responding to a request for assistance. Officers should request that dispatchers check whether any of the involved persons are subject to the terms of a court order. 311.7 FOREIGN COURT ORDERS Various types of orders may be issued in domestic violence cases. Any foreign court order properly issued by a court of another state, Indian tribe, or territory shall be enforced by officers as if it were the order of a court in this state. An order should be considered properly issued when it reasonably appears that the issuing court has jurisdiction over the parties and reasonable notice and opportunity to respond was given to the party against whom the order was issued (18 USC § 2265). An otherwise valid out-of-state court or foreign order shall be enforced, regardless of whether the order has been properly registered with this state (Family Code § 6403). Canadian domestic violence protection orders shall also be enforced in the same manner as if issued in this state (Family Code § 6452). 311.8 VERIFICATION OF COURT ORDERS Determining the validity of a court order, particularly an order from another jurisdiction, can be challenging. Therefore, in determining whether there is probable cause to make an arrest for a violation of any court order, officers should carefully review the actual order when available, and where appropriate and practicable: (a)Ask the subject of the order about his/her notice or receipt of the order, his/her knowledge of its terms and efforts to respond to the order. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Domestic Violence - 140 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Domestic Violence 1.If a determination is made that a valid foreign order cannot be enforced because the subject has not been notified or served the order, the officer shall inform the subject of the order, make a reasonable effort to serve the order upon the subject, and allow the subject a reasonable opportunity to comply with the order before enforcing the order. Verbal notice of the terms of the order is sufficient notice (Family Code § 6403). (b)Check available records or databases that may show the status or conditions of the order. 1.Registration or filing of an order in California is not required for the enforcement of a valid foreign order (Family Code § 6403). (c)Contact the issuing court to verify the validity of the order. (d)Contact a law enforcement official from the jurisdiction where the order was issued to verify information. Officers should document in an appropriate report their efforts to verify the validity of an order, regardless of whether an arrest is made. Officers should contact a supervisor for clarification when needed. 311.9 STANDARDS FOR ARRESTS Officers investigating a domestic violence report should consider the following: (a)An arrest should be made when there is probable cause to believe that a felony or misdemeanor domestic violence offense has been committed (Penal Code § 13701). Any decision to not arrest an adult when there is probable cause to do so requires supervisor approval. 1.Officers are only authorized to make an arrest without a warrant for a misdemeanor domestic violence offense if the officer makes the arrest as soon as probable cause arises (Penal Code § 836). (b)An officer responding to a domestic violence call who cannot make an arrest will advise the victim of the victim's right to make a private person's arrest. The advisement should be made out of the presence of the suspect and shall include advising the victim how to safely execute the arrest. Officers shall not dissuade victims from making a lawful private person's arrest. Officers should refer to the provisions in the Private Persons Arrests Policy for options regarding the disposition of private person's arrests (Penal Code § 836(b)). (c)Officers shall not cite and release a person for the following offenses (Penal Code § 853.6(a)(3)): 1.Penal Code § 243(e)(1) (battery against spouse, cohabitant) 2.Penal Code § 273.5 (corporal injury on spouse, cohabitant, fiancé/fiancée, person of a previous dating or engagement relationship, mother/father of the offender's child) Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Domestic Violence - 141 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Domestic Violence 3.Penal Code § 273.6 (violation of protective order) if violence or threats of violence have occurred or the suspect has gone to the workplace or residence of the protected party 4.Penal Code § 646.9 (stalking) 5.Other serious or violent felonies specified in Penal Code § 1270.1 (d)In responding to domestic violence incidents, including mutual protective order violations, officers should generally be reluctant to make dual arrests. Officers shall make reasonable efforts to identify the dominant aggressor in any incident. The dominant aggressor is the person who has been determined to be the most significant, rather than the first, aggressor (Penal Code § 13701). In identifying the dominant aggressor, an officer shall consider: 1.The intent of the law to protect victims of domestic violence from continuing abuse. 2.The threats creating fear of physical injury. 3.The history of domestic violence between the persons involved. 4.Whether either person acted in self-defense. (e)An arrest shall be made when there is probable cause to believe that a violation of a domestic violence court order has been committed (Penal Code § 13701; Penal Code § 836), regardless of whether the offense was committed in the officer's presence. After arrest, the officer shall confirm that a copy of the order has been registered, unless the victim provides a copy (Penal Code § 836). 311.10 REPORTS AND RECORDS (a)A written report shall be completed on all incidents of domestic violence. All such reports should be documented on the appropriate form, which includes information and notations specific to domestic violence incidents as required by Penal Code § 13730. (b)Reporting officers should provide the victim with the case number of the report. The case number may be placed in the space provided on the domestic violence victim information handout provided to the victim. If the case number is not immediately available, an explanation should be given regarding how the victim can obtain the information at a later time. (c)Officers who seize any firearm, ammunition, or other deadly weapon in a domestic violence incident shall issue the individual possessing such weapon a receipt that includes the name and residential mailing address of the owner or person who possessed the weapon and notice of where the weapon may be recovered, along with the applicable time limit for recovery (Penal Code § 18250; Penal Code § 18255; Penal Code § 33800; Family Code § 6389(c)). 311.11 RECORD-KEEPING AND DATA COLLECTION This department shall maintain records of court orders related to domestic violence and the service status of each (Penal Code § 13710), as well as records on the number of domestic violence Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Domestic Violence - 142 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Domestic Violence related calls reported to the Department, including whether weapons were used in the incident or whether the incident involved strangulation or suffocation (Penal Code § 13730). This information is to be reported to the Attorney General monthly. It shall be the responsibility of the Records Supervisor to maintain and report this information as required. 311.12 SERVICE OF COURT ORDERS (a)An officer who obtains an emergency protective order from the court shall serve it on the restrained person if the person can be reasonably located and shall provide the person protected or the person's parent/guardian with a copy of the order. The officer shall file a copy with the court as soon as practicable and shall have the order entered into the computer database system for protective and restraining orders maintained by the Department of Justice (Family Code § 6271; Penal Code § 646.91). (b)A temporary restraining order, emergency protective order, or an order issued after a hearing shall, at the request of the petitioner, be served on the restrained person by an officer who is present at the scene of a reported domestic violence incident or when the officer receives a request from the petitioner to provide service of the order (Family Code § 6383; Penal Code § 13710). (c)Any officer serving a protective order that indicates that the respondent possesses weapons or ammunition shall request that the firearm/ammunition be immediately surrendered (Family Code § 6389(c)). (d)During the service of a protective order any firearm discovered in plain view or pursuant to consent or other lawful search shall be taken into temporary custody (Penal Code § 18250). 1.An officer should ensure that the Records Bureau is notified of any firearm obtained for entry into the Automated Firearms System (Family Code § 6383) (see the Records Bureau Policy for additional guidance). (e)If a valid Canadian order cannot be enforced because the person subject to the order has not been notified or served with the order, the officer shall notify the protected individual that reasonable efforts shall be made to contact the person subject to the order. The officer shall make a reasonable effort to inform the person subject to the order of the existence and terms of the order and provide the person with a record of the order, if available, and shall allow the person a reasonable opportunity to comply with the order before taking enforcement action (Family Code § 6452). 311.13 PUBLIC ACCESS TO POLICY A copy of this domestic violence policy will be provided to members of the public upon request (Penal Code § 13701). 311.14 DECLARATION IN SUPPORT OF BAIL INCREASE Any officer who makes a warrantless arrest for a felony or misdemeanor violation of a domestic violence restraining order shall evaluate the totality of the circumstances to determine whether reasonable cause exists to seek an increased bail amount. If there is reasonable cause to believe that the scheduled bail amount is insufficient to assure the arrestee's appearance or to protect the Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Domestic Violence - 143 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Domestic Violence victim or family member of a victim, the officer shall prepare a declaration in support of increased bail (Penal Code § 1269c). 311.15 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE DEATH REVIEW TEAM This department should cooperate with any interagency domestic violence death review team investigation. Written and oral information relating to a domestic violence death that would otherwise be subject to release restrictions may be disclosed to the domestic violence death review team upon written request and approval of a supervisor (Penal Code § 11163.3). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Domestic Violence - 144 Policy 312 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Search and Seizure 312.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Both the federal and state Constitutions provide every individual with the right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures. This policy provides general guidelines for Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety personnel to consider when dealing with search and seizure issues. 312.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to respect the fundamental privacy rights of individuals. Members of this department will conduct searches in strict observance of the constitutional rights of persons being searched. All seizures by this department will comply with relevant federal and state law governing the seizure of persons and property. In accordance with the current Training Standards, the Department will provide relevant and current training to officers as guidance for the application of current law, local community standards and prosecutorial considerations regarding specific search and seizure situations, as appropriate. 312.3 SEARCHES The U.S. Constitution generally provides that a valid warrant is required in order for a search to be valid. There are, however, several exceptions that permit a warrantless search. Examples of law enforcement activities that are exceptions to the general warrant requirement include, but are not limited to, searches pursuant to the following: •Valid consent •Incident to a lawful arrest •Legitimate community caretaking interests •Vehicle searches under certain circumstances •Exigent circumstances Certain other activities are recognized by federal and state courts and by certain statutes as legitimate law enforcement activities that also do not require a warrant. Such activities may include seizure and examination of abandoned property, and observations of activities and property located on open public areas. Because case law regarding search and seizure is constantly changing and subject to interpretation by the courts, each member of this department is expected to act in each situation according to current training and his/her familiarity with clearly established rights as determined by case law. Whenever practicable, officers are encouraged to contact a supervisor to resolve questions regarding search and seizure issues prior to electing a course of action. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Search and Seizure - 145 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Search and Seizure 312.4 SEARCH PROTOCOL Although conditions will vary and officer safety and other exigencies must be considered in every search situation, the following guidelines should be followed whenever circumstances permit: (a)Members of this department will strive to conduct searches with dignity and courtesy. (b)Officers should explain to the person being searched the reason for the search and how the search will be conducted. (c)Searches should be carried out with due regard and respect for private property interests and in a manner that minimizes damage. Property should be left in a condition as close as reasonably possible to its pre-search condition. (d)In order to minimize the need for forcible entry, an attempt should be made to obtain keys, combinations or access codes when a search of locked property is anticipated. (e)When the person to be searched requests to be searched by an officer of a specific gender and there is not an immediate safety concern, a reasonable effort should be made to accommodate the request if practicable. When not practicable, the officer should consider not searching areas of the body covered by tight-fitting or sheer clothing that could not reasonably conceal contraband or weapons. 312.5 DOCUMENTATION While completing any incident reports that include a search, officers are responsible to sufficiently document the search including, at minimum, the following elements: •Reason for the search •Any efforts used to minimize the intrusiveness of any search (e.g., asking for consent or keys) •What, if any, injuries or damage occurred •All steps taken to secure property •The results of the search, including a description of any property or contraband seized •If the person searched is the opposite sex, any efforts to summon an officer of the same sex as the person being searched and the identification of any witness officer Supervisors shall review reports to ensure the reports are accurate, that actions are properly documented and that current legal requirements and department policy have been met. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Search and Seizure - 146 Policy 313 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Probation Searches- RESIDENCE 313.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish a guideline for officers when conducting probation searches at the residence of the probationers. The department recognizes that conducting searches of one’s residence must balance the individual’s right to privacy with the government’s interest in conducting the search. 313.2 RESIDENCE IDENTIFICATION In order for the probation search to be lawful, officers must reasonably believe that the subject resides at the residence to be searched. Officers should consider information from more than one source in determining whether a subject resides at a residence. Sources to consider may include, but are not limited to, the following: DMV records, Department records, Probation Department records, Field Identification cards, statements by the probationer. 313.3 RECORDS CHECK Prior to conducting a probation search of any residence, officers will conduct a records check to confirm a subject’s probation status and to determine the terms and conditions of that subject’s probation. 313.4 SUPERVISOR APPROVAL All non-emergency searches of residences shall be supervised or approved by the immediate on-duty supervisor. The supervisor will approve the search and reasons for the search that may include an immediate law enforcement need or for purposes of probation supervision. 313.5 INTENTION Factors that support an immediate law enforcement need, other than emergency situations, can be, but are not limited to, whether the probationer is suspected of involvement in ongoing criminal activity. As with any law enforcement need, both Officers and supervisors must base their decisions on the severity of the ongoing crime and whether there is an immediate threat to the safety of others. Officers should also consider whether they are conducting the search to check the probationer’s compliance with their terms or if they are conducting the search in conjunction with a new criminal investigation If the officers feel that the need to conduct the probation search is high enough that they would conduct the search over the objection of another resident, every reasonable effort should be made to contact the Probation Department and request that they assist with the search. 313.6 TOTALITY OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES Where a subject is on probation for a violent or serious offense and the probation search is being conducted as part of a criminal investigation regarding a crime of violence it is proper to conduct the probation search over the objection of another occupant who is not on probation Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Probation Searches- RESIDENCE - 147 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Probation Searches- RESIDENCE Absent these conditions, officers must weigh the totality of the circumstances they have in deciding whether the search is reasonable or if they should abandon the search. These circumstances would include whether co-habitants consent to the search or have knowledge of the search terms, whether the officers believe that the probationer is violating the terms of his or her probation, or whether there is an exigency or other law enforcement purpose in conducting the search. 313.7 ENTRY INTO DWELLING Officers not responsible for making the initial contact with occupants may enter the dwelling after consideration of the following: (a) Whether entry is necessary due to exigent circumstances (b) Whether entry is necessary to contain a suspect known to present a danger to Officers or the public (c) Whether entry is necessary to protect against the destruction of evidence 313.8 PUBLIC AND STAKED OUT AREAS Officers should ask questions of the probationer (if present) and the other people present during the search to try and determine which areas of the residence the probationer has access to and which areas they do not have access to. Officers should only search the areas that the probationer would have access to. 313.9 DOCUMENTATION All probation searches conducted of a residence will be documented in an incident report. If an arrest is made or the search is conducted as part of a criminal investigation, it can be documented in that report. If no other report is being generated from the search, the officer will complete an incident report documenting the circumstances of the probation search. This will minimally include: the intention of the search, who was present at the residence, how the residence was determined to belong to the probationer, what attempts were made to determine whether the probationer was at the residence, what offense placed the subject in a probation status, what probation terms are applicable, and whether a probation officer was present or requested. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Probation Searches- RESIDENCE - 148 Policy 314 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Custody of Juveniles 314.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines consistent with the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act for juveniles taken into temporary custody by members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety (34 USC § 11133). Guidance regarding contacting juveniles at schools or who may be victims is provided in the Child Abuse Policy. 314.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to releasing juveniles from temporary custody as soon as reasonably practicable and keeping juveniles safe while they are in temporary custody at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. Juveniles should be held in temporary custody only for as long as reasonably necessary for processing, transfer, or release. 314.2.1 CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS ADVISEMENT In any case where a juvenile is taken into temporary custody, the juvenile should be promptly advised of his/her constitutional rights to ensure the admissibility of any spontaneous statements, whether or not questioning is intended (Welfare & Institutions Code § 625) . 314.2.2 CHILDREN UNDER THE AGE OF 14 Whenever a child under the age of 14 is arrested, the arresting officer should take reasonable steps to verify and document the child's ability to differentiate between right and wrong, particularly in relation to the alleged offense (Penal Code § 26). 314.3 JUVENILES WHO SHOULD NOT BE HELD Juveniles who exhibit any of the following conditions should not be held at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety: (a)Unconscious (b)Seriously injured (c)A known suicide risk or obviously severely emotionally disturbed (d)Significantly intoxicated except when approved by the Shift Supervisor. A medical clearance shall be obtained for minors who are under the influence of drugs, alcohol, or any other intoxicating substance to the extent that they are unable to care for themselves (15 CCR 1151). (e)Extremely violent or continuously violent Officers taking custody of a juvenile who exhibits any of the above conditions should take reasonable steps to provide medical attention or mental health assistance and notify a supervisor of the situation (15 CCR 1142; 15 CCR 1151). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Custody of Juveniles - 149 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Custody of Juveniles These juveniles should not be held at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety unless they have been evaluated by a qualified medical and/or mental health professional (15 CCR 1142). If the officer taking custody of the juvenile believes the juvenile may be a suicide risk, the juvenile shall be under continuous direct supervision until evaluation, release, or a transfer is completed (15 CCR 1142). 314.3.1 EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE OF JUVENILES IN CUSTODY When emergency medical attention is required for a juvenile, medical assistance will be called immediately. The Shift Supervisor shall be notified of the need for medical attention for the juvenile. Department members should administer first aid as applicable (15 CCR 1142). 314.3.2 SUICIDE PREVENTION OF JUVENILES IN CUSTODY Department members should be alert to potential symptoms based upon exhibited behavior that may indicate the juvenile is a suicide risk. These symptoms may include depression, refusal to communicate, verbally threatening to kill themself, or any unusual behavior which may indicate the juvenile may harm themself while in either secure or non-secure custody (15 CCR 1142). 314.4 CUSTODY OF JUVENILES Officers should take custody of a juvenile and temporarily hold the juvenile at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety when there is no other lawful and practicable alternative to temporary custody. Refer to the Child Abuse Policy for additional information regarding detaining a juvenile that is suspected of being a victim. No juvenile should be held in temporary custody at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety without authorization of the arresting officer's supervisor or the Shift Supervisor. Juveniles taken into custody shall be held in non-secure custody unless otherwise authorized by this policy. Any juvenile taken into custody shall be released to the care of the juvenile's parent or other responsible adult or transferred to a juvenile custody facility or to other authority as soon as practicable and in no event shall a juvenile be held beyond six hours from the time of the juvenile's entry into the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety (34 USC § 11133; Welfare and Institutions Code § 207.1). 314.4.1 CUSTODY OF JUVENILE NON-OFFENDERS Non-offenders taken into protective custody in compliance with the Child Abuse Policy should generally not be held at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. Custodial arrangements should be made for non-offenders as soon as reasonably possible. Juvenile non-offenders shall not be held in secure custody (34 USC § 11133; Welfare and Institutions Code § 206). Juveniles 11 years of age or younger who have committed an offense that would subject an adult to arrest may be held in non-secure custody for the offenses listed in Welfare and Institutions Code § 602(b) (murder and the sexual assault offenses) and should be referred to a probation officer for a placement determination (Welfare and Institutions Code § 602.1). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Custody of Juveniles - 150 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Custody of Juveniles 314.4.2 CUSTODY OF JUVENILE STATUS OFFENDERS Status offenders should generally be released by citation or with a warning rather than taken into temporary custody. However, officers may take custody of a status offender if requested to do so by a parent or legal guardian in order to facilitate reunification (e.g., transported home or to the station to await a parent). Juvenile status offenders shall not be held in secure custody (34 USC § 11133). 314.4.3 JUVENILE'S PERSONAL PROPERTY The officer transporting a juvenile to the Sonoma County Juvenile Detention Center must make a thorough search of the juvenile's property. This will ensure all items likely to cause injury to the juvenile or the facility are confiscated. The property shall be inventoried in the juvenile's presence and secured pursuant to existing property & evidence handling policies. The property will be turned over to staff at the Sonoma County Juvenile Detention Center, the juvenile's parents or legal guardian, or booked in for safekeeping with the Property & Evidence Unit at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. 314.4.4 DISPOSITIONS (a)Any juvenile not transferred to the Sonoma County Juvenile Detention Center shall be released to one of the following: 1.Parent or legal guardian 2.An adult member of his/her immediate family 3.An adult person specified by the parent/guardian 4.An adult person willing to accept responsibility when the juvenile's parents are unavailable, as approved by the Shift Supervisor (b)If the six hour time limit has expired, the juvenile should be transported to the Sonoma County Juvenile Detention Center or the Valley of the Moon Children's Home to accept custody, as appropriate. (c)After an officer has taken a juvenile into temporary custody for a violation of law, the following dispositions are authorized: 1.The arresting officer may counsel or admonish the juvenile and recommend no further action be taken. 2.If the arresting officer or the Shift Supervisor believes that further action is needed, the juvenile will be released to a responsible person as listed above, and such juvenile will be advised that follow-up action will be taken by a detective. The detective assigned to the case will then determine the best course of action, such as diversion or referral to court. The detective will contact the parents and advise them of the course of action. 3.The arresting officer or detective shall complete the Juvenile Referral form. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Custody of Juveniles - 151 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Custody of Juveniles 4.The juvenile may be transferred to the Sonoma County Juvenile Detention Center with authorization of the appropriate supervisor when the violation falls within the provisions of Welfare and Institutions Code § 602. (d)If a juvenile is to be transported to the Sonoma County Juvenile Detention Center , the following forms shall accompany the juvenile: 1.Juvenile Referral Form. 2.Any personal property taken from the juvenile at the time of detention. 314.5 ADVISEMENTS Officers shall take immediate steps to notify the juvenile's parent, guardian, or a responsible relative that the juvenile is in custody, the location where the juvenile is being held, and the intended disposition (Welfare and Institutions Code § 627). Whenever a juvenile is taken into temporary custody, the juvenile shall be given the Miranda rights advisement regardless of whether questioning is intended. This does not apply to juvenile non- offenders taken into temporary custody for their safety or welfare (Welfare and Institutions Code § 625). Anytime a juvenile offender is placed in secure custody, the juvenile offender shall be informed of the purpose of the secure custody, the length of time the secure custody is expected to last, and of the maximum six-hour limitation (Welfare and Institutions Code § 207.1). Juveniles taken into custody for an offense shall immediately be advised (or at least within one hour from being taken into custody, if possible) that they may make three telephone calls: one call completed to their parent or guardian; one to a responsible relative or their employer; and another call completed to an attorney. The calls shall be at no expense to the juvenile when completed to telephone numbers within the local calling area. Juveniles should be asked whether they are a caregiver and provided two more phone calls in the same manner as provided to adults in the Temporary Custody of Adults Policy (Welfare and Institutions Code § 627; Penal Code § 851.5). 314.6 JUVENILE CUSTODY LOGS Any time a juvenile is held in custody at the Department, the custody shall be promptly and properly documented in the juvenile custody log, including: (a)Identifying information about the juvenile. (b)Date and time of arrival and release from the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety (15 CCR 1150). (c)Shift Supervisor notification and approval to temporarily hold the juvenile. (d)Any charges for which the juvenile is being held and classification of the juvenile as a juvenile offender, status offender, or non-offender. (e)Any changes in status (e.g., emergency situations, unusual incidents). (f)Time of all safety checks. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Custody of Juveniles - 152 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Custody of Juveniles (g)Any medical and other screening requested and completed (15 CCR 1142). (h)Circumstances that justify any secure custody (Welfare and Institutions Code § 207.1; 15 CCR 1145). (i)Any other information that may be required by other authorities, such as compliance inspectors or a local juvenile court authority. The Shift Supervisor shall initial the log to approve the custody, including any secure custody, and shall also initial the log when the juvenile is released. 314.6.1 RELEASE OF INFORMATION BY SUPERIOR COURT ORDER A copy of the current policy of the Juvenile Court concerning authorized release of information and appropriate acknowledgment forms shall be kept with copies of this procedure in the Policy Manual. Such releases are authorized by Welfare and Institutions Code § 827. 314.6.2 RELEASE OF INFORMATION TO OTHER AGENCIES Welfare and Institutions Code § 828 authorizes the release of certain information to other agencies. It shall be the responsibility of the Records Supervisor and the appropriate Detective Supervisors to ensure that personnel of those bureaus act within legal guidelines. 314.7 NO-CONTACT REQUIREMENTS Sight and sound separation shall be maintained between all juveniles and adults while in custody at the Department (34 USC § 11133; Welfare and Institutions Code § 207.1; Welfare and Institutions Code § 208; 15 CCR 1144). There should also be sight and sound separation between non- offenders and juvenile and status offenders. In situations where brief or accidental contact may occur (e.g., during the brief time a juvenile is being fingerprinted and/or photographed in booking), a member of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety (trained in the supervision of persons in custody) shall maintain a constant, immediate, side-by-side presence with the juvenile or the adult to minimize any contact. If inadvertent or accidental contact does occur, reasonable efforts shall be taken to end the contact (15 CCR 1144). 314.7.1 USE OF RESTRAINT DEVICES Policy Manual § 306 refers to the only authorized restraint device. It is the policy of this department that restraints will not be used for inmates retained in custody. This policy also applies to juveniles held in temporary custody. The use of a restraint is an extreme measure and only for a temporary measure pending transportation to another facility or until other custodial arrangements can be made. The use of restraints shall only be used when the juvenile: (a)Displays bizarre behavior that results in the destruction of property or shows intent to cause physical harm to self or others (b)Is a serious and immediate danger to himself/herself or others (c)Otherwise falls under the provisions of Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Custody of Juveniles - 153 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Custody of Juveniles Restraint devices include devices which immobilize a juvenile's extremities and/or prevent the juvenile from being ambulatory. Restraints shall only be used after less restrictive measures have failed and with the approval of the Shift Supervisor. Restraints shall only be used so long as it reasonably appears necessary for the juvenile's protection or the protection of others. Direct visual observation shall be conducted at least twice every 30 minutes to ensure that the restraints are properly employed, and to ensure the safety and well-being of the juvenile. The Shift Supervisor shall arrange to have the juvenile evaluated by a mental health team as soon as possible if there is evidence of mental impairment. When mental impairment is suspected, constant personal visual supervision shall be maintained in order to ensure that restraints are properly employed and to ensure the safety and well being of the juvenile. Such supervision shall be documented in the police report. Juveniles who have been placed in restraint devices shall be isolated to protect them from abuse. Restraints shall not be used as a punishment, or as a substitute for treatment. 314.7.2 DISCIPLINE OF JUVENILES Public Safety personnel are prohibited from administering discipline to any juvenile. 314.7.3 DEATH OF A JUVENILE WHILE DETAINED Pursuant to the Sonoma County Law Enforcement Chiefs' Association protocol related to Employee-Involved Fatal Incidents, the specified protocol team will conduct the investigation of the circumstances surrounding the death of any juvenile being detained at this department. The Director of Public Safety or his/her designee will conduct an administrative review of the incident. In any case in which a juvenile dies while detained by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, the following shall apply: (a)The Director of Public Safety or his or her designee shall provide a copy of the report to the Attorney General under Government Code § 12525. 314.7.4 CURFEW VIOLATIONS Juveniles detained for curfew violations may be released in the field or brought to the station but should only be released to their parent, legal guardian, or responsible adult. 314.7.5 PROTECTIVE CUSTODY Pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code § 300 et seq., a child may be taken into protective custody if he/she is the victim of suspected child abuse. Before taking any minor into protective custody, the officer should make reasonable attempts to contact the appropriate child welfare authorities to ascertain any applicable history or current information concerning the minor. Under certain circumstances, officers can be prohibited from taking a newborn who is the subject of a proposed adoption into protective custody, even when the newborn has tested positive for illegal drugs or the birth mother tested positive for illegal drugs. Officers shall instead follow the Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Custody of Juveniles - 154 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Custody of Juveniles provisions of Welfare and Institutions Code § 305.6 to ensure that the newborn is placed with the adoptive parents when it is appropriate. 314.8 TEMPORARY CUSTODY REQUIREMENTS Members and supervisors assigned to monitor or process any juvenile at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety shall ensure the following: (a)The Shift Supervisor should be notified if it is anticipated that a juvenile may need to remain at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety more than four hours. This will enable the Shift Supervisor to ensure no juvenile is held at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety more than six hours. (b)A staff member of the same sex shall supervise personal hygiene activities and care, such as changing clothing or using the restroom, without direct observation to allow for privacy. (c)Personal safety checks and significant incidents/activities shall be noted on the log. (d)Juveniles in custody are informed that they will be monitored at all times, except when using the toilet. 1.There shall be no viewing devices, such as peep holes or mirrors, of which the juvenile is not aware. 2.This does not apply to surreptitious and legally obtained recorded interrogations. (e)Juveniles shall have reasonable access to toilets and wash basins (15 CCR 1143). (f)Juveniles shall be provided sanitary napkins, panty liners, and tampons as requested (15 CCR 1143). (g)Food shall be provided if a juvenile has not eaten within the past four hours or is otherwise in need of nourishment, including any special diet required for the health of the juvenile (15 CCR 1143). (h)Juveniles shall have reasonable access to a drinking fountain or water (15 CCR 1143). (i)Juveniles shall have reasonable opportunities to stand and stretch, particularly if handcuffed or restrained in any way. (j)Juveniles shall have privacy during family, guardian, and/or lawyer visits (15 CCR 1143). (k)Juveniles shall be permitted to remain in their personal clothing unless the clothing is taken as evidence or is otherwise unsuitable or inadequate for continued wear while in custody (15 CCR 1143). (l)Blankets shall be provided as reasonably necessary (15 CCR 1143). 1.The supervisor should ensure that there is an adequate supply of clean blankets. (m)Adequate shelter, heat, light, and ventilation should be provided without compromising security or enabling escape. (n)Juveniles shall have adequate furnishings, including suitable chairs or benches. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Custody of Juveniles - 155 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Custody of Juveniles (o)Juveniles shall have the right to the same number of telephone calls as an adult in temporary custody. (p)Juveniles shall have access to language services (15 CCR 1143). (q)Juveniles shall have access to disability services (15 CCR 1143). (r)No discipline may be administered to any juvenile, nor may juveniles be subjected to corporal or unusual punishment, humiliation, or mental abuse (15 CCR 1142). While held in temporary custody, juveniles shall be informed in writing of what is available to them pursuant to 15 CCR 1143 and it shall be posted in at least one conspicuous place to which they have access (15 CCR 1143). 314.9 TRAINING Department members should be trained on and familiar with this policy and any supplemental procedures. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Custody of Juveniles - 156 Policy 315 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization 315.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the investigation and reporting of suspected abuse of certain adults who may be more vulnerable than others. This policy also addresses mandatory notification for Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety members as required by law (Penal Code § 368.6). The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to providing equal protection and demonstrating respect for all persons regardless of age or disabilities, and to conscientiously enforcing all criminal laws protecting elders, and adults and children with disabilities, regardless of whether these crimes also carry civil penalties (Penal Code § 368.6) (see Child Abuse Policy for child abuse investigations and reporting). 315.2 DEFINITIONS For purposes of this policy, the following definitions are provided (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15610 et seq. and Penal Code § 368). Dependent Adult - Is any person residing in this state, between the ages of 18 and 64-years, who has physical or mental limitations that restrict his or her ability to carry out normal activities or to protect his or her rights including, but not limited to, persons who have physical or developmental disabilities or whose physical or mental abilities have diminished because of age. Dependent Adult includes any person between the ages of 18 and 64-years who is admitted as an inpatient to a 24-hour health facility, as defined In Health and Safety Code §§ 1250, 1250.2, and 1250.3. Elder - Is any person residing in this state, 65-years of age or older. Financial Abuse - Is a situation in which any person who has the care or custody of, or who stands in a position of trust to, an elder or a dependent adult, takes, secretes, or appropriates their money or property to any use or purposes not in the due and lawful execution of his or her trust. Abuse of an Elder or a Dependent Adult - Is physical abuse, neglect, financial abuse, abandonment, isolation or other treatment with resulting physical harm, pain, mental suffering, or the deprivation by a care custodian of goods or services that are necessary to avoid physical harm or mental suffering. Adult Protective Services Agency - Is a county welfare department, except persons who do not work directly with elders or dependent adults as part of their official duties, including members of support staff and maintenance staff. Neglect - Is the negligent failure of any person having the care or custody of an elder or a dependent adult to exercise that degree of care which a reasonable person in a like position would exercise. Neglect includes, but is not limited to, all of the following: (a)Failure to assist in personal hygiene, or in the provision of food, clothing, or shelter. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 157 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization (b)Failure to provide medical care for physical and mental health needs. No person shall be deemed neglected or abused for the sole reason that he or she voluntarily relies on treatment by spiritual means through prayer alone instead of medical treatment. 315.3 MANDATORY REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety are mandated reporters. Employees who observe, have knowledge of, or are told by an elder or dependent adult about any form of abuse (physical abuse, abandonment, abduction, isolation, financial abuse, neglect) shall make a report and notify the appropriate social services representative as soon as practicable (see Welfare & Institutions Code § 15630 for reporting details). Failure to make a report within two working days is a misdemeanor (Welfare and Institution Code § 15630(h)). The Detective Bureau Supervisor is responsible to ensure that cases of suspected elder abuse are forwarded to the District Attorney's Office and any other regulatory agency that may be applicable based upon where the abuse took place (care facility, hospital) per Welfare and Institution Code § 15630(b). 315.4 OFFICER'S RESPONSE All incidents involving actual or suspected elder and dependent abuse shall be fully investigated and appropriately documented. 315.4.1 INITIAL RESPONSE Officers may be called upon to effect a forced entry as the first responder to the scene of a suspected elder abuse. Entry should be immediate when it appears reasonably necessary to protect life or property. When the need for an emergency entry is not evident, officers should seek supervisory approval. Officers must be prepared to provide emergency care pending the arrival of medical personnel, if not already present. 315.4.2 STABILIZE THE SITUATION Officers must quickly assess the situation in an effort to ensure the immediate safety of all persons. Officers shall also consider taking the following actions: (a)Attempt to identify the victim, suspect and witnesses as well as the roles and relationships of all parties. Parties should be interviewed separately when possible. (b)Preserve the crime scene where evidence may be present. All persons should be removed from the scene until it has been photographed and processed. Any evidence that may change in appearance, injuries for example, should be photographed as soon as practicable. (c)Assess and define the nature of the problem. Officers should assess the available information to determine the type of abuse that may have taken place or the potential for abuse in the future that may be eliminated by intervention. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 158 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization (d)Make on-scene arrests when appropriate. Officers may arrest a person without a warrant when probable cause exists to believe that the person has committed an assault or battery, whether or not the assault or battery has in fact been committed, upon a victim 65 years of age or older to whom the suspect is related by blood or legal guardianship, provided the arrest is made at the time probable cause arises (Penal Code § 836). If an arrest is not otherwise required by law, officers should consider the consequences that the immediate arrest of a sole supporting family caretaker might have on the victim. The decision to arrest should be based on the best interests and caretaking needs of the elderly victim. The present and future safety of the victim is of utmost importance. 315.4.3 SUPPORT PERSONNEL The following person(s) should be considered if it appears an in-depth investigation is appropriate: •Patrol Supervisor •Detective personnel •Evidence collection personnel •Protective Services Agency personnel •Ombudsman shall be called if the abuse is in a long-term care facility 315.4.4 EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ORDERS In any situation which an officer reasonably believes that an elder or dependant adult is in immediate and present danger of abuse based on an allegation of a recent incident of abuse or threat of abuse (other than financial abuse alone), the officer may seek an emergency protective order against the person alleged to have committed or threatened such abuse (Family Code § 6250(d)). 315.5 ELDER ABUSE REPORTING Every allegation of elder abuse shall be documented. When documenting elder/dependent abuse cases the following information should also be included in the report: •Current location of the victim •Victim's condition/nature and extent of injuries, neglect or loss •Names of agencies and personnel requested and on scene Reporting of cases of elder/dependent abuse is confidential and will only be released as per Policy Manual § 810. Officers investigating elder/dependent abuse shall complete State of California form SOC 341 (Report of Suspected Dependent Adult/Elder Abuse). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 159 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization 315.6 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTING All reported or suspected cases of elder and dependent adult abuse require investigation and a report, even if the allegations appear unfounded or unsubstantiated (Penal Code § 368.6). Investigations and reports related to suspected cases of elder and dependent adult abuse should address, as applicable: (a)The overall basis for the contact. This should be done by the investigating officer in all circumstances where a suspected elder and dependent adult abuse victim is contacted. (b)Any relevant statements the victim may have made and to whom he/she made the statements. (c)If a person is taken into protective custody, the reasons, the name and title of the person making the decision, and why other alternatives were not appropriate. (d)Documentation of any visible injuries or any injuries identified by the victim. This should include photographs of such injuries, if practicable. (e)Whether the victim was transported for medical treatment or a medical examination. (f)Whether the victim identified a household member as the alleged perpetrator, and a list of the names of any other potential victims or witnesses who may reside in the residence. (g)Identification of any prior related reports or allegations of abuse, including other jurisdictions, as reasonably known. (h)Previous addresses of the victim and suspect. (i)Other potential witnesses who have not yet been interviewed, such as relatives or others close to the victim’s environment. (j)Witness and suspect statements if available. (k)Review of all portable audio/video recorders, devices, and other available video. (l)Call history related to the elder or dependent adult including calls from mandated reporters or other individuals. (m)Whether the abuse is related to a disability-bias hate crime and related bias motivations (Penal Code § 368.6) (see the Hate Crimes Policy for additional guidance). (n)Results of investigations shall be provided to those agencies (Adult Protective Services (APS), long-term ombudsman) that referred or reported the elder or dependent adult abuse (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15640(f)). (o)Whether a death involved the End of Life Option Act: 1.Whether or not assistance was provided to the person beyond that allowed by law (Health and Safety Code § 443.14). 2.Whether an individual knowingly altered or forged a request for an aid-in- dying drug to end a person’s life without his/her authorization, or concealed or destroyed a withdrawal or rescission of a request for an aid-in-dying drug (Health and Safety Code § 443.17). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 160 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization 3.Whether coercion or undue influence was exerted on the person to request or ingest an aid-in-dying drug or to destroy a withdrawal or rescission of a request for such medication (Health and Safety Code § 443.17). 4.Whether an aid-in-dying drug was administered to a person without his/her knowledge or consent (Health and Safety Code § 443.17). Any unexplained death of an adult who was in the care of a guardian or caretaker should be considered as potential elder or dependent adult abuse and investigated similarly. An unexplained or suspicious death of an elder, dependent adult, or other adult or child with a disability should be treated as a potential homicide until a complete investigation including an autopsy is completed, and it should not be assumed that the death of an elder or person with a disability is natural simply because of the age or disability of the deceased (Penal Code § 368.6(c) (18)). 315.6.1 ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATIVE CONSIDERATIONS The following factors as provided in Penal Code § 368.6 should be considered when investigating incidents of elder and dependent adult abuse: (a)Elder and dependent adult abuse, sex crimes, child abuse, domestic violence, and any other criminal act, when committed in whole or in part because of the victim’s actual or perceived disability, including disability caused by advanced age, is also a hate crime (Penal Code § 368.6) (see the Hate Crimes Policy for additional guidance). (b)Senior and disability victimization crimes are also domestic violence subject to the mandatory arrest requirements of Penal Code § 836 if they meet the elements described in Penal Code § 273.5, including but not limited to a violation by a caretaker or other person who is or was a cohabitant of the victim, regardless of whether the cohabitant is or was a relative of, or in an intimate personal relationship with, the victim (Penal Code § 368.6(c)(10)). (c)Many victims of sexual assault and other sex crimes delay disclosing the crimes for reasons including but not limited to shame, embarrassment, self-doubt, fear of being disbelieved, and fear of retaliation by the perpetrator or others (Penal Code § 368.6(c) (11)). (d)Victims and witnesses with disabilities, including cognitive and communication disabilities, can be highly credible witnesses when interviewed appropriately by trained officers or other trained persons (Penal Code § 368.6(c)(14)). 315.7 QUALIFIED INVESTIGATORS Qualified investigators should be available to investigate cases of elder and dependent adult abuse. These investigators should: (a)Conduct interviews in appropriate interview facilities. (b)Be familiar with forensic interview techniques specific to elder and dependent adult abuse investigations. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 161 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization (c)Present all cases of alleged elder and dependent adult abuse to the prosecutor for review. (d)Coordinate with other enforcement agencies, social service agencies, and facility administrators as needed (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15650). (e)Provide referrals to therapy services, victim advocates, guardians, and support for the victim and family as appropriate (see the Victim and Witness Assistance Policy for additional guidance). 1.Ensure victims of sex crimes know their right to have a support person of their choice present at all times during an interview or contact (Penal Code § 368.6) (see the Sexual Assault Investigations Policy for additional guidance). 2.Referrals to the crime victim liaison as appropriate for victims requiring further assistance or information regarding benefits from crime victim resources. (f)Participate in or coordinate with multidisciplinary investigative teams as applicable (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15610.55). (g)Make reasonable efforts to determine whether any person committed unlawful interference in a mandated report. 315.8 MANDATORY NOTIFICATION Members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety shall notify the local office of the California Department of Social Services (CDSS) APS agency of known, suspected, or alleged instances of abuse when they reasonably suspect, have observed, or have knowledge of an incident that reasonably appears to be abuse of an elder or dependent adult, or are told by an elder or dependent adult that the person has experienced abuse (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15630(b)). Notification shall be made by telephone or through a confidential internet reporting tool as soon as practicable. If notification is made by telephone, a written report shall be sent or internet report shall be made through the confidential internet reporting tool within two working days, as provided in Welfare and Institutions Code § 15630(b). Notification shall also be made to the following agencies as soon as practicable or as provided below (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15630): (a)If the abuse occurred in a long-term care facility (not a state mental health hospital or a state developmental center), notification shall be made as follows (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15630(b)(1)): 1.If there is serious bodily injury, notification shall be made by telephone and, within two hours, a written report shall be made to the local ombudsman and the corresponding licensing agency. 2.If the abuse is allegedly caused by a resident with dementia and there is no serious bodily injury, notification shall be made by a written report to the local ombudsman within 24 hours. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 162 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization 3.If there is any other abuse in a long-term care facility (not a state mental health or a state developmental center), a written report shall be made to the local ombudsman and corresponding state licensing agency within 24 hours. (b)The California Department of Public Health (DPH) shall be notified of all known or suspected abuse in a long-term care facility. (c)The CDSS shall be notified of all known or suspected abuse occurring in a residential care facility for the elderly or in an adult day program. (d)If the abuse occurred in an adult day health care center, DPH and the California Department of Aging shall be notified. (e)The Division of Medi-Cal Fraud and Elder Abuse shall be notified of all abuse that constitutes criminal activity in a long-term care facility. (f)The District Attorney's office shall be notified of all cases of physical abuse and financial abuse in a long-term care facility. (g)If the abuse occurred at a state mental hospital or a state developmental center, notification shall be made to the designated investigators of the California Department of State Hospitals or the California Department of Developmental Services as soon as practicable but no later than two hours after law enforcement becomes aware of the abuse (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15630(b)). 1.When a report of abuse is received by the Department, investigation efforts shall be coordinated with the designated investigators of the California Department of State Hospitals or the California Department of Developmental Services (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15630(b)). (h)If during an investigation it is determined that the elder or dependent adult abuse is being committed by a licensed health practitioner as identified in Welfare and Institutions Code § 15640(b), the appropriate licensing agency shall be immediately notified (Welfare and Institutions Code 15640(b)). (i)When the Department receives a report of abuse, neglect, or abandonment of an elder or dependent adult alleged to have occurred in a long-term care facility, the licensing agency shall be notified by telephone as soon as practicable (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15640(e)). The Detective Bureau supervisor is responsible for ensuring that proper notifications have occurred to the District Attorney's Office and any other regulatory agency that may be applicable based upon where the abuse took place (e.g., care facility, hospital) per Welfare and Institutions Code § 15630(b). Notification is not required for a person who was merely present when a person self-administered a prescribed aid-in-dying drug or a person prepared an aid-in-dying drug so long as the person did not assist the individual in ingesting the aid-in-dying drug (Health and Safety Code § 443.14; Health and Safety Code § 443.18). Failure to report or impeding or inhibiting a report of abuse of an elder or dependent adult is a misdemeanor (Welfare and Institutions Code §15630(h)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 163 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization 315.8.1 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE Notification should include the following information, if known (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15630(e)): (a)The name of the person making the report. (b)The name and age of the elder or dependent adult. (c)The present location of the elder or dependent adult. (d)The names and addresses of family members or any other adult responsible for the care of the elder or dependent adult. (e)The nature and extent of the condition of the elder or dependent adult. (f)The date of incident. (g)Any other information, including information that led the person to suspect elder or dependent adult abuse. 315.9 PROTECTIVE CUSTODY Before taking an elder or dependent adult abuse victim into protective custody when facts indicate the adult may not be able to care for him/herself, the officer should make reasonable attempts to contact APS. Generally, removal of an adult abuse victim from his/her family, guardian, or other responsible adult should be left to the welfare authorities when they are present or have become involved in an investigation. Generally, members of this department should remove an elder or dependent adult abuse victim from his/her family or guardian without a court order only when no other effective alternative is reasonably available and immediate action reasonably appears necessary to protect the victim. Prior to taking an elder or dependent adult abuse victim into protective custody, the officer should take reasonable steps to deliver the adult to another qualified legal guardian, unless it reasonably appears that the release would endanger the victim or result in abduction. If this is not a reasonable option, the officer shall ensure that the adult is delivered to APS. Whenever practicable, the officer should inform a supervisor of the circumstances prior to taking an elder or dependent adult abuse victim into protective custody. If prior notification is not practicable, officers should contact a supervisor promptly after taking the adult into protective custody. When elder or dependent adult abuse victims are under state control, have a state-appointed guardian, or there are other legal holdings for guardianship, it may be necessary or reasonable to seek a court order on behalf of the adult victim to either remove the adult from a dangerous environment (protective custody) or restrain a person from contact with the adult. 315.9.1 EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ORDERS In any situation which an officer reasonably believes that an elder or dependent adult is in immediate and present danger of abuse based on an allegation of a recent incident of abuse or threat of abuse (other than financial abuse alone), the officer may seek an emergency protective Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 164 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization order against the person alleged to have committed or threatened such abuse (Family Code § 6250(d)). 315.9.2 VERIFICATION OF PROTECTIVE ORDER Whenever an officer verifies that a relevant protective order has been issued, the officer shall make reasonable efforts to determine if the order prohibits the person from possession of firearms or requires the relinquishment of firearms, and if the order does so, the officer shall make reasonable efforts to (Penal Code § 368.6(c)(19)): (a)Inquire whether the restrained person possesses firearms. The officer should make this effort by asking the restrained person and the protected person. (b)Query the California Law Enforcement Telecommunications System to determine if any firearms are registered to the restrained person. (c)Receive or seize prohibited firearms located in plain view or pursuant to a consensual or other lawful search in compliance with Penal Code § 18250 et seq. and in accordance with department procedures. 315.10 INTERVIEWS 315.10.1 PRELIMINARY INTERVIEWS Absent extenuating circumstances or impracticality, officers should audio record the preliminary interview with a suspected elder or dependent adult abuse victim. Officers should avoid multiple interviews with the victim and should attempt to gather only the information necessary to begin an investigation. When practicable, investigating officers should defer interviews until a person who is specially trained in such interviews is available. 315.10.2 DETAINING VICTIMS FOR INTERVIEWS An officer should not detain an adult involuntarily who is suspected of being a victim of abuse solely for the purpose of an interview or physical exam without his/her consent or the consent of a guardian unless one of the following applies: (a)Exigent circumstances exist, such as: 1.A reasonable belief that medical issues of the adult need to be addressed immediately. 2.A reasonable belief that the adult is or will be in danger of harm if the interview or physical exam is not immediately completed. 3.The alleged offender is a family member or guardian and there is reason to believe the adult may be in continued danger. (b)A court order or warrant has been issued. 315.10.3 INTERVIEWS WITH A PERSON WITH DEAFNESS OR HEARING LOSS An officer who is interviewing a victim or witness who reports or demonstrates deafness or hearing loss should secure the services of a qualified interpreter (as defined by Evidence Code § 754) Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 165 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization prior to the start of the interview (Penal Code § 368.6) (see the Communications with Persons with Disabilities Policy for additional guidance). 315.11 MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS When an elder or dependent adult abuse investigation requires a medical examination, the investigating officer should obtain consent for such examination from the victim, guardian, agency, or entity having legal custody of the adult. The officer should also arrange for the adult’s transportation to the appropriate medical facility. In cases where the alleged offender is a family member, guardian, agency, or entity having legal custody and is refusing to give consent for the medical examination, officers should notify a supervisor before proceeding. If exigent circumstances do not exist or if state law does not provide for officers to take the adult for a medical examination, the supervisor should consider other government agencies or services that may obtain a court order for such an examination. 315.12 DRUG-ENDANGERED VICTIMS A coordinated response by law enforcement and social services agencies is appropriate to meet the immediate and longer-term medical and safety needs of an elder or dependent adult abuse victim who has been exposed to the manufacturing, trafficking, or use of narcotics. 315.12.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Detective Bureau supervisor should: (a)Work with professionals from the appropriate agencies, including APS, other law enforcement agencies, medical service providers and local prosecutors, to develop community specific procedures for responding to situations where there are adult abuse victims endangered by exposure to methamphetamine labs or the manufacture and trafficking of other drugs. (b)Activate any available interagency response when an officer notifies the Detective Bureau supervisor that he/she has responded to a drug lab or other narcotics crime scene where an adult abuse victim is present or where evidence indicates that an adult abuse victim lives. (c)Develop a report format or checklist for use when officers respond to drug labs or other narcotics crime scenes. The checklist will help officers document the environmental, medical, social and other conditions that may affect the adult. 315.12.2 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Officers responding to a drug lab or other narcotics crime scene where an elder or dependent adult abuse victim is present or where there is evidence that an elder or dependent adult abuse victim lives should: (a)Document the environmental, medical, social, and other conditions of the adult, using photography as appropriate and the checklist or form developed for this purpose. (b)Notify the Detective Bureau supervisor so an interagency response can begin. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 166 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization 315.13 TRAINING The Department should provide training on best practices in elder and dependent adult abuse investigations to members tasked with investigating these cases. The training should include: (a)Participating in multidisciplinary investigations, as appropriate. (b)Conducting interviews. (c)Availability of therapy services for adults and families. (d)Availability of specialized forensic medical exams. (e)Cultural competence (including interpretive services) related to elder and dependent adult abuse investigations. (f)Availability of victim advocates or other support. 315.13.1 MANDATORY TRAINING The Training Coordinator shall ensure that appropriate personnel receive the required training, including: (a)Materials from POST as described in Penal Code § 368.6(c)(5)(A). (b)Advanced training on senior and disability victimization available from POST, the United States Department of Justice, the Disability and Abuse Project of the Spectrum Institute, or other sources as provided by Penal Code § 368.6(c)(16)(A). 1.Training should include the following: (a)Information on the wide prevalence of elder and dependent adult abuse, sexual assault, other sex crimes, hate crimes, domestic violence, human trafficking, and homicide against adults and children with disabilities, including disabilities caused by advanced age, and including those crimes often committed by caretakers (Penal Code § 368.6(c)(1)). (b)Information on the history of elder and dependent adult abuse and crimes against individuals with disabilities (see the POST Senior and Disability Victimization Policy Guidelines). The Training Coordinator shall also ensure that appropriate training is provided on this policy to dispatchers, community services officers, front desk personnel, and other civilian personnel who interact with the public (Penal Code § 368.6 (c)(7)). 315.14 RECORDS BUREAU RESPONSIBILITIES The Records Bureau is responsible for: (a)Providing a copy of the elder or dependent adult abuse report to the APS, ombudsman, or other agency as applicable within two working days or as required by law (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15630; Welfare and Institutions Code § 15640(c)). (b)Retaining the original elder or dependent adult abuse report with the initial case file. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 167 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization 315.15 JURISDICTION The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety has concurrent jurisdiction with state law enforcement agencies when investigating elder and dependent adult abuse and all other crimes against elder victims and victims with disabilities (Penal Code § 368.5). Adult protective services agencies and local long-term care ombudsman programs also have jurisdiction within their statutory authority to investigate elder and dependent adult abuse and criminal neglect and may assist in criminal investigations upon request, if consistent with federal law, in such cases. However, this department will retain responsibility for the criminal investigations (Penal Code § 368.5). Additional jurisdiction responsibilities for investigations of abuse involving various facilities and agencies may be found in Welfare and Institutions Code § 15650. 315.16 RELEVANT STATUTES Penal Code § 288 (a) and Penal Code § 288 (b)(2) (a) Except as provided in subdivision (i), a person who willfully and lewdly commits any lewd or lascivious act, including any of the acts constituting other crimes provided for in Part 1 (Of Crimes and Punishments of the Penal Code) upon or with the body, or any part or member thereof, of a child who is under the age of 14 years, with the intent of arousing, appealing to, or gratifying the lust, passions, or sexual desires of that person or the child, is guilty of a felony and shall be punished by imprisonment in the state prison for three, six, or eight years. (b)(2) A person who is a caretaker and commits an act described in subdivision (a) upon a dependent person by use of force, violence, duress, menace, or fear of immediate and unlawful bodily injury on the victim or another person, with the intent described in subdivision (a), is guilty of a felony and shall be punished by imprisonment in the state prison for 5, 8, or 10 years. Penal Code § 368 (c) A person who knows or reasonably should know that a person is an elder or dependent adult and who, under circumstances or conditions other than those likely to produce great bodily harm or death, willfully causes or permits any elder or dependent adult to suffer, or inflicts thereon unjustifiable physical pain or mental suffering, or having the care or custody of any elder or dependent adult, willfully causes or permits the person or health of the elder or dependent adult to be injured or willfully causes or permits the elder or dependent adult to be placed in a situation in which his or her person or health may be endangered, is guilty of a misdemeanor. Penal Code § 368 (f) A person who commits the false imprisonment of an elder or a dependent adult by the use of violence, menace, fraud, or deceit is punishable by imprisonment pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section 1170 for two, three, or four years. Protections provided by the above Penal Code § 288 and Penal Code § 368 protect many persons with disabilities regardless of the fact they live independently. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 168 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization Welfare and Institutions Code § 15610.05 "Abandonment" means the desertion or willful forsaking of an elder or a dependent adult by anyone having care or custody of that person under circumstances in which a reasonable person would continue to provide care and custody. Welfare and Institutions Code § 15610.06 "Abduction" means the removal from this state and the restraint from returning to this state, or the restraint from returning to this state, of any elder or dependent adult who does not have the capacity to consent to the removal from this state and the restraint from returning to this state, or the restraint from returning to this state, as well as the removal from this state or the restraint from returning to this state, of any conservatee without the consent of the conservator or the court. Welfare and Institutions Code § 15610.30 (a)"Financial abuse" of an elder or dependent adult occurs when a person or entity does any of the following: 1.Takes, secretes, appropriates, obtains, or retains real or personal property of an elder or dependent adult for a wrongful use or with intent to defraud, or both. 2.Assists in taking, secreting, appropriating, obtaining, or retaining real or personal property of an elder or dependent adult for a wrongful use or with intent to defraud, or both. 3.Takes, secretes, appropriates, obtains, or retains, or assists in taking, secreting, appropriating, obtaining, or retaining, real or personal property of an elder or dependent adult by undue influence, as defined in Section 15610.70. (b)A person or entity shall be deemed to have taken, secreted, appropriated, obtained, or retained property for a wrongful use if, among other things, the person or entity takes, secretes, appropriates, obtains, or retains the property and the person or entity knew or should have known that this conduct is likely to be harmful to the elder or dependent adult. (c)For purposes of this section, a person or entity takes, secretes, appropriates, obtains, or retains real or personal property when an elder or dependent adult is deprived of any property right, including by means of an agreement, donative transfer, or testamentary bequest, regardless of whether the property is held directly or by a representative of an elder or dependent adult. (d)For purposes of this section, "representative" means a person or entity that is either of the following: 1.A conservator, trustee, or other representative of the estate of an elder or dependent adult. 2.An attorney-in-fact of an elder or dependent adult who acts within the authority of the power of attorney. Welfare and Institutions Code § 15610.43 (a)"Isolation" means any of the following: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 169 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization 1.Acts intentionally committed for the purpose of preventing, and that do serve to prevent, an elder or dependent adult from receiving his or her mail or telephone calls. 2.Telling a caller or prospective visitor that an elder or dependent adult is not present, or does not wish to talk with the caller, or does not wish to meet with the visitor where the statement is false, is contrary to the express wishes of the elder or the dependent adult, whether he or she is competent or not, and is made for the purpose of preventing the elder or dependent adult from having contact with family, friends, or concerned persons. 3.False imprisonment, as defined in Section 236 of the Penal Code. 4.Physical restraint of an elder or dependent adult, for the purpose of preventing the elder or dependent adult from meeting with visitors. (b)The acts set forth in subdivision (a) shall be subject to a rebuttable presumption that they do not constitute isolation if they are performed pursuant to the instructions of a physician and surgeon licensed to practice. medicine in the state, who is caring for the elder or dependent adult at the time the instructions are given, and who gives the instructions as part of his or her medical care. (c)The acts set forth in subdivision (a) shall not constitute isolation if they are performed in response to a reasonably perceived threat of danger to property or physical safe. Welfare and Institutions Code § 15610.57 (a)"Neglect" means either of the following: 1.The negligent failure of any person having the care or custody of an elder or a dependent adult to exercise that degree of care that a reasonable person in a like position would exercise. 2.The negligent failure of an elder or dependent adult to exercise that degree of self care that a reasonable person in a like position would exercise. (b)Neglect includes, but is not limited to, all of the following: 1.Failure to assist in personal hygiene, or in the provision of food, clothing, or shelter. 2.Failure to provide medical care for physical and mental health needs. A person shall not be deemed neglected or abused for the sole reason that the person voluntarily relies on treatment by spiritual means through prayer alone in lieu of medical treatment. 3.Failure to protect from health and safety hazards. 4.Failure to prevent malnutrition or dehydration. 5.Substantial inability or failure of an elder or dependent adult to manage personal finances. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 170 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization 6.Failure of an elder or dependent adult to satisfy any of the needs specified in paragraphs (1) to (5), inclusive, for themselves as a result of poor cognitive functioning, mental limitation, substance abuse, or chronic poor health. (c)Neglect includes being homeless if the elder or dependent adult is also unable to meet any of the needs specified in paragraphs (1) to (5), inclusive, of subdivision (b). Welfare and Institutions Code § 15610.63 "Physical abuse" means any of the following: (a)Assault, as defined in Section 240 of the Penal Code. (b)Battery, as defined in Section 242 of the Penal Code. (c)Assault with a deadly weapon or force likely to produce great bodily injury, as defined in Section 245 of the Penal Code. (d)Unreasonable physical constraint, or prolonged or continual deprivation of food or water. (e)Sexual assault, that means any of the following: 1.Sexual battery, as defined in Section 243.4 of the Penal Code. 2.Rape, as defined in Section 261 of the Penal Code, or former Section 262 of the Penal Code. 3.Rape in concert, as described in Section 264.1 of the Penal Code. 4.Incest, as defined in Section 285 of the Penal Code. 5.Sodomy, as defined in Section 286 of the Penal Code. 6.Oral copulation, as defined in Section 287 or former Section 288a of the Penal Code. 7.Sexual penetration, as defined in Section 289 of the Penal Code. 8.Lewd or lascivious acts as defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section 288 of the Penal Code. (f)Use of a physical or chemical restraint or psychotropic medication under any of the following conditions: 1.For punishment. 2.For a period beyond that for which the medication was ordered pursuant to the instructions of a physician and surgeon licensed in the State of California, who is providing medical care to the elder or dependent adult at the time the instructions are given. 3.For any purpose not authorized by the physician and surgeon. 315.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee responsibilities include but are not limited to (Penal Code § 368.6): Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 171 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization (a)Taking leadership within the Department and in the community, including by speaking out publicly in major cases of senior and disability victimization, to assure the community of department support for the victims and their families and for others in the community who are terrorized and traumatized by the crimes, and to encourage victims and witnesses to the crimes or similar past or future crimes to report those crimes to help bring the perpetrators to justice and prevent further crimes. (b)Developing and including department protocols in this policy, including but not limited to the following: 1.Protocols for seeking emergency protective orders by phone from a court at any time of day or night pursuant to Family Code § 6250(d). 2.Protocols for arrest warrants and arrests for senior and disability victimization for matters other than domestic violence and consistent with the requirements of Penal Code § 368.6(c)(9)(B) that include the following: (a)In the case of a senior and disability victimization committed in an officer's presence, including but not limited to a violation of a relevant protective order, the officer shall make a warrantless arrest based on probable cause when necessary or advisable to protect the safety of the victim or others. (b)In the case of a felony not committed in an officer's presence, the officer shall make a warrantless arrest based on probable cause when necessary or advisable to protect the safety of the victim or others. (c)In the case of a misdemeanor not committed in the officer's presence, including but not limited to misdemeanor unlawful interference with a mandated report or a misdemeanor violation of a relevant protective order, or when necessary or advisable to protect the safety of the victim or others, the agency shall seek an arrest warrant based on probable cause. (d)Protocol for seeking arrest warrants based on probable cause for crimes for which no arrest has been made. 3.Procedures for first responding officers to follow when interviewing persons with cognitive and communication disabilities until officers, or staff of other responsible agencies with more advanced training, are available. The procedure shall include an instruction to avoid repeated interviews whenever possible. (c)For each department protocol, include either a specific title-by-title list of officer responsibilities or a specific office or unit in the Department responsible for implementing the protocol. (d)Ensuring an appendix is created and attached to this policy that describes requirements for elder and dependent adult abuse investigations consistent with Penal Code § 368.6(c)(8)(B). (e)Ensuring a detailed checklist is created and attached to this policy regarding first responding responsibilities that includes but is not limited to the requirements of Penal Code § 368.6(c)(23). (f)Ensuring that all members carry out their responsibilities under this policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 172 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Senior and Disability Victimization (g)Verifying a process is in place for transmitting and periodically retransmitting this policy and related orders to officers, including a simple and immediate way for officers to access the policy in the field when needed. (h)Ensuring this policy is available to the Protection and Advocacy Agency upon request. 315.18 ELDER AND DEPENDENT ADULT ABUSE LIAISON A department member appointed by the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee will serve as the Elder and Dependent Adult Abuse Liaison. Responsibilities of the liaison include but are not limited to (Penal Code § 368.6): (a)Acting as a liaison to other responsible agencies (defined by Penal Code § 368.6(b) (15)) to increase cooperation and collaboration among them while retaining the law enforcement agency’s exclusive responsibility for criminal investigations (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15650). (b)Reaching out to the senior and disability communities and to the public to encourage prevention and reporting of senior and disability victimization. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Senior and Disability Victimization - 173 Policy 316 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment 316.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to prevent department members from being subjected to discriminatory harassment, including sexual harassment and retaliation. Nothing in this policy is intended to create a legal or employment right or duty that is not created by law. 316.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is an equal opportunity employer and is committed to creating and maintaining a work environment that is free of all forms of discriminatory harassment, including sexual harassment and retaliation (Government Code § 12940(k); 2 CCR 11023). The Department will not tolerate discrimination against a member in hiring, promotion, discharge, compensation, fringe benefits and other privileges of employment. The Department will take preventive and corrective action to address any behavior that violates this policy or the rights it is designed to protect. The nondiscrimination policies of the Department may be more comprehensive than state or federal law. Conduct that violates this policy may not violate state or federal law but still could subject a member to discipline. 316.3 DISCRIMINATION PROHIBITED 316.3.1 DISCRIMINATION The Department prohibits all forms of discrimination, including any employment-related action by a member that adversely affects an applicant or member and is based on actual or perceived race, ethnicity, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, age, disability, pregnancy, genetic information, veteran status, marital status, and any other classification or status protected by law. Discriminatory harassment, including sexual harassment, is verbal or physical conduct that demeans or shows hostility or aversion toward an individual based upon that individual’s protected class. It has the effect of interfering with an individual’s work performance or creating a hostile or abusive work environment. Conduct that may, under certain circumstances, constitute discriminatory harassment can include making derogatory comments; making crude and offensive statements or remarks; making slurs or off-color jokes, stereotyping; engaging in threatening acts; making indecent gestures, pictures, cartoons, posters, or material; making inappropriate physical contact; or using written material or department equipment and/or systems to transmit or receive offensive material, statements, or pictures. Such conduct is contrary to department policy and to a work environment that is free of discrimination. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Discriminatory Harassment - 174 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment 316.3.2 SEXUAL HARASSMENT The Department prohibits all forms of discrimination and discriminatory harassment, including sexual harassment. It is unlawful to harass an applicant or a member because of that person’s sex. Sexual harassment includes but is not limited to unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, or other verbal, visual, or physical conduct of a sexual nature when: (a)Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of employment, position, or compensation. (b)Submission to, or rejection of, such conduct is used as the basis for any employment decisions affecting the member. (c)Such conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with a member's work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment. 316.3.3 ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS Discrimination and discriminatory harassment do not include actions that are in accordance with established rules, principles, or standards, including: (a)Acts or omission of acts based solely upon bona fide occupational qualifications under the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) and the California Civil Rights Council guidelines. (b)Bona fide requests or demands by a supervisor that the member improve the member's work quality or output, that the member report to the job site on time, that the member comply with City or department rules or regulations, or any other appropriate work-related communication between supervisor and member. 316.3.4 RETALIATION Retaliation is treating a person differently or engaging in acts of reprisal or intimidation against the person because the person has engaged in protected activity, filed a charge of discrimination, participated in an investigation, or opposed a discriminatory practice. Retaliation will not be tolerated. 316.4 RESPONSIBILITIES This policy applies to all department personnel. All members shall follow the intent of these guidelines in a manner that reflects department policy, professional standards, and the best interest of the Department and its mission. Members are encouraged to promptly report any discriminatory, retaliatory, or harassing conduct or known violations of this policy to a supervisor. Any member who is not comfortable with reporting violations of this policy to the member's immediate supervisor may bypass the chain of command and make the report to a higher-ranking supervisor or manager. Complaints may also be filed with the Director of Public Safety, the Director of Human Resources, or the City Manager. Any member who believes, in good faith, that the member has been discriminated against, harassed, or subjected to retaliation, or who has observed harassment, discrimination, or Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Discriminatory Harassment - 175 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment retaliation, is encouraged to promptly report such conduct in accordance with the procedures set forth in this policy. Supervisors and managers receiving information regarding alleged violations of this policy shall determine if there is any basis for the allegation and shall proceed with resolution as stated below. 316.4.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The responsibilities of supervisors and managers shall include but are not limited to: (a)Continually monitoring the work environment and striving to ensure that it is free from all types of unlawful discrimination, including harassment or retaliation. (b)Taking prompt, appropriate action within their work units to avoid and minimize the incidence of any form of discrimination, harassment, or retaliation. (c)Ensuring that their subordinates understand their responsibilities under this policy. (d)Ensuring that members who make complaints or who oppose any unlawful employment practices are protected from retaliation and that such matters are kept confidential to the extent possible. (e)Making a timely determination regarding the substance of any allegation based upon all available facts. (f)Notifying the Director of Public Safety or the Director of Human Resources in writing of the circumstances surrounding any reported allegations or observed acts of discrimination, harassment, or retaliation no later than the next business day. 316.4.2 SUPERVISOR'S ROLE Because of differences in individual values, supervisors and managers may find it difficult to recognize that their behavior or the behavior of others is discriminatory, harassing or retaliatory. Supervisors and managers shall be aware of the following considerations: (a)Behavior of supervisors and managers should represent the values of our Department and professional law enforcement standards. (b)False or mistaken accusations of discrimination, harassment or retaliation can have negative effects on the careers of innocent members. (c)Supervisors and managers must act promptly and responsibly in the resolution of such situations. (d)Supervisors and managers shall make a timely determination regarding the substance of any allegation based upon all available facts. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent supervisors or managers from discharging supervisory or management responsibilities, such as determining duty assignments, evaluating or counseling employees or issuing discipline, in a manner that is consistent with established procedures. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Discriminatory Harassment - 176 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment 316.4.3 QUESTIONS OR CLARIFICATION Members with questions regarding what constitutes discrimination, sexual harassment, or retaliation are encouraged to contact a supervisor, a manager, the Director of Public Safety, the Director of Human Resources, the City Manager, or the California Civil Rights Department for further information, direction, or clarification (Government Code § 12950). 316.5 INVESTIGATION OF COMPLAINTS Various methods of resolution exist. During the pendency of any such investigation, the supervisor of the involved member should take prompt and reasonable steps to mitigate or eliminate any continuing abusive or hostile work environment. It is the policy of the Department that all complaints of discrimination, retaliation, or harassment shall be fully documented and promptly and thoroughly investigated. 316.5.1 SUPERVISOR RESOLUTION Members who believe they are experiencing discrimination, harassment, or retaliation should be encouraged to inform the individual that the behavior is unwelcome, offensive, unprofessional, or inappropriate. However, if the member feels uncomfortable or threatened or has difficulty expressing the member's concern, or if this does not resolve the concern, assistance should be sought from a supervisor or manager who is a rank higher than the alleged transgressor. 316.5.2 FORMAL INVESTIGATION If the complaint cannot be satisfactorily resolved through the supervisory resolution process, a formal investigation will be conducted. The person assigned to investigate the complaint will have full authority to investigate all aspects of the complaint. Investigative authority includes access to records and the cooperation of any members involved. No influence will be used to suppress any complaint and no member will be subject to retaliation or reprisal for filing a complaint, encouraging others to file a complaint, or for offering testimony or evidence in an investigation. Formal investigation of the complaint will be confidential to the extent possible and will include but is not limited to details of the specific incident, frequency and dates of occurrences, and names of any witnesses. Witnesses will be advised regarding the prohibition against retaliation, and that a disciplinary process, up to and including termination, may result if retaliation occurs. Members who believe they have been discriminated against, harassed, or retaliated against because of their protected status, are encouraged to follow the chain of command but may also file a complaint directly with the Director of Public Safety, the Director of Human Resources, or the City Manager. 316.5.3 ALTERNATIVE COMPLAINT PROCESS No provision of this policy shall be construed to prevent any member from seeking legal redress outside the Department. Members who believe that they have been harassed, discriminated against, or retaliated against are entitled to bring complaints of employment discrimination to federal, state, and/or local agencies responsible for investigating such allegations. Specific Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Discriminatory Harassment - 177 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment time limitations apply to the filing of such charges. Members are advised that proceeding with complaints under the provisions of this policy does not in any way affect those filing requirements. 316.6 DOCUMENTATION OF COMPLAINTS All complaints or allegations shall be thoroughly documented on forms and in a manner designated by the Director of Public Safety. The outcome of all reports shall be: (a)Approved by the Director of Public Safety, the City Manager, or the Director of Human Resources, depending on the ranks of the involved parties. (b)Maintained in accordance with the department's established records retention schedule. 316.7 DOCUMENTATION OF COMPLAINTS All complaints or allegations shall be thoroughly documented on forms and in a manner designated by the Director of Public Safety. The outcome of all reports shall be: •Approved by the Director of Public Safety, the City Manager or the Director of Human Resources if more appropriate •Maintained for the period established in the department's records retention schedule 316.8 TRAINING All new members shall be provided with a copy of this policy as part of their orientation. The policy shall be reviewed with each new member. The member shall certify by signing the prescribed form that the member has been advised of this policy, is aware of and understands its contents, and agrees to abide by its provisions during the member's term with the Department. All members shall receive annual training on the requirements of this policy and shall certify by signing the prescribed form that they have reviewed the policy, understand its contents, and agree that they will continue to abide by its provisions. 316.8.1 QUESTIONS REGARDING DISCRIMINATION OR SEXUAL HARASSMENT Members with questions regarding discrimination or sexual harassment are encouraged to contact a supervisor, manager, the Director of Public Safety, Director of Human Resources or the City Manager, or they may contact the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing. 316.8.2 STATE-REQUIRED TRAINING The Training Coordinator should ensure that employees receive the required state training and education regarding sexual harassment, prevention of abusive conduct, and harassment based on gender identity, gender expression, and sexual orientation as follows (Government Code § 12950.1; 2 CCR 11024): (a)Supervisory employees shall receive two hours of classroom or other effective interactive training and education within six months of assuming a supervisory position. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Discriminatory Harassment - 178 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Discriminatory Harassment (b)All other employees shall receive one hour of classroom or other effective interactive training and education within six months of their employment or sooner for seasonal or temporary employees as described in Government Code § 12950.1. (c)All employees shall receive refresher training every two years thereafter. If the required training is to be provided by the Civil Rights Department online training courses, the Training Coordinator should ensure that employees are provided the following website address to the training course: https://calcivilrights.ca.gov (Government Code § 12950; 2 CCR 11023). 316.8.3 TRAINING RECORDS The Training Coordinator shall be responsible for maintaining records of all discriminatory harassment training provided to members. Records shall be retained in accordance with established records retention schedules and for a minimum of two years (2 CCR 11024). 316.9 WORKING CONDITIONS The Support Services Deputy Chief or the authorized designee should be responsible for reviewing facility design and working conditions for discriminatory practices. This person should collaborate with other City employees who are similarly tasked (2 CCR 11034). 316.10 REQUIRED POSTERS The Department shall display the required posters regarding discrimination, harassment and transgender rights in a prominent and accessible location for members (Government Code § 12950). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Discriminatory Harassment - 179 Policy 317 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child Abuse 317.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the investigation of suspected child abuse. This policy also addresses when Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety members are required to notify the county Child Protective Services (CPS) of suspected child abuse. 317.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Child - Unless otherwise specified by a cited statute, a child is any person under the age of 18 years. Child abuse - Any offense or attempted offense involving violence or neglect with a child victim when committed by a person responsible for the child’s care or any other act that would mandate notification to a social service agency or law enforcement (Penal Code § 11165.9; Penal Code § 11166). 317.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will investigate all reported incidents of alleged criminal child abuse and ensure CPS is notified as required by law. 317.3 MANDATORY NOTIFICATION The child protection agency shall be notified when (Penal Code § 11166): (a)There is a known or suspected instance of child abuse or neglect reported, which is alleged to have occurred as a result of the action of a person responsible for the child's welfare, or (b)A person responsible for the child's welfare fails to adequately protect the child from abuse when the person knew or reasonably should have known that the child was in danger of abuse. The District Attorney’s office shall be notified in all instances of known or suspected child abuse or neglect reported to this department. Notification of the District Attorney is not required for reports only involving neglect by a person, who has the care or custody of a child, to provide adequate food, clothing, shelter, medical care, or supervision where no physical injury to the child has occurred (Penal Code § 11166). When the abuse or neglect occurs at a licensed facility or is alleged to have resulted from the actions of a person who is required to have a state license (e.g., foster homes, group homes, day care), notification shall also be made to the California Department of Social Services or other applicable licensing authority. When the alleged abuse or neglect involves a child of a minor parent or a dependent adult, notification shall also be made to the attorney of the minor or the dependent adult within 36 hours (Penal Code 11166.1; Penal Code 11166.2). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child Abuse - 180 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child Abuse For purposes of notification, the abuse or neglect includes physical injury or death inflicted by other than accidental means upon a child by another person; sexual abuse (Penal Code § 11165.1); neglect (Penal Code § 11165.2); the willful harming or injuring of a child or the endangering of the person or health of a child (Penal Code § 11165.3); and unlawful corporal punishment or injury (Penal Code § 11165.4). Child abuse or neglect does not include a mutual affray between minors, nor does it include an injury caused by the reasonable and necessary force used by a peace officer acting within the course and scope of the peace officer's employment as a peace officer. 317.3.1 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE Notification should occur as follows (Penal Code § 11166): (a)Notification shall be made immediately, or as soon as practicable, by telephone, fax or electronic transmission. (b)A written follow-up report should be forwarded within 36 hours of receiving the information concerning the incident. 317.4 QUALIFIED INVESTIGATORS Qualified investigators should be available for child abuse investigations. These investigators should: (a)Conduct interviews in child appropriate interview facilities. (b)Be familiar with forensic interview techniques specific to child abuse investigations. (c)Present all cases of alleged child abuse to the prosecutor for review. (d)Coordinate with other enforcement agencies, social service agencies and school administrators as needed. (e)Provide referrals to therapy services, victim advocates, guardians and support for the child and family as appropriate. (f)Participate in or coordinate with multidisciplinary investigative teams as applicable (Welfare and Institutions Code § 18961.7). 317.5 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTING In all reported or suspected cases of child abuse, a report will be written. Officers shall write a report even if the allegations appear unfounded or unsubstantiated. Investigations and reports related to suspected cases of child abuse should address, as applicable: (a)The overall basis for the contact. This should be done by the investigating officer in all circumstances where a suspected child abuse victim was contacted. (b)The exigent circumstances that existed if officers interviewed the child victim without the presence of a parent or guardian. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child Abuse - 181 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child Abuse (c)Any relevant statements the child may have made and to whom he/she made the statements. (d)If a child was taken into protective custody, the reasons, the name and title of the person making the decision, and why other alternatives were not appropriate. (e)Documentation of any visible injuries or any injuries identified by the child. This should include photographs of such injuries, if practicable. (f)Whether the child victim was transported for medical treatment or a medical examination. (g)Whether the victim identified a household member as the alleged perpetrator, and a list of the names of any other children who may reside in the residence. (h)Identification of any prior related reports or allegations of child abuse, including other jurisdictions, as reasonably known. (i)Previous addresses of the victim and suspect. (j)Other potential witnesses who have not yet been interviewed, such as relatives or others close to the victim’s environment. All cases of the unexplained death of a child should be investigated as thoroughly as if it had been a case of suspected child abuse (e.g., a sudden or unexplained death of an infant). 317.5.1 EXTRA JURISDICTIONAL REPORTS If a report of known or suspected child abuse or neglect that is alleged to have occurred outside this jurisdiction is received, department members shall ensure that the caller is immediately transferred to the agency with proper jurisdiction for the investigation of the case. If the caller cannot be successfully transferred to the appropriate agency, a report shall be taken and immediately referred by telephone, fax, or electronic transfer to the agency with proper jurisdiction (Penal Code § 11165.9). 317.5.2 INITIAL REPORTS OF ABUSE FROM A NONMANDATED REPORTER Members who receive a report of child abuse or neglect shall request the following information from the reporter (Penal Code § 11167): (a)Name and telephone number (b)Information and the source of information that gives rise to the knowledge or reasonable suspicion of child abuse or neglect If the reporter refuses to provide their name and telephone number, the member should make a reasonable effort to determine the basis for the refusal and inform them that their information will remain confidential. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child Abuse - 182 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child Abuse 317.6 PROTECTIVE CUSTODY Before taking any child into protective custody, the officer should make reasonable attempts to contact CPS. Generally, removal of a child from the child's family, guardian, or other responsible adult should be left to the child welfare authorities when they are present or have become involved in an investigation. Generally, members of this department should remove a child from the child's parent or guardian without a court order only when no other effective alternative is reasonably available and immediate action reasonably appears necessary to protect the child. Prior to taking a child into protective custody, the officer should take reasonable steps to deliver the child to another qualified parent or legal guardian, unless it reasonably appears that the release would endanger the child or result in abduction. If this is not a reasonable option, the officer shall ensure that the child is delivered to CPS. Whenever practicable, the officer should inform a supervisor of the circumstances prior to taking a child into protective custody. If prior notification is not practicable, officers should contact a supervisor promptly after taking a child into protective custody. Children may only be removed from a parent or guardian in the following situations when a court order cannot reasonably be obtained in a timely manner (Welfare and Institutions Code § 305): (a)The officer reasonably believes the child is a person described in Welfare and Institutions Code § 300, and further has good cause to believe that any of the following conditions exist: 1.The child has an immediate need for medical care. 2.The child is in immediate danger of physical or sexual abuse. 3.The physical environment or the fact that the child is left unattended poses an immediate threat to the child's health or safety. In the case of a child left unattended, the officer shall first attempt to locate and determine if a responsible parent or guardian is available and capable of assuming custody before taking the child into protective custody. (b)The officer reasonably believes the child requires protective custody under the provisions of Penal Code § 279.6, in one of the following circumstances: 1.It reasonably appears to the officer that a person is likely to conceal the child, flee the jurisdiction with the child or, by flight or concealment, evade the authority of the court. 2.There is no lawful custodian available to take custody of the child. 3.There are conflicting custody orders or conflicting claims to custody and the parties cannot agree which party should take custody of the child. 4.The child is an abducted child. (c)The child is in the company of, or under the control of, a person arrested for Penal Code § 278 (Detainment or concealment of child from legal custodian) or Penal Code § 278.5 (Deprivation of custody of a child or right to visitation) (Penal Code § 279.6). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child Abuse - 183 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child Abuse A child taken into protective custody shall be delivered to CPS unless otherwise directed by court order. 317.6.1 CALIFORNIA SAFELY SURRENDERED BABY LAW An individual having lawful custody of an infant less than 72 hours old is not guilty of abandonment if the individual voluntarily surrenders physical custody of the infant to personnel on-duty at a safe- surrender site, such as a hospital or fire department (Penal Code § 271.5). The law requires the surrender site to notify CPS. 317.6.2 NEWBORNS TESTING POSITIVE FOR DRUGS Under certain circumstances, officers can be prohibited from taking a newborn who is the subject of a proposed adoption into protective custody, even when the newborn has tested positive for illegal drugs or the birth mother tested positive for illegal drugs. Officers shall instead follow the provisions of Welfare and Institutions Code § 305.6 to ensure that the newborn is placed with the adoptive parents when it is appropriate. 317.7 INTERVIEWS 317.7.1 PRELIMINARY INTERVIEWS Absent extenuating circumstances or impracticality, officers should record the preliminary interview with suspected child abuse victims. Officers should avoid multiple interviews with a child victim and should attempt to gather only the information necessary to begin an investigation. When practicable, investigating officers should defer interviews until a person who is specially trained in such interviews is available. Generally, child victims should not be interviewed in the home or location where the alleged abuse occurred. 317.7.2 DETAINING SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE VICTIMS FOR AN INTERVIEW An officer should not detain a child involuntarily who is suspected of being a victim of child abuse solely for the purpose of an interview or physical exam without the consent of a parent or guardian unless one of the following applies: (a)Exigent circumstances exist, such as: 1.A reasonable belief that medical issues of the child need to be addressed immediately. 2.A reasonable belief that the child is or will be in danger of harm if the interview or physical exam is not immediately completed. 3.The alleged offender is the custodial parent or guardian and there is reason to believe the child may be in continued danger. (b)A court order or warrant has been issued. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child Abuse - 184 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child Abuse 317.7.3 INTERVIEWS AT A SCHOOL Any student at school who is a suspected victim of child abuse shall be afforded the option of being interviewed in private or selecting any qualified available adult member of the school staff to be present. The purpose of the staff member’s presence is to provide comfort and support. The staff member shall not participate in the interview. The selection of a staff member should be such that it does not burden the school with costs or hardship (Penal Code § 11174.3). 317.8 MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS If the child has been the victim of abuse that requires a medical examination, the investigating officer should obtain consent for such examination from the appropriate parent, guardian or agency having legal custody of the child. The officer should also arrange for the child’s transportation to the appropriate medical facility. In cases where the alleged offender is the custodial parent or guardian and is refusing consent for the medical examination, officers should notify a supervisor before proceeding. If exigent circumstances do not exist or if state law does not provide for officers to take the child for a medical examination, the notified supervisor should consider obtaining a court order for such an examination. 317.9 DRUG-ENDANGERED CHILDREN A coordinated response by law enforcement and social services agencies is appropriate to meet the immediate and longer-term medical and safety needs of children exposed to the manufacturing, trafficking or use of narcotics. 317.9.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Detective Bureau supervisor should: (a)Work with professionals from the appropriate agencies, including CPS, other law enforcement agencies, medical service providers and local prosecutors to develop community specific procedures for responding to situations where there are children endangered by exposure to methamphetamine labs or the manufacture and trafficking of other drugs. (b)Activate any available interagency response when an officer notifies the Detective Bureau supervisor that the officer has responded to a drug lab or other narcotics crime scene where a child is present or where evidence indicates that a child lives there. (c)Develop a report format or checklist for use when officers respond to drug labs or other narcotics crime scenes. The checklist will help officers document the environmental, medical, social and other conditions that may affect the child. 317.9.2 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Officers responding to a drug lab or other narcotics crime scene where a child is present or where there is evidence that a child lives should: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child Abuse - 185 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child Abuse (a)Document the environmental, medical, social and other conditions of the child using photography as appropriate and the checklist or form developed for this purpose. (b)Notify the Detective Bureau supervisor so an interagency response can begin. 317.10 STATE MANDATES AND OTHER RELEVANT LAWS California requires or permits the following: 317.10.1 RELEASE OF REPORTS Information related to incidents of child abuse or suspected child abuse shall be confidential and may only be disclosed pursuant to state law and the Records Maintenance and Release Policy (Penal Code § 841.5; Penal Code § 11167.5). 317.10.2 REQUESTS FOR REMOVAL FROM THE CHILD ABUSECENTRAL INDEX (CACI) Any person whose name has been forwarded to the California Department of Justice (DOJ) for placement in California’s CACI, as a result of an investigation, may request that his/her name be removed from the CACI list. Requests shall not qualify for consideration if there is an active case, ongoing investigation or pending prosecution that precipitated the entry to CACI (Penal Code § 11169). All requests for removal shall be submitted in writing by the requesting person and promptly routed to the CACI hearing officer. 317.10.3 CACI HEARING OFFICER The Detective Bureau supervisor will normally serve as the hearing officer but must not be actively connected with the case that resulted in the person’s name being submitted to CACI. Upon receiving a qualified request for removal, the hearing officer shall promptly schedule a hearing to take place during normal business hours and provide written notification of the time and place of the hearing to the requesting party. 317.10.4 CACI HEARING PROCEDURES The hearing is an informal process where the person requesting removal from the CACI list will be permitted to present relevant evidence (e.g., certified copy of an acquittal, factual finding of innocence) as to why his/her name should be removed. The person requesting the hearing may record the hearing at his/her own expense. Formal rules of evidence will not apply and the hearing officer may consider, in addition to evidence submitted by the person requesting the hearing, any relevant information including, but not limited to, the following: (a)Case reports including any supplemental reports (b)Statements by investigators (c)Statements from representatives of the District Attorney’s Office (d)Statements by representatives of a child protective agency who may be familiar with the case Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child Abuse - 186 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child Abuse After considering all information presented, the hearing officer shall make a determination as to whether the requesting party’s name should be removed from the CACI list. Such determination shall be based on a finding that the allegations in the investigation are not substantiated (Penal Code § 11169). If, after considering the evidence, the hearing officer finds that the allegations are not substantiated, he/she shall cause a request to be completed and forwarded to the DOJ that the person’s name be removed from the CACI list. A copy of the hearing results and the request for removal will be attached to the case reports. The findings of the hearing officer shall be considered final and binding. 317.10.5 CHILD DEATH REVIEW TEAM This department should cooperate with any interagency child death review team investigation. Written and oral information relating to the death of a child that would otherwise be subject to release restrictions may be disclosed to the child death review team upon written request and approval of a supervisor (Penal Code § 11174.32). 317.11 TRAINING The Department should provide training on best practices in child abuse investigations to members tasked with investigating these cases. The training should include: (a)Participating in multidisciplinary investigations, as appropriate. (b)Conducting forensic interviews. (c)Availability of therapy services for children and families. (d)Availability of specialized forensic medical exams. (e)Cultural competence (including interpretive services) related to child abuse investigations. (f)Availability of victim advocate or guardian ad litem support. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child Abuse - 187 Policy 318 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Missing Persons 318.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidance for handling missing person investigations. 318.1.1 DEFINITIONS At risk - Includes, but is not limited to (Penal Code § 14215): •A victim of a crime or foul play. •A person missing and in need of medical attention. •A missing person with no pattern of running away or disappearing. •A missing person who may be the victim of parental abduction. •A mentally impaired missing person, including cognitively impaired or developmentally disabled. Missing person - Any person who is reported missing to law enforcement when the person’s location is unknown. This includes a child who has been taken, detained, concealed, enticed away or kept by a parent in violation of the law (Penal Code § 277 et seq.). It also includes any child who is missing voluntarily, involuntarily or under circumstances that do not conform to his/her ordinary habits or behavior, and who may be in need of assistance (Penal Code § 14215). Missing person networks - Databases or computer networks available to law enforcement and that are suitable for information related to missing persons investigations. These include the National Crime Information Center (NCIC), the California Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (CLETS), Missing Person System (MPS) and the Unidentified Persons System (UPS). 318.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety does not consider any report of a missing person to be routine and assumes that the missing person is in need of immediate assistance until an investigation reveals otherwise. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety gives missing person cases priority over property-related cases and will not require any time frame to pass before beginning a missing person investigation (Penal Code § 14211). 318.3 REQUIRED FORMS AND BIOLOGICAL SAMPLE COLLECTION KITS The Investigation supervisor should ensure the forms and kits are developed and available in accordance with this policy, state law, federal law and the California Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) Missing Persons Investigations guidelines, including: •Department report form for use in missing person cases •Missing person investigation checklist that provides investigation guidelines and resources that could be helpful in the early hours of a missing person investigation (Penal Code § 13519.07) •Missing person school notification form Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Missing Persons - 188 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Missing Persons •Medical records release form from the California Department of Justice •California DOJ missing person forms as appropriate •Biological sample collection kits 318.4 ACCEPTANCE OF REPORTS Any member encountering a person who wishes to report a missing person or runaway shall render assistance without delay (Penal Code § 14211). This can be accomplished by accepting the report via telephone or in-person and initiating the investigation. Those members who do not take such reports or who are unable to render immediate assistance shall promptly dispatch or alert a member who can take the report. A report shall be accepted in all cases and regardless of where the person was last seen, where the person resides or any other question of jurisdiction (Penal Code § 14211). 318.5 INITIAL INVESTIGATION Officers or other members conducting the initial investigation of a missing person should take the following investigative actions, as applicable: (a)Respond to a dispatched call for service as soon as practicable. (b)Interview the reporting party and any witnesses to determine whether the person qualifies as a missing person and, if so, whether the person may be at risk. (c)Notify a supervisor immediately if there is evidence that a missing person is either at risk or may qualify for a public alert, or both (see the Public Alerts Policy). (d)Broadcast a "Be on the Look-Out" (BOLO) bulletin if the person is under 21 years of age or there is evidence that the missing person is at risk. The BOLO should be broadcast as soon as practicable but in no event more than one hour after determining the missing person is under 21 years of age or may be at risk (Penal Code § 14211). (e)Ensure that entries are made into the appropriate missing person networks as follows: 1.Immediately, when the missing person is at risk. 2.In all other cases, as soon as practicable, but not later than two hours from the time of the initial report. (f)Complete the appropriate report forms accurately and completely and initiate a search as applicable under the facts. (g)Collect and/or review: 1.A photograph and a fingerprint card of the missing person, if available. 2.A voluntarily provided biological sample of the missing person, if available (e.g., toothbrush, hairbrush). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Missing Persons - 189 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Missing Persons 3.Any documents that may assist in the investigation, such as court orders regarding custody. 4.Any other evidence that may assist in the investigation, including personal electronic devices (e.g., cell phones, computers). (h)When circumstances permit and if appropriate, attempt to determine the missing person’s location through his/her telecommunications carrier. (i)Contact the appropriate agency if the report relates to a previously made missing person report and another agency is actively investigating that report. When this is not practical, the information should be documented in an appropriate report for transmission to the appropriate agency. If the information relates to an at-risk missing person, the member should notify a supervisor and proceed with reasonable steps to locate the missing person. 318.6 REPORT PROCEDURES AND ROUTING Employees should complete all missing person reports and forms promptly and advise the appropriate supervisor as soon as a missing person report is ready for review. 318.6.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The supervisor shall review and approve missing person reports upon receipt and ensure resources are deployed as appropriate. The reports should be promptly sent to Records Bureau. The supervisor shall also ensure applicable notifications and public alerts are made and documented and that records have been entered into the appropriate missing person networks. The supervisor should also take reasonable steps to identify and address any jurisdictional issues to ensure cooperation between agencies. 318.6.2 RECORDS BUREAU RESPONSIBILITIES The receiving member shall: (a)As soon as reasonable under the circumstances, notify and forward a copy of the report to the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the missing person’s residence in cases where the missing person is a resident of another jurisdiction (Penal Code § 14211). (b)Notify and forward a copy of the report to the law enforcement agency in whose jurisdiction the missing person was last seen (Penal Code § 14211). (c)Notify and forward a copy of the report to the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction over the missing person’s intended or possible destination, if known. (d)Forward a copy of the report to the Detective Bureau. (e)Coordinate with the NCIC Terminal Contractor for California to have the missing person record in the NCIC computer networks updated with additional information obtained from missing person investigations (34 USC § 41308). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Missing Persons - 190 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Missing Persons 318.7 DETECTIVE BUREAU FOLLOW-UP In addition to completing or continuing any actions listed above, the investigator assigned to a missing person investigation: (a)Shall ensure that the missing person’s school is notified within 10 days if the missing person is a juvenile. 1.The notice shall be in writing and should also include a photograph (Education Code § 49068.6). 2.The investigator should meet with school officials regarding the notice as appropriate to stress the importance of including the notice in the child’s student file, along with contact information if the school receives a call requesting the transfer of the missing child’s files to another school. (b)Should recontact the reporting person and/or other witnesses within 30 days of the initial report and within 30 days thereafter to determine if any additional information has become available via the reporting party. (c)Should consider contacting other agencies involved in the case to determine if any additional information is available. (d)Shall verify and update CLETS, NCIC, and any other applicable missing person networks within 30 days of the original entry into the networks and every 30 days thereafter until the missing person is located (34 USC § 41308). (e)Should continue to make reasonable efforts to locate the missing person and document these efforts at least every 30 days. (f)Shall maintain a close liaison with state and local child welfare systems and the National Center for Missing and Exploited Children® (NCMEC) if the missing person is under the age of 21 and shall promptly notify NCMEC when the person is missing from a foster care family home or childcare institution (34 USC § 41308). (g)Should make appropriate inquiry with the Coroner. (h)Should obtain and forward medical and dental records, photos, X-rays, and biological samples pursuant to Penal Code § 14212 and Penal Code § 14250. (i)Shall attempt to obtain the most recent photograph for persons under 18 years of age if it has not previously been obtained and forward the photograph to California DOJ (Penal Code § 14210) and enter the photograph into applicable missing person networks (34 USC § 41308). (j)Should consider making appropriate entries and searches in the National Missing and Unidentified Persons System (NamUs). (k)In the case of an at-risk missing person or a person who has been missing for an extended time, should consult with a supervisor regarding seeking federal assistance from the FBI and the U.S. Marshals Service (28 USC § 566). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Missing Persons - 191 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Missing Persons 318.8 WHEN A MISSING PERSON IS FOUND When any person reported missing is found, the assigned investigator shall document the location of the missing person in the appropriate report and notify the reporting party and other involved agencies. The Records Supervisor shall ensure that upon receipt of information that a missing person has been located, the following occurs: (a)Notification is made to California DOJ. (b)The missing child's school is notified. (c)Entries are made in the applicable missing person networks (Penal Code § 14207). (d)When a child under 12 years of age or a person who is at risk is found, the report of finding shall be made within 24 hours to the California Attorney General's Office (Penal Code § 14207(b)). (e)Notification shall be made to any other law enforcement agency that took the initial report or participated in the investigation (Penal Code § 14207(b)). 318.9 CASE CLOSURE The Detective Bureau supervisor may authorize the closure of a missing person case after considering the following: (a)Closure is appropriate when the missing person is confirmed returned or evidence has matched an unidentified person or body. (b)If the missing person is a resident of Rohnert Park or this department is the lead agency, the case should be kept under active investigation for as long as the person may still be alive. Exhaustion of leads in the investigation should not be a reason for closing a case. (c)If this department is not the lead agency, the case can be made inactivate if all investigative leads have been exhausted, the lead agency has been notified and entries are made in the applicable missing person networks as appropriate. (d)A missing person case should not be closed or reclassified because the person would have reached a certain age or adulthood or because the person is now the subject of a criminal or civil warrant. 318.10 TRAINING Subject to available resources, the Training Coordinator should ensure that members of this department whose duties include missing person investigations and reports receive regular training that includes: (a)The initial investigation: 1.Assessments and interviews Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Missing Persons - 192 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Missing Persons 2.Use of current resources, such as Mobile Audio Video (MAV) 3.Confirming missing status and custody status of minors 4.Evaluating the need for a heightened response 5.Identifying the zone of safety based on chronological age and developmental stage (b)Briefing of department members at the scene. (c)Identifying NCIC Missing Person File categories (e.g., disability, endangered, involuntary, juvenile and catastrophe). (d)Verifying the accuracy of all descriptive information. (e)Initiating a neighborhood investigation. (f)Investigating any relevant recent family dynamics. (g)Addressing conflicting information. (h)Key investigative and coordination steps. (i)Managing a missing person case. (j)Additional resources and specialized services. (k)Update procedures for case information and descriptions. (l)Preserving scenes. (m)Internet and technology issues (e.g., Internet use, cell phone use). (n)Media relations. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Missing Persons - 193 Policy 319 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Alerts 319.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for alerting the public to important information and soliciting public aid when appropriate. 319.2 POLICY Public alerts may be employed using the Emergency Alert System (EAS), social media, Nixle, local radio, television and press organizations and other groups to notify the public of incidents, or enlist the aid of the public, when the exchange of information may enhance the safety of the community. Various types of alerts may be available based upon each situation and the alert system’s individual criteria. 319.3 AMBER ALERTS The AMBER Alert™ Program is a voluntary partnership between law enforcement agencies, broadcasters, transportation agencies and the wireless industry, to activate urgent bulletins in child abduction cases. 319.3.1 CRITERIA FOR AMBER ALERT The following conditions must be met before activating an AMBER Alert (Government Code § 8594(a)): (a)A child has been abducted or taken by anyone, including but not limited to a custodial parent or guardian. (b)The victim is 17 years of age or younger, or has a proven mental or physical disability. (c)The victim is in imminent danger of serious injury or death. (d)There is information available that, if provided to the public, could assist in the child’s safe recovery. 319.3.2 PROCEDURE FOR AMBER ALERT The supervisor in charge will ensure the following: (a)An initial press release is prepared that includes all available information that might aid in locating the child: 1.The child’s identity, age and description 2.Photograph if available 3.The suspect’s identity, age and description, if known 4.Pertinent vehicle description 5.Detail regarding location of incident, direction of travel, potential destinations, if known Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Alerts - 194 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Alerts 6.Name and telephone number of the Public Information Officer or other authorized individual to handle media liaison 7.A telephone number for the public to call with leads or information (b)The local California Highway Patrol communications center should be contacted to initiate a multi-regional or statewide EAS broadcast, following any policies and procedures developed by CHP (Government Code § 8594). (c)The press release information is forwarded to the Sheriff’s Department Emergency Communications Bureau so that general broadcasts can be made to local law enforcement agencies. (d)Information regarding the missing person should be entered into the California Law Enforcement Telecommunication System (CLETS). (e)Information regarding the missing person should be entered into the California Department of Justice Missing and Unidentified Persons System (MUPS)/National Crime Information Center (NCIC). (f)The following resources should be considered as circumstances dictate: 1.The local FBI office 2.National Center for Missing and Exploited Children (NCMEC) 319.4 BLUE ALERTS Blue Alerts may be issued when an officer is killed, injured or assaulted and the suspect may pose a threat to the public or other law enforcement personnel. 319.4.1 CRITERIA FOR BLUE ALERTS All of the following conditions must be met before activating a Blue Alert (Government Code § 8594.5): (a)A law enforcement officer has been killed, suffered serious bodily injury or has been assaulted with a deadly weapon, and the suspect has fled the scene of the offense. (b)The investigating law enforcement agency has determined that the suspect poses an imminent threat to the public or other law enforcement personnel. (c)A detailed description of the suspect’s vehicle or license plate is available for broadcast. (d)Public dissemination of available information may help avert further harm or accelerate apprehension of the suspect. 319.4.2 PROCEDURE FOR BLUE ALERT The supervisor in charge should ensure the following: (a)An initial press release is prepared that includes all available information that might aid in locating the suspect: 1.The license number and/or any other available description or photograph of the vehicle Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Alerts - 195 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Alerts 2.Photograph, description and/or identification of the suspect 3.The suspect’s identity, age and description, if known 4.Detail regarding location of incident, direction of travel, potential destinations, if known 5.Name and telephone number of the Public Information Officer or other authorized individual to handle media liaison 6.A telephone number for the public to call with leads or information (b)The local California Highway Patrol communications center is contacted to initiate a multi-regional or statewide EAS broadcast. (c)The information in the press release is forwarded to the Sheriff’s Department Emergency Communications Bureau so that general broadcasts can be made to local law enforcement agencies. (d)The following resources should be considered as circumstances dictate: 1.Entry into the California Law Enforcement Telecommunication System (CLETS) 2.The FBI local office 319.5 SILVER ALERTS Silver Alerts® is an emergency notification system for people who are 65 years of age or older, developmentally disabled or cognitively impaired and have been reported missing (Government Code § 8594.10). 319.5.1 CRITERIA FOR SILVER ALERTS All of the following conditions must be met before activating a Silver Alert (Government Code § 8594.10): (a)The missing person is 65 years of age or older, developmentally disabled or cognitively impaired. (b)The department has utilized all available local resources. (c)The investigating officer or supervisor has determined that the person is missing under unexplained or suspicious circumstances. (d)The investigating officer or supervisor believes that the person is in danger because of age, health, mental or physical disability, environment or weather conditions, that the person is in the company of a potentially dangerous person, or that there are other factors indicating that the person may be in peril. (e)There is information available that, if disseminated to the public, could assist in the safe recovery of the missing person. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Alerts - 196 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Alerts 319.5.2 PROCEDURE FOR SILVER ALERT Requests for a Silver Alert shall be made through the California Highway Patrol (Government Code § 8594.10). 319.6 MUTUAL AID The experiences of other law enforcement jurisdictions that have implemented similar plans indicate a public alert will generate a high volume of telephone calls to the handling agency. The Sheriff's Department emergency communications facilities and staff can be made available in the event of a high call volume. If the Shift Supervisor or Detective Bureau Supervisor elects to use the services of the Sheriff's Department, the following will apply: (a)Notify the Sheriff's Department Shift Supervisor of the incident and the request for assistance. The Shift Supervisor will provide a telephone number for the public to call. (b)In the press release, direct the public to the telephone number provided by the Sheriff's Department Shift Supervisor. (c)The Public Information Officer will continue to handle all press releases and media inquiries. Any press inquiries received by the Sheriff's Department will be referred back to this department. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety shall assign a minimum of two detectives/officers to respond to the Sheriff's Department emergency communications facility to screen and relay information and any clues received from incoming calls. As circumstances dictate, more staff resources from the handling law enforcement agency may be necessary to assist the staff at the emergency communications facility. 319.7 ADDITIONAL ALERTS FOR PUBLIC SAFETY EMERGENCIES Additional public safety emergency alerts may be authorized that utilize wireless emergency alert system (WEA) and emergency alert system (EAS) equipment for alerting and warning the public to protect lives and save property (Government Code § 8593.7). 319.7.1 CRITERIA Public safety emergency alerts may be issued to alert or warn the public about events including but not limited to: (a)Evacuation orders (including evacuation routes, shelter information, key information). (b)Shelter-in-place guidance due to severe weather. (c)Terrorist threats. (d)HazMat incidents. 319.7.2 PROCEDURE Public safety emergency alerts should be activated by following the guidelines issued by the Office of Emergency Services (Government Code § 8593.7). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Alerts - 197 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Alerts 319.8 YELLOW ALERT A Yellow Alert may be issued when a person is killed due to a hit-and-run incident and the department has specified information concerning the suspect or the suspect's vehicle (Government Code § 8594.15). 319.8.1 CRITERIA FOR YELLOW ALERT All of the following conditions must be met before activating a Yellow Alert (Government Code § 8594.15): (a)A person has been killed due to a hit-and-run incident. (b)There is an indication that a suspect has fled the scene utilizing the state highway system or is likely to be observed by the public on the state highway system. (c)The department has additional information concerning the suspect or the suspect's vehicle including but not limited to the following: 1.The complete license plate number of the suspect's vehicle. 2.A partial license plate number and additional unique identifying characteristics, such as the make, model, and color of the suspect's vehicle, which could reasonably lead to the apprehension of a suspect. 3.The identity of a suspect. 4.Public dissemination of available information could either help avert further harm or accelerate apprehension of a suspect based on any factor, including but not limited to the time elapsed between a hit-and-run incident and the request or the likelihood that an activation would reasonably lead to the apprehension of a suspect. 319.8.2 PROCEDURE FOR YELLOW ALERT Requests for a Yellow Alert shall be made through the California Highway Patrol (Government Code § 8594.15). 319.9 FEATHER ALERT A Feather Alert may be issued when an indigenous person is reported missing under unexplained or suspicious circumstances (Government Code § 8594.13). 319.9.1 CRITERIA FOR FEATHER ALERT All of the following conditions must be met before activating a Feather Alert (Government Code § 8594.13): (a)The missing person is an indigenous person. (b)The Department has utilized local and tribal resources. (c)The investigating officer has determined the person has gone missing under unexplained or suspicious circumstances. (d)The investigating officer or supervisor believes that the person is in danger because of age, health, mental or physical disability, environment or weather conditions, that Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Alerts - 198 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Alerts the person is in the company of a potentially dangerous person, or that there are other factors indicating that the person may be in peril. (e)There is information available that, if disseminated to the public, could assist in the safe recovery of the missing person. 319.9.2 PROCEDURE FOR FEATHER ALERT Requests for a Feather Alert shall be made through the California Highway Patrol (Government Code § 8594.13). 319.10 ENDANGERED MISSING ADVISORY An Endangered Missing Advisory may be requested when a person is reported missing who is developmentally disabled, or cognitively impaired, or has been abducted, or is unable to otherwise care for themselves, placing their physical safety at risk (Government Code § 8594.11). 319.10.1 CRITERIA FOR ENDANGERED MISSING ADVISORY All of the following conditions must be met before activating an Endangered Missing Advisory (Government Code § 8594.11): (a)The missing person is developmentally disabled, cognitively impaired, has been abducted or is otherwise unable to care for themselves, placing their physical safety at risk. (b)The Department has utilized all available local resources. (c)The investigating officer has determined the person has gone missing under unexplained or suspicious circumstances. (d)The investigating officer or supervisor believes that the person is in danger because of age, health, mental or physical disability, environment or weather conditions, that the person is in the company of a potentially dangerous person, or that there are other factors indicating that the person may be in peril. (e)There is information available that, if disseminated to the public, could assist in the safe recovery of the missing person. 319.10.2 PROCEDURE FOR ENDANGERED MISSING ADVISORIES Requests for an endangered missing advisory shall be made through the California Highway Patrol (Government Code § 8594.11). 319.11 EBONY ALERT An Ebony Alert may be requested when it is determined the alert would be an effective tool in the investigation of missing Black youth, including a young woman or girl (Government Code § 8594.14). 319.11.1 CRITERIA FOR EBONY ALERT The investigating officer may consider the following factors to make the determination that an Ebony Alert would be an effective tool (Government Code § 8594.14): (a)The missing person is between the ages of 12 and 25 years old, inclusive. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Alerts - 199 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Alerts (b)The missing person is missing under circumstances that indicate their physical safety is endangered or they have been subject to trafficking. (c)The missing person suffers from a mental or physical disability. (d)Determination that the person has gone missing under unexplained or suspicious circumstances. (e)Belief that the person is in danger because of age, health, mental or physical disability, environment or weather conditions, that the person is in the company of a potentially dangerous person, or that there are other factors indicating that the person may be in peril. (f)The Department has utilized all available local resources. (g)There is information available that, if disseminated to the public, could assist in the safe recovery of the missing person. 319.11.2 PROCEDURE FOR EBONY ALERT Requests for an Ebony Alert shall be made through the California Highway Patrol (Government Code § 8594.14). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Alerts - 200 Policy 320 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Victim and Witness Assistance 320.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to ensure that crime victims and witnesses receive appropriate assistance, that they are provided with information from government and private resources, and that the agency meets all related legal mandates. 320.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to providing guidance and assistance to the victims and witnesses of crime. The members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will show compassion and understanding for victims and witnesses and will make reasonable efforts to provide the support and information identified in this policy. 320.3 CRIME VICTIM LIAISON The Director of Public Safety shall appoint a member of the Department to serve as the crime victim liaison (2 CCR 649.36). The crime victim liaison will be the point of contact for individuals requiring further assistance or information from the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety regarding benefits from crime victim resources. This person shall also be responsible for maintaining compliance with all legal mandates related to crime victims and/or witnesses. 320.3.1 CRIME VICTIM LIAISON DUTIES The crime victim liaison is specifically tasked with the following: (a)Developing and implementing written procedures for notifying and providing forms for filing with the California Victim Compensation Board (CalVCB) to crime victims, their dependents, or family. Access to information or an application for victim compensation shall not be denied based on the victim's or derivative victim's designation as a gang member, associate, or affiliate, or on the person's documentation or immigration status (Government Code § 13962; 2 CCR 649.35; 2 CCR 649.36). (b)Responding to inquiries concerning the procedures for filing a claim with CalVCB (2 CCR 649.36). (c)Providing copies of crime reports requested by CalVCB or victim witness assistance centers. Disclosure of reports must comply with the Records Maintenance and Release Policy. (d)Annually providing CalVCB with the crime victim liaison's contact information (Government Code § 13962). (e)Developing in consultation with sexual assault experts a sexual assault victim card explaining the rights of victims under California law (Penal Code § 680.2). 1.Ensuring that sufficient copies of the rights of sexual assault victim card are provided to each provider of medical evidentiary examinations or physical examinations arising out of sexual assault in the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety jurisdiction (Penal Code § 680.2). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Victim and Witness Assistance - 201 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Victim and Witness Assistance (f)Providing information required by Penal Code § 679.09 of a deceased minor to a parent or guardian of the minor whose death is being investigated. 1.In cases where the parent or guardian of the deceased minor cannot be located, information required by Penal Code § 679.09 shall be provided to the victim's immediate family, upon their request. (g)Providing notification to victims of human trafficking or abuse of their right to have a human trafficking advocate and a support person that the victim chooses present during an interview by the Department, prosecutor, or the suspect's defense attorney (Penal Code § 236.21). 320.4 CRIME VICTIMS Officers should provide all victims with the applicable victim information handouts. Officers should never guarantee a victim’s safety from future harm but may make practical safety suggestions to victims who express fear of future harm or retaliation. Officers should never guarantee that a person qualifies as a victim for the purpose of compensation or restitution but may direct him/her to the proper written department material or available victim resources. 320.4.1 VICTIMS OF HUMAN TRAFFICKING Officers investigating or receiving a report involving a victim of human trafficking shall inform the victim, or the victim’s parent or guardian if the victim is a minor, that upon the request of the victim the names and images of the victim and his/her immediate family members may be withheld from becoming a matter of public record until the conclusion of the investigation or prosecution (Penal Code § 293). 320.5 VICTIM INFORMATION The Administration Supervisor shall ensure that victim information handouts are available and current. These should include as appropriate: (a)Shelters and other community resources for victims of domestic violence. (b)Community resources for victims of sexual assault. (c)Assurance that sexual assault victims will not incur out-of-pocket expenses for forensic medical exams, and information about evidence collection, storage, and preservation in sexual assault cases (34 USC § 10449; 34 USC § 20109; Penal Code § 13823.95(a)). (d)An explanation that victims of sexual assault who seek a standardized medical evidentiary examination shall not be required to participate or agree to participate in the criminal justice system, either prior to the examination or at any other time (Penal Code § 13823.95(b)). (e)An advisement that a person who was arrested may be released on bond or some other form of release and that the victim should not rely upon an arrest as a guarantee of safety. (f)A clear explanation of relevant court orders and how they can be obtained. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Victim and Witness Assistance - 202 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Victim and Witness Assistance (g)Information regarding available compensation for qualifying victims of crime (Government Code § 13962). (h)VINE® information (Victim Information and Notification Everyday), including the telephone number and whether this free service is available to allow victims to check on an offender’s custody status and to register for automatic notification when a person is released from jail. (i)Notice regarding U visa and T visa application processes. (j)Resources available for victims of identity theft. (k)A place for the officer’s name, badge number, and any applicable case or incident number. (l)The "Victims of Domestic Violence" card containing the names, phone numbers, or local county hotlines of local shelters for battered women and rape victim counseling centers within the county and their 24-hour counseling service telephone numbers (Penal Code § 264.2). (m)The rights of sexual assault victims card with the required information as provided in Penal Code § 680.2. (n)Any additional information required by state law (Penal Code § 13701; Penal Code § 679.02; Penal Code § 679.04; Penal Code § 679.05; Penal Code § 679.026). 320.6 WITNESSES Officers should never guarantee a witness’ safety from future harm or that his/her identity will always remain confidential. Officers may make practical safety suggestions to witnesses who express fear of future harm or retaliation. Officers should investigate allegations of witness intimidation and take enforcement action when lawful and reasonable. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Victim and Witness Assistance - 203 Policy 321 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes 321.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy is designed to assist in identifying and handling crimes motivated by hate or other bias toward individuals and groups with legally defined protected characteristics, to define appropriate steps for assisting victims, and to provide a guide to conducting related investigations. It outlines the general policy framework for prevention, response, accessing assistance, victim assistance and follow-up, and reporting as related to law enforcement's role in handling hate crimes. It also serves as a declaration that hate crimes are taken seriously and demonstrates how the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety may best use its resources to investigate and solve an offense, in addition to building community trust and increasing police legitimacy (Penal Code § 13519.6; Penal Code § 422.87). 321.1.1 DEFINITION AND LAWS In accordance with Penal Code § 422.55; Penal Code § 422.56; Penal Code § 422.6; and Penal Code § 422.87, for purposes of all other state law, unless an explicit provision of law or the context clearly requires a different meaning, the following shall apply: Bias motivation - Bias motivation is a pre-existing negative attitude toward actual or perceived characteristics referenced in Penal Code § 422.55. Depending on the circumstances of each case, bias motivation may include but is not limited to hatred, animosity, discriminatory selection of victims, resentment, revulsion, contempt, unreasonable fear, paranoia, callousness, thrill-seeking, desire for social dominance, desire for social bonding with those of one's "own kind," or a perception of the vulnerability of the victim due to the victim being perceived as being weak, worthless, or fair game because of a protected characteristic, including but not limited to disability or gender. Disability - Disability includes mental disability and physical disability as defined in Government Code § 12926, regardless of whether those disabilities are temporary, permanent, congenital, or acquired by heredity, accident, injury, advanced age, or illness. Disability bias - In recognizing suspected disability-bias hate crimes, officers should consider whether there is any indication that the perpetrator was motivated by hostility or other bias, occasioned by factors such as but not limited to dislike of persons who arouse fear or guilt, a perception that persons with disabilities are inferior and therefore "deserving victims," a fear of persons whose visible traits are perceived as being disturbing to others, or resentment of those who need, demand, or receive alternative educational, physical, or social accommodations. In recognizing suspected disability-bias hate crimes, officers should consider whether there is any indication that the perpetrator perceived the victim to be vulnerable and, if so, if this perception is grounded, in whole or in part, in anti-disability bias. This includes but is not limited to situations where a perpetrator targets a person with a particular perceived disability while avoiding other vulnerable-appearing persons, such as inebriated persons or persons with perceived disabilities different from those of the victim. Such circumstances could be evidence that the perpetrator's Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 204 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes motivations included bias against persons with the perceived disability of the victim and that the crime must be reported as a suspected hate crime and not a mere crime of opportunity. Gender - Gender means sex and includes a person's gender identity and gender expression. Gender expression -Gender expression means a person's gender-related appearance and behavior, regardless of whether it is stereotypically associated with the person's assigned sex at birth. Gender identity - Gender identity means each person's internal understanding of their gender, or the perception of a person's gender identity, which may include male, female, a combination of male and female, neither male nor female, a gender different from the person's sex assigned at birth, or transgender (2 CCR § 11030). Hate crime - "Hate crime" includes but is not limited to a violation of Penal Code § 422.6, and means a criminal act committed, in whole or in part, because of one or more of the following actual or perceived characteristics of the victim: (a)Disability (b)Gender (c)Nationality (d)Race or ethnicity (e)Religion (f)Sexual orientation (g)Association with a person or group with one or more of these actual or perceived characteristics: 1."Association with a person or group with one or more of these actual or perceived characteristics" includes advocacy for, identification with, or being on the premises owned or rented by, or adjacent to, any of the following: a community center, educational facility, family, individual, office, meeting hall, place of worship, private institution, public agency, library, or other entity, group, or person that has, or is identified with people who have, one or more of the characteristics listed in the definition of "hate crime" under paragraphs 1 to 6, inclusive, of Penal Code § 422.55(a). Note: A "hate crime" need not be motivated by hate but may be motivated by any bias against a protected characteristic. Hate incident - A hate incident is an action or behavior motivated by hate or bias but legally protected by the First Amendment right to freedom of expression. Examples of hate incidents include: •Name-calling •Insults and epithets •Distributing hate material in public places Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 205 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes •Displaying hate material on your own property Hate speech - The First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution protects most speech, even when it is disagreeable, offensive, or hurtful. The following types of speech are generally not protected: •Fighting words •True threats •Perjury •Blackmail •Incitement to lawless action •Conspiracy •Solicitation to commit any crime In whole or in part - "In whole or in part because of" means that the bias motivation must be a cause in fact of the offense whether or not other causes also exist. When multiple concurrent motives exist, the prohibited bias must be a substantial factor in bringing about the particular result. There is no requirement that the bias be a main factor, or that a crime would not have been committed but for the actual or perceived characteristic. Nationality - Nationality means country of origin, immigration status, including citizenship, and national origin. Race or ethnicity - Race or ethnicity includes ancestry, color, and ethnic background. Religion - Religion includes all aspects of religious belief, observance, and practice and includes agnosticism and atheism. Religious bias - In recognizing suspected religion-bias hate crimes, officers should consider whether there were targeted attacks on, or biased references to, symbols of importance to a particular religion or articles considered of spiritual significance in a particular religion (e.g., crosses, hijabs, Stars of David, turbans, head coverings, statues of the Buddha). Sexual orientation - Sexual orientation means heterosexuality, homosexuality, or bisexuality. Victim - Victim includes but is not limited to: •Community center •Educational facility •Entity •Family •Group •Individual •Office Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 206 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes •Meeting hall •Person •Place of worship •Private institution •Public agency •Library •Other victim or intended victim of the offense 321.2 POLICY It is the policy of this department to safeguard the rights of all individuals irrespective of their disability, gender, nationality, race or ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation, and/or association with a person or group with one or more of these actual or perceived characteristics. Any acts or threats of violence, property damage, harassment, intimidation, or other crimes motivated by hate or bias should be viewed very seriously and given high priority. This department will employ reasonably available resources and vigorous law enforcement action to identify and arrest hate crime perpetrators. Also, recognizing the particular fears and distress typically suffered by victims, the potential for reprisal and escalation of violence, and the far- reaching negative consequences of these crimes on the community, this department should take all reasonable steps to attend to the security and related concerns of the immediate victims and their families as feasible. All officers are required to be familiar with the policy and use reasonable diligence to carry out the policy unless directed by the Director of Public Safety or other command-level officer to whom the Director of Public Safety formally delegates this responsibility. 321.3 PLANNING AND PREVENTION In order to facilitate the guidelines contained within this policy, department members will continuously work to build and strengthen relationships with the community, engage in dialogue, and provide education to the community about this policy. Department personnel are also encouraged to learn about the inherent issues concerning their communities in relation to hate crimes. Although hate incidents are not criminal events, they can be indicators of, or precursors to, hate crimes. Hate incidents should be investigated and documented as part of an overall strategy to prevent hate crimes. 321.3.1 HATE CRIMES COORDINATOR A department member appointed by the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee will serve as the Hate Crimes Coordinator. The responsibilities of the Hate Crimes Coordinator should include but not be limited to (Penal Code § 422.87): Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 207 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes (a)Meeting with residents in target communities to allay fears; emphasizing the department's concern over hate crimes and related incidents; reducing the potential for counter-violence; and providing safety, security, and crime-prevention information. Cultural diversity education and immersion programs (if available) could facilitate this process. (b)Finding, evaluating, and monitoring public social media sources to identify possible suspects in reported hate crimes; to identify suspects or suspect groups in future hate crimes or hate incidents affecting individuals, groups, or communities that may be victimized; and to predict future hate-based events. (c)Providing direct and referral assistance to the victim and the victim's family. (d)Conducting public meetings on hate crime threats and violence in general. (e)Establishing relationships with formal community-based organizations and leaders. (f)Expanding, where appropriate, preventive programs such as hate, bias, and crime- reduction seminars for students. (g)Reviewing the Attorney General's latest opinion on hate crime statistics and targets in order to prepare and plan for future crimes, specifically for Arab/Middle Eastern and Muslim communities (Penal Code § 13519.6(b)(8)). (h)Providing orientation of and with communities of specific targeted victims such as immigrant, Muslim, Arab, LGBTQ, Black or African-American, Jewish, and Sikh persons and persons with disabilities. (i)Coordinating with the Training Coordinator to develop a schedule of required hate-crime training and include in a training plan recognition of hate crime bias characteristics, including information on general underreporting of hate crimes. (j)Verifying a process is in place to provide this policy and related orders to officers in the field and taking reasonable steps to rectify the situation if such a process is not in place. (k)Taking reasonable steps to ensure hate crime data is provided to the Records Bureau for mandated reporting to the Department of Justice. 1.Ensure the California Department of Justice crime data is posted monthly on the department website (Penal Code § 13023). (l)Reporting any suspected multi-mission extremist crimes to the department Terrorism Liaison Officer, the assigned designee, or other appropriate resource; and verifying that such data is transmitted to the Joint Regional Information Exchange System in accordance with the protocols of the Records Bureau Policy. (m)Maintaining the department's supply of up-to-date hate crimes brochures (Penal Code § 422.92; Penal Code § 422.87). (n)Submitting required hate crime materials to the California Department of Justice in accordance with the timeline established by state law (Penal Code § 13023). (o)Annually assessing this policy, including: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 208 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes 1.Keeping abreast of POST model policy framework for hate crimes for revisions or additions, including definitions, responsibilities, training resources, the supplemental hate crime report, and planning and prevention methods. 2.Analysis of the department's data collection as well as the available outside data (e.g., annual California Attorney General's report on hate crime) in preparation for and response to future hate crimes. 321.3.2 RELEASE OF INFORMATION Establishing a relationship with stakeholders, before any incident occurs, to develop a network and protocol for disclosure often assists greatly in any disclosure. The benefit of public disclosure of hate crime incidents includes: (a)Dissemination of correct information. (b)Assurance to affected communities or groups that the matter is being properly and promptly investigated. (c)The ability to request information regarding the commission of the crimes from the victimized community. Information or records relating to hate crimes subject to public disclosure shall be released as provided by the Records Maintenance and Release Policy or as allowed by law. In accordance with the Media Relations Policy, the supervisor, public information officer, or the authorized designee should be provided with information that can be responsibly reported to the media. When appropriate, the department spokesperson should reiterate that hate crimes will not be tolerated, will be investigated seriously, and will be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law. The Department should consider the following when releasing information to the public regarding hate crimes and hate incidents that have been reported within the jurisdiction: •Inform community organizations in a timely manner when a community group has been the target of a hate crime. •Inform the community of the impact of these crimes on the victim, the victim’s family, and the community, and of the assistance and compensation available to victims. •Inform the community regarding hate crime law and the legal rights of, and remedies available to, victims of hate crimes. •Provide the community with ongoing information regarding hate crimes and/or hate incidents. 321.4 RESPONSE, VICTIM ASSISTANCE, AND FOLLOW-UP 321.4.1 INITIAL RESPONSE First responding officers should know the role of all department personnel as they relate to the department's investigation of hate crimes and/or incidents. Responding officers should evaluate the need for additional assistance and, working with supervision and/or investigations, access needed assistance if applicable. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 209 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes At the scene of a suspected hate or bias crime, officers should take preliminary actions reasonably deemed necessary, including but not limited to the following: (a)Use agency checklist (per Penal Code § 422.87) to assist in the investigation of any hate crime (see Appendix). (b)Stabilize the victims and request medical attention when necessary. (c)Properly protect the safety of victims, witnesses, and perpetrators. 1.Assist victims in seeking a Temporary Restraining Order (if applicable). (d)Notify other appropriate personnel in the chain of command, depending on the nature and seriousness of the offense and its potential inflammatory and related impact on the community. (e)Properly protect, preserve, and process the crime scene, and remove all physical evidence of the incident as soon as possible after the offense is documented. If evidence of an inflammatory nature cannot be physically removed, the property owner should be contacted to facilitate removal or covering as soon as reasonably possible. Department personnel should follow up with the property owner to determine if this was accomplished in a timely manner. (f)Collect and photograph physical evidence or indicators of hate crimes such as: 1.Hate literature. 2.Spray paint cans. 3.Threatening letters. 4.Symbols used by hate groups. (g)Identify criminal evidence on the victim. (h)Request the assistance of translators or interpreters when needed to establish effective communication with witnesses, victims, or others as appropriate. (i)Conduct a preliminary investigation and record pertinent information including but not limited to: 1.Identity of suspected perpetrators. 2.Identity of witnesses, including those no longer at the scene. 3.The offer of victim confidentiality per Government Code § 7923.615. 4.Prior occurrences in this area or with this victim. 5.Statements made by suspects; exact wording is critical. 6.The victim's protected characteristics and determine if bias was a motivation "in whole or in part" in the commission of the crime. (j)Adhere to Penal Code § 422.93, which protects hate crime victims and witnesses from being reported to federal immigration authorities if they have not committed any crime under state law. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 210 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes (k)Provide information regarding immigration remedies available to victims of crime (e.g., U-Visa, T-Visa, S-Visa). (l)Provide the department's Hate Crimes Brochure (per Penal Code § 422.92) if asked, if necessary, or per policy. (m)Utilize proper techniques for interviewing people with disabilities and be aware of and provide appropriate accommodations (e.g., ADA standards, Braille, visuals, translators for the deaf or hard of hearing). (n)Document any suspected multi-mission extremist crimes. 321.4.2 INVESTIGATION Investigators at the scene of, or performing follow-up investigation on, a suspected hate or bias crime or hate incident should take all actions deemed reasonably necessary, including but not limited to the following: (a)Consider typologies of perpetrators of hate crimes and incidents, including but not limited to thrill, reactive/defensive, and mission (hard core). (b)Utilize investigative techniques and methods to handle hate crimes or hate incidents in a professional manner. (c)Utilize proper techniques for interviewing people with disabilities and be aware of and provide appropriate accommodations (e.g., ADA standards, Braille, visuals, translators for the deaf or hard of hearing). (d)Properly investigate any report of a hate crime committed under the color of authority per Penal Code § 422.6 and Penal Code § 13519.6. (e)Document physical evidence or indicators of hate crimes, in accordance with the provisions of the Property and Evidence Policy, such as: 1.Hate literature. 2.Spray paint cans. 3.Threatening letters. 4.Symbols used by hate groups. 5.Desecration of religious symbols, objects, or buildings. (f)Request the assistance of translators or interpreters when needed to establish effective communication. (g)Conduct a preliminary investigation and record information regarding: 1.Identity of suspected perpetrators. 2.Identity of witnesses, including those no longer at the scene. 3.Offer of victim confidentiality per Government Code § 7923.615. 4.Prior occurrences, in this area or with this victim. 5.Statements made by suspects; exact wording is critical. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 211 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes 6.Document the victim's protected characteristics. (h)Provide victim assistance and follow-up. (i)Canvass the area for additional witnesses. (j)Examine suspect's social media activity for potential evidence of bias motivation. (k)Coordinate the investigation with department, state, and regional intelligence operations. These sources can provide the investigator with an analysis of any patterns, organized hate groups, and suspects potentially involved in the offense. (l)Coordinate the investigation with the crime scene investigation unit (if applicable) or other appropriate units of the Department. (m)Determine if the incident should be classified as a hate crime. (n)Take reasonable steps to provide appropriate assistance to hate crime victims, including the following measures: 1.Contact victims periodically to determine whether they are receiving adequate and appropriate assistance. 2.Provide ongoing information to victims about the status of the criminal investigation. 3.Provide victims and any other interested persons the brochure on hate crimes per Penal Code § 422.92 and information on any local advocacy groups (if asked). (o)Document any suspected multi-mission extremist crimes. (p)Coordinate with other law enforcement agencies in the area to assess patterns of hate crimes and/or hate incidents, and determine if organized hate groups are involved. 321.4.3 SUPERVISION The supervisor shall confer with the initial responding officer and take reasonable steps to ensure that necessary preliminary actions have been taken. The supervisor shall request any appropriate personnel necessary to accomplish the following: (a)Provide immediate assistance to the crime victim by: 1.Expressing the department's official position on the importance of these cases and the measures that will be taken to apprehend the perpetrators. 2.Expressing the department's interest in protecting victims' anonymity (confidentiality forms, Government Code § 7923.615) to the extent reasonably possible. Allow the victims to convey their immediate concerns and feelings. 3.Identifying individuals or agencies that may provide victim assistance and support. Local victim assistance resources may include family members or close acquaintances, clergy, or a department chaplain, as well as community service agencies that provide shelter, food, clothing, child care, or other related services (per Penal Code § 422.92). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 212 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crimes (b)Take reasonable steps to ensure that all relevant facts are documented on an incident and/or arrest report and make an initial determination as to whether the incident should be classified as a hate crime for federal and state bias-crimes reporting purposes. (c)Notify other appropriate personnel in the chain of command, depending on the nature and seriousness of the offense and its potential inflammatory and related impact on the community. (d)In cases of large-scale hate crime waves, or in circumstances where the potential exists for subsequent hate crimes or incidents, consider directing resources to protect vulnerable sites (such as assigning an officer to specific locations that could become targets). (e)Verify hate crimes are being properly reported, including reporting to the Department of Justice, pursuant to Penal Code § 13023. (f)Verify adherence to Penal Code § 422.93, which protects hate crime victims and witnesses from being reported to federal immigration authorities if they have not committed any crime under state law. Supervisors should also be aware of the immigration remedies available to victims of crime (e.g., U-Visa, T-Visa, S-Visa). (g)Respond to and properly initiate an investigation of any reports of hate crimes committed under the color of authority. (h)Provide appropriate assistance, including activating the California Department of Justice hate crime rapid response protocol if necessary. For additional information refer to the California Department of Justice website. (i)Verify reporting of any suspected multi-mission extremist crimes to the agency Hate Crimes Coordinator. (j)Make a final determination as to whether the incident should be classified as a hate crime and forward to the Director of Public Safety for approval. 321.5 TRAINING All members of this department will receive POST-approved training on hate crime recognition and investigation as provided by Penal Code § 13519.6. Training should include (Penal Code § 422.87): (a)Recognition of bias motivators such as ranges of attitudes and perceptions toward a specific characteristic or group, including disability bias, gender bias, and religion bias. (b)Accurate reporting by officers, including information on the general underreporting of hate crimes. (c)Distribution of hate crime brochures. 321.6 APPENDIX See attachments: Statutes and Legal Requirements.pdf Hate Crime Checklist.pdf Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crimes - 213 Policy 322 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct 322.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes standards of conduct that are consistent with the values and mission of this department and are expected of its members. The standards contained in this policy are not intended to be an exhaustive list of requirements and prohibitions but they do identify many of the important matters concerning member conduct. Members are subject to provisions contained throughout this manual as well as the City Manager's Administrative Policy No. 1 - Personnel Rules & Regulations, the Department of Public Safety Personnel Rules & Regulations, and any additional guidance on conduct that may be disseminated by the Department or the member's supervisors. This policy applies to all employees (full- and part-time), reserve officers and volunteers. The purpose of any disciplinary action is to eliminate, stop or correct unacceptable behavior. This may be accomplished by training, counselling, and/or other means via the progressive discipline process, as appropriate. 322.2 DIRECT ORDERS Supervisors shall not knowingly issue orders or directives that, if carried out, would result in a violation of any law or department policy. Supervisors should not issue orders that conflict with any previous order without making reasonable clarification that the new order is intended to countermand the earlier order. No member is required to obey any order that appears to be in direct conflict with any federal law, state law or local ordinance. Following a known unlawful order is not a defense and does not relieve the member from criminal or civil prosecution or administrative discipline. If the legality of an order is in doubt, the affected member shall ask the issuing supervisor to clarify the order or shall confer with a higher authority. The responsibility for refusal to obey rests with the member, who shall subsequently be required to justify the refusal. Unless it would jeopardize the safety of any individual, members who are presented with a lawful order that is in conflict with a previous lawful order, department policy or other directive shall respectfully inform the issuing supervisor of the conflict. The issuing supervisor is responsible for either resolving the conflict or clarifying that the lawful order is intended to countermand the previous lawful order or directive, in which case the member is obliged to comply. Members who are compelled to follow a conflicting lawful order after having given the issuing supervisor the opportunity to correct the conflict, will not be held accountable for disobedience of the lawful order or directive that was initially issued. The person countermanding the original order shall notify, in writing, the person issuing the original order, indicating the action taken and the reason. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 214 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct 322.3 DISCIPLINE POLICY Members shall conduct themselves, whether on- or off-duty, in accordance with the United States and California constitutions and all applicable laws, ordinances, and rules enacted or established pursuant to legal authority. Members shall familiarize themselves with policies and procedures and are responsible for compliance with each. Members should seek clarification and guidance from supervisors in the event of any perceived ambiguity or uncertainty. Discipline may be initiated for any good cause. It is not mandatory that a specific policy or rule violation be cited to sustain discipline. This policy is not intended to cover every possible type of misconduct. 322.4 CONDUCT WHICH MAY RESULT IN DISCIPLINE The following list of causes for disciplinary action constitutes a portion of the disciplinary standards of this department. Additional examples may be found in the City of Rohnert Park City Manager's Administrative Policy#1, Personnel Rules & Regulations and the Department of Public Safety Rules & Regulations. This list is not intended to cover every possible type of misconduct and does not preclude the recommendation of disciplinary action for specific action or inaction that is detrimental to efficient department service: 322.4.1 ATTENDANCE (a)Leaving job to which assigned during duty hours without reasonable excuse and proper permission and approval. (b)Unexcused or unauthorized absence or tardiness on scheduled day(s) of work. (c)Failure to report to work or to place of assignment at time specified and fully prepared to perform duties without reasonable excuse. (d)Failure to notify the Department within 24 hours of any change in residence address, primary contact phone number, or marital status. 322.4.2 CONDUCT (a)Unauthorized or unlawful fighting, threatening or attempting to inflict unlawful bodily injury on another. (b)Initiating any civil action for recovery of any damages or injuries incurred in the course and scope of employment without first notifying the Director of Public Safety of such action. (c)Using department resources in association with any portion of an independent civil action. These resources include, but are not limited to, personnel, vehicles, equipment and non-subpoenaed records. (d)Engaging in horseplay resulting in injury or property damage or the reasonable possibility thereof. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 215 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (e)Unauthorized possession of, loss of or damage to department property or the property of others, or endangering it through unreasonable carelessness or maliciousness. (f)Failure of any employee to promptly and fully report activities on their own part or the part of any other employee where such activities may result in criminal prosecution or discipline under this policy. (g)Failure of any employee to promptly and fully report activities that have resulted in official contact by any other law enforcement agency. (h)Using or disclosing one's status as an employee with the Department in any way that could reasonably be perceived as an attempt to gain influence or authority for non- department business or activity. (i)The use of any information, photograph, video or other recording obtained or accessed as a result of employment with the Department for personal or financial gain or without the express authorization of the Director of Public Safety or a designee may result in discipline under this policy. (j)Seeking restraining orders against individuals encountered in the line of duty without the express permission of the Director of Public Safety. (k)Discourteous, disrespectful or discriminatory treatment of any member of the public or any member of this department. (l)Employees shall at all times be courteous and civil to the public and to one another. Employees are not required to be subjected to verbal abuse. (m)Unwelcome solicitation of a personal or sexual relationship while on-duty or through the use of one's official capacity. (n)Engaging in on-duty sexual relations including, but not limited to, sexual intercourse, excessive displays of public affection or other sexual contact. (o)Any act tending to bring reproach or discredit upon the department or the City of Rohnert Park. Conduct unbecoming an employee shall include that which reflects discredit upon the employee as a representative of the department or which tends to impair the operation and efficiency of the department. (p)The willful refusal to obey a lawful order given either verbally or in writing to a subordinate. A lawful order shall be followed regardless of the method of conveyance. 322.4.3 DISCRIMINATION Discriminate against any person because of age, race, color, creed, religion, sex, sexual orientation, national origin, ancestry, marital status, physical or mental disability or medical condition. 322.4.4 INTOXICANTS (a)Reporting for work or being at work following the use of intoxicants where such use may impair the employee's ability to perform assigned duties or where there is an immediate suspicion of ineffectiveness during public contact resulting from the use of intoxicants Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 216 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (b)No employee while off duty shall drink an alcoholic beverage to an extent which renders him/her unfit to report for his next regular tour of duty; or which results in the commission of an obnoxious or offensive act which might tend to bring discredit upon the department. (c)Unauthorized possession or use of, or attempting to bring intoxicants to the work site, except as authorized in the performance of an official assignment. (d)Reporting for work or being at work following the use of a "controlled substance" or any drug (whether legally prescribed or otherwise) where such use may impair the employee's ability to perform assigned duties (e)Unauthorized possession, use of, or attempting to bring controlled substance or other illegal drug to any work site 322.4.5 PERFORMANCE (a)Unauthorized sleeping during on-duty time or assignments. (b)Careless workmanship resulting in spoilage or waste of materials or work of an unacceptable nature as applicable to the nature of the work assigned. (c)Unsatisfactory work performance including, but not limited to, failure, incompetence, inefficiency or delay in performing and/or carrying out proper orders, work assignments or instructions of supervisors without a reasonable and bona fide excuse. (d)Concealing, attempting to conceal, removing or destroying defective or incompetent work. (e)Disobedience or insubordination to constituted authorities, including refusal or deliberate failure to carry out or follow lawful directives and orders from any supervisor or person in a position of authority. (f)The wrongful or unlawful exercise of authority on the part of any employee for malicious purpose, personal gain, willful deceit or any other improper purpose. (g)Disparaging remarks or conduct concerning duly constituted authority to the extent that such conduct disrupts the efficiency of the Department or subverts the good order, efficiency and discipline of the Department or which would tend to discredit any member thereof. (h)Knowingly making false, misleading or malicious statements that are reasonably calculated to harm or destroy the reputation, authority or official standing of the Department or members thereof. (i)The falsification of any work-related records, the making of misleading entries or statements with the intent to deceive, or the willful and unauthorized destruction and/ or mutilation of any department record, book, paper or document. (j)Wrongfully loaning, selling, giving away, appropriating or using any department property for the personal use of the employee or any unauthorized person. (k)The unauthorized use of any badge, uniform, identification card or other department equipment or property for personal gain or any other improper purpose. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 217 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (l)The receipt or acceptance of a reward, fee or gift from any person for service incident to the performance of the employee's duties (lawful subpoena fees and authorized work permits excepted). (m)Any knowing or negligent violation of the provisions of the department manual, operating procedures or other written directive of an authorized supervisor. The Department shall make this manual available to all employees. Employees shall familiarize themselves with this manual and be responsible for compliance with each of the policies contained herein. (n)Work-related dishonesty, including attempted or actual theft of department property, services or the property of others, or the unauthorized removal or possession of department property or the property of another person. (o)Criminal, dishonest, infamous or disgraceful conduct adversely affecting the employee/employer relationship, whether on- or off-duty. (p)Failure to disclose or misrepresenting material facts, or the making of any false or misleading statement on any application, examination form, or other official document, report or form or during the course of any work-related investigation. (q)Failure to take reasonable action while on-duty and when required by law, statute, resolution or approved department practices or procedures. (r)Associating with or joining a criminal gang, organized crime and/or criminal syndicate when a department member knew or reasonably should have known of the criminal nature of the organization. This includes any organization involved in a definable criminal activity or enterprise, except as specifically directed and authorized by the Department. (s)Employees shall not belong to or participate in the activities of any organization, association, society or other group, the activities or purpose of which is subversive in nature; or which in any way may adversely influence or control the work or service of such employees in their official capacity. (t)Offer or acceptance of a bribe or gratuity. (u)Misappropriation or misuse of public funds. (v)Exceeding lawful peace officer powers by unreasonable, unlawful or excessive conduct. (w)Unlawful gambling or unlawful betting at any time or any place. Legal gambling or betting under any of the following conditions: while on department premises; at any work site; while on-duty or while in uniform; or while using any department equipment or system. Gambling activity undertaken as part of an officer's official duties and with the express knowledge and permission of Command Staff is exempt from this prohibition. (x)Substantiated, active, continuing association on a personal rather than official basis with a person or persons who engage in or are continuing to engage in serious violations of state or federal laws, where the employee has or reasonably should have knowledge of such criminal activities, except where specifically directed and authorized by the Department. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 218 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (y)Solicitations, speeches or distribution of campaign literature for or against any political candidate or position while on-duty, on department property or while in any way representing him/herself as a member of this agency, except as expressly authorized by the Director of Public Safety. (z)Engaging in political activities during assigned working hours except as expressly authorized by the Director of Public Safety. (aa)Violating any misdemeanor or felony statute. (ab)Any other on-duty or off-duty conduct which any employee knows or reasonably should know is unbecoming a member of the Department or which is contrary to good order, efficiency or morale, or which tends to reflect unfavorably upon the Department or its members. (ac)Any failure or refusal of an employee to properly perform the function and duties of an assigned position. (ad)Failure to maintain required and current licenses (e.g. driver's license) and certifications (e.g., first aid). (ae)Giving false or misleading statements, or misrepresenting or omitting material information to a supervisor, or other person in a position of authority, in connection with any investigation or in the reporting of any department-related business. 322.4.6 SAFETY (a)Failure to observe posted rules, signs and written or oral safety instructions while on duty and/or within department facilities or to use required protective clothing or equipment. (b)Knowingly failing to report any initial on-the-job or work-related accident or injury within 24 hours. Failure to immediately report any changes or updates to existing on-the-job or work-related accident or injury. (c)Substantiated employee record of unsafe or improper driving habits or actions in the course of employment. (d)Failure to maintain good physical condition sufficient to adequately and safely perform public safety duties. (e)Any personal action contributing to involvement in a preventable traffic collision, or other unsafe or improper driving habits or actions in the course of employment. (f)Violating departmental safety standards or safe working practices. 322.4.7 SECURITY (a)Unauthorized, intentional release of designated confidential information, materials, data, forms or reports Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 219 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct 322.4.8 SUPERVISION RESPONSIBILITY (a)Failure of a supervisor to take appropriate action to ensure that employees adhere to the policies and procedures of this department and the actions of all personnel comply with all laws (b)Failure of a supervisor to timely report known misconduct of an employee to his or her immediate supervisor or to document such misconduct appropriately or as required by policy (c)The unequal or disparate exercise of authority on the part of a supervisor toward any employee for malicious or other improper purpose 322.5 INVESTIGATION OF DISCIPLINARY ALLEGATIONS Regardless of the source of an allegation of misconduct, all such matters will be investigated in accordance with Personnel Complaint Procedure Policy Manual § 1020. Pursuant to Government Code §§ 3304(d) and 3508.1, the investigation should be completed within one year of the discovery of the allegation unless such investigation falls within one of the exceptions delineated within those provisions. Where applicable, all investigations shall follow the provisions of the Peace Officer Bill of Rights. 322.5.1 WRITTEN REPRIMANDS The Performance Improvement Plan (PIP) may be used as part of the discipline process, but is not considered discipline. It is a training aid designed to facilitate constructive discussion between an employee and his or her supervisor and to clarify the work performance to be improved. It is implemented, at the discretion of the supervisor, when it becomes necessary to help an employee improve his or her performance. The supervisor, with input from the affected employee, develops an improvement plan; the purpose of the activities outlined is to help the employee to attain the desired level of performance. 322.5.2 MINOR DISCIPLINE Minor Discipline may be implemented by a supervisor. Types of Minor Discipline include the following: •Oral Reprimand An oral admonition to an employee whose conduct or performance must be improved and which details the areas for improvement, the degree of improvement required, and a notice that failure to improve could result in more serious disciplinary action. Oral reprimands are noted by the supervisor but are not documented in the employee's personnel file. •Documented Counseling A written memorandum showing that the supervisor has met with the employee to discuss a specific problem(s) or deficiency and which sets forth the recommendations given to the employee to address the problem(s) or deficiency in order to improve performance. Documented counseling Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 220 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct memoranda will typically be maintained in the supervisor's file for one year and included by notation in the employee's formal performance evaluations. •Written Reprimand A formal written notice to an employee, stating the specific details of the reprimand, summarizing previous related disciplinary action, if any. A written reprimand shall include the date of the reprimand and a statement advising the employee that continued conduct or performance at such levels may result in more serious discipline, up to and including discharge. At the time a written reprimand is issued, the employee is entitled to bring a representative of her or her choice. The employee shall review the reprimand and sign it and then shall be given a copy of it. The employee has three working days following the date of the reprimand to submit his or her own rebuttal comments, which shall accompany the reprimand in the employee's personnel file. 322.5.3 MAJOR DISCIPLINE Major Discipline may only be implemented by the Director of Public Safety or designee. Types of Major Discipline include the following: •Suspension The temporary removal of the employee from City service, without pay, for one or more working days. •Merit Decrease A pay step reduction where performance falls short of the normal standards or where performance is clearly inadequate in one more critical job duties. •Demotion The removal of the employee from one position and reassignment to one of lower grade or classification. •Discharge The removal of the employee from City service when it has been determined that the employee has been given a reasonable opportunity to conform his or her conduct to required behavior or performance standards and has failed to do so, or where an employee has committed one or more serious offenses for which no other disciplinary measure is appropriate. 322.6 POST INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES 322.6.1 COMMAND STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES Upon receipt of any completed personnel investigation, the Command Staff member of the involved employee shall review the entire investigative file, the employee's personnel file and any other relevant materials. The Command Staff member may make recommendations regarding the disposition of any allegations and the amount of discipline, if any, to be imposed. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 221 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (a)Prior to forwarding recommendations to the Director of Public Safety, the Command Staff member may return the entire investigation to the assigned detective or supervisor for further investigation or action (b)When forwarding any written recommendation to the Director of Public Safety, the Command Staff member shall include all relevant materials supporting the recommendation. Actual copies of an employee's existing personnel file need not be provided and may be incorporated by reference 322.6.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SAFETY Upon receipt of any written recommendation for disciplinary action, the Director of Public Safety shall review the recommendation and all accompanying materials. The Director of Public Safety may modify any recommendation and/or may return the file to the Command Staff member for further investigation or action. Once the Director of Public Safety is satisfied that no further investigation or action is required by staff, the Director of Public Safety shall determine the amount of discipline, if any, to be recommended. In the event disciplinary action is recommended, the Director of Public Safety shall provide the employee with written (Skelly) notice of the following information within one year of the date of the discovery of the alleged misconduct (absent an exception set forth in Government Code § 3304(d) or 3508.1): (a)Specific charges set forth in separate counts, describing the conduct underlying each count. (b)A separate recommendation of proposed discipline for each charge. (c)A statement that the employee has been provided with or given access to all of the materials considered by the Director of Public Safety in recommending the proposed discipline. (d)An opportunity to respond in writing to the Director of Public Safety within ten working days of receiving the Skelly notice. 1.Upon a showing of good cause by the employee, the Director of Public Safety may grant a reasonable extension of time for the employee to respond. 322.6.3 UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS, DISCLOSURE, OR USE (a)Unauthorized and inappropriate intentional release of confidential or protected information, materials, data, forms, or reports obtained as a result of the member’s position with this department. (a)Members of this department shall not disclose the name, address, or image of any victim of human trafficking except as authorized by law (Penal Code § 293). (b)Disclosing to any unauthorized person any active investigation information. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 222 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (c)The use of any information, photograph, video, or other recording obtained or accessed as a result of employment or appointment to this department for personal or financial gain or without the express authorization of the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. (d)Loaning, selling, allowing unauthorized use, giving away, or appropriating any department property for personal use, personal gain, or any other improper or unauthorized use or purpose. (e)Using department resources in association with any portion of an independent civil action. These resources include but are not limited to personnel, vehicles, equipment, and nonsubpoenaed records. 322.6.4 EFFICIENCY (a)Neglect of duty. (b)Unsatisfactory work performance including but not limited to failure, incompetence, inefficiency, or delay in performing and/or carrying out proper orders, work assignments, or the instructions of supervisors without a reasonable and bona fide excuse. (c)Concealing, attempting to conceal, removing, or destroying defective or incompetent work. (d)Unauthorized sleeping during on-duty time or assignments. (e)Failure to notify the Department within 24 hours of any change in residence address or contact numbers. (f)Failure to notify the Department of Human Resources of changes in relevant personal information (e.g., information associated with benefits determination) in a timely fashion. 322.6.5 PERFORMANCE (a)Failure to disclose or misrepresenting material facts, or making any false or misleading statement on any application, examination form, or other official document, report or form, or during the course of any workrelated investigation. (b)The falsification of any work-related records, making misleading entries or statements with the intent to deceive or the willful and unauthorized removal, alteration, destruction and/or mutilation of any department record, public record, book, paper or document. (c)Failure to participate in, or giving false or misleading statements, or misrepresenting or omitting material information to a supervisor or other person in a position of authority, in connection with any investigation or in the reporting of any department related business. (d)Being untruthful or knowingly making false, misleading or malicious statements that are reasonably calculated to harm the reputation, authority or official standing of this department or its members. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 223 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (e)Disparaging remarks or conduct concerning duly constituted authority to the extent that such conduct disrupts the efficiency of this department or subverts the good order, efficiency and discipline of this department or that would tend to discredit any of its members. (f)Unlawful gambling or unlawful betting at any time or any place. Legal gambling or betting under any of the following conditions: 1.While on department premises. 2.At any work site, while onduty or while in uniform, or while using any department equipment or system. 3.Gambling activity undertaken as part of an officer official duties and with the express knowledge and permission of a direct supervisor is exempt from this prohibition. (g)Improper political activity including: 1.Unauthorized attendance while onduty at official legislative or political sessions. 2.Solicitations, speeches or distribution of campaign literature for or against any political candidate or position while onduty or, on department property except as expressly authorized by City policy, the memorandum of understanding, or the Director of Public Safety. (h)Engaging in political activities during assigned working hours except as expressly authorized by City policy, the memorandum of understanding, or the Director of Public Safety. (i)Any act on or offduty that brings discredit to this department. 322.7 EMPLOYEE RESPONSE Employees not afforded the provisions of the Peace Officer Bill of Rights, may apply for a pre- discipline hearing process within 10 days. The pre-discipline process is intended to provide the accused employee with an opportunity to present a written or oral response to the Director of Public Safety after having had an opportunity to review the supporting materials and prior to imposition of any recommended discipline. Employees afforded the Peace Officer Bill of Rights may apply for and Informal Hearing (i.e. Skelly Hearing). At the employee's request, an informal hearing will be held prior to the imposition of major discipline. This hearing is not an evidentiary hearing, but rather an opportunity for the employee to present information and to why the proposed major discipline should not be imposed. Except by stipulation of the City and the employee, the hearing shall take place within 10 working days of the employee's request for hearing, and it may be rescheduled only once at the employee's request. The following parameters apply to the hearing: (a)The hearing shall be conducted by a reasonable person designated by the personnel officer Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 224 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (b)The hearing shall include the employee, the employee's chosen representative, and others as directed by the hearing officer. Absent extenuating circumstances, the employee's failure to appear waives the employee's right to such a hearing. (c)The hearing shall be tape recorded or stenographically recorded and a copy of the recording or transcript shall be provided to the employee upon request. (d)At the hearing, the employee shall be give and opportunity, either orally or in writing, or both, to bring forward facts or circumstances which may cause the charges to be revised or dismissed. If the employee's information is presented by his or her representative, all statements made by the representative shall be attributed to the employee as if made by his or her person, and it is the employee's obligation to correct any misstatement(s) by the representative. (e)Following the hearing, the hearing officer will make written recommendation to the Director of Public Safety who issued the notice of intent, as to whether the proposed discipline should be imposed, modified, reduced, or dismissed. (f)Once the Director of Public Safety has issued a written decision, the discipline shall become effective. The employee shall consider the following: (a)This Skelly response is not intended to be an adversarial or formal hearing. (b)Although the employee may be represented by an uninvolved representative or legal counsel, the Skelly response is not designed to accommodate the presentation of testimony or witnesses. (c)The employee may suggest that further investigation could be conducted or the employee may offer any additional information or mitigating factors for the hearing officer to consider. 322.8 RESIGNATIONS/RETIREMENTS PRIOR TO DISCIPLINE In the event that an employee tenders a written retirement or resignation prior to the imposition of discipline, it shall be noted in the file. The tender of a retirement or resignation by itself shall not serve as grounds for the termination of pending discipline. 322.9 POST SKELLY PROCEDURE In situations resulting in the imposition of a suspension, punitive transfer, demotion, termination of a non-probationary employee, the employee shall have the right to an evidentiary appeal of the Director of Public Safety's imposition of discipline pursuant to the operative Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) and personnel rules. 322.10 DISCIPLINARY ACTION AGAINST PROBATIONARY EMPLOYEES In the event that a probationary employee is terminated solely for unsatisfactory performance or the failure to meet department standards, the employee shall have no right to appeal and the following shall be considered: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 225 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Standards of Conduct (a)Termination of a probationary employee for such failure to pass probation shall be so reflected in the employee's personnel file (b)In the event that a probationary employee is disciplined or terminated for misconduct, the employee shall only be entitled to appeal the decision in the same manner as set forth in the Skelly procedure as set forth above. This appeal process may be held prior to or within a reasonable time after the imposition of discipline (c)At all times during any investigation of allegations of misconduct involving a probationary officer, such officer shall be afforded all procedural rights set forth in Government Code § 3303 and applicable Department policies (d)A probationary employee's appeal of disciplinary action shall be limited to an opportunity for the employee to attempt to establish that the underlying allegations should not be sustained. Nothing in this policy or procedure, however, should be construed to establish any sort of property interest in or right to the employee's continuation of employment (e)The burden of proof for any probationary employee's appeal of disciplinary action shall rest with the employee and will require proof by a preponderance of the evidence (f)In the event that a probationary employee meets his or her burden of proof in such a disciplinary appeal, the Department shall remove all reference to the underlying allegations of misconduct from the employee's personnel file (g)In the event that a probationary employee fails to meet his or her burden of proof in such a disciplinary appeal, the employee shall have no further right to appeal beyond the Director of Public Safety Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Standards of Conduct - 226 Policy 323 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Information Technology Use 323.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the proper use of department information technology resources, including computers, electronic devices, hardware, software and systems. 323.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Computer system - All computers (on-site and portable), electronic devices, hardware, software, and resources owned, leased, rented or licensed by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety that are provided for official use by its members. This includes all access to, and use of, Internet Service Providers (ISP) or other service providers provided by or through the Department or department funding. Hardware - Includes, but is not limited to, computers, computer terminals, network equipment, electronic devices, telephones, including cellular and satellite, pagers, modems or any other tangible computer device generally understood to comprise hardware. Software - Includes, but is not limited to, all computer programs, systems and applications, including shareware. This does not include files created by the individual user. Temporary file, permanent file or file - Any electronic document, information or data residing or located, in whole or in part, on the system including, but not limited to, spreadsheets, calendar entries, appointments, tasks, notes, letters, reports, messages, photographs or videos. 323.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety that members shall use information technology resources, including computers, software and systems, that are issued or maintained by the Department in a professional manner and in accordance with this policy. 323.3 PRIVACY EXPECTATION Members forfeit any expectation of privacy with regard to emails, texts, or anything published, shared, transmitted, or maintained through file-sharing software or any internet site that is accessed, transmitted, received, or reviewed on any department computer system. The Department reserves the right to access, audit, and disclose, for whatever reason, any message, including attachments, and any information accessed, transmitted, received, or reviewed over any technology that is issued or maintained by the Department, including the department email system, computer network, and/or any information placed into storage on any department system or device. This includes records of all keystrokes or Web-browsing history made at any department computer or over any department network. The fact that access to a database, service, or website requires a username or password will not create an expectation of privacy if it is accessed through department computers, electronic devices, or networks. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Information Technology Use - 227 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Information Technology Use The Department shall not require a member to disclose a personal username or password for accessing personal social media or to open a personal social website; however, the Department may request access when it is reasonably believed to be relevant to the investigation of allegations of work-related misconduct (Labor Code § 980). 323.4 AGENCY PROPERTY All information, data, documents, communications, and other entries initiated on, sent to or from, or accessed on any department computer, or through the department computer system on any other computer, whether downloaded or transferred from the original department computer, shall remain the exclusive property of the Department and shall not be available for personal or non- departmental use without the expressed authorization of an employee's supervisor. 323.5 PROTECTION OF AGENCY SYSTEMS AND FILES All members have a duty to protect the computer system and related systems and devices from physical and environmental damage and are responsible for the correct use, operation, care, and maintenance of the computer system. Members shall ensure department computers and access terminals are not viewable by persons who are not authorized users. Computers and terminals should be secured, users logged off and password protections enabled whenever the user is not present. Access passwords, logon information, and other individual security data, protocols, and procedures are confidential information and are not to be shared. Password length, format, structure, and content shall meet the prescribed standards required by the computer system or as directed by a supervisor and shall be changed at intervals as directed by IT staff or a supervisor. It is prohibited for a member to allow an unauthorized user to access the computer system at any time or for any reason. Members shall promptly report any unauthorized access to the computer system or suspected intrusion from outside sources (including the internet) to a supervisor. All employees have a duty to protect the system and related systems and devices from physical and environmental damage and are responsible for the correct use, operation, care, and maintenance of the system. It is expressly prohibited for an employee to allow an unauthorized user to access the system at any time or for any reason. 323.6 INSPECTION OR REVIEW A supervisor or the authorized designee has the express authority to inspect or review the computer system, all temporary or permanent files, related electronic systems or devices, and any contents thereof, whether such inspection or review is in the ordinary course of his/her supervisory duties or based on cause. Reasons for inspection or review may include, but are not limited to, computer system malfunctions, problems or general computer system failure, a lawsuit against the Department Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Information Technology Use - 228 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Information Technology Use involving one of its members or a member’s duties, an alleged or suspected violation of any department policy, a request for disclosure of data, or a need to perform or provide a service. The IT staff may extract, download or otherwise obtain any and all temporary or permanent files residing or located in or on the department computer system when requested by a supervisor or during the course of regular duties that require such information. 323.7 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK ELECTRONIC MEDIA USE POLICY The provisions of this policy are in addition to and do not supersede the provisions of the City of Rohnert Park Electronic Media Use Policy, pursuant to Resolution No. 2005-43 adopted by the City Council at its meeting of February 22, 2005 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Information Technology Use - 229 Policy 324 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Report Preparation 324.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Report preparation is a major part of each officer's job. The purpose of reports is to document sufficient information to refresh the officer’s memory and to provide sufficient information for follow- up investigation and successful prosecution. Report writing is the subject of substantial formalized training and on-the-job training. 324.1.1 REPORT PREPARATION Employees should ensure that reports are sufficiently detailed for their purpose and free from errors prior to submission. It is the responsibility of the assigned employee to complete and submit all reports taken during the shift before going off-duty unless permission to hold the report has been approved by a supervisor. Generally, reports requiring prompt follow-up action on active leads, or arrest reports where the suspect remains in custody should not be held. Handwritten reports must be prepared legibly. If the report is not legible, the submitting employee will be required by the reviewing supervisor to promptly make corrections and resubmit the report. Employees who dictate reports shall use appropriate grammar, as content is not the responsibility of the typist. Employees who generate reports on computers are subject to all requirements of this policy. All reports shall accurately reflect the identity of the persons involved, all pertinent information seen, heard or assimilated by any other sense, and any actions taken. Employees shall not suppress, conceal or distort the facts of any reported incident, nor shall any employee make a false report orally or in writing. Generally, the reporting employee’s opinions should not be included in reports unless specifically identified as such. 324.2 REQUIRED REPORTING Written reports are required in all of the following situations on the appropriate department approved form unless otherwise approved by a supervisor. Any report not written by the end of shift shall have supervisory approval. 324.2.1 CRIMINAL ACTIVITY When a member responds to a call for service, or as a result of self-initiated activity becomes aware of any activity where a crime has occurred, the member shall document the incident regardless of whether a victim desires prosecution. Activity to be documented in a written report includes: (a)All arrests except for those made solely for outstanding warrants (b)All felony crimes (c)Non-felony incidents involving threats or stalking behavior (d)Situations covered by separate policy. These include: 1.Use of Force Policy Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Report Preparation - 230 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Report Preparation 2.Domestic Violence Policy 3.Child Abuse Policy 4.Senior and Disability Victimization Policy 5.Hate Crimes Policy 6.Suspicious Activity Reporting Policy (e)All misdemeanor crimes where the victim desires a report Misdemeanor crimes where the victim does not desire a report shall be documented using the department-approved alternative reporting method (e.g., dispatch log). 324.2.2 NON-CRIMINAL ACTIVITY The following incidents shall be documented using the appropriate approved report: (a)Anytime an officer points a firearm at any person (b)Any use of force against any person by a member of this department (see the Use of Force Policy) (c)Any firearm discharge (see the Firearms Policy) (d)Anytime a person is reported missing, regardless of jurisdiction (see the Missing Persons Policy) (e)Any found property or found evidence (f)Any traffic collisions above the minimum reporting level (see Traffic Collision Reporting Policy) (g)Suspicious incidents that may indicate a potential for crimes against children or that a child’s safety is in jeopardy (h)All protective custody detentions (use the DHCS 1801 form for 5150 WIC holds) (i)Suspicious incidents that may place the public or others at risk (j)Whenever the employee believes the circumstances should be documented or at the direction of a supervisor 324.2.3 DEATH CASES Death investigations require specific investigation methods depending on circumstances and should be handled in accordance with Policy § 360 Death Investigations. The handling officer should notify and apprise a supervisor of the circumstances surrounding the incident to determine how to proceed. The following cases shall be appropriately investigated and documented using the approved report: (a)Sudden or accidental deaths. (b)Suicides. (c)Homicide or suspected homicide. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Report Preparation - 231 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Report Preparation (d)Unattended deaths (No physician or qualified hospice care in the 20 days preceding death). (e)Found dead bodies or body parts. 324.2.4 INJURY OR DAMAGE BY CITY PERSONNEL Reports shall be taken if an injury occurs that is a result of an act of a City employee. Additionally, reports shall be taken involving damage to City property or City equipment. 324.2.5 MISCELLANEOUS INJURIES Any injury that is reported to this department shall require a report when: (a)The injury is a result of drug overdose (b)Attempted suicide (c)The injury is major/serious, whereas death could result (d)The circumstances surrounding the incident are suspicious in nature and it is desirable to record the event The above reporting requirements are not intended to be all-inclusive. A supervisor may direct an employee to document any incident he/she deems necessary. 324.2.6 MANDATORY REPORTING OF JUVENILE GUNSHOT INJURIES A report shall be taken when any incident in which a child 18 years or younger suffered an unintentional or self-inflicted gunshot wound. The Records Bureau shall notify the California Department of Public Health (CDPH) of the incident as required by CDPH (Penal Code § 23685). 324.3 GENERAL POLICY OF EXPEDITIOUS REPORTING In general, all officers and supervisors shall act with promptness and efficiency in the preparation and processing of all reports. An incomplete report, unorganized reports or reports delayed without supervisory approval are not acceptable. Reports shall be processed according to established priorities or according to special priority necessary under exceptional circumstances. 324.3.1 GENERAL POLICY OF HANDWRITTEN REPORTS Some incidents and report forms lend themselves to block print rather than typing. In general, the narrative portion of those reports where an arrest is made or when there is a long narrative should be typed or dictated. Supervisors may require, with the foregoing general policy in mind, block printing or typing of reports of any nature for department consistency. 324.3.2 GENERAL USE OF OTHER HANDWRITTEN FORMS County, state and federal agency forms may be block printed as appropriate. In general, the form itself may make the requirement for typing apparent. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Report Preparation - 232 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Report Preparation 324.4 REPORT CORRECTIONS Supervisors shall review reports for content and accuracy. If a correction is necessary, the reviewing supervisor should complete the Report Correction form stating the reasons for rejection. The original report and the correction form should be returned to the reporting employee for correction as soon as practical. It shall be the responsibility of the originating officer to ensure that any report returned for correction is processed in a timely manner. 324.5 REPORT CHANGES OR ALTERATIONS Reports that have been approved by a supervisor and submitted to the Records Bureau for filing and distribution shall not be modified or altered except by way of a supplemental report. Reviewed reports that have not yet been submitted to the Records Bureau may be corrected or modified by the authoring officer only with the knowledge and authorization of the reviewing supervisor. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Report Preparation - 233 Policy 325 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Media Relations 325.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for the release of official department information to the media. It also addresses coordinating media access to scenes of disasters, criminal investigations, emergencies, and other law enforcement activities. 325.2 RESPONSIBILITIES The ultimate authority and responsibility for the release of information to the media shall remain with the Director of Public Safety. In situations not warranting immediate notice to the Director of Public Safety and in situations where the Director of Public Safety has given prior approval, Deputy Chiefs, Shift Supervisors, and designated Public Information Officers (PIOs) may prepare and release information to the media in accordance with this policy and the applicable laws regarding confidentiality. 325.3 ACCESS Authorized media representatives shall be provided access to scenes of disasters, criminal investigations, emergencies, and other law enforcement activities as required by law. Access by the media is subject to the following conditions (Penal Code § 409.5(d)): (a)The media representative shall produce valid press credentials that shall be prominently displayed at all times while in areas otherwise closed to the public. Media representatives may not bring or facilitate the transport of an unauthorized person into a closed area unless it is for the safety of the person. (b)Media representatives may be prevented from interfering with emergency operations and criminal investigations. 1.Based upon available resources, reasonable effort should be made to provide a safe staging area for the media that is near the incident and that will not interfere with emergency or criminal investigation operations. All information released to the media should be coordinated through the PIO or other designated spokesperson. (c)No member of this department who is under investigation shall be subjected to media visits or interviews without the consent of the involved member (Government Code § 3303(e)). (d)Media interviews with individuals who are in custody should not be permitted without the approval of the Director of Public Safety and the express consent of the person in custody. 325.3.1 PROVIDING ADVANCE INFORMATION To protect the safety and rights of officers and other persons, advance information about planned actions by law enforcement personnel, such as movement of persons in custody or the execution of an arrest or search warrant, should not be disclosed to the news media, nor should media Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Media Relations - 234 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Media Relations representatives be invited to be present at such actions except with the prior approval of the Director of Public Safety. Any exceptions to the above should only be considered for the furtherance of legitimate law enforcement purposes. Prior to approving any exception the Director of Public Safety will consider, at minimum, whether the release of information or presence of the media would unreasonably endanger any individual, prejudice the rights of any person or is otherwise prohibited by law. 325.3.2 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A critical incident or tactical operation should be handled in the same manner as a crime scene, except the media should not be permitted within the inner perimeter of the incident, subject to any restrictions as determined by the supervisor in charge. Department members shall not jeopardize a critical incident or tactical operation in order to accommodate the media. All comments to the media shall be coordinated through a supervisor or the PIO. 325.3.3 TEMPORARY FLIGHT RESTRICTIONS Whenever the presence of media or other aircraft pose a threat to public or member safety or significantly hamper incident operations, the field supervisor should consider requesting a Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR). All requests for a TFR should be routed through the Shift Supervisor. The TFR request should include specific information regarding the perimeter and altitude necessary for the incident and should be requested through the appropriate control tower. If the control tower is not known, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) should be contacted (14 CFR 91.137). 325.4 SCOPE OF INFORMATION SUBJECT TO RELEASE The Department will maintain a daily information log of significant law enforcement activities that shall be made available, upon request, to media representatives through the Shift Supervisor. This log will generally contain the following information: (a)The date, time, location, case number, type of crime, extent of injury or loss, and names of individuals (except confidential informants) involved in crimes occurring within this jurisdiction unless the release of such information would endanger the safety of any individual or jeopardize the successful completion of any ongoing investigation (b)The date, time, location, case number, name, birth date and charges for each person arrested by this department unless the release of such information would endanger the safety of any individual or jeopardize the successful completion of any ongoing investigation (c)The time and location of other significant law enforcement activities or requests for service with a brief summary of the incident subject to the restrictions of this policy and applicable law Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Media Relations - 235 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Media Relations At no time shall identifying information pertaining to a juvenile arrestee, victim or witness be publicly released without prior approval of a competent court. Information concerning incidents involving certain sex crimes and other offenses set forth in Government Code § 6254(f) shall be restricted in accordance with applicable statutory provisions. Identifying information concerning deceased individuals shall not be released to the media until notification of next of kin or otherwise cleared through the Coroner's Office. Any requests for copies of related reports or additional information not contained in this log shall be referred to the designated department media representative, the custodian of records, or if unavailable, to the Shift Supervisor. Such requests will generally be processed in accordance with the provisions of the Public Records Act (Government Code § 6250, et seq.) 325.4.1 RESTRICTED INFORMATION It shall be the responsibility of the authorized employee dealing with media requests to ensure that restricted information is not inappropriately released to the media by this department. When in doubt, authorized and available legal counsel should be obtained. Examples of such restricted information include, but are not limited to: (a)Confidential peace officer personnel information (See Policy Manual § 1026) 1.The identities of officers involved in shootings or other major incidents may only be released to the media pursuant to consent of the involved officer or upon a formal request filed and processed in accordance with the Public Records Act. (b)Copies of traffic collision reports (except to the involved parties and their authorized representatives) (Vehicle Code § 20012) (c)Criminal history information (d)Information that would tend to endanger the safety of any individual or jeopardize the successful completion of any ongoing investigation (e)Information pertaining to pending litigation involving this department (f)Information obtained in confidence (g)Any information that is otherwise privileged or restricted under state or federal law. (Government Code § 6254(k)). 325.5 MEDIA REQUESTS Any media request for information or access to a law enforcement incident shall be referred to the PIO, or if unavailable, to the first available supervisor. Prior to releasing any information to the media, members shall consider the following: (a)At no time shall any member of this department make any comment or release any official information to the media without prior approval from a supervisor or the PIO. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Media Relations - 236 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Media Relations (b)In situations involving multiple agencies or government departments, every reasonable effort should be made to coordinate media releases with the authorized representative of each involved agency prior to the release of any information by this department. (c)Under no circumstance should any member of this department make any comments to the media regarding any law enforcement incident not involving this department without prior approval of the Director of Public Safety. Under these circumstances the member should direct the media to the agency handling the incident. 325.6 CONFIDENTIAL OR RESTRICTED INFORMATION It shall be the responsibility of the PIO to ensure that confidential or restricted information is not inappropriately released to the media (see the Records Maintenance and Release and Personnel Records policies). When in doubt, authorized and available legal counsel should be consulted prior to releasing any information. 325.6.1 EMPLOYEE INFORMATION The identities of officers involved in shootings or other critical incidents may only be released to the media upon the consent of the involved officer or upon a formal request filed. Any requests for copies of related reports or additional information not contained in the information log (see the Information Log section in this policy), including the identity of officers involved in shootings or other critical incidents, shall be referred to the PIO. Requests should be reviewed and fulfilled by the Custodian of Records, or if unavailable, the Shift Supervisor or the authorized designee. Such requests will be processed in accordance with the provisions of the Records Maintenance and Release Policy and public records laws. 325.7 RELEASE OF INFORMATION The Department may routinely release information to the media without receiving a specific request. This may include media releases regarding critical incidents, information of public concern, updates regarding significant incidents, or requests for public assistance in solving crimes or identifying suspects. This information may also be released through the department website or other electronic data sources. 325.7.1 INFORMATION LOG The Department will maintain a daily information log of significant law enforcement activities. Log entries shall only contain information that is deemed public information and not restricted or confidential by this policy or applicable law. Upon request, the log entries shall be made available to media representatives through the Shift Supervisor. The daily information log will generally include: (a)The date, time, location, case number, type of crime, extent of injury or loss, and names of individuals involved in crimes occurring within this jurisdiction, unless the release of such information would endanger the safety of any individual or Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Media Relations - 237 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Media Relations jeopardize the successful completion of any ongoing investigation, or the information is confidential (e.g., juveniles or certain victims). (b)The date, time, location, case number, name, birth date, and charges for each person arrested by this department, unless the release of such information would endanger the safety of any individual or jeopardize the successful completion of any ongoing investigation or the information is confidential (e.g., juveniles). (c)The time and location of other significant law enforcement activities or requests for service with a brief summary of the incident. At no time shall identifying information pertaining to a juvenile arrestee (13 years of age and under), victim, or witness be publicly released without prior approval of a competent court. The identity of a minor 14 years of age or older shall not be publicly disclosed unless the minor has been arrested for a serious felony and the release of such information has been approved by the Shift Supervisor (Welfare and Institutions Code § 827.5). Identifying information concerning deceased individuals shall not be released to the media until notification of next of kin or otherwise cleared through the Coroner. Any requests for copies of related reports or additional information not contained in this log shall be referred to the designated department media representative, the custodian of records, or if unavailable, to the Shift Supervisor. Such requests will generally be processed in accordance with the provisions of the Public Records Act (see the Records Maintenance and Release Policy). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Media Relations - 238 Policy 326 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Court Appearance And Subpoenas 326.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This procedure has been established to provide for the acceptance of subpoenas and to ensure that employees appear when subpoenaed, or are available to appear in court when requested and present a professional appearance. 326.1.1 DEFINITIONS On-Call - When an employee has appeared in court, or is at the time on-duty, and has been told by a member of the court that he/she is free to leave the court or return to duty, subject to being available by phone or pager if called back. Standby - When an employee receives a subpoena of a type which allows him or her to not appear in court, but remain available by phone or pager so that he or she may be directed to appear in court within a reasonable amount of time. Trailing Status - When an employee remains on standby status for additional court sessions until notified otherwise. Mandatory Appearance - Subpoenas marked as mandatory appearance require an employee's physical appearance in the specified court. Failure to timely appear in the specified court, either intentionally or by negligence, may result in disciplinary action. 326.2 COURT SUBPOENAS Employees who receive subpoenas related to their employment with this department are subject to the provisions of this policy. Employees should be aware that their compliance is mandatory on all cases for which they have been properly subpoenaed, or properly notified. This policy applies to civil and criminal subpoenas. Employees are expected to cooperate with the prosecution to ensure the successful conclusion of a case. 326.2.1 SERVICE OF SUBPOENA Service of a subpoena requiring the appearance of any department employee in connection with a matter arising out of the employee's course and scope of official duties may be accomplished by personal service on the employee or by delivery of two copies of the subpoena to the employee's supervisor or other authorized departmental agent (Government Code § 68097.1 and Penal Code § 1328(c)). Subpoena service is also acceptable by courier or court liaison from the court to this department. 326.2.2 VALID SUBPOENAS No subpoena shall be accepted for an employee of this department unless it has been properly served and verified to have originated from a recognized legal authority. 326.2.3 ACCEPTANCE OF SUBPOENA (a)Any Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety employee may receive a subpoena. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Court Appearance And Subpoenas - 239 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Court Appearance And Subpoenas (b)All received subpoenas shall be forwarded to the Records Bureau for processing. (c)Processed subpoenas shall be forwarded to the appropriate supervisor for service. (d)Served subpoenas shall be returned to the Records Bureau for tracking and notification purposes. 326.2.4 REFUSAL OF SUBPOENA Except where previous arrangements with the issuing court exist, training, vacations and regularly scheduled days off are not valid reasons for refusing a subpoena or missing court. If, due to illness or injury, the named employee is unable to appear in court as directed by a previously served subpoena, he/she shall, at least one hour before the appointed date and time, inform the Shift Supervisor of his/her absence. It shall then be the responsibility of the Shift Supervisor to ensure notification to the issuing authority of the employee's unavailability to appear. If the immediate supervisor or other authorized individual knows that he/she will be unable to deliver a copy of the subpoena to the named employee within sufficient time for the named employee to comply with the subpoena, the supervisor or other authorized individual may refuse to accept service (Penal Code § 1328(d)). If a subpoena is presented for service to an immediate supervisor or other authorized individual less than five working days prior to the date listed for an appearance and the supervisor or other authorized individual is not reasonably certain that the service can be completed, he/she may refuse to accept service (Penal Code § 1328(e)). If, after initially receiving a subpoena, a supervisor or other authorized individual determines that he/she will be unable to deliver a copy of the subpoena to the individually named employee within sufficient time for the named employee to comply with the subpoena, the supervisor or the subpoena clerk shall notify the server or the attorney named on the subpoena of such not less than 48 hours prior to the date listed for the appearance (Penal Code § 1328(f)). 326.2.5 COURT STANDBY To facilitate court standby agreements with the courts, employees are required to provide and maintain current information on their address and phone number with the Department. Employees are required to notify the Department within 24 hours of any change in residence address or home phone number, and to provide accurate and reasonably reliable means or methods for contact. If an employee on standby changes his/her location during the day, the employee shall notify the subpoena clerk of how he/she can be reached by telephone. Employees are required to remain on standby each day the case is trailing. In a criminal case the Deputy District Attorney handling the case is the only person authorized to excuse an employee from standby status. 326.2.6 OFF-DUTY RELATED SUBPOENAS Employees receiving valid subpoenas for actions taken off-duty not related to their employment with Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety shall comply with the requirements of the subpoena. Employees receiving these subpoenas are not compensated for their appearance and arrangements for time off shall be coordinated through their immediate supervisor. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Court Appearance And Subpoenas - 240 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Court Appearance And Subpoenas 326.2.7 FAILURE TO APPEAR Any employee who fails to comply with the terms of any valid and properly served subpoena may be subject to discipline as well as court imposed civil and/or criminal sanctions. 326.3 CIVIL SUBPOENAS The Department will compensate employees who appear in their official capacity on civil matters arising out of the employee's official duties as directed by the current Memorandum of Understanding. In such situations, the Department will also reimburse any officer for reasonable and necessary travel expenses. The Department will receive reimbursement for the officer's compensation through the civil attorney of record who subpoenaed the officer. 326.3.1 PROCEDURE To ensure that the officer is able to appear when required, that the officer is compensated for such appearance, and to protect the Department's right to reimbursement, officers shall follow the established procedures for the receipt of a civil subpoena. 326.3.2 CIVIL SUBPOENA ACCEPTANCE Subpoenas shall not be accepted in a civil action in which the officer or Department is not a party without properly posted fees pursuant to Government Code § 68097.6. 326.3.3 PARTY MUST DEPOSIT FUNDS The party in the civil action who seeks to subpoena an officer must deposit the statutory fee of $275 (Government Code § 68097.2) for each appearance before such subpoena will be accepted. Parties seeking to have the officer make multiple appearances must make an additional deposit in advance. 326.4 OVERTIME APPEARANCES If the officer appeared on his/her off-duty time, he/she will be compensated in accordance with the current employee Memorandum of Understanding. 326.5 COURTROOM PROTOCOL Employees must be punctual when appearing in court and shall be prepared to proceed immediately with the case for which they are subpoenaed. 326.5.1 PREPARATION FOR TESTIMONY Before the date of testifying, the subpoenaed officer shall request a copy of relevant reports and become familiar with their content in order to be prepared for court. 326.5.2 COURTROOM ATTIRE Employees shall dress in uniform or business attire. Suitable business attire would consist of a coat, tie, and dress pants, or a dress jacket, dress blouse, and skirt or slacks. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Court Appearance And Subpoenas - 241 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Court Appearance And Subpoenas 326.6 COURTHOUSE DECORUM Employees shall observe all rules of the court in which they are appearing, refrain from smoking or chewing gum in the courtroom, and shall remain alert to changes in the assigned courtroom where their matter is to be heard. 326.6.1 TESTIMONY Before the date of testifying, the subpoenaed member shall request a copy of relevant reports and become familiar with the content in order to be prepared for court. Employees in court shall avoid any indication of bias, prejudice, or anger. They shall testify in a clear, concise and distinct manner. Questions shall be answered promptly, truthfully and without trace of evasion. Personal behavior shall be exemplary both while in court waiting call and while on the witness stand. 326.7 TESTIFYING AGAINST THE INTEREST OF THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE Any member or employee who is subpoenaed to testify, who has agreed to testify, or who anticipates testifying or providing information on behalf of or at the request of any party other than the People of the State of California, any county, any city, or any of their officers and employees in which any of those entities are parties, will notify their immediate supervisor without delay. The supervisor will then notify the Director of Public Safety, District Attorney's Office in criminal cases, County Counsel or City Attorney, as may be indicated by the case. This includes, but is not limited to the following situations: (a)Providing testimony or information for the defense in any criminal trial or proceeding; (b)Providing testimony or information for the plaintiff in a civil proceeding against any county, any city, or their officers and employees; or (c)Providing testimony or information on behalf of or at the request of any party other than any County, city, or any county or city official in any administrative proceeding, including but not limited to personnel and/or disciplinary matter. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Court Appearance And Subpoenas - 242 Policy 327 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Reserve Police Officers 327.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reserve Unit was established to supplement and assist regular sworn police officers in their duties. This unit provides professional, sworn volunteer reserve officers who can augment regular staffing levels. 327.2 SELECTION AND APPOINTMENT OF POLICE RESERVE OFFICERS The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety shall endeavor to recruit and appoint to the Reserve Unit only those applicants who meet the high ethical, moral and professional standards set forth by this department. 327.2.1 PROCEDURE All applicants shall be required to meet and pass the same pre-employment procedures as regular police officers before appointment. Before appointment to the Police Reserve Unit, an applicant must have completed, or be in the process of completing, a POST approved basic academy or extended basic academy. 327.2.2 APPOINTMENT Applicants who are selected for appointment to the Police Reserve Unit shall, on the recommendation of the Director of Public Safety, be sworn in by the Director of Public Safety and take a loyalty oath to observe and obey all of the laws of the land and to carry out their duties to the best of their ability. 327.2.3 COMPENSATION FOR POLICE RESERVE OFFICERS Compensation for reserve officers is provided as follows: All reserve officer appointees are issued two sets of uniforms and all other designated attire and safety equipment. All property issued to the reserve officer shall be returned to the Department upon termination or resignation. Reserve officers, upon satisfactory completion of the Field Training Officer program, and accumulation of the required working hours (a minimum of 24 hrs. per month), shall receive a monthly stipend, paid quarterly. This amount shall be $150.00 per month. 327.2.4 EMPLOYEES WORKING AS RESERVE OFFICERS Qualified employees of this department, when authorized, may also serve as reserve officers. However, the Department must not utilize the services of a reserve or volunteer in such a way that it would violate employment laws or labor agreements (e.g., a detention officer working as a reserve officer for reduced or no pay). Therefore, the Reserve Coordinator should consult the Department of Human Resources prior to an employee serving in a reserve or volunteer capacity (29 CFR 553.30). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reserve Police Officers - 243 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Reserve Police Officers 327.3 DUTIES OF RESERVE OFFICERS Reserve officers assist regular officers in the enforcement of laws and in maintaining peace and order within the community. Assignments of reserve officers will usually be to augment the Patrol Division. Reserve officers may be assigned to other areas within the Department as needed. Reserve officers are required to work a minimum of 16 hours per month. 327.3.1 POLICY COMPLIANCE Police reserve officers shall be required to adhere to all departmental policies and procedures. A copy of the policies and procedures will be made available to each reserve officer upon appointment and he/she shall become thoroughly familiar with these policies. Whenever a rule, regulation, or guideline in this manual refers to a sworn regular full-time officer, it shall also apply to a sworn reserve officer unless by its nature it is inapplicable. 327.3.2 RESERVE OFFICER ASSIGNMENTS All reserve officers will be assigned to duties by the Reserve Coordinator or his/her designee. 327.3.3 RESERVE COORDINATOR The Director of Public Safety shall delegate the responsibility for administering the Reserve Officer Program to a Reserve Coordinator. The Reserve Coordinator shall have the responsibility of, but not be limited to: (a)Assignment of reserve personnel (b)Conducting reserve meetings (c)Establishing and maintaining a reserve call-out roster (d)Maintaining and ensuring performance evaluations are completed (e)Monitoring individual reserve officer performance (f)Monitoring overall Reserve Program (g)Maintaining liaison with other agency Reserve Coordinators 327.4 FIELD TRAINING Reserve police officers, who have not completed or been released from the Field Training Program are required to work under the immediate supervision of a Field Training Officer. The reserve field training program shall consist of four training phases, totaling a minimum of 400 hours. At any time during the program, any or all phases may be extended, dependant on the progress of the reserve officer. Reserve officers who fail to adequately progress through the training program may be dropped from the program at any time. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reserve Police Officers - 244 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Reserve Police Officers 327.4.1 TRAINING OFFICERS Field Training Officers of this department will be assigned to train the reserves during all phases of their training. 327.4.2 PRIMARY TRAINING OFFICER Upon appointment, reserve police officers will be assigned to a primary training officer. The primary training officer will be selected from members of the Field Training Officer (FTO) Committee. The reserve officer will be assigned to work with his/her primary training officer during the first 110 hours of training. This time shall be known as the Primary Training Phase. 327.4.3 FIELD TRAINING MANUAL Each new reserve officer will be issued a Field Training Manual at the beginning of his/her Primary Training Phase. This manual is an outline of the subject matter and/or skills necessary to properly function as an officer with the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. The reserve officer shall become knowledgeable of the subject matter as outlined. He/she shall also become proficient with those skills as set forth in the manual. 327.4.4 COMPLETION OF THE PRIMARY TRAINING PHASE At the completion of the Primary Training Phase, (Phase I) the primary training officer will meet with the Reserve Coordinator. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the progress of the reserve officer in training. If the reserve officer has progressed satisfactorily, he/she will then proceed to Phase II of the training. If he/she has not progressed satisfactorily, the Reserve Coordinator will determine the appropriate action to be taken. 327.4.5 SECONDARY TRAINING PHASE The Secondary Training Phase (Phase II) shall consist of 110 hours of additional on-duty training. The reserve officer will no longer be required to ride with his/her primary training officer. The reserve officer shall now ride with their second phase Field Training Officer. During Phase II of training, as with Phase I, the reserve officer's performance will be closely monitored. In addition, rapid progress should continue towards the completion of the Officer's Field Training Manual. Upon successful completion of Phase II of training, the reserve officer will advance to Phase III of the reserve training program. If he/she has not progressed satisfactorily, the Reserve Coordinator will determine the appropriate action to be taken. 327.4.6 THIRD TRAINING PHASE The Third Training Phase (Phase III) shall consist of 110 hours of additional on-duty training. The reserve officer shall now ride with their third phase Field Training Officer. During Phase III of training, as with Phase I and Phase II, the reserve officer's performance will be closely monitored. In addition, rapid progress should continue towards the completion of the Officer's Field Training Manual. Upon successful completion of Phase III of training, the reserve officer will advance to Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reserve Police Officers - 245 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Reserve Police Officers the Shadow Phase of the reserve training program. If he/she has not progressed satisfactorily, the Reserve Coordinator will determine the appropriate action to be taken. 327.4.7 COMPLETION OF THE FORMAL TRAINING PROCESS When a reserve officer has satisfactorily completed the first three phases of formal training, he/ she will have had a minimum of 330 hours of on-duty training. The reserve officer will now be shadowed by their primary training officer for a minimum of 70 hours during this phase. If he/she has not progressed satisfactorily, the Reserve Coordinator will determine the appropriate action to be taken. 327.4.8 COMPLETION OF THE FIELD TRAINING PROCESS When a reserve officer has satisfactorily completed all four phases of field training, he/she will have had a minimum of 400 hours of on-duty training. He/she, with prior authorization of the Reserve Coordinator, will be released to work without immediate supervision and will no longer be required to ride with an Field Training Officer. 327.5 SUPERVISION OF RESERVE OFFICERS Reserve officers who have attained the status of Level II shall be under the immediate supervision of a regular sworn officer (Penal Code 832.6). The immediate supervision requirement shall also continue for reserve officers who have attained Level I status unless special authorization is received from the Reserve Coordinator with the approval of the Deputy Chief. 327.5.1 SPECIAL AUTHORIZATION REQUIREMENTS Reserve officers certified as Level I may, with prior authorization of the Reserve Coordinator and on approval of the Deputy Chief, be relieved of the "immediate supervision" requirement. Level I reserve officers may function under the authority of Penal Code § 832.6(a)(1) only for the duration of the assignment or purpose for which the authorization was granted. In the absence of the Reserve Coordinator and the Deputy Chief, the Shift Supervisor may assign a certified Level I reserve officer to function under the authority of Penal Code § 832.6(a)(1) for specific purposes and duration. 327.5.2 RESERVE OFFICER MEETINGS All reserve officer meetings will be scheduled and conducted by the Reserve Coordinator. All reserve officers are required to attend scheduled meetings. Any absences must be authorized, in advance if possible, by the Reserve Coordinator. 327.5.3 IDENTIFICATION OF RESERVE OFFICERS All reserve officers will be issued a uniform badge and a Department identification card. The uniform badge shall be the same as that worn by a regular full-time officer. The identification card will be the standard identification card with the exception that "Reserve" will be indicated on the card. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reserve Police Officers - 246 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Reserve Police Officers 327.5.4 UNIFORM Reserve officers shall conform to all uniform regulation and appearance standards of this department. 327.5.5 INVESTIGATIONS AND COMPLAINTS If a reserve officer has a complaint made against him/her or becomes involved in an internal investigation, that complaint or internal investigation may be investigated by the Reserve Coordinator, or any other authorized person, at the discretion of Command Staff. Reserve police officers are considered at-will. Government Code § 3300 et seq. does not apply to reserve officers with the exception that a limited right to a hearing is provided if needed to allow the reserve police officer an opportunity to clear his/her name. 327.5.6 RESERVE OFFICER EVALUATIONS While in training reserves will be continuously evaluated using standardized daily and weekly observation reports. The reserve will be considered a trainee until all of the training phases have been completed. Reserves having completed their field training will be evaluated annually using performance dimensions applicable to the duties and authorities granted to that reserve. 327.6 FIREARMS REQUIREMENTS Penal Code § 830.6(a)(1) designates a reserve officer as having peace officer powers during his/ her assigned tour of duty, provided the reserve officer qualifies or falls within the provisions of Penal Code § 832.6. 327.6.1 CARRYING WEAPON ON DUTY Penal Code § 830.6(a)(1) permits qualified reserve officers to carry a loaded firearm while on- duty. It is the policy of this department to allow reserves to carry firearms only while on-duty or to and from duty. 327.6.2 CONCEALED FIREARMS PROHIBITED No volunteer reserve officer will be permitted to carry a concealed firearm while in an off- duty capacity, other than to and from work, except those reserve officers who possess a valid concealed weapons permit (CCW). An instance may arise where a reserve officer is assigned to a plainclothes detail for his/her assigned tour of duty. Under these circumstances, the reserve officer may be permitted to carry a weapon more suited to the assignment with the knowledge and approval of the supervisor in charge of the detail. Any reserve officer who is permitted to carry a firearm other than the assigned duty weapon may do so only after verifying that the weapon conforms to departmental standards. The weapon must be registered by the reserve officer and be inspected and certified as fit for service by a departmental armorer. Before being allowed to carry any optional firearm during an assigned tour of duty, the reserve officer shall have demonstrated his/her proficiency with said weapon at a department approved firearms training. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reserve Police Officers - 247 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Reserve Police Officers When a reserve officer has satisfactorily completed all three phases of training (as outlined in Policy Manual § 350.4), he/she may be issued a permit to carry a concealed weapon. The decision to issue a concealed weapon permit will be made by the Director of Public Safety with input from the Reserve Program Coordinator and administrative staff. In issuing a concealed weapon permit a reserve officer's qualification will be individually judged. Once issued, the concealed weapon permit will be valid only for as long as the reserve officer remains in good standing with the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Volunteer Reserve Officer Program. 327.6.3 RESERVE OFFICER FIREARM TRAINING All reserve officers are required to maintain proficiency with firearms used in the course of their assignments. Reserve officers shall comply with all areas of the firearms training section of the Policy Manual, with the following exceptions: (a)All reserve officers are required to qualify at least annually. (b)Should a reserve officer fail to qualify, that reserve officer will not be allowed to carry a firearm until he/she has reestablished his/her proficiency 327.7 EMERGENCY CALL-OUT FOR RESERVE PERSONNEL The Reserve Coordinator shall develop a plan outlining an emergency call-out procedure for reserve personnel. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reserve Police Officers - 248 Policy 328 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Outside Agency Assistance 328.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to officers in the request of or answering the request for assistance involving another law enforcement agency or fire agency. It is the policy of this department to provide assistance whenever possible, consistent with the applicable laws of arrest and detention policies of this department, when another law enforcement agency requests assistance with an arrest or detention of any person. This department may also request an outside agency to provide assistance. 328.1.1 ASSISTING OUTSIDE AGENCIES Generally, calls for assistance from other agencies are routed to the Shift Supervisor for approval. When an authorized employee of an outside agency requests the assistance of this department in taking a person into custody, available officers shall respond and assist in making a lawful arrest. If an officer receives a request in the field for assistance, that officer shall notify a supervisor. Arrestees may be temporarily detained by our agency until arrangements for transportation are made by the outside agency. Only in exceptional circumstances will this department provide transportation of arrestees to other county facilities. When such assistance is rendered, an event number will be generated to document action taken by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel. Pursuant to Section 344, active involvement in an outside agency's event will require appropriate documentation. 328.1.2 REQUESTING ASSISTANCE FROM OUTSIDE AGENCIES If assistance is needed from another agency, the employee requesting assistance shall first notify a supervisor of his/her intentions. The handling officer or supervisor should direct assisting personnel to where they are needed and to whom they should report when they arrive. The requesting officer should secure radio frequencies for use by all involved agencies so that communication can be coordinated as needed. If necessary, reasonable effort should be taken to provide radio equipment capable of communicating on the assigned frequency to any personnel who do not have compatible radios. 328.2 MASTER MUTUAL AID 328.3 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Incidents of outside assistance or law enforcement activities that are not documented in a crime report shall be documented in a general case report or as directed by the Shift Supervisor. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Outside Agency Assistance - 249 Policy 329 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Registered Offender Information 329.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes guidelines by which the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will address issues associated with certain offenders who are residing in the jurisdiction and how the Department will disseminate information and respond to public inquiries for information about registered sex, arson and drug offenders. 329.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to identify and monitor registered offenders living within this jurisdiction and to take reasonable steps to address the risks those persons may pose. 329.3 REGISTRATION The Detective Bureau supervisor shall establish a process to reasonably accommodate registration of certain offenders. The process should rebut any allegation on the part of the offender that the registration process was too confusing, burdensome, or difficult for compliance. If it is reasonable to do so, an investigator assigned to related investigations should conduct the registration in order to best evaluate any threat the person may pose to the community. Those assigned to register offenders should receive appropriate training regarding the registration process. Upon conclusion of the registration process, the investigator shall ensure that the registration information is provided to the California Department of Justice (DOJ) in accordance with applicable law (Penal Code § 457.1; Penal Code § 290 et seq.). The refusal of a registrant to provide any of the required information or complete the process should initiate a criminal investigation for failure to register. 329.3.1 CONTENTS OF REGISTRATION The information collected from the registering offenders shall include a signed statement as required by the California DOJ, fingerprints and a photograph, and any other information required by applicable law (Penal Code § 457.1; Penal Code § 290 et seq.). 329.4 MONITORING OF REGISTERED OFFENDERS The Detective Bureau supervisor should establish a system to periodically, and at least once annually, verify that a registrant remains in compliance with his/her registration requirements after the initial registration. This verification should include: (a)Efforts to confirm residence using an unobtrusive method, such as an internet search or drive-by of the declared residence. (b)Review of information on the California DOJ website for sex offenders. (c)Contact with a registrant’s parole or probation officer. Any discrepancies should be reported to the California DOJ. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Registered Offender Information - 250 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Registered Offender Information The Detective Bureau supervisor should also establish a procedure to routinely disseminate information regarding registered offenders to Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety personnel, including timely updates regarding new or relocated registrants. 329.5 DISSEMINATION OF PUBLIC INFORMATION Members will not unilaterally make a public notification advising the community of a particular registrant's presence in the community. Members who identify a significant risk or other public safety issue associated with a registrant should promptly advise their supervisor. The supervisor should evaluate the request and forward the information to the Director of Public Safety if warranted. A determination will be made by the Director of Public Safety, with the assistance of legal counsel as necessary, whether such a public alert should be made. Members of the public requesting information on sex registrants should be provided the Megan's Law website or the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety's website. Information on sex registrants placed on the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety's website shall comply with the requirements of Penal Code § 290.46. The Records Supervisor may release local registered offender information to residents only in accordance with applicable law and in compliance with a California Public Records Act request (Government Code § 7920.000 et seq.; Penal Code § 290.45; Penal Code § 290.46; Penal Code § 457.1). 329.5.1 LIMITED RELEASE WITHIN COLLEGE CAMPUS COMMUNITY California law allows the following additional information regarding a registered sex offender on campus, whose information is not available to the public via the internet website, to be released to a campus community (Penal Code § 290.01(d)): (a)The offender’s full name (b)The offender’s known aliases (c)The offender’s sex (d)The offender’s race (e)The offender’s physical description (f)The offender’s photograph (g)The offender’s date of birth (h)Crimes resulting in the registration of the offender under Penal Code § 290 (i)The date of last registration For purposes of this section, campus community shall be defined as those persons present at or regularly frequenting any place constituting campus property, satellite facilities, laboratories, public areas contiguous to the campus and other areas set forth in Penal Code § 290.01(d). 329.5.2 RELEASE NOTIFICATIONS Registrant information that is released should include notification that: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Registered Offender Information - 251 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Registered Offender Information (a)The offender registry includes only those persons who have been required by law to register and who are in compliance with the offender registration laws. (b)The information is provided as a public service and may not be current or accurate. (c)Persons should not rely solely on the offender registry as a safeguard against offenses in their communities. (d)The crime for which a person is convicted may not accurately reflect the level of risk. (e)Anyone who uses information contained in the registry to harass registrants or commit any crime may be subject to criminal prosecution. (f)The purpose of the release of information is to allow members of the public to protect themselves and their children from sex offenders (Penal Code 290.45). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Registered Offender Information - 252 Policy 330 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Major Incident Notification 330.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to members of this department in determining when, how and to whom notification of major incidents should be made. 330.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety recognizes that certain incidents should be brought to the attention of supervisors or other specified personnel of this department to facilitate the coordination of activities and ensure that inquiries from the media and the public may be properly addressed. 330.3 MINIMUM CRITERIA FOR NOTIFICATION Most situations where the media show a strong interest are also of interest to the Director of Public Safety, Deputy Chiefs and the affected Division Lieutenant. The following list of incident types is provided as a guide for notification and is not intended to be all-inclusive: •Homicides or attempted homicides •Traffic accidents with fatalities •Traffic collision involving a city vehicle with major damage or injury •Officer-involved shooting - on or off duty (See Policy Manual § 310.53 for special notifications) •Arrest of Department employee or prominent Rohnert Park official •Aircraft crash •In-custody deaths •Significant injury or death of a Department employee, an employee's immediate family member, or a prominent Rohnert Park official •Hostage or barricaded subject •Riot or other major disturbance (e.g., violent labor dispute) •Substantial operational area mutual aid request or response •Major fire •Stabbings, or incidents with substantial bodily injury •Battery where the victim may expire •Robbery with serious injury •Major sex crime with bodily injury •Kidnapping •A substantial school-related incident Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Major Incident Notification - 253 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Major Incident Notification •Any Public Safety event involving an elected official, city manager, department head, or their families, that comes to the attention of the Department •Any high-profile media cases •Other incident at the discretion of the supervisor 330.4 SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY The Shift Supervisor is responsible for making the appropriate notifications. The Shift Supervisor shall make reasonable attempts to obtain as much information on the incident as possible before notification. The Shift Supervisor shall attempt to make the notifications as soon as practical. Notification should be made by calling the cell phone number first, then the home phone, the internal paging system next, and then by pager. If notification by these methods is unsuccessful, the Shift Supervisor shall arrange for personal notification by department personnel or via outside agency assistance. 330.4.1 COMMAND STAFF NOTIFICATION In the event an incident occurs described in Policy Manual § 358.2, the Director of Public Safety shall be notified along with the affected Command Staff member if that division is affected. 330.4.2 DETECTIVE NOTIFICATION If the incident requires that a detective respond from home, the immediate supervisor of the appropriate detail shall be contacted who will then contact the appropriate detective. 330.4.3 TRAFFIC BUREAU NOTIFICATION In the event of a traffic fatality or major injury, the Major Accident Investigation Team (MAIT) supervisor shall be notified who will then contact the appropriate MAIT investigators. The MAIT supervisor will also notify Command Staff. 330.4.4 PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER (PIO) Any supervisor should be prepared to provide initial information in any event where it appears the media may have a significant interest in the incident. In the event additional assistance is needed in working with the media, the supervisor may call upon other supervisors, starting with the agency assigned Public Information Officer. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Major Incident Notification - 254 Policy 331 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Death Investigation 331.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The investigations of cases involving death include those ranging from natural cause to homicide. Some causes of death may not be readily apparent and some cases differ substantially from what they appeared to be initially. The thoroughness of death investigations cannot be emphasized enough. 331.2 INVESTIGATION CONSIDERATIONS Death investigation cases require certain actions be taken. Paramedics shall be called in all suspected death cases unless the death is obvious (decapitated, decomposed, etc.). The Department will provide public safety officers with a Death Scene Checklist to assist them with the proper course of action. A supervisor shall be notified in all death investigations. 331.2.1 CORONER REQUEST Government Code § 27491 and Health & Safety Code § 102850 direct the Coroner to inquire into and determine the circumstances, manner and cause of certain deaths. The Coroner shall be called in any of the following cases: (a)Unattended deaths (No physician in attendance or during the continued absence of the attending physician. Also, includes all deaths outside hospitals and nursing care facilities). (b)Deaths where the deceased has not been attended by either a physician or a registered nurse, who is a member of a hospice care interdisciplinary team, as defined by Health and Safety Code § 1746 in the 20 days prior to death. (c)Physician unable to state the cause of death. Unwillingness does not apply. Includes all sudden, unexpected and unusual deaths and fetal deaths when the underlying cause is unknown. (d)Known or suspected homicide. (e)Known or suspected suicide. (f)Involving any criminal action or suspicion of a criminal act. Includes child and dependent adult negligence and abuse. (g)Related to or following known or suspected self-induced or criminal abortion. (h)Associated with a known or alleged rape or crime against nature. (i)Following an accident or injury (primary or contributory). Deaths known or suspected as resulting (in whole or in part) from or related to accident or injury, either old or recent. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Death Investigation - 255 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Death Investigation (j)Drowning, fire, hanging, gunshot, stabbing, cutting, starvation, exposure, alcoholism, drug addiction, strangulation or aspiration. (k)Accidental poisoning (food, chemical, drug, therapeutic agents). (l)Occupational diseases or occupational hazards. (m)Known or suspected contagious disease and constituting a public hazard. (n)All deaths in operating rooms and all deaths where a patient has not fully recovered from an anesthetic, whether in surgery, recovery room or elsewhere. (o)In prison or while under sentence. Includes all in-custody and police involved deaths. (p)All deaths of unidentified persons. (q)All deaths of state hospital patients. (r)Suspected Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS) deaths. (s)All deaths where the patient is comatose throughout the period of the physician’s attendance. Includes patients admitted to hospitals unresponsive and expire without regaining consciousness. The body shall not be disturbed or moved from the position or place of death without permission of the coroner. 331.2.2 SEARCHING DEAD BODIES The Coroner or Deputy Coroner is generally the only person permitted to search a body known to be dead from any of the circumstances set forth in Government Code § 27491. The only exception is that an officer is permitted to search the body of a person killed in a traffic collision for the limited purpose of locating an anatomical donor card (Government Code § 27491.3). If such a donor card is located, the Coroner or a designee shall be promptly notified. Should exigent circumstances indicate to an officer that any search of a known dead body is warranted prior to the arrival of the Coroner or a designee; the investigating officer shall first obtain verbal consent from the Coroner or a designee (Government Code § 27491.2). Whenever possible, a witness, preferably a relative to the deceased or a member of the household, should be requested to remain at the scene with the officer pending the arrival of the Coroner or a designee. The name and address of this person shall be included in the narrative of the death report. Whenever personal effects are removed from the body of the deceased by the Coroner or a designee, a receipt shall be obtained. This receipt shall be attached to the death report. 331.2.3 DEATH NOTIFICATION When practical, and if not handled by the Coroner’s Office, notification to the next-of-kin of the deceased person shall be made, in person, by the officer assigned to the incident. If the next-of- kin lives in another jurisdiction, a law enforcement official from that jurisdiction shall be requested to make the personal notification. If the relatives live outside this county, the Coroner may be Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Death Investigation - 256 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Death Investigation requested to make the notification. The Coroner needs to know if notification has been made. Assigned detectives may need to talk to the next-of-kin. 331.2.4 UNIDENTIFIED DEAD BODIES If the identity of a dead body cannot be established after the Coroner arrives, the Coroner’s office will issue a “John Doe" or "Jane Doe” number for the report. 331.2.5 DEATH INVESTIGATION REPORTING All incidents involving a death shall be documented on the appropriate form. 331.2.6 SUSPECTED HOMICIDE If the initially assigned officer suspects that the death involves a homicide or other suspicious circumstances, the Investigations Division shall be notified to determine the possible need for a detective to respond to the scene for further immediate investigation. 331.2.7 EMPLOYMENT RELATED DEATHS OR INJURIES Any member of this agency who responds to and determines that a death, serious illness, or serious injury has occurred as a result of an accident at or in connection with the victim's employment shall ensure that the nearest office of Cal-OSHA is notified by telephone immediately or as soon as practicable with all pertinent information (8 CCR 342(b)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Death Investigation - 257 Policy 332 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Identity Theft 332.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Identity theft is a growing trend that frequently involves related crimes in multiple jurisdictions. This policy is intended to provide guidelines for the reporting and investigation of such crimes. 332.2 REPORTING (a)In an effort to maintain uniformity in reporting, officers presented with the crime of identity theft (Penal Code § 530.6) shall initiate a report for victims residing or having a place of business within the jurisdiction of this department when the crime occurred. For incidents of identity theft occurring outside this jurisdiction, officers should observe the following: 1.For any victim not residing or having a place of business within this jurisdiction, the officer may either take a courtesy report to be forwarded to the victim's residence agency or the victim should be encouraged to promptly report the identity theft to the law enforcement agency where he or she resides. (b)While the crime of identity theft should be reported to the law enforcement agency where the victim resides, officers of this department should investigate and report crimes occurring within this jurisdiction which have resulted from the original identity theft (e.g., the identity theft occurred elsewhere, but the credit card fraud occurred and is reported in this jurisdiction). (c)Officers should include all known incidents of fraudulent activity (e.g., credit card number applied for in victim's name when the victim has never made such an application). (d)Officers should also cross-reference all known reports made by the victim (e.g., U.S. Secret Service, credit reporting bureaus, U.S. Postal Service and DMV) with all known report numbers. (e)The reporting officer should inform victims of identity theft that the California Identity Theft Registry is available to help those who are wrongly linked to crimes. The registry can be checked by law enforcement and other authorized persons to investigate whether a criminal history or want was created in the victim's name (Penal Code § 530.7). Information regarding the California Identity Theft Registry can be obtained by calling toll free (888) 880-0240. (f)Following supervisory review and departmental processing, the initial report should be forwarded to the appropriate detective for follow up investigation, coordination with other agencies and prosecution as circumstances dictate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Identity Theft - 258 Policy 333 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Private Persons Arrests 333.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance for the handling of private person's arrests made pursuant to Penal Code § 837. 333.2 ADVISING PRIVATE PERSONS OF THE ARREST PROCESS Penal Code § 836(b) expressly mandates that all officers shall advise victims of domestic violence of the right to make a private person's arrest, including advice on how to safely execute such an arrest. In all other situations, officers should use sound discretion in determining whether or not to advise an individual of the arrest process. (a)When advising any individual regarding the right to make a private person's arrest, officers should refrain from encouraging or dissuading any individual from making such an arrest and should instead limit advice to the legal requirements for such an arrest as listed below. (b)Private individuals should be discouraged from using force to effect a private person's arrest, and absent immediate threat to their own safety or the safety of others, private individuals should be encouraged to refer matters to law enforcement officials for further investigation or arrest. 333.3 ARRESTS BY PRIVATE PERSONS Penal Code § 837 provides that a private person may arrest another: (a)For a public offense committed or attempted in his or her presence; (b)When the person arrested has committed a felony, although not in his or her presence; (c)When a felony has been in fact committed, and he or she has reasonable cause for believing the person arrested has committed it. Unlike peace officers, private persons may not make an arrest on suspicion that a felony has been committed - the felony must in fact have taken place. 333.4 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Any officer presented with a private person wishing to make an arrest must determine whether or not there is reasonable cause to believe that such an arrest would be lawful (Penal Code § 847). (a)Should any officer determine that there is no reasonable cause to believe that a private person's arrest is lawful, the officer should take no action to further detain or restrain the individual beyond that which reasonably appears necessary to investigate the matter, determine the lawfulness of the arrest and protect the public safety. 1.Any officer who determines that a private person's arrest appears to be unlawful should promptly release the arrested individual pursuant to Penal Code § 849(b) (1). The officer must include the basis of such a determination in a related report. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Private Persons Arrests - 259 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Private Persons Arrests 2.Absent reasonable cause to support a private person's arrest or other lawful grounds to support an independent arrest by the officer, the officer should advise the parties that no arrest will be made and that the circumstances will be documented in an event record or report. (b)Whenever an officer determines that there is reasonable cause to believe that a private person's arrest is lawful, the officer may exercise any of the following options: 1.Take the individual into physical custody for booking 2.Release the individual pursuant to a Notice to Appear 3.Release the individual pursuant to Penal Code § 849 333.5 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS In all circumstances in which a private person is claiming to have made an arrest, the individual must complete and sign a department Private Person's Arrest form under penalty of perjury. In addition to the Private Person's Arrest Form (and any other related documents such as citations, booking forms, etc.), officers shall complete a narrative regarding the circumstances and disposition of the incident. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Private Persons Arrests - 260 Policy 334 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Anti-Reproductive Rights Crimes Reporting 334.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy shall establish a procedure for the mandated reporting of Anti-Reproductive Rights Crimes (ARRC) to the Attorney General pursuant to the Reproductive Rights Law Enforcement Act (Penal Code § 13775 et seq.). 334.2 DEFINITIONS Penal Code § 423.2 provides that the following acts shall be considered Anti-Reproductive Rights Crimes (ARRC) when committed by any person, except a parent or guardian acting towards his or her minor child or ward: (a)By force, threat of force, or physical obstruction that is a crime of violence, intentionally injures, intimidates, interferes with, or attempts to injure, intimidate, or interfere with any person or entity because that person or entity is a reproductive health services client, provider, or assistant, or in order to intimidate any person or entity, or any class of persons or entities, from becoming or remaining a reproductive health services client, provider, or assistant (b)By non-violent physical obstruction, intentionally injures, intimidates, or interferes with, or attempts to injure, intimidate, or interfere with, any person or entity because that person or entity is a reproductive health services client, provider, or assistant, or in order to intimidate any person or entity, or any class of persons or entities, from becoming or remaining a reproductive health services client, provider or assistant (c)Intentionally damages or destroys the property of a person, entity, or facility, or attempts to do so, because the person, entity, or facility is a reproductive health services client, provider, assistant, or facility 334.3 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS TO THE ATTORNEY GENERAL (a)Upon the receipt of the report of an ARRC, it shall be the responsibility of the employee taking such a report to notify the Records Supervisor. (b)The Records Supervisor will work with the reporting employee to ensure all necessary data has been collected. (c)By the tenth day of each month, it shall be the responsibility of the Records Supervisor to ensure that all ARRC data is submitted to the Department of Justice Criminal Justice Statistics Center. 1.In the event that no ARRC(s) were reported during the previous month, a Negative ARRC Report shall be submitted to Department of Justice. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Anti-Reproductive Rights Crimes Reporting - 261 Policy 335 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Limited English Proficiency Services 335.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Language barriers can sometimes inhibit or even prohibit individuals with limited English proficiency (LEP) from gaining meaningful access to, or an understanding of important rights, obligations and services. It is therefore the policy of this department to take all reasonable steps to ensure timely and equal access to all individuals, regardless of national origin or primary language (Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, § 601, 42 USC 2000d). 335.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Authorized interpreter - Any employee who is bilingual and has successfully completed department-prescribed interpreter training and is authorized to act as an interpreter or translator. Bilingual - The ability to communicate in two languages fluently, including the ability to communicate technical and law enforcement terminology. Bilingual includes a variety of skill levels. For example, some bilingual individuals may be fluent enough to engage in direct communications in a non-English language but insufficiently fluent to interpret or translate from one language into another. For example, a bilingual individual, depending on his/her skill level, could be utilized to communicate fluently in a non-English language but not to interpret between two languages if he/she does not possess the specialized skills necessary to interpret between two languages effectively. In order to be utilized to interpret or translate from one language into another, an individual must possess the skill, training and demonstrated competence to do so. For purposes of this policy, employees, in order to be identified as bilingual, must initially and periodically demonstrate, through a procedure to be established by the Department, their level of skill and competence such that the Department is able to determine the purposes for which an employee's language skills may be used. Interpretation - The act of listening to a communication in one language (source language) and orally converting it to another language (target language) while retaining the same meaning. Limited English Proficient (LEP) - Designates individuals whose primary language is not English and who have a limited ability to read, write, speak or understand English. LEP individuals may be competent in certain types of communication (e.g., speaking or understanding), but still be LEP for other purposes (e.g., reading or writing). Similarly, LEP designations are context-specific: An individual may possess sufficient English language skills to function in one setting but these skills may be insufficient in other situations. Translation - The replacement of written text from one language (source language) into an equivalent written text (target language). 335.2 FOUR FACTOR ANALYSIS Since there are potentially hundreds of languages department personnel could encounter, the Department will utilize the four-factor analysis outlined in the Department of Justice LEP Guidance Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Limited English Proficiency Services - 262 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Limited English Proficiency Services to Federal Financial Assistance Recipients available at the DOJ website in determining which measures will provide reasonable and meaningful access to various rights, obligations, services and programs to everyone. It is recognized that law enforcement contacts and circumstances will vary considerably. This analysis therefore, must remain flexible and requires an ongoing balance of the following four factors: (a)The number or proportion of LEP individuals eligible to be served or likely to be encountered by department personnel or who may benefit from programs or services within the Department's jurisdiction or a particular geographic area. (b)The frequency with which LEP individuals are likely to come in contact with department personnel, programs or services. (c)The nature and importance of the contact, program, information or service provided. (d)The cost of providing LEP assistance and the resources available. As indicated above, the intent of this analysis is to provide a balance that reasonably ensures meaningful access by LEP individuals to critical services while not imposing undue burdens on the Department its personnel. While this department will not discriminate against or deny any individual access to services, rights or programs based upon national origin or any other protected interest or right, the above analysis will be utilized to determine the availability and level of assistance provided to any LEP individual or group. 335.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF LEP INDIVIDUAL'S LANGUAGE The Department will utilize all reasonably available tools, such as language identification cards, when attempting to determine an LEP individual's primary language in an effort to avoid misidentifying that language. 335.3 TYPES OF LEP ASSISTANCE AVAILABLE Depending on the balance of the above four factors, this department will make every reasonable effort to provide meaningful and timely assistance to LEP individuals through a variety of services, where available. LEP individuals may elect to accept interpreter services offered by the Department at no cost or choose to provide their own interpreter services at their own expense. Department personnel should document in any related report whether the LEP individual elected to use interpreter services provided by the Department or some other source. Department-provided interpreter services may include, but are not limited to, the assistance methods described in this section. 335.3.1 BILINGUAL PERSONNEL Personnel utilized for LEP services need not be certified as interpreters, but must have demonstrated, through established department procedures, a level of competence to ascertain whether his/her language skills are best suited to monolingual communications, interpretation, translation, or all or none of these functions. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Limited English Proficiency Services - 263 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Limited English Proficiency Services All personnel used for communication with LEP individuals must demonstrate knowledge of the functions of an interpreter and the ethical issues involved when acting as a language conduit. In addition, employees who serve as interpreters and/or translators must have demonstrated competence in both English and the non-English language. When bilingual personnel from this department are not available, personnel from other city departments who have the requisite training may be requested. 335.3.2 WRITTEN FORMS AND GUIDELINES This department will determine the most frequently used and critical forms and guidelines and translate these documents into the languages most likely to be requested. The Department will arrange to make these translated forms available to department personnel and other appropriate individuals. 335.3.3 AUDIO RECORDINGS The Department may develop audio recordings of information that is either important to or frequently requested by LEP individuals for broadcast in a language most likely to be understood by involved LEP individuals. 335.3.4 TELEPHONE INTERPRETER SERVICES The Shift Supervisor and the Dispatch Supervisor will maintain a list of qualified interpreter services. These services shall be available, with the approval of a supervisor, to assist department personnel in communicating with LEP individuals via official cellular telephones. 335.3.5 COMMUNITY VOLUNTEERS AND OTHER SOURCES OF INTERPRETATION Where competent bilingual departmental personnel or other City-certified staff are unavailable to assist, responsible members of the community who have demonstrated competence in either monolingual (direct) communication and/or in interpretation and translation (as noted in above) may be called upon to assist in communication efforts. Sources for these individuals may include neighboring police departments, university languages and linguistics departments, local businesses, banks, churches, neighborhood leaders and school officials. Department personnel should ensure that community members are able to provide unbiased assistance. The nature of the contact and relationship between the LEP individual and the individual offering services must be carefully considered (e.g., victim/suspect). Except for exigent or very informal and non-confrontational circumstances, the use of an LEP individual's bilingual friends or family members, particularly children, are generally not recommended and department personnel shall make case-by-case determinations on the appropriateness of using such individuals (for further guidance see: Section V(3) of the DOJ Final Guidance available at the DOJ website). 335.4 LEP CONTACT SITUATIONS AND REPORTING While all law enforcement contacts, services and individual rights are important, this department will utilize the four-factor analysis to prioritize language services so that they may be targeted where they are most needed. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Limited English Proficiency Services - 264 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Limited English Proficiency Services Whenever any member of this department is required to complete a report or when other documentation and interpretation or translation services are provided to any involved LEP individual, such services should be noted in the related report. 335.4.1 RECEIVING AND RESPONDING TO REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE In order to provide LEP individuals with meaningful access to police services when they are victims of, or witnesses to, alleged criminal activity or other emergencies, this department has designated its 9-1-1 lines as its top priority for language services. Department personnel will make every reasonable effort to promptly accommodate such LEP individuals utilizing 9-1-1 lines through any or all of the above resources. While 9-1-1 calls shall receive top priority, reasonable efforts should also be made to accommodate LEP individuals seeking routine access to services and information by utilizing the resources listed in this policy. 335.4.2 EMERGENCY CALLS TO 9-1-1 When a 9-1-1 call-taker receives a call and determines that the caller is an LEP individual, the call-taker should quickly determine whether sufficient information can be obtained to initiate an appropriate emergency response. If language assistance is still needed, the language is known and a language-appropriate authorized interpreter is available in the Dispatch Center, the call- taker should immediately connect the LEP caller to the interpreter. If an appropriate authorized interpreter is not available, the call-taker will promptly connect the LEP caller to the contracted telephonic interpretation service directly for assistance in completing the call. Dispatchers will make every reasonable effort to dispatch a bilingual officer to the assignment, if available. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will take reasonable steps and will work with the Department of Human Resources to hire and develop in-house language capacity in the Dispatch Center by hiring qualified personnel with specific language skills. 335.4.3 FIELD ENFORCEMENT AND INVESTIGATIONS Field enforcement will generally include such contacts as traffic stops, pedestrian stops, serving warrants and restraining orders, crowd/traffic control and other routine field contacts which may involve LEP individuals. The scope and nature of these activities and contacts will inevitably vary. Department personnel must assess each situation to determine the need and availability for translation services to all involved LEP individuals and utilize the methods outlined in § 368.3 to provide appropriate language assistance. Although not every situation can be addressed in this policy, it is important that department personnel are able to effectively communicate the reason for a contact, the need for information and the meaning or consequences of any enforcement action taken with an LEP individual. It would, for example, be meaningless to request consent to search if the person requesting is unable to effectively communicate with an LEP individual. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Limited English Proficiency Services - 265 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Limited English Proficiency Services 335.4.4 INVESTIGATIVE INTERVIEWS In any situation where the translation of an interview may contain information that might be used in a criminal trial, it is important to take certain steps to improve the chances of admissibility. This includes interviews conducted during an investigation with victims, witnesses and suspects. In such situations, audio recordings of the interviews should be made when reasonably possible. Identification and contact information for the interpreter (e.g., name, address) should be documented so that the person can be subpoenaed for trial if necessary. Any person selected as an interpreter and/or translator must have demonstrated competence in both English and the non-English language involved and knowledge of the functions of an interpreter that allows for correct and effective translation, and should not be a person with an interest in the case. The person providing interpretation or translation services may be required to establish the accuracy and trustworthiness of the interpretation or translation to the court. 335.4.5 CUSTODIAL INTERROGATIONS AND BOOKINGS In an effort to ensure the rights of LEP individuals are protected during arrest and custodial interrogation, this department places a high priority on providing competent interpretation during such situations. It is further recognized that miscommunication during custodial interrogations may have a substantial impact on the evidence presented in any related criminal prosecution. As such, department personnel providing interpretation services or translated forms in these situations will have demonstrated competence in interpretation/translation and make every reasonable effort to accurately interpret/translate all communications with LEP individuals. In order to ensure that translations during criminal investigations are documented accurately and admissible as evidence, audio recordings of interrogations, victim interviews and witness interviews should be used whenever reasonably possible. Employees providing interpretation or translation services shall also be aware of the inherent communication impediments to gathering information from the LEP individual throughout the booking process or any other situation in which an LEP individual is within the control of department personnel. Medical screening questions are commonly used to elicit information on an individual's medical needs, suicidal inclinations, presence of contagious diseases, potential illness, resulting symptoms upon withdrawal from certain medications, or the need to segregate the arrestee from other prisoners, therefore it is important for members of this department to make every reasonable effort to provide effective language services in these situations. 335.4.6 COMPLAINTS The Department shall ensure access to LEP persons who wish to file a complaint regarding the discharge of department duties. The Department may do so by providing interpretation assistance or translated forms to such individuals. If the Department responds to complaints filed by LEP individuals, the Department shall attempt to communicate its response in an accessible manner. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Limited English Proficiency Services - 266 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Limited English Proficiency Services 335.4.7 COMMUNITY OUTREACH Community outreach programs and other such services offered by this department have become increasingly recognized as important to the ultimate success of more traditional law enforcement duties. As such, this department will continue to work with community groups, local businesses and neighborhoods to provide equal access to such programs and services to LEP individuals and groups. 335.5 TRAINING In an effort to ensure that all personnel in public contact positions (or having contact with those in custody) are properly trained, the Department will provide periodic training to personnel about LEP policies and procedures, including how to access department-authorized telephonic and in- person interpreters and other available resources. The Training Coordinator shall be responsible for ensuring all new personnel receive LEP training and that all personnel receive refresher training at least once every two years thereafter. The Training Coordinator shall maintain records of all LEP training provided, with a copy in each member's training file, in accordance with established records retention schedules. 335.6 INTERPRETERS AND TRANSLATORS Department personnel who are called upon to interpret, translate, or provide other language assistance will be trained annually on language skills competency (including specialized terminology) and ethical considerations. (a)Assessment: The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety personnel identified as bilingual, who are willing to act as authorized interpreters, will have their language skills assessed by a professional interpreter using a structured assessment tool established by the Human Resources Department. Personnel found proficient in interpreting into and from the target language will be placed conditionally on the authorized interpreters list. (b)Training: All personnel conditionally placed on the authorized interpreter list must successfully complete the prescribed interpreter training within one year. After successful completion of interpreter training, the individual will be unconditionally placed on the authorized interpreter list. To complete interpreter training successfully, an interpreter must demonstrate proficiency in and ability to communicate information accurately in both English and in the target language; demonstrate knowledge in both languages of any specialized terms or phraseology and understand and adhere to the interpreter role without deviating into other roles, such as counselor or legal advisor. (c)Refresher course for authorized interpreters: Personnel who have been unconditionally placed on the authorized interpreter list must receive refresher training annually or they will be removed from the authorized interpreter list. The Training Bureau shall be responsible for coordinating the annual refresher training and will maintain a record of training that the interpreters have received. An authorized interpreters list is kept in dispatch. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Limited English Proficiency Services - 267 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Limited English Proficiency Services 335.7 SUPPLEMENTAL MATERIALS PROVIDED TO DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES The following materials will be made available to employees to assist in providing access and service to LEP individuals: (a)A list of departmental bilingual employees, languages spoken and contact and shift information (b)A list of department-certified interpretation services, bilingual interpreters, languages spoken and contact and availability information (c)The telephone number and access code of telephonic interpretation services (d)Language identification cards (e)Translated Miranda warning cards and other frequently used documents (f)Audio recordings/warnings that are developed in non-English languages 335.8 MONITORING AND UPDATING LANGUAGE ASSISTANCE EFFORTS 335.8.1 LEP COORDINATOR The Director of Public Safety will appoint an LEP Coordinator who is responsible for coordinating and implementing all aspects of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety LEP services to LEP individuals. The LEP Coordinator shall assess demographic data, review contracted language access services utilization data, and consult with community-based organizations annually in order to determine if there are additional languages into which vital documents should be translated. The LEP Coordinator will also be responsible for annually reviewing all new documents issued by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to assess whether they should be considered vital documents and be translated. 335.9 COMPLAINTS The Department shall ensure that LEP individuals who wish to file a complaint regarding members of this department are able to do so. The Department may provide an authorized interpreter or translated forms, as appropriate. Complaints will be referred to the LEP Coordinator. Investigations into such complaints shall be handled in accordance with the Personnel Complaints Policy. Authorized interpreters used for any interview with an LEP individual during an investigation should not be members of this department. Any notice required to be sent to an LEP individual as a complaining party pursuant to the Personnel Complaints Policy should be translated or otherwise communicated in a language- accessible manner. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Limited English Proficiency Services - 268 Policy 336 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications 336.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Individuals who suffer from deafness, hearing impairment, blindness, impaired vision, mental or other disabilities may encounter difficulties in gaining meaningful access to, or an understanding of important rights, obligations and services. In accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Civil Code § 54.1, it is therefore the policy of this department to take all reasonable steps to accommodate such individuals in any law enforcement contact. 336.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Auxiliary aids - Tools used to communicate with people who have a disability or impairment. They include, but are not limited to, the use of gestures or visual aids to supplement oral communication; a notepad and pen or pencil to exchange written notes; a computer or typewriter; an assistive listening system or device to amplify sound; a teletypewriter (TTY) or videophones (video relay service or VRS); taped text; qualified readers; or a qualified interpreter. Disability or impairment - A physical or mental impairment that substantially limits a major life activity, including hearing or seeing, regardless of whether the disabled person uses assistive or adaptive devices or auxiliary aids. Individuals who wear ordinary eyeglasses or contact lenses are not considered to have a disability (42 USC § 12102). Qualified interpreter - A person who is able to interpret effectively, accurately and impartially, both receptively and expressively, using any necessary specialized vocabulary. Qualified interpreters include oral interpreters, translators, sign language interpreters and intermediary interpreters. 336.2 FACTORS TO CONSIDER Because the nature of any law enforcement contact may vary substantially from one situation to the next, employees of this department should consider all information reasonably available to them when determining how to communicate with an individual suffering from any disability. These factors may include, but are not limited to: (a)The extent to which a disability is obvious or otherwise made known to the involved employee. Impaired or disabled individuals may be reluctant to acknowledge their condition and may even feign a complete understanding of a communication despite actual confusion. (b)The nature of the disability (e.g., total deafness or blindness vs. impairment) (c)The nature of the law enforcement contact (e.g., emergency vs. non-emergency, custodial vs. consensual contact, etc.) (d)Availability of resources to aid in communication Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 269 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications When considering these and other available information, the involved employee(s) should carefully balance all factors in an effort to reasonably ensure meaningful access by individuals suffering from apparent disabilities to critical services while not imposing undue burdens on the Department or its officers. 336.2.1 INITIAL AND IMMEDIATE CONSIDERATIONS Recognizing that various law enforcement encounters may be potentially volatile and/ or emotionally charged, department employees should remain alert to the possibility of communication problems and exercise special care in the use of all gestures, and verbal and written communication in an effort to minimize initial confusion and misunderstanding when dealing with any individual(s) with known or suspected disabilities or communication impairments. 336.3 TYPES OF ASSISTANCE AVAILABLE Depending on the balance of the factors available for consideration at the time, this department will make every reasonable effort to provide meaningful and timely assistance to disabled individuals through a variety of services, where available. Disabled individuals may elect to accept such assistance at no cost, choose to provide their own communication services at their own expense or any combination thereof. In any situation, the individual's expressed choice of communication method shall be given primary consideration and honored unless the employee can adequately demonstrate that another effective method of communication exists under the circumstances. Officers should document the type of communication utilized in any related report and whether a disabled or impaired individual elected to use services provided by the Department or some other identified source. Department provided services may include, but are not limited to the following: 336.3.1 FIELD RESOURCES Individual officers and employees are encouraged to utilize resources immediately available to them in any contact with a known or suspected disabled or impaired person. Examples of this would include such simple methods as: (a)Hand gestures or written communications exchanged between the employee and a deaf or hearing impaired individual (b)Facing an individual utilizing lip reading and speaking slowly and clearly (c)Slowly and clearly speaking or reading simple terms to any visually or mentally impaired individual 336.3.2 AUDIO RECORDINGS AND ENLARGED PRINT From time to time, the Department may develop audio recordings of important information needed by blind or visually impaired individuals. In the absence of such audio recordings, employees may elect to read aloud a Department form or document such as a citizen complaint form to a visually impaired individual or utilize a photocopier to enlarge printed forms for a visually impaired individual. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 270 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications 336.3.3 TELEPHONE INTERPRETER SERVICES The Shift Supervisor and Dispatch Supervisor will maintain a list of qualified interpreter services to be contacted at department expense to assist deaf or hearing impaired individuals upon approval of a supervisor. When utilized, notification to such interpreters shall be made at the earliest reasonable opportunity and the interpreter should be available to respond within a reasonable time (generally not to exceed three hours). 336.3.4 TTY AND RELAY SERVICES Individuals who are deaf or hearing impaired must be given the opportunity to use available text telephones (TTY or TDD). All calls placed by such individuals through such services shall be accepted by this department. 336.3.5 COMMUNITY VOLUNTEERS Depending on the circumstances, location and availability, responsible members of the community may be available to provide qualified interpreter services, such as those who are proficient in American Sign Language (ASL). Sources for these individuals may include local businesses, banks, churches, neighborhood leaders and school officials. In addition to such sources developed by individual officers, the Department will attempt to maintain and update a list of qualified community volunteers who may be available to respond within a reasonable time. 336.3.6 FAMILY AND FRIENDS OF DISABLED OR IMPAIRED INDIVIDUAL While family and friends of a disabled or impaired individual may frequently offer to assist with interpretation, employees should carefully consider the circumstances before relying on such individuals. For example, children should not be relied upon except in emergency or critical situations. Further, the nature of the contact and relationship between the disabled individual and the individual offering services must be carefully considered (e.g., victim/suspect). 336.4 CONTACT SITUATIONS AND REPORTING While all contacts, services, and individual rights are important, this department will carefully consider reasonably available information in an effort to prioritize services to disabled and impaired individuals so that such services and resources may be targeted where most needed because of the nature and importance of the particular law enforcement activity involved. Whenever any member of this department is otherwise required to complete a report or other documentation, and communication assistance is provided to any involved disabled or impaired individual(s), such services should be noted in the related report. 336.4.1 RECEIVING AND RESPONDING TO REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE In order to provide disabled and impaired individuals with meaningful access to law enforcement services when they are victims of, or witnesses to, alleged criminal activity or other emergencies, this department has designated its 911 lines as its top priority for assistance with such services. Department personnel will make every reasonable effort to promptly accommodate such disabled and impaired individuals utilizing 911 lines through any or all of the above resources. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 271 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications While 911 calls shall receive top priority, it is also important that reasonable efforts be made to accommodate disabled and impaired individuals seeking more routine access to services and information from this department. 336.4.2 CUSTODIAL INTERROGATIONS AND BOOKINGS In an effort to ensure the rights of all disabled and impaired individuals are protected during arrest and custodial interrogation, this department places a high priority on providing reasonable communication assistance during such situations. It is further recognized that miscommunication during custodial interrogations may have a substantial impact on the evidence presented in any related criminal prosecution. As such, department personnel providing communication assistance in these situations will make every reasonable effort to accurately and effectively communicate with disabled or impaired individuals. Employees providing such assistance shall also be aware of the inherent communication impediments to gathering information from disabled or impaired individuals throughout the booking process or any other situation in which a disabled or impaired individual is within the control of department personnel. Medical screening questions are commonly used to elicit information on individual's medical needs, suicidal inclinations, presence of contagious diseases, potential illness, resulting symptoms upon withdrawal from certain medications, or the need to segregate the arrestee from other prisoners, therefore it is important for this department to make every reasonable effort to provide effective communication assistance in these situations. (a)Individuals who require communication aids (e.g., hearing aids) should be permitted to retain such devices while in custody. (b)While it may present officer safety or other logistical problems to allow a physically disabled individual to retain devices such as a wheel chair or crutches during a custodial situation, the removal of such items will require that other reasonable accommodations be made to assist such individuals with access to all necessary services. (c)Whenever a deaf or hearing impaired individual is detained or arrested and placed in handcuffs, officers should consider, safety permitting, placing the handcuffs in front of the body in order to allow the individual to sign or write notes. 336.4.3 FIELD ENFORCEMENT AND INVESTIGATIONS Field enforcement will generally include such contacts as traffic stops, pedestrian stops, serving warrants and restraining orders, crowd/traffic control and other routine field contacts which may involve disabled or impaired individuals. The scope and nature of these activities and contacts will inevitably vary, therefore the Department recognizes that it would be virtually impossible to provide immediate access to complete communication services to every officer in the field. Each officer and/or supervisor must, however, assess each such situation to determine the need and availability for communication assistance to any and all involved disabled or impaired individuals. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 272 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications Although not every situation can be addressed within this policy, it is important that employees are able to effectively communicate the reason for a contact, the need for information and the meaning or consequences of any enforcement action taken with a disabled or impaired individual. For example, it would be meaningless to verbally request consent to search if the officer is unable to effectively communicate with a deaf individual. 336.4.4 COMMUNITY OUTREACH Community outreach programs and other such services offered by this department have become increasingly recognized as important to the ultimate success of more traditional law enforcement duties. As such, this department will continue to work with community groups, local businesses and neighborhoods to provide equal access to such programs and services to disabled individuals and groups. 336.5 TRAINING In an effort to ensure that all employees in public contact positions (or having contact with those in custody) are properly trained, this department will provide periodic training in the following areas: (a)Employee awareness of related policies, procedures, forms and available resources (b)Employees having contact with the public (or those in our custody) are trained to work effectively with in-person and telephone interpreters and related equipment (c)Training for management staff, even if they may not interact regularly with disabled individuals, in order that they remain fully aware of, and understand this policy, so they can reinforce its importance and ensure its implementation by staff 336.6 TYPES OF ASSISTANCE AVAILABLE Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety members shall never refuse to assist an individual with disabilities who is requesting assistance. The Department will not charge anyone to receive auxiliary aids, nor shall they require anyone to furnish their own auxiliary aid or service as a condition for receiving assistance. The Department will make every reasonable effort to provide equal access and timely assistance to individuals who are disabled through a variety of services. A person who is disabled may choose to accept department-provided auxiliary aids or services or they may choose to provide their own. Department-provided auxiliary aids or services may include, but are not limited to, the assistance methods described in this policy. 336.7 AUDIO RECORDINGS AND ENLARGED PRINT The Department may develop audio recordings to assist people who are blind or have a visual impairment with accessing important information. If such a recording is not available, members may read aloud from the appropriate form, for example a personnel complaint form, or provide forms with enlarged print. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 273 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications 336.8 QUALIFIED INTERPRETERS A qualified interpreter may be needed in lengthy or complex transactions (e.g., interviewing a victim, witness, suspect or arrestee), if the individual to be interviewed normally relies on sign language or speechreading (lip-reading) to understand what others are saying. The qualified interpreter should not be a person with an interest in the case or investigation involving the disabled individual. A person providing interpretation services may be required to establish the accuracy and trustworthiness of the interpretation in a court proceeding. Qualified interpreters should be: (a)Available within a reasonable amount of time but in no event longer than one hour if requested. (b)Experienced in providing interpretation services related to law enforcement matters. (c)Familiar with the use of VRS and/or video remote interpreting services. (d)Certified in either American Sign Language (ASL) or Signed English (SE). (e)Able to understand and adhere to the interpreter role without deviating into other roles, such as counselor or legal adviser. (f)Knowledgeable of the ethical issues involved when providing interpreter services. Members should use department-approved procedures to request a qualified interpreter at the earliest reasonable opportunity, and generally not more than 15 minutes after a request for an interpreter has been made or it is reasonably apparent that an interpreter is needed. No individual who is disabled shall be required to provide his/her own interpreter (28 CFR 35.160). 336.9 TTY AND RELAY SERVICES In situations where an individual without a disability would have access to a telephone (e.g., booking or attorney contacts), members must also provide those who are deaf, hard of hearing or have impaired speech the opportunity to place calls using an available TTY (also known as a telecommunications device for deaf people, or TDD). Members shall provide additional time, as needed, for effective communication due to the slower nature of TTY and TDD communications. The Department will accept all TTY or TDD calls placed by those who are deaf or hard of hearing and received via a telecommunications relay service (28 CFR 35.162). Note that relay services translate verbatim, so the conversation must be conducted as if speaking directly to the caller. 336.10 COMMUNITY VOLUNTEERS Interpreter services may be available from community volunteers who have demonstrated competence in communication services, such as ASL or SE, and have been approved by the Department to provide interpreter services. Where qualified interpreters are unavailable to assist, approved community volunteers who have demonstrated competence may be called upon when appropriate. However, department members Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 274 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications must carefully consider the nature of the contact and the relationship between the individual with the disability and the volunteer to ensure that the volunteer can provide neutral and unbiased assistance. 336.11 FAMILY AND FRIENDS While family or friends may offer to assist with interpretation, members should carefully consider the circumstances before relying on such individuals. The nature of the contact and relationship between the individual with the disability and the person offering services must be carefully considered (e.g., victim/suspect). Children shall not be relied upon except in emergency or critical situations when there is no qualified interpreter reasonably available. Adults may be relied upon when (28 CFR 35.160): (a)There is an emergency or critical situation and there is no qualified interpreter reasonably available. (b)The person with the disability requests that the adult interpret or facilitate communication and the adult agrees to provide such assistance, and reliance on that adult for such assistance is reasonable under the circumstances. 336.12 REPORTING Whenever any member of this department is required to complete a report or other documentation, and communication assistance has been provided, such services should be noted in the related report. Members should document the type of communication services utilized and whether the individual elected to use services provided by the Department or some other identified source. If the individual’s express preference is not honored, the member must document why another method of communication was used. All written communications exchanged in a criminal case shall be attached to the report or placed into evidence. 336.13 FIELD ENFORCEMENT Field enforcement will generally include such contacts as traffic stops, pedestrian stops, serving warrants and restraining orders, crowd/traffic control and other routine field contacts that may involve individuals with disabilities. The scope and nature of these activities and contacts will inevitably vary. The Department recognizes that it would be virtually impossible to provide immediate access to complete communication services to every member of this department. Members and/or supervisors must assess each situation and consider the length, complexity and importance of the communication, as well as the individual’s preferred method of communication, when determining the type of resources to use and whether a qualified interpreter is needed. Although not every situation can be addressed in this policy, it is important that members are able to effectively communicate the reason for a contact, the need for information and the meaning Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 275 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications or consequences of any enforcement action. For example, it would be meaningless to verbally request consent to search if the officer is unable to effectively communicate with an individual who is deaf or hard of hearing and requires communications assistance. If available, officers should obtain the assistance of a qualified interpreter before placing an individual with a disability under arrest. Individuals who are arrested and are assisted by service animals should be permitted to make arrangements for the care of such animals prior to transport. 336.13.1 FIELD RESOURCES Examples of methods that may be sufficient for transactions, such as checking a license or giving directions to a location or for urgent situations such as responding to a violent crime in progress, may, depending on the circumstances, include such simple things as: (a)Hand gestures or visual aids with an individual who is deaf, hard of hearing or has impaired speech. (b)Exchange of written notes or communications. (c)Verbal communication with an individual who can speechread by facing the individual and speaking slowly and clearly. (d)Use of computer, word processing, personal communication device or similar device to exchange texts or notes. (e)Slowly and clearly speaking or reading simple terms to individuals who have a visual or mental impairment. Members should be aware that these techniques may not provide effective communication as required by law and this policy depending on the circumstances. 336.14 CUSTODIAL INTERROGATIONS In an effort to ensure that the rights of individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing or have speech impairment are protected during a custodial interrogation, this department will provide interpreter services before beginning an interrogation, unless exigent circumstances exist or the individual has made a clear indication that he/she understands the process and desires to proceed without an interpreter. The use of a video remote interpreting service should be considered, where appropriate, if a live interpreter is not available. Miranda warnings shall be provided to suspects who are deaf or hard of hearing by a qualified interpreter or by providing a written Miranda warning card. In order to ensure that communications during custodial investigations are accurately documented and are admissible as evidence, interrogations should be recorded whenever reasonably possible. See guidance on recording custodial interrogations in the Investigation and Prosecution Policy. 336.15 ARREST AND BOOKINGS If an individual with speech or hearing disabilities is arrested, the arresting officer shall use department-approved procedures to provide a qualified interpreter at the place of arrest or Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 276 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications booking as soon as reasonably practicable, unless the individual indicates that he/she prefers a different auxiliary aid or service or the officer reasonably determines another effective method of communication exists under the circumstances. When gathering information during the booking process, members should remain alert to the impediments that often exist when communicating with those who are deaf, hard of hearing, who have impaired speech or vision, are blind, or have other disabilities. In the interest of the arrestee’s health and welfare, the safety and security of the facility and to protect individual rights, it is important that accurate medical screening and booking information be obtained. If necessary, members should seek the assistance of a qualified interpreter whenever there is concern that accurate information cannot be obtained or that booking instructions may not be properly understood by the individual. Individuals who require and possess personally owned communication aids (e.g., hearing aids, cochlear processors) should be permitted to retain them while in custody. 336.16 COMPLAINTS The Department shall ensure that individuals with disabilities who wish to file a complaint regarding members of this department are able to do so. The Department may provide a qualified interpreter or forms in enlarged print, as appropriate. Complaints will be referred to the department ADA Coordinator. Investigations into such complaints shall be handled in accordance with the Personnel Complaints Policy. Qualified interpreters used during the investigation of a complaint should not be members of this Department. 336.17 TRAINING To ensure that all members who may have contact with individuals who are disabled are properly trained, the Department will provide periodic training that should include: (a)Awareness and understanding of this policy and related procedures, related forms and available resources. (b)Procedures for accessing qualified interpreters and other available resources. (c)Working with in-person and telephone interpreters and related equipment. The Training Coordinator shall be responsible for ensuring new members receive training related to interacting with individuals who have disabilities, including individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing, who have impaired speech or vision, or are blind. Those who may have contact with such individuals should receive refresher training at least once every two years thereafter. The Training Coordinator shall maintain records of all training provided, and will retain a copy in each member’s training file in accordance with established records retention schedules. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 277 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications 336.17.1 CALL-TAKER TRAINING Emergency call-takers shall be trained in the use of TTY equipment protocols for communicating with individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing or who have speech impairments. Such training and information should include: (a)The requirements of the ADA and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act for telephone emergency service providers. (b)ASL syntax and accepted abbreviations. (c)Practical instruction on identifying and processing TTY or TDD calls, including the importance of recognizing silent TTY or TDD calls, using proper syntax, abbreviations and protocol when responding to TTY or TDD calls. (d)Hands-on experience in TTY and TDD communications, including identification of TTY or TDD tones. Training should be mandatory for all the Dispatch Center members who may have contact with individuals from the public who are deaf, hard of hearing or have impaired speech. Refresher training should occur every six months. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hearing Impaired/Disabled Communications - 278 Policy 337 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mandatory Employer Notification 337.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to describe the requirements and procedures to follow when a public or private school employee (teacher and non-teacher) has been arrested under certain circumstances. 337.2 MANDATORY SCHOOL EMPLOYEE ARREST REPORTING In the event a school employee is arrested for any controlled substance offense enumerated in Health & Safety Code § 11590, 11364, in so far as that section relates to paragraph (12) of subdivision (d) of Health and Safety Code § 11054, or for any of the offenses enumerated in Penal Code § 290 or in subdivision 1 of Penal Code § 291 or Education Code § 44010, the Director of Public Safety or his/her designee is required to immediately report the arrest as follows: 337.2.1 ARREST OF PUBLIC SCHOOL TEACHER In the event a public school teacher is arrested for any controlled substance offense enumerated in Health and Safety Code § 11591 or Health and Safety Code § 11364, in so far as that section relates to Health and Safety Code § 11054(d)(12), or for any of the offenses enumerated in Penal Code § 290, Penal Code § 261(a), or Education Code § 44010, the Director of Public Safety or his/her designee is mandated to immediately notify by telephone the superintendent of the school district employing the teacher and to immediately give written notice of the arrest to the Commission on Teacher Credentialing and to the superintendent of schools in the county where the person is employed (Health and Safety Code § 11591; Penal Code § 291). 337.2.2 ARREST OF PUBLIC SCHOOL NON-TEACHER EMPLOYEE In the event a public school non-teacher employee is arrested for any controlled substance offense enumerated in Health and Safety Code § 11591 or Health and Safety Code § 11364, in so far as that section relates to Health and Safety Code § 11054(d)(12), or for any of the offenses enumerated in Penal Code § 290, Penal Code § 261(a), or Education Code § 44010, the Director of Public Safety or his/her designee is mandated to immediately notify by telephone the superintendent of the school district employing the non-teacher and to immediately give written notice of the arrest to the governing board of the school district employing the person (Health and Safety Code § 11591; Penal Code § 291). 337.2.3 ARREST OF PRIVATE SCHOOL TEACHER In the event a private school teacher is arrested for any controlled substance offense enumerated in Health and Safety Code § 11591 or Health and Safety Code § 11364, in so far as that section relates to Health and Safety Code § 11054(d)(12), or for any of the offenses enumerated in Penal Code § 290 or Education Code § 44010, the Director of Public Safety or his/her designee is mandated to immediately notify by telephone the private school authority employing the teacher and to immediately give written notice of the arrest to the private school authority employing the teacher (Health and Safety Code § 11591; Penal Code § 291.1). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mandatory Employer Notification - 279 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mandatory Employer Notification 337.2.4 ARREST OF COMMUNITY COLLEGE INSTRUCTOR In the event a teacher or instructor employed in a community college district school is arrested for any controlled substance offense enumerated in Health and Safety Code § 11591.5 or Health and Safety § 11364, in so far as that section relates to Health and Safety Code § 11054(d)(9), or for any of the offenses enumerated in Penal Code § 290 or in Penal Code § 261(a)(1), the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee is mandated to immediately notify by telephone the superintendent of the community college district employing the person, and shall immediately give written notice of the arrest to the California Community Colleges Chancellor’s Office (Health and Safety Code § 11591.5; Penal Code § 291.5). 337.3 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will meet the reporting requirements of California law to minimize the risks to children and others. 337.4 ARREST OF PERSONS EMPLOYED IN COMMUNITY CARE FACILITIES In the event an employee of a community treatment facility, a day treatment facility, a group home, a short-term residential therapeutic program or a foster family agency is arrested for child abuse (as defined in Penal Code § 11165.6) and the employee is free to return to work where children are present, the investigating member shall notify the licensee of the charge of abuse (Health and Safety Code § 1522.2). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mandatory Employer Notification - 280 Policy 338 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Biological Samples 338.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for the collection of biological samples from those individuals required to provide samples upon conviction or arrest for certain offenses. This policy does not apply to biological samples collected at a crime scene or taken from a person in conjunction with a criminal investigation. Nor does it apply to biological samples from those required to register, for example, sex offenders. 338.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will assist in the expeditious collection of required biological samples from offenders in accordance with the laws of this state and with as little reliance on force as practicable. 338.3 PERSONS SUBJECT TO DNA COLLECTION Those who must submit a biological sample include (Penal Code § 296): (a)A person, including a juvenile, upon conviction or other adjudication of any felony offense. (b)A person, including a juvenile, upon conviction or other adjudication of any offense if the person has a prior felony on record. (c)An adult arrested or charged with any felony. 338.4 PROCEDURE When an individual is required to provide a biological sample, a trained employee shall obtain the sample in accordance with this policy. 338.4.1 COLLECTION The following steps should be taken to collect a sample: (a)Verify that the individual is required to provide a sample pursuant to Penal Code § 296; Penal Code § 296.1. (b)Verify that a biological sample has not been previously collected from the offender by querying the individual's criminal history record for a DNA collection flag or, during regular business hours, calling the California Department of Justice (DOJ) designated DNA laboratory. There is no need to obtain a biological sample if one has been previously obtained. (c)Use a DNA buccal swab collection kit provided by the California DOJ to perform the collection and take steps to avoid cross contamination. 338.5 USE OF FORCE TO OBTAIN SAMPLES If a person refuses to cooperate with the sample collection process, officers should attempt to identify the reason for refusal and seek voluntary compliance without resorting to using force. Force will not be used in the collection of samples except as authorized by court order and only Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Biological Samples - 281 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Biological Samples with the approval of a supervisor. Methods to consider when seeking voluntary compliance include contacting: (a)The person's parole or probation officer when applicable. (b)The prosecuting attorney to seek additional charges against the person for failure to comply or to otherwise bring the refusal before a judge. (c)The judge at the person's next court appearance. (d)The person's attorney. (e)A chaplain. (f)Another custody facility with additional resources, where an arrestee can be transferred to better facilitate sample collection. (g)A supervisor who may be able to authorize custodial disciplinary actions to compel compliance, if any are available. The supervisor shall review and approve any plan to use force and be present to document the process. 338.5.1 VIDEO RECORDING A video recording should be made anytime force is used to obtain a biological sample. The recording should document all staff participating in the process, in addition to the methods and all force used during the collection. The recording should be part of the investigation file, if any, or otherwise retained in accordance with the department’s records retention schedule (15 CCR 1059). 338.5.2 CELL EXTRACTIONS If the use of force includes a cell extraction, the extraction shall be video recorded, including audio. Video shall be directed at the cell extraction event. The video recording shall be retained by the Department for the length of time required by statute. Notwithstanding the use of the video as evidence in a criminal proceeding, the tape shall be retained administratively (15 CCR 1059). 338.6 LEGAL MANDATES AND RELEVANT LAWS California law provides for the following: 338.6.1 DOCUMENTATION RELATED TO FORCE The Shift Supervisor or the on-duty authorized designee shall prepare prior written authorization for the use of any force (15 CCR 1059). The written authorization shall include information that the subject was asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or impression and refused, as well as the related court order authorizing the force. 338.6.2 BLOOD SAMPLES A blood sample should only be obtained under this policy when: (a)The California DOJ requests a blood sample and the subject consents, or (b)A court orders a blood sample following a refusal. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Biological Samples - 282 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Biological Samples The withdrawal of blood may only be performed in a medically approved manner by health care providers trained and qualified to draw blood. A California DOJ collection kit shall be used for this purpose (Penal Code § 298(a); Penal Code § 298(b)(2)). 338.6.3 LITIGATION The Director of Public Safety or authorized designee should notify the California DOJ’s DNA Legal Unit in the event this department is named in a lawsuit involving the DNA Data Bank sample collection, sample use or any aspect of the state’s DNA Data Bank Program. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Biological Samples - 283 Policy 339 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chaplains 339.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety utilizes a Chaplain Program for the purposes of providing spiritual and emotional support to all members of the Department, their families and members of the public. 339.2 POLICY It is the policy of this department that when chaplaincy services are needed, the Sonoma County Law Enforcement Chaplaincy Service (SCLECS) will be utilized. SCLECS is available, upon approval of a Shift Supervisor, via a 24-hour contact phone number: (707) 538-4700 Specific information about the SCLECS can be reviewed at http://www.sonomalawchaplains.com 339.3 CLERGY-PENITENT CONFIDENTIALITY RPDPS Employees that volunteer with the Sonoma County Law Enforcement Chaplaincy Service (SCLECS) may not counsel and respond to matters that involve other Department personnel. They may respond and assist with any matters involving the Community. Department chaplains shall be familiar with state evidentiary laws and rules pertaining to the limits of the clergy-penitent privilege and shall inform department members when it appears reasonably likely that the member is discussing matters that are not subject to the clergy-penitent privilege. In such cases, the chaplain should consider referring the member to a non-department counseling resource. 339.3.1 COMPLIANCE Chaplains are volunteer members of this department, and except as otherwise specified within this policy, are required to comply with the Volunteer Program Policy and other applicable policies. 339.4 TRAINING Currently, all training and content for the Sonoma County Law Enforcement Chaplaincy program is provided and monitored by the Sonoma County Law Enforcement Chaplaincy Program itself. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Chaplains - 284 Policy 340 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Safety Video Surveillance System 340.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidance for the placement and monitoring of department public safety video surveillance, as well as the storage and release of the captured images. This policy only applies to overt, marked public safety video surveillance systems operated by the Department. It does not apply to mobile audio/video systems, covert audio/video systems or any other image-capturing devices used by the Department. 340.2 POLICY Cameras may be placed in strategic locations throughout the City at the direction or with the approval of the Director of Public Safety. These cameras can be used for detecting and deterring crime, to help safeguard against potential threats to the public, to help manage emergency response situations during natural and man-made disasters and to assist City officials in providing services to the community. 340.3 OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES Only City approved video surveillance equipment shall be utilized. Members authorized to monitor video surveillance equipment should only monitor public areas and public activities where no reasonable expectation of privacy exists. The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall approve all proposed locations for the use of video surveillance technology and should consult with and be guided by legal counsel as necessary in making such determinations. 340.3.1 PLACEMENT AND MONITORING Camera placement will be guided by the underlying purpose or strategy associated with the overall video surveillance plan. As appropriate, the Director of Public Safety should confer with other affected City divisions and designated community groups when evaluating camera placement. Environmental factors, including lighting, location of buildings, presence of vegetation, or other obstructions, should also be evaluated when determining placement. The cameras shall only record video images and not sound. Recorded images may be used for a variety of purposes, including criminal investigations and monitoring of activity around high- value or high-threat areas. The public video surveillance system may be useful for the following purposes: (a)To prevent, deter, and identify criminal activity. (b)To target identified areas of gang and narcotics complaints or activity. (c)To respond to critical incidents. (d)To assist in identifying, apprehending, and prosecuting offenders. (e)To document officer and offender conduct during interactions to safeguard the rights of the public and officers. (f)To augment resources in a cost-effective manner. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Safety Video Surveillance System - 285 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Safety Video Surveillance System (g)To monitor pedestrian and vehicle traffic activity. Images from each camera should be recorded in a manner consistent with the underlying purpose of the particular camera. Images should be transmitted to monitors installed in the Shift Supervisor’s office and the Dispatch Center. When activity warranting further investigation is reported or detected at any camera location, the available information should be provided to responding officers in a timely manner. The Shift Supervisor or trained personnel in the Dispatch Center are authorized to adjust the cameras to more effectively view a particular area for any legitimate public safety purpose. The Director of Public Safety may authorize video feeds from the public safety video surveillance system to be forwarded to a specified location for monitoring by other than police personnel, such as allied government agencies, road or traffic crews, or fire or emergency operations personnel. Unauthorized recording, viewing, reproduction, dissemination, or retention is prohibited. 340.3.2 TRAINING Personnel involved in video monitoring will be appropriately trained and supervised. 340.3.3 INTEGRATION WITH OTHER TECHNOLOGY The Department may elect to integrate its public safety video surveillance system with other technology to enhance available information. Systems such as gunshot detection, incident mapping, crime analysis, license plate recognition, facial recognition and other video-based analytical systems may be considered based upon availability and the nature of department strategy. The Department should evaluate the availability and propriety of networking or otherwise collaborating with appropriate private sector entities and should evaluate whether the use of certain camera systems, such as pan-tilt-zoom systems and video enhancement or other analytical technology, requires additional safeguards. 340.3.4 CAMERA MARKINGS Except in the case of covert operations or confidential investigations, all public areas that are monitored by public safety cameras shall be marked in a conspicuous manner with appropriate signs to inform the public that the area is under police surveillance. Signs shall be well lit to ensure visibility. 340.4 MEDIA STORAGE All media will be stored in a secure area with access restricted to authorized persons. Recordings not otherwise needed for official reasons shall be retained for a period of not less than one year and thereafter should be erased with the written consent of the City Attorney. Any recordings needed as evidence in a criminal or civil proceeding shall be copied to a suitable medium and booked into evidence in accordance with current evidence procedures (Government Code § 34090.6). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Safety Video Surveillance System - 286 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Safety Video Surveillance System 340.5 REVIEW OR RELEASE OR OF VIDEO IMAGES The review or the release of video images shall be done only with the authorization of the Director of Public Safety or his/her designee and only with a properly completed written request. Video images needed for a criminal investigation or other official reason shall be collected and booked in accordance with current departmental evidence procedures. 340.5.1 PUBLIC AND OTHER AGENCY REQUESTS Requests for recorded video images from other government agencies or by the submission of a court order or subpoena shall be promptly submitted to the Support Services Manager, who will promptly research the request and submit the results of such search through the Director of Public Safety to the City Attorney's office for further handling. Every reasonable effort should be made to preserve the data requested until the request has been fully processed by the City Attorney's office. Video images captured by public safety cameras that are requested by the public or media will be made available only to the extent required by law. Except as required by a valid court order or other lawful process, video images requested under the Public Records Act will generally not be disclosed to the public when such video images are evidence in an ongoing criminal investigation in which a disposition has not been reached. 340.6 ANNUAL REVIEW OF THE PUBLIC SAFETY CAMERA SYSTEM The Director of Public Safety or his/her designee will conduct an annual review of the public safety camera system. The annual review will include an inventory of video monitoring installations, date of installation, summary of the purpose, adherence to this policy and any proposed policy changes. The results of each review will be documented and maintained by the Director of Public Safety or his/her designee and other applicable advisory bodies. Any concerns or deviations from this policy will be addressed promptly and effectively. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Safety Video Surveillance System - 287 Policy 341 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child and Dependent Adult Safety 341.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines to ensure that children and dependent adults are not left without appropriate care in the event their caregiver or guardian is arrested or otherwise prevented from providing care due to actions taken by members of this department (Penal Code § 833.2(a)). This policy does not address the actions to be taken during the course of a child abuse or dependent adult investigation. These are covered in the Child Abuse and Senior and Disability Victimization policies. 341.1.1 POLICY It is the policy of this department to mitigate, to the extent reasonably possible, the stressful experience children may have when their parent or caregiver is arrested. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will endeavor to create a strong cooperative relationship with local, state and community-based child social services to ensure an effective, collaborative response that addresses the needs of affected children. 341.2 PROCEDURES DURING AN ARREST When encountering an arrest situation officers should make reasonable attempts to determine if the arrestee is responsible for minor dependent children. In some cases this is obvious, such as when children are present. However, officers should inquire if the person has any other dependent minor children who are without appropriate supervision. The following steps should be taken (Penal Code § 13517.7(b)(1)): (a)Inquire about and confirm the location of any dependent minor children. (b)Look for evidence of children. Officers should be mindful that some arrestees may conceal the fact that they have dependent children for fear their children may be taken from them. (c)Inquire of witnesses, neighbors, friends and relatives of the arrestee as to whether the person is responsible for a dependent child. Whenever possible, officers should take reasonable steps to accomplish the arrest of a parent or guardian out of the presence of his/her child. Removing children from the scene in advance of the arrest will generally ensure the best outcome for the child. Whenever it is safe to do so, officers should allow the parent to assure children that they will be provided care. If this is not safe or if the demeanor of the in-custody parent suggests this conversation would be non-productive, the officer at the scene should explain the reason for the arrest in age-appropriate language and offer reassurance to the children that both parent and children will receive appropriate care. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child and Dependent Adult Safety - 288 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child and Dependent Adult Safety 341.2.1 AFTER AN ARREST Whenever an arrest is made, the officer should take all reasonable steps to ensure the safety of the arrestee's disclosed or discovered, dependent minor children. Officers should allow the arrestee reasonable time to arrange for care of minor children. Temporary placement of the child with family or friends may be appropriate. However, any decision should give priority to a child-care solution that is in the best interest of the child. In such cases the following guidelines should be followed: (a)Allow the person reasonable time to arrange for the care of minor children with a responsible party, as appropriate. 1.Unless there is evidence to the contrary (e.g., signs of abuse, drug use, unsafe environment), officers should respect the parent's judgment regarding arrangements for child care. It is generally best if the child remains with relatives or family friends the child knows and trusts. Consideration regarding the child's familiarity with the surroundings, comfort, emotional state and safety should be paramount. 2.Except when a court order exists limiting contact, the officer should attempt to locate and place dependent children with the non-arrested parent or guardian. (b)Provide for the immediate supervision of minor children until an appropriate caregiver arrives. (c)Notify Child Protective Services if appropriate. (d)Notify the Shift Supervisor of the disposition of minor children. If children are at school or at a known location outside the household at the time of arrest, the arresting officer should attempt to contact the school or other known location and inform the principal or appropriate responsible adult of the parent's arrest and of the arrangements being made for the care of the arrestee's children, and then record the result of such actions in the associated report. 341.2.2 DURING THE BOOKING PROCESS During the booking process the arrestee shall be allowed to make additional free local phone calls to relatives or other responsible individuals as is reasonably necessary to arrange for the care of any minor dependent child. These phone calls shall be given immediately upon request or as soon as practicable and are in addition to any other phone calls allowed by law (Penal Code § 851.5(c)). 341.2.3 REPORTING For all arrests where children are present or living in the household, the reporting employee will include information about the children, including names, gender, age and how they were placed. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child and Dependent Adult Safety - 289 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child and Dependent Adult Safety 341.3 CHILD WELFARE SERVICES Whenever an arrestee is unwilling or incapable of arranging for the appropriate care of any dependent minor children, the handling officer should consider taking children into protective custody and placing them with the appropriate county child welfare service or other department- approved social service (Welfare and Institutions Code § 305). Only when other reasonable options are exhausted should a child be transported to the police's facility, transported in a marked patrol car or taken into formal protective custody. Under no circumstances should a child be left unattended or without appropriate care. 341.3.1 AFTER AN ARREST Whenever an arrest is made, the officer should take all reasonable steps to ensure the safety of the arrestee’s disclosed or discovered children or dependent adults. Officers should allow the arrestee reasonable time to arrange for care of children and dependent adults. Temporary placement with family or friends may be appropriate. However, any decision should give priority to a care solution that is in the best interest of the child or dependent adult. In such cases the following guidelines should be followed: (a)Allow the person reasonable time to arrange for the care of children and dependent adults with a responsible party, as appropriate. 1.Unless there is evidence to the contrary (e.g., signs of abuse, drug use, unsafe environment), officers should respect the parent or caregiver’s judgment regarding arrangements for care. It is generally best if the child or dependent adult remains with relatives or family friends that he/she knows and trusts because familiarity with surroundings and consideration for comfort, emotional state and safety are important. 2.Except when a court order exists limiting contact, the officer should attempt to locate and place children or dependent adults with the non-arrested parent, guardian or caregiver. (b)Provide for the immediate supervision of children or dependent adults until an appropriate caregiver arrives. (c)Notify Child Protective Services or the Division of Aging and Adult Services, if appropriate. (d)Notify the field supervisor or Shift Supervisor of the disposition of children or dependent adults. If children or dependent adults are at school or another known location outside the household at the time of arrest, the arresting officer should attempt to contact the school or other known location and inform the principal or appropriate responsible adult of the caregiver’s arrest and of the arrangements being made for the care of the arrestee’s dependent. The result of such actions should be documented in the associated report. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child and Dependent Adult Safety - 290 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Child and Dependent Adult Safety 341.3.2 DURING THE BOOKING PROCESS During the booking process the arrestee shall be allowed to make additional telephone calls to relatives or other responsible individuals as is reasonably necessary to arrange for the care of any child or dependent adult. These telephone calls should be given as soon as practicable and are in addition to any other telephone calls allowed by law (Penal Code § 851.5(c)). If an arrestee is unable to resolve the care of any child or dependent adult through this process, a supervisor should be contacted to determine the appropriate steps to arrange for care. These steps may include additional telephone calls or contacting a local, county or state services agency. 341.3.3 SUPPORT AND COUNSELING REFERRAL If, in the judgment of the handling officers, the child or dependent adult would benefit from additional assistance, such as counseling services, contact with a victim advocate or a crisis telephone number, the appropriate referral information may be provided. 341.4 DEPENDENT WELFARE SERVICES Whenever an arrestee is unwilling or incapable of arranging for the appropriate care of any child or dependent adult, the handling officer should contact the appropriate welfare service or other department-approved social service to determine whether protective custody is appropriate (Welfare and Institutions Code § 305). Only when other reasonable options are exhausted should a child or dependent adult be transported to the police facility, transported in a marked patrol car, or taken into formal protective custody. Under no circumstances should a child or dependent adult be left unattended or without appropriate care. 341.5 TRAINING The Training Coordinator is responsible to ensure that all personnel of this department who may be involved in arrests affecting children or dependent adults receive approved POST-approved training on effective safety measures when a parent, guardian or caregiver is arrested (Penal Code § 13517.7). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Child and Dependent Adult Safety - 291 Policy 342 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Service Animals 342.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Service animals play an important role in helping to overcome the limitations often faced by people with disabilities. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety recognizes this need and is committed to making reasonable modifications to its policies, practices, and procedures in accordance with Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) to permit the use of service animals that are individually trained to assist a person with a disability. 342.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Service animal - A dog that is trained to do work or perform tasks for the benefit of an individual with a disability, including a physical, sensory, psychiatric, intellectual or other mental disability. The work or tasks performed by a service animal must be directly related to the individual's disability (28 CFR 35.104; Health and Safety Code § 113903). Service animal also includes a miniature horse if the horse is trained to do work or perform tasks for people with disabilities, provided the horse is housebroken, is under the handler’s control, the facility can accommodate the horse’s type, size and weight, and the horse’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility (28 CFR 35.136(i)). 342.2 SERVICE ANIMALS The ADA defines a service animal as any dog or miniature horse that is individually trained to do work or perform tasks for the benefit of an individual with a disability, including a physical, sensory, psychiatric, intellectual or other mental disability. The work or tasks performed by a service animal must be directly related to the owner's disability (28 CFR 35.104). California expands the definition of a service animal to include other animals that are individually trained to provide assistance to an individual with a disability (Healthy and Safety Code § 113903). 342.2.1 USE OF SERVICE ANIMALS Some service animals may be readily identifiable. However, many do not have a distinctive symbol, harness or collar. Service animals are not pets and may be trained by an individual or organization to assist people with disabilities. The following examples are some of the ways service animals may be used to provide assistance: •Guiding people who are blind or have low vision. •Alerting people who are deaf or hard of hearing. •Retrieving or picking up items, opening doors or flipping switches for people who have limited use of their hands, arms or legs. •Pulling wheelchairs. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Service Animals - 292 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Service Animals •Providing physical support and assisting with stability and balance. •Doing work or performing tasks for persons with traumatic brain injury, intellectual disabilities or psychiatric disabilities, such as reminding a person with depression to take medication. •Alerting a person with anxiety to the onset of panic attacks, providing tactile stimulation to calm a person with post-traumatic stress disorder, assisting people with schizophrenia to distinguish between hallucinations and reality, and helping people with traumatic brain injury to locate misplaced items or follow daily routines. 342.3 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Service animals that are assisting individuals with disabilities are permitted in all public facilities and areas where the general public is allowed. Department members are expected to treat individuals with service animals with the same courtesy and respect that the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety affords to all members of the public. If an animal exhibits vicious behavior, poses a direct threat to the health of others or unreasonably disrupts or interferes with normal business operations, an officer may direct the owner to remove the animal from the premises. Barking alone is not a threat nor does a direct threat exist if the person takes prompt, effective action to control the animal. Each incident must be considered individually and past incidents alone are not cause for excluding a service animal. Removal of a service animal may not be used as a reason to refuse service to an individual with disabilities. Members of this department are expected to provide all services as are reasonably available to an individual with the disability. If it is apparent or if an officer is aware the animal is a service animal, the owner should not be asked any questions as to the status of the animal. If it is unclear whether an animal meets the definition of a service animal, the officer should ask the individual only the following questions: •Is the animal required because of a disability? •What task or service has the service animal been trained to perform? If the individual explains that the animal is required because of a disability and has been trained to work or perform at least one task, the animal meets the definition of a service animal and no further questions as to the animal's status should be asked. The person should not be questioned about his/her disabilities nor should the person be asked to provide any license, certification or identification card for the service animal. Service animals are not pets. Department members should not interfere with the important work performed by a service animal by talking to, petting or otherwise initiating contact with a service animal. When handling calls of a complaint regarding a service animal, members of this department should remain neutral and should be prepared to explain the ADA requirements concerning service Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Service Animals - 293 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Service Animals animals to the concerned parties. Businesses are required to allow service animals to accompany their owner into all areas that other customers or members of the public are allowed. Absent a violation of law independent of the ADA, officers should take no enforcement action beyond keeping the peace. Individuals who believe they have been discriminated against as a result of a disability should be referred to the Civil Rights Division of the U.S. Department of Justice. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Service Animals - 294 Policy 343 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Volunteer Program 343.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE It is the policy of this department to use qualified volunteers for specified tasks and duties in order to create efficiencies for the Department and improve services to the community. Volunteers are intended to supplement and support, rather than supplant, sworn officers and civilian personnel. Volunteers can be an important part of any organization and are proven to be a valuable asset to law enforcement agencies. Volunteers help to increase departmental responsiveness, delivery of services and information input, and provide new program opportunities. In addition, volunteers bring new skills and expertise to the Department and prompt new enthusiasm. 343.1.1 DEFINITION OF VOLUNTEER An individual who performs a service for the Department without promise, expectation or receipt of compensation for services rendered. This may include unpaid chaplains, interns, persons providing administrative support and youth involved in a law enforcement Explorer Post, among others. 343.2 VOLUNTEER MANAGEMENT 343.2.1 VOLUNTEER COORDINATOR The Volunteer Coordinator/s shall be appointed by the Director of Public Safety. The function of the Volunteer Coordinator is to provide a central coordinating point for effective volunteer management within the Department, and to direct and assist staff and volunteer efforts to jointly provide more productive services. The Volunteer Coordinator should work with other Department staff on an ongoing basis to assist in the development and implementation of volunteer-staffed positions. The Volunteer Coordinator, or his/her designee, shall be responsible for the following: (a)Recruiting, selecting and training qualified volunteers for various positions. (b)Facilitating the implementation of new volunteer activities and assignments. (c)Maintaining records for each volunteer. (d)Tracking and evaluating the contribution of volunteers. (e)Maintaining the volunteer handbook and outlining expectations, policies and responsibilities for all volunteers. (f)Maintaining a record of volunteer schedules and work hours. (g)Completion and dissemination as appropriate of all necessary paperwork and information. (h)Planning periodic recognition events. (i)Administering discipline when warranted. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Volunteer Program - 295 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Volunteer Program (j)Maintaining liaison with other volunteer-utilizing programs in the community and assisting in community-wide efforts to recognize and promote volunteering. 343.2.2 RECRUITMENT Volunteers should be recruited on a continuous and ongoing basis consistent with department policy on equal opportunity nondiscriminatory employment. A primary qualification for participation in the application process should be an interest in, and an ability to assist the Department in serving the public. Requests for volunteers should be submitted in writing by interested staff to the Volunteer Coordinator through the requester's immediate supervisor. A complete position description and a requested time-frame should be included in the request. All parties should understand that the recruitment of volunteers is enhanced by creative and interesting assignments. The Volunteer Coordinator may withhold assignment of any volunteer until such time as the requesting unit is prepared to make effective use of volunteer resources. 343.2.3 SCREENING All prospective volunteers should complete the volunteer application form. The Volunteer Coordinator or designee should conduct a face-to-face interview with an applicant under consideration. A documented background investigation shall be completed on each volunteer applicant and shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: (a)Traffic and criminal background check. Fingerprints shall be obtained from all applicants and processed through the California Criminal Information Index. (b)Employment (c)References (d)Credit check A polygraph exam may be required of each applicant depending on the type of assignment. 343.2.4 SELECTION AND PLACEMENT Service as a volunteer with the Department shall begin with an official notice of acceptance or appointment to a volunteer position. Notice may only be given by an authorized representative of the Department, who will normally be the Volunteer Coordinator. No volunteer should begin any assignment until they have been officially accepted for that position and completed all required screening and paperwork. At the time of final acceptance, each volunteer should complete all required enrollment paperwork and will receive a copy of their position description and agreement of service with the Department. All volunteers shall receive a copy of the volunteer handbook and shall be required to sign a volunteer agreement. Volunteers should be placed only in assignments or programs that are consistent with their knowledge, skills, abilities and the needs of the Department. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Volunteer Program - 296 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Volunteer Program 343.2.5 TRAINING Volunteers will be provided with an orientation program to acquaint them with the Department, personnel, policies and procedures that have a direct impact on their work assignment. Volunteers should receive position-specific training to ensure they have adequate knowledge and skills to complete tasks required by the position and should receive periodic ongoing training as deemed appropriate by their supervisor or the Volunteer Coordinator. Training should reinforce to volunteers that they may not intentionally represent themselves as, or by omission infer that they are sworn officers or other full-time members of the Department. They shall always represent themselves as volunteers. All volunteers shall comply with the rules of conduct and with all orders and directives, either oral or written, issued by the Department. 343.2.6 FITNESS FOR DUTY No volunteer shall report to work or be on-duty when his/her judgment or physical condition has been impaired by alcohol, medication, other substances, illness or injury. Volunteers shall report to their supervisor any changes in status that may affect their ability to fulfill their duties. This includes, but is not limited to, the following: (a)Driver license (b)Medical condition (c)Arrests (d)Criminal investigations All volunteers shall adhere to the guidelines set forth by this department regarding drug and alcohol use. 343.2.7 DRESS CODE As representatives of the Department, volunteers are responsible for presenting a professional image to the community. Volunteers shall dress appropriately for the conditions and performance of their duties. Volunteers shall conform to department-approved dress consistent with their duty assignment. Uniforms authorized for volunteers should be readily distinguishable from those worn by sworn officers. The uniform or identifiable parts of the uniform shall not be worn while off-duty except volunteers may choose to wear the uniform while in transit to or from official department assignments or functions provided an outer garment is worn over the uniform shirt so as not to bring attention to the volunteer while he/she is off duty. Volunteers shall be required to return any issued uniform or department property at the termination of service. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Volunteer Program - 297 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Volunteer Program 343.3 SUPERVISION OF VOLUNTEERS Each volunteer who is accepted to a position with the Department must have a clearly identified supervisor who is responsible for direct management of that volunteer. This supervisor will be responsible for day-to-day management and guidance of the work of the volunteer and should be available to the volunteer for consultation and assistance. A volunteer may be assigned as and act as a supervisor of other volunteers provided that the supervising volunteer is under the direct supervision of a paid staff member. Functional supervision of volunteers is the responsibility of the supervisor in charge of the unit where the volunteer is assigned. Following are some considerations to keep in mind while supervising volunteers: (a)Take the time to introduce volunteers to employees on all levels. (b)Ensure volunteers have work space and necessary office supplies. (c)Make sure the work is challenging. Do not hesitate to give them an assignment or task that will tap these valuable resources. 343.4 CONFIDENTIALITY With appropriate security clearance, volunteers may have access to confidential information such as criminal histories or investigative files. Unless otherwise directed by a supervisor or departmental policy, all information shall be considered confidential. Only that information specifically identified and approved by authorized personnel shall be released. Confidential information shall be given only to persons who have a need and a right to know as determined by departmental policy and supervisory personnel. Each volunteer will be required to sign a nondisclosure agreement before being given an assignment with the Department. Subsequent unauthorized disclosure of any confidential information, verbally, in writing or by any other means, by the volunteer is grounds for immediate dismissal and possible criminal prosecution. Volunteers shall not address public gatherings, appear on radio or television, prepare any article for publication, act as correspondents to a newspaper or other periodical, release or divulge any information concerning the activities of the Department, or maintain that they represent the Department in such matters without permission from the proper department personnel. 343.5 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Volunteers will be issued an identification card that must be worn at all times while on-duty if not in uniform. Any fixed and portable equipment issued by the Department shall be for official and authorized use only. Any property or equipment issued to a volunteer shall remain the property of the Department and shall be returned at the termination of service. 343.5.1 VEHICLE USE Volunteers assigned to duties such as vacation house checks or other assignments that require the use of a vehicle must first complete the following: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Volunteer Program - 298 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Volunteer Program (a)A driving safety briefing and department approved driver safety course. (b)Verification that the volunteer possesses a valid California Driver License. (c)Verification that the volunteer carries current vehicle insurance. The Volunteer Coordinator should insure that all volunteers receive safety briefing updates and license and insurance verification at least once a year. When operating a Department vehicle, volunteers shall obey all rules of the road, including seat belt requirements. Smoking is prohibited in all Department vehicles. Volunteers should not operate a marked patrol car unless there is a prominently placed sign indicating that it is out of service and are not authorized to operate a Department vehicle Code-3. 343.5.2 RADIO AND MDC USAGE Volunteers shall successfully complete CLETS and radio procedures training prior to using the police radio or MDC and comply with all related provisions. The Volunteer Coordinator should ensure that radio and CLETS training is provided for volunteers whenever necessary. 343.6 DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES/TERMINATION A volunteer may be removed from the volunteer program at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety or the Volunteer Coordinator. Volunteers shall have no property interests in their continued appointment. However, if a volunteer is removed for alleged misconduct, the volunteer will be afforded an opportunity solely to clear his/her name through a liberty interest hearing which shall be limited to a single appearance before the Director of Public Safety or authorized designee. Volunteers may resign from volunteer service with the Department at any time. It is requested that volunteers who intend to resign provide advance notice of their departure and a reason for their decision. 343.6.1 EXIT INTERVIEWS Exit interviews, where possible, should be conducted with volunteers who are leaving their positions. The interview should ascertain why the volunteer is leaving the position and solicit the volunteer's suggestions on improving the position. When appropriate, the interview should also include a discussion on the possibility of involvement in some other capacity with the Department. 343.7 EVALUATION An evaluation of the overall volunteer program will be conducted on an annual basis by the Volunteer Coordinator. Regular evaluations should be conducted with volunteers to ensure the best use of human resources available, to ensure personnel problems can be identified and dealt with promptly and fairly, and to ensure optimum satisfaction on the part of volunteers. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Volunteer Program - 299 Policy 344 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Safety Explorer Program 344.1 OPERATIONS Operation of the Public Safety Explorer Program is the responsibility of the Fire Division Deputy Chief or commanding officer so assigned. The Explorer Post is a chartered program through Learning for Life. The function of the Public Safety Explorer Post is to provide young men and women an opportunity to serve in their community while gaining valuable police and fire experience. In addition to the service the Explorer provide, they also attend competitions based on the Explorer Post supervisor’s recommendation. All Explorer Advisors will report to the assigned Explorer Post Supervisor. Public Safety Explorers will adhere to the Explorer Post 500 Duty Manual. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Safety Explorer Program - 300 Policy 345 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Off-Duty Law Enforcement Actions 345.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The decision to become involved in a law enforcement action when off-duty can place an officer as well as others at great risk and must be done with careful consideration. This policy is intended to provide guidelines for officers of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety with respect to taking law enforcement action while off-duty. 345.2 POLICY Initiating law enforcement action while off-duty is generally discouraged. Officers should not attempt to initiate enforcement action when witnessing minor crimes, such as suspected intoxicated drivers, reckless driving or minor property crimes. Such incidents should be promptly reported to the appropriate law enforcement agency. Officers are not expected to place themselves in unreasonable peril. However, any sworn member of this department who becomes aware of an incident or circumstance that he/she reasonably believes poses an imminent threat of serious bodily injury or death, or significant property damage may take reasonable action to minimize the threat. When public safety or the prevention of major property damage requires immediate action, officers should first consider reporting and monitoring the activity and only take direct action as a last resort. 345.3 FIREARMS Officers of this department may carry firearms while off-duty in accordance with federal regulations and department policy. All firearms and ammunition must meet guidelines as described in the department Firearms Policy. When carrying firearms while off-duty officers shall also carry their department-issued badge and identification. Officers should refrain from carrying firearms when the consumption of alcohol is likely or when the need to carry a firearm is outweighed by safety considerations. Firearms shall not be carried by any officer who has consumed an amount of an alcoholic beverage or taken any drugs or medications or any combination thereof that would tend to adversely affect the officer’s senses or judgment. 345.4 DECISION TO INTERVENE There is no legal requirement for off-duty officers to take law enforcement action. However, should officers decide to intervene, they must evaluate whether the action is necessary or desirable, and should take into consideration the following: (a)The tactical disadvantage of being alone and the fact there may be multiple or hidden suspects. (b)The inability to communicate with responding units. (c)The lack of equipment, such as handcuffs, OC or baton. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Off-Duty Law Enforcement Actions - 301 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Off-Duty Law Enforcement Actions (d)The lack of cover. (e)The potential for increased risk to bystanders if the off-duty officer were to intervene. (f)Unfamiliarity with the surroundings. (g)The potential for the off-duty officer to be misidentified by other peace officers or members of the public. Officers should consider waiting for on-duty uniformed officers to arrive, and gather as much accurate intelligence as possible instead of immediately intervening. 345.4.1 INTERVENTION PROCEDURE If involvement is reasonably necessary the officer should attempt to call or have someone else call 9-1-1 to request immediate assistance. The dispatcher should be informed that an off-duty officer is on-scene and should be provided a description of the officer if possible. Whenever practicable, the officer should loudly and repeatedly identify him/herself as an Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety officer until acknowledged. Official identification should also be displayed. 345.4.2 INCIDENTS OF PERSONAL INTEREST Officers should refrain from handling incidents of personal interest, (e.g., family or neighbor disputes) and should remain neutral. In such circumstances officers should call the responsible agency to handle the matter. 345.4.3 OTHER CONSIDERATIONS When encountering a non-uniformed officer in public, uniformed officers should wait for acknowledgement by the non-uniformed officer in case he/she needs to maintain an undercover capability. 345.5 REPORTING Any off-duty officer who engages in any law enforcement activity, regardless of jurisdiction, shall notify the Shift Supervisor as soon as practicable. The Shift Supervisor shall determine whether a report should be filed by the employee. Officers should cooperate fully with the agency having jurisdiction in providing statements or reports as requested or as appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Off-Duty Law Enforcement Actions - 302 Policy 346 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Use of Social Media 346.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines to ensure that any use of social media on behalf of the Department is consistent with the department mission. This policy does not address all aspects of social media use. Specifically, it does not address: •Personal use of social media by department members (see the Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking Policy). •Use of social media in personnel processes (see the Recruitment and Selection Policy). •Use of social media as part of a criminal investigation, other than disseminating information to the public on behalf of this department (see the Investigation and Prosecution Policy). 346.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Social media - Any of a wide array of Internet-based tools and platforms that allow for the sharing of information, such as the department website or social networking services 346.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety may use social media as a method of effectively informing the public about department services, issues, investigations and other relevant events. Department members shall ensure that the use or access of social media is done in a manner that protects the constitutional rights of all. 346.3 AUTHORIZED USERS Only members authorized by the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee may utilize social media on behalf of the Department. Authorized members shall use only department- approved equipment during the normal course of duties to post and monitor department-related social media, unless they are specifically authorized to do otherwise by their supervisors. The Director of Public Safety may develop specific guidelines identifying the type of content that may be posted. Any content that does not strictly conform to the guidelines should be approved by a supervisor prior to posting. Requests to post information over department social media by members who are not authorized to post should be made through the member’s chain of command. 346.4 AUTHORIZED CONTENT Only content that is appropriate for public release, that supports the department mission and conforms to all department policies regarding the release of information may be posted. Examples of appropriate content include: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Use of Social Media - 303 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Use of Social Media (a)Announcements. (b)Tips and information related to crime prevention. (c)Investigative requests for information. (d)Requests that ask the community to engage in projects that are relevant to the department mission. (e)Real-time safety information that is related to in-progress crimes, geographical warnings or disaster information. (f)Traffic information. (g)Press releases. (h)Recruitment of personnel. 346.4.1 INCIDENT-SPECIFIC USE In instances of active incidents where speed, accuracy and frequent updates are paramount (e.g., crime alerts, public safety information, traffic issues), the Public Information Officer or the authorized designee will be responsible for the compilation of information to be released, subject to the approval of the Incident Commander. 346.5 PROHIBITED CONTENT Content that is prohibited from posting includes, but is not limited to: (a)Content that is abusive, discriminatory, inflammatory or sexually explicit. (b)Any information that violates individual rights, including confidentiality and/or privacy rights and those provided under state, federal or local laws. (c)Any information that could compromise an ongoing investigation. (d)Any information that could tend to compromise or damage the mission, function, reputation or professionalism of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or its members. (e)Any information that could compromise the safety and security of department operations, members of the Department, victims, suspects or the public. (f)Any content posted for personal use. (g)Any content that has not been properly authorized by this policy or a supervisor. Any member who becomes aware of content on this department’s social media site that he/she believes is unauthorized or inappropriate should promptly report such content to a supervisor. The supervisor will ensure its removal from public view and investigate the cause of the entry. 346.5.1 PUBLIC POSTING PROHIBITED Department social media sites shall be designed and maintained to prevent posting of content by the public. The Department may provide a method for members of the public to contact department members directly. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Use of Social Media - 304 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Use of Social Media 346.6 MONITORING CONTENT The Director of Public Safety will appoint an employee to review, at least annually, the use of department social media and report back on, at a minimum, the resources being used, the effectiveness of the content, any unauthorized or inappropriate content and the resolution of any issues. 346.7 RETENTION OF RECORDS The Deputy Chief should work with the Custodian of Records to establish a method of ensuring that public records generated in the process of social media use are retained in accordance with established records retention schedules. 346.8 TRAINING Authorized members should receive training that, at a minimum, addresses legal issues concerning the appropriate use of social media sites, as well as privacy, civil rights, dissemination and retention of information posted on department sites. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Use of Social Media - 305 Policy 347 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Gun Violence Restraining Orders 347.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for petitioning and serving gun violence restraining orders and accounting for the firearms obtained pursuant to those orders (Penal Code § 18108). 347.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Gun violence restraining order - Civil restraining order prohibiting a named person from controlling, owning, purchasing, possessing, receiving, or otherwise having custody of any firearms or ammunition, including an ammunition magazine (Penal Code § 18100). 347.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to petition for and serve gun violence restraining orders in compliance with state law and to properly account for firearms and ammunition obtained by the Department pursuant to such orders. 347.3 GUN VIOLENCE RESTRAINING ORDER COORDINATOR The Director of Public Safety will appoint a gun violence restraining order coordinator. The responsibilities of the coordinator include: (a)Developing and maintaining procedures for the filing of a petition for an order or a renewal of an order by department members, also including procedures for requesting and serving (Penal Code § 18108): 1.A temporary emergency gun violence restraining order. 2.An ex parte gun violence restraining order. 3.A gun violence restraining order issued after notice and hearing. (b)Developing and maintaining factors to consider when assessing the need to seek an order, including: 1.Whether threats have been made, and if so, whether the threats are credible and specific. 2.Whether the potential victim is within close proximity. 3.Whether the person has expressed suicidal tendencies. 4.Whether the person has access to firearms. 5.The criminal history of the person, in particular any history of criminal violence, including whether the person is currently on parole, probation, or monitored release. 6.The mental health history of the person, in particular whether the person has any history of mental illness or has ever been detained for being a danger to themselves or others. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Gun Violence Restraining Orders - 306 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Gun Violence Restraining Orders 7.Any upcoming holidays, anniversaries, or other dates of significance that may serve as a trigger for the person, such as the death of a family member. 8.Whether the person has any history of drug or alcohol abuse. (c)Developing and maintaining procedures for the receipt and service of orders consistent with the requirements of Penal Code § 18115; Penal Code § 18120; Penal Code § 18135; Penal Code § 18140; and Penal Code § 18160. Procedures should include: 1.Evaluation of an order to determine appropriate service and necessary precautions (see the Warrant Service Policy and the Operations Planning and Deconfliction Policy). 2.Forwarding orders to Records for inclusion in the case file. 3.Preparing or obtaining a search warrant prior to attempting service of an order, when appropriate (Penal Code § 18108). 4.Seizure procedures of firearms and ammunition at the time of issuance of a temporary emergency gun violence restraining order. 5.Verification procedures for the removal of firearms and ammunition from the subject of a gun violence restraining order. (d)Coordinating with the Training Coordinator to provide officers who may be involved in petitioning for or serving orders with training on such orders. Training should include determining when a petition is appropriate, the process for seeking an order, and the service of such orders. (e)Reviewing each petition and any associated court documents for an order prepared by members, for compliance with this policy, department procedures, and state law. (f)Developing and maintaining procedures for members to accept voluntarily surrendered prohibited items at times other than when an order is being served by the Department. 1.Procedures should include preparing and providing a receipt identifying all prohibited items to the person surrendering the items. (g)Coordinating review of notices of court hearings and providing notice to the appropriate officer of the hearing date and the responsibility to appear (Penal Code § 18108). 347.4 GUN VIOLENCE RESTRAINING ORDERS An officer who reasonably believes a person is a present danger to self or another person by controlling, owning, purchasing, possessing, receiving, or otherwise having custody of a firearm may request permission from the officer's supervisor to petition the court for a gun violence restraining order. Officers petitioning the court should use the forms established by the Judicial Council (Penal Code § 18105). The petition should describe the number, types, and locations of any firearms and ammunition that the officer believes to be possessed or controlled by the person (Penal Code § 18107). The petition should also describe why less-restrictive alternatives are ineffective or Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Gun Violence Restraining Orders - 307 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Gun Violence Restraining Orders inadequate for the circumstances (Penal Code § 18125; Penal Code § 18150; Penal Code § 18175). If it is not practical under the circumstances to submit a written petition, an officer may submit the petition electronically or orally request a temporary order (Penal Code § 18122; Penal Code § 18140). 347.4.1 ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS Officers should also consider requesting permission to petition the court for a gun violence restraining order (Penal Code § 18108): (a)When responding to a domestic disturbance where the residence is associated with a firearm registration or record. (b)When responding to any call or incident when a firearm is present or when one of the involved parties owns or possesses a firearm. (c)During a contact with a person exhibiting mental health issues, including suicidal thoughts, statements, or actions if that person owns or possesses a firearm. Officers should consider obtaining a mental health evaluation if the encounter involves a situation where there is a reasonable cause to believe that the person poses an immediate and present danger of causing personal injury to themselves or another person by having custody or control of a firearm (see the Mental Illness Commitments Policy) (Penal Code § 18108). 347.5 SERVICE OF GUN VIOLENCE RESTRAINING ORDERS An officer serving any gun violence restraining order shall: (a)Verbally ask the subject of the order if he/she has any firearm, ammunition, or magazine in his/her possession or under his/her custody or control (Penal Code § 18160). (b)Request that any firearms or ammunition be immediately surrendered and issue a receipt for the surrendered items (Penal Code § 18120). (c)Take into temporary custody any firearm or other deadly weapon discovered in plain view or pursuant to consent or other lawful search (Penal Code § 18250). (d)Inform the restrained person of any scheduled hearing regarding the order (Penal Code § 18160). (e)Transmit the original proof of service form to the issuing court as soon as practicable but within one business day (Penal Code § 18115). (f)As soon as practicable, but by the end of his/her shift, notify dispatch of service for prompt entry into the California Restraining and Protective Order System (Penal Code § 18115). The officer should also inform the restrained person that he/she is required, within 24 hours, to surrender to a law enforcement agency any other firearms and ammunition he/she owns or that are in his/her custody or control or sell them to a firearms dealer. This notification should be documented. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Gun Violence Restraining Orders - 308 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Gun Violence Restraining Orders All firearms and ammunition collected shall be handled and booked in accordance with the Property and Evidence Policy. 347.5.1 TEMPORARY EMERGENCY GUN VIOLENCE RESTRAINING ORDERS An officer requesting a temporary emergency gun violence restraining order shall (Penal Code § 18140): (a)For oral requests, sign a declaration under penalty of perjury reciting the oral statements provided to the judicial officer and memorialize the order of the court on the form approved by the Judicial Council. (b)Serve the order on the restrained person if the person can be reasonably located. (c)Ensure the order is provided to dispatch for entry into the computer database system for protective and restraining orders. (d)Once entered by dispatch, the reporting officer should forward a copy of the order,via email, to the Records Supervisorand Detective Sergeant for filing with the court. 347.6 SEARCH WARRANTS If a person who has been served with a gun violence restraining order refuses to surrender any firearm or ammunition, the officer should consider whether to seek a search warrant. If a search warrant is to be obtained, the preparation and service of the search warrant shall be done in accordance with the Warrant Service Policy. Additionally, (Penal Code § 1542.5): (a)The officer serving the warrant shall take custody of any firearm or ammunition that is controlled, possessed or owned by the person who is the subject of the gun violence restraining order, including any discovered pursuant to the warrant, a consensual search or other lawful search. (b)If the location being searched is jointly occupied and the firearm or ammunition is owned by a person other than the restrained person, the firearm or ammunition should not be seized if the following conditions are met: 1.The firearm or ammunition can be stored in a manner that does not allow the restrained person to have control or access. 2.There is no evidence that the owner unlawfully possesses the firearm or ammunition. (c)If a locked gun safe belonging to someone other than the subject of a gun violence restraining order is discovered, the officer shall not search the contents of the safe unless the owner consents or there is a valid search warrant for the safe. Any search of the safe must be done in the owner’s presence. 347.7 COURT-ORDERED FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION SURRENDERS Authorized members shall accept firearms and ammunition from any individual who is the subject of a gun violence restraining order. The member receiving any firearm or ammunition shall: (a)Record the individual’s name, address and telephone number. (b)Record the serial number of the firearm. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Gun Violence Restraining Orders - 309 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Gun Violence Restraining Orders (c)Prepare an incident report and property report. (d)Provide a property receipt to the individual who surrendered the firearms and ammunition. (e)Package and submit the firearms and ammunition in accordance with the Property and Evidence Policy. 347.8 RELEASE OF FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION Firearms and ammunition that were taken into temporary custody or surrendered pursuant to a gun violence restraining order shall be returned to the restrained person upon the expiration of the order and in accordance with Penal Code § 18120 and the Property and Evidence Policy. 347.9 RENEWAL OF GUN VIOLENCE RESTRAINING ORDERS The Detective Bureau supervisor is responsible for the review of a gun violence restraining order obtained by the Department to determine if renewal should be requested within the time prescribed by law (Penal Code § 18190). 347.10 POLICY AVAILABILITY The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall be responsible for making this policy available to the public upon request (Penal Code § 18108). 347.11 TRAINING The Training Coordinator should ensure that members receive periodic training on the requirements of this policy (Penal Code § 18108). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Gun Violence Restraining Orders - 310 Policy 348 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Generative Artificial Intelligence Use 348.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for department use of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI). This policy does not apply to artificial intelligence that is integrated into facial recognition applications, voice recognition applications, biometric access controls, or software that redacts documents or video or similar applications. Additional guidelines for the use of department information technology resources are found in the Information Technology Use Policy. 348.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) - A type of artificial intelligence that is algorithmically trained on one or more large data sets and designed to generate new and unique data (e.g., text, pictures, video) in response to a prompt (generally questions, instructions, images, or video) input by the user. 348.2 POLICY The use of GenAI systems carries unique benefits within a law enforcement agency, providing ways to increase operational efficiency, enhance department procedures, and improve the overall effectiveness of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. However, the prompts input into GenAI systems can present risks to both individuals and law enforcement agencies by making accessible to the public information such as department tactics, investigative and training techniques, confidential information (e.g., confidential informants, protected information), active investigations, and security procedures. In addition, without safeguards in place, GenAI can produce unintended discriminatory or biased output as well as content that is inaccurate, misleading, or copyrighted. It is the policy of the Department to develop, implement, and use GenAI ethically and responsibly in a way that minimizes potential risk and harm in accordance with the guidelines set forth below. Any function carried out by a member of the Department using GenAI is subject to the same laws, rules, and policies as if carried out without the use of GenAI. The use of GenAI does not permit any law, rule, or policy to be bypassed or ignored. 348.3 RESPONSIBILITIES 348.3.1 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SAFETY The Director of Public Safety or an authorized designee shall approve all GenAI systems, their acceptable uses, and their authorized user groups prior to the use, implementation, or development for any department functions. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Generative Artificial Intelligence Use - 311 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Generative Artificial Intelligence Use 348.3.2 AI COORDINATOR The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall appoint an AI coordinator. The AI coordinator shall report to the Administration Deputy Chief or the authorized designee. The responsibilities of the AI coordinator include but are not limited to: (a)Evaluating potential GenAI systems and recommending those GenAI systems that appear to be appropriate and trustworthy to the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. The trustworthiness of GenAI systems should be evaluated by balancing the following characteristics: 1.Validity and reliability - The system's apparent ability to meet the intended purpose and fulfill the needs of the Department consistently over time. 2.Safety - Any apparent risk to human life, health, property, or the environment that could result from the department's use of the system. 3.Security and resiliency - The system's capability to prevent unauthorized access and misuse and its ability to return to normal function should misuse occur. 4.Accountability and transparency - The ability to track and measure the system's use and activity through histories, audit logs, and other processes to provide insight about the system and identify potential sources of error, bias, or vulnerability. 5.Explainability and interpretability - The ability of the user to understand the purpose and impact of the system, how and why the system reached the resulting output, and what the output means for the user. 6.Privacy - The ability of the system to protect confidentiality and meet applicable privacy standards for the types of data intended to be input into the system (e.g., state privacy laws, Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS), Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA)). 7.Fairness - The ability of the system to operate in a way that avoids or minimizes bias and discrimination. (b)Ensuring appropriate contractual safeguards are in place to manage third-party use of department data and to restrict the use of input in AI training data sets. If the input of protected information is necessary for the proper use of the GenAI system, an information-exchange agreement in compliance with applicable rules and standards (e.g., CJIS requirements) should be used to outline the roles, responsibilities, and data ownership between the Department and third-party vendor. (c)Coordinating with others within the Department and City, such as the information technology or legal departments, as appropriate to ensure GenAI systems are procured, implemented, and used appropriately. (d)Maintaining a list or inventory of department-approved GenAI systems and, when appropriate for department transparency, making the list or inventory available to the public. (e)Developing and maintaining appropriate procedures related to the use of GenAI systems, including procedures for editing and fact-checking output. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Generative Artificial Intelligence Use - 312 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Generative Artificial Intelligence Use (f)Ensuring any public-facing GenAI systems notify the user that GenAI is being used. (g)Developing and updating training for the authorized users of each department- approved GenAI system. (h)Ensuring access to department GenAI systems is limited to authorized users and establishing requirements for user credentials such as two-factor authentication and appropriate password parameters. (i)Conducting audits at reasonable time intervals for each of the GenAI systems utilized by the Department to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of each approved system and to determine if it continues to meet the department's needs and expectations of trustworthiness. The coordinator should arrange for audits to be conducted by an external source, as needed. (j)Ensuring each GenAI system is updated and undergoes additional training as reasonably appears necessary in an effort to avoid the use of outdated information or technologies. (k)Keeping abreast of advancements in GenAI and any GenAI-related legal developments. (l)Reviewing this policy and department practices and proposing updates as needed to the Director of Public Safety. (m)Developing procedures in coordination with the Brady information coordinator and the Records Supervisor for the compilation and potential release of any discovery or records related to the use of GenAI systems consistent with Brady and the California Public Records Act. 348.4 USE OF GENERATIVE AI The use of department GenAI systems by department members shall be limited to official work- related purposes, and members shall only access and use GenAI systems for which they have been authorized and received proper training. Members shall use AI-generated content as an informational tool and not as a substitution for human judgment or decision-making. Members should not represent AI-generated content as their own original work. AI-generated content should be considered draft material only and shall be thoroughly reviewed prior to use. Before relying on AI-generated content, members should: (a)Obtain independent sources for information provided by GenAI and take reasonable steps to verify that the facts and sources provided by GenAI are correct and reliable. (b)Review prompts and output for indications of bias and discrimination and take steps to mitigate its inclusion when reasonably practicable (see the Bias-Based Policing Policy). (c)Include a statement in the final document or work product that GenAI was used to aid in its production. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Generative Artificial Intelligence Use - 313 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Generative Artificial Intelligence Use 348.4.1 PRIVACY CONSIDERATIONS Information not otherwise available to the public, including data reasonably likely to compromise an investigation, reveal confidential law enforcement techniques, training, or procedures, or risk the safety of any individual if it were to become publicly accessible, should not be input into a GenAI system unless contractual safeguards are in place to prevent such information from becoming publicly accessible. Members should instead use generic unidentifiable inputs, such as "suspect" or "victim," and hypothetical scenarios whenever possible. Protected information should only be input into GenAI systems that have been approved for such use and comply with applicable privacy laws and standards (see the Protected Information Policy). 348.5 PROHIBITED USE Members shall not use GenAI systems to rationalize a law enforcement decision, or as the sole basis of research, interpretation, or analysis of the law or facts related to a law enforcement contact or investigation. Members shall not create user accounts in their official capacity or input work-related data (including information learned solely in the scope of their employment) into publicly available GenAI systems unless the system has been approved by the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee for the intended use. 348.6 TRAINING The AI coordinator should ensure that all members authorized to use GenAI have received appropriate initial training that is suitable for their role and responsibilities prior to their use of GenAI and receive periodic refresher training. Training should include but is not limited to the following: (a)A review of this policy (b)The need for human oversight of GenAI outputs (c)The interpretation, review, and verification of GenAI output (d)Checking GenAI output for bias or protected information (e)Ethical use of GenAI technology (f)Data security and privacy concerns Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Generative Artificial Intelligence Use - 314 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 4 - Patrol Operations Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Patrol Operations - 315 Policy 400 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Patrol Function 400.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to define the functions of the patrol unit of the Department to ensure intra-department cooperation and information sharing. 400.1.1 FUNCTION Officers will generally patrol in clearly marked vehicles, patrol assigned jurisdictional areas of Rohnert Park, respond to calls for assistance, act as a deterrent to crime, enforce state and local laws and respond to emergencies 24 hours per day seven days per week. Patrol will generally provide the following services within the limits of available resources: (a)Patrol that is directed at the prevention of criminal acts, traffic violations and collisions, the maintenance of public order, and the discovery of hazardous situations or conditions. Makes recommendations on possible law enforcement or other special activities needed (b)Crime prevention and fire prevention activities such as residential inspections, business inspections, business contacts, etc. (c)Calls for service, both routine and emergency in nature (d)Investigation of both criminal and non-criminal acts (e)The apprehension of criminal offenders, including the transportation, booking, and detention of suspects in accordance with applicable laws and procedures (f)Community Oriented Policing and Problem Solving activities such as citizen assists and individual citizen contacts of a positive nature. May make presentations to schools or other community groups regarding Department program activities and juvenile and gang concerns. May serve as department representative to community committees or special functions (g)The sharing of information between the Patrol, Fire, and Support Services Divisions within the Department, other Departments within the City, as well as other outside governmental agencies (h)The application of resources to specific problems or situations within the community, which may be improved or resolved by Community Oriented Policing and Problem Solving strategies (i)Traffic direction and control (j)Responds to any animal control calls, pursuant to Section 420 of this manual (k)Contacts and interviews victims, witnesses, and suspects (l)Issues warnings, citations and makes arrests for violations of laws and ordinances (m)Responds to fire calls and participates in fire suppression activities Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Patrol Function - 316 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Patrol Function (n)Serves as a firefighter in fire fighting situations including laying hose lines, pulling working lines, holding the nozzle to direct the stream of water on the fire, placing, raising, lowering and climbing ladders (o)Assists in overhaul and salvage operations (p)May operate engine pumping equipment (q)Assists with vehicle accidents and medical emergencies (r)Preserves evidence at crime scenes and conducts follow-up investigations as directed (s)Testifies in court proceedings and any hearings when summoned or directed by official notice (t)May assist in assigned administrative support activities (u)Any other duties as assigned 400.1.2 TERRORISM It is the goal of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to make every reasonable effort to accurately and appropriately gather and report any information that may relate to either foreign or domestic terrorism. Officers should advise a supervisor as soon as practicable of any activity believed to be terrorism related and should document such incidents with a written report or Field Interview (FI). The supervisor should ensure that all terrorism related reports and FIs are forwarded to the Detective Bureau Supervisor in a timely fashion. 400.2 INFORMATION SHARING To the extent feasible, all information relevant to the mission of the Department should be shared among all divisions and specialized units on a timely basis. Members should be provided with opportunities on a regular basis to share information during the daily briefings and to attend briefings of other divisions or specialized units. Additionally, information should be shared with outside agencies and the public in conformance with department policies and applicable laws. Members are encouraged to share information with other units and divisions. 400.2.1 CRIME ANALYSIS UNIT The Records Unit will be the central unit for information exchange and Crime Analysis assignments. Criminal information and intelligence reports can be submitted to the Records Bureau for distribution to all divisions within the Department. 400.2.2 CRIME REPORTS A crime report may be completed by any Public Safety Officer or Community Service Officer who receives criminal information. The report will be processed and forwarded to the appropriate bureau for retention or follow-up investigation. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Patrol Function - 317 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Patrol Function 400.2.3 PATROL BRIEFINGS Patrol supervisors, detective sergeants, fire sergeants and special unit sergeants are encouraged to share information, teach, train, and provide appropriate direction as much as possible. All supervisors and/or officers will be provided an opportunity to share information at the daily patrol [briefing]s as time permits. 400.2.4 BRIEFING BINDER A Briefing Binder will be maintained in the Dispatch Center and will be provided at each briefing for review by officers from all divisions within the Department. These will include, but not be limited to, the patrol check requests, the wanted persons list and the written directive updates. 400.2.5 BULLETIN BOARDS A bulletin board will be kept in the [briefing] room and the Investigation Unit for display of suspect information, intelligence reports and photographs. New Special Orders will be made available to all employees and will be discussed at [briefing]s. A copy of the Special Order will be placed in the Briefing Binder. 400.3 CROWDS, EVENTS AND GATHERINGS Officers may encounter gatherings of people, including but not limited to, civil demonstrations, civic, social and business events, public displays, parades and sporting events. Officers should monitor such events as time permits in an effort to keep the peace and protect the safety and rights of those present. A patrol supervisor should be notified when it becomes reasonably foreseeable that such an event may require increased monitoring, contact or intervention. Officers responding to an event or gathering that warrants law enforcement involvement should carefully balance the speech and association rights of those present with applicable public safety concerns before taking enforcement action. Generally, officers should consider seeking compliance through advisements and warnings for minor violations and should reserve greater enforcement options for more serious violations or when voluntary compliance with the law is not achieved. Officers are encouraged to contact organizers or responsible persons to seek voluntary compliance that may address relevant public safety/order concerns. Officers should consider enforcement of applicable state and local laws, such as Penal Code 602.1 (obstructing or intimidating business operators), when the activity blocks the entrance or egress of a facility or location and when voluntary compliance with the law is not achieved. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Patrol Function - 318 Policy 401 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Bias-Based Policing 401.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidance to department members that affirms the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety's commitment to policing that is fair and objective. Nothing in this policy prohibits the use of specified characteristics in law enforcement activities designed to strengthen the department's relationship with its diverse communities (e.g., cultural and ethnicity awareness training, youth programs, community group outreach, partnerships). 401.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Bias-based policing - An inappropriate reliance on actual or perceived characteristics such as race, ethnicity, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, economic status, age, cultural group, disability, or affiliation with any non-criminal group (protected characteristics) as the basis for providing differing law enforcement service or enforcement (Penal Code § 13519.4). 401.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to providing law enforcement services to the community with due regard for the racial, cultural or other differences of those served. It is the policy of this department to provide law enforcement services and to enforce the law equally, fairly, objectively and without discrimination toward any individual or group. 401.3 BIAS-BASED POLICING PROHIBITED Bias-based policing is strictly prohibited. However, nothing in this policy is intended to prohibit an officer from considering protected characteristics in combination with credible, timely and distinct information connecting a person or people of a specific characteristic to a specific unlawful incident, or to specific unlawful incidents, specific criminal patterns or specific schemes. 401.3.1 CALIFORNIA RELIGIOUS FREEDOM ACT Members shall not collect information from a person based on religious belief, practice, affiliation, national origin or ethnicity unless permitted under state or federal law (Government Code § 8310.3). Members shall not assist federal government authorities (Government Code § 8310.3): (a)In compiling personal information about a person’s religious belief, practice, affiliation, national origin or ethnicity. (b)By investigating, enforcing or assisting with the investigation or enforcement of any requirement that a person register with the federal government based on religious belief, practice, or affiliation, or national origin or ethnicity. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Bias-Based Policing - 319 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Bias-Based Policing 401.4 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Every member of this department shall perform his/her duties in a fair and objective manner and is responsible for promptly reporting any suspected or known instances of bias-based policing to a supervisor. Members should, when reasonable to do so, intervene to prevent any biased-based actions by another member. 401.4.1 REASON FOR CONTACT Officers contacting a person shall be prepared to articulate sufficient reason for the contact, independent of the protected characteristics of the individual. To the extent that written documentation would otherwise be completed (e.g., arrest report, field interview (FI) card), the involved officer should include those facts giving rise to the contact, as applicable. Except for required data-collection forms or methods, nothing in this policy shall require any officer to document a contact that would not otherwise require reporting. 401.4.2 DISCLOSURE AND DOCUMENTATION OF TRAFFIC OR PEDESTRIAN STOP An officer conducting a traffic or pedestrian stop shall state the reason for the stop prior to questioning the individual related to a criminal investigation or traffic violation unless the officer reasonably believes that withholding the reason for the stop is necessary to protect life or property from imminent threat, including but not limited to cases of terrorism or kidnapping (Vehicle Code § 2806.5). Officers shall document the reason for the stop on any citation or report (Vehicle Code § 2806.5). 401.5 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Supervisors should monitor those individuals under their command for compliance with this policy and shall handle any alleged or observed violations in accordance with the Personnel Complaints Policy. (a)Supervisors should discuss any issues with the involved officer and his/her supervisor in a timely manner. 1.Supervisors should document these discussions, in the prescribed manner. (b)Supervisors should periodically review MAV recordings, portable audio/video recordings, Mobile Digital Computer (MDC) data and any other available resource used to document contact between officers and the public to ensure compliance with the policy. 1.Supervisors should document these periodic reviews. 2.Recordings or data that capture a potential instance of bias-based policing should be appropriately retained for administrative investigation purposes. (c)Supervisors shall initiate investigations of any actual or alleged violations of this policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Bias-Based Policing - 320 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Bias-Based Policing (d)Supervisors should take prompt and reasonable steps to address any retaliatory action taken against any member of this department who discloses information concerning bias-based policing. 401.6 ADMINISTRATION Each year, the Operations Sergeant should review the efforts of the Department to provide fair and objective policing and submit an annual report, including public concerns and complaints, to the Director of Public Safety. The annual report should not contain any identifying information about any specific complaint, member of the public or officers. It should be reviewed by the Director of Public Safety to identify any changes in training or operations that should be made to improve service. Supervisors should review the annual report and discuss the results with those they are assigned to supervise. 401.7 TRAINING Training on fair and objective policing and review of this policy shall be conducted annually and include: (a)Explicit and implicit biases. (b)Avoiding improper profiling. 401.7.1 ADDITIONAL STATE REQUIREMENTS Training should be conducted as directed by the Training Unit._ (a)All sworn members of this department will be scheduled to attend Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST)-approved training on the subject of bias-based policing. (b)Pending participation in such POST-approved training and at all times, all members of this department are encouraged to familiarize themselves with and consider racial and cultural differences among members of this community. (c)Each sworn member of this department who received initial bias-based policing training will thereafter be required to complete an approved POST refresher course every five years, or sooner if deemed necessary, in order to keep current with changing racial, identity, and cultural trends (Penal Code § 13519.4(i)). 401.8 REPORTING TO CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE The Sergeant or Command Staff Manager shall ensure that all data required by the California Department of Justice (DOJ) regarding complaints of racial bias against officers is collected and provided to the Records Supervisor for required reporting to the DOJ (Penal Code § 13012; Penal Code § 13020). See the Records Bureau Policy. Supervisors should ensure that data stop reports are provided to the Records Supervisor for required annual reporting to the DOJ (Government Code § 12525.5) (See Records Bureau Policy). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Bias-Based Policing - 321 Policy 402 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Briefing Training 402.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Briefing training is generally conducted at the beginning of the officer’s assigned shift. Briefing provides an opportunity for important exchange between employees and supervisors. A supervisor generally will conduct Briefing; however officers may conduct Briefing for training purposes with supervisor approval. Briefing should accomplish, at a minimum, the following basic tasks: (a)Briefing officers with information regarding daily patrol activity, with particular attention given to unusual situations and changes in the status of wanted persons, stolen vehicles, and major investigations (b)Notifying officers of changes in schedules and assignments (c)Notifying officers of new Departmental Directives or changes in Departmental Directives (d)Reviewing recent incidents for training purposes (e)Providing training on a variety of subjects 402.2 PREPARATION OF MATERIALS The supervisor conducting Briefing is responsible for preparation of the materials necessary for a constructive briefing. Supervisors may delegate this responsibility to a subordinate officer in his or her absence or for training purposes. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Briefing Training - 322 Policy 403 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Fire Services Function 403.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of the Fire Services Division is to provide Fire Suppression, Emergency Medical Aid and Fire Prevention services that combine to preserve life and property in Rohnert Park. The services are delivered by the Fire Services Bureau and the Fire Prevention Bureau. 403.2 FIRE SUPPRESSION Fire Suppression Bureau Responsibilities. (a)Direct such Fire Suppression and Rescue personnel as may be necessary to perform their duties under existing laws. (b)Have charge of and direct the use and control of all explosives and hazardous materials and demolition of buildings or structures. (c)Supervise and control all Hazardous Materials in the city. (d)Retain administrative authority for supervision of personnel and equipment provided by other divisions or jurisdictions (e)Direct all emergency medical resources at the emergency and transport casualties to definitive care facilities as required. 403.2.1 OPERATIONAL CONCEPTS The development of a fire, rescue and emergency medical service management organization through the "Incident Command System" (ICS) will be made in natural, progressive steps from the initial assignment, through greater alarm incident, major emergency, and expanded major emergency. Each incident organization provides authority and responsibility for the functions of command (overall direction of fire-fighting, rescue and emergency medical services strategy), support (equipment, apparatus, and services), etc. As the problems of controlling an emergency become larger and more complex, the expanding organization is developed to provide the staff, personnel, equipment, and services to manage and control the emergency. 403.2.2 BASIC STRATEGIES The basic strategies of the Fire Suppression and Rescue Division will include: (a)Plan and train personnel to effectively and safely respond to emergencies; (b)Provide equipment and supplies in quantities necessary to fulfill the goals of the Fire Suppression and Rescue Division; and (c)Manage the level of personnel both actively involved in fire fighting, rescue and emergency medical services efforts as well as an acceptable level of City coverage for subsequent emergencies on reliefs. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Fire Services Function - 323 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Fire Services Function 403.2.3 FUNCTIONS (a)Prevent fires from starting by enforcing applicable codes and ordinances; (b)Control and extinguish all fires; (c)Provide emergency medical service; (d)Provide assistance to lessen the effects of all disasters; (e)Investigate fire cause and origin; (f)Continuously train personnel; and vii. Educate and inform the public in fire-related matters. 403.3 FIRE PREVENTION The Fire Prevention Bureau encompasses fire safety, public education, fire cause and investigation, building construction inspections and building plan review for compliance with fire codes and ordinances. In addition the Fire Prevention Bureau is responsible for insuring compliance in the community regarding weed, trash and rubbish abatement. The Fire Prevention Bureau works to eliminate hazards that contribute to the risk of fire or injury in Rohnert Park. The goals of the annual Fire Safety Inspection Program are to: (a)Reduce and/or prevent injuries and the loss of life; and to reduce property damage. (b)Contribute to the safety of citizens. (c)Control the cost of fire suppression and other emergency responses. (d)Increase the Fire Division's exposure to the public. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Fire Services Function - 324 Policy 404 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Crime and Disaster Scene Integrity 404.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The protection and integrity of a crime scene is of the utmost importance for the successful apprehension of criminals and successful prosecution. The integrity of a disaster scene is equally as critical for the protection of life and property and investigation by proper authorities. 404.2 CRIME SCENE RESPONSIBILITY The first officer at the scene of a crime or major incident is generally responsible for taking reasonable efforts to preserve the scene. Officers shall also consider officer safety and public safety, including reasonable efforts to render medical aid to any obviously injured parties. Once an officer has assumed or been assigned to maintain the integrity of the crime/disaster scene, the officer shall continue to do so until he/she is relieved by a supervisor. 404.2.1 FIRST RESPONDER CONSIDERATIONS The following list generally describes the functions which the first responder should reasonably attempt to take at a crime or disaster scene. This list is not intended to be all-inclusive, is not necessarily in order and may be altered according to the demands of each situation, the availability of resources, capacity of personnel and totality of each circumstance: (a)Ensure no suspects are still in the area. (b)Broadcast emergency information, including all requests for additional assistance. (c)Provide first aid to injured parties if it can be done safely. (d)Evacuate the location as required. (e)Secure the inner and outer perimeter if needed. (f)Protect items of apparent evidentiary value. (g)Identify potential witnesses. (h)Start a chronological log noting critical times and personnel allowed access. 404.2.2 EXECUTION OF HEALTH ORDERS Any sworn member of this department is authorized to enforce all orders of the local health officer that have been issued for the purpose of preventing the spread of any contagious, infectious or communicable disease (Health and Safety Code § 120155). 404.3 SEARCHES AT CRIME OR DISASTER SCENES Officers arriving at crime or disaster scenes are often faced with the immediate need to search for and render aid to victims and determine if suspects are present and continue to pose a threat. Once officers are satisfied that no additional suspects are present and/or there are no injured persons to be treated, those exigent circumstances will likely no longer exist. Officers should thereafter secure the scene and conduct no further search until proper authority for the search is obtained. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Crime and Disaster Scene Integrity - 325 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Crime and Disaster Scene Integrity 404.3.1 CONSENT Officers should seek consent to search from authorized individuals where possible. However, in the case of serious crimes or major investigations, it may be prudent to obtain a search warrant. Consent may be sought even in cases where a search warrant has been granted. 404.4 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to secure crime or disaster scenes so that evidence is preserved, and to identify and mitigate the dangers associated with a major crime or disaster scene for the safety of the community and those required to enter or work near the scene. 404.5 SCENE RESPONSIBILITY The first officer at the scene of a crime or major incident is generally responsible for the immediate safety of the public and preservation of the scene. Officers shall also consider officer safety and the safety of those persons entering or exiting the area, including those rendering medical aid to any injured parties. Once an officer has assumed or been assigned to maintain the integrity and security of the crime or disaster scene, the officer shall maintain the crime or disaster scene until he/she is properly relieved by a supervisor or other designated person. 404.6 FIRST RESPONDER CONSIDERATIONS The following list generally describes the first responder’s function at a crime or disaster scene. This list is not intended to be all-inclusive, is not necessarily in order and may be altered according to the demands of each situation: (a)Broadcast emergency information, including requests for additional assistance and resources. (b)Provide for the general safety of those within the immediate area by mitigating, reducing or eliminating threats or dangers. (c)Locate or identify suspects and determine whether dangerous suspects are still within the area. (d)Provide first aid to injured parties if it can be done safely. (e)Evacuate the location safely as required or appropriate. (f)Secure the inner perimeter. (g)Protect items of apparent evidentiary value. (h)Secure an outer perimeter. (i)Identify potential witnesses. (j)Start a chronological log noting critical times and personnel allowed access. 404.7 SEARCHES Officers arriving at crime or disaster scenes are often faced with the immediate need to search for and render aid to victims, and to determine if suspects are present and continue to pose a threat. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Crime and Disaster Scene Integrity - 326 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Crime and Disaster Scene Integrity Once officers are satisfied that no additional suspects are present and/or there are no injured persons to be treated, those exigent circumstances will likely no longer exist. Officers should thereafter secure the scene and conduct no further search until additional or alternate authority for the search is obtained, such as consent or a search warrant. 404.7.1 CONSENT When possible, officers should seek written consent to search from authorized individuals. However, in the case of serious crimes or major investigations, it may be prudent to also obtain a search warrant. Consent as an additional authorization may be sought, even in cases where a search warrant has been granted. 404.8 EXECUTION OF HEALTH ORDERS Any sworn member of this department is authorized to enforce all orders of the local health officer that have been issued for the purpose of preventing the spread of any contagious, infectious or communicable disease (Health and Safety Code § 120155). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Crime and Disaster Scene Integrity - 327 Policy 405 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Ride-Along Policy 405.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Ride-Along Program provides an opportunity for citizens, applicants, and family members to experience the law enforcement or fire services function first hand. This policy provides the requirements, approval process, and hours of operation for the Ride-Along Program. 405.1.1 ELIGIBILITY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Ride-Along Program is offered to residents, students, applicants, family members and those employed within the City. Every attempt will be made to accommodate interested persons however any applicant may be disqualified without cause. The following factors may be considered in disqualifying an applicant and are not limited to: •Being under 14 years of age •Prior criminal history •Pending criminal action •Pending lawsuit against the Department •Denial by any supervisor 405.1.2 AVAILABILITY The Ride-Along Program is available 24 hours a day, on a case by case basis, with shift supervisor approval. 405.2 PROCEDURE TO REQUEST A RIDE-ALONG Generally, ride-along requests will be scheduled by the Patrol Sergeant of the requested time period. The participant will complete a ride-along waiver form, which is available in Records. Information requested will include a valid ID or California driver's license, address, and telephone number. If the participant is under 18 years of age, a parent/guardian must be present to complete the Ride-Along form. Forms received by Records will be forwarded to a Patrol Lieutenant. The Lieutenant will assign the ride-along to a Sergeant. Reviews should be completed in a timely manner. It will be the responsibility of the Sergeant to contact Dispatch for a criminal history check of the ride-along applicant. Criminal history checks are not required for current or prospective City applicants or employee family members. Dispatch will create an event and advise the Sergeant of the criminal history results. The Sergeant will complete the form, contact the applicant to schedule the ride-along or to notify them if denied, and submit the completed form to Records. Records will scan the form and attach it to the event. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Ride-Along Policy - 328 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Ride-Along Policy 405.2.1 SUITABLE ATTIRE Any person approved to ride along is required to be suitably dressed in business casual attire. Sandals, T-shirts, tank tops, shorts and ripped or torn blue jeans are not permitted. The Shift Supervisor may refuse a ride along to anyone not properly dressed. 405.2.2 PEACE OFFICER RIDE-ALONGS Off-duty members of this department or any other law enforcement agency will not be permitted to ride-along with on-duty officers without the expressed consent of the Shift Supervisor. In the event that such a ride-along is permitted, the off-duty employee shall not be considered on-duty and shall not represent themselves as a peace officer or participate in any law enforcement activity except as emergency circumstances may require. 405.2.3 RIDE-ALONG CRIMINAL HISTORY CHECK All Ride-along applicants are subject to a criminal history check. The criminal history check may include a local records check and a Department of Justice Automated Criminal History System check through CLETS prior to their approval as a ride-along with a law enforcement officer (provided that the ride-along is not an employee of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety) (CLETS Policies, Practices and Procedures Manual § 1.6.1.D.3.). 405.3 OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITY Prior to the ride-along the assigned officer shall ensure that the ride-along participate, or their guardian has read and signed the waiver packet. The officer shall advise the dispatcher that a ride-along is present in the vehicle before going into service. Officers shall consider the safety of the ride-along at all times. Officers should use sound discretion when encountering a potentially dangerous situation, and if feasible, let the participant out of the vehicle in a well-lighted place of safety. The dispatcher will be advised of the situation and as soon as practical have another police unit respond to pick up the participant at that location. The ride-along may be continued or terminated at this time. The officer has discretion on the duration of the ride-along. Upon completion of the ride-along, the waiver packet shall be returned to the Secretary of the Director of Public Safety with any comments which may be offered by the officer. The packets will be retained for a minimum of one year. 405.4 CONTROL OF RIDE-ALONG The assigned employee shall maintain control over the ride-along at all times and instruct him/her in the conditions that necessarily limit their participation. These instructions should include: (a)The ride-along will follow the directions of the officer (b)The ride-along will not become involved in any investigation, handling of evidence, discussions with victims or suspects, or handling any police equipment (c)The ride-along may terminate the ride at any time Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Ride-Along Policy - 329 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Ride-Along Policy (d)The officer may return the observer to their home or to the station if the ride-along interferes with the performance of the officer's duties (e)Ride-alongs may be allowed to continue riding during the transportation and booking process provided this does not jeopardize their safety (f)Officers will not allow any ride-alongs to be present in any residences or situations that would jeopardize their safety or cause undue stress or embarrassment to a victim or any other citizen (g)Under no circumstance shall a civilian ride along be permitted to enter a private residence with an officer without the expressed consent of the resident or other authorized person (h)Under no circumstance shall a civilian ride along be permitted to use any visual or audio recording device without prior approval. If allowed, all recordings will comply with established policies Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Ride-Along Policy - 330 Policy 406 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hazardous Material Response 406.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Exposure to hazardous materials presents potential harm to department members and the public. This policy outlines the responsibilities of members who respond to these events and the factors that should be considered while on-scene, including the reporting of exposures and supervisor responsibilities. To comply with 8 CCR § 5194, the following is to be the policy of this department. 406.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Hazardous material – A substance which, by its nature, containment, or reactivity, has the capability of inflicting harm during exposure; characterized as being toxic, corrosive, flammable, reactive, an irritant or strong sensitizer and thereby posing a threat to health when improperly managed. 406.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL RESPONSE Members may encounter situations involving suspected hazardous materials, such as at the scene of a traffic accident, chemical spill, or fire. When members come into contact with a suspected hazardous material, certain steps should be taken to protect themselves and citizens. The following steps should be considered at any scene involving suspected hazardous materials: (a)Attempt to identify the type of hazardous substance. (Identification can be determined by placard, driver's manifest, or statements from the person transporting). (b)Notify the fire department. (c)Provide first-aid for injured parties if it can be done safely and without contamination. (d)Begin evacuation of the immediate area and surrounding areas, depending on the substance. Voluntary evacuation should be considered; however, depending on the substance, mandatory evacuation may be necessary. (e)Notify the local health authority. Such notification is mandatory when a spilled or released item is a pesticide (Health and Safety Code § 105215). (f)Notify the Department of Toxic Substances Control. This is mandatory when an officer comes in contact with, or is aware of, the presence of a suspected hazardous substance at a site where an illegal controlled substance is or was manufactured (Health and Safety Code § 79355). 406.3 REPORTING EXPOSURE Department members who believe that they have been exposed to a hazardous material shall immediately report the exposure to a supervisor. Each exposure shall be documented by the member in an employee memorandum that shall be forwarded via chain of command to the Shift Supervisor as soon as practicable. Should the affected member be unable to document the exposure for any reason, it shall be the responsibility of the notified supervisor to complete the report. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hazardous Material Response - 331 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hazardous Material Response Injury or illness caused or believed to be caused from exposure to hazardous materials shall be reported the same as any other on-duty injury or illness in addition to a crime report or incident report as applicable. 406.3.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY When a supervisor has been informed that a member has been exposed to a hazardous material, the supervisor shall ensure that immediate medical treatment is obtained and appropriate action is taken to lessen the exposure. To ensure the safety of members, safety equipment is available through supervisory personnel. Safety items not maintained by the Department will be obtained through the fire department. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hazardous Material Response - 332 Policy 407 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mental Illness Commitments 407.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for when officers may take a person into custody for psychiatric evaluation and treatment (5150 commitment) (Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150). 407.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to protect the public and individuals through legal and appropriate use of the 72-hour treatment and evaluation commitment (5150 commitment) process. 407.3 AUTHORITY An officer having probable cause may take a person into custody and place the person in an approved mental health facility for 72-hour treatment and evaluation when the officer believes that, as a result of a mental disorder, the person is a danger to him/herself or others or the person is gravely disabled (Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150; Welfare and Institutions Code § 5585.50). When determining whether to take a person into custody, officers are not limited to determining the person is an imminent danger and shall consider reasonably available information about the historical course of the person’s mental disorder, which may include evidence presented from any of the following (Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150; Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150.05): (a)An individual who is providing or has provided mental health treatment or related support services to the person (b)A family member (c)The person subject to the determination or anyone designated by the person 407.3.1 VOLUNTARY EVALUATION If an officer encounters an individual who may qualify for a 5150 commitment, he/she may inquire as to whether the person desires to voluntarily be evaluated at an appropriate facility. If the person so desires, the officers should: (a)Transport the person to an appropriate facility that is able to conduct the evaluation and admit the person pursuant to a 5150 commitment. (b)If at any point the person changes his/her mind regarding voluntary evaluation, officers should proceed with the 5150 commitment, if appropriate. (c)Document the circumstances surrounding the individual’s desire to pursue voluntary evaluation and/or admission. 407.3.2 RESTRAINTS If the patient is violent or potentially violent, the officer will notify the staff of this concern. The staff member in charge will have discretion as to whether soft-restraints will be used. If these restraints Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mental Illness Commitments - 333 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mental Illness Commitments are desired, the officer will wait while they are being applied to help provide physical control of the patient, if needed. 407.3.3 MENTAL HEALTH DOCUMENTATION The officer will complete an Application For 72-Hour Detention for Evaluation and Treatment form (MH-302) and provide it to the staff member assigned to that patient. The officer will retain a copy of the 72-hour evaluation for inclusion in the case report. The officer shall also provide a verbal summary to an emergency department staff member regarding the circumstances leading to the involuntary detention. 407.3.4 SECURING OF WEAPONS If a receiving and secured facility prohibits weapons or if an extraordinary event occurs in the treatment facility and officers determine a need to secure their firearms, the firearm shall be secured in the appropriate gun locker at the facility or in the police unit. 407.4 CONSIDERATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES Any officer handling a call involving an individual who may qualify for a 5150 commitment should consider, as time and circumstances reasonably permit: (a)Available information that might assist in determining the cause and nature of the person’s action or stated intentions. (b)Community or neighborhood mediation services. (c)Conflict resolution and de-escalation techniques. (d)Community or other resources available to assist in dealing with mental health issues. While these steps are encouraged, nothing in this section is intended to dissuade officers from taking reasonable action to ensure the safety of the officers and others. Officers should consider a 5150 commitment over arrest when mental health issues appear to be a mitigating factor for people who are suspected of committing minor crimes or creating other public safety issues. 407.4.1 SECURING OF PROPERTY When a person is taken into custody for evaluation, or within a reasonable time thereafter, and unless a responsible relative, guardian or conservator is in possession of the person's personal property, the officer shall take reasonable precautions to safeguard the individual’s personal property in his/her possession or on the premises occupied by the person (Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150). The officer taking the person into custody shall provide a report to the court that describes the person’s property and its disposition in the format provided in Welfare and Institutions Code § 5211, unless a responsible person took possession of the property, in which case the officer shall only include the name of the responsible person and the location of the property (Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mental Illness Commitments - 334 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mental Illness Commitments 407.5 TRANSPORTATION When transporting any individual for a 5150 commitment, the transporting officer should have the Dispatch Center notify the receiving facility of the estimated time of arrival, the level of cooperation of the individual and whether any special medical care is needed. Officers may transport individuals in a patrol unit and shall secure them in accordance with the Handcuffing and Restraints Policy. Should the detainee require transport in a medical transport vehicle and the safety of any person, including the detainee, requires the presence of an officer during the transport, Shift Supervisor approval is required before transport commences. 407.5.1 RETURN OF CONFISCATED FIREARMS AND WEAPONS (a)Whenever the handling officer has cause to believe that the future return of any confiscated weapon(s) might endanger the person or others, the officer shall detail those facts and circumstances in a report. The report shall be forwarded to the Investigation Unit which shall be responsible for initiating a petition to the superior court for a hearing in accordance with Welfare and Institutions Code § 8102(b), to determine whether or not the weapon(s) will be returned. (b)The petition to the Superior Court shall be initiated within 30 days of the release of the individual from whom such weapon(s) have been confiscated unless the Department makes an ex parte application to the court to extend the time to file such a petition, up to a maximum of 60 days. At the time any such petition is initiated, the Department shall send written notice to the individual informing him or her of the right to a hearing on the issue and that he or she has 30 days to confirm with the court clerk any desire for a hearing and that the failure to do so will result in the forfeiture of any confiscated weapon(s). (c)If no petition is initiated within the above period, the Department shall make the weapon(s) available for return in accordance with subsection (d) below. If the person does not confirm a desire for a hearing within the prescribed 30 days, the Department may file a petition for an order of default. (d)Under no circumstances shall any firearm be returned to any individual unless and until such person presents valid identification and written notification from the California Department of Justice which conforms to the provisions of Penal Code § 33850. (e)In any case in which a firearm or other deadly weapon is not retained as evidence, the Department shall not be required to retain such firearms or other deadly weapon longer than 180 days after notice has been provided to the owner that such firearm or other deadly weapon is available for return. At the expiration of such period, the firearm or other deadly weapon may be processed for disposal in accordance with applicable law (Penal Code § 33850). 407.6 TRANSFER TO APPROPRIATE FACILITY Upon arrival at the facility, the officer will escort the individual into a treatment area designated by a facility staff member. If the individual is not seeking treatment voluntarily, the officer should provide the staff member with the written application for a 5150 commitment and remain present to provide clarification of the grounds for detention, upon request. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mental Illness Commitments - 335 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mental Illness Commitments Absent exigent circumstances, the transporting officer should not assist facility staff with the admission process, including restraint of the individual. However, if the individual is transported and delivered while restrained, the officer may assist with transferring the individual to facility restraints and will be available to assist during the admission process, if requested. Under normal circumstances, officers will not apply facility-ordered restraints. 407.7 DOCUMENTATION The officer shall complete an application for a 72-Hour detention for evaluation and treatment, provide it to the facility staff member assigned to that patient and retain a copy of the application for inclusion in the case report. The application shall include the circumstances for officer involvement; the probable cause to believe the person is, as a result of a mental health disorder, a danger to others or him/herself or gravely disabled; and all information used for the determination of probable cause (Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150; Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150.05). The officer should also provide a verbal summary to any evaluating staff member regarding the circumstances leading to the involuntary detention. 407.7.1 ADVISEMENT The officer taking a person into custody for evaluation shall advise the person of: (a)The officer’s name and agency. (b)The fact that the person is not under criminal arrest but is being taken for examination by mental health professionals and the mental health staff will advise him/her of their rights. (c)The name of the facility to which the person is being taken. (d)If the person is being taken into custody at his/her residence, he/she should also be advised that he/she may take a few personal items, which the officer must approve, and may make a telephone call or leave a note indicating where he/she is being taken. The officer should also ask if the person needs assistance turning off any appliance or water. The advisement shall be given in a language the person understands. If the person cannot understand an oral advisement, the information shall be provided in writing (Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150). 407.8 CRIMINAL OFFENSES Officers investigating an individual who is suspected of committing a minor criminal offense and who is being taken on a 5150 commitment should resolve the criminal matter by issuing a warning or a Notice to Appear as appropriate. When an individual who may qualify for a 5150 commitment has committed a serious criminal offense that would normally result in an arrest and transfer to a jail facility, the officer should: (a)Arrest the individual when there is probable cause to do so. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mental Illness Commitments - 336 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mental Illness Commitments (b)Notify the appropriate supervisor of the facts supporting the arrest and the facts that would support the 5150 commitment. (c)Facilitate the individual’s transfer to jail. (d)Thoroughly document in the related reports the circumstances that indicate the individual may qualify for a 5150 commitment. In the supervisor’s judgment, the individual may instead be arrested or booked and transported to the appropriate mental health facility. The supervisor should consider the seriousness of the offense, the treatment options available, the ability of this department to regain custody of the individual, department resources (e.g., posting a guard) and other relevant factors in making this decision. 407.9 FIREARMS AND OTHER WEAPONS Whenever a person is taken into custody for a 5150 commitment, the handling officers should seek to determine if the person owns or has access to any firearm or other deadly weapon defined in Welfare and Institutions Code § 8100. Officers should consider whether it is appropriate and consistent with current search and seizure law under the circumstances to seize any such firearms or other dangerous weapons (e.g., safekeeping, evidence, consent). Officers are cautioned that a search warrant may be needed before entering a residence or other place to search, unless lawful, warrantless entry has already been made (e.g., exigent circumstances, consent). A search warrant may also be needed before searching for or seizing weapons The handling officers shall issue a receipt describing the deadly weapon or any firearm seized, and list any serial number or other identification that is on the firearm. Officers shall advise the person of the procedure for the return of any firearm or other weapon that has been taken into custody (Welfare and Institutions Code § 8102 (b)) (see Property and Evidence Policy). 407.9.1 PETITION FOR RETURN OF FIREARMS AND OTHER WEAPONS Whenever the handling officer has cause to believe that the future return of any confiscated weapon might endanger the person or others, the officer shall detail those facts and circumstances in a report. The report shall be forwarded to the Detective Bureau, which shall be responsible for initiating a petition to the Superior Court for a hearing in accordance with Welfare and Institutions Code § 8102(c), to determine whether the weapon will be returned. The petition to the Superior Court shall be initiated within 30 days of the release of the individual from whom such weapon has been confiscated, unless the Department makes an ex parte application to the court to extend the time to file such a petition, up to a maximum of 60 days. At the time any such petition is initiated, the Department shall send written notice to the individual informing him/her of the right to a hearing on the issue, that he/she has 30 days to confirm with the court clerk any desire for a hearing and that the failure to do so will result in the forfeiture of any confiscated weapon. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mental Illness Commitments - 337 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mental Illness Commitments 407.10 TRAINING This department will endeavor to provide Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST)-approved advanced officer training on interaction with persons with mental disabilities, 5150 commitments and crisis intervention. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mental Illness Commitments - 338 Policy 408 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Security, Hospitalized Suspects / Victims 408.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures to guard, when necessary, suspects, arrestees and victims requiring hospitalization. 408.2 OVERVIEW When an injured or ill suspect (not an arrestee) is an admitted patient of a hospital, the investigating officer may, after consulting with a supervisor: (a)Have the hospital contact the Rohnert Park DPS when the suspect is ready for release and arrest the suspect at that time; or, (b)Submit a police report to the Sonoma County District Attorney's Office requesting a complaint be issued; or, (c)Arrest the suspect, and: 1.Issue the suspect a citation to appear; or, 2.Release the arrestee per Penal Code Section 849.An officer shall not immediately rearrest the suspect after being released from the hospital unless the hospital determines this action will enable the hospital to bill and collect from a third party payment source (Penal Code Section 4011.10); or, 3.Guard the suspect until the suspect is discharged from the hospital, and then book the suspect into the Sonoma County Jail.If guard service of an arrestee requires the services of a police officer, for more than 24 hours, the sergeant approving such guard service shall contact a lieutenant for approval to extend the guard service past the 24 hour period. If guard service of an arrestee is better served by a private security officer, the sergeant requesting such private guard service shall contact a lieutenant for approval. (d)Officers shall not sign hospital or medical forms indicating the Rohnert Park DPS or City of Rohnert Park is responsible for or accepting medical billing.If such a request is made of an officer, the officer shall contact a sergeant for direction. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Security, Hospitalized Suspects / Victims - 339 Policy 409 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hostage and Barricade Incidents 409.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The_purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for situations where officers have legal cause to contact, detain or arrest a person, and the person refuses to submit to the lawful requests of the officers by remaining in a structure or vehicle and/or by taking a hostage. The scope of this policy is not intended to address all variables that officers encounter during their initial response or when a hostage or barricade situation has developed. This policy does not require or purport to recommend specific strategies or tactics for resolution as each incident is a dynamic and rapidly evolving event. 409.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Barricade situation - An incident where a person maintains a position of cover or concealment and ignores or resists law enforcement personnel, and it is reasonable to believe the subject is armed with a dangerous or deadly weapon. Hostage situation - An incident where it is reasonable to believe a person is: (a)Unlawfully held by a hostage-taker as security so that specified terms or conditions will be met. (b)Unlawfully held against his/her will under threat or actual use of force. 409.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to address hostage and barricade situations with due regard for the preservation of life and balancing the risk of injury, while obtaining the safe release of hostages, apprehending offenders and securing available evidence. 409.3 COMMUNICATION When circumstances permit, initial responding officers should try to establish and maintain lines of communication with a barricaded person or hostage-taker. Officers should attempt to identify any additional subjects, inquire about victims and injuries, seek the release of hostages, gather intelligence information, identify time-sensitive demands or conditions and obtain the suspect’s surrender. When available, department-authorized negotiators should respond to the scene as soon as practicable and assume communication responsibilities. Negotiators are permitted to exercise flexibility in each situation based upon their training, the circumstances presented, suspect actions or demands and the available resources. 409.3.1 EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS Only an officer who has been designated by the District Attorney or Attorney General may use or authorize the use of an electronic amplifying or recording device to eavesdrop on or record, Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hostage and Barricade Incidents - 340 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hostage and Barricade Incidents or both, oral communication in response to an emergency situation involving a hostage or the barricading of a location, and only when (Penal Code § 633.8(b)): (a)The officer reasonably determines an emergency situation exists that involves the immediate danger of death or serious physical injury to any person within the meaning of 18 USC § 2518(7)(a)(i), (b)The officer reasonably determines that the emergency situation requires that eavesdropping on oral communication occur immediately, and (c)There are grounds upon which an order could be obtained pursuant to 18 USC § 2516(2). (d)An application for an order approving the eavesdropping and complying with the requirements of Penal Code § 629.50 is made within 48 hours of the beginning of the eavesdropping. (e)The contents of any oral communications overheard are recorded on tape or other comparable device. 409.4 FIRST RESPONDER CONSIDERATIONS First responding officers should promptly and carefully evaluate all available information to determine whether an incident involves, or may later develop into, a hostage or barricade situation. The first responding officer should immediately request a supervisor’s response as soon as it is determined that a hostage or barricade situation exists. The first responding officer shall assume the duties of the supervisor until relieved by a supervisor or a more qualified responder. The officer shall continually evaluate the situation, including the level of risk to officers, to the persons involved and to bystanders, and the resources currently available. The handling officer should brief the arriving supervisor of the incident, including information about suspects and victims, the extent of any injuries, additional resources or equipment that may be needed, and current perimeters and evacuation areas. 409.4.1 BARRICADE SITUATION Unless circumstances require otherwise, officers handling a barricade situation should attempt to avoid a forceful confrontation in favor of stabilizing the incident by establishing and maintaining lines of communication while awaiting the arrival of specialized personnel and trained negotiators. During the interim the following options, while not all-inclusive or in any particular order, should be considered: (a)Ensure injured persons are evacuated from the immediate threat area if it is reasonably safe to do so. Request medical assistance. (b)Assign personnel to a contact team to control the subject should he/she attempt to exit the building, structure or vehicle, and attack, use deadly force, attempt to escape or surrender prior to additional resources arriving. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hostage and Barricade Incidents - 341 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hostage and Barricade Incidents (c)Request additional personnel, resources and equipment as needed (e.g., canine team, air support). (d)Provide responding emergency personnel with a safe arrival route to the location. (e)Evacuate uninjured persons in the immediate threat area if it is reasonably safe to do so. (f)Attempt or obtain a line of communication and gather as much information on the subject as possible, including weapons, other involved parties, additional hazards or injuries. (g)Establish an inner and outer perimeter as circumstances require and resources permit to prevent unauthorized access. (h)Evacuate bystanders, residents and businesses within the inner and then outer perimeter as appropriate. Check for injuries, the presence of other involved subjects, witnesses, evidence or additional information. (i)Determine the need for and notify the appropriate persons within and outside the Department, such as command officers and the Public Information Officer (PIO). (j)If necessary and available, establish a tactical or exclusive radio frequency for the incident. (k)Establish a command post. 409.4.2 HOSTAGE SITUATION Officers presented with a hostage situation should attempt to avoid a forceful confrontation in favor of controlling the incident in anticipation of the arrival of specialized personnel and trained hostage negotiators. However, it is understood that hostage situations are dynamic and can require that officers react quickly to developing or changing threats. The following options, while not all-inclusive or in any particular order, should be considered: (a)Ensure injured persons are evacuated from the immediate threat area if it is reasonably safe to do so. Request medical assistance. (b)Assign personnel to a contact team to control the subject should he/she attempt to exit the building, structure or vehicle, and attack, use deadly force, attempt to escape or surrender prior to additional resources arriving. (c)Establish a rapid response team in the event it becomes necessary to rapidly enter a building, structure or vehicle, such as when the suspect is using deadly force against any hostages (see the Rapid Response and Deployment Policy). (d)Assist hostages or potential hostages to escape if it is reasonably safe to do so. Hostages should be kept separated if practicable pending further interview. (e)Request additional personnel, resources and equipment as needed (e.g., canine team, air support). (f)Provide responding emergency personnel with a safe arrival route to the location. (g)Evacuate uninjured persons in the immediate threat area if it is reasonably safe to do so. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hostage and Barricade Incidents - 342 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hostage and Barricade Incidents (h)Coordinate pursuit or surveillance vehicles and control of travel routes. (i)Attempt to obtain a line of communication and gather as much information about the suspect as possible, including any weapons, victims and their injuries, additional hazards, other involved parties and any other relevant intelligence information. (j)Establish an inner and outer perimeter as resources and circumstances permit to prevent unauthorized access. (k)Evacuate bystanders, residents and businesses within the inner and then outer perimeter as appropriate. Check for injuries, the presence of other involved subjects, witnesses, evidence or additional information. (l)Determine the need for and notify the appropriate persons within and outside the Department, such as command officers and the PIO. (m)If necessary and available, establish a tactical or exclusive radio frequency for the incident. 409.5 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Upon being notified that a hostage or barricade situation exists, the supervisor should immediately respond to the scene, assess the risk level of the situation, establish a proper chain of command and assume the role of Incident Commander until properly relieved. This includes requesting a Special Weapons and Tactics Team (SWAT) response if appropriate and apprising the SWAT Commander of the circumstances. In addition, the following options should be considered: (a)Ensure injured persons are evacuated and treated by medical personnel. (b)Ensure the completion of necessary first responder responsibilities or assignments. (c)Request crisis negotiators, specialized units, additional personnel, resources or equipment as appropriate. (d)Establish a command post location as resources and circumstances permit. (e)Designate assistants who can help with intelligence information and documentation of the incident. (f)If it is practicable to do so, arrange for video documentation of the operation. (g)Consider contacting utility and communication providers to restrict such services (e.g., restricting electric power, gas, telephone service). 1.When considering restricting communication services, a supervisor should make the determination that there is reason to believe an emergency situation exists involving immediate danger of death or great bodily harm and that an interruption to communication services is necessary to protect public safety (Penal Code § 11471). The supervisor must ensure the Department obtains a court order, in accordance with Penal Code § 11472, prior to requesting the interruption. In the case of an extreme emergency when there is insufficient time to obtain an order prior to the request, application for the order must be submitted within six hours after initiating the interruption. If six hours is not possible, then the application for the court order shall be made at the first reasonably available opportunity, but no later than 24 hours in accordance with Penal Code § 11475. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hostage and Barricade Incidents - 343 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hostage and Barricade Incidents (h)Ensure adequate law enforcement coverage for the remainder of the City during the incident. The supervisor should direct non-essential personnel away from the scene unless they have been summoned by the supervisor or the Dispatch Center. (i)Identify a media staging area outside the outer perimeter and have the department Public Information Officer or a designated temporary media representative provide media access in accordance with the Media Relations Policy. (j)Identify the need for mutual aid and the transition or relief of personnel for incidents of extended duration. (k)Debrief personnel and review documentation as appropriate. 409.6 REPORTING Unless otherwise relieved by a supervisor or Incident Commander, the handling officer at the scene is responsible for completion and/or coordination of incident reports. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hostage and Barricade Incidents - 344 Policy 410 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Cite and Release Policy 410.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidance on when to release adults who are arrested for a criminal misdemeanor offense on a written notice to appear (citation) and when to hold for court or bail. 410.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to release all persons arrested on misdemeanor or other qualifying charges on a citation with certain exceptions (Penal Code § 853.6). If there is a reason for non-release, the Department’s mission to protect the community will be the primary consideration when determining whether to release any individual in lieu of holding for court or bail. 410.2.1 DISCRETION TO ARREST While this department recognizes the statutory power of peace officers to make arrests throughout the state, officers are encouraged to use sound discretion in the enforcement of the law. On-duty arrests will not generally be made outside the jurisdiction of this department except in cases of hot and/or fresh pursuit, while following up on crimes committed within the City, or while assisting another agency. On-duty officers who discover criminal activity outside the jurisdiction of the City should, when circumstances permit, consider contacting the agency having primary jurisdiction before attempting an arrest. Off-duty officers observing criminal activity should generally take enforcement action only when it reasonably appears that imminent risk to life or property exists and the reasonable opportunity does not exist to contact the law enforcement agency with primary jurisdiction. In such situations the involved officer shall clearly identify him/herself as a police officer. Officers are authorized to use verbal or written warnings to resolve minor traffic and criminal violations when appropriate. 410.3 RELEASE BY CITATION Except in cases where a reason for non-release as described below exists, adults arrested for a misdemeanor offense, including a private person's arrest, shall be released from custody on a citation (Penal Code § 853.6). The citing officer shall, at the time the defendant signs the notice to appear, call attention to the time and place for appearance and take any other steps they deem necessary to ensure that the defendant understands their written promise to appear. 410.3.1 FIELD CITATIONS In most cases an adult arrested for a misdemeanor offense may be released in the field on a citation in lieu of physical arrest when booking and fingerprinting is not practicable or immediately required provided the individual can be satisfactorily identified, there is no outstanding arrest Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Cite and Release Policy - 345 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Cite and Release Policy warrant for the individual and none of the below described disqualifying circumstances are present (Penal Code § 853.6; Penal Code § 1270.1). In such cases the arresting officer should check the booking required box on the citation form to indicate that the person will be photographed and fingerprinted at a later time when ordered by the court. When a booking photo or fingerprints are needed for the furtherance of any investigation, the person should be released on citation after booking instead of on a field citation. 410.3.2 DISQUALIFYING CIRCUMSTANCES A person arrested for a misdemeanor shall be released on a notice to appear unless one of the following situations is present (Penal Code § 853.6(i)): (a)The person arrested is so intoxicated that he/she could be a danger to him/herself or to others. Release may occur as soon as this condition no longer exists. (b)The person arrested requires medical examination or medical care or is otherwise unable to care for his/her own safety 1.The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety shall not release an arrestee from custody for the purpose of allowing that person to seek medical care at a hospital, and then immediately re-arrest the same individual upon discharge from the hospital, unless the hospital determines this action will enable it to bill and collect from a third-party payment source (Penal Code § 4011.10). (c)The person is arrested for one or more of the offenses listed in Vehicle Code §§ 40302, 40303 and 40305. 1.Any person arrested for any offense listed in Vehicle Code § 40303(b) shall, in the judgment of the arresting officer, either be given a 10 day notice to appear or be taken without delay before a magistrate in the county of arrest. 2.If a person under Vehicle Code §§ 40303 or 40305 does not have satisfactory identification, the officer may require the individual to provide a right thumbprint (or other finger). However such print may not be used for other than law enforcement purposes. 3.Should any person arrested on a notice to appear claim under penalty of perjury not to be the person listed in the notice, such person may request that his/her thumbprint be taken for comparison at a fee not to exceed the actual cost of such service. (d)There are one or more outstanding arrest warrants for the person. (e)The person could not provide satisfactory evidence of personal identification. (f)The prosecution of the offense or offenses for which the person was arrested or the prosecution of any other offense or offenses would be jeopardized by the immediate release of the person arrested. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Cite and Release Policy - 346 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Cite and Release Policy (g)There is a reasonable likelihood that the offense or offenses would continue or resume, or that the safety of persons or property would be imminently endangered by the release of the person arrested. (h)The person arrested demands to be taken before a magistrate or has refused to sign the notice to appear. (i)There is reason to believe that the person would not appear at the time and place specified in the notice to appear. The basis for this determination shall be specifically documented. (j)The charges fall under Penal Code § 1270.1 (serious or violent felonies, domestic violence, etc.) When a person is arrested on a misdemeanor offense and is not released by criminal citation, the reason for non-release shall be noted on the booking form. This form shall be submitted to the Shift Supervisor for approval and included with the case file in the Records Bureau. 410.3.3 OTHER REASONS FOR NON-RELEASE If the person arrested is not released for one or more of the reasons specified in Policy Manual § 420.33, the Shift Supervisor shall state specifically on the booking form the reason for non- release. Such reasons for non-release may include: (a)Previous failure to appear is on record (b)The person lacks ties to the area, such as a residence, job, or family (c)Unusual circumstances lead the officer responsible for the release of prisoners to conclude that the suspect should be held for further investigation 410.3.4 INSTRUCTIONS TO CITED PERSON The citing officer shall, at the time he/she asks the defendant to sign the notice to appear, call attention to the time and place for appearance and take any other steps he/she deems necessary to ensure that the defendant understands his/her written promise to appear. 410.4 CITATION RELEASE ON MISDEMEANOR WARRANTS Penal Code § 827.1 allows the release by citation of a person designated in a warrant of arrest unless one of the following conditions exist: (a)The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves violence (b)The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves a firearm (c)The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves resisting arrest (d)The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves giving false information to a peace officer (e)The person arrested is a danger to himself or herself or others due to intoxication or being under the influence of drugs or narcotics Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Cite and Release Policy - 347 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Cite and Release Policy (f)The person requires medical examination or medical care or was otherwise unable to care for his or her own safety (g)The person has other ineligible charges pending against him/her (h)There is reasonable likelihood that the offense or offenses would continue or resume, or that the safety of persons or property would be immediately endangered by the release of the person (i)The person refuses to sign the notice to appear (j)The person cannot provide satisfactory evidence of personal identification (k)The warrant of arrest indicates that the person is not eligible to be released on a notice to appear Release under this section shall be done in accordance with the provisions of this section. 410.4.1 REASONS FOR NON-RELEASE A person arrested for a misdemeanor shall be released on a citation unless there is a reason for non-release. The Shift Supervisor may authorize a release on citation regardless of whether a reason for non-release exists when it is determined to be in the best interest of the Department and does not present an unreasonable risk to the community (e.g., release of an intoxicated or ill person to a responsible adult). Reasons for non-release include (Penal Code § 853.6(i)): (a)The person arrested is so intoxicated that they could be a danger to themselves or to others. Release may occur as soon as this condition no longer exists. (b)The person arrested requires medical examination or medical care or is otherwise unable to care for their own safety. (c)The person is arrested for one or more of the offenses listed in Vehicle Code § 40302, Vehicle Code § 40303, and Vehicle Code § 40305. (d)There are one or more outstanding arrest warrants for the person (see Misdemeanor Warrants elsewhere in this policy). (e)The person could not provide satisfactory evidence of personal identification. 1.If a person released on citation does not have satisfactory identification in their possession, a right thumbprint or fingerprint should be obtained on the citation form. (f)The prosecution of the offense or offenses for which the person was arrested or the prosecution of any other offense or offenses would be jeopardized by the immediate release of the person arrested. (g)There is a reasonable likelihood that the offense or offenses would continue or resume, or that the safety of persons or property would be imminently endangered by the release of the person arrested. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Cite and Release Policy - 348 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Cite and Release Policy (h)The person arrested demands to be taken before a magistrate or has refused to sign the notice to appear. (i)There is reason to believe that the person would not appear at the time and place specified in the notice to appear. The basis for this determination shall be specifically documented. Reasons may include: 1.Previous failure to appear is on record 2.The person lacks ties to the area, such as a residence, job, or family 3.Unusual circumstances lead the officer responsible for the release of arrested persons to conclude that the suspect should be held for further investigation (j)A previous conviction, citation, or arrest for misdemeanor or felony retail theft from a store in the previous six months. (k)There is probable cause to believe that the person arrested is guilty of committing organized retail theft. When a person is arrested on a misdemeanor offense and is not released by criminal citation, the reason for non-release shall be noted on the booking form. This form shall be submitted to the Shift Supervisor for approval and included with the case file in the Records Bureau. 410.5 MISDEMEANOR WARRANTS An adult arrested on a misdemeanor warrant may be released, subject to Shift Supervisor approval, unless any of the following conditions exist: (a)The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves violence. (b)The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves a firearm. (c)The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves resisting arrest. (d)The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves giving false information to a peace officer. (e)The person arrested is a danger to themselves or others due to intoxication or being under the influence of drugs or narcotics. (f)The person requires medical examination or medical care or was otherwise unable to care for their own safety. (g)The person has other ineligible charges pending against themselves. (h)There is reasonable likelihood that the offense or offenses would continue or resume, or that the safety of persons or property would be immediately endangered by the release of the person. (i)The person refuses to sign the notice to appear. (j)The person cannot provide satisfactory evidence of personal identification. (k)The warrant of arrest indicates that the person is not eligible to be released on a notice to appear. Release under this section shall be done in accordance with the provisions of this policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Cite and Release Policy - 349 Policy 411 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Response to Bomb Calls 411.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines to assist members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety in their initial response to incidents involving explosives, explosive devices, explosion/bombing incidents or threats of such incidents. Under no circumstances should these guidelines be interpreted as compromising the safety of first responders or the public. When confronted with an incident involving explosives, safety should always be the primary consideration. 411.2 FOUND EXPLOSIVES/SUSPECT DEVICES When handling an incident involving a suspected explosive device, the following guidelines should be followed: (a)No known or suspected explosive item should be considered safe regardless of its size or apparent packaging. The appropriate bomb squad or military explosive ordnance disposal team should be summoned for assistance. (b)A minimum perimeter of 300 feet should be established around the device. An access point should be provided for support personnel. (c)As much information as is available should be promptly relayed to the Shift Supervisor including: 1.The stated threat. 2.Exact comments. 3.Time of discovery. 4.Exact location of the device. 5.Full description (e.g., size, shape, markings, construction) of the device. (d)The device should not be touched or moved except by qualified bomb squad personnel. (e)All equipment within 300 feet of the suspected device capable of producing radio frequency energy should be turned off. This includes two-way radios, cell phones and other personal communication devices. (f)Consideration should be given to evacuating any buildings near the device. (g)A search of the area should be conducted for secondary devices or other objects that are either hazardous or foreign to the area and a perimeter should be established around any additional suspicious device found. Explosive or military ordnance of any type should be handled only by the bomb squad or military ordnance disposal team. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Response to Bomb Calls - 350 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Response to Bomb Calls 411.3 EXPLOSION/BOMBING INCIDENTS When an explosion has occurred, there are multitudes of considerations which may confront the responding officers. As in other catastrophic incidents, a rapid response may help to minimize injury to victims, contamination of the scene by gathering crowds, or additional damage by resulting fires or unstable structures. Whether the explosion was the result of an accident or a criminal act, the responding officers should consider the following actions: •Assess the scope of the incident, including the number of victims and extent of injuries. •Assist with first aid (Fire Services Division has primary responsibility). •Assist with evacuation of victims (Fire Services Division has primary responsibility). •Identify and take appropriate precautions to mitigate scene hazards such as collapsed structures, bloodborne pathogens, hazardous materials and secondary explosive devices. •Request additional resources as needed. •Identify witnesses. •Preserve evidence. 411.3.1 NOTIFICATIONS When an explosion has occurred, the following people shall be notified as soon as practicable if their assistance is needed: (a)Bomb Squad (b)Additional officers (c)Shift Supervisor (d)Detectives (e)Forensic Science Services (f)Command Staff 411.3.2 CROWD CONTROL Only authorized personnel with a legitimate need shall be permitted access to the scene. Spectators and other unauthorized individuals shall be excluded to a safe distance as is reasonably practicable given the available resources and personnel. 411.3.3 SCENE OF INCIDENT As in any other crime scene, steps should immediately be taken to preserve the scene. The scene could extend over a long distance. Evidence may be imbedded in nearby structures or hanging in trees and bushes. 411.4 BOMB THREATS RECEIVED AT POLICE FACILITY This procedure shall be followed should a bomb threat call be received at the public safety facility. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Response to Bomb Calls - 351 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Response to Bomb Calls 411.4.1 BOMB THREATS RECEIVED BY TELEPHONE The following questions should be asked if a call of a bomb threat is received at the Public Safety Department: •When is the bomb going to explode? •Where is the bomb? •What kind of bomb is it? •What does it look like? •Why did you place the bomb? •Who are you? (to avoid possible termination of the call this should be the last question asked) Attempt to keep the caller on the line as long as possible and obtain expanded answers to these five basic questions. During this time, document the following: •Time of the call. •Exact words of the person as accurately as possible. •Estimated age and gender of the caller. •Speech patterns and/or accents. •Background noises. If the incoming call is received at the police facility on a recorded line, steps shall be taken to ensure that the recording is preserved in accordance with current department evidence procedures. 411.4.2 RESPONSIBILITIES The employee handling the call shall ensure that the Shift Supervisor is immediately advised and fully informed of the details. The Shift Supervisor will then direct and assign officers as required for coordinating a general building search or evacuation as he/she deems appropriate. 411.5 PRIVATE FACILITY OR PROPERTY When a member of this department receives notification of a bomb threat at a location in the City of Rohnert Park, the member receiving the notification should obtain as much information as reasonably possible from the notifying individual, including: (a)The location of the facility. (b)The nature of the threat. (c)Whether the type and detonation time of the device is known. (d)Whether the facility is occupied and, if so, the number of occupants currently on-scene. (e)Whether the individual is requesting police assistance at the facility. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Response to Bomb Calls - 352 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Response to Bomb Calls (f)Whether there are any internal facility procedures regarding bomb threats in place, such as: 1.No evacuation of personnel and no search for a device. 2.Search for a device without evacuation of personnel. 3.Evacuation of personnel without a search for a device. 4.Evacuation of personnel and a search for a device. The member receiving the bomb threat information should ensure that the Shift Supervisor is immediately notified so that he/she can communicate with the person in charge of the threatened facility. 411.5.1 ASSISTANCE The Shift Supervisor should be notified when police assistance is requested. The Shift Supervisor will make the decision whether the Department will render assistance and at what level. Information and circumstances that indicate a reasonably apparent, imminent threat to the safety of either the facility or the public may require a more active approach, including police control over the facility. Should the Shift Supervisor determine that the Department will assist or control such an incident, he/she will determine: (a)The appropriate level of assistance. (b)The plan for assistance. (c)Whether to evacuate and/or search the facility. (d)Whether to involve facility staff in the search or evacuation of the building. 1.The person in charge of the facility should be made aware of the possibility of damage to the facility as a result of a search. 2.The safety of all participants is the paramount concern. (e)The need for additional resources, including: 1.Notification and response, or standby notice, for fire and emergency medical services. Even though a facility does not request police assistance to clear the interior of a building, based upon the circumstances and known threat, officers may be sent to the scene to evacuate other areas that could be affected by the type of threat, or for traffic and pedestrian control. 411.6 FOUND DEVICE When handling an incident involving a suspected explosive device, the following guidelines, while not all inclusive, should be followed: (a)No known or suspected explosive item should be considered safe regardless of its size or apparent packaging. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Response to Bomb Calls - 353 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Response to Bomb Calls (b)The device should not be touched or moved except by the bomb squad or military explosive ordnance disposal team. (c)Personnel should not transmit on any equipment that is capable of producing radio frequency energy within the evacuation area around the suspected device. This includes the following: 1.Two-way radios 2.Cell phones 3.Other personal communication devices (d)The appropriate bomb squad or military explosive ordnance disposal team should be summoned for assistance. (e)The largest perimeter reasonably possible should initially be established around the device based upon available personnel and the anticipated danger zone. (f)A safe access route should be provided for support personnel and equipment. (g)Search the area for secondary devices as appropriate and based upon available resources. (h)Consider evacuation of buildings and personnel near the device or inside the danger zone and the safest exit route. (i)Promptly relay available information to the Shift Supervisor including: 1.The time of discovery. 2.The exact location of the device. 3.A full description of the device (e.g., size, shape, markings, construction). 4.The anticipated danger zone and perimeter. 5.The areas to be evacuated or cleared. 411.7 EXPLOSION/BOMBING INCIDENTS When an explosion has occurred, there are multitudes of considerations which may confront the responding officers. As in other catastrophic events, a rapid response may help to minimize injury to victims, minimize contamination of the scene by gathering crowds, or minimize any additional damage from fires or unstable structures. 411.7.1 CONSIDERATIONS Officers responding to explosions, whether accidental or a criminal act, should consider the following actions: (a)Assess the scope of the incident, including the number of victims and extent of injuries. (b)Request additional personnel and resources, as appropriate. (c)Assist with first aid. (d)Identify and take appropriate precautions to mitigate scene hazards, such as collapsed structures, bloodborne pathogens and hazardous materials. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Response to Bomb Calls - 354 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Response to Bomb Calls (e)Assist with the safe evacuation of victims, if possible. (f)Establish an inner perimeter to include entry points and evacuation routes. Search for additional or secondary devices. (g)Preserve evidence. (h)Establish an outer perimeter and evacuate if necessary. (i)Identify witnesses. 411.7.2 NOTIFICATIONS When an explosion has occurred, the following people should be notified as appropriate: •Fire department •Bomb squad •Additional department personnel, such as investigators and forensic services •Field supervisor •Shift Supervisor •Other law enforcement agencies, including local, state or federal agencies, such as the FBI and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) •Other government agencies, as appropriate 411.7.3 CROWD CONTROL Only authorized members with a legitimate need should be permitted access to the scene. Spectators and other unauthorized individuals should be restricted to a safe distance as is reasonably practicable given the available resources and personnel. 411.7.4 PRESERVATION OF EVIDENCE As in any other crime scene, steps should immediately be taken to preserve the scene. The Shift Supervisor should assign officers to protect the crime scene area, which could extend over a long distance. Consideration should be given to the fact that evidence may be imbedded in nearby structures or hanging in trees and bushes. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Response to Bomb Calls - 355 Policy 412 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives 412.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines to ensure that members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety extend appropriate privileges and immunities to foreign diplomatic and consular representatives in accordance with international law. 412.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety respects international laws related to the special privileges and immunities afforded foreign diplomatic and consular representatives assigned to the United States. All foreign diplomatic and consular representatives shall be treated with respect and courtesy, regardless of any privileges or immunities afforded them. 412.3 CLAIMS OF IMMUNITY If a member comes into contact with a person where law enforcement action may be warranted and the person claims diplomatic or consular privileges and immunities, the member should, without delay: (a)Notify a supervisor. (b)Advise the person that his/her claim will be investigated and he/she may be released in accordance with the law upon confirmation of the person’s status. (c)Request the person’s identification card, either issued by the U.S. Department of State (DOS), Office of the Chief of Protocol, or in the case of persons accredited to the United Nations, by the U.S. Mission to the United Nations. These are the only reliable documents for purposes of determining privileges and immunities. (d)Contact the DOS Diplomatic Security Command Center at 571-345-3146 or toll free at 866-217-2089, or at another current telephone number and inform the center of the circumstances. (e)Verify the immunity status with DOS and follow any instructions regarding further detention, arrest, prosecution and/or release, as indicated by the DOS representative. This may require immediate release, even if a crime has been committed. Identity or immunity status should not be presumed from the type of license plates displayed on a vehicle. If there is a question as to the status or the legitimate possession of a Diplomat or Consul license plate, a query should be run via the National Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (NLETS), designating “US” as the state. 412.4 ENFORCEMENT If the DOS is not immediately available for consultation regarding law enforcement action, members shall be aware of the following: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives - 356 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives (a)Generally, all persons with diplomatic and consular privileges and immunities may be issued a citation or notice to appear. However, the person may not be compelled to sign the citation. (b)All persons, even those with a valid privilege or immunity, may be reasonably restrained in exigent circumstances for purposes of self-defense, public safety or the prevention of serious criminal acts. (c)An impaired foreign diplomatic or consular representative may be prevented from driving a vehicle, even if the person may not be arrested due to privileges and immunities. 1.Investigations, including the request for field sobriety tests, chemical tests and any other tests regarding impaired driving may proceed but they shall not be compelled. (d)The following persons may not be detained or arrested, and any property or vehicle owned by these persons may not be searched or seized: 1.Diplomatic-level staff of missions to international organizations and recognized family members 2.Diplomatic agents and recognized family members 3.Members of administrative and technical staff of a diplomatic mission and recognized family members 4.Career consular officers, unless the person is the subject of a felony warrant (e)The following persons may generally be detained and arrested: 1.International organization staff; however, some senior officers are entitled to the same treatment as diplomatic agents. 2.Support staff of missions to international organizations 3.Diplomatic service staff and consular employees; however, special bilateral agreements may exclude employees of certain foreign countries. 4.Honorary consular officers 5.Whenever an officer arrests and incarcerates, or detains for investigation for over two hours, a person with diplomatic and consular privileges and immunities, the officer shall promptly advise the person that he/she is entitled to have his/her government notified of the arrest or detention (Penal Code § 834c). If the individual wants his/her government notified, the officer shall begin the notification process. 412.5 DOCUMENTATION All contacts with persons who have claimed privileges and immunities afforded foreign diplomatic and consular representatives should be thoroughly documented and the related reports forwarded to DOS. 412.6 DIPLOMATIC IMMUNITY TABLE Reference table on diplomatic immunity: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives - 357 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives Category Arrested or Detained Enter Residence Subject to Ordinary Procedures Issued Traffic Citation Subpoenaed as Witness Prosecuted Recognized Family Members Diplomatic Agent No (note (b)) No Yes No No Same as sponsor (full immunity & inviolability) Member of Admin and Tech Staff No (note (b)) No Yes No No Same as sponsor (full immunity & inviolability) Service Staff Yes (note (a)) Yes Yes Yes No for official acts. Yes otherwise (note (a)) No immunity or inviolability (note (a)) Career Consul Officer Yes if for a felony and pursuant to a warrant (note (a)) Yes (note (d)) Yes No for official acts Testimony may not be compelled in any case No for official acts. Yes otherwise (note (a)) No immunity or inviolability Honorable Consul Officer Yes Yes Yes No for official acts Yes otherwise. No for official acts Yes otherwise No immunity or inviolability Consulate Employees Yes (note (a)) Yes Yes No for official acts Yes otherwise. No for official acts. Yes otherwise (note (a)) No immunity or inviolability (note (a)) Int’l Org Staff (note (b)) Yes (note (c)) Yes (note (c)) Yes Yes (note (c)) No for official acts. Yes otherwise (note (c)) No immunity or inviolability Diplomatic- Level Staff of Missions to Int’l Org No (note (b)) No Yes No No Same as sponsor (full immunity & inviolability) Support Staff of Missions to Int’l Orgs Yes Yes Yes Yes No for official acts Yes otherwise No immunity or inviolability Notes for diplomatic immunity table: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives - 358 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives (a)This table presents general rules. The employees of certain foreign countries may enjoy higher levels of privileges and immunities on the basis of special bilateral agreements. (b)Reasonable constraints, however, may be applied in emergency circumstances involving self-defense, public safety, or in the prevention of serious criminal acts. (c)A small number of senior officers are entitled to be treated identically to diplomatic agents. (d)Note that consul residences are sometimes located within the official consular premises. In such cases, only the official office space is protected from police entry. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Foreign Diplomatic and Consular Representatives - 359 Policy 413 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Rapid Response and Deployment 413.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Violence that is committed in schools, workplaces and other locations by individuals or a group of individuals who are determined to target and kill persons and to create mass casualties presents a difficult situation for law enforcement. The purpose of this policy is to identify guidelines and factors that will assist responding officers in situations that call for rapid response and deployment. 413.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will endeavor to plan for rapid response to crisis situations, and to coordinate response planning with other emergency services as well as with those that are responsible for operating sites that may be the target of a critical incident. Nothing in this policy shall preclude the use of reasonable force, deadly or otherwise, by members of the Department in protecting themselves or others from death or serious injury. 413.3 FIRST RESPONSE If there is a reasonable belief that acts or threats by a suspect are placing lives in imminent danger, first responding officers should consider reasonable options to reduce, prevent or eliminate the threat. Officers must decide, often under a multitude of difficult and rapidly evolving circumstances, whether to advance on the suspect, take other actions to deal with the threat or wait for additional resources. If a suspect is actively engaged in the infliction of serious bodily harm or other life-threatening activity toward others, officers should take immediate action, if reasonably practicable, while requesting additional assistance. Officers should remain aware of the possibility that an incident may be part of a coordinated multi- location attack that may require some capacity to respond to other incidents at other locations. When deciding on a course of action officers should consider: (a)Whether to advance on or engage a suspect who is still a possible or perceived threat to others. Any advance or engagement should be based on information known or received at the time. (b)Whether to wait for additional resources or personnel. This does not preclude an individual officer from taking immediate action. (c)Whether individuals who are under imminent threat can be moved or evacuated with reasonable safety. (d)Whether the suspect can be contained or denied access to victims. (e)Whether the officers have the ability to effectively communicate with other personnel or resources. (f)Whether planned tactics can be effectively deployed. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rapid Response and Deployment - 360 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Rapid Response and Deployment (g)The availability of rifles, shotguns, shields, breaching tools, control devices and any other appropriate tools, and whether the deployment of these tools will provide a tactical advantage. In a case of a barricaded suspect with no hostages and no immediate threat to others, officers should consider summoning and waiting for additional assistance (special tactics and/or hostage negotiation team response). 413.3.1 RESPONSE TO SCHOOL THREATS Upon receiving a threat or perceived threat from a school official that involves grades 6 to 12, officers shall immediately investigate and conduct a threat assessment. The investigation shall include a review of the firearm registry of the California Department of Justice. A reasonable search of the school at issue shall be conducted when the search is justified by reasonable suspicion that it would produce evidence related to the threat or perceived threat (Education Code § 49394). For purposes of this subsection a "threat" or "perceived threat" means any writing or action of a pupil that creates a reasonable suspicion that the pupil is preparing to commit a homicidal act related to school or a school activity. This may include possession, use, or depictions of firearms, ammunition, shootings, or targets in association with infliction of physical harm, destruction, or death in a social media post, journal, class note, or other media associated with the pupil. It may also include a warning by a parent, pupil, or other individual (Education Code § 49390). 413.4 PLANNING The Patrol Deputy Chief should coordinate critical incident planning. Planning efforts should consider: (a)Identification of likely critical incident target sites, such as schools, shopping centers, entertainment and sporting event venues. (b)Availability of building plans and venue schematics of likely critical incident target sites. (c)Communications interoperability with other law enforcement and emergency service agencies. (d)Training opportunities in critical incident target sites, including joint training with site occupants. (e)Evacuation routes in critical incident target sites. (f)Patrol first-response training. (g)Response coordination and resources of emergency medical and fire services. (h)Equipment needs. (i)Mutual aid agreements with other agencies. (j)Coordination with private security providers in critical incident target sites. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rapid Response and Deployment - 361 Policy 414 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Reporting Police Activity Outside of Jurisdiction 414.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides general guidelines for reporting police activity while on or off-duty and occurring outside the jurisdiction of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. 414.1.1 ASSISTANCE TO AGENCIES OUTSIDE THE CITY When an officer is on-duty and is requested by an allied agency to participate in law enforcement activity in another jurisdiction, he/she shall obtain prior approval from the immediate supervisor or the Shift Supervisor. If the request is of an emergency nature, the officer shall notify the Dispatch Center before responding and thereafter notify a supervisor as soon as practical. 414.1.2 LAW ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY OUTSIDE THE CITY Any on-duty officer, who engages in law enforcement activities of any type outside the immediate jurisdiction of the Rohnert Park shall notify his or her supervisor or the Shift Supervisor at the earliest possible opportunity. Any off-duty officer who engages in any law enforcement activities, regardless of jurisdiction shall notify the Shift Supervisor as soon as practical. The supervisor shall determine if a case report or other documentation of the officer's activity is required. The report or other documentation shall be forwarded to Command Staff. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reporting Police Activity Outside of Jurisdiction - 362 Policy 415 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Immigration Violations 415.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines to members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety relating to immigration and interacting with federal immigration officials. 415.1.1 DEFINITIONS The following definitions apply to this policy (Government Code § 7284.4): Criminal immigration violation - Any federal criminal immigration violation that penalizes a person’s presence in, entry, or reentry to, or employment in, the United States. This does not include any offense where a judicial warrant already has been issued. Immigration enforcement - Any and all efforts to investigate, enforce, or assist in the investigation or enforcement of any federal civil immigration law, including any and all efforts to investigate, enforce, or assist in the investigation or enforcement of any federal criminal immigration law that penalizes a person's presence in, entry or reentry to, or employment in the United States. Judicial warrant - An arrest warrant for a violation of federal criminal immigration law and issued by a federal judge or a federal magistrate judge. 415.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety that all members make personal and professional commitments to equal enforcement of the law and equal service to the public. Confidence in this commitment will increase the effectiveness of this department in protecting and serving the entire community and recognizing the dignity of all persons, regardless of their national origin or immigration status. 415.3 VICTIMS AND WITNESSES To encourage crime reporting and cooperation in the investigation of criminal activity, all individuals, regardless of their immigration status, must feel secure that contacting or being addressed by members of law enforcement will not automatically lead to immigration inquiry and/or deportation. While it may be necessary to determine the identity of a victim or witness, members shall treat all individuals equally and not in any way that would violate the United States or California constitutions. 415.3.1 ARREST If the officer intends to take enforcement action and the individual is unable to reasonably establish his/her true identity, the officer may take the person into custody on the suspected criminal violation (see Vehicle Code § 40302(a) and Penal Code § 836, if pertinent to the circumstances). A shift supervisor shall approve all such arrests. 415.4 IMMIGRATION INQUIRIES PROHIBITED Officers shall not inquire into an individual’s immigration status for the sole purpose of immigration enforcement (Government Code § 7284.6). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Immigration Violations - 363 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Immigration Violations 415.4.1 CALIFORNIA LAW ENFORCEMENT TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (CLETS) Members shall not use information transmitted through CLETS for immigration enforcement purposes except for criminal history information and only when consistent with the California Values Act (Government Code § 15160). Members shall not use the system to investigate immigration violations of 8 USC § 1325 (improper entry) if that violation is the only criminal history in an individual’s record (Government Code § 15160). 415.4.2 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES Members shall not obtain, access, use, or otherwise disclose noncriminal history information maintained by the DMV for immigration enforcement (Vehicle Code § 1808.48). 415.5 DETENTIONS AND ARRESTS An officer shall not detain any individual, for any length of time, for a civil violation of federal immigration laws or a related civil warrant (Government Code § 7284.6). An officer who has a reasonable suspicion that an individual already lawfully contacted or detained has committed a criminal violation of 8 USC § 1326(a) (unlawful reentry) that may be subject to an enhancement due to a previous conviction of an aggravated felony under 8 USC § 1326(b) (2), may detain the person for a reasonable period of time to contact federal immigration officials to verify whether the United States Attorney General has granted the individual permission for reentry and whether the violation is subject to enhancement (Government Code § 7284.6). No individual who is otherwise ready to be released should continue to be detained only because questions about the individual’s status are unresolved. If the officer has facts that establish probable cause to believe that a person already lawfully detained has violated 8 USC § 1326(a) and the penalty may be subject to enhancement due to prior conviction for specified aggravated felonies, he/she may arrest the individual for that offense (Government Code § 7284.6). An officer shall not detain any individual, for any length of time, for any other criminal immigration violation of federal immigration laws (Government Code § 7284.6). An officer should notify a supervisor as soon as practicable whenever an individual is arrested for violation of 8 USC § 1326(a). 415.5.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES When notified that an officer has arrested an individual for violation of 8 USC § 1326(a) or under the authority of a judicial warrant, the supervisor should determine whether it is appropriate to: (a)Transfer the person to federal authorities. (b)Transfer the person to jail. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Immigration Violations - 364 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Immigration Violations 415.6 FEDERAL REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE Absent an urgent issue of officer safety or other emergency circumstances, requests by federal immigration officials for assistance from this department should be directed to a supervisor. The supervisor is responsible for determining whether the requested assistance would be permitted under the California Values Act (Government Code § 7284.2 et seq.).. 415.7 INFORMATION SHARING No member of this department will prohibit, or in any way restrict, any other member from doing any of the following regarding the citizenship or immigration status, lawful or unlawful, of any individual (8 USC § 1373; Government Code § 7284.6): (a)Sending information to, or requesting or receiving such information from federal immigration officials (b)Maintaining such information in department records (c)Exchanging such information with any other federal, state, or local government entity Nothing in this policy restricts sharing information that is permissible under the California Values Act. 415.7.1 IMMIGRATION DETAINERS No individual should be held based solely on a federal immigration detainer under 8 CFR 287.7 (Government Code § 7284.6). Notification to a federal authority may be made prior to release of an individual who is the subject of a notification request only if the individual meets one of the following conditions (Government Code § 7282.5; Government Code § 7284.6): (a)The individual has been arrested and had a judicial probable cause determination for a serious or violent felony identified in Penal Code § 667.5(c) or Penal Code § 1192.7(c). (b)The individual has been arrested and had a judicial probable cause determination for a felony punishable by time in a state prison. (c)The individual has been convicted of an offense as identified in Government Code § 7282.5(a). (d)The individual is a current registrant on the California Sex and Arson Registry. (e)The individual is identified by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s Immigration and Customs Enforcement as the subject of an outstanding federal felony arrest warrant. 415.7.2 TRANSFERS TO IMMIGRATION AUTHORITIES Members shall not transfer an individual to immigration authorities unless one of the following circumstances exist (Government Code § 7282.5; Government Code § 7284.6): (a)Transfer is authorized by a judicial warrant or judicial probable cause determination. (b)The individual has been convicted of an offense as identified in Government Code § 7282.5(a). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Immigration Violations - 365 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Immigration Violations (c)The individual is a current registrant on the California Sex and Arson Registry. (d)The individual is identified by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s Immigration and Customs Enforcement as the subject of an outstanding federal felony arrest warrant. 415.7.3 NOTICE TO INDIVIDUALS Individuals shall be given a copy of documentation received from Immigration and Customs Enforcement regarding a hold, notification, or transfer request along with information as to whether the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety intends to comply with the request. (Cal. Gov. Code § 7283.1(b).) If the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety provides ICE with notification that an individual is being or will be released on a certain date, the same notification shall be provided in writing to the individual and to his or her attorney, or one additional person who the individual may designate. (Cal. Gov. Code § 7283.1(b).) 415.7.4 ICE INTERVIEWS Before any interview regarding civil immigration violations takes place between ICE personnel and an individual in custody, the department shall provide the individual with a written consent form that explains the purpose of the interview, that the interview is voluntary, and that he or she may decline to be interviewed or may choose to be interviewed with an attorney present. The consent form must be available in the following languages: English, Spanish, Chinese, Tagalog, Vietnamese, and Korean). (§ 7283.1(a).) 415.7.5 REPORTING TO CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE The Detective Bureau supervisor shall ensure that data regarding the number of transfers of an individual to immigration authorities, as permitted by Government Code § 7284.6(a)(4), and the offense that allowed for the transfer is collected and provided to the Records Supervisor for required reporting to the DOJ (Government Code § 7284.6(c)(2)(see the Records Bureau Policy). 415.8 U VISA AND T VISA NONIMMIGRANT STATUS Under certain circumstances, federal law allows temporary immigration benefits, known as a U visa, to victims and witnesses of certain qualifying crimes (8 USC § 1101(a)(15)(U)). Similar immigration protection, known as a T visa, is available for certain qualifying victims of human trafficking (8 USC § 1101(a)(15)(T)). Any request for assistance in applying for U visa or T visa status should be forwarded in a timely manner to the recordssupervisor assigned to oversee the handling of any related case. The records supervisor should: (a)Consult with the assigned investigator to determine the current status of any related case and whether further documentation is warranted. (b)Contact the appropriate prosecutor assigned to the case, if applicable, to ensure the certification or declaration has not already been completed and whether a certification or declaration is warranted. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Immigration Violations - 366 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Immigration Violations (c)Address the request and complete the certification or declaration, if appropriate, in a timely manner. 1.The instructions for completing certification and declaration forms can be found on the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) website. 2.Form I-918 Supplement B certification shall be completed if the victim qualifies under Penal Code § 679.10 (multiple serious offenses). The certification shall be completed and not refused for the specified reasons in Penal Code § 679.10(k) (3). 3.Form I-914 Supplement B declaration shall be completed if the victim qualifies under Penal Code § 236.5 or Penal Code § 679.11 (human trafficking). The declaration shall be completed and not refused for completion for the specified reasons in Penal Code § 679.11(j)(3). 4.Forward the completed Form I-918 Supplement B certification or completed Form I-914 declaration B to the victim, family member, or authorized representative (as defined in Penal Code § 679.10 and Penal Code § 679.11) without requiring the victim to provide government-issued identification (Penal Code § 679.10; Penal Code § 679.11) (d)Ensure that any decision to complete, or not complete, a certification or declaration form is documented in the case file and forwarded to the appropriate prosecutor. Include a copy of any completed form in the case file. 1.If Form I-918 Supplement B is not certified, a written explanation of denial shall be provided to the victim or authorized representative. The written denial shall include specific details of any reasonable requests for cooperation and a detailed description of how the victim refused to cooperate (Penal Code § 679.10). (e)Inform the victim liaison of any requests and their status. 415.8.1 TIME FRAMES FOR COMPLETION Officers and their supervisors who are assigned to investigate a case of human trafficking as defined by Penal Code § 236.1 shall complete the above process and the documents needed for indicating the individual is a victim for the T visa application within 15 business days of the first encounter with the victim, regardless of whether it is requested by the victim (Penal Code § 236.5). Officers and their supervisors shall complete the above process and the documents needed certifying victim cooperation for a U visa or T visa application pursuant to Penal Code § 679.10 and Penal Code § 679.11 within 30 days of a request from the victim, victim's family, or authorized representative related to one of their assigned cases. If the victim is in removal proceedings, the certification shall be processed within seven days of the first business day following the day the request was received. 415.8.2 REPORTING TO LEGISLATURE The Records Supervisor or the authorized designee should ensure that certification requests are reported to the Legislature in January of each year and include the number of certifications signed Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Immigration Violations - 367 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Immigration Violations and the number denied. The report shall comply with Government Code § 9795 (Penal Code § 679.10; Penal Code § 679.11). 415.8.3 POLICE REPORTS Upon request, a Records Clerk or the Records Supervisor should provide a victim or authorized representative with a copy of the report filed by the victim within seven days of the request (Penal Code § 679.10). 415.9 TRAINING The Training Coordinator should ensure that all appropriate members receive training on immigration issues. Training should include: (a)Identifying civil versus criminal immigration violations. (b)Factors that may be considered in determining whether a criminal immigration violation has been committed. (c)Prohibitions contained in the California Values Act (Government Code § 7284 et seq.). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Immigration Violations - 368 Policy 416 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Emergency Utility Service 416.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The City Public Works Department has personnel available to handle emergency calls 24 hours per day. Calls for service during non-business hours are frequently directed to the Public Safety Department. Requests for such service received by this department should be handled in the following manner. 416.1.1 BROKEN WATER LINES The City's responsibility ends at the water meter; any break or malfunction in the water system from the water meter to the citizen's residence or business is the customer's responsibility.Public Works can only turn off the valve at the meter. The citizen can normally accomplish this. If a break occurs on the City side of the meter, emergency personnel should be called as soon as practical by the Dispatch Center. 416.1.2 ELECTRICAL LINES City Public Works does not maintain electrical lines to street light poles. When a power line poses a hazard, an officer should be dispatched to protect against personal injury or property damage that might be caused by power lines. The Electric Company or Public Works should be promptly notified, as appropriate. 416.1.3 RESERVOIRS, PUMPS, WELLS, ETC. Public Works maintains the reservoirs and public water equipment, as well as several underpass and other street drainage pumps. In the event of flooding or equipment malfunctions, emergency personnel should be contacted as soon as possible. 416.1.4 EMERGENCY NUMBERS A current list of emergency personnel who are to be called for municipal utility emergencies is maintained by the Dispatch Center. 416.2 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MAINTENANCE The City of Rohnert Park contracts with a private maintenance company to furnish maintenance for all traffic signals within the City, other than those maintained by the State of California. 416.2.1 OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITY Upon observing a damaged or malfunctioning signal, the officer will advise the Dispatch Center of the location and problem with the signal. The dispatcher should make the necessary notification to the proper maintenance agency. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Emergency Utility Service - 369 Policy 417 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Patrol Rifles 417.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE In order to more effectively and accurately address the increasing level of fire power and body armor utilized by criminal suspects, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will make patrol rifles available to qualified patrol officers as an additional and more immediate tactical resource. 417.2 PATROL RIFLE 417.2.1 DEFINITION A patrol rifle is an authorized weapon which is owned by the Department and which is made available to properly trained and qualified officers as a supplemental resource to their duty handgun or shotgun. No personally owned rifles may be carried for patrol duty unless pre- approved in writing by the Director of Public Safety and the department armorer. 417.3 SPECIFICATIONS Only weapons, accessories, and ammunition that meet agency authorized specifications, approved by the Director of Public Safety or designee, and issued by the Department may be used by officers in their law enforcement responsibilities. The authorized patrol rifle issued by the Department is the Colt AR-15 417.4 RIFLE MAINTENANCE (a)Primary responsibility for maintenance of patrol rifles shall fall on the Rangemaster, who shall inspect and/or service each patrol rifle on an annual basis. (b)Each patrol officer carrying a patrol rifle may be required to field strip and clean an assigned patrol rifle as needed. (c)Each patrol officer shall be responsible for promptly reporting any damage or malfunction of an assigned patrol rifle. (d)Any patrol rifle found to be unserviceable shall be removed from service. The rifle shall be clearly labeled as "out of service" and details regarding the weapon's condition shall be included on the label. (e)Each patrol rifle shall be subject to inspection by a supervisor or the Rangemaster at any time. (f)No modification shall be made to any patrol rifle without prior written authorization from the Rangemaster. 417.5 TRAINING Officers shall not carry or utilize the patrol rifle unless they have successfully completed departmental training. This training shall consist of an initial patrol rifle user's course and qualification score with a certified patrol rifle instructor. Officers shall thereafter be required to Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Patrol Rifles - 370 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Patrol Rifles successfully complete annual (once per calendar year) training and qualification conducted by a certified patrol rifle instructor. Any officer who fails to qualify or who fails to successfully complete a department sanctioned training/qualification session within a calendar year will no longer be authorized to carry the patrol rifle and must surrender it to their supervisor or rangemaster. Upon successful completion of a subsequent patrol rifle qualification session, the patrol rifle will be re-issued. 417.6 DEPLOYMENT OF THE PATROL RIFLE Officers may deploy the patrol rifle in any circumstance where the officer can articulate a reasonable expectation that the rifle may be needed. Examples of some general guidelines for deploying the patrol rifle may include, but are not limited to: (a)Situations where the officer reasonably anticipates an armed encounter. (b)When an officer is faced with a situation that may require the delivery of accurate and effective fire at extended range. (c)Situations where an officer reasonably expects the need to meet or exceed a suspect's firepower. (d)When an officer reasonably believes that there may be a need to deliver fire on a barricaded suspect or a suspect with a hostage. (e)When an officer reasonably believes that a suspect may be wearing body armor. (f)When authorized or requested by a supervisor. (g)When needed to euthanize an animal. 417.7 DISCHARGE OF THE PATROL RIFLE The discharge of the patrol rifle shall be governed by the Department's Deadly Force Policy, Policy Manual § 300. 417.8 PATROL READY Any qualified officer carrying a patrol rifle in the field shall maintain the weapon in a patrol ready condition until deployed. A rifle is considered in a patrol ready condition when it has been inspected by the assigned officer, the fire selector switch is in the safe position, the chamber is empty, bolt forward, dust cover closed and a fully loaded magazine inserted into the magazine well. 417.9 RIFLE STORAGE When not assigned, patrol rifles will be stored in the department armory in rifle racks. When an assigned rifle is not secured in a department vehicle, officers are responsible to ensure it is safely and securely stored. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Patrol Rifles - 371 Policy 418 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field Training Officer Program 418.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Field Training Officer Program is intended to provide a standardized program to facilitate the officer’s transition from the academic setting to the actual performance of general law enforcement duties of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. It is the policy of this department to assign all new police officers to a structured Field Training Officer Program that is designed to prepare the new officer to perform in a patrol assignment, and possessing all skills needed to operate in a safe, productive, and professional manner. 418.2 FIELD TRAINING OFFICER - SELECTION AND TRAINING The Field Training Officer (FTO) is an experienced officer trained in the art of supervising, training, and evaluating entry level and lateral police officers in the application of their previously acquired knowledge and skills. 418.2.1 SELECTION PROCESS FTOs will be selected based on the following requirements: (a)Desire to be an FTO (b)Minimum of 2 years of patrol experience. (c)Demonstrated ability as a positive role model (d)Participate and pass a selection process (e)Possess a POST Basic certificate (f)Evaluation by supervisors. 418.2.2 TRAINING An officer selected as a Field Training Officer shall successfully complete a POST certified (40- hour) Field Training Officer’s Course prior to being assigned as an FTO. All FTOs must complete a 24-hour Field Training Officer update course every three years while assigned to the position of FTO (11 CCR 1004). All FTOs must meet any training mandate regarding crisis intervention behavioral health training pursuant to Penal Code § 13515.28. 418.2.3 REASONS FOR REMOVAL OF FIELD TRAINING OFFICER STATUS Officers assigned as field training officer (FTO) may have their FTO status removed under any of the following circumstances: (a)Mutually agreed upon resignation (b)FTO not consistently maintaining positive role model, work performance, and/or attitude Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field Training Officer Program - 372 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field Training Officer Program (c)FTO unable to meet required training or department standards (d)Department head determines the position(s) are no longer necessary based on current training needs 418.3 FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM SUPERVISOR The FTO Program supervisor should be selected from the rank of sergeant or above by the Patrol Deputy Chief or a designee and should possess, or be eligible to receive, a POST Supervisory Certificate. The responsibilities of the FTO Program supervisor include the following: (a)Assignment of trainees to FTOs (b)Conduct FTO meetings (c)Maintain and ensure FTO/trainee performance evaluations are completed (d)Maintain, update, and issue the Field Training Manual to each trainee (e)Monitor individual FTO performance (f)Monitor overall FTO Program (g)Maintain liaison with FTO coordinators of other agencies (h)Maintain liaison with academy staff on recruit performance during the academy (i)Develop ongoing training for FTOs The FTO Program supervisor will be required to successfully complete a POST-approved Field Training Administrator’s Course within one year of appointment to this position (11 CCR 1004(c)). 418.4 TRAINEE DEFINED Any entry level or lateral police officer newly appointed to the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety who has successfully completed a POST approved Basic Academy. 418.5 REQUIRED TRAINING Entry level officers shall be required to successfully complete a POST-approved Field Training Program, consisting of a minimum of 10 weeks (Penal Code § 13515.295; 11 CCR 1004; 11 CCR 1005). The training period for a lateral officer may be modified depending on the trainee's demonstrated performance and level of experience. A lateral officer may be exempt from the Field Training Program requirement if the officer qualifies for an exemption as provided in 11 CCR 1005(a)(B). To the extent practicable, entry level and lateral officers should be assigned to a variety of Field Training Officers, shifts, and geographical areas during their Field Training Program. 418.5.1 FIELD TRAINING MANUAL Each new officer will be issued a Field Training Manual at the beginning of his/her Primary Training Phase. This manual is an outline of the subject matter and/or skills necessary to properly Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field Training Officer Program - 373 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field Training Officer Program function as an officer with the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. The officer shall become knowledgeable of the subject matter as outlined. He/she shall also become proficient with those skills as set forth in the manual. The Field Training Manual will specifically cover those policies, procedures, rules, and regulations adopted by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. 418.6 EVALUATIONS Evaluations are an important component of the training process and shall be completed as outlined below. 418.6.1 FIELD TRAINING OFFICER The FTO will be responsible for the following: (a)Complete and submit a written evaluation on the performance of his/her assigned trainee to the FTO Coordinator on a daily basis. (b)Review the Daily Trainee Performance Evaluations with the trainee each day. (c)Complete a detailed end-of-phase performance evaluation on his/her assigned trainee at the end of each phase of training. (d)Sign off all completed topics contained in the Field Training Manual, noting the method(s) of learning and evaluating the performance of his/her assigned trainee. 418.6.2 IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR The immediate supervisor shall review and approve the Daily Trainee Performance Evaluations and forward them to the Field Training Administrator. 418.6.3 FIELD TRAINING ADMINISTRATOR The Field Training Administrator will review and approve the Daily Trainee Performance Evaluations submitted by the FTO through his/her immediate supervisor. 418.6.4 TRAINEE At the completion of the Field Training Program, the trainee shall submit a confidential performance evaluation on each of their FTOs and on the Field Training Program. 418.7 DOCUMENTATION All documentation of the Field Training Program will be retained in the officer’s training files and will consist of the following: (a)Daily Trainee Performance Evaluations (b)End-of-phase evaluations (c)A Certificate of Completion certifying that the trainee has successfully completed the required number of hours of field training Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field Training Officer Program - 374 Policy 419 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Obtaining Air Support 419.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The use of a police helicopter can be invaluable in certain situations. This policy specifies potential situations where the use of a helicopter may be requested and the responsibilities for making a request. 419.2 REQUEST FOR HELICOPTER ASSISTANCE If a supervisor or officer in charge of an incident determines that the use of a helicopter would be beneficial, a request to obtain helicopter assistance may be made. 419.2.1 REQUEST FOR ASSISTANCE FROM ANOTHER AGENCY After consideration and approval of the request for a helicopter, the Shift Supervisor, or his/her designee, will call the closest agency having helicopter support available. The Shift Supervisor on duty will apprise that agency of the specific details of the incident prompting the request. 419.2.2 CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH AID MAY BE REQUESTED Police helicopters may be requested under any of the following conditions: (a)When the helicopter is activated under existing mutual aid agreements (b)Whenever the safety of law enforcement personnel is in jeopardy and the presence of the helicopters may reduce such hazard (c)When the use of the helicopters will aid in the capture of a suspected fleeing felon whose continued freedom represents an ongoing threat to the community (d)When a helicopter is needed to locate a person who has strayed or is lost and whose continued absence constitutes a serious health or safety hazard (e)Vehicle pursuits While it is recognized that the availability of helicopter support will generally provide valuable assistance to ground personnel, the presence of a helicopter will rarely replace the need for officers on the ground. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Obtaining Air Support - 375 Policy 420 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Contacts and Temporary Detentions 420.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for temporarily detaining but not arresting persons in the field, conducting field interviews (FI) and pat-down searches, and the taking and disposition of photographs. 420.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Consensual encounter - When an officer contacts an individual but does not create a detention through words, actions, or other means. In other words, a reasonable individual would believe that his/her contact with the officer is voluntary. Field interview - The brief detainment of an individual, whether on foot or in a vehicle, based on reasonable suspicion for the purpose of determining the individual's identity and resolving the officer's suspicions. Field photographs - Posed photographs taken of a person during a contact, temporary detention, or arrest in the field. Undercover surveillance photographs of an individual and recordings captured by the normal operation of a Mobile Audio Video (MAV) system, body-worn camera, or public safety camera when persons are not posed for the purpose of photographing are not considered field photographs. Pat-down search - A type of search used by officers in the field to check an individual for dangerous weapons. It involves a thorough patting-down of clothing to locate any weapons or dangerous items that could pose a danger to the officer, the detainee, or others. Reasonable suspicion - When, under the totality of the circumstances, an officer has articulable facts that criminal activity may be afoot and a particular person is connected with that possible criminal activity. Temporary detention - When an officer intentionally, through words, actions, or physical force, causes an individual to reasonably believe he/she is required to restrict his/her movement without an actual arrest. Temporary detentions also occur when an officer actually restrains a person’s freedom of movement. 420.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety respects the right of the public to be free from unreasonable searches or seizures. Due to an unlimited variety of situations confronting the officer, the decision to temporarily detain a person and complete a field interview (FI), pat-down search, or field photograph shall be left to the officer based on the totality of the circumstances, officer safety considerations, and constitutional safeguards. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Contacts and Temporary Detentions - 376 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Contacts and Temporary Detentions 420.3 FIELD INTERVIEWS Based on observance of suspicious circumstances or upon information from investigation, an officer may initiate the stop of a person, and conduct an FI, when there is articulable, reasonable suspicion to do so. A person, however, shall not be detained longer than is reasonably necessary to resolve the officer’s suspicion. Nothing in this policy is intended to discourage consensual contacts. Frequent casual contact with consenting individuals is encouraged by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to strengthen community involvement, community awareness, and problem identification. 420.3.1 INITIATING A FIELD INTERVIEW When initiating the stop, the officer should be able to point to specific facts which, when considered with the totality of the circumstances, reasonably warrant the stop. Such facts include but are not limited to an individual’s: (a)Appearance or demeanor suggesting that he/she is part of a criminal enterprise or is engaged in a criminal act (b)Actions suggesting that he/she is engaged in a criminal activity (c)Presence in an area at an inappropriate hour of the day or night (d)Presence in a particular area is suspicious (e)Carrying of suspicious objects or items (f)Excessive clothes for the climate or clothes bulging in a manner that suggest he/she is carrying a dangerous weapon (g)Location in proximate time and place to an alleged crime (h)Physical description or clothing worn that matches a suspect in a recent crime (i)Prior criminal record or involvement in criminal activity as known by the officer 420.4 PAT-DOWN SEARCHES Once a valid stop has been made, and consistent with the officer’s training and experience, an officer may pat a suspect’s outer clothing for weapons if the officer has a reasonable, articulable suspicion the suspect may pose a safety risk. The purpose of this limited search is not to discover evidence of a crime, but to allow the officer to pursue the investigation without fear of violence. Circumstances that may establish justification for performing a pat-down search include but are not limited to: (a)The type of crime suspected, particularly in crimes of violence where the use or threat of deadly weapons is involved. (b)Where more than one suspect must be handled by a single officer. (c)The hour of the day and the location or neighborhood where the stop takes place. (d)Prior knowledge of the suspect's use of force and/or propensity to carry weapons. (e)The actions and demeanor of the suspect. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Contacts and Temporary Detentions - 377 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Contacts and Temporary Detentions (f)Visual indications which suggest that the suspect is carrying a firearm or other weapon. Whenever practicable, a pat-down search should not be conducted by a lone officer. A cover officer should be positioned to ensure safety and should not be involved in the search. 420.5 FIELD PHOTOGRAPHS All available databases should be searched before photographing any field detainee. If a photograph is not located, or if an existing photograph no longer resembles the detainee, the officer shall carefully consider, among other things, the factors listed below. 420.5.1 FIELD PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN WITH CONSENT Field photographs may be taken when the subject being photographed knowingly and voluntarily gives consent. 420.5.2 FIELD PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN WITHOUT CONSENT Field photographs may be taken without consent only if they are taken during a detention that is based upon reasonable suspicion of criminal activity, and the photograph serves a legitimate law enforcement purpose related to the detention. The officer must be able to articulate facts that reasonably indicate that the subject was involved in or was about to become involved in criminal conduct. The subject should not be ordered to remove or lift any clothing for the purpose of taking a photograph. If, prior to taking a photograph, the officer’s reasonable suspicion of criminal activity has been dispelled, the detention must cease and the photograph should not be taken. All field photographs and related reports shall be submitted to a supervisor and retained in compliance with this policy. 420.5.3 DISPOSITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS All photographs must be adequately labeled and submitted as an evidence item, following standard evidence procedures. 420.5.4 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES While it is recognized that field photographs often become valuable investigative tools, supervisors should monitor such practices in view of the above listed considerations. This is not to imply that supervisor approval is required before each photograph is taken. Access to, and use of, field photographs shall be strictly limited to law enforcement purposes. 420.6 WITNESS IDENTIFICATION AND INTERVIEWS Because potential witnesses to an incident may become unavailable or the integrity of their statements compromised with the passage of time, officers should, when warranted by the seriousness of the case, take reasonable steps to promptly coordinate with an on-scene supervisor and/or criminal investigator to utilize available members for the following: (a)Identifying all persons present at the scene and in the immediate area. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Contacts and Temporary Detentions - 378 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Contacts and Temporary Detentions 1.When feasible, a recorded statement should be obtained from those who claim not to have witnessed the incident but who were present at the time it occurred. 2.Any potential witness who is unwilling or unable to remain available for a formal interview should not be detained absent reasonable suspicion to detain or probable cause to arrest. Without detaining the individual for the sole purpose of identification, officers should attempt to identify the witness prior to his/her departure. (b)Witnesses who are willing to provide a formal interview should be asked to meet at a suitable location where criminal investigators may obtain a recorded statement. Such witnesses, if willing, may be transported by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety members. 1.A written, verbal, or recorded statement of consent should be obtained prior to transporting a witness. When the witness is a minor, consent should be obtained from the parent or guardian, if available, prior to transport. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Contacts and Temporary Detentions - 379 Policy 421 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Criminal Organizations 421.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to ensure that the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety appropriately utilizes criminal intelligence systems and temporary information files to support investigations of criminal organizations and enterprises. 421.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Criminal intelligence system - Any record system that receives, stores, exchanges or disseminates information that has been evaluated and determined to be relevant to the identification of a criminal organization or enterprise, its members or affiliates. This does not include temporary information files. 421.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety recognizes that certain criminal activities, including but not limited to gang crimes and drug trafficking, often involve some degree of regular coordination and may involve a large number of participants over a broad geographical area. It is the policy of this department to collect and share relevant information while respecting the privacy and legal rights of the public. 421.3 CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEMS No department member may create, submit to or obtain information from a criminal intelligence system unless the Director of Public Safety has approved the system for department use. Any criminal intelligence system approved for department use should meet or exceed the standards of 28 CFR 23.20. A designated supervisor will be responsible for maintaining each criminal intelligence system that has been approved for department use. The supervisor or the authorized designee should ensure the following: (a)Members using any such system are appropriately selected and trained. (b)Use of every criminal intelligence system is appropriately reviewed and audited. (c)Any system security issues are reasonably addressed. 421.3.1 SYSTEM ENTRIES It is the designated supervisor’s responsibility to approve the entry of any information from a report, field interview (FI), photo or other relevant document into an authorized criminal intelligence system. If entries are made based upon information that is not on file with this department, such as open or public source documents or documents that are on file at another agency, the designated supervisor should ensure copies of those documents are retained by the Records Bureau. Any supporting documentation for an entry shall be retained by the Records Bureau in accordance Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Criminal Organizations - 380 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Criminal Organizations with the established records retention schedule and for at least as long as the entry is maintained in the system. The designated supervisor should ensure that any documents retained by the Records Bureau are appropriately marked as intelligence information. The Records Supervisor may not purge such documents without the approval of the designated supervisor. 421.3.2 GANG DATABASES The Director of Public Safety may approve participation by the gang unit in a shared criminal gang intelligence database, such as CALGANG®. Members must obtain the requisite training before accessing any such database (11 CCR 751.6). It is the gang unit supervisor’s responsibility to determine whether any report or FI contains information that would qualify for entry into the database. Prior to designating any person as a suspected gang member, associate, or affiliate in a shared gang database; or submitting a document to the Attorney General’s office for the purpose of designating a person in a shared gang database; or otherwise identifying the person in a shared gang database, the gang unit supervisor shall provide written notice to the person and, if the person is under the age of 18, to his/her parent or guardian of the designation and the basis for the designation, unless providing that notification would compromise an active criminal investigation or compromise the health or safety of a minor. Notice shall also describe the process to contest the designation (Penal Code § 186.34). The person, an attorney working on his/her behalf, or his/her parent or guardian (if the person is under 18 years of age) may request, in writing, information as to whether the person is designated as a suspected gang member, associate, or affiliate in a shared gang database accessible by the Department, the basis for that designation, and the name of the agency that made the designation. The Department shall respond to a valid request in writing within 30 days, and shall provide the information requested unless doing so would compromise an active investigation or compromise the health and safety of the person if he/she is under 18 years of age (Penal Code § 186.34). The person, or his/her parent or guardian if the person is under 18 years of age, may contest the designation by submitting written documentation, which shall be reviewed by the gang unit supervisor. If it is determined that the person is not a suspected gang member, associate, or affiliate, the person shall be removed from the database. The person and the parent or guardian shall be provided written verification of the department’s decision within 30 days of receipt of the written documentation contesting the designation and shall include the reason for a denial when applicable (Penal Code § 186.34). The gang unit supervisor should forward reports or FIs to the Records Bureau after appropriate database entries are made. The supervisor should clearly mark the report/FI as gang intelligence information. It is the responsibility of the Records Bureau supervisor to retain reports and FIs in compliance with the database rules and any applicable end user agreement. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Criminal Organizations - 381 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Criminal Organizations Records contained in a shared gang database shall not be disclosed for employment or military screening purposes, and shall not be disclosed for the purpose of enforcing federal immigration law unless required by state or federal statute or regulation (Penal Code § 186.36). 421.4 TEMPORARY INFORMATION FILE No member may create or keep files on individuals that are separate from the approved criminal intelligence system. However, members may maintain temporary information that is necessary to actively investigate whether a person or group qualifies for entry into the department-approved criminal intelligence system only as provided in this section. Once information qualifies for inclusion, it should be submitted to the supervisor responsible for consideration of criminal intelligence system entries. 421.4.1 FILE CONTENTS A temporary information file may only contain information and documents that, within one year, will have a reasonable likelihood to meet the criteria for entry into an authorized criminal intelligence system. Information and documents contained in a temporary information file: (a)Must only be included upon documented authorization of the responsible department supervisor. (b)Should not be originals that would ordinarily be retained by the Records Bureau or Property Bureau, but should be copies of, or references to, retained documents such as copies of reports, field interview (FI) forms, the Dispatch Center records or booking forms. (c)Shall not include opinions. No person, organization or enterprise shall be labeled as being involved in crime beyond what is already in the document or information. (d)May include information collected from publicly available sources or references to documents on file with another government agency. Attribution identifying the source should be retained with the information. 421.4.2 FILE REVIEW AND PURGING The contents of a temporary information file shall not be retained longer than one year. At the end of one year, the contents must be purged or entered in an authorized criminal intelligence system, as applicable. The designated supervisor shall periodically review the temporary information files to verify that the contents meet the criteria for retention. Validation and purging of files is the responsibility of the supervisor. 421.5 INFORMATION RECOGNITION Department members should document facts that suggest an individual, organization or enterprise is involved in criminal activity and should forward that information appropriately. Examples include, but are not limited to: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Criminal Organizations - 382 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Criminal Organizations (a)Gang indicia associated with a person or residence. (b)Information related to a drug-trafficking operation. (c)Vandalism indicating an animus for a particular group. (d)Information related to an illegal gambling operation. Department supervisors who utilize an authorized criminal intelligence system should work with the Training Coordinator to train members to identify information that may be particularly relevant for inclusion. 421.6 RELEASE OF INFORMATION Department members shall comply with the rules of an authorized criminal intelligence system regarding inquiries and release of information. Information from a temporary information file may only be furnished to department members and other law enforcement agencies on a need-to-know basis and consistent with the Records Maintenance and Release Policy. When an inquiry is made by the parent or guardian of a juvenile as to whether that juvenile’s name is in a temporary information file, such information should be provided by the supervisor responsible for the temporary information file, unless there is good cause to believe that the release of such information might jeopardize an ongoing criminal investigation. 421.7 CRIMINAL STREET GANGS The Detective Bureau supervisor should ensure that there are an appropriate number of department members who can: (a)Testify as experts on matters related to criminal street gangs, and maintain an above average familiarity with: 1.Any organization, associate or group of three or more persons that meets the definition of a criminal street gang under Penal Code § 186.22(f). 2.Identification of a person as a criminal street gang member and criminal street gang-related crimes. 3.The California Street Terrorism Enforcement and Prevention Act (Penal Code § 186.21 et seq.), associated crimes and what defines a criminal street gang (Penal Code § 186.22). (b)Coordinate with other agencies in the region regarding criminal street gang-related crimes and information. (c)Train other members to identify gang indicia and investigate criminal street gang- related crimes. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Criminal Organizations - 383 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Criminal Organizations 421.8 TRAINING The Training Coordinator should provide training on best practices in the use of each authorized criminal intelligence system to those tasked with investigating criminal organizations and enterprises. Training should include: (a)The protection of civil liberties. (b)Participation in a multiagency criminal intelligence system. (c)Submission of information into a multiagency criminal intelligence system or the receipt of information from such a system, including any governing federal and state rules and statutes. (d)The type of information appropriate for entry into a criminal intelligence system or temporary information file. (e)The review and purging of temporary information files. 421.8.1 SHARED GANG DATABASE TRAINING The Training Coordinator should ensure that members who are authorized users of a shared gang database receive the required training from the California Department of Justice (DOJ) or an instructor certified by the DOJ that includes comprehensive and standardized training on the use of shared gang databases, and any other associated training required by the Department (Penal Code § 186.36; 11 CCR 751.6). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Criminal Organizations - 384 Policy 422 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Shift Supervisors 422.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Each patrol shift must be directed by supervisors who are capable of making decisions and communicating in a manner consistent with departmental policies, procedures, practices, functions and objectives. To accomplish this goal, a Sergeant heads each shift. Each fire shift must be directed by supervisors who are capable of making decisions and communicating in a manner consistent with departmental policies, procedures, practices, functions and objectives. To accomplish this goal, a Sergeant heads each shift. 422.2 ACTING SHIFT SUPERVISOR When a Patrol Sergeant is unavailable for duty as Shift Supervisor, a properly designated Acting Shift Supervisor or Acting Sergeant may be assigned to head the Sergeant's shift. When a Fire Sergeant is unavailable for duty as Shift Supervisor, only a properly designated Acting Shift Supervisor may be assigned to head the Sergeant's shift. 422.3 RESPONSIBILITIES OF SUPERVISORS Each Supervisory officer, in addition to the general and individual responsibilities of each officer and employee, shall be responsible for: (a)The detailed inspection of all activities of employees under their supervision. (b)An intimate knowledge of the duties and responsibilities of their subordinates. (c)Proper performance of duties and adherence to policies and procedures by each member of their unit. (d)The enforcement of rules and regulations among members of their unit. (e)Working as closely with their subordinates as the time and area permit. (f)Providing leadership in carrying out police and/or fire activities. (g)Coordination of effort, when more than one employee is involved, and the assignment of duties. (h)Functional supervision of employees not being directly supervised. (i)Detailed training on the job as necessary to ensure efficient operations by subordinates. (j)The effective operation of their unit. (k)Providing command to members of their division as necessary in the absence of divisional command or a ranking officer. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Shift Supervisors - 385 Policy 423 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mobile Data Computer Use 423.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Mobile Data Computer (MDC) accesses confidential records from the State of California, Department of Justice, Department of Motor Vehicles and Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium databases. Employees using the MDC shall comply with all appropriate federal, state, and local rules, regulations and policies. The MDC also contains Global Positioning System (GPS) technology, providing Automated Vehicle Location (AVL) information to allow deployment of the closest appropriate resource to Public Safety calls of any nature. Used in conjunction with a Unit Emergency activation button or with the Unit in Pursuit mode, the GPS/AVL system provides for enhanced officer safety by immediately locating an officer's unit on the CAD screens in the dispatch center. MDC's are not intended to replace the radio as the primary means of communications. Field personnel shall determine their level of use of the MDC at any given time, based on personal safety issues. The primary consideration of this procedure is the safety of the people using the system. 423.2 MDC USE In order to properly track and account for all Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety resources, it shall be the responsibility of all field personnel (PSOs, CSOs, Fire Crews, PSAs, and Reserve Officers) to insure they are properly signed onto and signed off of the SCPSC CAD/MDC system. Personnel who are operating an MDC equipped DPS vehicle shall sign on via the mobile computer. If operating a non-MDC equipped vehicle, or if technical difficulties prevent sign on via the mobile computer, the affected field unit shall be responsible for notifying dispatch of their appropriate unit designation, employee ID, radio ID, equipment list and status. This can be accomplished via radio, telephone, or in person. On-duty patrol and fire units will complete this sign on no later than the official beginning of their respective shift. At the end of their respective shift or duty assignment, field units with MDCs shall sign off via the mobile computer. If operating a non-MDC equipped vehicle, or if technical difficulties prevent a field unit from signing off via the mobile computer, the affected field unit will still be responsible for notifying dispatch of their status. This can be accomplished via radio, telephone, or in person. Should a field unit fail to sign off at the end of their scheduled shift, dispatch and other controlling personnel will assume that the unit is still on assignment and/or available for calls. No unit will be logged off by dispatch until its actual status has been determined or unless directed to do so by a supervisor. The MDC shall be used for official police communications only. Messages that are of a sexual, racist, or offensive nature, or otherwise critical of any member of the Department are strictly forbidden. MDC use is also subject to the Department Technology Use Policy. Messages may be reviewed by supervisors at anytime without prior notification. Employees generating or transmitting messages not in compliance with this policy are subject to discipline. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mobile Data Computer Use - 386 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mobile Data Computer Use 423.2.1 USE WHILE DRIVING Use of the MDC by the vehicle operator should generally be limited to times when the vehicle is stopped. When the vehicle is in motion, the operator should only attempt to read messages that are likely to contain information that is required for immediate enforcement, investigative or safety needs. Short transmissions, such as a license plate check, are permitted if it reasonably appears that it can be done safely. In no case shall an operator attempt to send or review lengthy messages while the vehicle is in motion. 423.2.2 DOCUMENTATION OF ACTIVITY MDC's and voice transmissions are used to record the officer's daily activity. To ensure the most accurate recording of these activities, the following are required: (a)All contacts or activity shall be documented at the time of the contact; (b)Whenever the activity or contact is initiated by voice, it shall be entered into the Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) system by a dispatcher; (c)Whenever the activity or contact is not initiated by voice, the officer shall record it on the MDC. 423.2.3 STATUS CHANGES All changes in status (e.g., arrival at scene, meal periods, in service) will be transmitted either verbally over the public safety radio or through the MDC system. Officers responding to in-progress calls shall advise changes in status verbally over the radio to assist other officers responding to the same incident. Other changes in status may be entered by depressing the appropriate keys on the MDC's. 423.2.4 EMERGENCY ACTIVATION OF MDC All calls dispatched to patrol units should be communicated by voice and MDC unless otherwise authorized by the Shift Supervisor. Low priority calls for service may receive abbreviated voice dispatch, including the unit assigned, the call type, and the location. Example: "4E20, 459 report at 655 Enterprise '" comments on CAD." Field units have the capability to assign themselves to events via the MDC. If a call is pending, an available unit may attach themselves via MDC to the call. Dispatchers should acknowledge such a self-assignment via voice. Example: "Dispatch copies 4E20 enroute 655 Enterprise for 459 report" Supplemental information added by a dispatcher is automatically attached to the CAD event. The MDC user will receive a notification that the event information has changed, but the actual update will not be displayed on the MDC until the user utilizes the "Recall Dispatch" key. Initial and update information on a high priority call will be broadcast via voice radio. On a lower priority call, the dispatcher may abbreviate by notifying the responder via voice to "copy your MDC for additional information" or "comments on CAD." Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mobile Data Computer Use - 387 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mobile Data Computer Use 423.2.5 MDC MESSAGING The MDC shall be used for official public safety communications only. Messaging will be brief and relevant to official law enforcement business only and subject to the existing City of Rohnert Park Electronic Media Use Policy. Messaging is a great tool for disseminating confidential information outside the voice system, which may be monitored by anyone with a scanner. ALL MESSAGES ARE LOGGED AND STORED FOR RETRIEVAL FOR PUPOSES OF INVESTIGATION, PROSECUTION, LITIGATION, AUDITS, AND INTERNAL REVIEW. There is no expectation of privacy in these messages, any of which are subject to periodic and unannounced audits to insure compliance with this procedure. Any of these messages may, with due process, be recalled for court, disciplinary action, or other legal proceedings. The transmittal, intentional retrieval, or storage of messages containing any remarks or comments which are racist, sexist, threatening, pornographic, harassing, obscene, discriminatory in any way, or otherwise critical of any member of the Department are strictly prohibited. Any employee who receives any information of this nature must immediately notify his/her supervisor in writing. Failure to do so may result in a presumption that the employee intentionally received and/or retained the material in question. All data (including, but not limited to, messages, CLETS queries, RMS interactions, and GPS tracks) transmitted and received by the MDC system is logged and stored and may be reviewed by supervisors at anytime without prior notification. Employees generating or transmitting messages not in compliance with this policy are subject to discipline. 423.2.6 EMERGENCY BUTTON ACTIVATION ON MDC Each MDC is equipped with an EMERGENCY button. This button is not intended to replace the voice radio when a unit is in an emergency situation. They are available if the voice radio malfunctions or the unit is otherwise unable to get through on the radio. When this button is depressed, the MDC sends an emergency message to the dispatcher indicating the unit has an emergency and displays the current event, if applicable. If the unit is not on an event, an event is created, based on the most recent GPS/AVL location broadcast for the unit. If the emergency button is depressed on the MDC, the dispatcher will immediately call the unit and ask if Code- 4. If there is no emergency, then he/she should answer "Code-4" and all units will resume their normal activity. If there is no response or the officer answers in some other way, the dispatcher shall proceed as follows: Immediately dispatch the nearest available unit Code-3 to the CAD-polled AVL location or last known location showing for the unit transmitting the emergency. Notify the Shift Supervisor of the incident without delay. Units not responding to the emergency shall refrain from transmitting on the radio until there is a Code-4, unless they are themselves handling an emergency. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mobile Data Computer Use - 388 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Mobile Data Computer Use 423.2.7 DISRUPTION OF MDC OR MDC COMPONENTS No employee shall intentionally disconnect, disable, disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the operation of an MDC or any MDC components, nor shall any employee allow any other person to cause such disruption to an MDC or MDC component. 423.3 MDC CONSIDERATIONS 423.3.1 BOMB CALLS When investigating reports of possible bombs, officers will turn off their MDC's. Operating the MDC may cause some devices to detonate. 423.4 PRIVACY EXPECTATION Members forfeit any expectation of privacy with regard to messages accessed, transmitted, received or reviewed on any department technology system (see the Information Technology Use Policy for additional guidance). 423.5 POLICY Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety members using the MDC shall comply with all appropriate federal and state rules and regulations and shall use the MDC in a professional manner, in accordance with this policy. 423.6 RESTRICTED ACCESS AND USE MDC use is subject to the Information Technology Use and Protected Information policies. Members shall not access the MDC system if they have not received prior authorization and the required training. Members shall immediately report unauthorized access or use of the MDC by another member to their supervisors or Shift Supervisors. Use of the MDC system to access law enforcement databases or transmit messages is restricted to official activities, business-related tasks and communications that are directly related to the business, administration or practices of the Department. In the event that a member has questions about sending a particular message or accessing a particular database, the member should seek prior approval from his/her supervisor. Sending derogatory, defamatory, obscene, disrespectful, sexually suggestive, harassing or any other inappropriate messages on the MDC system is prohibited and may result in discipline. It is a violation of this policy to transmit a message or access a law enforcement database under another member’s name or to use the password of another member to log in to the MDC system unless directed to do so by a supervisor. Members are required to log off the MDC or secure the MDC when it is unattended. This added security measure will minimize the potential for unauthorized access or misuse. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Mobile Data Computer Use - 389 Policy 424 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Portable Audio/Video Recorders 424.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for the use of portable audio/video recording devices by members of this department while in the performance of their duties. Portable audio/video recording devices include all recording systems whether body-worn, hand held or integrated into portable equipment. This policy does not apply to mobile audio/video recordings, interviews or interrogations conducted at any Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety facility, authorized undercover operations, wiretaps or eavesdropping (concealed listening devices). 424.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety may provide members with access to portable recorders, either audio or video or both, for use during the performance of their duties. The use of recorders is intended to enhance the mission of the Department by accurately capturing contacts between members of the Department and the public. 424.3 MEMBER PRIVACY EXPECTATION All recordings made by members on any department-issued device at any time, and any recording made while acting in an official capacity for this department, regardless of ownership of the device it was made on, shall remain the property of the Department. Members shall have no expectation of privacy or ownership interest in the content of these recordings. 424.4 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Prior to going into service, each uniformed member will be responsible for making sure that any portable recorder issued by the Department is in good working order and is readily available any time the member believes that such device may be useful. Any member assigned to a non-uniformed position may carry an approved portable recorder at any time the member believes that such a device may be useful. 424.5 ACTIVATION OF THE PORTABLE RECORDER This policy is not intended to describe every possible situation in which the portable recorder should be used, although there are many situations where its use is appropriate. Members should activate the recorder any time the member believes it would be appropriate or valuable to record an incident. The portable recorder should be activated in any of the following situations: (a)All enforcement and investigative contacts including stops and field interview (FI) situations (b)Traffic stops including, but not limited to, traffic violations, stranded motorist assistance and all crime interdiction stops (c)Self-initiated activity in which a member would normally notify the Dispatch Center Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Portable Audio/Video Recorders - 390 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Portable Audio/Video Recorders (d)Any other contact that becomes adversarial after the initial contact in a situation that would not otherwise require recording Members should remain sensitive to the dignity of all individuals being recorded and exercise sound discretion to respect privacy by discontinuing recording whenever it reasonably appears to the member that such privacy may outweigh any legitimate law enforcement interest in recording. Requests by members of the public to stop recording should be considered using this same criterion. Recording should resume when privacy is no longer at issue unless the circumstances no longer fit the criteria for recording. At no time is a member expected to jeopardize his/her safety in order to activate a portable recorder or change the recording media. However, the recorder should be activated in situations described above as soon as reasonably practicable. 424.5.1 SURREPTITIOUS USE OF THE PORTABLE RECORDER Members of the Department may surreptitiously record any conversation during the course of a criminal investigation in which the member reasonably believes that such a recording will be lawful and beneficial to the investigation (Penal Code § 633). Members shall not surreptitiously record another department member without a court order unless lawfully authorized by the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. 424.5.2 CESSATION OF RECORDING Once activated, the portable recorder should remain on continuously until the member reasonably believes that his/her direct participation in the incident is complete or the situation no longer fits the criteria for activation. Recording may be stopped during significant periods of inactivity such as report writing or other breaks from direct participation in the incident. Members shall cease audio recording whenever necessary to ensure conversations are not recorded between a person in custody and the person’s attorney, religious advisor or physician, unless there is explicit consent from all parties to the conversation (Penal Code § 636). 424.5.3 EXPLOSIVE DEVICE Many portable recorders, including body-worn cameras and audio/video transmitters, emit radio waves that could trigger an explosive device. Therefore, these devices should not be used where an explosive device may be present. 424.6 PROHIBITED USE OF PORTABLE RECORDERS Members are prohibited from using department-issued portable recorders and recording media for personal use and are prohibited from making personal copies of recordings created while on- duty or while acting in their official capacity. Members are also prohibited from retaining recordings of activities or information obtained while on-duty, whether the recording was created with department-issued or personally owned recorders. Members shall not duplicate or distribute such recordings, except for authorized legitimate department business purposes. All such recordings shall be retained at the Department. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Portable Audio/Video Recorders - 391 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Portable Audio/Video Recorders Members are prohibited from using personally owned recording devices while on-duty without the express consent of the Shift Supervisor. Any member who uses a personally owned recorder for department-related activities shall comply with the provisions of this policy, including retention and release requirements, and should notify the on-duty supervisor of such use as soon as reasonably practicable. Recordings shall not be used by any member for the purpose of embarrassment, harassment or ridicule. 424.7 IDENTIFICATION AND PRESERVATION OF RECORDINGS To assist with identifying and preserving data and recordings, members should download, tag or mark these in accordance with procedure and document the existence of the recording in any related case report. A member should transfer, tag or mark recordings when the member reasonably believes: (a)The recording contains evidence relevant to potential criminal, civil or administrative matters. (b)A complainant, victim or witness has requested non-disclosure. (c)A complainant, victim or witness has not requested non-disclosure but the disclosure of the recording may endanger the person. (d)Disclosure may be an unreasonable violation of someone’s privacy. (e)Medical or mental health information is contained. (f)Disclosure may compromise an undercover officer or confidential informant. Any time a member reasonably believes a recorded contact may be beneficial in a non-criminal matter (e.g., a hostile contact), the member should promptly notify a supervisor of the existence of the recording. 424.7.1 RETENTION REQUIREMENTS All recordings shall be retained for a period consistent with the requirements of the organization’s records retention schedule but in no event for a period less than 180 days. 424.8 RELEASE OF RECORDINGS Recordings made using portable recording devices pursuant to this policy are department records and may only be released as provided in the Release of Records and Information Policy or for other authorized legitimate department business purposes. 424.9 REVIEW OF RECORDED MEDIA FILES When preparing written reports, members should review their recordings as a resource (see the Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths Policy for guidance in those cases). However, members shall not retain personal copies of recordings. Members should not use the fact that a recording was made as a reason to write a less detailed report. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Portable Audio/Video Recorders - 392 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Portable Audio/Video Recorders Supervisors are authorized to review relevant recordings any time they are investigating alleged misconduct or reports of meritorious conduct or whenever such recordings would be beneficial in reviewing the member’s performance. Recorded files may also be reviewed: (a)Upon approval by a supervisor, by any member of the Department who is participating in an official investigation, such as a personnel complaint, administrative investigation or criminal investigation. (b)Pursuant to lawful process or by court personnel who are otherwise authorized to review evidence in a related case. (c)By media personnel with permission of the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. (d)In compliance with a public records request, if permitted, and in accordance with the Records Maintenance and Release Policy. All recordings should be reviewed by the Custodian of Records prior to public release (see the Records Maintenance and Release Policy). Recordings that unreasonably violate a person’s privacy or sense of dignity should not be publicly released unless disclosure is required by law or order of the court. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Portable Audio/Video Recorders - 393 Policy 425 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Marijuana 425.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide members of this department with guidelines for investigating the acquisition, possession, transportation, delivery, production or use of marijuana under California’s medical marijuana laws. 425.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Cardholder - A person issued a current identification card. Compassionate Use Act (CUA) (Health and Safety Code § 11362.5) - California law intended to provide protection from prosecution to those who are seriously ill and whose health would benefit from the use of marijuana in the treatment of illness for which marijuana provides relief. The CUA does not grant immunity from arrest but rather provides an affirmative defense from prosecution for possession of medical marijuana. Identification card - A valid document issued by the California Department of Public Health to both persons authorized to engage in the medical use of marijuana and also to designated primary caregivers. Medical marijuana - Marijuana possessed by a patient or primary caregiver for legitimate medical purposes. Medical Marijuana Program (MMP) (Health and Safety Code § 11362.7 et seq.) - California laws passed following the CUA to facilitate the prompt identification of patients and their designated primary caregivers in order to avoid unnecessary arrests and provide needed guidance to law enforcement officers. MMP prohibits arrest for possession of medical marijuana in certain circumstances and provides a defense in others. Patient - A person who is entitled to the protections of the CUA because he/she has received a written or oral recommendation or approval from a physician to use marijuana for medical purposes or any person issued a valid identification card. Primary caregiver - A person designated by the patient, who has consistently assumed responsibility for the patient’s housing, health or safety, who may assist the patient with the medical use of marijuana under the CUA or the MMP (Health and Safety Code § 11362.5; Health and Safety Code § 11362.7). Statutory amount - No more than 8 ounces of dried, mature, processed female marijuana flowers (“bud”) or the plant conversion (e.g., kief, hash, hash oil), and no more than six mature or 12 immature marijuana plants (roots, stems and stem fibers should not be considered) (Health and Safety Code § 11362.77). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Marijuana - 394 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Marijuana 425.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to prioritize resources to forgo making arrests related to marijuana that the arresting officer reasonably believes would not be prosecuted by state or federal authorities. California’s medical marijuana laws are intended to provide protection to those who are seriously ill and whose health would benefit from the use of medical marijuana. However, California medical marijuana laws do not affect federal laws and there is no medical exception under federal law for the possession or distribution of marijuana. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will exercise discretion to ensure laws are appropriately enforced without unreasonably burdening both those individuals protected under California law and public resources. 425.3 INVESTIGATION Investigations involving the possession, delivery, production or use of marijuana generally fall into one of several categories: (a)Investigations when no person makes a medicinal claim. (b)Investigations when a medicinal claim is made by a cardholder. (c)Investigations when a medicinal claim is made by a non-cardholder. 425.3.1 INVESTIGATIONS WITH NO MEDICINAL CLAIM In any investigation involving the possession, delivery, production or use of marijuana or drug paraphernalia where no person claims that the marijuana is used for medicinal purposes, the officer should proceed with a criminal investigation if the amount is greater than permitted for personal use under the Control, Regulate and Tax Adult Use of Marijuana Act (Health and Safety Code § 11362.1; Health and Safety Code § 11362.2). A medicinal defense may be raised at any time, so officers should document any statements and observations that may be relevant to whether the marijuana was possessed or produced for medicinal purposes. 425.3.2 INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING A MEDICINAL CLAIM MADE BY A CARDHOLDER A cardholder or designated primary caregiver in possession of an identification card shall not be arrested for possession, transportation, delivery or cultivation of medical marijuana at or below the statutory amount unless there is probable cause to believe that (Health and Safety Code § 11362.71; Health and Safety Code § 11362.78): (a)The information contained in the card is false or falsified. (b)The card has been obtained or used by means of fraud. (c)The person is otherwise in violation of the provisions of the MMP. (d)The person possesses marijuana but not for personal medical purposes. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Marijuana - 395 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Marijuana Officers who reasonably believe that a person who does not have an identification card in his/her possession has been issued an identification card may treat the investigation as if the person had the card in his/her possession. Cardholders may possess, transport, deliver or cultivate medical marijuana in amounts above the statutory amount if their doctor has concluded that the statutory amount does not meet the patient’s medical needs (Health and Safety Code § 11362.71; Health and Safety Code § 11362.77). Investigations involving cardholders with more than the statutory amount of marijuana should be addressed as provided in this policy for a case involving a medicinal claim made by a non-cardholder. 425.3.3 INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING A MEDICINAL CLAIM MADE BY A NON- CARDHOLDER No patient or primary caregiver should be arrested for possession or cultivation of an amount of medical marijuana if the officer reasonably believes that marijuana is in a form and amount reasonably related to the qualified patient's current medical needs (Health and Safety Code § 11362.5). This arrest guidance also applies to sales, transportation or delivery of medical marijuana, or maintaining/renting a drug house or building that may be a nuisance if otherwise in compliance with MMP (Health and Safety Code § 11362.765). Officers are not obligated to accept a person’s claim of having a physician’s recommendation when the claim cannot be readily verified with the physician but are expected to use their judgment to assess the validity of the person’s medical-use claim. Officers should review any available written documentation for validity and whether it contains the recommending physician’s name, telephone number, address and medical license number for verification. Officers should generally accept verified recommendations by a physician that statutory amounts do not meet the patient’s needs (Health and Safety Code § 11362.77). 425.3.4 ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS Officers should consider the following when investigating an incident involving marijuana possession, delivery, production, or use: (a)Because enforcement of medical marijuana laws can be complex, time consuming, and call for resources unavailable at the time of initial investigation, officers may consider submitting a report to the prosecutor for review, in lieu of making an arrest. This can be particularly appropriate when: 1.The suspect has been identified and can be easily located at a later time. 2.The case would benefit from review by a person with expertise in medical marijuana investigations. 3.Sufficient evidence, such as photographs or samples, has been lawfully obtained. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Marijuana - 396 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Marijuana 4.Other relevant factors, such as available department resources and time constraints prohibit making an immediate arrest. (b)Whenever the initial investigation reveals an amount of marijuana greater than the statutory amount, officers should consider the following when determining whether the form and amount is reasonably related to the patient’s needs: 1.The amount of marijuana recommended by a medical professional to be ingested. 2.The quality of the marijuana. 3.The method of ingestion (e.g., smoking, eating, nebulizer). 4.The timing of the possession in relation to a harvest (patient may be storing marijuana). 5.Whether the marijuana is being cultivated indoors or outdoors. (c)Before proceeding with enforcement related to collective gardens or dispensaries, officers should consider conferring with a supervisor, an applicable state regulatory agency or other member with special knowledge in this area, and/or appropriate legal counsel (Business and Professions Code § 26010; Business and Professions Code § 26060). Licensing, zoning, and other related issues can be complex. Patients, primary caregivers, and cardholders who collectively or cooperatively cultivate marijuana for medical purposes may be licensed or may have a defense in certain circumstances (Business and Professions Code § 26032; Business and Professions Code § 26033). (d)Investigating members should not order a patient to destroy marijuana plants under threat of arrest. 425.3.5 INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING A STATE LICENSEE No person issued a state license under the Business and Professions Code shall be arrested or cited for cultivation, possession, manufacture, processing, storing, laboratory testing, labeling, transporting, distribution or sale of medical cannabis or a medical cannabis product related to qualifying patients and primary caregivers when conducted lawfully. Whether conduct is lawful may involve questions of license classifications, local ordinances, specific requirements of the Business and Professions Code and adopted regulations. Officers should consider conferring with a supervisor, the applicable state agency or other member with special knowledge in this area and/ or appropriate legal counsel before taking enforcement action against a licensee or an employee or agent (Business and Professions Code § 26032). 425.3.6 EXCEPTIONS This policy does not apply to, and officers should consider taking enforcement action for the following: (a)Persons who engage in illegal conduct that endangers others, such as driving under the influence of marijuana in violation of the Vehicle Code (Health and Safety Code § 11362.5). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Marijuana - 397 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Marijuana (b)Marijuana possession in jails or other correctional facilities that prohibit such possession (Health and Safety Code § 11362.785). (c)Smoking marijuana (Health and Safety Code § 11362.79): 1.In any place where smoking is prohibited by law. 2.In or within 1,000 feet of the grounds of a school, recreation center or youth center, unless the medical use occurs within a residence. 3.On a school bus. 4.While in a motor vehicle that is being operated. 5.While operating a boat. (d)Use of marijuana by a person on probation or parole, or on bail and use is prohibited by the terms of release (Health and Safety Code § 11362.795). 425.4 FEDERAL LAW ENFORCEMENT Officers should provide information regarding a marijuana investigation to federal law enforcement authorities when it is requested by federal law enforcement authorities or whenever the officer believes those authorities would have a particular interest in the information. 425.5 PROPERTY BUREAU SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Property Bureau supervisor should ensure that marijuana, drug paraphernalia or other related property seized from a person engaged or assisting in the use of medical marijuana is not destroyed pending any charges and without a court order. The Property Bureau supervisor is not responsible for caring for live marijuana plants. Upon the prosecutor’s decision to forgo prosecution, or the dismissal of charges or an acquittal, the Property Bureau supervisor should, as soon as practicable, return to the person from whom it was seized any useable medical marijuana, plants, drug paraphernalia or other related property. The Property Bureau supervisor may release marijuana to federal law enforcement authorities upon presentation of a valid court order or by a written order of the Detective Bureau supervisor. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Marijuana - 398 Policy 426 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Foot Pursuits 426.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Foot pursuits are inherently dangerous and require common sense, sound tactics and heightened officer safety awareness. This policy sets forth guidelines to assist officers in making the decision to initiate or continue the pursuit of suspects on foot by balancing the objective of apprehending the suspect with the risk of potential injury to the officer, the public or the suspect. 426.1.1 POLICY It is the policy of this department when deciding to initiate or continue a foot pursuit that officers must continuously balance the objective of apprehending the suspect with the risk and potential for injury to department personnel, the public or the suspect. Officers are expected to act reasonably, based on the totality of the circumstances. Absent exigent circumstances, the safety of department personnel and the public should be the primary consideration when determining whether a foot pursuit should be initiated or continued. Officers must be mindful that immediate apprehension of a suspect is rarely more important than the safety of the public and department personnel. 426.2 DECISION TO PURSUE Officers may be justified in initiating a foot pursuit of any individual the officer reasonably believes is about to engage in, is engaging in or has engaged in criminal activity. The decision to initiate or continue such a foot pursuit, however, must be continuously re-evaluated in light of the circumstances presented at the time. Mere flight by a person who is not suspected of criminal activity shall not serve as the sole justification for engaging in an extended foot pursuit without the development of reasonable suspicion regarding the individual's involvement in criminal activity. Deciding to initiate or continue a foot pursuit is a decision that an officer must make quickly and under unpredictable and dynamic circumstances. It is recognized that foot pursuits potentially place department personnel and the public at significant risk. If circumstances permit, surveillance and containment are generally the safest tactics for apprehending fleeing persons. In deciding whether to initiate or continue a foot pursuit, an officer should continuously consider reasonable alternatives to pursuit based upon the circumstances and resources available, such as the following: (a)Containment of the area. (b)Canine search. (c)Saturation of the area with patrol personnel. (d)Aerial support. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Foot Pursuits - 399 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Foot Pursuits (e)Apprehension at another time when the identity of the suspect is known or there is information available that would likely allow for later apprehension, and the need to immediately apprehend the suspect does not reasonably appear to outweigh the risk of continuing the pursuit. 426.3 GUIDELINES FOR FOOT PURSUIT Unless the officer reasonably believes that exigent circumstances exist (e.g. a serious threat to the safety of personnel or members of the public), officers should consider alternatives to engaging in or continuing a foot pursuit under the following conditions: (a)When directed by a supervisor to terminate the foot pursuit. Such an order shall be considered mandatory (b)When the officer is acting alone. (c)When two or more officers become separated, lose visual contact with one another, or obstacles separate them to the degree that they cannot immediately assist each other should a confrontation take place. In such circumstances, it is generally recommended that a single officer keep the suspect in sight from a safe distance and coordinate the containment effort. (d)The officer is unsure of his/her location and direction of travel. (e)When pursuing multiple suspects and the pursuing officers do not reasonably believe that they would be able to control the suspect should a confrontation occur. (f)When the physical condition of the officers renders them incapable of controlling the suspect if apprehended. (g)When the officer loses radio contact with the Dispatch Center or with backup officers. (h)When the suspect enters a building, structure, confined space or a wooded or otherwise isolated area and there are insufficient officers to provide backup and containment. The primary officer should consider discontinuing the pursuit and coordinating containment pending the arrival of sufficient officers. (i)The officer becomes aware of unanticipated or unforeseen circumstances that unreasonably increase the risk to officers or the public. (j)The officer reasonably believes that the danger to the pursuing officers or public outweighs the objective of immediate apprehension. (k)The officer loses possession of his/her firearm or other essential equipment. (l)The officer or a third party is injured during the pursuit, requiring immediate assistance, and there are no other emergency personnel available to render assistance. (m)The suspect's location is no longer definitely known. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Foot Pursuits - 400 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Foot Pursuits (n)The identity of the suspect is established or other information exists that will allow for the suspect's apprehension at a later time, and it reasonably appears that there is no immediate threat to department personnel or the public if the suspect is not immediately apprehended. (o)The officer's ability to safely continue the pursuit is impaired by inclement weather, darkness or other conditions. 426.4 RESPONSIBILITIES IN FOOT PURSUITS 426.4.1 INITIATING OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Unless relieved by another officer or a supervisor, the initiating officer shall be responsible for coordinating the progress of the pursuit. When acting alone and when practicable, the initiating officer should not attempt to overtake and confront the suspect but should attempt to keep the suspect in sight until sufficient officers are present to safely apprehend the suspect. Early communication of available information from the involved officers is essential so that adequate resources can be coordinated and deployed to bring a foot pursuit to a safe conclusion. Officers initiating a foot pursuit should, at a minimum, broadcast the following information as soon as it becomes practicable and available: (a)Location and direction of travel (b)Call sign identifier (c)Reason for the foot pursuit, such as the crime classification (d)Number of suspects and description, to include name if known (e)Whether the suspect is known or believed to be armed with a dangerous weapon Officers should be mindful that radio transmissions made while running may be difficult to understand and may need to be repeated. Absent extenuating circumstances, any officer unable to promptly and effectively broadcast this information should terminate the foot pursuit. If the foot pursuit is discontinued for any reason, immediate efforts for containment should be established and alternatives considered based upon the circumstances and available resources. When a foot pursuit terminates, the officer will notify the dispatcher of his/her location and the status of the pursuit termination (e.g., suspect in custody, lost sight of suspect), and will direct further actions as reasonably appear necessary, to include requesting medical aid as needed for officers, suspects or members of the public. 426.4.2 ASSISTING OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Whenever any officer announces that he/she is engaged in a foot pursuit, all other officers should minimize non-essential radio traffic to permit the involved officers maximum access to the radio frequency. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Foot Pursuits - 401 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Foot Pursuits Any officer who is in a position to intercept a fleeing suspect or who can assist the primary officer with the apprehension of the suspect, shall act reasonably and in accordance with department policy, based upon available information and his/her own observations. 426.4.3 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Upon becoming aware of a foot pursuit, the supervisor shall make every reasonable effort to ascertain sufficient information to direct responding resources and to take command, control and coordination of the foot pursuit. The supervisor should respond to the area whenever possible; the supervisor does not, however, need not be physically present to exercise control over the foot pursuit. The supervisor shall continuously assess the situation in order to ensure the foot pursuit is conducted within established department guidelines. The supervisor shall terminate the foot pursuit when the danger to pursuing officers or the public appears to unreasonably outweigh the objective of immediate apprehension of the suspect. Upon apprehension of the suspect, the supervisor shall promptly proceed to the termination point to direct the post-foot pursuit activity. 426.4.4 THE DISPATCH CENTER RESPONSIBILITIES Upon being notified or becoming aware that a foot pursuit is in progress, communication personnel shall, as soon as practicable, notify the shift supervisor and provide available information. The Dispatch Center personnel are also responsible for the following: (a)Place a "Code 33" on the radio channel. (b)Repeat the transmissions of the pursuing officer as needed. (c)Relay all pertinent information to responding personnel. (d)Contact additional resources as directed by a supervisor. (e)Coordinate response of additional resources to assist with the foot pursuit. 426.5 REPORTING The initiating officer shall complete the appropriate crime/arrest reports, which should document, at minimum, the following: (a)The reason for initiating the foot pursuit. (b)The identity of involved personnel. (c)The course and approximate distance of the pursuit. (d)Whether a suspect was apprehended as well as the means and methods used. 1.Any use of force shall be reported and documented in compliance with the Department Use of Force Policy. (e)Any injuries or property damage. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Foot Pursuits - 402 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Foot Pursuits Assisting officers taking an active role in the apprehension of the suspect shall complete supplemental reports as necessary or as directed. In any case in which a suspect is not apprehended and there is insufficient information to warrant further investigation, a supervisor may authorize that the initiating officer need not complete a formal report. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Foot Pursuits - 403 Policy 427 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Automated License Plate Readers (ALPRs) 427.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance for the capture, storage and use of digital data obtained through the use of Automated License Plate Reader (ALPR) technology. 427.2 ADMINISTRATION The ALPR technology, also known as License Plate Recognition (LPR), allows for the automated detection of license plates. It is used by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to convert data associated with vehicle license plates for official law enforcement purposes, including identifying stolen or wanted vehicles, stolen license plates and missing persons. It may also be used to gather information related to active warrants, homeland security, electronic surveillance, suspect interdiction and stolen property recovery. ALPR data collection, access, and retention shall be managed by the Support Services Manager. 427.2.1 ALPR ADMINISTRATOR The Support Services Manager shall be responsible for developing guidelines and procedures to comply with the requirements of Civil Code§ 1798.90.50 et seq. This includes, but is not limited to (Civil Code§ 1798.90.51; Civil Code§ 1798.90.53): (a)A description of the job title or other designation of the members and independent contractors who are authorized to use or access the ALPR system or to collect ALPR information. (b)Training requirements for authorized users. (c)A description of how the ALPR system will be monitored to ensure the security of the information and compliance with applicable privacy laws. (d)Procedures for system operators to maintain records of access in compliance with Civil Code § 1798.90.52. (e)The title and name of the current designee in overseeing the ALPR operation. (f)Working with the Custodian of Records on the retention and destruction of ALPR data. (g)Ensuring this policy and related procedures are conspicuously posted on the department's website. 427.3 OPERATIONS Use of an ALPR is restricted to the purposes outlined below. Department members shall not use, or allow others to use the equipment or database records for any unauthorized purpose (Civil Code§ 1798.90.51; Civil Code§ 1798.90.53). (a)An ALPR shall only be used for official law enforcement business. (b)An ALPR may be used in conjunction with any routine patrol operation or criminal investigation. Reasonable suspicion or probable cause is not required before using an ALPR. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Automated License Plate Readers (ALPRs) - 404 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Automated License Plate Readers (ALPRs) (c)If the officer makes an inquiry into an ALPR system, the inquiry must include a case number or event number. If neither are available, a sufficient description to support the inquiry is required. (d)While an ALPR may be used to canvass license plates around any crime scene, particular consideration should be given to using ALPR-equipped cars to canvass areas around homicides, shootings and other major incidents. Partial license plates reported during major crimes should be entered into the ALPR system in an attempt to identify suspect vehicles. (e)No member of this department shall operate ALPR equipment or access ALPR data without first completing department-approved training. (f)No ALPR operator may access department, state or federal data unless otherwise authorized to do so. (g)If practicable, the officer should verify an ALPR response through the California Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (CLETS) before taking enforcement action that is based solely on an ALPR alert. (h)When canvassing plates returned by the ALPR system, unless in fresh pursuit, no officer may enter the reservation lands of the Federated Indians of Graton Rancheria ("Tribe"), including the Graton Resort & Casino property, without first contacting the appropriate tribal law enforcement or security personnel to alert them to the ALPR alert and to seek permission to access the Tribe's lands. 427.4 DATA COLLECTION AND RETENTION The Support Services Manager is responsible for ensuring systems and processes are in place for the proper collection and retention of ALPR data. Data will be transferred from cameras to the designated storage in accordance with department/vendor procedures. All ALPR data downloaded to the server should be stored for a minimum of one year (Government Code § 34090.6) and in accordance with the established records retention schedule. Thereafter, ALPR data should be purged unless it has become, or it is reasonable to believe it will become, evidence in a criminal or civil action or is subject to a discovery request or other lawful action to produce records. In those circumstances the applicable data should be downloaded from the server onto portable media and booked into evidence. 427.5 ACCOUNTABILITY All data will be closely safeguarded and protected by both procedural and technological means. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will observe the following safeguards regarding access to and use of stored data (Civil Code § 1798.90.51; Civil Code§ 1798.90.53): (a)All ALPR data downloaded to the mobile workstation and in storage shall be accessible only through a login/password-protected system capable of documenting all access of information by name, date and time (Civil Code§ 1798.90.52). (b)Members approved to access ALPR data under these guidelines are permitted to access the data for legitimate law enforcement purposes only, such as when the data Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Automated License Plate Readers (ALPRs) - 405 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Automated License Plate Readers (ALPRs) relate to a specific criminal investigation or department-related civil or administrative action. (c)ALPR system audits should be conducted on a regular basis (quarterly). For security or data breaches, see the Records Release and Maintenance Policy. 427.6 POLICY The policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is to utilize ALPR technology to capture and store digital license plate data and images while recognizing the established privacy rights of the public. All data and images gathered by the ALPR are for the official use of this department. Because such data may contain confidential information, it is not open to public review. 427.7 RELEASING ALPR DATA The ALPR data may be shared only with other law enforcement or prosecutorial agencies for official law enforcement purposes or as otherwise permitted by law, using the following procedures: (a)The agency makes a written request for the ALPR data that includes: (a)The name of the agency. (b)The name of the person requesting. (c)The intended purpose of obtaining the information. (b)The request is reviewed by the Records Supervisor or the authorized designee and approved before the request is fulfilled. (c)The approved request is retained on file. Requests for ALPR data by non-law enforcement or non-prosecutorial agencies will be processed as provided in the Records Maintenance and Release Policy (Civil Code § 1798.90.55). 427.8 TRAINING The Training Coordinator should ensure that members receive department-approved training for those authorized to use or access the ALPR system (Civil Code § 1798.90.51; Civil Code §1798.90.53). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Automated License Plate Readers (ALPRs) - 406 Policy 428 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Homeless Persons 428.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to ensure that personnel understand the needs and rights of the homeless and to establish procedures to guide officers during all contacts with the homeless, whether consensual or for enforcement purposes. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety recognizes that members of the homeless community are often in need of special protection and services. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will address these needs in balance with the overall mission of this department. Therefore, officers will consider the following when serving the homeless community. 428.1.1 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to provide law enforcement services to all members of the community, while protecting the rights, dignity and private property of the homeless. Homelessness is not a crime and members of this department will not use homelessness solely as a basis for detention or law enforcement action. 428.2 FIELD CONTACTS Officers are encouraged to contact the homeless for purposes of rendering aid, support and for community-oriented policing purposes. Nothing in this policy is meant to dissuade an officer from taking reasonable enforcement action when facts support a reasonable suspicion of criminal activity. However, when encountering a homeless person who has committed a non-violent misdemeanor and continued freedom is not likely to result in a continuation of the offense or a breach of the peace, officers are encouraged to consider long-term solutions to problems that may relate to the homeless, such as shelter referrals and counseling in lieu of physical arrest. Officers should provide homeless persons with resource and assistance information whenever it is reasonably apparent that such services may be appropriate. 428.2.1 OTHER CONSIDERATIONS Homeless members of the community will receive the same level and quality of service provided to other members of the community. The fact that a victim or witness is homeless can, however, require special considerations for a successful investigation and prosecution. Officers should consider the following when handling investigations involving homeless victims, witnesses or suspects: (a)Document alternate contact information. This may include obtaining addresses and phone numbers of relatives and friends. (b)Document places the homeless person may frequent. (c)Provide homeless victims with victim/witness resources when appropriate. (d)Obtain statements from all available witnesses in the event that a homeless victim is unavailable for a court appearance. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Homeless Persons - 407 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Homeless Persons (e)Consider whether the person may be a dependent adult or elder, and if so, proceed in accordance with the Senior and Disability Victimization Policy. (f)Arrange for transportation for investigation-related matters, such as medical exams and court appearances. (g)Consider whether a crime should be reported and submitted for prosecution, even when a homeless victim indicates that he/she does not desire prosecution. 428.3 PERSONAL PROPERTY The personal property of homeless persons must not be treated differently than the property of other members of the public. Officers should use reasonable care when handling, collecting and retaining the personal property of homeless persons and should not destroy or discard the personal property of a homeless person. When a homeless person is arrested or otherwise removed from a public place, officers should make reasonable accommodations to permit the person to lawfully secure his/her personal property. Otherwise, the personal property should be collected for safekeeping. If the arrestee has more personal property than can reasonably be collected and transported by the officer, a supervisor should be consulted. The property should be photographed and measures should be taken to remove or secure the property. It will be the supervisor's responsibility to coordinate the removal and safekeeping of the property. Officers should not conduct or assist in clean-up operations of belongings that reasonably appear to be the property of homeless persons without the prior authorization of a supervisor. Officers who encounter unattended encampments, bedding or other personal property in public areas that reasonably appears to belong to a homeless person should not remove or destroy such property and should inform the Shift Supervisor if such property appears to involve a trespass, blight to the community or is the subject of a complaint. 428.4 MENTAL ILLNESS AND MENTAL IMPAIRMENT Some homeless persons may suffer from a mental illness or a mental impairment. Officers shall not detain a homeless person under a mental illness commitment unless facts and circumstances warrant such a detention (See Policy § 418). When a mental illness hold is not warranted, the contacting officer should provide the homeless person with contact information for mental health assistance as appropriate. In these circumstances, officers may provide transportation to a mental health specialist if requested by the person and approved by a supervisor. 428.5 ECOLOGICAL ISSUES Sometimes homeless encampments can impact the ecology and natural resources of the community and may involve criminal offenses beyond mere littering. Officers are encouraged to notify other appropriate agencies or departments when a significant impact to the environment has or is likely to occur. Significant impacts to the environment may warrant a crime report, investigation, supporting photographs and supervisor notification. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Homeless Persons - 408 Policy 429 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Civil Disputes 429.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety with guidance for addressing conflicts between persons when no criminal investigation or enforcement action is warranted (e.g., civil matters), with the goal of minimizing any potential for violence or criminal acts. The Domestic Violence Policy will address specific legal mandates related to domestic violence court orders. References in this policy to “court orders” apply to any order of a court that does not require arrest or enforcement by the terms of the order or by California law. 429.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety recognizes that a law enforcement presence at a civil dispute can play an important role in the peace and safety of the community. Subject to available resources, members of this department will assist at the scene of civil disputes with the primary goal of safeguarding persons and property, preventing criminal activity and maintaining the peace. When handling civil disputes, members will remain impartial, maintain a calm presence, give consideration to all sides and refrain from giving legal or inappropriate advice. 429.3 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS When appropriate, members handling a civil dispute should encourage the involved parties to seek the assistance of resolution services or take the matter to the civil courts. Members must not become personally involved in disputes and shall at all times remain impartial. While not intended to be an exhaustive list, members should give considerations to the following when handling civil disputes: (a)Civil disputes tend to be confrontational and members should be alert that they can escalate to violence very quickly. De-escalation techniques should be used when appropriate. (b)Members should not dismiss alleged or observed criminal violations as a civil matter and should initiate the appropriate investigation and report when criminal activity is apparent. (c)Members shall not provide legal advice, however, when appropriate, members should inform the parties when they are at risk of violating criminal laws. (d)Members are reminded that they shall not enter a residence or other non-public location without legal authority including valid consent. (e)Members should not take an unreasonable amount of time assisting in these matters and generally should contact a supervisor if it appears that peacekeeping efforts longer than 30 minutes are warranted. 429.4 COURT ORDERS Disputes involving court orders can be complex. Where no mandate exists for an officer to make an arrest for a violation of a court order, the matter should be addressed by documenting any apparent Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Civil Disputes - 409 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Civil Disputes court order violation in a report. If there appears to be a more immediate need for enforcement action, the investigating officer should consult a supervisor prior to making any arrest. If a person appears to be violating the terms of a court order but is disputing the validity of the order or its applicability, the investigating officer should document the following: (a)The person’s knowledge of the court order or whether proof of service exists. (b)Any specific reason or rationale the involved person offers for not complying with the terms of the order. A copy of the court order should be attached to the report when available. The report should be forwarded to the appropriate prosecutor. The report should also be forwarded to the court issuing the order with a notice that the report was also forwarded to the prosecutor for review. 429.4.1 STANDBY REQUESTS Officer responding to a call for standby assistance to retrieve property should meet the person requesting assistance at a neutral location to discuss the process. The person should be advised that items that are disputed will not be allowed to be removed. The member may advise the person to seek private legal advice as to the distribution of disputed property. Members should accompany the person to the location of the property. Members should ask if the other party will allow removal of the property or whether the other party would remove the property. If the other party is uncooperative, the person requesting standby assistance should be instructed to seek private legal advice and obtain a court order to obtain the items. Officers should not order the other party to allow entry or the removal of any items. If there is a restraining or similar order against the person requesting standby assistance, that person should be asked to leave the scene or they may be subject to arrest for violation of the order. If the other party is not present at the location, the member will not allow entry into the location or the removal of property from the location. 429.5 VEHICLES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY Officers may be faced with disputes regarding possession or ownership of vehicles or other personal property. Officers may review documents provided by parties or available databases (e.g., vehicle registration), but should be aware that legal possession of vehicles or personal property can be complex. Generally, officers should not take any enforcement action unless a crime is apparent. The people and the vehicle or personal property involved should be identified and the incident documented. 429.6 REAL PROPERTY Disputes over possession or occupancy of real property (e.g., land, homes, apartments) should generally be handled through a person seeking a court order. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Civil Disputes - 410 Policy 430 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual First Amendment Assemblies 430.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidance for responding to public assemblies or demonstrations. 430.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety respects the rights of people to peaceably assemble. It is the policy of this department not to unreasonably interfere with, harass, intimidate or discriminate against persons engaged in the lawful exercise of their rights, while also preserving the peace, protecting life and preventing the destruction of property. 430.3 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS Individuals or groups present on the public way, such as public facilities, streets or walkways, generally have the right to assemble, rally, demonstrate, protest or otherwise express their views and opinions through varying forms of communication, including the distribution of printed matter. These rights may be limited by laws or ordinances regulating such matters as the obstruction of individual or vehicle access or egress, trespass, noise, picketing, distribution of handbills and leafleting, and loitering. However, officers shall not take action or fail to take action based on the opinions being expressed. Participant behavior during a demonstration or other public assembly can vary. This may include, but is not limited to: •Lawful, constitutionally protected actions and speech. •Civil disobedience (typically involving minor criminal acts). •Rioting. All of these behaviors may be present during the same event. Therefore, it is imperative that law enforcement actions are measured and appropriate for the behaviors officers may encounter. This is particularly critical if force is being used. Adaptable strategies and tactics are essential. The purpose of a law enforcement presence at the scene of public assemblies and demonstrations should be to preserve the peace, to protect life and prevent the destruction of property. Officers should not: (a)Engage in assembly or demonstration-related discussion with participants. (b)Harass, confront or intimidate participants. (c)Seize the cameras, cell phones or materials of participants or observers unless an officer is placing a person under lawful arrest. Supervisors should continually observe department members under their commands to ensure that members’ interaction with participants and their response to crowd dynamics is appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety First Amendment Assemblies - 411 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual First Amendment Assemblies 430.3.1 PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEO RECORDINGS Photographs and video recording, when appropriate, can serve a number of purposes, including support of criminal prosecutions by documenting criminal acts; assistance in evaluating department performance; serving as training material; recording the use of dispersal orders; and facilitating a response to allegations of improper law enforcement conduct. Photographs and videos will not be used or retained for the sole purpose of collecting or maintaining information about the political, religious, or social views of associations, or the activities of any individual, group, association, organization, corporation, business, or partnership, unless such information directly relates to an investigation of criminal activities and there is reasonable suspicion that the subject of the information is involved in criminal conduct. 430.4 UNPLANNED EVENTS When responding to an unplanned or spontaneous public gathering, the first responding officer should conduct an assessment of conditions, including, but not limited to, the following: •Location •Number of participants •Apparent purpose of the event •Leadership (whether it is apparent and/or whether it is effective) •Any initial indicators of unlawful or disruptive activity •Indicators that lawful use of public facilities, streets or walkways will be impacted •Ability and/or need to continue monitoring the incident Initial assessment information should be promptly communicated to the Dispatch Center, and the assignment of a supervisor should be requested. Additional resources should be requested as appropriate. The responding supervisor shall assume command of the incident until command is expressly assumed by another, and the assumption of command is communicated to the involved members. A clearly defined command structure that is consistent with the Incident Command System (ICS) should be established as resources are deployed. 430.5 PLANNED EVENT PREPARATION For planned events, comprehensive, incident-specific operational plans should be developed. The ICS should be considered for such events. 430.5.1 INFORMATION GATHERING AND ASSESSMENT In order to properly assess the potential impact of a public assembly or demonstration on public safety and order, relevant information should be collected and vetted. This may include: •Information obtained from outreach to group organizers or leaders. •Information about past and potential unlawful conduct associated with the event or similar events. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety First Amendment Assemblies - 412 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual First Amendment Assemblies •The potential time, duration, scope, and type of planned activities. •Any other information related to the goal of providing a balanced response to criminal activity and the protection of public safety interests. Information should be obtained in a transparent manner, and the sources documented. Relevant information should be communicated to the appropriate parties in a timely manner. Information will be obtained in a lawful manner and will not be based solely on the purpose or content of the assembly or demonstration, or actual or perceived characteristics such as race, ethnicity, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, economic status, age, cultural group, or disability of the participants (or any other characteristic that is unrelated to criminal conduct or the identification of a criminal subject). 430.5.2 OPERATIONAL PLANS An operational planning team with responsibility for event planning and management should be established. The planning team should develop an operational plan for the event. The operational plan will minimally provide for: (a)Command assignments, chain of command structure, roles and responsibilities. (b)Staffing and resource allocation. (c)Management of criminal investigations. (d)Designation of uniform of the day and related safety equipment (e.g., helmets, shields). (e)Deployment of specialized resources. (f)Event communications and interoperability in a multijurisdictional event. (g)Liaison with demonstration leaders and external agencies. (h)Liaison with City government and legal staff. (i)Media relations. (j)Logistics: food, fuel, replacement equipment, duty hours, relief and transportation. (k)Traffic management plans. (l)First aid and emergency medical service provider availability. (m)Prisoner transport and detention. (n)Review of policies regarding public assemblies and use of force in crowd control. (o)Parameters for declaring an unlawful assembly. (p)Arrest protocol, including management of mass arrests. (q)Protocol for recording information flow and decisions. (r)Rules of engagement, including rules of conduct, protocols for field force extraction and arrests, and any authorization required for the use of force. (s)Protocol for handling complaints during the event. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety First Amendment Assemblies - 413 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual First Amendment Assemblies (t)Parameters for the use of body-worn cameras and other portable recording devices. 430.5.3 MUTUAL AID AND EXTERNAL RESOURCES The magnitude and anticipated duration of an event may necessitate interagency cooperation and coordination. The assigned Incident Commander should ensure that any required memorandums of understanding or other agreements are properly executed, and that any anticipated mutual aid is requested and facilitated (see the Outside Agency Assistance Policy). 430.6 UNLAWFUL ASSEMBLY DISPERSAL ORDERS If a public gathering or demonstration remains peaceful and nonviolent, and there is no reasonably imminent threat to persons or property, the Incident Commander should generally authorize continued monitoring of the event. Should the Incident Commander make a determination that public safety is presently or is about to be jeopardized, he/she or the authorized designee should attempt to verbally persuade event organizers or participants to disperse of their own accord. Warnings and advisements may be communicated through established communications links with leaders and/or participants or to the group. When initial attempts at verbal persuasion are unsuccessful, the Incident Commander or the authorized designee should make a clear standardized announcement to the gathering that the event is an unlawful assembly, and should order the dispersal of the participants. The announcement should be communicated by whatever methods are reasonably available to ensure that the content of the message is clear and that it has been heard by the participants. The announcement should be amplified, made in different languages as appropriate, made from multiple locations in the affected area and documented by audio and video. The announcement should provide information about what law enforcement actions will take place if illegal behavior continues and should identify routes for egress. A reasonable time to disperse should be allowed following a dispersal order. 430.7 USE OF FORCE Use of force is governed by current department policy and applicable law (see the Use of Force, Handcuffing and Restraints, Control Devices and Techniques, and Conducted Energy Device policies). Individuals refusing to comply with lawful orders (e.g., nonviolent refusal to disperse) should be given a clear verbal warning and a reasonable opportunity to comply. If an individual refuses to comply with lawful orders, the Incident Commander shall evaluate the type of resistance and adopt a reasonable response in order to accomplish the law enforcement mission (such as dispersal or arrest of those acting in violation of the law). Control devices and conducted energy devices should be considered only when the participants' conduct reasonably appears to present the potential to harm officers, themselves or others, or will result in substantial property loss or damage (see the Control Devices and Techniques and the Conducted Energy Device policies). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety First Amendment Assemblies - 414 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual First Amendment Assemblies Force or control devices, including oleoresin capsaicin (OC), should be directed toward individuals and not toward groups or crowds, unless specific individuals cannot reasonably be targeted due to extreme circumstances, such as a riotous crowd. Any use of force by a member of this department shall be documented promptly, completely, and accurately in an appropriate report. The type of report required may depend on the nature of the incident. 430.8 ARRESTS The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety should respond to unlawful behavior in a manner that is consistent with the operational plan. If practicable, warnings or advisements should be communicated prior to arrest. Mass arrests should be employed only when alternate tactics and strategies have been, or reasonably appear likely to be, unsuccessful. Mass arrests shall only be undertaken upon the order of the Incident Commander or the authorized designee. There must be probable cause for each arrest. If employed, mass arrest protocols should fully integrate: (a)Reasonable measures to address the safety of officers and arrestees. (b)Dedicated arrest, booking and report writing teams. (c)Timely access to medical care. (d)Timely access to legal resources. (e)Timely processing of arrestees. (f)Full accountability for arrestees and evidence. (g)Coordination and cooperation with the prosecuting authority, jail and courts (see the Cite and Release Policy). 430.9 MEDIA RELATIONS The Public Information Officer should use all available avenues of communication, including press releases, briefings, press conferences, and social media to maintain open channels of communication with media representatives and the public about the status and progress of the event, taking all opportunities to reassure the public about the professional management of the event (see the Media Relations Policy). 430.9.1 MEDIA ACCESS If officers close the immediate area surrounding any emergency field command post or any other command post, or establish a police line, or rolling closure at a demonstration, march, protest, or rally where individuals are engaged in a protected activity pursuant to the First Amendment, officers shall comply with the requirements of Penal Code § 409.7 relating to media access (i.e., access to closed areas, obtaining information) (Penal Code § 409.7). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety First Amendment Assemblies - 415 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual First Amendment Assemblies 430.10 DEMOBILIZATION When appropriate, the Incident Commander or the authorized designee should implement a phased and orderly withdrawal of law enforcement resources. All relieved personnel should promptly complete any required reports, including use of force reports, and account for all issued equipment and vehicles to their supervisors prior to returning to normal operational duties. 430.11 POST EVENT The Incident Commander should designate a member to assemble full documentation of the event, to include the following: (a)Operational plan (b)Any incident logs (c)Any assignment logs (d)Vehicle, fuel, equipment and supply records (e)Incident, arrest, use of force, injury and property damage reports (f)Photographs, audio/video recordings, the Dispatch Center records/tapes (g)Media accounts (print and broadcast media) 430.11.1 AFTER-ACTION REPORTING The Incident Commander should work with City legal counsel, as appropriate, to prepare a comprehensive after-action report of the event, explaining all incidents where force was used including the following: (a)Date, time and description of the event (b)Actions taken and outcomes (e.g., injuries, property damage, arrests) (c)Problems identified (d)Significant events (e)Recommendations for improvement; opportunities for training should be documented in a generic manner, without identifying individuals or specific incidents, facts or circumstances. 430.12 TRAINING Department members should receive periodic training regarding this policy, as well as the dynamics of crowd control and incident management (Penal Code § 13514.5). The Department should, when practicable, train with its external and mutual aid partners. Officers should also receive periodic training on the standards for the use of kinetic energy projectiles and chemical agents for crowd control purposes as identified in Penal Code § 13652. 430.13 USE OF KINETIC ENERGY PROJECTILES AND CHEMICAL AGENTS FOR CROWD CONTROL Kinetic energy projectiles and chemical agents for crowd control purposes shall only be deployed by officers who have received POST training for crowd control if the use is objectively reasonable Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety First Amendment Assemblies - 416 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual First Amendment Assemblies to defend against a threat to life or serious bodily injury to any individual, including an officer, or to bring an objectively dangerous and unlawful situation safely and effectively under control and in accordance with the following requirements of Penal Code § 13652. (a)De-escalation techniques or other alternatives to force have been attempted, when objectively reasonable, and have failed. (b)Repeated, audible announcements are made announcing the intent to use kinetic energy projectiles and chemical agents and the type to be used, when objectively reasonable to do so. The announcements shall be made from various locations, if necessary, and delivered in multiple languages, if appropriate. (c)Individuals are given an objectively reasonable opportunity to disperse and leave the scene. (d)An objectively reasonable effort has been made to identify individuals engaged in violent acts and those who are not, and kinetic energy projectiles or chemical agents are targeted toward those individuals engaged in violent acts. Projectiles shall not be aimed indiscriminately into a crowd or group of individuals. (e)Kinetic energy projectiles and chemical agents are used only with the frequency, intensity, and in a manner that is proportional to the threat and objectively reasonable. (f)Officers shall minimize the possible incidental impact of their use of kinetic energy projectiles and chemical agents on bystanders, medical personnel, journalists, or other unintended targets. (g)An objectively reasonable effort has been made to extract individuals in distress. (h)Medical assistance is promptly provided, if properly trained personnel are present, or procured, for injured persons, when it is reasonable and safe to do so. (i)Kinetic energy projectiles shall not be aimed at the head, neck, or any other vital organs. (j)Kinetic energy projectiles or chemical agents shall not be used solely due to any of the following: 1.A violation of an imposed curfew. 2.A verbal threat. 3.Noncompliance with a law enforcement directive. (k)If the chemical agent to be deployed is tear gas, only an Incident Commander at the scene of the assembly, protest, or demonstration may authorize its use. 430.13.1 USE SUMMARY The Patrol Deputy Chief or the authorized designee should ensure that a summary of each deployment of kinetic energy projectiles or chemical agents for crowd control purposes is prepared and published on the department website within 60 days of each incident. The time frame may be extended for another 30 days where just cause is demonstrated, but no longer than 90 days from the time of the incident. The summary shall be limited to the information known to the Department at the time of the report and include the information required in Penal Code § 13652.1. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety First Amendment Assemblies - 417 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual First Amendment Assemblies 430.14 ANTI-REPRODUCTIVE RIGHTS CALLS Officer response to public assemblies or demonstrations relating to anti-reproductive rights should be consistent with this policy (Penal Code § 13778.1). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety First Amendment Assemblies - 418 Policy 431 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Recording of Law Enforcement Activity 431.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for handling situations in which members of the public photograph or audio/video record law enforcement actions and other public activities that involve members of this department. In addition, this policy provides guidelines for situations where the recordings may be evidence. 431.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety recognizes the right of persons to lawfully record members of this department who are performing their official duties. Members of this department will not prohibit or intentionally interfere with such lawful recordings. Any recordings that are deemed to be evidence of a crime or relevant to an investigation will only be collected or seized lawfully. Officers should exercise restraint and should not resort to highly discretionary arrests for offenses such as interference, failure to comply or disorderly conduct as a means of preventing someone from exercising the right to record members performing their official duties. 431.3 RECORDING LAW ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY Members of the public who wish to record law enforcement activities are limited only in certain aspects. (a)Recordings may be made from any public place or any private property where the individual has the legal right to be present (Penal Code § 69; Penal Code § 148). (b)Beyond the act of photographing or recording, individuals may not interfere with the law enforcement activity. Examples of interference include, but are not limited to: 1.Tampering with a witness or suspect. 2.Inciting others to violate the law. 3.Being so close to the activity as to present a clear safety hazard to the officers. 4.Being so close to the activity as to interfere with an officer’s effective communication with a suspect or witness. (c)The individual may not present an undue safety risk to the officers, him/herself or others. 431.4 OFFICER RESPONSE Officers should promptly request that a supervisor respond to the scene whenever it appears that anyone recording activities may be interfering with an investigation or it is believed that the recording may be evidence. If practicable, officers should wait for the supervisor to arrive before taking enforcement action or seizing any cameras or recording media. Whenever practicable, officers or supervisors should give clear and concise warnings to individuals who are conducting themselves in a manner that would cause their recording or Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Recording of Law Enforcement Activity - 419 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Recording of Law Enforcement Activity behavior to be unlawful. Accompanying the warnings should be clear directions on what an individual can do to be compliant; directions should be specific enough to allow compliance. For example, rather than directing an individual to clear the area, an officer could advise the person that he/she may continue observing and recording from the sidewalk across the street. If an arrest or other significant enforcement activity is taken as the result of a recording that interferes with law enforcement activity, officers shall document in a report the nature and extent of the interference or other unlawful behavior and the warnings that were issued. 431.5 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES A supervisor should respond to the scene when requested or any time the circumstances indicate a likelihood of interference or other unlawful behavior. The supervisor should review the situation with the officer and: (a)Request any additional assistance as needed to ensure a safe environment. (b)Take a lead role in communicating with individuals who are observing or recording regarding any appropriate limitations on their location or behavior. When practical, the encounter should be recorded. (c)When practicable, allow adequate time for individuals to respond to requests for a change of location or behavior. (d)Ensure that any enforcement, seizure or other actions are consistent with this policy and constitutional and state law. (e)Explain alternatives for individuals who wish to express concern about the conduct of Department members, such as how and where to file a complaint. 431.6 SEIZING RECORDINGS AS EVIDENCE Officers should not seize recording devices or media unless (42 USC § 2000aa): (a)There is probable cause to believe the person recording has committed or is committing a crime to which the recording relates, and the recording is reasonably necessary for prosecution of the person. 1.Absent exigency or consent, a warrant should be sought before seizing or viewing such recordings. Reasonable steps may be taken to prevent erasure of the recording. (b)There is reason to believe that the immediate seizure of such recordings is necessary to prevent serious bodily injury or death of any person. (c)The person consents. 1.To ensure that the consent is voluntary, the request should not be made in a threatening or coercive manner. 2.If the original recording is provided, a copy of the recording should be provided to the recording party, if practicable. The recording party should be permitted to be present while the copy is being made, if feasible. Another way to obtain the Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Recording of Law Enforcement Activity - 420 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Public Recording of Law Enforcement Activity evidence is to transmit a copy of the recording from a device to a department- owned device. Recording devices and media that are seized will be submitted within the guidelines of the Property and Evidence Policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Public Recording of Law Enforcement Activity - 421 Policy 432 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Crisis Intervention Incidents 432.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for interacting with those who may be experiencing a mental health or emotional crisis. Interaction with such individuals has the potential for miscommunication and violence. It often requires an officer to make difficult judgments about a person’s mental state and intent in order to effectively and legally interact with the individual. 432.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Person in crisis - A person whose level of distress or mental health symptoms have exceeded the person’s internal ability to manage his/her behavior or emotions. A crisis can be precipitated by any number of things, including an increase in the symptoms of mental illness despite treatment compliance; non-compliance with treatment, including a failure to take prescribed medications appropriately; or any other circumstance or event that causes the person to engage in erratic, disruptive or dangerous behavior that may be accompanied by impaired judgment. 432.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to providing a consistently high level of service to all members of the community and recognizes that persons in crisis may benefit from intervention. The Department will collaborate, where feasible, with mental health professionals to develop an overall intervention strategy to guide its members’ interactions with those experiencing a mental health crisis. This is to ensure equitable and safe treatment of all involved. 432.3 SIGNS Members should be alert to any of the following possible signs of mental health issues or crises: (a)A known history of mental illness (b)Threats of or attempted suicide (c)Loss of memory (d)Incoherence, disorientation or slow response (e)Delusions, hallucinations, perceptions unrelated to reality or grandiose ideas (f)Depression, pronounced feelings of hopelessness or uselessness, extreme sadness or guilt (g)Social withdrawal (h)Manic or impulsive behavior, extreme agitation, lack of control (i)Lack of fear (j)Anxiety, aggression, rigidity, inflexibility or paranoia Members should be aware that this list is not exhaustive. The presence or absence of any of these should not be treated as proof of the presence or absence of a mental health issue or crisis. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Crisis Intervention Incidents - 422 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Crisis Intervention Incidents 432.4 COORDINATION WITH MENTAL HEALTH PROFESSIONALS The Director of Public Safety should designate an appropriate Deputy Chief to collaborate with mental health professionals to develop an education and response protocol. It should include a list of community resources, to guide department interaction with those who may be suffering from mental illness or who appear to be in a mental health crisis. 432.5 FIRST RESPONDERS Safety is a priority for first responders. It is important to recognize that individuals under the influence of alcohol, drugs or both may exhibit symptoms that are similar to those of a person in a mental health crisis. These individuals may still present a serious threat to officers; such a threat should be addressed with reasonable tactics. Nothing in this policy shall be construed to limit an officer’s authority to use reasonable force when interacting with a person in crisis. Officers are reminded that mental health issues, mental health crises and unusual behavior alone are not criminal offenses. Individuals may benefit from treatment as opposed to incarceration. An officer responding to a call involving a person in crisis should: (a)Promptly assess the situation independent of reported information and make a preliminary determination regarding whether a mental health crisis may be a factor. (b)Request available backup officers and specialized resources as deemed necessary and, if it is reasonably believed that the person is in a crisis situation, use conflict resolution and de-escalation techniques to stabilize the incident as appropriate. (c)If feasible, and without compromising safety, turn off flashing lights, bright lights or sirens. (d)Attempt to determine if weapons are present or available. 1.Prior to making contact, and whenever possible and reasonable, conduct a search of the Department of Justice Automated Firearms System via the California Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (CLETS) to determine whether the person is the registered owner of a firearm (Penal Code § 11106.4). (e)Take into account the person’s mental and emotional state and potential inability to understand commands or to appreciate the consequences of his/her action or inaction, as perceived by the officer. (f)Secure the scene and clear the immediate area as necessary. (g)Employ tactics to preserve the safety of all participants. (h)Determine the nature of any crime. (i)Request a supervisor, as warranted. (j)Evaluate any available information that might assist in determining cause or motivation for the person’s actions or stated intentions. (k)If circumstances reasonably permit, consider and employ alternatives to force. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Crisis Intervention Incidents - 423 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Crisis Intervention Incidents 432.6 DE-ESCALATION Officers should consider that taking no action or passively monitoring the situation may be the most reasonable response to a mental health crisis. Once it is determined that a situation is a mental health crisis and immediate safety concerns have been addressed, responding members should be aware of the following considerations and should generally: •Evaluate safety conditions. •Introduce themselves and attempt to obtain the person’s name. •Be patient, polite, calm, courteous and avoid overreacting. •Speak and move slowly and in a non-threatening manner. •Moderate the level of direct eye contact. •Remove distractions or disruptive people from the area. •Demonstrate active listening skills (e.g., summarize the person’s verbal communication). •Provide for sufficient avenues of retreat or escape should the situation become volatile. Responding officers generally should not: •Use stances or tactics that can be interpreted as aggressive. •Allow others to interrupt or engage the person. •Corner a person who is not believed to be armed, violent or suicidal. •Argue, speak with a raised voice or use threats to obtain compliance. 432.7 INCIDENT ORIENTATION When responding to an incident that may involve mental illness or a mental health crisis, the officer should request that the dispatcher provide critical information as it becomes available. This includes: (a)Whether the person relies on drugs or medication, or may have failed to take his/her medication. (b)Whether there have been prior incidents, suicide threats/attempts, and whether there has been previous police response. (c)Contact information for a treating physician or mental health professional. Additional resources and a supervisor should be requested as warranted. 432.8 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES A supervisor should respond to the scene of any interaction with a person in crisis. Responding supervisors should: (a)Attempt to secure appropriate and sufficient resources. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Crisis Intervention Incidents - 424 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Crisis Intervention Incidents (b)Closely monitor any use of force, including the use of restraints, and ensure that those subjected to the use of force are provided with timely access to medical care (see the Handcuffing and Restraints Policy). (c)Consider strategic disengagement. Absent an imminent threat to the public and, as circumstances dictate, this may include removing or reducing law enforcement resources or engaging in passive monitoring. (d)Ensure that all reports are completed and that incident documentation uses appropriate terminology and language. (e)Conduct an after-action tactical and operational debriefing, and prepare an after-action evaluation of the incident to be forwarded to the Deputy Chief. Evaluate whether a critical incident stress management debriefing for involved members is warranted. 432.9 INCIDENT REPORTING Members engaging in any oral or written communication associated with a mental health crisis should be mindful of the sensitive nature of such communications and should exercise appropriate discretion when referring to or describing persons and circumstances. Members having contact with a person in crisis should keep related information confidential, except to the extent that revealing information is necessary to conform to department reporting procedures or other official mental health or medical proceedings. 432.9.1 DIVERSION Individuals who are not being arrested should be processed in accordance with the Mental Illness Commitments Policy. 432.10 NON-SWORN INTERACTION WITH PEOPLE IN CRISIS Non-sworn members may be required to interact with persons in crisis in an administrative capacity, such as dispatching, records request, and animal control issues. (a)Members should treat all individuals equally and with dignity and respect. (b)If a member believes that he/she is interacting with a person in crisis, he/she should proceed patiently and in a calm manner. (c)Members should be aware and understand that the person may make unusual or bizarre claims or requests. If a person’s behavior makes the member feel unsafe, if the person is or becomes disruptive or violent, or if the person acts in such a manner as to cause the member to believe that the person may be harmful to him/herself or others, an officer should be promptly summoned to provide assistance. 432.11 EVALUATION The Deputy Chief designated to coordinate the crisis intervention strategy for this department should ensure that a thorough review and analysis of the department response to these incidents Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Crisis Intervention Incidents - 425 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Crisis Intervention Incidents is conducted annually. The report will not include identifying information pertaining to any involved individuals, officers or incidents and will be submitted to the Director of Public Safety through the chain of command. 432.12 TRAINING In coordination with the mental health community and appropriate stakeholders, the Department will develop and provide comprehensive education and training to all department members to enable them to effectively interact with persons in crisis. This department will endeavor to provide Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST)-approved advanced officer training on interaction with persons with mental disabilities, welfare checks and crisis intervention (Penal Code § 11106.4; Penal Code § 13515.25; Penal Code § 13515.27; Penal Code § 13515.30). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Crisis Intervention Incidents - 426 Policy 433 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Aid and Response 433.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy recognizes that members often encounter persons in need of medical aid and establishes a law enforcement response to such situations. 433.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety that all officers and other designated members be trained to provide emergency medical aid and to facilitate an emergency medical response. 433.3 FIRST RESPONDING MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Whenever practicable, members should take appropriate steps to provide initial medical aid (e.g., first aid, CPR, use of an automated external defibrillator (AED)) in accordance with their training and current certification levels. This should be done for those in need of immediate care and only when the member can safely do so. Prior to initiating medical aid, the member should contact the Dispatch Center and request response by Emergency Medical Services (EMS) as the member deems appropriate. Members should follow universal precautions when providing medical aid, such as wearing gloves and avoiding contact with bodily fluids, consistent with the Communicable Diseases Policy. Members should use a barrier or bag device to perform rescue breathing. When requesting EMS, the member should provide the Dispatch Center with information for relay to EMS personnel in order to enable an appropriate response, including: (a)The location where EMS is needed. (b)The nature of the incident. (c)Any known scene hazards. (d)Information on the person in need of EMS, such as: 1.Signs and symptoms as observed by the member. 2.Changes in apparent condition. 3.Number of patients, sex, and age, if known. 4.Whether the person is conscious, breathing, and alert, or is believed to have consumed drugs or alcohol. 5.Whether the person is showing signs or symptoms of extreme agitation or is engaging in violent irrational behavior accompanied by profuse sweating, extraordinary strength beyond their physical characteristics, and imperviousness to pain. Members should stabilize the scene whenever practicable while awaiting the arrival of EMS. Members should not direct EMS personnel whether to transport the person for treatment. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Aid and Response - 427 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Aid and Response 433.4 TRANSPORTING ILL AND INJURED PERSONS Except in extraordinary cases where alternatives are not reasonably available, members should not transport persons who are unconscious, who have serious injuries or who may be seriously ill. EMS personnel should be called to handle patient transportation. Officers should search any person who is in custody before releasing that person to EMS for transport. An officer should accompany any person in custody during transport in an ambulance when requested by EMS personnel, when it reasonably appears necessary to provide security, when it is necessary for investigative purposes or when so directed by a supervisor. Members should not provide emergency escort for medical transport or civilian vehicles. 433.5 PERSONS REFUSING EMS CARE If a person who is not in custody refuses EMS care or refuses to be transported to a medical facility, an officer shall not force that person to receive care or be transported. However, members may assist EMS personnel when EMS personnel determine the person lacks mental capacity to understand the consequences of refusing medical care or to make an informed decision and the lack of immediate medical attention may result in serious bodily injury or the death of the person. In cases where mental illness may be a factor, the officer should consider proceeding with a 72- hour treatment and evaluation commitment (5150 commitment) process in accordance with the Mental Illness Commitments Policy. If an officer believes that a person who is in custody requires EMS care and the person refuses, he/she should encourage the person to receive medical treatment. The officer may also consider contacting a family member to help persuade the person to agree to treatment or who may be able to authorize treatment for the person. If the person who is in custody still refuses, the officer will require the person to be transported to the nearest medical facility. In such cases, the officer should consult with a supervisor prior to the transport. Members shall not sign refusal-for-treatment forms or forms accepting financial responsibility for treatment. 433.6 MEDICAL ATTENTION RELATED TO USE OF FORCE Specific guidelines for medical attention for injuries sustained from a use of force may be found in the Use of Force, Handcuffing and Restraints, Control Devices and Techniques, and Conducted Energy Device policies. 433.7 AIR AMBULANCE Generally, when on-scene, EMS personnel will be responsible for determining whether an air ambulance response should be requested. An air ambulance may be appropriate when there are victims with life-threatening injuries or who require specialized treatment (e.g., gunshot wounds, burns, obstetrical cases), and distance or other known delays will affect the EMS response. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Aid and Response - 428 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Aid and Response The Fire Division Deputy Chief should develop guidelines for air ambulance landings or enter into local operating agreements for the use of air ambulances, as applicable. In creating those guidelines, the Department should identify: •Responsibility and authority for designating a landing zone and determining the size of the landing zone. •Responsibility for securing the area and maintaining that security once the landing zone is identified. •Consideration of the air ambulance provider’s minimum standards for proximity to vertical obstructions and surface composition (e.g., dirt, gravel, pavement, concrete, grass). •Consideration of the air ambulance provider’s minimum standards for horizontal clearance from structures, fences, power poles, antennas or roadways. •Responsibility for notifying the appropriate highway or transportation agencies if a roadway is selected as a landing zone. •Procedures for ground personnel to communicate with flight personnel during the operation. One department member at the scene should be designated as the air ambulance communications contact. Headlights, spotlights and flashlights should not be aimed upward at the air ambulance. Members should direct vehicle and pedestrian traffic away from the landing zone. Members should follow these cautions when near an air ambulance: •Never approach the aircraft until signaled by the flight crew. •Always approach the aircraft from the front. •Avoid the aircraft’s tail rotor area. •Wear eye protection during landing and take-off. •Do not carry or hold items, such as IV bags, above the head. •Ensure that no one smokes near the aircraft. 433.8 AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR (AED) USE A member may use an AED only after receiving appropriate training from an approved public safety first aid and CPR course (22 CCR 100014; 22 CCR 100017; 22 CCR 100018). 433.8.1 AED USER RESPONSIBILITY Members who are issued AEDs for use in department vehicles should check the AED at the beginning of the shift to ensure it is properly charged and functioning. Any AED that is not functioning properly will be taken out of service and given to the AED Coordinator who is responsible for ensuring appropriate maintenance. Following use of an AED, the device shall be cleaned and/or decontaminated as required. The electrodes and/or pads will be replaced as recommended by the AED manufacturer. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Aid and Response - 429 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Aid and Response Any member who uses an AED should contact the Dispatch Center as soon as possible and request response by EMS. 433.8.2 AED REPORTING Any member using an AED will complete an incident report detailing its use as well as turning it in to the AED Coordinator for download. 433.8.3 AED TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE The Training Coordinator should ensure appropriate training and refresher training is scheduled for members authorized to use an AED. A list of authorized members and training records shall be made available for inspection by the local EMS agency (LEMSA) or EMS authority upon request (22 CCR 100021; 22 CCR 100022; 22 CCR 100029). The AED Coordinatoris responsible for ensuring AED devices are appropriately maintained and will retain records of all maintenance in accordance with the established records retention schedule (22 CCR 100021). 433.9 ADMINISTRATION OF OPIOID OVERDOSE MEDICATION Trained members may administer opioid overdose medication (Civil Code § 1714.22; Business and Professions Code § 4119.9). 433.9.1 OPIOID OVERDOSE MEDICATION USER RESPONSIBILITIES Members who are qualified to administer opioid overdose medication, such as naloxone, should handle, store and administer the medication consistent with their training. Members should check the medication and associated administration equipment at the beginning of their shift to ensure they are serviceable and not expired. Any expired medication or unserviceable administration equipment should be removed from service and given to the property clerk. Any member who administers an opioid overdose medication should contact the Dispatch Center as soon as possible and request response by EMS. 433.9.2 OPIOID OVERDOSE MEDICATION REPORTING Any member administering opioid overdose medication should detail its use in an appropriate report. 433.9.3 OPIOID OVERDOSE MEDICATION TRAINING The Training Coordinator should ensure initial and refresher training is provided to members authorized to administer opioid overdose medication. Training should be coordinated with the local health department and comply with the requirements in 22 CCR 100019 and any applicable POST standards (Civil Code § 1714.22). 433.9.4 DESTRUCTION OF OPIOID OVERDOSE MEDICATION The EMS Lieutenant/Battalion Chief shall ensure the destruction of any expired opioid overdose medication (Business and Professions Code § 4119.9). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Aid and Response - 430 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Aid and Response 433.9.5 OPIOID OVERDOSE MEDICATION RECORD MANAGEMENT Records regarding acquisition and disposition of opioid overdose medications shall be maintained and retained in accordance with the established records retention schedule and at a minimum of three years from the date the record was created (Business and Professions Code § 4119.9). 433.10 ADMINISTRATION OF EPINEPHRINE AUTO-INJECTORS The Deputy Chiefmay authorize the acquisition of epinephrine auto-injectors for use by Department members as provided by Health and Safety Code § 1797.197a. The EMS Lieutenant/ Battalion Chief shall create and maintain an operations plan for the storage, maintenance, use and disposal of epinephrine auto-injectors as required by Health and Safety Code § 1797.197a(f). Trained members who possess valid certification may administer an epinephrine auto-injector for suspected anaphylaxis (Health and Safety Code § 1797.197a(b); 22 CCR 100019). 433.10.1 EPINEPHRINE USER RESPONSIBILITIES Members should handle, store and administer epinephrine auto-injectors consistent with their training and the Department operations plan. Members should check the auto-injectors at the beginning of their shift to ensure the medication is not expired. Any expired medication should be removed from service in accordance with the Department Operations Plan. Any member who administers an epinephrine auto-injector medication should contact the Dispatch Center as soon as possible and request response by EMS (Health and Safety Code § 1797.197a(b)). 433.10.2 EPINEPHRINE AUTO-INJECTOR REPORTING Any member who administers an epinephrine auto-injector should detail its use in an appropriate report. The Deputy Chief should ensure that the Records Supervisor is provided enough information for required reporting to the EMS Authority within 30 days after each use (Health and Safety Code § 1797.197a(f)). Records regarding the acquisition and disposition of epinephrine auto-injectors shall be maintained pursuant to the established records retention schedule but no less than three years (Business and Professions Code § 4119.4(d)). 433.10.3 EPINEPHRINE AUTO-INJECTOR TRAINING The Training Coordinator should ensure that members authorized to administer epinephrine auto- injectors are provided with initial and refresher training that meets the requirements of Health and Safety Code § 1797.197a(c) and 22 CCR 100019. 433.11 SICK OR INJURED ARRESTEE If an arrestee appears ill or injured, or claims illness or injury, he/she should be medically cleared prior to booking. If the officer has reason to believe the arrestee is feigning injury or illness, the officer should contact a supervisor, who will determine whether medical clearance will be obtained prior to booking. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Aid and Response - 431 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Medical Aid and Response If the jail or detention facility refuses to accept custody of an arrestee based on medical screening, the officer should note the name of the facility person refusing to accept custody and the reason for refusal, and should notify a supervisor to determine the appropriate action. Arrestees who appear to have a serious medical issue should be transported by ambulance. Officers shall not transport an arrestee to a hospital without a supervisor’s approval. Nothing in this section should delay an officer from requesting EMS when an arrestee reasonably appears to be exhibiting symptoms that appear to be life threatening, including breathing problems or an altered level of consciousness, or is claiming an illness or injury that reasonably warrants an EMS response in accordance with the officer’s training. 433.12 FIRST AID TRAINING The Training Coordinator should ensure officers receive refresher training every two years after initial academy training. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Medical Aid and Response - 432 Policy 434 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Aircraft Accidents 434.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide department members with guidelines for handling aircraft accidents. This policy does not supersede, and is supplementary to, applicable portions of the Crime and Disaster Scene Integrity, Emergency Management Plan and Hazardous Material Response policies. 434.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Aircraft - Any fixed wing aircraft, rotorcraft, balloon, blimp/dirigible or glider that is capable of carrying a person or any unmanned aerial vehicle other than those intended for non-commercial recreational use. 434.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to provide an appropriate emergency response to aircraft accidents. This includes emergency medical care and scene management. 434.3 ARRIVAL AT SCENE Officers or other authorized members tasked with initial scene management should establish an inner and outer perimeter to: (a)Protect persons and property. (b)Prevent any disturbance or further damage to the wreckage or debris, except to preserve life or rescue the injured. (c)Preserve ground scars and marks made by the aircraft. (d)Manage the admission and access of public safety and medical personnel to the extent necessary to preserve life or to stabilize hazardous materials. (e)Maintain a record of persons who enter the accident site. (f)Establish the Incident Command System (ICS). 434.4 INJURIES AND CASUALTIES Members should address emergency medical issues and provide care as a first priority. Those tasked with the supervision of the scene should coordinate with the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) and the Sonoma County Sheriff's Department Coroner Division before the removal of bodies. If that is not possible, the scene supervisor should ensure documentation of what was disturbed, including switch/control positions and instrument/gauge readings. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Aircraft Accidents - 433 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Aircraft Accidents 434.5 NOTIFICATIONS When an aircraft accident is reported to this department, the responding supervisor shall ensure notification is or has been made to NTSB, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), and when applicable, the appropriate branch of the military. Supervisors shall ensure other notifications are made once an aircraft accident has been reported. The notifications will vary depending on the type of accident, extent of injuries or damage, and the type of aircraft involved. When an aircraft accident has occurred, it is necessary to notify the following: (a)Appropriate airport tower (b)Command Staff (c)City Manager 434.6 CONTROLLING ACCESS AND SCENE AUTHORITY Prior to NTSB arrival, scene access should be limited to authorized personnel from the: (a)FAA. (b)Public Safety, EMS or other assisting law enforcement agencies. (c)Air Carrier/Operators investigative teams with NTSB approval. (d)Appropriate branch of the military, when applicable. (e)Other emergency services agencies (e.g., hazardous materials teams, biohazard decontamination teams, fuel recovery specialists, explosive ordnance disposal specialists). The NTSB has primary responsibility for investigating accidents involving civil aircraft. In the case of a military aircraft accident, the appropriate branch of the military will have primary investigation responsibility. After the NTSB or military representative arrives on-scene, the efforts of this department will shift to a support role for those agencies. If NTSB or a military representative determines that an aircraft or accident does not qualify under its jurisdiction, the on-scene department supervisor should ensure the accident is still appropriately investigated and documented. 434.7 DANGEROUS MATERIALS Members should be aware of potentially dangerous materials that might be present. These may include, but are not limited to: (a)Fuel, chemicals, explosives, biological or radioactive materials and bombs or other ordnance. (b)Pressure vessels, compressed gas bottles, accumulators and tires. (c)Fluids, batteries, flares and igniters. (d)Evacuation chutes, ballistic parachute systems and composite materials. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Aircraft Accidents - 434 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Aircraft Accidents 434.8 DOCUMENTATION All aircraft accidents occurring within the City of Rohnert Park shall be documented. At a minimum the documentation should include the date, time and location of the incident; any witness statements, if taken; the names of RPDPS members deployed to assist; other City resources that were utilized; and cross reference information to other investigating agencies. Suspected criminal activity should be documented on the appropriate crime report. 434.8.1 WRECKAGE When reasonably safe, members should: (a)Obtain the aircraft registration number (N number) and note the type of aircraft. (b)Attempt to ascertain the number of casualties. (c)Obtain photographs or video of the overall wreckage, including the cockpit and damage, starting at the initial point of impact, if possible, and any ground scars or marks made by the aircraft. 1.Military aircraft may contain classified equipment and therefore shall not be photographed unless authorized by a military commanding officer (18 USC § 795). (d)Secure, if requested by the lead authority, any electronic data or video recorders from the aircraft that became dislodged or cell phones or other recording devices that are part of the wreckage. (e)Acquire copies of any recordings from security cameras that may have captured the incident. 434.8.2 WITNESSES Members tasked with contacting witnesses should obtain: (a)The location of the witness at the time of his/her observation relative to the accident site. (b)A detailed description of what was observed or heard. (c)Any photographs or recordings of the accident witnesses may be willing to voluntarily surrender. (d)The names of all persons reporting the accident, even if not yet interviewed. (e)Any audio recordings of reports to 9-1-1 regarding the accident and dispatch records. 434.9 MEDIA RELATIONS The Public Information Officer (PIO) should coordinate a response to the media, including access issues, road closures, detours and any safety information that is pertinent to the surrounding community. Any release of information regarding details of the accident itself should be coordinated with the NTSB or other authority who may have assumed responsibility for the investigation. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Aircraft Accidents - 435 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Aircraft Accidents Depending on the type of aircraft, the airline or the military may be responsible for family notifications and the release of victims’ names. The PIO should coordinate with other involved entities before the release of information. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Aircraft Accidents - 436 Policy 435 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field-Based Video Systems 435.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety has equipped officers with body-worn cameras and in-car camera recording systems in Department vehicles to provide a record of events and to assist officers in the performance of their duties. The body-worn cameras and the in-car camera systems will work as one integrated field-based video system that captures the same event and automatically links it to the Department's evidence library. The body-worn cameras may also be independently deployed for various non-patrol related assignments or when a police vehicle is not available to use as an integrated field-based video solution. This policy provides guidance on the use of these systems. 435.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Activate - Any process that causes the body-worn camera or the in-car camera recording system to transmit or store video or audio data in an active mode. Body-worn camera – A wearable camera acting as a digital video recording system that captures, processes, and stores video and audio evidence that can be uploaded to an evidence library for evidence management. The body-worn camera is a component of the Department's field-based video system. Field-based video – The recorded audio, images, and media collected from the body-worn camera and the in-car camera systems. Field-based video technician - Personnel certified or trained in the operational use and repair of the AXON body-worn camera or MAV system, duplicating methods, storage and retrieval methods and procedures. In-car camera system (ICC) and Mobile Audio/Video (MAV) system- Synonymous terms which refer to any system that captures audio and video signals, that is capable of installation in a vehicle, and that includes at minimum, a camera, microphone, and recorder. The in-car camera system is a component of the Department's field-based video system. Recorded media - Audio-video signals recorded or digitally stored on a storage medium or portable media. 435.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety may provide members with access to BWC and ICC systems for use during the performance of their duties.The use of BWC and ICC recorders is intended to enhance the mission of the Department by accurately capturing contacts between members of the Department and the public. Penal Code Section 832.18 - Body Worn Cameras Best Practices are incorporated into this policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field-Based Video Systems - 437 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field-Based Video Systems 435.3 MEMBER PRIVACY EXPECTATION All recordings made by the members acting in their official capacity shall remain the property of the Department regardless of whether those recordings were made with Department-issued or personally owned recorders. Members shall have no expectation of privacy or ownership interest in the content of these recordings. 435.4 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES The body-worn camera and the in-car camera system are different components of the field-based video system that are linked to the Department's evidence library via AXON. Prior to going into service, each uniformed PSO, CSO, and Sergeant assigned to patrol, COPS, or Traffic and assigned a BWC recorder and in car camera will be responsible for making sure that he/she is equipped with a BWC and ICC recorder issued by the Department, and that the recorder is in good working order. If the recorder is not in working order or malfunctions at any time, the member shall promptly report the failure to his/her supervisor and obtain a functioning device as soon as practicable. The BWC shall be powered on at all times allowing for the pre-event buffering to be active. Exceptions to this requirement are when personnel are in City facilities engaged in non enforcement activities (i.e. report writing in a Department building, meal or bathroom breaks, court appearances, public presentations, etc.). Any member assigned to a non-uniformed position may carry an approved BWC recorder at any time the member believes that such a device would be useful. Unless conducting a lawful recording in an authorized undercover capacity, members shall wear their BWC recorder mounted on their uniform shirt or on the external ballistic vest carrier generally about the chest in a forward-facing manner. Members should document the existence of a recording in any report or other official record of the contact, including any instance where the recorder malfunctioned or the member deactivated the recording prior to the conclusion of the call for service. This section is not intended to require a report be prepared solely for the purpose of documenting the existence of a body worn video. A primary investigating officer should document the existence of any recordings in the report narrative. If a participating officer writes a supplemental report as to their involvement in a case, the existence of their recordings should also be documented in the supplemental report. 435.5 ACTIVATION OF FIELD- BASED EVIDENCE SYSTEMS This policy is not intended to describe every possible situation in which the BWC and/or ICC recorder should be used, although there are many situations where its use is appropriate. Members should activate the recorder any time the member believes it would be appropriate or valuable to record an incident. Members shall not mute the audio recording under any circumstances. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field-Based Video Systems - 438 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field-Based Video Systems The BWC and/or ICC recorder will be actively recording when practicable in any of the following situations: (a) All Patrol-public contacts that are dispatched or self-attached, including medical aids. (b) Personnel working in Fire who become involved in a law enforcement event, other than providing medical treatment or public assists (c) Command Staff member or Administrative Sergeant become involved in a law enforcement event (d) All enforcement and investigative contacts including stops and field interview (FI) situations (e) When conducting searches, collecting evidence, or counting cash (f) When taking a complaint or handling a telephone detail (g) Traffic stops including, but not limited to, traffic violations, stranded motorist assistance and all crime interdiction stops (h) Foot pursuits (involved or responding to) (i) Vehicle pursuits (involved or responding to) (j) Self-initiated activity or any contact with the public in which a member would normally notify the Communications Center (k) Any other contact that becomes adversarial after the initial contact in a situation that would otherwise require recording Members should remain sensitive to the dignity of all individuals being recorded and exercise sound discretion to respect privacy by discontinuing recording whenever it reasonably appears to the member that such privacy may outweigh any legitimate law enforcement interest in recording. Recording shall resume when privacy is no longer at issue unless the circumstances no longer fit the criteria for recording. Members shall cease recording if any of the criteria set forth in Section 424.6 that prohibit the use of BWV recorders arise. A member is not expected to jeopardize his/her safety to activate a BWV recorder or change the recording media. However, the recorder shall be activated in the situations described above as soon as practicable. 435.5.1 REQUIRED ACTIVATION FOR COMMUNITY SERVICE OFFICERS The following are incidents that would require a CSO to activate their BWC: (a) Attached to a call for service. (b) Any interaction with a member of the public that would be considered a hostile interaction or an interaction that could result in a citizen complaint. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field-Based Video Systems - 439 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field-Based Video Systems (c) Any interaction with the public when the CSO is explaining the reasoning for the issuance of a citation. (d) Any situation that the CSO thinks a recording should be made. The issuing of parking citations need not be recorded unless it meets one of the above situations. 435.5.2 SURREPTITIOUS USE OF FIELD-BASED VIDEO SYSTEMS Members of the Department may surreptitiously record any conversation during the course of a criminal investigation in which the member reasonably believes that such a recording will be lawful and beneficial to the investigation (Penal Code 633). Members shall not surreptitiously record another Department member without a court order unless lawfully authorized by the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. 435.5.3 CESSATION OF RECORDING Once activated, the body-worn camera and in-car camera system should remain on until the incident no longer holds evidentiary or investigative value. For purposes of this section, conclusion of an incident has occurred when all arrests have been made, arrestees have been transported/ booked, and all witnesses and victims have been interviewed. Once the user determines an incident no longer holds evidentiary or investigative value, the officer may make a verbal announcement indicating the incident has concluded prior to deactivating the body-worn camera and/or the in car camera system. Users shall cease audio recording whenever necessary to ensure conversations are not recorded between a person in custody and the person's attorney, religious advisor or physician, unless there is explicit consent from all parties to the conversation (Penal Code § 636). Users will also have discretion to stop a recording to protect the anonymity of an informant, confidential source, or undercover officer or if it becomes necessary to discuss operational or tactical issues of a confidential nature occurring in the field with a supervisor or another officer. Under these circumstances, the user will verbally note the reason for terminating the recording prior to stopping the recording. If the incident still holds evidentiary or investigative value once the user has concluded a confidential conversation as described above, the user will re-activate the field-based video system until the recording no longer hold evidentiary or investigative value. If the in-car camera system is activated, it must be stopped from the vehicle's console. Once the recording is stopped, the user is required to select the appropriate classification for the event. If the incident case or event number is known at this time, the officer is required to enter that number. If the vehicle is synched with a body-worn camera and the unit is in range, the body worn camera video will be stopped when the in-car camera is stopped. If the body-worn camera unit is out of range or is not synched with the in-car camera system, the completed recording must be stopped and classified using the body-worn camera unit. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field-Based Video Systems - 440 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field-Based Video Systems 435.5.4 EXPLOSIVE DEVICE Many BWV recorders emit radio waves that could trigger and explosive device. Therefore, these devices should not be used where an explosive device may be present. 435.6 PROHIBITED USE OF FIELD-BASED VIDEO RECORDERS Members are prohibited from using Department-issued field-based recorders and recording media for personal use and are prohibited from making personal copies of recordings created while on- duty or while acting in their official capacity. Members are also prohibited from retaining recordings of activities or information obtained while on-duty, whether the recording was created with Department-issued or personally owned recorders. Members shall not duplicate or distribute such recordings, except for authorized legitimate Department business purposes. All such recording shall be retained at the Department. Members are prohibited from using personally owned recording devices while on-duty without the express consent of the Director of Public Safety or designee. Any member who uses a personally owned recorder for Department related activities shall comply with the provisions of this policy, including retention and release requirements. Recordings shall not be used by any member for the purpose of embarrassment, intimidation or ridicule. The Field-Based recorders should not be activated and recordings should specifically not be made in the following instances: (a) During encounters with undercover officers or confidential informants (b) To record non work-related activity, or in areas where a reasonable expectation of privacy exists such as locker rooms, dressing rooms, or restrooms (c) When recording creates an officer safety issue 435.7 REVIEW OF FIELD-BASED RECORDINGS When preparing written reports, members should review their recordings as a resource. However, members shall not retain personal copies of recordings. Members should not use the fact that a recording was made as a reason to write a less detailed report. Supervisors are authorized to review relevant recordings any time they are investigating alleged misconduct or reports or meritorious conduct. Supervisors can periodically review a sample of recordings to evaluate compliance with this policy. The primary intent however, is not to engage in unnecessary "fishing" expeditions to uncover malfeasance. In the event a member is to be interviewed for an administrative purpose, the member may review the member's related video recordings in preparation for the interview. This will include the administrative review of officer-involved shootings or critical incidents. If the member is a witness or subject of a criminal investigation, the decision on reviewing any related videos will be determined by the investigating agency. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field-Based Video Systems - 441 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field-Based Video Systems Video files may be utilized as a training tool. A recommendation to utilize a file for such a purpose may come from any source. A person recommending utilization of a file for training purposes shall submit a recommendation to their supervisor. If an involved officer objects to the showing of a recording, a Lieutenant shall determine if the employee's objection outweighs the training value. Recorded files may also be reviewed: (a) Upon approval by a supervisor, by any member of the Department who is participating in an official investigation, such as a personnel complaint, administrative or criminal investigations. (b) Pursuant to lawful process or by court personnel who are otherwise authorized to review evidence in a related case. (c) By media personnel with permission of the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. (d) In compliance with a public records request, if permitted, and in accordance with the Records Release and Security Policy. The Director of Public Safety or authorized designee with review by the City Manager has the final authority for releasing any audio or video to the media or the public. All recordings should be reviewed by the Custodian of Records prior to public release (see the Records Release and Security Policy). Should the decision be made to release any video to the public, the Director of Public Safety or designee will make a best effort to notify any involved member prior to release of the information. 435.8 RETENTION OF RECORDINGS Employees using the Field-Based recorders shall label videos with case numbers when one is attached to a call for service, and should label videos with event numbers in other cases. Employees using the Field-Based recorders may identify each video by category. The labeling of videos shall be completed by the end of the officer's work week unless a delay is approved by the officer's immediate supervisor. Pursuant to Penal Code Section 832.18(b)(4), the following categories have been established in the recording software: -Administrative - Internal Only - Arrest/Cite Arrest [Evidentiary Data] - CAD - Citizen Complaint [Evidentiary Data] - Consensual Contact [Non-Evidentiary Data] - Investigative Detention [Non-Evidentiary Data] - Investigative Evidence [Evidentiary Data] - Other Service Call [Non-Evidentiary Data] -Pending Review Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field-Based Video Systems - 442 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field-Based Video Systems - Radio/Phones [Evidentiary Data] - Sealed by Court - Self-Initiated Activity [Non-Evidentiary Data] - Traffic Collision [Evidentiary Data] - Traffic Stop [Non-Evidentiary Data] - Training Demo [Non-Evidentiary Data] - Use of Force [Evidentiary Data] - Warrant Service [Evidentiary Data] - Uncategorized [Non-Evidentiary Data] When a video is taken by an assisting officer, or when conducting follow-up on an event, the video should be retained under the original category for the event. In the "Case Number" field, officers shall enter the corresponding case or citation number. Entering event numbers is optional.Officers should use the following formats when making these entries: Case Number Example: RPKyy000****, ROHyy000**** Event Number Example: RP140421001 Citation Number Example: 0123456 Entries in the "Comments" field are optional, but may be used when a member wants a comment preserved in the audit trail for the video file. 435.8.1 RETENTION REQUIREMENTS All recordings shall be retained minimally for a period consistent with the requirements of Penal Code Section 832.18, and State Evidentiary Laws. 435.9 EVIDENTIARY DATA Pursuant to Penal Code Section 832.18(b)(5)(B), evidentiary data including video and audio recorded by a body-worn camera under this section should be retained for a minimum of two years under any of the following circumstances, unless dictated by the City's records retention policy: (i)The recording is of an incident involving the use of force by a peace officer or an officer-involved shooting. (ii)The recording is of an incident that leads to the detention or arrest of an individual. (iii)The recording is relevant to a formal or informal complaint against a law enforcement officer or a law enforcement agency. Pursuant to Penal Code Section 832(b)(5), "evidentiary data" refers to data of an incident or encounter that could prove useful for investigative purposes, including, but not limited to, a crime, Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field-Based Video Systems - 443 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Field-Based Video Systems an arrest or citation, a search, a use of force incident, or a confrontational encounter with a member of the public. Videos labeled with an evidentiary category in the recording software shall be considered evidentiary data and retained for a minimum of two years. 435.10 NON-EVIDENTIARY DATA Pursuant to Penal Code Section 832.18(b)(5)(A), unless Sections 451.7.2.1 or 451.7.2.2 apply, non-evidentiary data including video and audio recorded by a body-worn camera should be retained for a minimum of 60 days, after which it may be erased, destroyed, or recycled. An agency may keep data for more than 60 days to have it available in case of a citizen complaint and to preserve transparency. Pursuant to Penal Code Section 832.18(b)(5), "non-evidentiary data" refers to data that does not necessarily have value to aid in an investigation or prosecution, such as data of an incident or encounter that does not lead to an arrest or citation, or data of general activities the officer might perform while on duty. Videos labeled with a non-evidentiary category in the recording software shall be considered non-evidentiary data and retained for a minimum of 60 days. 435.11 ACCESS OR DELETION LOGS Pursuant to Penal Code Section 832.18(b)(5)(E), records or logs of access and deletion of data from body-worn cameras should be retained permanently. 435.11.1 DATA STORAGE LOCATION AXON evidence.com will be utilized to store field based video evidence, photographs, and audio recordings, and will be maintained by AXON. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Field-Based Video Systems - 444 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 5 - Traffic Operations Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Traffic Operations - 445 Policy 500 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Traffic Function and Responsibility 500.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The ultimate goal of traffic law enforcement is to reduce traffic collisions. This may be achieved through the application of such techniques as geographic/temporal assignment of personnel and equipment and the establishment of preventive patrols to deal with specific categories of unlawful driving behavior. Traffic enforcement techniques are based on accident data, enforcement activity records, traffic volume, and traffic conditions. This department provides enforcement efforts toward violations, not only in proportion to the frequency of their occurrence in accident situations, but also in terms of traffic-related needs. 500.2 TRAFFIC OFFICER DEPLOYMENT Several factors are considered in the development of deployment schedules for officers of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. Information provided by the California Statewide Integrated Traffic Reporting System (SWITRS) and the Department Records Management System is a valuable resource for traffic accident occurrences and therefore officer deployment. Some of the factors for analysis include: •Location •Time •Day •Violation factors All officers assigned to patrol or traffic enforcement functions will emphasize enforcement of accident causing violations during high accident hours and at locations of occurrence. All officers will take directed enforcement action on request, and random enforcement action when appropriate against violators as a matter of routine. All officers shall maintain high visibility while working general enforcement, especially at high accident locations. Other factors to be considered for deployment are citizen requests, construction zones or special events. 500.3 ENFORCEMENT Enforcement actions are commensurate with applicable laws and take into account the degree and severity of the violation committed. This department does not establish ticket quotas and the number of arrests or citations issued by any officer shall not be used as the sole criterion for evaluating officer overall performance (Vehicle Code § 41603). The visibility and quality of an officer’s work effort will be commensurate with the philosophy of this policy. Several methods are effective in the reduction of collisions: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Traffic Function and Responsibility - 446 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Traffic Function and Responsibility 500.3.1 WARNINGS Warnings or other non-punitive enforcement actions should be considered in each situation and substituted for arrests or citations when circumstances warrant, especially in the case of inadvertent violations. 500.3.2 CITATIONS Citations may be issued when an officer believes it is appropriate. It is essential that officers fully explain the rights and requirements imposed on motorists upon issuance of a citation for a traffic violation. Officers should provide the following information at a minimum: (a)Explanation of the violation or charge (b)Court appearance procedure including the optional or mandatory appearance by the motorist (c)Notice of whether the motorist can enter a plea and pay the fine by mail or at the court 500.3.3 PHYSICAL ARREST Physical arrest can be made on a number of criminal traffic offenses outlined in the Vehicle Code or Penal Code. These physical arrest cases usually deal with, but are not limited to: (a)Vehicular manslaughter (b)Felony and misdemeanor driving under the influence of alcohol/drugs (c)Felony or misdemeanor hit-and-run (d)Refusal to sign notice to appear (e)Any other misdemeanor at the discretion of the officer, such as reckless driving with extenuating circumstances 500.4 SUSPENDED OR REVOKED DRIVERS LICENSES If an officer contacts a traffic violator for driving on a suspended or revoked license, the officer may issue a traffic citation pursuant to Vehicle Code § 14601. If a computer check of a traffic violator's license status reveals a suspended or revoked driver license and the traffic violator still has his or her license in possession, the license shall be seized by the officer. The officer shall verbally advise the traffic violator of the suspension or revocation and issue the citation. The officer will be responsible for filling out the Verbal Notice form (DMV form DL-310) and causing that form and license to be forwarded to the Department of Motor Vehicles. 500.5 HIGH-VISIBILITY VESTS The Department has provided American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Class II high-visibility vests to increase the visibility of department members who may be exposed to hazards presented by passing traffic, maneuvering or operating vehicles, machinery and equipment (23 CFR 655.601; 8 CCR 1598). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Traffic Function and Responsibility - 447 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Traffic Function and Responsibility Although intended primarily for use while performing traffic related assignments, high-visibility vests should be worn at any time increased visibility would improve the safety or efficiency of the member. 500.5.1 REQUIRED USE Except when working in a potentially adversarial or confrontational role, such as during vehicle stops, high-visibility vests should be worn at any time it is anticipated that an employee will be exposed to the hazards of approaching traffic or construction and recovery equipment. Examples of when high-visibility vests should be worn include traffic control duties, accident investigations, lane closures and while at disaster scenes, or anytime high visibility is desirable. When emergency conditions preclude the immediate donning of the vest, officers should retrieve and wear the vest as soon as conditions reasonably permit. Use of the vests shall also be mandatory when directed by a supervisor. Vests maintained in the investigation units may be used any time a plainclothes officer might benefit from being readily identified as a member of law enforcement. 500.5.2 CARE AND STORAGE OF HIGH-VISIBILITY VESTS High-visibility vests shall be maintained in the trunk of each patrol and investigation unit, in the side box of each police motorcycle. The Traffic Sergeant should be promptly notified whenever a high-visibility vest is needed or in need of replacing. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Traffic Function and Responsibility - 448 Policy 501 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Traffic Collision Reporting 501.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety prepares traffic collision reports as a public service makes traffic collision reports available to the community with some exceptions. The California Highway Patrol Collision Investigation Manual (CIM) is used to guide report preparation. 501.2 RESPONSIBILITY The Traffic Sergeant will be responsible for maintaining current copies of the Collision Investigation Manual. The Traffic Sergeant will receive all changes in the state manual and ensure conformity with this policy. 501.3 TRAFFIC COLLISION REPORTING All traffic collision reports taken by members of this department shall be forwarded to the Shift Supervisor for approval and forwarded to the Records Bureau for data entry into the Records Management System. The Traffic Sergeant or designee will be responsible for annual reports on traffic collision statistics to be forwarded to the Director of Public Safety, or other persons as required. 501.4 REPORTING SITUATIONS 501.4.1 TRAFFIC COLLISIONS INVOLVING CITY VEHICLES Traffic collision investigation reports shall be taken when a City-owned vehicle is involved in a traffic collision upon a roadway or highway wherein any damage or injury results. At the discretion of the Shift Supervisor, the California Highway Patrol or allied law enforcement agency may be contacted and requested to investigate the traffic collision. A general information report may be taken in lieu of a traffic collision report (CHP 555 form) at the direction of a supervisor when the collision occurs on private property or does not involve another vehicle. In all cases, a memo shall be submitted to the appropriate Command Staff member by the Shift Supervisor. In cases where City property is the only item damaged, the memo will be the only document required. Photographs of the collision scene and vehicle damage shall be taken in all cases. Shift Supervisors shall be responsible for notifying R.E.M.I.F. via telephone, without delay, followed with an e-mail to Command Staff advising of such notification. Notification to Command Staff shall include the date, time, case number, and involved personnel. 501.4.2 TRAFFIC COLLISIONS WITH PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES When an employee of this department, either on-duty or off-duty, is involved in a traffic collision within the jurisdiction of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety resulting in a serious injury Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Traffic Collision Reporting - 449 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Traffic Collision Reporting or fatality, the Traffic Sergeant or the Shift Supervisor, shall contact the California Highway Patrol or allied law enforcement agency and request that they investigate the traffic collision. 501.4.3 TRAFFIC COLLISIONS WITH OTHER CITY EMPLOYEES OR OFFICIALS The Traffic Sergeant or on-duty Shift Supervisor shall request assistance from the California Highway Patrol or allied law enforcement agency for the investigation of any traffic collision involving any City official or employee where a serious injury or fatality has occurred. 501.4.4 TRAFFIC COLLISIONS ON PRIVATE PROPERTY In compliance with the Collision Investigation Manual, traffic collision reports shall not be taken for traffic collisions occurring on private property unless there is a death or severe injury to any person involved, a hit-and-run violation, or Vehicle Code violation. An Incident Report may be taken at the discretion of any supervisor. 501.4.5 TRAFFIC COLLISIONS ON ROADWAYS OR HIGHWAYS Traffic collision reports shall be taken when they occur on a roadway or highway within the jurisdiction of this department under any of the following circumstances: (a)When there is a death or injury, to include complaint of pain, to any persons involved in the collision. (b)When an involved driver may be prosecuted for a felony or misdemeanor. (c)When any involved driver is unlicensed. (d)When any involved driver is driving on a suspended license. (e)When any involved driver is identified as being under the influence of alcohol/drugs. (f)When the collision involves any city/government owned property and/or vehicles. (g)When any involved driver is refusing or unable to provide insurance information. (h)When the involved driver flees the scene of the collision and there is evidence to identify the vehicle and/or driver. (i)When the collision involves suspected road rage or other disturbance. All other property damage only (PDO) collision reports may be taken at the discretion of the investigating officer or supervisor. 501.5 NOTIFICATION OF TRAFFIC BUREAU SUPERVISION In the event of a serious injury or death related traffic collision, the Shift Supervisor shall notify the Traffic Sergeant to relate the circumstances of the traffic collision and seek assistance from the Traffic Bureau. In the absence of a Traffic Sergeant, the Shift Supervisor or any supervisor may assign an accident investigator or motor officer to investigate the traffic collision. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Traffic Collision Reporting - 450 Policy 502 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Major Accident Investigation Team (MAIT) 502.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of the Major Accident Investigation Team (M.A.I.T.) is to assist the assigned accident investigation officer with the investigation. At the discretion of the M.A.I.T. leader or any supervisor, M.A.I.T. may lead the investigation. 502.1.1 MAIT RESPONSIBILITIES M.A.I.T. will: (a)Assist with statements and the collection of evidence. (b)Provide technical and supplemental data. (c)Examine and make conclusions on skid marks, vehicle damage, injured or fatal parties, environmental conditions and other contributory factors. (d)Determine the cause or causes of accidents by investigating all factors and associated factors of the collision. (e)Thorough reporting, make recommendations to the District Attorney. 502.1.2 MAIT TEAM MEMBERS The team will be comprised of a the following members: (a)Unit Supervisor (Lieutenant or Sergeant). The Unit Supervisor will be responsible for press information, and leading and directing the team. (b)The Identification Technician (ID Tech) or Crime Scene Investigator (CSI). The ID Tech or CSI will work under the direction of the team leader. The ID Tech or CSI will be responsible for the collection of all physical evidence including, but not limited to, photographs, and physical evidence collection as well as the laboratory follow-up. (c)The Recording Officer. The Recording Officer will record all conditions at the time of the collision. Additionally he/she will record all statements or supplemental information by means of the department report writing system. He/she will also document all department involvement of personnel and equipment. He/she will also document all ancillary services used by the department under formal or informal mutual aide or by special contract. He/she will be responsible for obtaining those agencies action statements and written correspondence. (d)The Accident Investigator. One or more Accident Investigators will be responsible for examining the entire accident scene, including but not limited to, body damage, skid and scrape marks, and reconstruction of the scene. 502.1.3 REPORT COMPLETION The Supervisor will assign a PSO to take responsibility of creating the factual diagram. Additionally, one person will be assigned as the lead investigator and will be responsible for collecting and documenting all data. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Major Accident Investigation Team (MAIT) - 451 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Major Accident Investigation Team (MAIT) All reports and follow up with the exception of forensic analysis or toxicology will be completed within 30 days of the collision. Prior to submitting the final report to records for distribution, the Deputy Chief and Director will review the report. 502.1.4 MAIT MEMBER SELECTION Members of M.A.I.T. will be selected on the basis of their interest, training, education and past performance. Members of M.A.I.T. shall serve until reassigned. 502.1.5 MAIT CALL OUT Call out of M.A.I.T. is at the discretion of the Shift Supervisor. It is suggested that M.A.I.T. be utilized in major injury accidents with multiple injuries, accidents of special circumstances or industrial accidents and on all fatal accidents. In addition to M.A.I.T. personnel, members of the Investigations Unit may be called to assist at the discretion of the Shift Supervisor or the M.A.I.T. team leader. The unit leader shall be responsible for providing a current call out list to the Dispatch Center. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Major Accident Investigation Team (MAIT) - 452 Policy 503 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Towing and Release 503.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides the procedures for towing a vehicle by or at the direction of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. Nothing in this policy shall require the Department to tow a vehicle. 503.2 STORAGE AND IMPOUNDS When circumstances permit, for example when towing a vehicle for parking or registration violations, the handling employee should, prior to having the vehicle towed, make a good faith effort to notify the owner of the vehicle that it is subject to removal. This may be accomplished by personal contact, telephone or by leaving a notice attached to the vehicle at least 24 hours prior to removal. If a vehicle presents a hazard, such as being abandoned on the roadway, it may be towed immediately. The responsibilities of those employees towing, storing or impounding a vehicle are listed below. 503.2.1 VEHICLE STORAGE REPORT Department members requesting towing, storage, or impound of a vehicle shall complete CHP Form 180 and accurately record the mileage and a description of property within the vehicle (Vehicle Code § 22850). A copy of the storage report should be given to the tow truck operator, and the original shall be submitted to the Records Bureau as soon as practicable after the vehicle is stored. 503.2.2 REMOVAL FROM TRAFFIC COLLISION SCENES When a vehicle has been involved in a traffic collision and must be removed from the scene, the officer shall have the driver select a towing company, if possible, and shall relay the request for the specified towing company to the dispatcher. When there is no preferred company requested, a company will be selected from the rotational list of towing companies in the Dispatch Center. If the owner is incapacitated, or for any reason it is necessary for the Department to assume responsibility for a vehicle involved in a collision, the officer shall request the dispatcher to call the official towing garage for the City of Rohnert Park. The officer will then store the vehicle using a CHP Form 180. 503.2.3 STORAGE AT ARREST SCENES Whenever a person in charge or in control of a vehicle is arrested, it is the policy of this department to provide reasonable safekeeping by storing the arrestee’s vehicle subject to the exceptions described below. The vehicle, however, shall be stored whenever it is needed for the furtherance of the investigation or prosecution of the case, or when the community caretaker doctrine would reasonably suggest that the vehicle should be stored (e.g., traffic hazard, high-crime area). The following are examples of situations where consideration should be given to leaving a vehicle at the scene in lieu of storing, provided the vehicle can be lawfully parked and left in a reasonably secured and safe condition: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Towing and Release - 453 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Towing and Release •Traffic-related warrant arrest. •Situations where the vehicle was not used to further the offense for which the driver was arrested. •Whenever the licensed owner of the vehicle is present, willing, and able to take control of any vehicle not involved in criminal activity. •Whenever the vehicle otherwise does not need to be stored and the owner requests that it be left at the scene. In such cases, the owner shall be informed that the Department will not be responsible for theft or damages. 503.2.4 IMPOUNDMENT AT SOBRIETY CHECKPOINTS Whenever a driver is stopped at a sobriety checkpoint and the only violation is that the operator is driving without a valid driver’s license, the officer shall make a reasonable attempt to identify the registered owner of the vehicle (Vehicle Code § 2814.2). The officer shall release the vehicle to the registered owner if the person is a licensed driver, or to another licensed driver authorized by the registered owner, provided the vehicle is claimed prior to the conclusion of the checkpoint operation. If the vehicle is released at the checkpoint, the officer shall list on his/her copy of the notice to appear the name and driver’s license number of the person to whom the vehicle is released. When a vehicle cannot be released at the checkpoint, it shall be towed (Vehicle Code § 22651(p)). When a vehicle is removed at the checkpoint, it shall be released during the normal business hours of the storage facility to the registered owner or his/her agent upon presentation of a valid driver’s license and current vehicle registration. 503.2.5 DRIVING A NON-CITY VEHICLE Vehicles which have been towed by or at the direction of the Department should not be driven by police personnel unless it is necessary to move a vehicle a short distance to eliminate a hazard, prevent the obstruction of a fire hydrant or to comply with posted signs. 503.2.6 DISPATCHER'S RESPONSIBILITIES Upon receiving a request for towing, the dispatcher shall promptly telephone the specified authorized towing service. The officer shall be advised when the request has been made and the towing service has been dispatched. When there is no preferred company requested, the dispatcher shall call the next firm in rotation from the list of approved towing companies and shall make appropriate entries on that form to ensure the following firm is called on the next request. Dispatch personnel shall promptly enter pertinent data from the completed storage form (CHP Form 180) into the Stolen Vehicle System and return the form to the Shift Supervisor for approval (Vehicle Code § 22651.5(b); Vehicle Code § 22851.3(b); Vehicle Code § 22854.5). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Towing and Release - 454 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Towing and Release 503.2.7 RECORDS BUREAU RESPONSIBILITY Approved storage forms shall be promptly placed into the auto-file so that they are immediately available for release or review should inquiries be made. Within 48 hours, excluding weekends and holidays, of the storage of any such vehicle it shall be the responsibility of the Records Bureau to determine the names and addresses of any individuals having an interest in the vehicle through DMV or CLETS computers. Notice shall be sent to all such individuals by mail as applicable and as provided in Vehicle Code § 22851.3(d), Vehicle Code § 22852(a), and Vehicle Code § 14602.6(a)(2). The notice shall include the following (Vehicle Code § 22852(b)): (a)The name, address, and telephone number of this Department (b)The location of the place of storage and description of the vehicle, which shall include, if available, the name or make, the manufacturer, the license plate number, and the mileage (c)The authority and purpose for the removal of the vehicle (d)A statement that, in order to receive their post-storage hearing, the owners, or their agents, shall request the hearing in person, in writing, or by telephone within 10 days of the date appearing on the notice 503.2.8 UNLICENSED DRIVERS When an unlicensed driver is identified during an enforcement traffic stop, the officer should cite the driver for the appropriate California Vehicle Code section. The officer shall use the following criteria when towing the vehicle: (a)Turn the vehicle over to a licensed driver at the scene; or (b)Leave the vehicle parked if secured in a safe place and not likely to be subjected to theft or vandalism; or (c)If those options are not available, tow the vehicle for safe keeping pursuant to California Vehicle Section 22651(P) and it will be available for release to a licensed driver, after towing and storage fees are paid. If an unlicensed driver is found to be operating a motor vehicle subsequent to having been previously cited and warned about driving without a license, the officer may take whatever steps deemed necessary to protect the public from the potential danger of such an individual continuing to drive without a license, up to and including a thirty day impound of the vehicle (California Vehicle Code Section 14602.6) if the officer deems it appropriate, until and unless there is some legal prohibition against any of these options. Officers shall not impound a vehicle under VC 14602.6 based solely on a citation against the driver for driving without a license if any of the following circumstances are present: (a)The driver has a valid or expired driver's license from any state or foreign country (If the driver claims to have a driver's license issued by another state or foreign country but does not have it at the scene, then VC 14602.6 will permit the vehicle to be impounded; Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Towing and Release - 455 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Towing and Release upon presentation of the driver's license at a later time, the vehicle shall be released prior to expiration of the 30-day period); (b)The driver has never before been cited for VC 12500 or the vehicle has never before been impounded under VC 14602.6; (c)The location of the vehicle does not present a traffic hazard or create a public safety concern; or (d)there is another person at the scene who can lawfully operate the vehicle to move it to a safe location before it is towed from the scene 503.3 TOWING SERVICES The City of Rohnert Park periodically selects a firm to act as the official tow service and awards a contract to that firm. This firm will be used in the following situations: (a)When it is necessary to safeguard a vehicle due to the inability of the owner or operator to take the required action. (b)When a vehicle is being held as evidence in connection with an investigation. (c)When it is otherwise necessary to store a motor vehicle. This would include situations involving the recovery of stolen or abandoned vehicles, and the removal of vehicles obstructing traffic in violation of state or local regulations. 503.4 VEHICLE INVENTORY All property in a stored or impounded vehicle shall be inventoried and listed on the vehicle storage form. This includes the trunk and any compartments or containers, even if closed and/or locked. Members conducting inventory searches should be as thorough and accurate as practical in preparing an itemized inventory. These inventory procedures are for the purpose of protecting an owner's property while in police custody, to provide for the safety of officers, and to protect the Department against fraudulent claims of lost, stolen, or damaged property. 503.5 SECURITY OF VEHICLES AND PROPERTY Unless it would cause an unreasonable delay in the completion of a vehicle impound/storage or create an issue of officer safety, officers should make reasonable accommodations to permit a driver/owner to retrieve small items of value or personal need (e.g., cash, jewelry, cell phone, prescriptions) that are not considered evidence or contraband. If a search of a vehicle leaves the vehicle or any property contained therein vulnerable to unauthorized entry, theft, or damage, personnel conducting the search shall take such steps as are reasonably necessary to secure and/or preserve the vehicle or property from such hazards. 503.6 RELEASE OF VEHICLE The Department will maintain a listed, 24-hour telephone number to provide information regarding impoundment of vehicles and the right of the registered owner to request a storage hearing. Releases for towed vehicles will be made available during regular, non-emergency business hours (Vehicle Code § 14602.6). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Towing and Release - 456 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Towing and Release (a)Vehicles removed pursuant to Vehicle Code § 22850 shall be released after proof of current registration is provided by the owner or the person in control of the vehicle and after all applicable fees are paid (Vehicle Code § 22850.3; Vehicle Code § 22850.5). (b)Vehicles removed that require payment of parking fines or proof of valid driver’s license shall only be released upon presentation of proof of compliance, proof of payment, completion of affidavit, and payment of applicable fees related to the removal (Vehicle Code § 22651 et seq., Vehicle Code § 22652 et seq., Vehicle Code § 22850.3; Vehicle Code § 22850.5). (c)A vehicle removed pursuant to Vehicle Code § 14602.6(a) shall be released to the registered owner or his/her agent with proof of current registration, proof of a valid driver’s license, and applicable fees paid prior to the end of the 30-day impoundment period under any of the following circumstances: 1.The vehicle was stolen. 2.If the driver reinstates his/her driver's license or acquires a license and provides proof of proper insurance. 3.Any other circumstance as set forth in Vehicle Code § 14602.6. 4.When there is no remaining community caretaking need to continue impound of the vehicle or the continued impound would not otherwise comply with the Fourth Amendment. (d)An autonomous vehicle removed under authority of Vehicle Code § 22651(o)(1)(D) shall be released to the registered owner or person in control of the autonomous vehicle if the requirements of Vehicle Code § 22651(o)(3)(B) are met. Personnel whose duties include releasing towed vehicles should consult the Vehicle Code under which the vehicle was towed or impounded for any specific requirements prior to release. Employees who suspect that a vehicle was impounded in error should promptly advise a supervisor. Supervisors should approve, when appropriate, the release of the vehicle without requiring the registered owner or his/her agent to request a hearing, as described in the Vehicle Impound Hearings Policy. 503.7 TOWING FOR EXPIRED REGISTRATION Prior to a member removing a vehicle that is found to have expired registration for more than six months, the member shall verify that no current registration exists with the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). If current registration exists with the DMV, the vehicle shall not be removed (Vehicle Code § 22651(o)(1)(A)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Towing and Release - 457 Policy 504 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Impound Hearings 504.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes a procedure for the requirement to provide vehicle storage or impound hearings pursuant to Vehicle Code § 22852. 504.2 STORED OR IMPOUND HEARING When a vehicle is stored or impounded by any member of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, a hearing will be conducted upon the request of the registered or legal owner of the vehicle or his/her agent (Vehicle Code § 22650(a); Vehicle Code § 22852(a)). The hearing shall be conducted within 48 hours of the request, excluding weekends and holidays. The hearing officer must be a person other than the person who directed the storage or impound of the vehicle (Vehicle Code § 22852(c)). 504.2.1 HEARING PROCEDURES The vehicle storage hearing is an informal process to evaluate the validity of an order to store or impound a vehicle. The employee who caused the storage or removal of the vehicle does not need to be present for this hearing. All requests for a hearing on a stored or impounded vehicle shall be submitted in person, in writing or by telephone within 10 days of the date appearing on the notice (Vehicle Code § 22852(d)). The Day Shift Sergeant will generally serve as the hearing officer. The person requesting the hearing may record the hearing at his/her own expense. The failure of either the registered or legal owner or interested person or his/her agent to request a hearing in a timely manner or to attend a scheduled hearing shall be considered a waiver of and satisfaction of the post-storage hearing requirement (Vehicle Code §§ 22851.3(e)(2) and 22852(d)). Any relevant evidence may be submitted and reviewed by the hearing officer to determine if reasonable grounds have been established for the storage or impound of the vehicle. The initial burden of proof established by a preponderance of the evidence that the storage/impound was based on probable cause rests with the Department. After consideration of all information, the hearing officer shall determine the validity of the storage or impound of the vehicle in question and then render a decision. The hearing officer shall also consider any mitigating circumstances attendant to the storage that reasonably would warrant the release of the vehicle or a modification or reduction of the period the vehicle is impounded (Vehicle Code §§14602.6(b) and 14602.8(b)). Aside from those mitigating circumstances enumerated in the Vehicle Code, the registered owner's lack of actual knowledge that the driver to whom the vehicle was loaned was not validly licensed may constitute a mitigating circumstance under Vehicle Code §§ 14602.6(b) or 14608(b), warranting release of the vehicle. This mitigating circumstance exception is not limited to situations Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Impound Hearings - 458 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Impound Hearings where the owner made a reasonable inquiry as to the licensed status of the driver before lending the vehicle. The legislative intent and this department's policy is to prevent unlicensed driving pursuant to Vehicle Code §14602.6. If this purpose is not furthered by the continued impoundment of a vehicle, release is most often appropriate. (a)If a decision is made that reasonable grounds for storage or impound have been established, the hearing officer shall advise the inquiring party of the decision and that the inquiring party may pursue further civil remedies if desired. 1.If mitigating circumstances are found to be relevant, the hearing officer shall make reasonable adjustments to the impound period, storage or assessment of fees as warranted. (b)If a decision is made that reasonable grounds for storage or impound have not been established or sufficient mitigating circumstances exist, the vehicle in storage shall be released immediately. Towing and storage fees will be paid at the Department's expense (Vehicle Code § 22852(e)). (c)If a decision is made that reasonable grounds for storage have not been established or sufficient mitigating circumstances exist, and the vehicle has been released with fees having been paid, the receipt for such fees will be forwarded with a letter to the appropriate command staff member. The hearing officer will recommend to the appropriate command staff member that the fees paid by the registered or legal owner of the vehicle in question or their agent be reimbursed by the Department. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Impound Hearings - 459 Policy 505 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Impaired Driving 505.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidance to those department members who play a role in the detection and investigation of driving under the influence (DUI). 505.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to the safety of the roadways and the community and will pursue fair but aggressive enforcement of California’s impaired driving laws. 505.2.1 COLLECTING BLOOD EVIDENCE Only a certified phlebotomy technician, licensed physician, nurse or other individual authorized by Vehicle Code § 23158(a) may withdraw a blood sample. Whether such evidence is collected at the Department or other location, the withdrawal of the blood sample shall be witnessed by the assigned officer. When a person cannot submit to a blood test because he/she is a hemophiliac or is using an anticoagulant under the direction of a physician for a heart condition, he or she shall not be required to take a blood test (Vehicle Code § 23612(b) and (c)). All blood samples shall be booked into evidence for later transfer to the crime laboratory for analysis. 505.2.2 COLLECTING BREATH AS EVIDENCE If the arrested person chooses a breath test and it can be accomplished without undue delay, an officer trained in the use of the alcohol breath machine will record the blood alcohol level by obtaining samples of the person's breath. When the arrested person chooses a breath test the handling officer shall advise the person that the breath-testing equipment does not retain a sample, and the person may, if desired, provide a blood or urine specimen which will be retained to facilitate subsequent verification testing (Vehicle Code § 23614). 505.2.3 COLLECTING URINE AS EVIDENCE If the arrested person chooses a urine test, as permitted by law, he/she shall be promptly transported to the jail. Urine evidence collection kits are maintained in the jail. The officer shall follow the directions listed on the instruction sheet accompanying the urine evidence collection kit. If the arrested person's urine is necessarily collected elsewhere, the procedure will remain the same. Urine samples shall be collected and/or witnessed by an officer or matron of the same gender as the person giving the sample. The person tested shall be given such privacy in the taking of the urine specimen as will ensure the accuracy of the specimen and, at the same time, maintain the dignity of the individual involved (Vehicle Code § 23158(i)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Impaired Driving - 460 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Impaired Driving The urine evidence collection kit shall be marked with the arrestee's name, offense, department, case number and the name of the witnessing officer. The urine evidence collection kit shall then be placed in the evidence refrigerator to await transportation to the crime laboratory. 505.2.4 TESTING OF CONSCIOUS PERSON AT A HOSPITAL If a timely breath or urine test cannot be administered because the person is transported to a medical facility where such tests cannot be facilitated, the person shall be advised that a blood test will be the only choice available and a blood sample may be taken at the medical facility (Vehicle Code § 23612(a)(3)). Based on probable cause, the officer should place the conscious person under arrest in the presence of a witnessing officer or medical personnel and advise the attending physician of the intention to collect a sample of the person's blood. Unless the attending physician objects for medical reasons a blood sample will be collected in the prescribed manner. 505.2.5 TESTING OF UNCONSCIOUS PERSON AT A HOSPITAL When a person is suspected of driving under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs and the person is unconscious or in a condition rendering him or her incapable of refusal, that person is deemed not to have withdrawn his or her consent and a blood test may be ordered by the arresting officer. The officer shall advise the attending physician of the intention to collect a sample of the person's blood as evidence. If the physician does not object based on medical reasons, the blood will be collected in the prescribed manner. A person who is dead is deemed not to have withdrawn his or her consent and a test or tests may be administered. In such cases the handling officer should coordinate with the Coroner's Office to ensure that a viable test will be obtained (Vehicle Code § 23612(a)(5)). 505.2.6 EXIGENT CIRCUMSTANCES DOCTRINE Under the exigent circumstances doctrine, the level of influence of an intoxicant can be important evidence. Since it is not of a permanent nature, it will be lost if not seized immediately. The above sections will generally come within the guidelines of the exigent circumstances doctrine. 505.3 INVESTIGATIONS Officers should not enforce DUI laws to the exclusion of their other duties unless specifically assigned to DUI enforcement. All officers are expected to enforce these laws with due diligence. The Traffic Sergeant will develop and maintain, in consultation with the prosecuting attorney, report forms with appropriate checklists to assist investigating officers in documenting relevant information and maximizing efficiency. Any DUI investigation will be documented using these forms. Information documented elsewhere on the form does not need to be duplicated in the report narrative. Information that should be documented includes, at a minimum: (a)The field sobriety tests (FSTs) administered and the results. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Impaired Driving - 461 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Impaired Driving (b)The officer’s observations that indicate impairment on the part of the individual, and the officer’s health-related inquiries that may help to identify any serious health concerns (e.g., diabetic shock). (c)Sources of additional information (e.g., reporting party, witnesses) and their observations. (d)Information about any audio and/or video recording of the individual’s driving or subsequent actions. (e)The location and time frame of the individual’s vehicle operation and how this was determined. (f)Any prior related convictions in California or another jurisdiction. 505.4 FIELD TESTS The Traffic Sergeant should identify standardized FSTs and any approved alternate tests for officers to use when investigating violations of DUI laws. 505.5 CHEMICAL TESTS A person implies consent to a chemical test or tests, and to providing the associated chemical sample, under any of the following (Vehicle Code § 23612): (a)The person is arrested for driving a vehicle while under the influence, pursuant to Vehicle Code § 23152. (b)The person is under 21 years of age and is arrested by an officer having reasonable cause to believe that the person’s blood alcohol content is 0.05 or more (Vehicle Code § 23140). (c)The person is under 21 years of age and detained by an officer having reasonable cause to believe that the person was driving a vehicle while having a blood alcohol content of 0.01 or more (Vehicle Code § 23136). (d)The person was operating a vehicle while under the influence and proximately caused bodily injury to another person (Vehicle Code § 23153). If a person withdraws this implied consent, or is unable to withdraw consent (e.g., the person is unconscious), the officer should consider implied consent revoked and proceed as though the person has refused to provide a chemical sample. 505.5.1 STATUTORY NOTIFICATIONS Officers requesting that a person submit to chemical testing shall provide the person with the mandatory warning pursuant to Vehicle Code § 23612(a)(1)(D) and Vehicle Code § 23612(a)(4). 505.5.2 PRELIMINARY ALCOHOL SCREENING Officers may use a preliminary alcohol screening (PAS) test to assist in establishing reasonable cause to believe a person is DUI. The officer shall advise the person that the PAS test is being requested to assist in determining whether the person is under the influence of alcohol or drugs, Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Impaired Driving - 462 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Impaired Driving or a combination of the two. Unless the person is under the age of 21, the person shall be advised that the PAS test is voluntary. The officer shall also advise the person that submitting to a PAS test does not satisfy the person's obligation to submit to a chemical test as otherwise required by law (Vehicle Code § 23612). 505.5.3 PRELIMINARY ALCOHOL SCREENING FOR A PERSON UNDER AGE 21 If an officer lawfully detains a person under 21 years of age who is driving a motor vehicle and the officer has reasonable cause to believe that the person has a blood alcohol content of 0.01 or more, the officer shall request that the person take a PAS test to determine the presence of alcohol in the person, if a PAS test device is immediately available. If a PAS test device is not immediately available, the officer may request the person to submit to chemical testing of the person's blood, breath, or urine, conducted pursuant to Vehicle Code § 23612 (Vehicle Code § 13388). If the person refuses to take or fails to complete the PAS test or other chemical test, or if the result of either test reveals a blood alcohol content of 0.01 or more, the officer shall proceed to serve the person with a notice of order of suspension pursuant to this policy (Vehicle Code § 13388). 505.5.4 CHOICE OF TESTS Officers shall respect a viable choice of chemical test made by an arrestee, as provided for by law (e.g., breath will not be acceptable for suspected narcotics influence). A person arrested for DUI has the choice of whether the test is of the person's blood or breath, and the officer shall advise the person that the person has that choice. If the person arrested either is incapable, or states that the person is incapable, of completing the chosen test, the person shall submit to the remaining test. If the person chooses to submit to a breath test and there is reasonable cause to believe that the person is under the influence of a drug or the combined influence of alcohol and any drug, the officer may also request that the person submit to a blood test. If the person is incapable of completing a blood test, the person shall submit to and complete a urine test (Vehicle Code § 23612(a)(2)(C)). 505.5.5 BREATH SAMPLES The Traffic Sergeant should ensure that all devices used for the collection and analysis of breath samples are properly serviced and tested, and that a record of such service and testing is properly maintained. Officers obtaining a breath sample should monitor the device for any sign of malfunction. Any anomalies or equipment failures should be noted in the appropriate report and promptly reported to the Traffic Sergeant. When the arrested person chooses a breath test, the handling officer shall advise the person that the breath-testing equipment does not retain a sample, and the person may, if desired, provide a blood or urine specimen, which will be retained to facilitate subsequent verification testing (Vehicle Code § 23614). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Impaired Driving - 463 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Impaired Driving The officer should also require the person to submit to a blood test if the officer has a clear indication that a blood test will reveal evidence of any drug or the combined influence of an alcoholic beverage and any drug. Evidence of the officer’s belief shall be included in the officer’s report (Vehicle Code § 23612(a)(2)(C)). 505.5.6 BLOOD SAMPLES Only persons authorized by law to draw blood shall collect blood samples (Vehicle Code § 23158). The blood draw should be witnessed by the assigned officer. No officer, even if properly certified, should perform this task. Officers should inform an arrestee that if the arrestee chooses to provide a blood sample, a separate sample can be collected for alternate testing. Unless medical personnel object, two samples should be collected and retained as evidence, so long as only one puncture is required. The blood sample shall be packaged, marked, handled, stored, and transported as required by the testing facility. If an arrestee cannot submit to a blood draw because the arrestee has a bleeding disorder or has taken medication that inhibits coagulation, the arrestee shall not be required to take a blood test. Such inability to take a blood test should not be considered a refusal. However, that arrestee may be required to complete another available and viable test. 505.5.7 URINE SAMPLES If a urine test will be performed, the arrestee should be promptly transported to the appropriate testing site. The officer shall follow any directions accompanying the urine evidence collection kit. Urine samples shall be collected and witnessed by an officer or jail staff member of the same sex as the individual giving the sample. The arrestee should be allowed sufficient privacy to maintain the arrestee's dignity, to the extent possible, while still ensuring the accuracy of the sample (Vehicle Code § 23158(i)). The sample shall be packaged, marked, handled, stored, and transported as required by the testing facility. 505.6 REFUSALS When an arrestee refuses to provide a viable chemical sample, officers should: (a)Advise the arrestee of the requirement to provide a sample (Vehicle Code § 23612). (b)Audio- and/or video-record the admonishment when it is practicable. (c)Document the refusal in the appropriate report. 505.6.1 STATUTORY NOTIFICATIONS UPON REFUSAL Upon refusal to submit to a chemical test as required by law, officers shall personally serve the notice of order of suspension upon the arrestee and take possession of any state-issued license to operate a motor vehicle that is held by that individual (Vehicle Code § 23612(e); Vehicle Code § 23612(f)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Impaired Driving - 464 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Impaired Driving 505.6.2 BLOOD SAMPLE WITHOUT CONSENT A blood sample may be obtained from a person who refuses a chemical test when any of the following conditions exist: (a)A search warrant has been obtained (Penal Code § 1524). (b)The officer can articulate that exigent circumstances exist. Exigency does not exist solely because of the short time period associated with the natural dissipation of alcohol or controlled or prohibited substances in the person’s bloodstream. Exigency can be established by the existence of special facts such as a lengthy time delay in obtaining a blood sample due to an accident investigation or medical treatment of the person. 505.6.3 FORCED BLOOD SAMPLE If an arrestee indicates by word or action that the person will physically resist a blood draw, the officer should request a supervisor to respond. The responding supervisor should: (a)Evaluate whether using force to obtain a blood sample is appropriate under the circumstances. (b)Ensure that all attempts to obtain a blood sample through force cease if the person agrees to, and completes a viable form of testing in a timely manner. (c)Advise the person of the person's duty to provide a sample (even if this advisement was previously done by another officer) and attempt to persuade the individual to submit to such a sample without physical resistance. 1.This dialogue should be recorded on audio and/or video if practicable. (d)Ensure that the blood sample is taken in a medically approved manner. (e)Ensure the forced blood draw is recorded on audio and/or video when practicable. (f)Monitor and ensure that the type and level of force applied appears reasonable under the circumstances: 1.Unless otherwise provided in a warrant, force should generally be limited to handcuffing or similar restraint methods. 2.In misdemeanor cases, if the arrestee becomes violent or more resistant, no additional force will be used and a refusal should be noted in the report. 3.In felony cases, force which reasonably appears necessary to overcome the resistance to the blood draw may be permitted. (g)Ensure the use of force and methods used to accomplish the collection of the blood sample are documented in the related report. If a supervisor is unavailable, officers are expected to use sound judgment and perform as a responding supervisor, as set forth above. 505.7 ARREST AND INVESTIGATION Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Impaired Driving - 465 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Impaired Driving 505.7.1 WARRANTLESS ARREST In addition to the arrest authority granted to officers pursuant to Penal Code § 836, an officer may make a warrantless arrest of a person that the officer has reasonable cause to believe has been driving under the influence of an alcoholic beverage or any drug, or under the combined influence of the same when (Vehicle Code § 40300.5): (a)The person is involved in a traffic crash. (b)The person is observed in or about a vehicle that is obstructing the roadway. (c)The person will not be apprehended unless immediately arrested. (d)The person may cause injury to themselves or damage property unless immediately arrested. (e)The person may destroy or conceal evidence of a crime unless immediately arrested. 505.7.2 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES The officer serving the arrested person with a notice of an order of suspension shall immediately (Vehicle Code § 23612): (a)Forward a copy of the completed notice of suspension or revocation form and any confiscated driver’s license to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). (b)Forward a sworn report to DMV that contains the required information in Vehicle Code § 13380. (c)Forward the results to the appropriate forensic laboratory if the person submitted to a blood or urine test. 505.8 RECORDS BUREAU RESPONSIBILITIES The Records Supervisor will ensure that all case-related records are transmitted according to current records procedures and as required by the prosecuting attorney’s office. 505.9 ADMINISTRATIVE HEARINGS The Records Supervisor will ensure that all appropriate reports and documents related to administrative license suspensions are reviewed and forwarded to DMV. Any officer who receives notice of required attendance to an administrative license suspension hearing should promptly notify the prosecuting attorney. 505.10 TRAINING The Training Coordinator should ensure that officers participating in the enforcement of DUI laws receive regular training. Training should include, at minimum, current laws on impaired driving, investigative techniques and rules of evidence pertaining to DUI investigations. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Impaired Driving - 466 Policy 506 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Traffic Citations 506.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy outlines the responsibility for traffic citations, the procedure for dismissal, correction, and voiding of traffic citations. 506.2 RESPONSIBILITIES The Traffic Sergeant shall be responsible for the development and design of all Department traffic citations in compliance with state law and the Judicial Council. The Records Bureau shall be responsible for the supply and accounting of all traffic citations issued to employees of this department. 506.3 DISMISSAL OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS Employees of this department do not have the authority to dismiss a citation once it has been issued. Only the court has the authority to dismiss a citation that has been issued (Vehicle Code § 40500(d)). Any request from a recipient to dismiss a citation shall be referred to the Traffic Bureau Manager. Upon a review of the circumstances involving the issuance of the traffic citation, the Traffic Bureau Manager may request the Patrol Deputy Chief to recommend dismissal of the traffic citation. If approved, the citation will be forwarded to the appropriate court with a request for dismissal. All recipients of traffic citations whose request for the dismissal of a traffic citation has been denied shall be referred to the appropriate court. Should an officer determine during a court proceeding that a traffic citation should be dismissed in the interest of justice or where prosecution is deemed inappropriate the officer may request the court to dismiss the citation. Upon dismissal of the traffic citation by the court, the officer shall notify his/her immediate supervisor of the circumstances surrounding the dismissal and shall complete any paperwork as directed or required. The citation dismissal shall then be forwarded to the Patrol Deputy Chief for review. 506.4 VOIDING TRAFFIC CITATIONS Voiding a traffic citation may occur when a traffic citation has not been completed or where it is completed, but not issued. All copies of the citation shall be presented to a supervisor to approve the voiding of the citation. The citation and copies shall then be forwarded to the Records Bureau. 506.5 CORRECTION OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS When a traffic citation is issued and in need of correction, the officer issuing the citation shall complete a Notice of Correction form and submit the form and any available citation copies to the Records Bureau for processing. The Records Bureau shall forward copies of the Notice of Correction to the court and to the cited individual. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Traffic Citations - 467 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Traffic Citations 506.6 DISPOSITION OF TRAFFIC CITATIONS The court and file copies of all traffic citations issued by members of this department shall be forwarded to the employee’s immediate supervisor for review. The citation copies shall then be filed with the Records Bureau. Upon separation from employment with this department, all employees issued traffic citation books shall return any unused citations to the Records Bureau. 506.7 NOTICE OF PARKING VIOLATION APPEAL PROCEDURE Disposition of notice of parking violation appeals is conducted pursuant to Vehicle Code § 40215, under contract with the County of Sonoma. 506.8 JUVENILE CITATIONS Completion of traffic citation forms for juveniles may vary slightly from the procedure for adults. The juvenile’s age, place of residency, and the type of offense should be considered before issuing the juvenile a citation. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Traffic Citations - 468 Policy 507 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Disabled Vehicles 507.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Vehicle Code § 20018 provides that all law enforcement agencies having responsibility for traffic enforcement may develop and adopt a written policy to provide assistance to motorists in disabled vehicles within their primary jurisdiction. 507.2 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY When an on-duty officer observes a disabled vehicle on the roadway, the officer should make a reasonable effort to provide assistance. If that officer is assigned to a call of higher priority, the dispatcher should be advised of the location of the disabled vehicle and the need for assistance. The dispatcher should then assign another available officer to respond for assistance as soon as practical. 507.3 EXTENT OF ASSISTANCE In most cases, a disabled motorist will require assistance. After arrangements for assistance are made, continued involvement by department personnel will be contingent on the time of day, the location, the availability of departmental resources, and the vulnerability of the disabled motorist. 507.3.1 MECHANICAL REPAIRS Department personnel shall not make mechanical repairs to a disabled vehicle. The use of push bumpers to relocate vehicles to a position of safety is not considered a mechanical repair. 507.3.2 RELOCATION OF DISABLED VEHICLES The relocation of disabled vehicles by members of this department by pushing or pulling a vehicle should only occur when the conditions reasonably indicate that immediate movement is necessary to reduce a hazard presented by the disabled vehicle. 507.3.3 RELOCATION OF DISABLED MOTORIST The relocation of a disabled motorist should only occur with the person’s consent and should be suggested when conditions reasonably indicate that immediate movement is necessary to mitigate a potential hazard. The department member may stay with the disabled motorist or transport him/ her to a safe area to await pickup. 507.4 PUBLIC ACCESS TO THIS POLICY This written policy is available upon request. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Disabled Vehicles - 469 Policy 508 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual 72-Hour Parking Violations 508.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides procedures for the marking, recording, and storage of vehicles parked in violation of the Rohnert Park City Ordinance regulating 72-hour parking violations and abandoned vehicles under the authority of Vehicle Code §§ 22652.6 and 22669. 508.2 MARKING VEHICLES Vehicles suspected of being in violation of the City of Rohnert Park 72-Hour Parking Ordinance shall be marked and noticed with a Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Warning Notice. No case number is required at this time. A visible chalk mark should be placed on the left rear tire tread at the fender level unless missing tires or other vehicle conditions prevent marking. Any deviation in markings shall be noted on the Warning Notice. The investigating employee should make a good faith effort to notify the owner of any vehicle subject to towing prior to having the vehicle removed. This may be accomplished by personal contact, telephone or by leaving notice attached to the vehicle at least 24 hours prior to removal. All 72-Hour Warning Notices shall be submitted to the Records Bureau for computer data entry. 508.2.1 VEHICLE STORAGE Any vehicle in violation shall be stored by the authorized towing service and a vehicle storage report shall be completed by the officer authorizing the storage of the vehicle. The storage report form shall be submitted to the Records Bureau immediately following the storage of the vehicle. It shall be the responsibility of the Records Bureau to immediately notify the Stolen Vehicle System (SVS) of the Department of Justice in Sacramento ( Vehicle Code § 22851.3(b)). Notification may also be made to the National Law Enforcement Telecommunications System (NLETS)(Vehicle Code § 22854.5). Within 48 hours of the storage of any such vehicle, excluding weekends and holidays, it shall be the responsibility of the Records Bureau to determine the names and addresses of any individuals having an interest in the vehicle through DMV or CLETS computers. Notice to all such individuals shall be sent first-class or certified mail pursuant to Vehicle Code § 22851.3(d). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety 72-Hour Parking Violations - 470 Policy 509 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Administrative Per Se Law (APS) 509.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides for the immediate suspension of California driver's licenses in certain Driving Under the Influence (DUI) cases and in Zero Tolerance incidents. Vehicle Code §§ 13382 (a) and (b), and 13388 (b) require that peace officers immediately suspend driving privileges in certain situations involving arrests for Vehicle Code §§ 23152 and 23153. This policy also describes the policy dealing with Zero Tolerance laws. 509.2 SUSPENSION OF CALIFORNIA DRIVER'S LICENSES The driver's license of a person suspected of driving under the influence of alcohol, shall immediately be suspended under any of the following circumstances: (a)The arrestee refuses to submit to a chemical test (b)The arrestee fails to complete the selected test (c)The arrestee declines a breath test and demands a blood or urine test, and, the arresting officer has reasonable cause to believe that the arrestee's Blood Alcohol Content (BAC) will exceed the .08-percent level (d)The arrestee completes the breath tests which show a BAC of .08-percent or higher 509.2.1 ZERO TOLERANCE LAW Vehicle Code §§ 23136 & 23140 were enacted to reduce alcohol related incidents by persons under the age of 21-years. A person under 21-years years of age may have his or her license suspended under the following circumstances: (a)When suspected of consuming alcohol and refusing a PAS test (b)Who has a blood-alcohol level of .01-percent or greater Zero Tolerance requires a Preliminary Alcohol Screening (PAS) device as the primary test. If the device is not available, one of the other chemical tests must be completed. Under Zero Tolerance, only the PAS device result is required. If, based on the PAS results, the driver's blood alcohol reading warrants arrest and further chemical testing, the Department of Motor Vehicles does not require completion of the chemical test section of the DS367m form. Once the PAS certification is complete, the Zero Tolerance requirement has been met. 509.3 PEACE OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITY In any of the above situations, the peace officer, acting on behalf of the Department of Motor Vehicles, shall do the following: (a)Confiscate any California driver's license(s) in the possession of the driver. If the subject has an Admin Per Se (APS ) temporary license document, do not confiscate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Administrative Per Se Law (APS) - 471 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Administrative Per Se Law (APS) (b)Complete and serve the Administrative Per Se Order of Suspension (DMV form DS367, DS367m or DS367s - Officer's Statement and Order of Suspension), 4th page on the driver, regardless of license status. (c)The officer will inform the driver that the "Administrative Per Se Order of Suspension", form DS367, DS367m or DS367s' along with his/her violator's notice to appear (except Zero Tolerance) or other release from custody document, will serve as the driver's temporary license. If the driver's privilege to drive is suspended or revoked, the order will not be a valid temporary license. If the subject presents an Admin Per Se suspension order/temporary license, do not confiscate the order but do issue another order pursuant to the current DUI arrest. 509.4 DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES NOTIFICATION The following specified items must be forwarded to the Department of Motor Vehicles within five regular business days: (a)Officer's Statement form DS367 or DS367m (Minor) or DS367s (Spanish) (b)Order of suspension (form DS367, DS367m or DS367s, pages 2 and 3) (c)Copy of the printout of the breath test (if taken) (d)Traffic collision report if applicable (e)The offender's driver's license 509.5 PROCESSING OF FORMS In order to ensure that the Department of Motor Vehicles and Department of Public Safety forms are routed properly, the following responsibilities are identified: 509.5.1 SUPERVISORY APPROVAL The Shift Supervisor, or the supervisor responsible for approving reports, shall collect the documents described in Policy Manual § 526.4, review for completeness (dates, times, signatures, etc.) and forward the originals of the documents to the Records Bureau. 509.5.2 RECORDS BUREAU RESPONSIBILITY The Records Bureau is responsible for the following: (a)Copies of documents required by DMV are to be made for the department files and the originals are then to be forwarded to the Department of Motor Vehicles; (b)One copy of the Forensic Alcohol Examination Report shall be attached to the second copy of form DS367. (c)If the Department of Motor Vehicles should return form DS367, DS367m or DS367s for corrections, the Records Bureau must notify the officer who made the arrest of the needed corrections. The officer shall make the corrections by lining out the incorrect information with a single line and initialing above the corrected area, including the Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Administrative Per Se Law (APS) - 472 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Administrative Per Se Law (APS) date the correction was made. White out and strikeouts are not acceptable forms of correction. The form(s) shall then be returned to the Records Bureau to be returned to the Department of Motor Vehicles. 509.5.3 PROPERTY OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY It is the responsibility of the property officer to promptly deliver physiological specimens to the designated crime lab as soon as possible after receipt to ensure that the above time requirements are met. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Administrative Per Se Law (APS) - 473 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 6 - Investigation Operations Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Investigation Operations - 474 Policy 600 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Investigation and Prosecution 600.1 POLICY The Investigations Bureau shall be administered by the Patrol Lieutenant or the commanding officer so assigned. It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to investigate crimes thoroughly and with due diligence, and to evaluate and prepare criminal cases for appropriate clearance or submission to a prosecutor. 600.1.1 FUNCTION The function of the Investigations Bureau is to investigate crimes that occur in the city; work with the Crime Analyst, Community Oriented Problem Solving team, residents, and businesses to mitigate crime trends; register and track sex offenders living in the city; prepare warrants and reports; arrest offenders and testify in court. 600.2 POTENTIALLY EXCULPATORY EVIDENCE OR FACTS Officers must include in their reports adequate reference to all material evidence and facts which are reasonably believed to be exculpatory to any individual in the case. If an officer learns of potentially exculpatory information anytime after submission of the case, the officer must notify the prosecutor as soon as practicable. Evidence or facts are considered material if there is a reasonable probability that they may impact the result of a criminal proceeding or trial. Determining whether evidence or facts are material often requires legal or even judicial review. If an officer is unsure whether evidence or facts are material, the officer should address the issue with a supervisor. Supervisors uncertain about whether evidence or facts are material should address the issue in a written memo to an appropriate prosecutor. A copy of the memo should be retained in the department case file. 600.3 INITIAL INVESTIGATION 600.3.1 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES An officer responsible for an initial investigation shall complete no less than the following: (a)Make a preliminary determination of whether a crime has been committed by completing, at a minimum: 1.An initial statement from any witnesses or complainants. 2.A cursory examination for evidence. (b)If information indicates a crime has occurred, the officer shall: 1.Preserve the scene and any evidence as required to complete the initial and follow-up investigation. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Investigation and Prosecution - 475 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Investigation and Prosecution 2.Determine if additional investigative resources (e.g., investigators or scene processing) are necessary and request assistance as required. 3.If assistance is warranted, or if the incident is not routine, notify a supervisor or the Shift Supervisor. 4.Make reasonable attempts to locate, identify and interview all available victims, complainants, witnesses and suspects. 5.Collect any evidence. 6.Take any appropriate law enforcement action. 7.Complete and submit the appropriate reports and documentation. (c)If the preliminary determination is that no crime occurred, determine what other action may be necessary, what other resources may be available, and advise the informant or complainant of this information. 600.3.2 NON-SWORN MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES A non-sworn member assigned to any preliminary investigation is responsible for all investigative steps, except making any attempt to locate, contact or interview a suspect face-to-face or take any enforcement action. Should an initial investigation indicate that those steps are required, the assistance of an officer shall be requested. 600.4 CUSTODIAL INTERROGATION REQUIREMENTS Suspects who are in custody and subjected to an interrogation shall be given the Miranda warning, unless an exception applies. Interview or interrogation of a juvenile shall be in accordance with the Temporary Custody of Juveniles Policy. 600.4.1 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDINGS Any custodial interrogation of an individual who is suspected of having committed any violent felony offense should be recorded (audio or video with audio as available) in its entirety. Regardless of where the interrogation occurs, every reasonable effort should be made to secure functional recording equipment to accomplish such recordings. Consideration should also be given to recording a custodial interrogation, or any investigative interview, for any other offense when it is reasonable to believe it would be appropriate and beneficial to the investigation and is otherwise allowed by law. No recording of a custodial interrogation should be destroyed or altered without written authorization from the prosecuting attorney and the Detective Bureau supervisor. Copies of recorded interrogations or interviews may be made in the same or a different format as the original recording, provided the copies are true, accurate and complete and are made only for authorized and legitimate law enforcement purposes. Recordings should not take the place of a thorough report and investigative interviews. Written statements from suspects should continue to be obtained when applicable. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Investigation and Prosecution - 476 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Investigation and Prosecution 600.4.2 MANDATORY RECORDING OF ADULTS Any custodial interrogation of an adult who is suspected of having committed any murder shall be recorded in its entirety. The recording should be video with audio if reasonably feasible (Penal Code § 859.5). This recording is not mandatory when (Penal Code § 859.5): (a)Recording is not feasible because of exigent circumstances that are later documented in a report. (b)The suspect refuses to have the interrogation recorded, including a refusal any time during the interrogation, and the refusal is documented in a report. If feasible, the refusal shall be electronically recorded. (c)The custodial interrogation occurred in another state by law enforcement officers of that state, unless the interrogation was conducted with the intent to avoid the requirements of Penal Code § 859.5. (d)The interrogation occurs when no member conducting the interrogation has a reason to believe that the individual may have committed murder. Continued custodial interrogation concerning that offense shall be electronically recorded if the interrogating member develops a reason to believe the individual committed murder. (e)The interrogation would disclose the identity of a confidential informant or would jeopardize the safety of an officer, the individual being interrogated or another individual. Such circumstances shall be documented in a report. (f)A recording device fails despite reasonable maintenance and the timely repair or replacement is not feasible. (g)The questions are part of a routine processing or booking, and are not an interrogation. (h)The suspect is in custody for murder and the interrogation is unrelated to a murder. However, if any information concerning a murder is mentioned during the interrogation, the remainder of the interrogation shall be recorded. The Department shall maintain an original or an exact copy of the recording until a conviction relating to the interrogation is final and all appeals are exhausted or prosecution is barred by law (Penal Code § 859.5). 600.5 USE OF CERTAIN DNA SAMPLES Known samples of DNA collected from a victim of a crime or alleged crime, and known reference samples of DNA from any individual that were voluntarily provided for the purpose of exclusion are to be used only for the purpose directly related to the incident being investigated and in compliance with the procedures identified in Penal Code § 679.12. 600.6 DISCONTINUATION OF INVESTIGATIONS The investigation of a criminal case or efforts to seek prosecution should only be discontinued if one of the following applies: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Investigation and Prosecution - 477 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Investigation and Prosecution (a)All reasonable investigative efforts have been exhausted, no reasonable belief that the person who committed the crime can be identified, and the incident has been documented appropriately. (b)The perpetrator of a misdemeanor has been identified and a warning is the most appropriate disposition. 1.In these cases, the investigator shall document that the person was warned and why prosecution was not sought. 2.Warnings shall not be given for felony offenses or other offenses identified in this policy or by law that require an arrest or submission of a case to a prosecutor. (c)The case has been submitted to the appropriate prosecutor but no charges have been filed. Further investigation is not reasonable nor has the prosecutor requested further investigation. (d)The case has been submitted to the appropriate prosecutor, charges have been filed, and further investigation is not reasonable, warranted, or requested, and there is no need to take the suspect into custody. (e)Suspects have been arrested, there are no other suspects, and further investigation is either not warranted, or requested. (f)Investigation has proven that a crime was not committed (see the Sexual Assault Investigations Policy for special considerations in these cases). The Domestic Violence, Child Abuse, Sexual Assault Investigations, and Senior and Disability Victimization policies may also require an arrest or submittal of a case to a prosecutor. 600.7 COMPUTERS AND DIGITAL EVIDENCE The collection, preservation, transportation and storage of computers, cell phones and other digital devices may require specialized handling to preserve the value of the related evidence. If it is anticipated that computers or similar equipment will be seized, officers should request that computer forensic examiners assist with seizing computers and related evidence. If a forensic examiner is unavailable, officers should take reasonable steps to prepare for such seizure and use the resources that are available. 600.8 INVESTIGATIVE USE OF SOCIAL MEDIA AND INTERNET SOURCES Use of social media and any other internet source to access information for the purpose of criminal investigation shall comply with applicable laws and policies regarding privacy, civil rights, and civil liberties. Information gathered via the internet should only be accessed by members while on-duty and for purposes related to the mission of this department. If a member encounters information relevant to a criminal investigation while off-duty or while using the member's own equipment, the member should note the dates, times, and locations of the information and report the discovery to the member's supervisor as soon as practicable. The member, or others who have been assigned to do so, should attempt to replicate the finding when on-duty and using department equipment. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Investigation and Prosecution - 478 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Investigation and Prosecution Information obtained via the internet should not be archived or stored in any manner other than department-established record keeping systems (see the Records Maintenance and Release and the Criminal Organizations policies). 600.8.1 ACCESS RESTRICTIONS Information that can be accessed from any department computer, without the need of an account, password, email address, alias, or other identifier (unrestricted websites), may be accessed and used for legitimate investigative purposes without supervisory approval. Accessing information from any internet source that requires the use or creation of an account, password, email address, alias or other identifier, or the use of nongovernment IP addresses, requires supervisor approval prior to access. The supervisor will review the justification for accessing the information and consult with legal counsel as necessary to identify any policy or legal restrictions. Any such access and the supervisor approval shall be documented in the related investigative report. Accessing information that requires the use of a third party's account or online identifier requires supervisor approval and the consent of the third party. The consent must be voluntary and shall be documented in the related investigative report. Information gathered from any internet source should be evaluated for its validity, authenticity, accuracy, and reliability. Corroborative evidence should be sought and documented in the related investigative report. Any information collected in furtherance of an investigation through an internet source should be documented in the related report. Documentation should include the source of information and the dates and times that the information was gathered. 600.8.2 INTERCEPTING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION Intercepting social media communications in real time may be subject to federal and state wiretap laws. Officers should seek legal counsel before any such interception. 600.9 CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS INTERCEPTION TECHNOLOGY The Investigation Deputy Chief is responsible for ensuring the following for cellular communications interception technology operations (Government Code § 53166): (a)Security procedures are developed to protect information gathered through the use of the technology. (b)A usage and privacy policy is developed that includes: 1.The purposes for which using cellular communications interception technology and collecting information is authorized. 2.Identification by job title or other designation of employees who are authorized to use or access information collected through the use of cellular communications interception technology. 3.Training requirements necessary for those authorized employees. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Investigation and Prosecution - 479 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Investigation and Prosecution 4.A description of how the Department will monitor the use of its cellular communications interception technology to ensure the accuracy of the information collected and compliance with all applicable laws. 5.Process and time period system audits. 6.Identification of the existence of any memorandum of understanding or other agreement with any other local agency or other party for the shared use of cellular communications interception technology or the sharing of information collected through its use, including the identity of signatory parties. 7.The purpose of, process for and restrictions on the sharing of information gathered through the use of cellular communications interception technology with other local agencies and persons. 8.The length of time information gathered through the use of cellular communications interception technology will be retained, and the process the local agency will utilize to determine if and when to destroy retained information. Members shall only use approved devices and usage shall be in compliance with department security procedures, the department’s usage and privacy procedures and all applicable laws. 600.10 ANTI-REPRODUCTIVE RIGHTS CRIMES A member should take a report any time a person living within the jurisdiction of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety reports that the person has been a victim of an anti-reproductive rights crime as defined by Penal Code § 13776 and Penal Code § 423.3. This includes: (a)Taking a report, even if the location of the crime is outside the jurisdiction of this department or has not been determined (e.g., online harassment). (b)Providing the victim with the appropriate information, as set forth in the Victim and Witness Assistance Policy. Members should encourage the person to review the material and should assist with any questions. A report should also be taken if a person living outside department jurisdiction reports an anti- reproductive rights crime that may have been committed or facilitated within this jurisdiction (e.g., use of a post office box in the [city/county] to facilitate the crime). A member investigating an anti-reproductive rights crime should ensure that the case is referred to the appropriate agency if it is determined that this department should not be the investigating agency. The victim should be advised that the case is being transferred to the agency of jurisdiction. The appropriate entries should be made into any databases that have been authorized for department use and are specific to this type of investigation. The Detective Bureau supervisor should provide the Records Supervisor with enough information regarding the number of calls for assistance and number of arrests to meet the reporting requirements to the California Department of Justice as required by Penal Code § 13777. See the Records Bureau Policy for additional guidance. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Investigation and Prosecution - 480 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Investigation and Prosecution 600.11 MODIFICATION OF CHARGES FILED Members are not authorized to recommend to the prosecutor or to any other official of the court that charges on a pending case be amended or dismissed without the authorization of a Deputy Chief or the Director of Public Safety. Any authorized request to modify the charges or to recommend dismissal of charges shall be made to the prosecutor. 600.12 STATE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIREARM INVESTIGATIONS 600.12.1 CALIFORNIA DOJ NOTICE OF LOCATION OF REPORTED LOST OR STOLEN FIREARM When notification is received from the California Department of Justice (DOJ) that a firearm purchase matches an entry made into the Automated Firearms System by the Department as lost or stolen, the Detective Bureau supervisor shall assign an officer to retrieve the firearm and book the firearm into evidence in accordance with the Property and Evidence Policy. Recovery of the firearm shall be reported pursuant to Penal Code § 11108.2, Penal Code §11108.3, and Penal Code § 11108.5. If appropriate, arrangements may be made to have another state or local law enforcement agency retrieve the firearm on behalf of the Department (Penal Code § 28220). 600.12.2 RELINQUISHMENT OF FIREARMS VERIFICATION The Detective Bureau supervisor shall designate a member to have access to the Armed Prohibited Persons System (APPS) to receive information regarding individuals in the jurisdiction of the Department who have become a prohibited possessor of a firearm registered in their name and have not provided proof of relinquishment. The member shall document steps taken to verify that the individual is no longer in possession of firearms and provide the information to the Records Bureau for preparation of a quarterly report to the California DOJ (Penal Code § 29813) (see the Records Bureau Policy for additional guidance). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Investigation and Prosecution - 481 Policy 601 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sexual Assault Investigations 601.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the investigation of sexual assaults. These guidelines will address some of the unique aspects of such cases and the effects that these crimes have on the victims. Mandatory notifications requirements are addressed in the Child Abuse and Senior and Disability Victimization policies. 601.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Sexual assault - Any crime or attempted crime of a sexual nature, to include but not limited to offenses defined in Penal Code § 243.4, Penal Code § 261 et seq., and Penal Code § 285 et seq. Sexual Assault Response Team (SART) - A multidisciplinary team generally comprised of advocates; law enforcement officers; forensic medical examiners, including sexual assault forensic examiners (SAFEs) or sexual assault nurse examiners (SANEs) if possible; forensic laboratory personnel; and prosecutors. The team is designed to coordinate a broad response to sexual assault victims. 601.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety that its members, when responding to reports of sexual assaults, will strive to minimize the trauma experienced by the victims, and will aggressively investigate sexual assaults, pursue expeditious apprehension and conviction of perpetrators, and protect the safety of the victims and the community. 601.3 QUALIFIED INVESTIGATORS Qualified investigators should be available for assignment of sexual assault investigations. These investigators should: (a)Have specialized training in, and be familiar with, interview techniques and the medical and legal issues that are specific to sexual assault investigations. (b)Conduct follow-up interviews and investigation. (c)Present appropriate cases of alleged sexual assault to the prosecutor for review. (d)Coordinate with other enforcement agencies, social service agencies and medical personnel as needed. (e)Provide referrals to therapy services, victim advocates and support for the victim. (f)Participate in or coordinate with SART. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sexual Assault Investigations - 482 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sexual Assault Investigations 601.4 INVESTIGATION AND REPORTING In all reported or suspected cases of sexual assault, a report should be written and assigned for follow-up investigation. This includes incidents in which the allegations appear unfounded or unsubstantiated. 601.4.1 COLLECTION AND TESTING OF BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE Whenever possible, a SART member should be involved in the collection of forensic evidence from the victim. When the facts of the case indicate that collection of biological evidence is warranted, it should be collected regardless of how much time has elapsed since the reported assault. If a drug-facilitated sexual assault is suspected, it is critical to the investigation that a urine sample from the victim be collected by a medical professional. Subject to available resources and other law enforcement considerations which may affect the ability to process and analyze rape kits, other sexual assault victim evidence and other crime scene evidence, any member of this department assigned to investigate a sexual assault offense should take every reasonable step to ensure that DNA testing of such evidence is performed in a timely manner and within the time periods prescribed by Penal Code § 803(g). Generally, rape kits should be submitted to the crime lab within 20 days after being booked into evidence (Penal Code § 680). In order to maximize the effectiveness of such testing and identify the perpetrator of any sexual assault, the assigned officer should further ensure that the results of any such test have been timely entered into and checked against both the Department of Justice Cal-DNA database and the Combined DNA Index System (CODIS). If, for any reason, DNA evidence in a sexual assault case in which the identity of the perpetrator is in issue and is not going to be analyzed within 18 months of the crime, the assigned officer shall notify the victim of such fact in writing no less than 60 days prior to the expiration of the 18 month period (Penal Code § 680(d)). 601.5 RELEASING INFORMATION TO THE PUBLIC In cases where the perpetrator is not known to the victim, and especially if there are multiple crimes where more than one appear to be related, consideration should be given to releasing information to the public whenever there is a reasonable likelihood that doing so may result in developing helpful investigative leads. The Detective Bureau supervisor should weigh the risk of alerting the suspect to the investigation with the need to protect the victim and the public, and to prevent more crimes. 601.6 TRAINING Subject to available resources, periodic training should be provided to: (a)Members who are first responders. Training should include: 1.Initial response to sexual assaults. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sexual Assault Investigations - 483 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sexual Assault Investigations 2.Legal issues. 3.Victim advocacy. 4.Victim’s response to trauma. 5.Proper use and handling of the California standardized SAFE kit (Penal Code § 13823.14). (b)Qualified investigators, who should receive advanced training on additional topics. Advanced training should include: 1.Interviewing sexual assault victims. 2.SART. 3.Medical and legal aspects of sexual assault investigations. 4.Serial crimes investigations. 5.Use of community and other federal and state investigative resources, such as the Violent Criminal Apprehension Program (ViCAP). 6.Techniques for communicating with victims to minimize trauma. 601.7 VICTIM INTERVIEWS The primary considerations in sexual assault investigations, which begin with the initial call to the Dispatch Center, should be the health and safety of the victim, the preservation of evidence, and preliminary interviews to determine if a crime has been committed and to attempt to identify the suspect. Whenever possible, a member of SART should be included in the initial victim interviews. An in-depth follow-up interview should not be conducted until after the medical and forensic examinations are completed and the personal needs of the victim have been met (e.g., change of clothes, bathing). The follow-up interview may be delayed to the following day based upon the circumstances. Whenever practicable, the follow-up interview should be conducted by a qualified investigator. No opinion of whether the case is unfounded shall be included in the report. Victims shall not be asked or required to take a polygraph examination (34 USC § 10451; Penal Code § 637.4). Victims should be apprised of applicable victim’s rights provisions, as outlined in the Victim and Witness Assistance Policy. 601.7.1 VICTIM RIGHTS Whenever there is an alleged sexual assault, the assigned officer shall accomplish the following: (a)Prior to the commencement of the initial interview, advise the victim in writing of the right to have a victim advocate and a support person of the victim's choosing present at any interview or contact by law enforcement, about any other rights of a sexual assault victim pursuant to the sexual assault victim card described in Penal Code § Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sexual Assault Investigations - 484 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sexual Assault Investigations 680.2, and the right to have a person of the same or opposite gender present in the room during any interview with a law enforcement official unless no such person is reasonably available (Penal Code § 679.04). (b)If the victim is transported to a hospital for any medical evidentiary or physical examination, the officer shall immediately cause the local rape victim counseling center to be notified (Penal Code § 264.2). 1.The officer shall not discourage a victim from receiving a medical evidentiary or physical examination (Penal Code § 679.04). 2.A support person may be excluded from the examination by the officer or the medical provider if the support person's presence would be detrimental to the purpose of the examination (Penal Code § 264.2). 601.7.2 VICTIM CONFIDENTIALITY Officers investigating or receiving a report of an alleged sex offense shall inform the victim, or the victim’s parent or guardian if the victim is a minor, that his/her name will become a matter of public record unless the victim requests that his/her name not be made public. The reporting officer shall document in his/her report that the victim was properly informed and shall include any related response made by the victim, or if a minor, any response made by the victim’s parent or guardian (Penal Code § 293). Except as authorized by law, members of this department shall not publicly disclose the name of any victim of a sex crime who has exercised his/her right to confidentiality (Penal Code § 293). 601.8 DISPOSITION OF CASES If the assigned investigator has reason to believe the case is without merit, the case may be classified as unfounded only upon review and approval of the Detective Bureau supervisor. Classification of a sexual assault case as unfounded requires the Detective Bureau supervisor to determine that the facts have significant irregularities with reported information and that the incident could not have happened as it was reported. When a victim has recanted his/her original statement, there must be corroborating evidence that the allegations were false or baseless (i.e., no crime occurred) before the case should be determined as unfounded. 601.9 CASE REVIEW The Detective Bureau supervisor should ensure case dispositions are reviewed on a periodic basis, at least annually, using an identified group that is independent of the investigation process. The reviews should include an analysis of: •Case dispositions. •Decisions to collect biological evidence. •Submissions of biological evidence for lab testing. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sexual Assault Investigations - 485 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Sexual Assault Investigations The SART and/or victim advocates should be considered for involvement in this audit. Summary reports on these reviews should be forwarded through the chain of command to the Director of Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Sexual Assault Investigations - 486 Policy 602 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Asset Forfeiture 602.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy describes the authority and procedure for the seizure, forfeiture and liquidation of property associated with designated offenses. 602.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Fiscal agent - The person designated by the Director of Public Safety to be responsible for securing and maintaining seized assets and distributing any proceeds realized from any forfeiture proceedings. This includes any time the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety seizes property for forfeiture or when the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is acting as the fiscal agent pursuant to a multi-agency agreement. Forfeiture - The process by which legal ownership of an asset is transferred to a government or other authority. Forfeiture reviewer - The department member assigned by the Director of Public Safety who is responsible for reviewing all forfeiture cases and for acting as the liaison between the Department and the assigned attorney. Property subject to forfeiture - The following may be subject to forfeiture: (a)Property related to a narcotics offense, which includes (Heath and Safety Code § 11470; Health and Safety Code § 11470.1): 1.Property (not including real property or vehicles) used, or intended for use, as a container for controlled substances, materials to manufacture controlled substances, etc. 2.Interest in a vehicle (car, boat, airplane, other vehicle) used to facilitate the manufacture, possession for sale or sale of specified quantities of controlled substances. 3.Money, negotiable instruments, securities or other things of value furnished or intended to be furnished by any person in exchange for a controlled substance, proceeds traceable to an exchange, etc. 4.Real property when the owner is convicted of violating Health and Safety Code § 11366, Health and Safety Code § 11366.5 or Health and Safety Code § 11366.6 (drug houses) when the property was not used as a family residence or for other lawful purposes, or property owned by two or more persons, one of whom had no knowledge of its unlawful use. 5.The expenses of seizing, eradicating, destroying or taking remedial action with respect to any controlled substance or its precursors upon conviction for the unlawful manufacture or cultivation of any controlled substance or its precursors. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Asset Forfeiture - 487 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Asset Forfeiture (b)Property related to criminal profiteering (may include gang crimes), to include (Penal Code § 186.2; Penal Code § 186.3): 1.Any property interest, whether tangible or intangible, acquired through a pattern of criminal profiteering activity. 2.All proceeds acquired through a pattern of criminal profiteering activity, including all things of value that may have been received in exchange for the proceeds immediately derived from the pattern of criminal profiteering activity. Seizure - The act of law enforcement officials taking property, cash or assets that have been used in connection with or acquired by specified illegal activities. 602.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety recognizes that appropriately applied forfeiture laws are helpful to enforce the law, deter crime and reduce the economic incentive of crime. However, the potential for revenue should never compromise the effective investigation of criminal offenses, officer safety or any person’s due process rights. It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety that all members, including those assigned to internal or external law enforcement task force operations, shall comply with all state and federal laws pertaining to forfeiture. 602.3 ASSET FORFEITURE PROCEDURE Before seizing any currency, vehicle or personal property pursuant to Health & Safety Code § 11470, a patrol officer should contact an Asset Forfeiture Investigator or Asset Forfeiture Sergeant. The following guidelines will be observed: (a)The seizing officer or the detective will serve all persons with Notice of Seizure and Intended Forfeiture forms which includes an attached County of Origin Claim form Opposing Forfeiture, and a forfeiture receipt. Disclaimers (English/Spanish) will be completed on all persons disclaiming ownership of currency, vehicle or property seized. (b)When someone has made notification other than the Asset Forfeiture Investigator, a copy of all reports and all applicable asset forfeiture paperwork must be forwarded an Asset Forfeiture Investigator for review. (c)Interview all persons involved concerning their possession of the seized assets, financial situation, employment, income and other resources. The interviewing officer shall ensure that Miranda warnings are given and waivers obtained before interviewing any person who is in custody. (d)Attempt to promptly determine all lien holders or all persons who may have a legal interest in the seized currency, vehicle or property for further contact, investigation and notification. (e)The seizure of assets subject to forfeiture is a civil proceeding filed through the county of origin, Office of the District Attorney Forfeiture Unit. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Asset Forfeiture - 488 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Asset Forfeiture 602.3.1 SEIZED PROPERTY Property seized subject to forfeiture will be inventoried and booked into Property as evidence type "Asset Seizure." The property will be checked through the Automated Property System to determine if the property has been stolen. 602.3.2 PROPERTY NOT SUBJECT TO SEIZURE The following property should not be seized for forfeiture: (a)Cash and property that does not meet the forfeiture counsel’s current minimum forfeiture thresholds should not be seized. (b)Real property is not subject to seizure, absent exigent circumstances, without a court order (Health and Safety Code § 11471). (c)A vehicle which may be lawfully driven on the highway if there is a community property interest in the vehicle by a person other than the suspect and the vehicle is the sole vehicle available to the suspect’s immediate family (Health and Safety Code § 11470). (d)Vehicles, boats or airplanes owned by an “innocent owner,” such as a common carrier with no knowledge of the suspected offense (Health and Safety Code § 11490). (e)Any property when the associated activity involves the possession of marijuana or related paraphernalia that is permissible under the Control, Regulate and Tax Adult Use of Marijuana Act (Health and Safety Code § 11362.1). 602.3.3 SEIZED VEHICLES Vehicles seized subject to forfeiture will be taken to a designated secure storage facility. A seized vehicle should not be impounded. No vehicle should be seized without approval of an Asset Forfeiture Investigator. If an Asset Forfeiture Investigator is unavailable, approval must be obtained from a shift supervisor. If the vehicle cannot be driven, a tow truck will be used to tow the vehicle to the storage facility or the Public Safety facility. Personal property located in a seized vehicle shall be removed and booked into Property as either evidence or for safekeeping. 602.4 PROCESSING SEIZED PROPERTY FOR FORFEITURE PROCEEDINGS When property or cash subject to this policy is seized, the officer making the seizure should ensure compliance with the following: (a)Complete applicable seizure forms and present the appropriate copy to the person from whom the property is seized. If cash or property is seized from more than one person, a separate copy must be provided to each person, specifying the items seized. When property is seized and no one claims an interest in the property, the officer must leave the copy in the place where the property was found, if it is reasonable to do so. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Asset Forfeiture - 489 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Asset Forfeiture (b)Complete and submit a report and original seizure forms within 24 hours of the seizure, if practicable. (c)Forward the original seizure forms and related reports to the forfeiture reviewer within two days of seizure. The officer will book seized property as evidence with the notation in the comment section of the property form, “Seized Subject to Forfeiture.” Property seized subject to forfeiture should be booked on a separate property form. No other evidence from the case should be booked on this form. Photographs should be taken of items seized, particularly cash, jewelry and other valuable items. Officers who suspect property may be subject to seizure but are not able to seize the property (e.g., the property is located elsewhere, the whereabouts of the property is unknown, it is real estate, bank accounts, non-tangible assets) should document and forward the information in the appropriate report to the forfeiture reviewer. 602.5 MAINTAINING SEIZED PROPERTY The Property Bureau Supervisor is responsible for ensuring compliance with the following: (a)All property received for forfeiture is reasonably secured and properly stored to prevent waste and preserve its condition. (b)All property received for forfeiture is checked to determine if the property has been stolen. (c)All property received for forfeiture is retained in the same manner as evidence until forfeiture is finalized or the property is returned to the claimant or the person with an ownership interest. (d)Property received for forfeiture is not used unless the forfeiture action has been completed. 602.6 ASSET FORFEITURE MANUAL The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will maintain and Asset Forfeiture Manual. This manual shall be reviewed for additional details concerning Asset Forfeiture. 602.7 FORFEITURE REVIEWER The Director of Public Safety will appoint an officer as the forfeiture reviewer. Prior to assuming duties, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the forfeiture reviewer should attend a department- approved course on asset forfeiture. The responsibilities of the forfeiture reviewer include: (a)Remaining familiar with forfeiture laws, particularly Health and Safety Code § 11469 et seq. and Penal Code § 186.2 et seq. and the forfeiture policies of the forfeiture counsel. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Asset Forfeiture - 490 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Asset Forfeiture (b)Serving as the liaison between the Department and the forfeiture counsel and ensuring prompt legal review of all seizures. (c)Making reasonable efforts to obtain annual training that includes best practices in pursuing, seizing and tracking forfeitures. (d)Ensuring that property seized under state law is not referred or otherwise transferred to a federal agency seeking the property for federal forfeiture as prohibited by Health and Safety Code § 11471.2. (e)Ensuring that responsibilities, including the designation of a fiscal agent, are clearly established whenever multiple agencies are cooperating in a forfeiture case. (f)Ensuring that seizure forms are available and appropriate for department use. These should include notice forms, a receipt form and a checklist that provides relevant guidance to officers. The forms should be available in languages appropriate for the region and should contain spaces for: 1.Names and contact information for all relevant persons and law enforcement officers involved. 2.Information as to how ownership or other property interests may have been determined (e.g., verbal claims of ownership, titles, public records). 3.A space for the signature of the person from whom cash or property is being seized. 4.A tear-off portion or copy, which should be given to the person from whom cash or property is being seized, that includes the legal authority for the seizure, information regarding the process to contest the seizure and a detailed description of the items seized. (g)Ensuring that officers who may be involved in asset forfeiture receive training in the proper use of the seizure forms and the forfeiture process. The training should be developed in consultation with the appropriate legal counsel and may be accomplished through traditional classroom education, electronic media, Daily Training Bulletins (DTBs) or Department Directives. The training should cover this policy and address any relevant statutory changes and court decisions. (h)Reviewing each asset forfeiture case to ensure that: 1.Written documentation of the seizure and the items seized is in the case file. 2.Independent legal review of the circumstances and propriety of the seizure is made in a timely manner. 3.Notice of seizure has been given in a timely manner to those who hold an interest in the seized property (Health and Safety Code § 11488.4). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Asset Forfeiture - 491 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Asset Forfeiture 4.Property is promptly released to those entitled to its return (Health and Safety Code § 11488.2). 5.All changes to forfeiture status are forwarded to any supervisor who initiates a forfeiture case. 6.Any cash received is deposited with the fiscal agent. 7.Assistance with the resolution of ownership claims and the release of property to those entitled is provided. 8.Current minimum forfeiture thresholds are communicated appropriately to officers. 9.This policy and any related policies are periodically reviewed and updated to reflect current federal and state statutes and case law. (i)Ensuring that a written plan that enables the Director of Public Safety to address any extended absence of the forfeiture reviewer, thereby ensuring that contact information for other law enforcement officers and attorneys who may assist in these matters is available. (j)Ensuring that the process of selling or adding forfeited property to the department’s regular inventory is in accordance with all applicable laws and consistent with the department’s use and disposition of similar property. (k)Keeping a manual that details the statutory grounds for forfeitures and department procedures related to asset forfeiture, including procedures for prompt notice to interest holders, the expeditious release of seized property, where appropriate, and the prompt resolution of claims of innocent ownership (Heath and Safety Code § 11469). (l)Providing copies of seized business records to the person or business from whom such records were seized, when requested (Heath and Safety Code §11471). (m)Notifying the California Franchise Tax Board when there is reasonable cause to believe that the value of seized property exceeds $5,000.00 (Health and Safety Code § 11471.5). Forfeiture proceeds should be maintained in a separate fund or account subject to appropriate accounting control, with regular reviews or audits of all deposits and expenditures. Forfeiture reporting and expenditures should be completed in the manner prescribed by the law and City financial directives (Health and Safety Code § 11495). 602.8 DISPOSITION OF FORFEITED PROPERTY Forfeited funds distributed under Health and Safety Code § 11489 et seq. shall only be used for purposes allowed by law, but in no case shall a peace officer’s employment or salary depend upon the level of seizures or forfeitures he/she achieves (Heath and Safety Code § 11469). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Asset Forfeiture - 492 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Asset Forfeiture The Department may request a court order so that certain uncontaminated science equipment is relinquished to a school or school district for science classroom education in lieu of destruction (Health and Safety Code § 11473; Health and Safety Code § 11473.5). 602.8.1 RECEIVING EQUITABLE SHARES When participating in a joint investigation with a federal agency, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety shall not receive an equitable share from the federal agency of all or a portion of the forfeiture proceeds absent either a required conviction under Health and Safety Code § 11471.2 or the flight, death or willful failure to appear of the defendant. This does not apply to forfeited cash or negotiable instruments of $40,000 or more. 602.9 CLAIM INVESTIGATIONS An investigation shall be made as to any claimant of a vehicle, boat or airplane whose right, title, interest or lien is on the record in the Department of Motor Vehicles or in an appropriate federal agency. If investigation reveals that any person, other than the registered owner, is the legal owner, and that ownership did not arise subsequent to the date and time of arrest or notification of the forfeiture proceedings or seizure of the vehicle, boat or airplane, notice shall be made to the legal owner at his/her address appearing on the records of the Department of Motor Vehicles or the appropriate federal agency (Health and Safety Code § 11488.4). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Asset Forfeiture - 493 Policy 603 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Informants 603.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the use of informants. 603.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Informant - A person who covertly interacts with other individuals or suspects at the direction of, request of, or by agreement with, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety for law enforcement purposes. This also includes a person agreeing to supply information to the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety for a benefit (e.g., a quid pro quo in the form of a reduced criminal penalty, or action). This does not apply to an officer offering to issue an offender a citation rather than booking them in county jail in exchange for information when booking or citation would otherwise be within the officer's discretion. As these subjects are not considered informants, the officer should record these interactions on their body-worn camera per department policy.). 603.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety recognizes the value of informants to law enforcement efforts and will strive to protect the integrity of the informant process. 603.3 INFORMANT MANAGEMENT (a)The relationship between Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety members and informants shall always be ethical and professional. 1.Members shall not become intimately involved with an informant. 2.Social contact shall be avoided unless it is necessary to conduct an official investigation, and then only with prior approval of the team supervisor. 3.Members shall neither solicit nor accept gratuities or engage in any private business transaction with an informant. (b)The use of parolees as informants must be approved by the respective parole officers or the California Department of Correction's SSU Division. (c)Officers working with probationers or persons subject to Post-Release Community Supervision (PRCS) shall make an effort to contact the subject's probation officer to discuss the use of the probationer as an informant. (d)Criminal activity by informants shall not be condoned. (e)Informants shall be told they are not acting as police officers, employees or agents of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, and that they shall not represent themselves as such. (f)Members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety should not guarantee absolute safety or confidentiality to an informant. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Informants - 494 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Informants (g)When contacting informants, officers shall have another officer present. However, when meeting an informant in a secure environment such as the Police Department or a jail facility, a second officer is preferred but not required. 1.If the Confidential Informant is of the opposite sex of the informant handler, two officers shall be present. The name of the second officer will be recorded in the Confidential Informant file. (h)Informants shall be under the direct supervision and control of the controlling agent working a specific investigation. (i)All officers managing Confidential Informants shall attend a POST-approved Informant Management Training Class. (j)Informants include anyone who will act in the field under the supervision or direction of any police officer. A person will be considered an informant if he/she participates in any prearranged activity with other persons to further a criminal investigation. 1.Persons used for pretext contacts designed to solicit statements or obtain evidence from a suspect or involved party are not considered informants. 2.Persons used for the specific purpose of underage decoy stings, such as tobacco, alcohol and aerosol paint purchases will not be considered informants. (k)Other Officers 1.Access to Confidential Informant files shall be strictly on a "right to know" and "need to know" basis. When other personnel need to review or record information in an informant file, the employee should request access to the file through the COPS Team or Investigations Bureau supervisors. 2.The COPS Team or Investigations Bureau supervisor shall record the date, time and informant's number on the sign-out log which is located in the COPS Team supervisor's office. 3.When a file is no longer needed, the person who signed for the file is responsible for hand carrying the package back to the COPS Team or Investigations Bureau supervisor for review and refiling. 603.5 INFORMANT FILES Before using an individual as an informant, an officer must receive approval from the COPS Team supervisor or the Investigation Bureau supervisor. The officer shall compile enough information through a background investigation and experience with the informant in order to determine the suitability of the individual, including age, maturing and risk of physical harm, as well as any indicators of his/her reliability and credibility. (a)Prior to the utilization of an informant, a Confidential Informant File shall be completed. 1.The following shall be included in the informant file: (a)Current photograph. (b)Names and aliases. (c)Date of birth. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Informants - 495 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Informants (d)Complete physical description. (e)Current home address and telephone numbers. (f)Current employers, positions, addressed and telephone numbers. (g)Vehicles owned and registration information. (h)Places frequented. (i)Briefs of information provided by the informant and his/her subsequent reliability. 1.If an informant is determined to be unsuitable, the informants file is to be marked "unsuitable" and notations included detailing the issues that caused the classification. (j)Driving history. (k)FBI/CII rap sheet. (l)Update on active or inactive status of the informant. (m)Confidential Informant Agreement containing: 1.Section 118 P.C./Section 153 P.C., entrapment. 2.Confidential Informant pending charges. 3.Confidential Informant Memorandum of Understanding. 4.WISN Check and Entered into system. 5.Local/RMS Check. 2.All current personal information about the informant, including nicknames, home address, work address, and telephone numbers shall be entered into RMS. 3.All informants are required to sign and abide by the provisions of the designated department informant agreement. The officer using the informant shall discuss each of the provisions of the agreement with the informant. 4.Details of the agreement are to be approved in writing by a COPS Team or Investigations Bureau supervisor before being finalized with the informant. (b)Each informant shall be assigned a number which will be permanently used by the informant. This number is used for tracking purposes and records management and should not be referred to in any reports. (c)A Confidential Informant number is obtained from the COPS Team or Investigations Bureau supervisor. (d)After completing the Informant file, it shall be submitted to the COPS Team or Investigations Bureau supervisor to be secured in the COPS Team office unless needed and checked out by an Officer with prior supervisor approval. (e)Informant files shall be secured and maintained by the COPS Team and Investigations Bureau supervisors and are the direct responsibility of the COPS Team and Investigations Bureau supervisors. Informant files shall be maintained in a secure area Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Informants - 496 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Informants within the COPS Team Office. The COPS Team and Investigation Bureau supervisors shall be responsible for maintaining informant files. Access to the informant files shall be restricted to the Director of Public Safety, Deputy Chief, COPS Team Supervisor, Investigations Bureau Supervisor or their authorized designees. 1.It shall be the responsibility of officers working with informants to maintain performance records on informants. This will assist in establishing credibility of the informants. Performance records are incorporated into the Confidential Informant file. Officers shall document all face to face informant meetings, phone calls, electronic communications, or other communication which is directly related to on-going cases and provide relevant intelligence. Further, any information which would impact the informant's credibility either positively or negatively shall also be documented. (f)Officers shall keep and update their Confidential Informant file with pertinent information (e.g. meetings, performance, etc.) upon receiving such information. All such information shall be documented on the Confidential Informant work sheet contained within the Confidential Informant file. 603.5 JUVENILE INFORMANTS The use of informants under the age of 13 is prohibited. Except for the enforcement of laws related to the commercial sale of alcohol or tobacco products the use of any juvenile 13 years of age or older as an informant is only permitted when authorized by court order (Penal Code § 701.5). In all cases, a juvenile 13 years of age or older may only be used as an informant with the written consent of each of the following: (a)The juvenile's parents or legal guardians. (b)The juvenile's attorney, if any. (c)The court in which the juvenile's case is being handled, if applicable. (d)The Chief of Police or his/her authorized designee. 603.6 GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANTS (a)Supervisors shall have knowledge of all informants being managed by their team members. The supervisor shall meet with each active informant not less than once per year without the officer present to discuss past/future cases and procedures. The supervisor shall document all meetings with an informant in the informant file. (b)Prior to authorizing Informant files of individuals with a past history of violent crimes (i.e., armed robbery, battery on a police officer, etc.), supervisors will consider all aspects of the investigation including severity of the crime, officer safety, and team goals. (c)The COPS Team or Investigations Bureau supervisor shall conduct a minimum of two audits per year on all active Informant files. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Informants - 497 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Informants 1.This audit shall include review of informant cases worked, and proper documentation of informant/officer communication. (d)The COPS Team or Investigations Bureau supervisor shall provide annual refresher training on the Informant Management policy and any relevant updated training or applicable case law. The annual refresher training shall be documented by a memorandum and placed in the COPS Team Officer or Detective training file. (e)Under no circumstances may a Confidential Informant retain for himself/herself any evidence. (f)Officers shall not make any promises or guarantees to either defendants or informants unless such commitment is within the scope of control of the individual officer and with prior approval from the Sonoma County District Attorney's Office. (g)Officers shall inquire of Confidential Informants if they are currently working for another agency or have done so in the past. Officers shall make efforts to contact previous agencies that have managed any prospective informant to obtain information about the informant's reliability. This information shall be documented in the informant's file. (h)Officers shall immediately notify the team supervisor when a Confidential Informant engages in unprofessional or sexual behavior. Officers are prohibited from engaging in any sexual conduct or activity with informants; this includes any form of sexual based communication or innuendo. Unprofessional contact includes excessive personal contact. (i)Officers who experience a "chance meeting" with a Confidential Informant shall notify their supervisor as soon as possible. 603.7 UNSUITABLE INFORMANTS The suitability of any informant should be considered before engaging him/her in any way in covert of other investigative process. Members who become aware that an informant may be unsuitable will notify the supervisor, who will initiate a review to determine suitability. Until a determination has been made by a supervisor, the informant should not be used by any member. The supervisor shall determine whether the informant should be used by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, and, if so, what conditions will be placed on his/her participation or any information the informant provides. The supervisor shall document the decision and conditions in the files notes and mark the file "unsuitable" when appropriate. Considerations for determining whether and informant is unsuitable include, but are not limited to, the following: (a)The informant has provided untruthful or unreliable information in the past. (b)The informant behaves in a way that may endanger the safety of an officer. (c)The informant appears to be using his/her affiliation with the department to further criminal objectives. (d)The informant reveals to suspects the identity of an officer or the existence of an investigation. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Informants - 498 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Informants (e)The informant creates officer-safety issues by providing information to multiple law enforcement agencies simultaneously, without prior notification and approval of each agency. (f)The informant engages in any other behavior that could jeopardize the safety of officers or the integrity of a criminal investigation. (g)The informant commits criminal acts subsequent to entering an informant agreement. 603.8 DISCLOSURE OF INFORMANTS (a)The identity of an informant shall be concealed from the suspect in order to protect the informant. (b)The identity of an informant acting in a confidential capacity shall not be withheld from the Chief of Police, Division Commander, Bureau Lieutenant, or Special Services Division Sergeant responsible for supervising the use of the informant or their authorized designees. Identities of informants acting in a confidential capacity shall otherwise be kept confidential. (c)If requested to reveal an informant, an officer should claim privilege under Evidence Code § 1040 and § 1042 and request an in-camera hearing. (d)The officer should not disclose the informant's name at the in-camera hearing unless ordered to do so by the presiding judge. (e)Informants should not be introduced or exposed to more personnel than is needed. Care should be taken to ensure informants glean as little information as possible regarding department operations. After the initial meeting, efforts should be taken to meet with the informant away from the Public Safety Building. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Informants - 499 Policy 604 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Eyewitness Identification 604.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy sets forth guidelines to be used when members of this department employ eyewitness identification techniques (Penal Code § 859.7). 604.1.1 DEFINITIONS (a)Administrator - The officer conducting the identification procedure. (b)Eyewitness identification process - Any field identification, live lineup or photographic identification. (c)Blind Administration - A lineup where the administrator does not know the identity of the suspect. (d)Blinded Administration - A lineup where the administrator of an eye witness identification procedure may know who the suspect is, but does not know where the suspect, or his/her photo, as applicable, had been placed or positioned in the identification procedure. (e)Field show up - A procedure in which a suspect is detained shortly after the commission of a crime and who, based on his/her appearance, his/her distance from the crime scene, or other circumstantial evidence, is suspected of having just committed a crime. In these situations, the victim or an eyewitness is brought to the scene of the detention and is asked if the detainee was the perpetrator. (f)Identification procedure - Either a photo lineup, field show up, or a live lineup. (g)Live lineup - A procedure in which a group of persons, including the person suspected as the perpetrator of an offense and other persons not suspected of the offense, are displayed to an eyewitness for the purpose of determining whether the eyewitness is able to identify the suspect as the perpetrator. (h)Photographic lineup - A procedure in which an array of photographs, including a photograph of the person suspected as the perpetrator of an offense and additional photographs of other persons not suspected of the offense, are displayed to an eyewitness for the purpose of determining whether the eyewitness is able to identify the suspect as the perpetrator. 604.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will strive to use eyewitness identification techniques, when appropriate, to enhance the investigative process and will emphasize identifying persons responsible for crime and exonerating the innocent. 604.3 INTERPRETIVE SERVICES Employees should make a reasonable effort to arrange for an interpreter before proceeding with eyewitness identification if communication with a witness is impeded due to language or hearing barriers. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Eyewitness Identification - 500 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Eyewitness Identification Before the interpreter is permitted to discuss any matter with the witness, the investigating employee should explain the identification process to the interpreter. Once it is determined that the interpreter comprehends the process and can explain it to the witness, the eyewitness identification may proceed as provided for within this policy. 604.4 FIELD SHOW-UP/PHOTOGRAPHIC LINEUP PREPARATION Prior to conducting an identification procedure the following shall occur: (a)The eyewitness shall provide a description of the perpetrator and offense. (b)All witnesses shall be separated when viewing an identification procedure. (c)Nothing shall be said to the witness that might influence his/her identification od a suspect. (d)In a photo lineup, writings or information concerning any previous arrests of the suspect shall not be visible to the witness. (e)The officer shall use blind administration or blinded administration during the identification procedure. If a lineup was conducted not using blind administration, the officer shall state the reason in writing why it was not done. "Blinded administration" may be accomplished through the following: 1.An automated computer program that prevents the administrator from seeing which photos the eyewitness is viewing until after the identification procedure is completed. 2.The folder shuffle method, which refers to a system for conducting a photo lineup by placing photographs in folders, randomly numbering the folders, shuffling the folders, and then presenting the folders sequentially so that the administrator cannot see or track which photograph is being presented to the eyewitness until after the procedure is completed. 3.Any other procedure that achieves neutral administration and prevents the lineup administrator from knowing where the suspect or his/her photo, as applicable, has been placed or positioned in the identification procedure. (f)An identification procedure shall be composed so that fillers generally fit the eyewitness’ description of the suspect. For photo lineups, the suspect should, if practicable, resemble his/her appearance at the time of the offense and not unduly stand out. (g)Only one suspect shall be included in any identification procedure. (h)An eyewitness shall be instructed with the following prior to any identification procedure: 1.Because a police officer is showing you a group of subjects, this should not influence your judgment in any way. 2.The person who committed the crime may or may not be among the group of subjects you are viewing. 3.You are in no way obligated to identify anyone. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Eyewitness Identification - 501 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Eyewitness Identification 4.Study each subject carefully before making any comments. Consider that hair styles change and persons can alter their identity by growing or shaving facial hair. 5.An identification or failure to make an identification will not end the investigation. (i)If feasible, officers should have the witness sign the photo/in-person lineup instruction form. 604.5 EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATION PROCESS AND FORM The Detective Bureau supervisor shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of an eyewitness identification process for use by members when they are conducting eyewitness identifications. The process should include appropriate forms or reports that provide (Penal Code § 859.7): (a)The date, time and location of the eyewitness identification procedure. (b)The name and identifying information of the witness. (c)The name of the person administering the identification procedure. (d)If applicable, the names of all of the individuals present during the identification procedure. (e)An instruction to the witness that it is as important to exclude innocent persons as it is to identify a perpetrator. (f)An instruction to the witness that the perpetrator may or may not be among those presented and that the witness is not obligated to make an identification. (g)If the identification process is a photographic or live lineup, an instruction to the witness that the perpetrator may not appear exactly as he/she did on the date of the incident. (h)An instruction to the witness that the investigation will continue regardless of whether an identification is made by the witness. (i)A signature line where the witness acknowledges that he/she understands the identification procedures and instructions. (j)A statement from the witness in the witness's own words describing how certain he/ she is of the identification or non-identification. This statement should be taken at the time of the identification procedure. (k)Any other direction to meet the requirements of Penal Code § 859.7, including direction regarding blind or blinded administrations and filler selection. The process and related forms should be reviewed at least annually and modified when necessary. 604.6 EYEWITNESS IDENTIFICATION Members are cautioned not to, in any way, influence a witness as to whether any subject or photo presented in a lineup is in any way connected to the case. Members should avoid mentioning that: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Eyewitness Identification - 502 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Eyewitness Identification •The individual was apprehended near the crime scene. •The evidence points to the individual as the suspect. •Other witnesses have identified or failed to identify the individual as the suspect. In order to avoid undue influence, witnesses should view suspects or a lineup individually and outside the presence of other witnesses. Witnesses should be instructed to avoid discussing details of the incident or of the identification process with other witnesses. The eyewitness identification procedure should be audio and video recorded and the recording should be retained according to current evidence procedures. When it is not feasible to make a recording with both audio and visual representations, an audio recording should be made (Penal Code § 859.7). 604.7 DOCUMENTATION A thorough description of the eyewitness process and the result of any eyewitness identification should be documented in the case report. If a photographic lineup is utilized, a copy of the photographic lineup presented to the witness should be included in the case report. In addition, the order in which the photographs were presented to the witness should be documented in the case report. 604.7.1 DOCUMENTATION RELATED TO RECORDINGS The handling member shall document the reason that a video recording or any other recording of an identification was not obtained (Penal Code § 859.7). 604.7.2 DOCUMENTATION RELATED TO BLIND ADMINISTRATION If a presentation of a lineup is not conducted using blind administration, the handling member shall document the reason (Penal Code § 859.7). 604.8 PHOTOGRAPHIC LINEUP AND LIVE LINEUP CONSIDERATIONS When practicable, the member presenting the lineup should not be involved in the investigation of the case or know the identity of the suspect. In no case should the member presenting a lineup to a witness know which photograph or person in the lineup is being viewed by the witness (Penal Code § 859.7). Techniques to achieve this include randomly numbering photographs, shuffling folders, or using a computer program to order the persons in the lineup. Individuals in the lineup should reasonably match the description of the perpetrator provided by the witness and should bear similar characteristics to avoid causing any person to unreasonably stand out. In cases involving multiple suspects, a separate lineup should be conducted for each suspect. The suspects should be placed in a different order within each lineup (Penal Code § 859.7). The member presenting the lineup should do so sequentially (i.e., show the witness one person at a time) and not simultaneously. The witness should view all persons in the lineup. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Eyewitness Identification - 503 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Eyewitness Identification A live lineup should only be used before criminal proceedings have been initiated against the suspect. If there is any question as to whether any criminal proceedings have begun, the investigating member should contact the appropriate prosecuting attorney before proceeding. 604.8.1 OTHER SAFEGUARDS Witnesses should be asked for suspect descriptions as close in time to the incident as possible and before conducting an eyewitness identification. No information concerning a suspect should be given prior to obtaining a statement from the witness describing how certain he/she is of the identification or non-identification. Members should not say anything to a witness that that may validate or invalidate an eyewitness’ identification. In photographic lineups, writings or information concerning any previous arrest of a suspect shall not be visible to the witness (Penal Code § 859.7). 604.9 FIELD IDENTIFICATION CONSIDERATIONS Field identifications, also known as field elimination show-ups or one-on-one identifications, may be helpful in certain cases, where exigent circumstances make it impracticable to conduct a photo or live lineup identifications. A field elimination show-up or one-on-one identification should not be used when independent probable cause exists to arrest a suspect. In such cases a live or photo lineup is the preferred course of action if eyewitness identification is contemplated. When initiating a field identification, the member should observe the following guidelines: (a)Obtain a complete description of the suspect from the witness. (b)Assess whether a witness should be included in a field identification process by considering: 1.The length of time the witness observed the suspect. 2.The distance between the witness and the suspect. 3.Whether the witness could view the suspect’s face. 4.The quality of the lighting when the suspect was observed by the witness. 5.Whether there were distracting noises or activity during the observation. 6.Any other circumstances affecting the witness’s opportunity to observe the suspect. 7.The length of time that has elapsed since the witness observed the suspect. (c)If safe and practicable, the person who is the subject of the show-up should not be handcuffed or in a patrol vehicle. (d)When feasible, members should bring the witness to the location of the subject of the show-up, rather than bring the subject of the show-up to the witness. (e)The person who is the subject of the show-up should not be shown to the same witness more than once. (f)In cases involving multiple suspects, witnesses should only be permitted to view the subjects of the show-up one at a time. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Eyewitness Identification - 504 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Eyewitness Identification (g)The person who is the subject of the show-up should not be required to put on clothing worn by the suspect, to speak words uttered by the suspect or to perform other actions mimicking those of the suspect. (h)If a witness positively identifies a subject of the show-up as the suspect, members should not conduct any further field identifications with other witnesses for that suspect. In such instances members should document the contact information for any additional witnesses for follow up, if necessary. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Eyewitness Identification - 505 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 7 - Equipment Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Equipment - 506 Policy 700 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Owned and Personal Property 700.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Department employees are expected to properly care for department property assigned or entrusted to them. Employees may also suffer occasional loss or damage to personal or department property while performing their assigned duty. Certain procedures are required depending on the loss and ownership of the item. 700.2 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS Officers, when in uniform and assigned to patrol, shall carry/wear the following equipment on their persons: •Badge •Hand Gun •Conducted Energy Device (Taser® w/two cartridges) •Extra Rounds - Handgun Ammunition •Handcuffs •Handcuff Key •Portable Radio •Key Ring •Pen •Body Worn Camera (patrol) •Body Armor (patrol) •Time piece (watch or phone) In addition they shall have readily available, flashlight, digital camera, voice recorder, and notebooks. 700.2.1 FIRE DIVISION EXEMPTION Officers assigned to the Fire Services Division or assigned to a fire apparatus have the option of not carrying the equipment specified above on their person; however, it must be readily available. If the Officer chooses not to carry the firearm on their person, it shall be secured in the lock box on the apparatus they are assigned. Officers electing to carry a department approved firearm on their person shall do so only in a department approved holster or fanny pack with their department issued badge prominently displayed. 700.2.2 IMPACT WEAPONS Authorized Impact Weapons. The following impact weapons are authorized for carrying and use within the specific guidelines listed below. No officer will carry or use any of the authorized impact weapons until they have Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Owned and Personal Property - 507 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Owned and Personal Property received the appropriate training on their use through this department, another department if coming from a different agency, or the Police Academy. Should an officer wish to carry and use an impact weapon that is not listed, prior authorization from the Director of Public Safety must be obtained. (a)36 Inch Baton - Department issued riot baton may be carried during riot and crowd control situations. (b)Standard Mid-Range Straight Baton/Side Handled Baton 1.Wood: hickory, oak, maple, walnut or other wood of an equal density and strength. 2.Plastic: composite plastic with equivalent physical properties to wood batons when considering strength, density and toughness. 3.Aluminum: Any high-quality aluminum alloy of equal density and strength of wood and plastic. (a)Color, Width, Length, Weight and Surface. Dark finish with a protective varnish coat or painted black. Standard diameter which ranges from 1 1/8 to 1 1/4 inches. Length is 12 to 27 inches. Standard manufacturer’s weight. Not to be altered or “loaded” with any substance. Rounded blunt ends, no cutting, ridged or sharp edges. No thongs or straps attached. The straight baton may be fitted with a grommet. The side-handled baton (ex. PR-24) can have a fixed or swivel handle. (c)Expandable Baton - 16 to 31 inch. Black finish only. If worn on the duty belt, the holder will match the duty belt. (d)Yawara Sticks - Standard wood or plastic yawara stick and short baton. (e)Flashlight - The flashlight is to be used primarily as an illumination device. It is not intended to replace the baton as a defensive weapon. If confronted with a situation where the use of an impact weapon is appropriate, but due to circumstances cannot be used, the flashlight may be used as a defensive weapon. Its use shall be the same as that of a baton in regards to the “strike zones”. Approval to Use. Officers shall not use any other weapons not specifically approved by the Director of Public Safety, and then only if properly trained and/or qualified. 700.3 CARE OF DEPARTMENTAL PROPERTY Employees shall be responsible for the safekeeping, serviceable condition, proper care, use and replacement of department property assigned or entrusted to them. An employee's intentional or negligent abuse or misuse of department property may lead to discipline including, but not limited to the cost of repair or replacement. (a)Employees shall promptly report through their chain of command, any loss, damage to, or unserviceable condition of any department issued property or equipment assigned for their use. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Owned and Personal Property - 508 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Owned and Personal Property (b)The use of damaged or unserviceable department property should be discontinued as soon as practical and replaced with comparable Department property as soon as available and following notice to a supervisor. (c)Except when otherwise directed by competent authority or required by exigent circumstances, department property shall only be used by those to whom it was assigned. Use should be limited to official purposes and in the capacity for which it was designed. (d)Department property shall not be thrown away, sold, traded, donated, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of without proper authority. (e)In the event that any Department property becomes damaged or unserviceable, no employee shall attempt to repair the property without prior approval of a supervisor. 700.3.1 BUSINESS CARDS Business or personal cards which refer to the department shall be used by employees only in connection with official business and shall conform to the approved departmental form. Card will be ordered through the Administrative Assistant to the Director. 700.3.2 DEPARTMENTAL KEYS Employees shall obtain permission from a supervisor before having duplicates made of any departmental keys. 700.4 FILING CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL PROPERTY Members who sustain damage while on duty to their personally owned, previously approved, duty equipment items shall report the damage to their supervisor. The member shall indicate whether he wishes to have the damaged item repaired or to have the item replaced with a City owned item, if applicable. Repairs or replacement shall be limited to $50 value. Approved, non-issued equipment: •Safety glasses •Watch •Cell Phone • Claims for reimbursement for damage or loss of personal property must be made on the proper form. This form is submitted to the employee's immediate supervisor. The supervisor may require a separate written report of the loss or damage. The supervisor shall forward the reimbursement form to the appropriate Command Staff member, which shall include the results of his/her review, and whether the employee followed proper procedures. The supervisor's review shall address whether reasonable care was taken to prevent the loss or damage. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Owned and Personal Property - 509 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Owned and Personal Property Upon review by staff and a finding that no misconduct or negligence was involved, repair or replacement may be recommended by the Director of Public Safety who will then forward the claim to the Finance Department. The Department will not replace or repair luxurious or overly expensive items (jewelry, exotic equipment, etc.) that are not reasonably required as a part of work. 700.4.1 REPORTING REQUIREMENT A verbal report shall be made to the employee's immediate supervisor as soon as circumstances permit. If a written report has been requested by a supervisor, the employee shall submit the report before the employee goes off duty or within the time frame directed by the supervisor to whom the verbal report is made. 700.5 LOSS OR DAMAGE OF PROPERTY OF ANOTHER Officers and other employees intentionally or unintentionally may cause damage to the real or personal property of another while performing their duties. Any employee who damages or causes to be damaged any real or personal property of another while performing any law enforcement functions, regardless of jurisdiction, shall report it as provided below. (a)A verbal report shall be made to the employee's immediate supervisor as soon as circumstances permit. (b)A written report shall be submitted before the employee goes off duty or within the time frame directed by the supervisor to whom the verbal report is made. 700.5.1 DAMAGE BY PERSON OF ANOTHER AGENCY If employees of another jurisdiction cause damage to real or personal property belonging to the City, it shall be the responsibility of the employee present or the employee responsible for the property to make a verbal report to his/her immediate supervisor as soon as circumstances permit. The employee shall submit a written report before going off duty or as otherwise directed by the supervisor. These written reports, accompanied by the supervisor's written report, shall promptly be forwarded to the appropriate Command Staff member. 700.5.2 EXPENSE - DEPARTMENTAL - INCURRING Employees shall not incur any unauthorized departmental expense or liability without approval of a supervisor, except when necessary under emergency conditions. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Owned and Personal Property - 510 Policy 701 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Communication Devices 701.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the use of mobile telephones and communication devices, whether issued or funded by the Department or personally owned, while on-duty or when used for authorized work-related purposes. This policy generically refers to all such devices as Personal Communication Devices (PCDs) but is intended to include all mobile telephones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), wireless capable tablets and similar wireless two-way communications and/or portable Internet access devices. PCD use includes, but is not limited to, placing and receiving calls, text messaging, blogging and microblogging, emailing, using video or camera features, playing games and accessing sites or services on the Internet. 701.1.1 PRIVACY POLICY Any employee utilizing any computer, internet service, phone service or other wireless service provided by or funded by the Department expressly acknowledges and agrees that the use of such service, whether for business or personal use, shall remove any expectation of privacy the employee, sender and recipient of any communication utilizing such service might otherwise have, including as to the content of any such communication. The Department also expressly reserves the right to access and audit any and all communications (including content) sent, received and/ or stored using such service. 701.2 DEPARTMENTALLY ISSUED PCD Depending on a member’s assignment and the needs of the position, the Department may, at its discretion, issue or fund a PCD. Department-issued or funded PCDs are provided as a convenience to facilitate on-duty performance only. Such devices and the associated telephone number shall remain the sole property of the Department and shall be subject to inspection or monitoring (including all related records and content) at any time without notice and without cause. Each employee with a Department issued PCD shall have the device charged and ready for service each work day or shift. It is expected the employee will be available on their PCD during their work day or shift. When officially on call, officers shall be available by direct communication and shall keep dispatch, their office, headquarters and/or supervisor informed of the means by which they may be reached when not immediately available. Members are not obligated or required to carry, access, monitor or respond to electronic communications using a Departmentally owned PCD while off-duty. 701.2.1 PERSONALLY OWNED PCD Members may carry a personally owned PCD while on-duty, subject to the following conditions and limitations: (a)Permission to carry a personally owned PCD may be revoked if it is used contrary to provisions of this policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Communication Devices - 511 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Communication Devices (b)The Department accepts no responsibility for loss of or damage to a personally owned PCD. (c)The PCD and any associated services shall be purchased, used and maintained solely at the members expense. (d)The device should not be used for work related purposes except in exigent circumstances, (e.g., unavailability of radio communications). Members will have a reduced expectation of privacy when using a personally owned PCD in the workplace and have no expectation of privacy with regard to any department business-related communication. (e)The device shall not be utilized to record or disclose any business-related information, including photographs, video or the recording or transmittal of any information or material obtained or made accessible as a result of employment with the Department, without the express authorization of the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. (f)Use of a personally owned PCD while at work for work-related business constitutes consent for the Department to access the PCD to inspect and copy data to meet the needs of the Department, which may include litigation, public records retention and release obligations and internal investigations. If the PCD is carried on-duty, members will provide the Department with the telephone number of the device. Except with prior express authorization from their supervisor, members are not obligated or required to carry, access, monitor or respond to electronic communications using a personally owned PCD while off-duty. If a member is in an authorized status that allows for appropriate compensation consistent with policy or existing memorandum of understanding or collective bargaining agreements, or if the member has prior express authorization from his/her supervisor, the member may engage in business-related communications. Should members engage in such approved off-duty communications or work, members entitled to compensation shall promptly document the time worked and communicate the information to their supervisors to ensure appropriate compensation. Members who independently document off-duty department related business activities in any manner shall promptly provide the Department with a copy of such records to ensure accurate record keeping. 701.2.2 USE OF PERSONAL COMMUNICATION DEVICES PCDs, whether provided by the Department or personally-owned, should only be used by on- duty employees for legitimate department business except as provided for below. Employees may use a PCD to communicate with other personnel in those situations where the use of the radio is either impractical or not feasible. PCDs however, should not be used to replace regular radio communications. (a)PCD's may not be used to conduct personal business while on duty except when brief personal communications may be warranted by the circumstances (e.g., inform family of extended hours). While employee's may use personally owned PCDs for personal business during authorized breaks, such usage should be limited as much as practical to areas where the communication will not be seen or heard by members of the public. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Communication Devices - 512 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Communication Devices (b)Extended or frequent use of department-issued PCDs or personally owned PCDs while on duty for personal use is prohibited and may be subject to discipline. Employees may be responsible for reimbursing the Department for any charges incurred as a result of personal use. (c)Members are prohibited from taking pictures, audio or video recordings or making copies of any such picture or recording media unless it is directly related to department business. Disclosure of any such information to any third party through any means, without the express authorization of the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee, may result in discipline. (d)Using PCDs to harass, threaten, coerce or otherwise engage in inappropriate conduct with any third party is prohibited. Any member having knowledge of such conduct shall promptly notify a supervisor. (e)Off duty personal use of the Department issued PCD shall be authorized as long as the following conditions are met: 1.Use of the PCD shall comply with existing City use policies. 2.Any use or installation of software applications that are not authorized by the Department will be paid for by the employee. 701.2.3 OFFICIAL USE Employees are encouraged to use PCD's to deliver and enhance public safety services and increase employee performance and efficiency. The use of personal communication devices may be appropriate the following situations: (a)Barricaded suspects. (b)Hostage situations (c)Mobile Command Post. (d)Catastrophic disasters, such as plane crashes, earthquakes, floods, etc. (e)Major political/community events. (f)Investigative stakeouts where regular phone usage is not practical. (g)Emergency contact with outside agency or outside agency field unit equipped with PCDs. (h)When immediate communication is needed and the use of the radio is not appropriate and other means are not readily available. (i)Taking photos, videos or recordings in accordance with 702.2.2(c) of this policy. 701.3 PRIVACY EXPECTATION Members forfeit any expectation of privacy with regard to any communication accessed, transmitted, received, or reviewed on any PCD issued or funded by the Department and shall have no expectation of privacy in their location should the device be equipped with location-detection capabilities. This includes records of all keystrokes or web-browsing history made on the PCD. The fact that access to a database, service, or website requires a username or password will not Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Communication Devices - 513 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Communication Devices create an expectation of privacy if it is accessed through department PCDs or networks (see the Information Technology Use Policy for additional guidance). Members have no expectation of privacy regarding any communications while using a personally owned PCD for department-related business or when the use reasonably implicates work-related misconduct. 701.3.1 CALIFORNIA ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS PRIVACY ACT (CALECPA) No member is authorized to be the sole possessor of a department-issued PCD. Department- issued PCDs can be retrieved, reassigned, accessed or used by any member as directed by a supervisor without notice. Member use of a department-issued PCD and use of a personal PCD for work-related business constitutes specific consent for access for department purposes. Prior to conducting an administrative search of a PCD, supervisors should consult legal counsel to ensure access is consistent with CalECPA (Penal Code § 1546; Penal Code § 1546.1). 701.5 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The responsibilities of supervisors include, but are not limited to: (a)Ensuring that members under their command are provided appropriate training on the use of PCDs consistent with this policy. (b)Monitoring, to the extent practicable, PCD use in the workplace and taking prompt corrective action if a member is observed or reported to be improperly using a PCD. 1.An investigation into improper conduct should be promptly initiated when circumstances warrant. 2.Before conducting any administrative search of a member’s personally owned device, supervisors should consult with the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. 701.5 USE WHILE DRIVING The use of a PCD while driving can adversely affect safety, cause unnecessary distractions and present a negative image to the public. Officers operating emergency vehicles should restrict the use of these devices to matters of an urgent nature and should, where practicable, stop the vehicle at an appropriate location to use the PCD. Members who are operating department vehicles that are not authorized emergency vehicles shall not use a PCD while driving unless the device is specifically designed and configured to allow hands-free use. In an emergency, a wireless phone may be used to place an emergency call to the Department or other emergency services agency (Vehicle Code § 23123; Vehicle Code § 23123.5). Hands-free use should be restricted to business-related calls or calls of an urgent nature. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Communication Devices - 514 Policy 702 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Maintenance 702.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Employees are responsible for assisting in maintaining Department vehicles so that they are properly equipped, properly maintained, properly refueled and present a clean appearance. 702.2 DEFECTIVE VEHICLES When a department vehicle becomes inoperative or in need of repair that affects the safety of the vehicle, that vehicle shall be removed from service for repair. Proper documentation shall be promptly completed by the employee who first becomes aware of the defective condition, describing the correction needed. The paperwork shall be promptly forwarded to vehicle maintenance for repair. 702.2.1 REMOVAL OF WEAPONS All firearms, weapons and control devices shall be removed from a vehicle and properly secured in the department armory prior to the vehicle being released for maintenance, service or repair. 702.3 VEHICLE EQUIPMENT Certain items shall be maintained in all department vehicles for emergency purposes and to perform routine duties. 702.3.1 PATROL VEHICLES Officers shall inspect the patrol vehicle at the beginning of the shift and ensure that the following equipment, at a minimum, is present in the vehicle: •Emergency road flares •Sticks yellow crayon or chalk •Crime Scene Barricade Tape •First aid kit •Blanket •Protective Gloves •Traffic Safety Vest •Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Handbook •Evidence collection kit •Roll a Tape Measuring Tool 702.4 VEHICLE REFUELING Absent emergency conditions or supervisor approval, officers driving patrol vehicles shall not place a vehicle in service that has less than one-quarter tank of fuel. Vehicles shall only be refueled at an authorized location. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Maintenance - 515 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Maintenance 702.5 WASHING OF VEHICLES All units shall be kept clean inside and out and may be washed as necessary to enhance their appearance. Normally, no more than once a week unless otherwise approved by a supervisor. Officers shall notify the dispatcher before responding to the car wash. Only one marked unit should be at the car wash at the same time unless otherwise approved by a supervisor. Employees using a vehicle shall remove any trash or debris at the end of their shift. Confidential material should be placed in a designated receptacle provided for the shredding of this matter. 702.6 NON-SWORN EMPLOYEE USE Non-sworn employees using marked vehicles shall ensure all weapons are removed from vehicles before going into service. Non-sworn employees shall also prominently display the "out of service" placards. Non-sworn employees shall not operate the emergency lights or siren of any vehicle unless expressly authorized by a supervisor. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Maintenance - 516 Policy 703 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Use 703.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish a system of accountability to ensure department vehicles are used appropriately. This policy provides guidelines for on- and off-duty use of department vehicles and shall not be construed to create or imply any contractual obligation by the City of Rohnert Park to provide assigned take-home vehicles. Additional guidelines for member responsibilities when transporting persons in custody may be found in the Transporting Persons in Custody Policy. 703.2 USE OF VEHICLES Employees operating any City of Rohnert Park vehicles shall drive in a reasonable and prudent manner. Personal Patrol Vehicle Program The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety utilizes the Personal Patrol Vehicle Program (PPVP) and issues city owned vehicles to specific officers. The following rules shall apply: •All sworn individuals that have been issued a department vehicle who reside within the City of Rohnert Park may take their vehicles to and from work. •At the discretion of the Director of Public Safety, employees residing within the County of Sonoma may take their assigned vehicle home during their assigned work days. Employees who have voluntary overtime on their days off may take it home on their weekend. •Because of their Specialty Assignment, the following personnel may take their vehicles home within Sonoma County: o K-9 Officers o Detectives o School Resource Officer o COPS Officers o Assigned Motor Officer •The assigned vehicle shall be used for work-related duty only. Court and department approved training are considered work-related duty. Any other use may be authorized with prior approval from the Director of Public Safety or designee. In any case where the vehicle is parked at the employees residence, all vehicle codes, muni- codes, home owners association rules, and state and federal laws shall apply. 703.2.1 SHIFT ASSIGNED VEHICLES Personnel assigned to routine scheduled field duties shall log onto the Mobile Data Computer (MDC), inputting the required information when going on duty. If the vehicle is not equipped with Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Use - 517 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Use an MDC, they shall notify the Dispatch Center for entry of the appropriate Unit Properties into the Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD) system. The Shift Supervisor shall ensure that each unit has logged on or has provided the Dispatch Center with the appropriate information for CAD. These logon records will be maintained pursuant to the Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium Retention Policy. 703.2.2 USE OF OTHER THAN ASSIGNED VEHICLE Personnel utilizing a vehicle for any purpose other than their normally assigned vehicle shall first notify the Shift Supervisor of the reasons for use. The vehicle check out log will be utilized to document the vehicle use. 703.2.3 UNDERCOVER VEHICLES Unmarked units, if not assigned to an individual Public Safety Officer, shall not be used without first obtaining approval from the respective unit supervisor. The vehicle check out log will be utilized to document the vehicle use. 703.2.4 AUTHORIZED PASSENGERS Personnel operating department owned vehicles shall obtain permission from their supervisor for ride alongs or passengers outside of official business of the Department of Public Safety. Specifically for the Ride Along Program, the employee must have the Department form and waiver signed prior. 703.2.5 PARKING City owned vehicles shall be backed in and parked in the secured parking lot at the main station. Personnel assigned to the Fire Division may back in and park their city owned vehicles at the fire station they are assigned. Certain areas at main station are designated for specifically assigned vehicles: •Under the canopy is designated for On-Duty Patrol, On-Duty Patrol Supervisors, and Command Staff. The far left and far right are designated for motorcycles, both city and privately owned. •Additional designated parking stalls will be marked as deemed necessary. 703.2.7 INSPECTIONS The interior of any vehicle that has been used to transport any person other than an employee should be inspected prior to placing another person in the vehicle and again after the person is removed. This is to ensure that unauthorized items have not been left in the vehicle. 703.3 SECURITY Vehicles shall be locked when not attended. All firearms and kinetic impact weapons shall be properly secured with department approved containers or locking mechanism. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Use - 518 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Use Department vehicles may be assigned to individual members at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety. Vehicles may be assigned for on-duty and/or take-home use. Assigned vehicles may be changed at any time. Permission to take home a vehicle may be withdrawn at any time. The assignment of vehicles may be suspended when the member is unable to perform the member's regular assignment. 703.3.1 KEYS Personnel assigned a permanent vehicle shall be issued keys for their respective vehicle. The loss of any assigned key shall be promptly reported in writing to the employee's immediate supervisor and then forwarded to the Director of Public Safety via chain of command. 703.4 ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS When driving an assigned vehicle outside of Sonoma County an officer shall not become involved in enforcement actions except in those circumstances where a potential threat to life or serious property damage exists. Officers driving marked vehicles shall be armed at all times. Officers may render public assistance, e.g. to a stranded motorist, when deemed prudent. 703.5 MAINTENANCE Each employee is responsible for the cleanliness (exterior and interior) and overall maintenance of their assigned vehicle. Employees may use the cleaning/maintenance supplies at the main station or at the fire stations. Employees may use the department contracted commercial car washes on a limited basis, which should not exceed once a week. A supervisor may grant additional car washes due to unusual circumstances. While on duty, employees shall make daily inspections of their assigned vehicle for service/ maintenance requirements and damage. Routine maintenance and oil changes shall be done in accordance with the public works shop schedule. The vehicles will normally be serviced at the City public works shop and are pre- scheduled. When leaving a vehicle at the maintenance shop, the employee will complete a vehicle repair card explaining the service or repair, and leave it on the seat or dash. Vehicles requiring warranty service shall be taken to the identified authorized dealer after receiving clearance from a supervisor and direction from the public works supervisor in charge of vehicle maintenance. 703.5.1 ACCESSORIES AND/OR MODIFICATIONS No modifications, additions or deletions of any equipment or accessories shall be made to the vehicle without permission from Command Staff. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Use - 519 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Use 703.6 COLLISION DAMAGE, ABUSE AND MISUSE When a City-owned or leased vehicle is involved in a traffic collision, the involved employee shall promptly notify a supervisor. A traffic collision report shall be filed with the agency having jurisdiction. When a collision involves a department vehicle or when a member of this department is an involved driver in a collision that occurs in this jurisdiction, and the collision results in serious injury or death, the California Highway Patrol shall be summoned to handle the investigation. The employee involved in the collision shall complete the City's vehicle accident form or memorandum. If the employee is incapable, the supervisor shall complete the form or memorandum. Any damage to a vehicle that was not caused by a traffic collision shall be immediately reported during the shift in which the damage was discovered, documented in memorandum format and forwarded to the shift supervisor. If it is determined that misuse or abuse was a result of negligent conduct or operation, appropriate disciplinary action may result. 703.7 TOLL ROAD USAGE Law enforcement vehicles are not routinely exempted from incurring toll road charges. Pursuant to the non-revenue policy of the toll roads, law enforcement agencies responding to an emergency or incident on the toll roads, while on duty, are exempt from paying the toll. Commuting, or returning to the City after an emergency does not qualify for this exemption and personnel using City owned vehicles are subject to the toll charge. To avoid unnecessary toll road violation charges, all employees operating a City owned vehicle upon the toll road shall adhere to the following: (a)All employees operating a City owned vehicle for any reason other than an initial response to an emergency shall stop and pay the appropriate toll charge. Employees may submit for reimbursement from the City for any toll fees. (b)All employees passing through the Toll Plaza or booth during a response to an emergency shall draft a memo to their respective Supervisor with five working days explaining the circumstances. The Supervisor will forward the memo up the chain of command to the Director of Public Safety. 703.8 COMMAND STAFF Each member of Command Staff will be issued a City Vehicle and participate in the Personal Patrol Vehicle Program to include residing within Sonoma County. However, Civilian Managers may elect with the Director of Public Safety's approval, to utilize the City's Auto Allowance set forth in their MOA. All others provided City vehicles are permitted use of the vehicle within the County of Sonoma while conducting official city business or other duties as allowed by the Director of Public Safety. a. Command Staff members residing out of the County will not participate in the Personal Patrol Vehicle Program. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Use - 520 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Vehicle Use b. Use of the vehicle outside of the County of Sonoma is at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Vehicle Use - 521 Policy 704 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Protective Equipment 704.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy identifies the different types of personal protective equipment (PPE) provided by the Department as well the requirements and guidelines for the use of PPE. This policy does not address ballistic vests or protection from communicable disease, as those issues are addressed in the Body Armor and Communicable Diseases policies. 704.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Personal protective equipment (PPE) - Equipment that protects a person from serious workplace injuries or illnesses resulting from contact with chemical, radiological, physical, electrical, mechanical or other workplace hazards. Respiratory PPE - Any device that is worn by the user to protect from exposure to atmospheres where there is smoke, low levels of oxygen, high levels of carbon monoxide, or the presence of toxic gases or other respiratory hazards. For purposes of this policy, respiratory PPE does not include particulate-filtering masks such as N95 or N100 masks. 704.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety endeavors to protect members by supplying certain PPE to members as provided in this policy. 704.3 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES Members are required to use PPE as provided in this policy and pursuant to their training. Members are responsible for proper maintenance and storage of issued PPE. PPE should be stored in an appropriate location so that it is available when needed. Any member who identifies hazards in the workplace is encouraged to utilize the procedures in the Illness and Injury Prevention Policy to recommend new or improved PPE or additional needs for PPE. 704.4 HEARING PROTECTION Approved hearing protection shall be used by members during firearms training. Hearing protection shall meet or exceed the requirements provided in 8 CCR 5098. 704.5 EYE PROTECTION Approved eye protection, including side protection, shall be used by members during firearms training. Eye protection for members who wear prescription lenses shall incorporate the prescription (e.g., eye protection that can be worn over prescription lenses). Members shall ensure their eye protection does not interfere with the fit of their hearing protection. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Protective Equipment - 522 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Protective Equipment The Rangemaster shall ensure eye protection meets or exceeds the requirements provided in 8 CCR 3382. 704.6 HEAD AND BODY PROTECTION Members who make arrests or control crowds should be provided ballistic head protection with an attachable face shield. Padded body protection consisting of chest, arm, leg and groin protection should be provided as required by any collective bargaining agreement. 704.7 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION The Deputy Chief is responsible for ensuring a respiratory protection plan is developed and maintained by a trained and qualified member. The plan shall include procedures for (8 CCR 5144): (a)Selecting appropriate respiratory PPE based on hazards and risks associated with functions or positions. (b)Fit testing, including identification of members or contractors qualified to conduct fit testing. (c)Medical evaluations. (d)PPE inventory control. (e)PPE issuance and replacement. (f)Cleaning, disinfecting, storing, inspecting, repairing, discarding and otherwise maintaining respiratory PPE, including schedules for these activities. (g)Regularly reviewing the PPE plan. (h)Remaining current with applicable National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Environmental Protective Agency (EPA) and state PPE standards and guidelines. 704.7.1 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION USE Designated members may be issued respiratory PPE based on the member’s assignment (e.g., a narcotics investigator who is involved in clandestine lab investigations). Respiratory PPE may be worn when authorized by a scene commander who will determine the type and level of protection appropriate at a scene based upon an evaluation of the hazards present. Scene commanders are responsible for monitoring members using respiratory PPE and their degree of exposure or stress. When there is a change in work area conditions or when a member’s degree of exposure or stress may affect respirator effectiveness, the scene commander shall reevaluate the continued effectiveness of the respirator and direct the member to leave the respirator use area when the scene commander reasonably believes (8 CCR 5144): Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Protective Equipment - 523 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Protective Equipment (a)It is necessary for the member to wash his/her face and the respirator facepiece to prevent eye or skin irritation associated with respirator use. (b)The member detects vapor or gas breakthrough, or there is a change in breathing resistance or leakage of the facepiece. (c)The member needs to replace the respirator, filter, cartridge or canister. 704.7.2 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES FOR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION Members shall not use self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), full-face respirators or cartridge respirators unless they have completed training requirements for the equipment. Members exposed to environments that are reasonably known to be harmful due to gases, smoke or vapors shall use respiratory PPE. Members using respiratory PPE shall (8 CCR 5144): (a)Ensure that they have no facial hair between the sealing surface of the facepiece and the face that could interfere with the seal or the valve function. Members also shall ensure that they have no other condition that will interfere with the face-to-facepiece seal or the valve function. (b)Not wear corrective glasses, goggles or other PPE that interferes with the seal of the facepiece to the face, or that has not been previously tested for use with that respiratory equipment. (c)Perform a user seal check per department-approved procedures recommended by the respirator manufacturer each time they put on a tight-fitting respirator. (d)Leave a respiratory use area whenever they detect vapor or gas breakthrough, changes in breathing resistance or leakage of their facepiece and ensure that the respirator is replaced or repaired before returning to the affected area. 704.7.3 GAS MASK Full-face air-purifying respirators, commonly referred to as gas masks, may be fitted with mechanical pre-filters or combination cartridge/filter assemblies for use in areas where gases, vapors, dusts, fumes or mists are present. Members must identify and use the correct cartridge based on the circumstances (8 CCR 5144). A scene commander may order the use of gas masks in situations where the use of a SCBA is not necessary. These incidents may include areas where tear gas has or will be used or where a vegetation fire is burning. Gas masks shall not be used if there is a potential for an oxygen- deficient atmosphere. Members shall ensure their gas mask filters are replaced whenever: (a)They smell, taste or are irritated by a contaminant. (b)They experience difficulty breathing due to filter loading. (c)The cartridges or filters become wet. (d)The expiration date on the cartridges or canisters has been reached. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Protective Equipment - 524 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Protective Equipment 704.7.4 SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS Scene commanders may direct members to use SCBA when entering an atmosphere that may pose an immediate threat to life, would cause irreversible adverse health effects or would impair an individual's ability to escape from a dangerous atmosphere. These situations may include, but are not limited to: (a)Entering the hot zone of a hazardous materials incident. (b)Entering any area where contaminant levels may become unsafe without warning, or any situation where exposures cannot be identified or reasonably estimated. (c)Entering a smoke- or chemical-filled area. The use of SCBA should not cease until approved by a scene commander. 704.7.5 RESPIRATOR FIT TESTING No member shall be issued respiratory PPE until a proper fit testing has been completed by a designated member or contractor (8 CCR 5144). After initial testing, fit testing for respiratory PPE shall be repeated (8 CCR 5144): (a)At least once every 12 months. (b)Whenever there are changes in the type of SCBA or facepiece used. (c)Whenever there are significant physical changes in the user (e.g., obvious change in body weight, scarring of the face seal area, dental changes, cosmetic surgery or any other condition that may affect the fit of the facepiece seal). All respirator fit testing shall be conducted in negative-pressure mode. 704.7.6 RESPIRATORY MEDICAL EVALUATION QUESTIONNAIRE No member shall be issued respiratory protection that forms a complete seal around the face until (8 CCR 5144): (a)The member has completed a medical evaluation that includes a medical evaluation questionnaire. (b)A physician or other licensed health care professional has reviewed the questionnaire. (c)The member has completed any physical examination recommended by the reviewing physician or health care professional. 704.8 RECORDS The Training Coordinator is responsible for maintaining records of all: (a)PPE training. (b)Initial fit testing for respiratory protection equipment. (c)Annual fit testing. Respirator medical evaluation questionnaires and any subsequent physical examination results will be maintained by Human Resources. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Protective Equipment - 525 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Protective Equipment (a)These records shall be maintained in a separate confidential medical file. The records shall be maintained in accordance with the department records retention schedule and 8 CCR 5144. 704.9 TRAINING Members should be trained in the respiratory and other hazards to which they may be potentially exposed during routine and emergency situations. All members shall be trained in the proper use and maintenance of PPE issued to them, including when the use is appropriate; how to put on, remove and adjust PPE; how to care for the PPE; and the limitations (8 CCR 3380). Members issued respiratory PPE shall attend annual training on the proper use of respiratory protection devices (8 CCR 5144). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Protective Equipment - 526 Policy 705 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Cash Handling, Security and Management 705.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines to ensure department members handle cash appropriately in the performance of their duties. This policy does not address cash-handling issues specific to the Property and Evidence and Informants policies. 705.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to properly handle and document cash transactions and to maintain accurate records of cash transactions in order to protect the integrity of department operations and ensure the public trust. 705.3 PETTY CASH FUNDS The Director of Public Safety shall designate a person as the fund manager responsible for maintaining and managing the petty cash fund. Each petty cash fund requires the creation and maintenance of an accurate and current transaction ledger and the filing of invoices, receipts, cash transfer forms and expense reports by the fund manager. 705.4 PETTY CASH TRANSACTIONS The fund manager shall document all transactions on the ledger and any other appropriate forms. Each person participating in the transaction shall sign or otherwise validate the ledger, attesting to the accuracy of the entry. Transactions should include the filing of an appropriate receipt, invoice or cash transfer form. Transactions that are not documented by a receipt, invoice or cash transfer form require an expense report. 705.5 PETTY CASH AUDITS The fund manager shall perform an audit no less than once every six months. This audit requires that the fund manager and at least one command staff member, selected by the Director of Public Safety, review the transaction ledger and verify the accuracy of the accounting. The fund manager and the participating member shall sign or otherwise validate the ledger attesting to the accuracy of all documentation and fund accounting. A discrepancy in the audit requires documentation by those performing the audit and an immediate reporting of the discrepancy to the Director of Public Safety. Transference of fund management to another member shall require a separate petty cash audit and involve a command staff member. A separate audit of each petty cash fund should be completed on a random date, approximately once each year by the Director of Public Safety or the City. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Cash Handling, Security and Management - 527 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Cash Handling, Security and Management 705.6 ROUTINE CASH HANDLING Those who handle cash as part of their property or Investigation Bureau supervisor duties shall discharge those duties in accordance with the Property and Evidence and Informants policies. Members who routinely accept payment for department services shall discharge those duties in accordance with the procedures established for those tasks. 705.7 OTHER CASH HANDLING Members of the Department who, within the course of their duties, are in possession of cash that is not their property or that is outside their defined cash-handling responsibilities shall, as soon as practicable, verify the amount, summon another member to verify their accounting, and process the cash for safekeeping or as evidence or found property, in accordance with the Property and Evidence Policy. Cash in excess of $1,000 requires immediate notification of a supervisor, special handling, verification and accounting by the supervisor. Each member involved in this process shall complete an appropriate report or record entry. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Cash Handling, Security and Management - 528 Policy 706 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Military Equipment 706.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes guidelines for the acquisition, funding, use and reporting of “military equipment”, as the term is defined in Government Code section 7070. This policy is provided to fulfill the obligations set forth in Assembly Bill No. 481. These obligations include but are not limited to seeking approval on specific items deemed to be military equipment and requirements related to compliance, annual reporting, and cataloging these items.(Government Code § 7070; Government Code § 7071; Government Code § 7072). 706.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include (Government Code § 7070): Governing body – The elected body that oversees the Department, the City Council of the City of Rohnert Park. Military equipment – Includes but is not limited to the following: •Unmanned, remotely piloted, powered aerial or ground vehicles. •Mine-resistant ambush-protected (MRAP) vehicles or armored personnel carriers. •High mobility multipurpose wheeled vehicles (HMMWV), two-and-one-half-ton trucks, five-ton trucks, or wheeled vehicles that have a breaching or entry apparatus attached. •Tracked armored vehicles that provide ballistic protection to their occupants. •Command and control vehicles that are either built or modified to facilitate the operational control and direction of public safety units. •Weaponized aircraft, vessels, or vehicles of any kind. •Battering rams, slugs, and breaching apparatuses that are explosive in nature. This does not include a handheld, one-person ram. •Firearms and ammunition of_.50 caliber or greater, excluding standard-issue shotguns and standard-issue shotgun ammunition. •Specialized firearms and ammunition of less than_.50 caliber, including firearms and accessories identified as assault weapons in Penal Code § 30510 and Penal Code § 30515, with the exception of standard-issue firearms. •Any firearm or firearm accessory that is designed to launch explosive projectiles. •Noise-flash diversionary devices and explosive breaching tools. •Munitions containing tear gas or OC, excluding standard, service-issued handheld pepper spray. •TASER® Shockwave, microwave weapons, water cannons, and long-range acoustic devices (LRADs). •Kinetic energy weapons and munitions. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Military Equipment - 529 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Military Equipment •Any other equipment as determined by a governing body or a state agency to require additional oversight. 706.2 MILITARY EQUIPMENT COORDINATOR The Director of Public Safety should designate a member of this department to act as the military equipment coordinator. The responsibilities of the military equipment coordinator include but are not limited to: (a)Acting as liaison to the governing body for matters related to the requirements of this policy. (b)Identifying department equipment that qualifies as military equipment in the current possession of the Department, or the equipment the Department intends to acquire that requires approval by the governing body. (c)Conducting an inventory of all military equipment at least annually. (d)Collaborating with any allied agency that may use military equipment within the jurisdiction of Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety (Government Code § 7071). (e)Preparing for, scheduling, and coordinating the annual community engagement meeting to include: 1.Publicizing the details of the meeting. 2.Preparing for public questions regarding the department’s funding, acquisition, and use of equipment. (f)Preparing the annual military equipment report for submission to the Director of Public Safety and ensuring that the report is made available on the department website (Government Code § 7072). (g)Establishing the procedure for a person to register a complaint or concern, or how that person may submit a question about the use of a type of military equipment, and how the Department will respond in a timely manner. 706.3 MILITARY EQUIPMENT INVENTORY The following constitutes a list and description of qualifying equipment for the Department: 1.40 MM Launchers and Rounds: 40mm Launchers are utilized by department personnel as a less lethal tool to launch impact rounds. (a)Description, quantity, capabilities, and purchase cost i.DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY, 40MM SINGLE SHOT LAUNCHER, #1325, cost: $1000, quantity: 15. The 40mm Single Launcher is a tactical single shot launcher that features a fixed stock and an Integrated Front Grip (IFG). It will fire standard 40mm less lethal ammunition, up to 4.8 inches in cartridge length. It will launch a 40mm less lethal round up to 131 feet and is authorized to be used by officers trained in its use. ii.COMBINED TACTICAL SYSTEMS, 40MM SPONGE, #4557, cost: $21.00, quantity: 400. A less lethal 40mm lightweight foam projectile fired from a single 40mm grenade launcher with a rifled barrel at 240-260 FPS. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Military Equipment - 530 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Military Equipment The 40mm Sponge Round provides accurate and effective performance when fired from the approved distance of not less than five (5) feet and as far as 131 feet from the target. (b)Purpose - To limit the escalation of conflict where employment of lethal force is prohibited or undesirable. (c)Authorized Use - Situations for use of the less lethal weapon systems may include, but are not limited to: i.Self-destructive, dangerous and/or combative individuals. ii.Riot/crowd control and civil unrest incidents. iii.Circumstances where a tactical advantage can be obtained. iv.Potentially vicious animals. v.Training exercises or approved demonstrations. (d)Training - Sworn members utilizing the 40mm launcher and the less lethal 40mm impact rounds shall be trained in the use of such items by attending a POST certified course, (4180-30995-XX), by POST certified less lethal instructors. (e)Lifespan i.Defense Technology #1325- 25 years. ii.Model 4557 Sponge- 5 years. (f)Fiscal Impact - Annual maintenance is approximately $50 for each launcher. (g)Legal and Procedural Rules - Use of the 40mm launcher and 40mm sponge rounds is subject to requirements of Policy 306 (Firearms), Policy 303.8 (Kinetic Energy Projectile Guidelines) and Policy 300 (Use of Force). It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to utilize the 40mm only for official law enforcement purposes, in accordance with all requirements under State and Federal law, including those regarding the use of force. 2.Less Lethal Shotgun: Less Lethal Shotgun is used to deploy the less lethal 12-gauge Super-Sock Beanbag Round. (a)Description, quantity, capabilities, and purchase cost i.REMINGTON 870 LESS LETHAL SHOTGUN, cost: $946, quantity: 86. The Remington 870 Less Lethal Shotgun is used to deploy the less lethal 12-gauge Super-Sock Beanbag Round up to a distance of 75 feet. The range of the weapon system helps to maintain space between officers and a suspect reducing the immediacy of the threat which is a principle of de- escalation. ii.12-GAUGE SUPER-SOCK BEANBAG ROUND, cost: $5, quantity: 850. A less lethal 2.4-inch 12-gauge shotgun round firing a ballistic fiber bag filled with 40 grams of lead shot at a velocity of 270-290 feet per second (FPS). CTS Super-Sock rounds are discharged from a dedicated 12- gauge shotgun that is distinguishable by an orange butt stock and fore grip. This round provides accurate and effective performance when fired Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Military Equipment - 531 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Military Equipment from the approved distance of not fewer than five (5) feet. The maximum effective range of this munition is up to 75 feet from the target. The Model 2581 Super-Sock is in its deployed state immediately upon exiting the barrel. It does not require a minimum range to "unfold" or "stabilize." The Super-Sock is an aerodynamic projectile. However, accuracy is relative to the shotgun, barrel length, environmental conditions, and the operator. The Super-Sock is very accurate. However, effectiveness depends on many variables, such as distance, clothing, stature, and the point where the projectile impacts. (b)Authorized Use - Situations for use of the less lethal weapon systems may include, but are not limited to: i.Self-destructive, dangerous and/or combative individuals. ii.Riot/crowd control and civil unrest incidents. iii.Circumstances where a tactical advantage can be obtained. iv.Potentially vicious animals. v.Training exercises or approved demonstrations.. (c)Lifespan i.Remington 870 Less Lethal Shotgun- 25 years. ii.Super Sock Round- No listed expiration date. (d)Fiscal Impact - Annual maintenance is approximately $50 per shotgun. (e)Training - Sworn members utilizing the 12 gauge less lethal shotgun and bean- bag rounds shall be trained in the use of such items by attending a POST certified course, (4180-30995-XX), by POST certified less lethal instructors. (f)Legal and Procedural Rules - Use of the less lethal shotgun and beanbag rounds is subject to Policy 306 (Firearms), Policy 303.8 (Kinetic Energy Projectile Guidelines) and Policy 300 (Use of Force). It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to utilize the less lethal shotgun only for official law enforcement purposes, and pursuant to State and Federal law, including those regarding the use of force. 706.4 APPROVAL The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall obtain approval from the governing body by way of an ordinance adopting the military equipment policy. As part of the approval process, the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall ensure the proposed military equipment policy is submitted to the governing body and is available on the department website at least 30 days prior to any public hearing concerning the military equipment at issue (Government Code § 7071). The military equipment policy must be approved by the governing body prior to engaging in any of the following (Government Code § 7071): (a)Requesting military equipment made available pursuant to 10 USC § 2576a. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Military Equipment - 532 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Military Equipment (b)Seeking funds for military equipment, including but not limited to applying for a grant, soliciting or accepting private, local, state, or federal funds, in-kind donations, or other donations or transfers. (c)Acquiring military equipment either permanently or temporarily, including by borrowing or leasing. (d)Collaborating with another law enforcement agency in the deployment or other use of military equipment within the jurisdiction of this department. (e)Using any new or existing military equipment for a purpose, in a manner, or by a person not previously approved by the governing body. (f)Soliciting or responding to a proposal for, or entering into an agreement with, any other person or entity to seek funds for, apply to receive, acquire, use, or collaborate in the use of military equipment. (g)Acquiring military equipment through any means not provided above. 706.5 COORDINATION WITH OTHER JURISDICTIONS Military equipment used by any member of this jurisdiction shall be approved for use and in accordance with this Department policy. Military equipment used by other jurisdictions that are providing mutual aid to this jurisdiction shall comply with their respective military equipment use policies in rendering mutual aid. 706.6 ANNUAL REPORT Upon approval of a military equipment policy, the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee should submit a military equipment report to the governing body for each type of military equipment approved within one year of approval, and annually thereafter for as long as the military equipment is available for use (Government Code § 7072). The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee should also make each annual military equipment report publicly available on the department website for as long as the military equipment is available for use. The report shall include all information required by Government Code § 7072 for the preceding calendar year for each type of military equipment in department inventory. 706.7 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT Within 30 days of submitting and publicly releasing the annual report, the Department shall hold at least one well-publicized and conveniently located community engagement meeting, at which the Department should discuss the report and respond to public questions regarding the funding, acquisition, or use of military equipment. Typically this will occur at the City of Rohnert Park City Council Meeting. 706.8 POLICY COMPLIANCE Government Code section 7070 requires that this policy specify the mechanisms to be used by the Department to ensure compliance with this policy. Complaints regarding violations of this policy are subject to investigation and discipline in accordance with Policy 1010, and other policies of the Department related to officer discipline. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Military Equipment - 533 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Military Equipment 706.9 PUBLIC COMPLAINTS, QUESTIONS, AND INVESTIGATION Government Code section 7070 requires that this policy specify the procedures by which members of the public may register complaints, submit questions about the use of each specific type of military equipment subject to this policy, and procedures by which the Department will respond to such matters. Complaints related to this policy may be submitted by the members of the public in accordance with Policy 1010. Complaint forms and instructions are posted by the Department on its website. Complaints regarding violations of this policy are subject to investigation and discipline in accordance with Policy 1010, and other policies of the Department related to officer discipline. Members of the public may submit questions related to the use of specific military equipment to the Department in accordance with the California Public Records Act, Government Code section 6250 et seq. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Military Equipment - 534 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 8 - Support Services Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Support Services - 535 Policy 800 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Crime Analysis 800.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Crime analysis should provide currently useful information to aid operational personnel in meeting their tactical crime control and prevention objectives by identifying and analyzing methods of operation of individual criminals, providing crime pattern recognition, and providing analysis of data from field interrogations and arrests. Crime analysis can be useful to the Department's long range planning efforts by providing estimates of future crime trends and assisting in the identification of enforcement priorities. 800.2 DATA SOURCES Crime analysis data is extracted from many sources including, but not limited to: •Crime reports •Field Interview cards •Parole and Probation records •Computer Aided Dispatch data •Statewide Integrated Traffic Reporting System (SWITRS) 800.3 CRIME ANALYSIS FACTORS The following minimum criteria should be used in collecting data for Crime Analysis: •Frequency by type of crime •Geographic factors •Temporal factors •Victim and target descriptors •Suspect descriptors •Suspect vehicle descriptors •Modus operandi factors •Physical evidence information 800.4 CRIME ANALYSIS DISSEMINATION For a crime analysis system to function effectively, information should be disseminated to the appropriate units or persons on a timely basis. Information that is relevant to the operational and tactical plans of specific line units should be sent directly to them. Information relevant to the development of the Department's strategic plans should be provided to the appropriate staff units. When information pertains to tactical and strategic plans, it should be provided to all affected units. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Crime Analysis - 536 Policy 801 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Dispatch Center 801.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes guidelines for the basic functions of the Dispatch Center. It addresses the immediate information needs of the Department in the course of its normal daily activities and during emergencies. 801.2 COMMUNICATION OPERATIONS This department provides 24-hour telephone service to the public for information or assistance that may be needed in emergencies. The ability of citizens to telephone quickly and easily for emergency service is critical. This department provides access to the 911 system for a single emergency telephone number. This department has two-way radio capability providing continuous communication between the Dispatch Center and officers. This department also has computer- aided dispatch connectivity to mobile data computers used by officers, as well as to other dispatch centers in the Sonoma County Public Safety Consortium. 801.2.1 COMMUNICATIONS LOG It shall be the responsibility of the Dispatch Center to record all relevant information on calls for criminal and non-criminal service or self-initiated activity. Employees shall attempt to elicit as much information as possible to enhance the safety of the officer and assist in anticipating conditions to be encountered at the scene. Desirable information would include, at a minimum, the following: •Event number •Date and time of request •Name and address of complainant, if possible •Type of incident reported •Location of incident reported •Identification of officer(s) assigned as primary and backup •Time of dispatch •Time of the officer's arrival •Time of officer's return to service •Disposition or status of reported incident 801.3 THE DISPATCH CENTER SECURITY The communications function is vital and central to all emergency service operations. The safety and security of the Dispatch Center, its members and its equipment must be a high priority. Special security procedures should be established in a separate operations manual for the Dispatch Center. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Dispatch Center - 537 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Dispatch Center Access to the Dispatch Center shall be by electronic keypad only, and limited to the Dispatch Center members, the Shift Supervisor, command staff and department members with a specific business-related purpose. 801.4 RESPONSIBILITIES 801.4.1 DISPATCH SUPERVISOR The Director of Public Safety shall appoint and delegate certain responsibilities to a Dispatch Supervisor. The Dispatch Supervisor is directly responsible to the Support Services Manager or the authorized designee. The responsibilities of the Dispatch Supervisor include, but are not limited to: (a)Overseeing the efficient and effective operation of the Dispatch Center in coordination with other supervisors. (b)Scheduling and maintaining dispatcher time records. (c)Supervising, training and evaluating dispatchers. (d)Ensuring the radio and telephone recording system is operational. 1.Recordings shall be maintained in accordance with the established records retention schedule and as required by law. (e)Processing requests for copies of the Dispatch Center information for release. (f)Maintaining the Dispatch Center database systems. (g)Maintaining and updating the Dispatch Center procedures manual. 1.Procedures for specific types of crime reports may be necessary. For example, specific questions and instructions may be necessary when talking with a victim of a sexual assault to ensure that his/her health and safety needs are met, as well as steps that he/she may take to preserve evidence. 2.Ensuring dispatcher compliance with established policies and procedures. (h)Handling internal and external inquiries regarding services provided and accepting personnel complaints in accordance with the Personnel Complaints Policy. (i)Maintaining a current contact list of City personnel to be notified in the event of a utility service emergency. 801.4.2 ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES The Dispatch Supervisor should establish procedures for: (a)Recording all telephone and radio communications and playback issues. (b)Storage and retention of recordings. (c)Security of audio recordings (e.g., passwords, limited access, authorized reviewers, preservation of recordings past normal retention standards). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Dispatch Center - 538 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Dispatch Center (d)Availability of current information for dispatchers (e.g., Shift Supervisor contact, rosters, member tracking methods, member contact, maps, emergency providers, tactical dispatch plans). (e)Assignment of field members and safety check intervals. (f)Emergency Medical Dispatch (EMD) instructions. (g)Procurement of external services (e.g., fire suppression, ambulances, aircraft, tow trucks, taxis). (h)Protection of essential equipment (e.g., surge protectors, gaseous fire suppression systems, uninterruptible power systems, generators). (i)Protection of radio transmission lines, antennas and power sources for the Dispatch Center (e.g., security cameras, fences). (j)Handling misdirected, silent and hang-up calls. (k)Handling private security alarms, if applicable. (l)Radio interoperability issues. 801.4.3 DISPATCHERS Dispatchers report to the Dispatch Supervisor. The responsibilities of the dispatcher include, but are not limited to: (a)Receiving and handling all incoming and transmitted communications, including: 1.Emergency 9-1-1 lines. 2.Business telephone lines. 3.Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD)/Text Telephone (TTY) equipment. 4.Radio communications with department members in the field and support resources (e.g., fire department, emergency medical services (EMS), allied agency law enforcement units). (b)Documenting the field activities of department members and support resources (e.g., fire department, EMS, allied agency law enforcement units). (c)Inquiry and entry of information through the Dispatch Center, department and other law enforcement database systems (CLETS, DMV, NCIC). (d)Monitoring department video surveillance systems. (e)Maintaining the current status of members in the field, their locations and the nature of calls for service. (f)Notifying the Shift Supervisor or field supervisor of emergency activity, including, but not limited to: 1.Vehicle pursuits. 2.Foot pursuits. 3.Assignment of emergency response. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Dispatch Center - 539 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Dispatch Center 801.5 CALL HANDLING This Department provides members of the public with access to the 9-1-1 system for a single emergency telephone number. When a call for services is received, the dispatcher will reasonably and quickly attempt to determine whether the call is an emergency or non-emergency, and shall quickly ascertain the call type, location and priority by asking four key questions: •Where? •What? •When? •Who? If the dispatcher determines that the caller has a hearing and/or speech impairment or disability, he/she shall immediately initiate a connection with the individual via available TDD/TTY equipment or Telephone Relay Service (TRS), as mandated by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). If the dispatcher determines that the caller is a limited English proficiency (LEP) individual, the dispatcher should quickly determine whether sufficient information can be obtained to initiate an appropriate response. If language assistance is still needed, the language is known and a language-appropriate authorized interpreter is available in the Dispatch Center, the dispatcher should immediately connect the LEP caller to the authorized interpreter. If no authorized interpreter is available or the dispatcher is unable to identify the caller’s language, the dispatcher will contact the contracted telephonic interpretation service and establish a three- party call connecting the dispatcher, the LEP individual and the interpreter. Dispatchers should be courteous, patient and respectful when dealing with the public. 801.5.1 EMERGENCY CALLS A call is considered an emergency when there is an immediate or potential threat to life or serious property damage, and the timely arrival of public safety assistance is of the utmost importance. A person reporting an emergency should not be placed on hold until the dispatcher has obtained all necessary information to ensure the safety of the responding department members and affected individuals. Emergency calls should be dispatched immediately. The Shift Supervisor shall be notified of pending emergency calls for service when department members are unavailable for dispatch. 801.5.2 NON-EMERGENCY CALLS A call is considered a non-emergency call when there is no immediate or potential threat to life or property. A person reporting a non-emergency may be placed on hold, if necessary, to allow the dispatcher to handle a higher priority or emergency call. The reporting person should be advised if there will be a delay in the dispatcher returning to the telephone line or when there will be a delay in the response for service. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Dispatch Center - 540 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Dispatch Center 801.6 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS The police radio system is for official use only, to be used by dispatchers to communicate with department members in the field. All transmissions shall be professional and made in a calm, businesslike manner, using proper language and correct procedures. Such transmissions shall include, but are not limited to: (a)Members acknowledging the dispatcher with their radio identification call signs and current location. (b)Dispatchers acknowledging and responding promptly to all radio transmissions. (c)Members keeping the dispatcher advised of their status and location. (d)Member and dispatcher acknowledgements shall be concise and without further comment unless additional information is needed. The Dispatch Supervisor shall be notified of radio procedure violations or other causes for complaint. All complaints and violations will be investigated and reported to the complainant’s supervisor and processed through the chain of command. 801.6.1 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION COMPLIANCE Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety radio operations shall be conducted in accordance with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) procedures and requirements. 801.6.2 RADIO IDENTIFICATION Radio call signs are assigned to department members based on factors such as duty assignment, uniformed patrol assignment and/or member identification number. Dispatchers shall identify themselves on the radio with the appropriate station name or number, and identify the department member by his/her call sign. Members should use their call signs when initiating communication with the dispatcher. The use of the call sign allows for a brief pause so that the dispatcher can acknowledge the appropriate department member. Members initiating communication with other law enforcement or support agencies shall use their entire radio call sign, which includes the department station name or number. 801.7 DOCUMENTATION It shall be the responsibility of the Dispatch Center to document all relevant information on calls for service or self-initiated activity. Dispatchers shall attempt to elicit, document and relay as much information as possible to enhance the safety of the member and assist in anticipating conditions that may be encountered at the scene. Desirable information would include, at a minimum: •Incident control number. •Date and time of request. •Name and address of the reporting person, if possible. •Type of incident reported. •Involvement of weapons, drugs and/or alcohol. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Dispatch Center - 541 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Dispatch Center •Location of incident reported. •Identification of members assigned as primary and backup. •Time of dispatch. •Time of the responding member’s arrival. •Time of member’s return to service. •Disposition or status of reported incident. 801.8 CONFIDENTIALITY Information that becomes available through the Dispatch Center may be confidential or sensitive in nature. All members of the Dispatch Center shall treat information that becomes known to them as confidential and release that information in accordance with the Protected Information Policy. Automated data, such as Department of Motor Vehicle records, warrants, criminal history information, records of internal police files or medical information, shall only be made available to authorized law enforcement personnel. Prior to transmitting confidential information via the radio, an admonishment shall be made that confidential information is about to be broadcast. 801.9 TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION Dispatchers shall receive training consistent with minimum standards established by POST (Penal Code § 13510). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Dispatch Center - 542 Policy 802 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence 802.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides for the proper collection, storage, and security of evidence and other property. Additionally, this policy provides for the protection of the chain of evidence and those persons authorized to remove and/or destroy property. 802.2 DEFINITIONS Property - Includes all items of evidence, items taken for safekeeping and found property. Evidence - Includes items taken or recovered in the course of an investigation that may be used in the prosecution of a case. This includes photographs and latent fingerprints. Safekeeping - Includes the following types of property: •Property obtained by the Department for safekeeping such as a firearm •Personal property of an arrestee not taken as evidence •Property taken for safekeeping under authority of a law (e.g., Welfare and Institutions Code § 5150 (mentally ill persons)) Found property - Includes property found by an employee or citizen that has no apparent evidentiary value and where the owner cannot be readily identified or contacted. 802.3 PROPERTY HANDLING Any employee who first comes into possession of any property shall retain such property in their possession until it is properly tagged and placed in the designated property locker or storage room with barcode sticker affixed along with the property form. Care shall be taken to maintain the chain of custody for all evidence. Where ownership can be established as to found property with no apparent evidentiary value, such property may be released to the owner without the need for booking. The report narrative must be updated to document the release of property not booked and the owner shall sign the form acknowledging receipt of the items. Any seizure must include documentation of the circumstances surrounding the seizure, as well as identifying information for the person from whom the property is seized. 802.3.1 PROPERTY BOOKING PROCEDURE All property must be booked prior to the employee going off-duty unless otherwise approved by a supervisor. Employees booking property shall observe the following guidelines: (a)Employees should refer to the Evidence and Packaging Manual for detailed information on how to properly package items to be booked into property. (b)Complete the FileOnQ entry describing each item of property separately, listing all serial numbers, and other identifying information or markings. 1.The owner's or finder's name shall be associated with each item, as appropriate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 543 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence (c)Mark each item of evidence or packaging with the booking employee's initials and date along the seal, and other information as needed for chain of custody or further processing or analysis. (d)Print a barcode sticker, and attach it to each package or envelope in which the property is stored. (e)The printed FileOnQ property sheet shall be submitted with the case report. 802.3.2 EXPLOSIVES Officers who encounter a suspected explosive device shall promptly notify their immediate supervisor or the Shift Supervisor. The bomb squad will be called to handle explosive-related incidents and will be responsible for the handling, storage, sampling and disposal of all suspected explosives. Explosives will not be retained in the police facility. Only fireworks that are considered stable and safe, and road flares or similar signaling devices, may be booked into property. All such items shall be stored in proper containers and in an area designated for the storage of flammable materials. The Property Technician is responsible for arranging for destruction, on a regular basis, of any fireworks or signaling devices that are not retained as evidence. 802.3.3 EXCEPTIONAL HANDLING Certain property items require a separate process. The following items shall be processed in the described manner: (a)Items containing bodily fluids such as blood or semen stains shall be air dried prior to booking. Once dried, items should be wrapped in paper and then placed into an appropriately sized paper bag for final booking. Items containing trace evidence shall be processed and packaged in the same manner. (b)License plates found not to be stolen or connected with a known crime should be released directly to the property officer, or placed in the designated container for return to the Department of Motor Vehicles. No formal property booking process is required. (c)Glass narcotics pipes can be photographed and destroyed rather than being booked into evidence. (d)All cash in excess of $100.00 shall be counted in the presence of another employee and recorded using a body worn camera or other video recording device. The currency shall be placed into a currency envelope and initialed by the both employees. The Shift Supervisor shall be contacted for cash in excess of $1,000 for special handling procedures. The same procedure shall be followed for foreign currency, with the understanding that the true value may be indeterminate. (e)Cash, jewelry and items of high value shall be secured whenever possible in the property room safe. (f)If property or evidence cannot be booked into the property room, the sally port or other secure office can be used as long as the area is sealed with evidence tape and a log is provided. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 544 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence (g)The Property Technician can be called out to gain access to the property room during exceptional circumstances and with a supervisors approval. City property, unless connected to a known criminal case, should be released directly to the appropriate City department. No formal booking is required. In cases where no responsible person can be located, the property should be booked as found property in the normal manner. 802.3.4 RELINQUISHED FIREARMS Individuals who relinquish firearms pursuant to the provisions of Penal Code § 29850 shall be issued a receipt that describes the firearm, the serial number or other identification of the firearm at the time of relinquishment (Penal Code § 29810). Relinquished firearms shall be retained for 30 days, after which time they may be destroyed, retained, sold or otherwise transferred, unless (Penal Code § 29810): (a)A certificate is issued by a judge of a court of record or the District Attorney stating the firearms shall be retained; or (b)The convicted person provides written notice of an intent to appeal the conviction that necessitated the relinquishment; or (c)The Automated Firearms System indicates that the firearm was reported lost or stolen. 1.In such event, the firearm shall be restored to the lawful owner as soon as it is no longer needed as evidence, the lawful owner has identified the weapon and provided proof of ownership, and the Department has complied with the requirements of Penal Code § 33850 et seq. The Property Technician shall ensure the Automated Firearms System is updated for purposes of notifying the California Department of Justice (DOJ) (See the Records Bureau Policy). 802.4 PACKAGING OF PROPERTY Certain items require special consideration and shall be booked separately as follows: (a)Narcotics and dangerous drugs (b)Firearms (ensure they are unloaded and booked separately from ammunition) (c)Property with more than one known owner (d)Paraphernalia as described in Health and Safety Code § 11364 (e)Fireworks (f)Contraband 802.4.1 PACKAGING CONTAINER Employees shall package all property, except narcotics and dangerous drugs, in a suitable container available for its size. Appropriate weapons boxes should be used to package evidence weapons. In most cases, syringes and needles should not be booked into evidence. In the rare event that the nature of the case requires that a syringe or needle be held for evidence, a Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 545 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence supervisor shall be notified. If storage is approved by the supervisor, the syringe or needle shall be secured in an appropriate "sharps" container prior to booking. All evidence must be packaged in its original form whenever possible. If not possible, that fact should be documented in a report and photographs should be taken to document the original form before any alteration. A barcode shall be securely affixed to the outside of all items or group of items packaged together. 802.4.2 PACKAGING NARCOTICS Narcotics and dangerous drugs shall be listed as a separate item from any other evidence item including prescription medication. The officer seizing narcotics and dangerous drugs shall retain such property in their possession until it is properly weighed, packaged, tagged, and placed into the property locker. Presumptive tests will not be done on suspected narcotics or drugs. The packaged weight of the narcotics shall be noted in the FileOnQ entry. Narcotics and dangerous drugs shall be packaged in an envelope of appropriate size available in the property processing room. Each individually packaged item shall have a barcode affixed. These items shall then be packaged in an DOJ/BFS controlled substances envelope with the required information filled out on the front of the envelope. The contents list on the DOJ/BFS envelope shall correspond with the item numbers of the items within the envelope. The booking officer shall seal the envelope with clear tape and initial across the edges of the seal. If the volume of narcotics or dangerous drugs prevents packaging in a DOJ/BFS envelope, a random sample shall be obtained and packaged as a separate item pursuant to the above procedure. An empty DOJ/BFS envelope shall be affixed to the outer packaging of the remaining amount, with the required information filled out on the front of the envelope. Narcotics and dangerous drugs shall not be packaged with other property. The chain of evidence shall be recorded in the spaces provided on the envelope. 802.5 RECORDING OF PROPERTY The Property Clerk receiving custody of evidence or property shall record their name, the date and time the property was received and where the property will be stored, in the FileOnQ chain of custody. A property number shall be obtained for each item or group of items. This number shall be recorded in FileOnQ and on the barcode affixed to the item. Any changes in the location of property held by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety shall be noted in FileOnQ. 802.6 PROPERTY CONTROL Each time the Property Clerk receives property or releases property to another person, they shall enter this information in the FileOnQ chain of custody. Officers desiring property for court shall contact the Property Clerk at least one day prior to the court day. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 546 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence 802.6.1 RESPONSIBILITY OF OTHER PERSONNEL Every time property is released or received, an appropriate entry on the chain of custody form shall be completed to maintain the chain of possession. No property or evidence is to be released without first receiving authorization from the property officer, supervisor, case detective or court order. Requests for analysis for items other than narcotics or drugs shall be completed on the appropriate form and submitted to the property officer. A request may be filled out any time after booking of the property or evidence. 802.6.2 TRANSFER OF EVIDENCE TO CRIME LABORATORY The transporting employee will check the evidence out of property, indicating the date and time on the chain of custody form and the request for laboratory analysis. The property officer releasing the evidence must complete the required information on the chain of custody form and on the DOJ/BFS lab analysis request form. The lab forms will be transported with the property to the examining laboratory. Upon delivering the item involved, the officer will record the delivery time on both copies, and indicate the locker in which the item was placed or the employee to whom it was delivered. The original copy of the lab form will remain with the evidence and the copy will be returned to the Records Bureau for filing with the case. 802.6.3 STATUS OF PROPERTY Each person receiving property will make the appropriate entry to document the chain of evidence. Temporary release of property to officers for investigative purposes, or for court, shall be noted on the chain of custody form, stating the date, time and to whom released. The property officer shall obtain the signature of the person to whom property is released, and the reason for release. Any employee receiving property shall be responsible for such property until it is properly returned to property or properly released to another authorized person or entity. The return of the property should be recorded on the chain of custody form, indicating date, time, and the person who returned the property. 802.6.4 AUTHORITY TO RELEASE PROPERTY The Property Supervisor, case detective, investigating officer, property officer, District Attorney representative or Superior Court judge (court order) shall authorize the disposition or release of all evidence and property coming into the care and custody of the Department. 802.6.5 RELEASE OF PROPERTY All reasonable attempts shall be made to identify the rightful owner of found property or evidence not needed for an investigation. Release of property shall be made upon receipt of investigator authorization, listing the name and address of the person to whom the property is to be released. The release authorization shall be signed by the authorizing supervisor or detective and must conform to the items listed on the Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 547 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence property form or must specify the specific item(s) to be released. Release of all property shall be documented in FileOnQ. With the exception of firearms and other property specifically regulated by statute, found property shall be held for a minimum of 90 days and property held for safekeeping shall be held for a minimum of 60 days. During such period, property personnel shall attempt to contact the rightful owner by telephone and/or mail when sufficient identifying information is available. Property not held for any other purpose and not claimed within 90 days after notification (or receipt, if notification is not feasible) may be auctioned to the highest bidder at a properly published public auction. If such property is not sold at auction or otherwise lawfully claimed, it may thereafter be destroyed (Civil Code § 2080.6). The final disposition of all such property shall be fully documented in related reports. A Property Technician shall release the property upon proper identification being presented by the owner for which an authorized release has been received. A signature of the person receiving the property shall be recorded in FileOnQ. Under no circumstances shall any firearm, magazine, or ammunition be returned to any individual unless and until such person presents valid identification and written notification from the California Department of Justice that conforms to the provisions of Penal Code § 33865. The Property Bureau Supervisor should also make reasonable efforts to determine whether the person is the subject of any court order preventing the person from possessing a firearm and if so, the firearm should not be released to the person while the order is in effect. The Department is not required to retain any firearm or other deadly weapon longer , magazine, or ammunition longer than 180 days after notice has been provided to the owner that such firearm or other deadly weapon is available items are available for return. At the expiration of such period, the firearm or other deadly weapon may , magazine, or ammunition may be processed for disposal in accordance with applicable law (Penal Code § 33875). 802.6.6 DISPUTED CLAIMS TO PROPERTY Occasionally more than one party may claim an interest in property being held by the Department, and the legal rights of the parties cannot be clearly established. Such property shall not be released until one party has obtained a valid court order or other undisputed right to the involved property. All parties should be advised that their claims are civil and in extreme situations, legal counsel for the Department may wish to file an interpleader to resolve the disputed claim (Code of Civil Procedure § 386(b)). 802.6.7 CONTROL OF NARCOTICS AND DANGEROUS DRUGS The Property Bureau will be responsible for the storage, control and destruction of all narcotics and dangerous drugs coming into the custody of this department, including paraphernalia as described in Health and Safety Code § 11364. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 548 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence 802.6.8 RELEASE OF FIREARM IN DOMESTIC VIOLENCE MATTERS Within five days of the expiration of a restraining order issued in a domestic violence matter that required the relinquishment of a firearm or ammunition, the Property Clerk shall return the weapon or ammunition to the owner if the requirements of Penal Code § 33850 and Penal Code § 33855 are met, unless the firearm or ammunition is determined to be stolen, evidence in a criminal investigation, or the individual is otherwise prohibited from possessing a firearm (Family Code § 6389(g); Penal Code § 33855). 802.6.9 RELEASE OF FIREARMS IN GUN VIOLENCE RESTRAINING ORDER MATTERS Firearms and ammunition that were taken into temporary custody or surrendered pursuant to a gun violence restraining order shall be returned to the restrained person upon the expiration of the order and in accordance with the requirements of Penal Code § 33850 et seq. (Penal Code § 18120). If the restrained person who owns the firearms or ammunition does not wish to have the firearm or ammunition returned, he/she is entitled to sell or transfer title to a licensed dealer, provided that the firearms or ammunition are legal to own or possess and the restrained person has right to title of the firearms or ammunition (Penal Code § 18120). If a person other than the restrained person claims title to the firearms or ammunition surrendered pursuant to Penal Code § 18120 and the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety determines them to be the lawful owner, the firearms or ammunition shall be returned in accordance with the requirements of Penal Code § 33850 et seq. (Penal Code § 18120). Firearms and ammunition that are not claimed are subject to the requirements of Penal Code § 34000. 802.6.10 RELEASE OF FIREARMS AND WEAPONS IN MENTAL ILLNESS MATTERS Firearms and other deadly weapons confiscated from an individual detained for an evaluation by a mental health professional or subject to the provisions of Welfare and Institutions Code § 8100 or Welfare and Institutions Code § 8103 shall be released or disposed of as follows: (a)If a petition for a hearing regarding the return of a firearm or a weapon has been initiated pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code § 8102(c), the firearm or weapon shall be released or disposed of as provided by an order of the court. If the court orders a firearm returned, the firearm shall not be returned unless and until the person presents valid identification and written notification from the California Department of Justice (DOJ) that conforms to the provisions of Penal Code § 33865. (b)If no petition has been initiated pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code § 8102(c) and the firearm or weapon is not retained as evidence, the Department shall make the firearm or weapon available for return. No firearm will be returned unless and until the person presents valid identification and written notification from the California DOJ that conforms to the provisions of Penal Code § 33865. (c)Unless the person contacts the Department to facilitate the sale or transfer of the firearm to a licensed dealer pursuant to Penal Code § 33870, firearms not returned Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 549 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence should be sold, transferred, destroyed, or retained as provided in Welfare and Institutions Code § 8102. 802.6.11 RELEASE OF FIREARMS, MAGAZINES, AND AMMUNITION The Department shall not return any firearm, magazine, or ammunition taken into custody to any individual unless all requirements of Penal Code § 33855 are met. 802.7 DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY In order to prevent an overload on the property management system and reduce the requirement for additional storage space, the booking officer should attempt to photograph and release property whenever possible with the approval of a representative of the District Attorney or Investigations Sergeant. 802.7.1 EXCEPTIONAL DISPOSITIONS The following types of property shall be destroyed or disposed of in the manner, and at the time prescribed by law, unless a different disposition is ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction: •Weapons declared by law to be nuisances (Penal Code § 29300; Penal Code § 18010; Penal Code § 32750) •Animals, birds, and related equipment that have been ordered forfeited by the court (Penal Code § 599a) •Counterfeiting equipment (Penal Code § 480) •Gaming devices (Penal Code § 335a) •Obscene matter ordered to be destroyed by the court (Penal Code § 312) •Altered vehicles or component parts (Vehicle Code § 10751) •Narcotics (Health and Safety Code § 11474 et seq.) •Unclaimed, stolen, or embezzled property (Penal Code § 1411) •Destructive devices (Penal Code § 19000) •Sexual assault evidence (Penal Code § 680) 802.7.2 UNCLAIMED MONEY If found or seized money is no longer required as evidence and remains unclaimed after three years, the Department shall cause a notice to published each week for a period of two consecutive weeks in a local newspaper of general circulation (Government Code § 50050). Such notice shall state the amount of money, the fund in which it is held and that the money will become the property of the agency on a designated date not less than 45 days and not more than 60 days after the first publication (Government Code § 50051). Any individual item with a value of less than $15.00, or any amount if the depositor/owner's name is unknown, which remains unclaimed for a year or by order of the court, may be transferred to the general fund without the necessity of public notice (Government Code § 50055). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 550 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence If the money remains unclaimed as of the date designated in the published notice, the money will become the property of this department to fund official law enforcement operations. Money representing restitution collected on behalf of victims shall either be deposited into the Restitution Fund or used for purposes of victim services. 802.7.3 RETENTION OF BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE The Property Bureau Supervisor shall ensure that no biological evidence held by the Department is destroyed without adequate notification to the following persons, when applicable: (a)The defendant (b)The defendant’s attorney (c)The appropriate prosecutor and Attorney General (d)Any sexual assault victim (e)The Investigation Division supervisor Biological evidence shall be retained for either a minimum period that has been established by law (Penal Code § 1417.9) or that has been established by the Property Bureau Supervisor, or until the expiration of any imposed sentence that is related to the evidence, whichever time period is greater. Following the retention period, any required notifications should be made by certified mail and should inform the recipient that the evidence will be destroyed after a date specified in the notice unless a motion seeking an order to retain the sample is filed and served on the Department within 180 days of the date of the notification. A record of all certified mail receipts shall be retained in the appropriate file. Any objection to, or motion regarding, the destruction of the biological evidence should be retained in the appropriate file and a copy forwarded to the Investigation Division supervisor. Biological evidence related to a homicide shall be retained indefinitely and may only be destroyed with the written approval of the Director of Public Safety and the head of the applicable prosecutor’s office. Biological evidence or other crime scene evidence from an unsolved sexual assault should not be disposed of prior to expiration of the statute of limitations and shall be retained as required in Penal Code § 680. Even after expiration of an applicable statute of limitations, the Investigation Division supervisor should be consulted and the sexual assault victim shall be notified at least 60 days prior to the disposal (Penal Code § 680). Reasons for not analyzing biological evidence shall be documented in writing (Penal Code § 680.3). 802.8 INSPECTIONS OF THE EVIDENCE ROOM (a)On a monthly basis, the supervisor of the property officer shall make an inspection of the property storage facilities and practices to ensure adherence to appropriate policies and procedures. (b)On a quarterly basis, the property officer should inventory all firearms, narcotics, and currency. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 551 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Property and Evidence (c)On a quarterly basis, an audit of property held by the department shall be conducted by the Deputy Chief of Police, or their designee (as appointed by the Director of Public Safety). (d)On an annual basis, the property officer should inventory all property held by the department. (e)Whenever a change is made in property officer personnel, an inventory of all evidence/ property shall be made by the new staff having access to ensure that records are correct and all property is accounted for. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Property and Evidence - 552 Policy 803 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Bureau 803.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes the guidelines for the operational functions of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Bureau. The policy addresses department file access and internal requests for case reports. 803.1.1 NUMERICAL FILING SYSTEM Case reports are filed numerically within the Records Bureau by Records Bureau personnel. Reports are numbered commencing with the last two digits of the current year followed by a sequential number beginning with 00001 starting at midnight on the first day of January of each year. As an example, case number YY-00001 would be the first new case beginning January 1 of a new year. 803.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to maintain department records securely, professionally, and efficiently. 803.3 REQUISITION OF SUPPLIES Supplies - All personnel who are in need of office supplies shall notify the appropriate Records Bureau employee of the item requested. The Records Bureau will compile a list of all requested items and submit the list to the appropriate Division Command Officer or Manager for approval. Forms - A supply of department forms is maintained in the Report Writing Room. Additional forms supplies are maintained in the Form Storage Room. The Records Supervisor shall be notified anytime forms are removed from the Form Storage Room by anyone other than a Records Bureau employee. It is the responsibility of the designated Records Bureau employee to order, print, or photocopy required forms as needed. 803.3.1 RECORDS BUREAU The responsibilities of the Records Bureau include but are not limited to: (a)Maintaining a records management system for case reports. 1.The records management system should include a process for numbering, identifying, tracking, and retrieving case reports. (b)Entering case report information into the records management system. 1.Modification of case reports shall only be made when authorized by a supervisor. (c)Providing members of the Department with access to case reports when needed for investigation or court proceedings. (d)Maintaining compliance with federal, state, and local regulations regarding reporting requirements of crime statistics. This includes reporting statistical data to the California Department of Justice (DOJ) for: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Bureau - 553 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Bureau 1.All officer-involved shootings and incidents involving use of force resulting in serious bodily injury (Government Code § 12525.2). 2.Suspected hate crimes (Penal Code § 13023). 3.Complaints of racial bias against officers (Penal Code § 13012; Penal Code § 13020). 4.Civilian complaints made against officers (Penal Code § 832.5; Penal Code § 13012). 5.Stop data required by Government Code § 12525.5 and 11 CCR 999.226. (a)The reported information must not contain personally identifiable information of the person stopped or other information exempt from disclosure pursuant to Government Code § 12525.5 (11 CCR 999.228). 6.Anti-reproductive rights crime information required by Penal Code § 13777. (e)Maintaining compliance with federal, state, and local regulations regarding criminal history reports and auditing. (f)Identifying missing case reports and notifying the responsible member's supervisor. (g)Establishing a process for collecting and submitting data to appropriate federal data collection authorities (e.g., FBI National Use-of-Force Data Collection, U.S. Department of Justice's National Law Enforcement Accountability Database), as applicable, for the following types of occurrences: (a)Officer suicides (b)Officer misconduct (c)Uses of force (d)Officer deaths or assaults (e)Crime incidents (f)Deaths in custody (h)Updating the Automated Firearms System to reflect any firearms relinquished to the Department and the subsequent disposition to the California DOJ pursuant to Penal Code § 34010 (Penal Code § 29810). (i)Entering into the Automated Firearms System information about each firearm that has been reported stolen, lost, found, recovered, held for safekeeping, surrendered in relation to a private party firearms transaction or registration, relinquished pursuant to a court order, or under observation, within seven calendar days of the precipitating event (Penal Code § 11108.2). (j)Entering into the California DOJ automated property system descriptions of serialized property, or non-serialized property that has been uniquely inscribed, which has been reported stolen, lost, found, recovered, held for safekeeping, or under observation (Penal Code § 11108). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Bureau - 554 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Bureau (k)Maintaining compliance with quarterly California DOJ reporting requirements regarding the department's efforts to verify an individual listed in the Armed and Prohibited Persons System (APPS) is no longer in possession of a firearm (Penal Code § 29813). (l)Maintaining compliance with the state and California DOJ reporting requirements regarding the number of transfers of individuals to immigration authorities and offenses that allowed for the transfers (Government Code § 7284.6(c)(2)). (m)Transmitting data to the Joint Regional Information Exchange System on any suspected multi-mission extremist crimes. 803.3.2 RECORDS BUREAU PROCEDURE MANUAL The Records Supervisor should establish procedures that address: (a)Identifying by name persons in reports. (b)Classifying reports by type of incident or crime. (c)Tracking reports through the approval process. (d)Assigning alpha-numerical records to all arrest records. (e)Managing a warrant and wanted persons file. 803.3.3 RECORDS SUPERVISOR The Director of Public Safety shall appoint and delegate certain responsibilities to a Records Supervisor. The Records Supervisor shall be directly responsible to the Support Services Manager or designee. The responsibilities of the Records Supervisor include but are not limited to: (a)Overseeing the efficient and effective operation of the Records Bureau. (b)Scheduling and maintaining Records Bureau time records. (c)Supervising, training, and evaluating Records Bureau staff. (d)Maintaining and updating a Records Bureau procedure manual. (e)Ensuring compliance with established policies and procedures. (f)Supervising the access, use, and release of protected information (see the Protected Information Policy). (g)Establishing security and access protocols for case reports designated as sensitive, where additional restrictions to access have been implemented. Sensitive reports may include but are not limited to: 1.Homicides. 2.Cases involving department members or public officials. 3.Any case where restricted access is prudent. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Bureau - 555 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Bureau 803.4 DETERMINATION OF FACTUAL INNOCENCE In any case where a person has been arrested by officers of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and no accusatory pleading has been filed, the person arrested may petition the Department to destroy the related arrest records. Petitions should be forwarded to the Records Supervisor. The Records Supervisor may contact the prosecuting attorney and request a written opinion as to whether the petitioner is factually innocent of the charges (Penal Code § 851.8). Factual innocence means the accused person did not commit the crime. Upon receipt of a written opinion from the prosecuting attorney affirming factual innocence, the Records Supervisor should forward the petition to Director and the City Attorney for review. After such review and consultation with the City Attorney, or without such review if the prosecuting attorney does not affirm factual innocence, the Director shall decide whether a finding of factual innocence is appropriate. Upon determination that a finding of factual innocence is appropriate, the Records Supervisor shall ensure that the arrest record and petition are sealed for later destruction and the required notifications are made to the California DOJ and other law enforcement agencies (Penal Code § 851.8). The Records Supervisor should respond to a petition with the Department’s decision within 45 days of receipt. Responses should include only the decision of the Department, not an explanation of the analysis leading to the decision. 803.5 ARREST WITHOUT FILING OF ACCUSATORY PLEADING The Patrol Deputy Chief should ensure a process is in place for when an individual is arrested and released and no accusatory pleading is filed so that the following occurs (Penal Code § 849.5; Penal Code § 851.6): (a)The individual is issued a certificate describing the action as a detention. (b)All references to an arrest are deleted from the arrest records of the Department and the record reflects only a detention. (c)The California DOJ is notified. 803.6 FILE ACCESS AND SECURITY The security of files in the Records Bureau must be a high priority and shall be maintained as mandated by state or federal law. All case reports including but not limited to initial, supplemental, follow-up, evidence, and any other reports related to a police department case, including field interview (FI) cards, criminal history records, and publicly accessible logs, shall be maintained in the Records Bureau, accessible only by authorized members of the Department of Public Safety. The Records Bureau will also maintain a secure file for case reports deemed by the Director of Public Safety as sensitive or otherwise requiring extraordinary access restrictions. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Bureau - 556 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Bureau 803.7 ORIGINAL CASE REPORTS Generally, original case reports shall not be removed from the Records Bureau. Should an original case report be needed for any reason, the requesting department member shall first obtain authorization from the Records Supervisor. All original case reports removed from the Records Bureau shall be recorded on a designated report check-out log, which shall be the only authorized manner by which an original case report may be removed from the Records Bureau. All original case reports to be removed from the Records Bureau shall be photocopied and the photocopy retained in the file location of the original case report until the original is returned to the Records Bureau. The photocopied report shall be shredded upon return of the original report to the file. 803.8 CONFIDENTIALITY Records Bureau staff has access to information that may be confidential or sensitive in nature. Records Bureau staff shall not access, view, or distribute, or allow anyone else to access, view, or distribute any record, file, or report, whether in hard copy or electronic file format, or any other confidential, protected, or sensitive information except in accordance with the Records Maintenance and Release and Protected Information policies and the Records Bureau procedure manual. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Bureau - 557 Policy 804 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Restoration of Firearm Serial Numbers 804.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The primary purpose for restoring firearm serial numbers is to determine the prior owners or origin of the item from which the number has been recovered. Thus, property can be returned to rightful owners or investigations can be initiated to curb illegal trade of contraband firearms. The purpose of this plan is to develop standards, methodologies, and safety protocols for the recovery of obliterated serial numbers from firearms and other objects using procedures that are accepted as industry standards in the forensic community. All personnel who are involved in the restoration of serial numbers will observe the following guidelines. This policy complies with Penal Code § 11108.9. 804.2 PROCEDURE Any firearm coming into the possession of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety as evidence, found property, etc., where the serial numbers have been removed or obliterated will be processed in the following manner: 804.2.1 PRELIMINARY FIREARM EXAMINATION (a)Always keep the muzzle pointed in a safe direction. Be sure the firearm is in an unloaded condition. This includes removal of the ammunition source (e.g., the detachable magazine, contents of the tubular magazine) as well as the chamber contents. (b)If the firearm is corroded shut or in a condition that would preclude inspection of the chamber contents, treat the firearm as if it is loaded. Make immediate arrangements for a firearms examiner or other qualified examiner to render the firearm safe. (c)Accurately record/document the condition of the gun when received. Note the positions of the various components such as the safeties, cylinder, magazine, slide, hammer, etc. Accurately record/document cylinder chamber and magazine contents. Package the ammunition separately. (d)If the firearm is to be processed for fingerprints or trace evidence, process before the serial number restoration is attempted. First record/document important aspects such as halos on the revolver cylinder face or other relevant evidence that might be obscured by the fingerprinting chemicals. 804.2.2 PROPERTY BOOKING PROCEDURE Any employee taking possession of a firearm with removed/obliterated serial numbers shall book the firearm into property following standard procedures. The employee booking the firearm shall indicate on the property form that serial numbers have been removed or obliterated. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Restoration of Firearm Serial Numbers - 558 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Restoration of Firearm Serial Numbers 804.2.3 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY The Property Clerk receiving a firearm when the serial numbers have been removed or obliterated shall arrange for the firearm to be submitted to the crime lab for restoration and maintain the chain of evidence. 804.2.4 DOCUMENTATION Case reports are prepared in order to document the chain of custody and the initial examination and handling of evidence from the time it is received/collected until it is released. This report must include a record of the manner in which and/or from whom the firearm was received. This may appear on the request form or property form depending on the type of evidence. 804.2.5 FIREARM TRACE After the serial number has been restored (or partially restored) by the criminalistics laboratory, the Property Clerk will enter the data into the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) eTrace system. 804.3 BULLET AND CASING IDENTIFICATION Exemplar bullets and cartridge cases from the firearm, depending upon acceptance criteria and protocol, may be submitted to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) National Integrated Ballistic Information Network (NIBIN) which uses the Integrated Ballistic Identification System (IBIS) technology to search the national database and compare with ballistic evidence recovered from other crime scenes. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Restoration of Firearm Serial Numbers - 559 Policy 805 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release 805.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidance on the maintenance and release of department records. Protected information is separately covered in the Protected Information Policy. 805.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to providing public access to records in a manner that is consistent with the California Public Records Act (Government Code § 7920.000 et seq.). 805.3 CUSTODIAN OF RECORDS RESPONSIBILITIES The_Director of Public Safety shall designate a Custodian of Records. The responsibilities of the Custodian of Records include but are not limited to: (a)Managing the records management system for the Department, including the retention, archiving, release, and destruction of department public records. (b)Maintaining and updating the department records retention schedule including: 1.Identifying the minimum length of time the Department must keep records. 2.Identifying the department division responsible for the original record. (c)Establishing rules regarding the inspection and copying of department public records as reasonably necessary for the protection of such records (Government Code § 7922.525; Government Code § 7922.530). (d)Identifying records or portions of records that are confidential under state or federal law and not open for inspection or copying. (e)Establishing rules regarding the processing of subpoenas for the production of records. (f)Ensuring a current schedule of fees for public records as allowed by law is available (Government Code § 7922.530). (g)Determining how the department's website may be used to post public records in accordance with Government Code § 7922.545. (h)Ensuring that all department current standards, policies, practices, operating procedures, and education and training materials are posted on the department website in accordance with Penal Code § 13650. (i)Ensuring that public records posted on the Department website meet the requirements of Government Code § 7922.680 including but not limited to posting in an open format where a record may be retrieved, downloaded, indexed, and searched by a commonly used internet search application. (j)Ensuring that a list and description, when applicable, of enterprise systems (as defined by Government Code § 7922.700) is publicly available upon request and posted in Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 560 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release a prominent location on the Department's website (Government Code § 7922.710; Government Code § 7922.720). 805.4 PROCESSING REQUESTS FOR PUBLIC RECORDS Any department member who receives a request for any record shall route the request to the Custodian of Records or the authorized designee. 805.4.1 REQUESTS FOR RECORDS Any member of the public, including the media and elected officials, may access unrestricted records of this department, during regular business hours by submitting a written and signed request that reasonably describes each record sought and paying any associated fees (Government Code § 7922.530). The processing of requests for any record is subject to the following (Government Code § 7922.530; Government Code § 7922.535): (a)The Department is not required to create records that do not exist. (b)Victims of an incident or their authorized representative shall not be required to show proof of legal presence in the United States to obtain department records or information. If identification is required, a current driver's license or identification card issued by any state in the United States, a current passport issued by the United States or a foreign government with which the United States has a diplomatic relationship or current Matricula Consular card is acceptable (Government Code § 7923.655). (c)Either the requested record or the reason for non-disclosure will be provided promptly, but no later than 10 days from the date of request, unless unusual circumstances preclude doing so. If more time is needed, an extension of up to 14 additional days may be authorized by the Custodian of Records or the authorized designee. If an extension is authorized, the Department shall provide the requester written notice that includes the reason for the extension and the anticipated date of the response. 1.When the request does not reasonably describe the records sought, the Custodian of Records shall assist the requester in making the request focused and effective in a way to identify the records or information that would be responsive to the request including providing assistance for overcoming any practical basis for denying access to the records or information. The Custodian of Records shall also assist in describing the information technology and physical location in which the record exists (Government Code § 7922.600). 2.If the record requested is available on the department website, the requester may be directed to the location on the website where the record is posted. If the requester is unable to access or reproduce the record, a copy of the record shall be promptly provided. (d)Upon request, a record shall be provided in an electronic format utilized by the Department. Records shall not be provided only in electronic format unless specifically requested (Government Code § 7922.570; Government Code § 7922.580). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 561 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release (e)When a record contains material with release restrictions and material that is not subject to release restrictions, the restricted material shall be redacted and the unrestricted material released. 1.A copy of the redacted release should be maintained in the case file for proof of what was actually released and as a place to document the reasons for the redactions. If the record is audio or video, a copy of the redacted audio/ video release should be maintained in the department-approved media storage system and a notation should be made in the case file to document the release and the reasons for the redacted portions. (f)If a record request is denied in whole or part, the requester shall be provided a written response that includes the statutory exemption for withholding the record or facts that the public interest served by nondisclosure outweighs the interest served by disclosure. The written response shall also include the names, titles, or positions of each person responsible for the denial (Government Code § 7922.000; Government Code § 7922.540). 805.5 RELEASE RESTRICTIONS Examples of release restrictions include: (a)Personal identifying information, including an individual's photograph; Social Security and driver identification numbers; name, address, and telephone number; and medical or disability information that is contained in any driver license record, motor vehicle record, or any department record, including traffic collision reports, are restricted except as authorized by the Department, and only when such use or disclosure is permitted or required by law to carry out a legitimate law enforcement purpose (18 USC § 2721; 18 USC § 2722). (b)Social Security numbers (Government Code § 7922.200). (c)Personnel records, medical records, and similar records that would involve an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy except as allowed by law (Government Code § 7927.700; Penal Code § 832.7; Penal Code § 832.8; Evidence Code § 1043 et seq.). 1.Peace officer personnel records that are deemed confidential shall not be made public or otherwise released to unauthorized individuals or entities absent a valid court order. 2.The identity of any officer subject to any criminal or administrative investigation shall not be released without the consent of the involved officer, prior approval of the Director of Public Safety, or as required by law. (d)Victim information that may be protected by statutes, including victims of certain crimes who have requested that their identifying information be kept confidential, victims who are minors, and victims of certain offenses (e.g., sex crimes or human trafficking (Penal Code § 293)). Addresses and telephone numbers of a victim or a witness shall not be disclosed to any arrested person or to any person who may be a defendant in a criminal action unless it is required by law (Government Code § 7923.615; Penal Code § 841.5). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 562 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release 1.Victims of certain offenses (e.g., domestic violence, sexual assault, stalking, human trafficking, elder and dependent adult abuse) or their representatives shall be provided, upon request and without charge, one copy of all incident report face sheets, one copy of all incident reports, a copy of any accompanying or related photographs of the victim's injuries, property damage, or any other photographs that are noted in the incident report, and a copy of 9-1-1 recordings, if any, pursuant to the requirements and time frames of Family Code § 6228. 2.Victims of sexual assault, upon written request, shall be provided a free copy of the initial crime report regardless of whether the report has been closed. Personal identifying information may be redacted (Penal Code § 680.2(b)). (e)Video or audio recordings created during the commission or investigation of the crime of rape, incest, sexual assault, domestic violence, or child abuse that depicts the face, intimate body part, or voice of a victim of the incident except as provided by Government Code § 7923.750. (f)Information involving confidential informants, intelligence information, information that would endanger the safety of any person involved, or information that would endanger the successful completion of the investigation or a related investigation. This includes analysis and conclusions of investigating officers (Evidence Code § 1041; Government Code § 7923.605). 1.Absent a statutory exemption to the contrary or other lawful reason to deem information from reports confidential, information from unrestricted agency reports shall be made public as outlined in Government Code § 7923.605. (g)Local criminal history information including but not limited to arrest history and disposition, and fingerprints shall only be subject to release to those agencies and individuals set forth in Penal Code § 13300. 1.All requests from criminal defendants and their authorized representatives (including attorneys) shall be referred to the [District/CountyAttorney], the City Attorney, or the courts pursuant to Penal Code § 1054.5. (h)Certain types of reports involving but not limited to child abuse and molestation (Penal Code § 11167.5), elder and dependent abuse (Welfare and Institutions Code § 15633), and juveniles (Welfare and Institutions Code § 827). (i)Sealed autopsy and private medical information concerning a murdered child with the exceptions that allow dissemination of those reports to law enforcement agents, prosecutors, defendants, or civil litigants under state and federal discovery laws (Code of Civil Procedure § 130). (j)Information contained in applications for licenses to carry firearms or other files that indicates when or where the applicant is vulnerable or which contains medical or psychological information (Government Code § 7923.800). (k)Traffic collision reports (and related supplemental reports) shall be considered confidential and subject to release only to the California Highway Patrol, Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV), other law enforcement agencies, and those individuals and their authorized representatives set forth in Vehicle Code § 20012. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 563 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release (l)Any record created exclusively in anticipation of potential litigation involving this department (Government Code § 7927.200). (m)Any memorandum from legal counsel until the pending litigation has been adjudicated or otherwise settled (Government Code § 7927.205). (n)Records relating to the security of the department's electronic technology systems (Government Code § 7929.210). (o)A record of a complaint, or the investigations, findings, or dispositions of that complaint if the complaint is frivolous, as defined by Code of Civil Procedure § 128.5, or if the complaint is unfounded (Penal Code § 832.7 (b)(9)). (p)Any other record not addressed in this policy shall not be subject to release where such record is exempt or prohibited from disclosure pursuant to state or federal law, including but not limited to provisions of the Evidence Code relating to privilege (Government Code § 7927.705). (q)Information connected with juvenile court proceedings or the detention or custody of a juvenile. Federal officials may be required to obtain a court order to obtain certain juvenile information (Welfare and Institutions Code § 827.9; Welfare and Institutions Code § 827.95; Welfare and Institutions Code § 831). 805.6 SUBPOENAS AND DISCOVERY REQUESTS Any member who receives a subpoena duces tecum or discovery request for records should promptly contact a supervisor and the Custodian of Records for review and processing. While a subpoena duces tecum may ultimately be subject to compliance, it is not an order from the court that will automatically require the release of the requested information. Generally, discovery requests and subpoenas from criminal defendants and their authorized representatives (including attorneys) should be referred to the District Attorney, City Attorney or the courts. All questions regarding compliance with any subpoena duces tecum or discovery request should be promptly referred to legal counsel for the Department so that a timely response can be prepared. 805.7 RELEASED RECORDS TO BE MARKED Each page of any written record released pursuant to this policy should be stamped in a colored ink or otherwise marked to indicate the department name and to whom the record was released. Each audio/video recording released should include the department name and to whom the record was released. 805.8 SEALED RECORD ORDERS Sealed record orders received by the Department shall be reviewed for appropriate action by the Custodian of Records. The Custodian of Records shall seal such records as ordered by the court. Records may include but are not limited to a record of arrest, investigation, detention, or Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 564 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release conviction. Once the record is sealed, members shall respond to any inquiry as though the record did not exist (Penal Code § 851.8; Welfare and Institutions Code § 781). When an arrest record is sealed pursuant to Penal Code § 851.87, Penal Code § 851.90, Penal Code § 851.91, Penal Code § 1000.4, or Penal Code § 1001.9, the Records Supervisor shall ensure that the required notations on local summary criminal history information and police investigative reports are made. Sealed records may be disclosed or used as authorized by Penal Code § 851.92. 805.8.1 SEALED JUVENILE ARREST RECORDS Upon receiving notice from a probation department to seal juvenile arrest records pursuant to Welfare and Institutions Code § 786.5, the Records Supervisor should ensure that the records are sealed within 60 days of that notice and that the probation department is notified once the records have been sealed (Welfare and Institutions Code § 786.5). 805.9 SECURITY BREACHES The Records Supervisor shall ensure notice is given anytime there is a reasonable belief an unauthorized person has acquired either unencrypted personal identifying information or encrypted personal information along with the encryption key or security credential stored in any Department information system (Civil Code § 1798.29). Notice shall be given as soon as reasonably practicable to all individuals whose information may have been acquired. The notification may be delayed if the Department determines that notification will impede a criminal investigation or any measures necessary to determine the scope of the breach and restore the reasonable integrity of the data system. For the purposes of this requirement, personal identifying information includes an individual's first name or first initial and last name in combination with any one or more of the following (Civil Code § 1798.29): (a)Social Security number 1.Driver license number, California identification card number, tax identification number, passport number, military identification number, or other unique identification number issued on a government document commonly used to verify the identity of a specific individual 2.Account number or credit or debit card number, in combination with any required security code, access code or password that would permit access to an individual's financial account 3.Medical information 4.Health insurance information 5.Information or data collected by Automated License Plate Reader (ALPR) technology 6.Unique biometric data Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 565 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release 7.Genetic data (b)A username or email address, in combination with a password or security question and answer that permits access to an online account 805.9.1 FORM OF NOTICE (a)The notice shall be written in plain language, be consistent with the format provided in Civil Code § 1798.29 and include, to the extent possible, the following: 1.The date of the notice. 2.Name and contact information for the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. 3.A list of the types of personal information that were or are reasonably believed to have been acquired. 4.The estimated date or date range within which the security breach occurred. 5.Whether the notification was delayed as a result of a law enforcement investigation. 6.A general description of the security breach. 7.The toll-free telephone numbers and addresses of the major credit reporting agencies, if the breach exposed a Social Security number or a driver license or California identification card number. (b)The notice may also include information about what the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety has done to protect individuals whose information has been breached and may include information on steps that the person whose information has been breached may take to protect him/herself (Civil Code § 1798.29). (c)When a breach involves an online account, and only a username or email address in combination with either a password or security question and answer that would permit access to an online account, and no other personal information has been breached (Civil Code § 1798.29): 1.Notification may be provided electronically or in another form directing the person to promptly change either his/her password or security question and answer, as applicable, or to take other appropriate steps to protect the online account with the Department in addition to any other online accounts for which the person uses the same username or email address and password or security question and answer. 2.When the breach involves an email address that was furnished by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, notification of the breach should not be sent to that email address but should instead be made by another appropriate medium as prescribed by Civil Code § 1798.29. 805.9.2 MANNER OF NOTICE (a)Notice may be provided by one of the following methods (Civil Code § 1798.29): 1.Written notice. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 566 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release 2.Electronic notice if the notice provided is consistent with the provisions regarding electronic records and signatures set forth in 15 USC § 7001. 3.Substitute notice if the cost of providing notice would exceed $250,000, the number of individuals exceeds 500,000 or the Department does not have sufficient contact information. Substitute notice shall consist of all of the following: (a)Email notice when the Department has an email address for the subject person. (b)Conspicuous posting of the notice on the department’s webpage for a minimum of 30 days. 4.Notification to major statewide media and the California Information Security Office within the California Department of Technology. (b)If a single breach requires the Department to notify more than 500 California residents, the Department shall electronically submit a sample copy of the notification, excluding any personally identifiable information, to the Attorney General. 805.10 RELEASE OF AUDIO OR VIDEO RECORDINGS RELATED TO CRITICAL INCIDENTS Video and audio recordings related to critical incidents shall be released upon a proper public record request and subject to delayed release, redaction, and other release restrictions as provided by law (Government Code § 7923.625). For purposes of this section, a video or audio recording relates to a critical incident if it depicts an incident involving the discharge of a firearm at a person by an officer, or depicts an incident in which the use of force by an officer against a person resulted in death or in great bodily injury (as defined by Penal Code § 243(f)(4)) (Government Code § 7923.625). The Custodian of Records should work as appropriate with the Director of Public Safety or the Sergeant or Command Staff supervisor in determining what recordings may qualify for disclosure when a request for a recording is received and if the requested recording is subject to delay from disclosure, redaction, or other release restrictions. 805.10.1 DELAY OF RELEASE Disclosure of critical incident recordings during active criminal or administrative investigations may be delayed as follows if disclosure would substantially interfere with the investigation, such as by endangering the safety of a witness or a confidential source: (a)Disclosure may be delayed up to 45 days from the date the Department knew or reasonably should have known about the incident. (b)Delay of disclosure may continue after the initial 45 days and up to one year if the Department demonstrates that disclosure would substantially interfere with the investigation. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 567 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release (c)Any delay of disclosure longer than one year must be supported by clear and convincing evidence that disclosure would substantially interfere with the investigation (Government Code § 7923.625). 805.10.2 NOTICE OF DELAY OF RELEASE When there is justification to delay disclosure of a recording, the Custodian of Records shall provide written notice to the requester as follows (Government Code § 7923.625): (a)During the initial 45 days, the Custodian of Records shall provide the requester with written notice of the specific basis for the determination that disclosure would substantially interfere with the investigation. The notice shall also include the estimated date for the disclosure. (a)When delay is continued after the initial 45 days, the Custodian of Records shall promptly provide the requester with written notice of the specific basis for the determination that the interest in preventing interference with an active investigation outweighs the public interest in the disclosure, and the estimated date for the disclosure. The Custodian of Records should work with the Director of Public Safety in reassessing the decision to continue withholding a recording and notify the requester every 30 days. Recordings withheld shall be disclosed promptly when the specific basis for withholding the recording is resolved. 805.10.3 REDACTION If the Custodian of Records, in consultation with the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee, determines that specific portions of the recording may violate the reasonable expectation of privacy of a person depicted in the recording, the Department should use redaction technology to redact portions of recordings made available for release. The redaction should not interfere with the viewer's ability to fully, completely, and accurately comprehend the events captured in the recording, and the recording should not otherwise be edited or altered (Government Code § 7923.625). If any portions of a recording are withheld to protect the reasonable expectation of privacy of a person depicted in the recording, the Custodian of Records shall provide in writing to the requester the specific basis for the expectation of privacy and the public interest served (Government Code § 7923.625). 805.10.4 RECORDINGS WITHHELD FROM PUBLIC DISCLOSURE If the reasonable expectation of privacy of a person depicted in the recording cannot adequately be protected through redaction, and that interest outweighs the public interest in disclosure, the Department may withhold the recording from the public, except that the recording, either redacted or unredacted, shall be disclosed promptly, upon request, to any of the following (Government Code § 7923.625): (a)The person in the recording whose privacy is to be protected, or the person's authorized representative. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 568 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Records Maintenance and Release (b)If the person is a minor, the parent or legal guardian of the person whose privacy is to be protected. (c)If the person whose privacy is to be protected is deceased, an heir, beneficiary, designated immediate family member, or authorized legal representative of the deceased person whose privacy is to be protected. If the Department determines that this disclosure would substantially interfere with an active criminal or administrative investigation, the Custodian of Records shall provide the requester with written notice of the specific basis for the determination and the estimated date of disclosure (Government Code § 7923.625). The Department may continue to delay release of the recording from the public for 45 days with extensions as provided in this policy (Government Code § 7923.625). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Records Maintenance and Release - 569 Policy 806 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Protected Information 806.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the access, transmission, release and security of protected information by members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. This policy addresses the protected information that is used in the day-to-day operation of the Department and not the public records information covered in the Records Maintenance and Release Policy. 806.2 AUTHORITY This policy is established pursuant to the mandate of the Regulations Regarding Security of Criminal Offender Record Information in California, Title 11, California Code of Regulations. Other authority includes Penal Code § 11105, which delineates who has access to Criminal Offender Record Information (CORI), and Penal Code §§ 11140 through 11144, which establishes penalties for the improper use of rap sheets. 806.3 DEFINITIONS Criminal Offender Record Information - (CORI) shall include CII manual/automated rap sheets and abstracts, CII crime summaries, CII criminal history transcripts, FBI rap sheets, and any RPDPS documents containing a list of prior arrests. Criminal Justice Agency - A public agency or component thereof which performs a criminal justice activity as its principal function. Authorized Recipient - Any person or agency authorized by court order, statute or case law to receive CORI. Right to Know - Persons or agencies authorized by court order, statute or decisional case law to receive the information. Need to Know - A necessity exists to obtain CORI in order to execute official responsibilities. 806.4 ACCESS TO PROTECTED INFORMATION Protected information shall not be accessed in violation of any law, order, regulation, user agreement, Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety policy or training. Only those members who have completed applicable training and met any applicable requirements, such as a background check, may access protected information, and only when the member has a legitimate work- related reason for such access. Unauthorized access, including access for other than a legitimate work-related purpose, is prohibited and may subject a member to administrative action pursuant to the Personnel Complaints Policy and/or criminal prosecution. 806.4.1 PENALTIES FOR MISUSE OF RECORDS It is a misdemeanor to furnish, buy, receive or possess Department of Justice criminal history information without authorization by law (Penal Code § 11143). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Protected Information - 570 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Protected Information Authorized persons or agencies violating state regulations regarding the security of Criminal Offender Record Information (CORI) maintained by the California Department of Justice may lose direct access to CORI (11 CCR 702). 806.4.2 RELEASE OF CORI Only the persons listed below are authorized to release CORI. Each authorized person releasing CORI is responsible to ensure that each request granted appears legitimate and that the requester is an authorized recipient with a right and need to know. (a)Criminal Records Security Officer (b)Records Supervisor (c)Designated employees of the Records Bureau (d)Employees of the Dispatch Center (e)Personnel specifically designated by Director of Public Safety with the concurrence of the Criminal Records Security Officer 806.4.3 RELEASE OF CORI TO FIELD PERSONNEL Personnel shall not have access to CORI until a background investigation has been completed and approved. CORI shall not generally be transmitted by radio, cellular phone, or through computer terminals to field personnel or vehicles except in cases where circumstances reasonably indicate that the immediate safety of the officer or the public are at significant risk. Examples of situations where the transmission of summary criminal history information would be justified include a hostage situation or an armed suspect however a routine investigation or traffic enforcement stop would not be sufficient justification. Nothing in this procedure is intended to prohibit broadcasting warrant information concerning wanted persons. 806.5 RELEASE OR DISSEMINATION OF PROTECTED INFORMATION Protected information may be released only to authorized recipients who have both a right to know and a need to know. A member who is asked to release protected information that should not be released should refer the requesting person to a supervisor or to the Records Supervisor for information regarding a formal request. Unless otherwise ordered or when an investigation would be jeopardized, protected information maintained by the Department may generally be shared with authorized persons from other law enforcement agencies who are assisting in the investigation or conducting a related investigation. Any such information should be released through the Records Bureau to ensure proper documentation of the release (see the Records Maintenance and Release Policy). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Protected Information - 571 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Protected Information 806.5.1 TRANSMISSION GUIDELINES Protected information, such as restricted Criminal Justice Information (CJI), which includes Criminal History Record Information (CHRI), should not be transmitted via unencrypted radio. When circumstances reasonably indicate that the immediate safety of officers, other department members, or the public is at risk, only summary information may be transmitted. In cases where the transmission of protected information, such as Personally Identifiable Information, is necessary to accomplish a legitimate law enforcement purpose, and utilization of an encrypted radio channel is infeasible, a MDC or department-issued cellular telephone should be utilized when practicable. If neither are available, unencrypted radio transmissions shall be subject to the following: •Elements of protected information should be broken up into multiple transmissions, to minimally separate an individual’s combined last name and any identifying number associated with the individual, from either first name or first initial. •Additional information regarding the individual, including date of birth, home address, or physical descriptors, should be relayed in separate transmissions. Nothing in this policy is intended to prohibit broadcasting warrant information. 806.6 SECURITY OF PROTECTED INFORMATION The Director of Public Safety will select a member of the Department to oversee the security of protected information. The responsibilities of this position include, but are not limited to: (a)Developing and maintaining security practices, procedures and training. (b)Ensuring federal and state compliance with the CJIS Security Policy and the requirements of any state or local criminal history records systems. (c)Establishing procedures to provide for the preparation, prevention, detection, analysis and containment of security incidents including computer attacks. (d)Tracking, documenting and reporting all breach of security incidents to the Director of Public Safety and appropriate authorities. 806.6.1 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Members accessing or receiving protected information shall ensure the information is not accessed or received by persons who are not authorized to access or receive it. This includes leaving protected information, such as documents or computer databases, accessible to others when it is reasonably foreseeable that unauthorized access may occur (e.g., on an unattended table or desk; in or on an unattended vehicle; in an unlocked desk drawer or file cabinet; on an unattended computer terminal). 806.7 TRAINING All members authorized to access or release protected information shall complete a training program that complies with any protected information system requirements and identifies Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Protected Information - 572 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Protected Information authorized access and use of protected information, as well as its proper handling and dissemination. 806.7.1 COMPUTER TERMINAL SECURITY Computer terminal equipment capable of providing access to automated criminal offender record information requires encryption and complex passwords to preclude access by unauthorized persons. No employee shall be authorized to operate computer terminal equipment with access to CORI until the operator has completed the appropriate training. 806.7.2 DESTRUCTION OF CORI When any document providing CORI has served the purpose for which it was obtained, it shall be destroyed by shredding. Each employee shall be responsible for destroying the CORI documents they receive. 806.7.3 CUSTODIAN OF CRIMINAL RECORDS The Records Supervisor, unless otherwise directed by the Director of Public Safety, shall be the Department's official Custodian of Criminal Records. The Custodian of Criminal Records shall be responsible for the security, storage, dissemination and destruction of criminal records, and will serve as a primary contact for the California Department of Justice for any related issues. The Director of Public Safety may appoint other department employees to the role of Custodian of Criminal Records, who will share the same responsibilities regarding criminal records. The Support Services Manager, unless otherwise directed by the Director of Public Safety, will ensure that he/she makes the appropriate applications and notifications to the California Department of Justice regarding the Department's Custodian of Criminal Record appointments, per the requirements of Penal Code § 11102.2. This subsection is not intended to interfere with any other employee acting as a custodian of records for other statutory purposes but is narrowly tailored to address issues of criminal history records. 806.8 TRAINING PROGRAM All personnel authorized to process or release CORI shall be required to complete a training program prescribed by the Criminal Record Security Officer. The Records Supervisor, together with the Training Sergeant, shall coordinate the course to provide training in the proper use, control, and dissemination of CORI. 806.9 PENALTIES FOR MISUSE OF RECORDS Penal Code §§ 11140 and 11144 make it a misdemeanor to furnish, buy, receive, or possess Department of Justice rap sheets without authorization by a court, statute, or case law. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Protected Information - 573 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Protected Information Penal Code § 13302 makes it a misdemeanor to knowingly furnish a local CORI record (pursuant to Penal Code § 13301(a)) or information obtained from a record, to a person who is not authorized by law to receive the record or information. Title 11, California Administrative Code § 702 provides that authorized persons or agencies violating the Regulations Regarding the Security of Criminal Offender Record Information in California may lose direct access to CORI maintained by the California Department of Justice. Divulging the content of any criminal record to anyone other than authorized personnel is a violation of Policy Manual § 806.5. Employees who obtain, or attempt to obtain, information from the department files other than that to which they are entitled in accordance with their official duties is a violation of Policy Manual § 806.4. 806.10 CALIFORNIA RELIGIOUS FREEDOM ACT Members shall not release personal information from any agency database for the purpose of investigation or enforcement of any program compiling data on individuals based on religious belief, practice, affiliation, national origin or ethnicity (Government Code § 8310.3). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Protected Information - 574 Policy 807 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Computers and Digital Evidence 807.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes procedures for the seizure and storage of computers, personal communications devices (PCDs) digital cameras, digital recorders and other electronic devices that are capable of storing digital information; and for the preservation and storage of digital evidence. All evidence seized and/or processed pursuant to this policy shall be done so in compliance with clearly established Fourth Amendment and search and seizure provisions. 807.2 SEIZING COMPUTERS AND RELATED EVIDENCE Computer equipment requires specialized training and handling to preserve its value as evidence. Officers should be aware of the potential to destroy information through careless or improper handling, and utilize the most knowledgeable available resources. When seizing a computer and accessories the following steps should be taken: (a)Photograph each item, front and back, specifically including cable connections to other items. Look for a phone line or cable to a modem for Internet access. Be aware of items that may be "connected" wirelessly. Look for antennas, satellite dishes, and other indicators of wireless use. (b)Do not overlook the possibility of the presence of physical evidence on and around the hardware relevant to the particular investigation such as fingerprints, biological or trace evidence, and/or documents. (c)If the computer is off, do not turn it on. (d)If the computer is on, do not shut it down normally and do not click on anything or examine any files. 1.Photograph the screen, if possible, and note any programs or windows that appear to be open and running. 2.Disconnect the power cable from the back of the computer box or if a portable notebook style, disconnect any power cable from the case and remove the battery). (e)Complete and affix an evidence tag to each item. (f)Handle and transport the computer and storage media (e.g., tape, discs, memory cards, flash memory, external drives) with care so that potential evidence is not lost. (g)Secure all computer items in the Property Room or specified secure location. Do not store computers where normal room temperature and humidity is not maintained. (h)At minimum, officers should document the following in related reports: 1.Where the computer was located and whether or not it was in operation. 2.Who was using it at the time. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Computers and Digital Evidence - 575 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Computers and Digital Evidence 3.Who claimed ownership. 4.If it can be determined, how it was being used. (i)In most cases when a computer is involved in criminal acts and is in the possession of the suspect, the computer itself and all storage devices (hard drives, tape drives, and disk drives) should be seized along with all media. Accessories (printers, monitors, mouse, scanner, keyboard, cables, software and manuals) may be evaluated for seizure as appropriate to the nature of the investigation. 1.Printers and scanners should be seized the criminal act involves printed documents that need to be traced back to the device or devices that created them. 2.Many peripheral devices such as cameras, printers, scanners, and routers have internal storage capability that should be considered for seizure. 807.2.1 BUSINESS OR NETWORKED COMPUTERS If the computer belongs to a business or is part of a network, it may not be feasible to seize the entire computer. Cases involving networks require specialized handling. Officers should contact a certified forensic computer examiner for instructions or a response to the scene. It may be possible to perform an on-site inspection, or to image the hard drive only of the involved computer. This should only be done by someone specifically trained in processing computers for evidence. 807.2.2 FORENSIC EXAMINATION OF COMPUTERS If an examination of the contents of the computer's hard drive, or floppy disks, compact discs, or any other storage media is required, forward the following items to a computer forensic examiner: (a)Copy of report(s) involving the computer, including the Evidence/Property sheet. (b)Copy of a consent to search form signed by the computer owner or the person in possession of the computer, or a copy of a search warrant authorizing the search of the computer hard drive for evidence relating to investigation. (c)A listing of the items to search for (e.g., photographs, financial records, e-mail, documents). (d)An exact duplicate of the hard drive or disk will be made using a forensic computer and a forensic software program by someone trained in the examination of computer storage devices for evidence. 807.3 SEIZING DIGITAL STORAGE MEDIA Digital storage media including hard drives, floppy discs, CD's, DVD's, tapes, memory cards, or flash memory devices should be seized and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage. (a)If the media has a write-protection tab or switch, it should be activated. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Computers and Digital Evidence - 576 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Computers and Digital Evidence (b)Many kinds of storage media can be erased or damaged by magnetic fields. Keep all media away from magnetic devices, electric motors, radio transmitters or other sources of magnetic fields. (c)Do not leave storage media where they would be subject to excessive heat such as in a parked vehicle on a hot day. (d)Use plastic cases designed to protect the media, or other protective packaging, to prevent damage. 807.4 SEIZING PCDS Personal communication devices such as cell phones, PDAs or other hand-held devices connected to any communication network must be handled with care to preserve evidence that may be on the device including messages, stored data and/or images. (a)Officers should be aware that accessing, reviewing or searching the contents of such devices prior to examination by a forensic expert may alter the data. Unsent messages can be lost, data can be inadvertently deleted and incoming messages can override stored messages. (b)If an officer determines that the nature of the investigation requires that the PCD be examined, the following procedure should be used: Do not turn the device off. Disable the device's wifi connection. Book the device into evidence using the secure charging container and notify the Investigation Unit. (c)When seizing the devices, also seize the charging units and if possible, keep them plugged in to the chargers until they can be examined. Officers should be aware of the possibility that if the batteries go dead, all the data may be lost. 807.5 DIGITAL EVIDENCE RECORDED BY OFFICERS Officers handling and submitting recorded and digitally stored evidence from digital cameras and audio or video recorders will comply with these procedures to ensure the integrity and admissibility of such evidence. 807.5.1 COLLECTION OF DIGITAL EVIDENCE Once evidence is recorded it shall not be erased, deleted or altered in any way prior to submission. All photographs taken will be preserved regardless of quality, composition or relevance. Video and audio files will not be altered in any way. 807.5.2 SUBMISSION OF DIGITAL MEDIA The following are required procedures for the submission of digital media used by cameras or other recorders: (a)Photographs 1.The data on the recording media (smart card, compact flash card or any other media) shall be downloaded to the Evidence Photograph Folder on the Department's Network Share as soon as possible for submission into evidence. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Computers and Digital Evidence - 577 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Computers and Digital Evidence 2.Each photo shall be labeled with the case number, sequence number and officer identification number. 3.Property officers or the Property/Evidence supervisor will move the data from the Evidence Photograph Folder on the Department's Network Share to a secure folder on the network share. From that location, Property officers or the Property/ Evidence supervisor will download the data to a digital archive disk for long- term storage. A log is maintained of all photographs submitted to the Evidence Photograph Folder. Once they have verified that the images properly transferred to the storage media, they will erase the images from the Evidence Photograph Folder. (b)Audio and Video Recordings 1.Officers shall transfer all audio and video recordings from the recording device to an appropriate media storage disk for submission to evidence as soon as possible. (c)The Property Officers or the Property/Evidence supervisor are the only employees authorized to copy and/or distribute digital media submitted to evidence. 807.5.3 PRESERVATION OF DIGITAL EVIDENCE (a)Only evidence technicians are authorized to copy original digital media that is held as evidence. The original digital media shall remain in evidence and shall remain unaltered. (b)Digital images that are enhanced to provide a better quality photograph for identification and investigative purposes must only be made from a copy of the original media. (c)If any enhancement is done to the copy of the original, it shall be noted in the corresponding incident report. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Computers and Digital Evidence - 578 Policy 808 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Animal Control 808.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety personnel in dealing with animal control related calls for service and to set forth procedures regarding animal services, the handling of stray and/or injured animals, and the abatement of animal nuisances. 808.1.1 ANIMAL SERVICES Operation of Animal Services is the responsibility of the Support Services Manager or commanding officer so assigned. The Animal Services Supervisor will be charged with daily operations of the shelter as well as coordinating staff and volunteers. 808.2 ANIMAL CONTROL OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY Absent a designated Animal Services Officer, the Department's Community Services Officers shall serve the primary function of Animal Services Officer (ASO) and shall be responsible for enforcing local, state and federal laws relating to animals, and for appropriately resolving or referring animal problems as outlined in this policy. The ASO shall be under the operational control of the Patrol Services Division. The Animal Services Officer's assigned working hours will be scheduled by the Patrol Division Lieutenant. During hours when the ASO is on duty, requests for animal services shall be assigned by the Dispatch Center or the Shift Supervisor. Requests for assistance by the ASO shall be acknowledged and responded to promptly. 808.3 OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY During hours when the Animal Services Officer is off duty, or if the ASO is otherwise unavailable, all animal related calls for service will be handled by the appropriate on-duty Public Safety Officer. 808.3.1 ANIMAL CRUELTY COMPLAINTS All animal cruelty complaints should be investigated by Animal Services Officers. Absent an ASO, Public Safety Officers shall conduct a preliminary investigation on all reports of animal cruelty and forward the information to the ASO and/or the Investigations Bureau for follow-up. Public Safety Officers shall not hesitate to take any immediate actions deemed necessary. The assistance of an ASO or the Animal Shelter Supervisor may be requested to assist with the investigation when appropriate for the purpose of handling the disposition of any animal(s) associated with the case. 808.3.2 STRAY DOGS If the dog has a license or can otherwise be identified, the owner should be contacted, if possible. If the owner is contacted, the dog should be released to the owner and a citation may be issued if appropriate. If a dog is taken into custody, it shall be transported to the Animal Shelter, making sure the animal has food, water, and bedding. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Animal Control - 579 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Animal Control The animal pick-up form must be completely filled out and left in the appropriate box at the Animal Shelter. Release of impounded dogs requires a fee be paid. Releases will be handled by Animal Shelter personnel. 808.3.3 ANIMAL BITE REPORTS Officers shall obtain as much information as possible on the incident to complete an Animal Bite/ Exposure Report and shall immediately transmit a copy of the bite report to Sonoma County Animal Care and Control. Depending on the severity or circumstances of the bite incident, officers shall make a determination as to whether the animal may be quarantined by the owner or if the animal must be immediately impounded. Officers shall also complete a Potentially Dangerous/Dangerous form if appropriate. If the animal can be quarantined by the owner, officers shall instruct the owner of a biting animal to keep the animal confined on the property until contacted by the Sonoma County Animal Care and Control. If the owner cannot be contacted or is unable to guarantee such a quarantine, or if the animal is a stray, then every effort shall be made to capture and impound the animal immediately. Officers placing impounded animals at the Animal Shelter pursuant to a bite report must ensure the animal is placed in the designated isolation area for quarantine. 808.3.4 PUBLIC NUISANCE CALLS RELATING TO ANIMALS Officers shall obtain as much information as possible on the incident and shall make a determination as to whether the animal is Potentially Dangerous/Dangerous. A Potentially Dangerous/Dangerous form shall be completed, if appropriate. If the officer determines that the animal is Potentially Dangerous, and the owner cannot guarantee the animal can be safely contained on the owner's property, the officer may impound the animal. If the officer determines the animal is Dangerous, the animal shall be immediately impounded. Officers placing impounded animals at the Animal Shelter pursuant to a Potentially Dangerous/ Dangerous Animal designation must ensure the animal is placed in the designated isolation area. 808.3.5 PUBLIC NUISANCE CALLS RELATING TO ANIMALS Officers shall obtain and forward to the ASO as much information as possible regarding the nature of the complaint, complaining person, owner information (if possible), location of problem, etc. Officers will also document any actions taken, citation(s) issued, related report numbers, etc. Animal nuisances include, but are not limited to: •Noisy animals (barking dogs) •Stray animals •Animals defecating in the neighborhood •Unsanitary conditions Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Animal Control - 580 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Animal Control •Neglected animals •Aggressive animals Officers investigating a public nuisance related to aggressive animals may determine the animal is Potentially Dangerous/Dangerous. If such a determination is made, the same procedures listed in 820.3.4 above should be followed. In the event responding officers cannot fulfill urgent requests for service because the animal is difficult or dangerous to handle, the ASO may be called to duty to handle. If the ASO is unavailable, the patrol supervisor may request the assistance of an animal control officer from an allied agency. All requests to call in the ASO must be approved by a field supervisor or the Shift Supervisor. 808.4 DECEASED ANIMALS Deceased animals on public property will be removed and properly disposed of by the ACO. Officers will remove deceased animals when the Animal Control Officer is not on duty. (a)For health and sanitary reasons, deceased animals should be placed in a sealed plastic bag prior to placing in the ACO truck. (b)Neither the ACO nor any officer will be required to climb onto or under any privately owned structure for the purpose of removing a deceased animal. 808.5 INJURED ANIMALS When any injured domesticated animal is brought to the attention of a member of this agency, all reasonable attempts shall be made to contact the owner or responsible handler. When the owner or responsible handler cannot be located and the animal is not an immediate danger to the community, it shall be taken to a doctor of veterinary medicine as described below (Penal Code 597.1 (b). (a)During normal business hours, the animal should be taken to an authorized veterinary care clinic. (b)If after normal business hours, the animal should be taken to the authorized Veterinary Emergency and Critical Care Services Clinic. (c)The only exception to the above is when the animal is an immediate danger to the community or the owner of the animal is identified and takes responsibility for the injured animal. 1.When the need to kill a seriously injured or dangerous animal is necessary, the department Firearms and Qualification Policy shall be followed. The decision to dispose of a seriously injured animal will rest with the on-duty Shift Supervisor. (d)Injured wildlife should be referred to the SPCA, Marine Mammal Center or Department of Fish and Game as applicable. The SPCA will not pick up common pigeons (red legs), starlings, bats or skunks. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Animal Control - 581 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Animal Control (e)When handling dead or injured animals department employees shall attempt to identify and notify the owner of the final disposition of the animal. (f)Each incident shall be documented, at minimum, include the name of the reporting party and veterinary hospital and/or person to whom the animal is released. If the ACO is off duty, the information will be forwarded for follow-up. 808.5.1 VETERINARY CARE The injured animal should be taken to a veterinarian as follows: (a)During normal business hours, the animal should be taken to an authorized veterinary care clinic. (b)If after normal business hours, the animal should be taken to the authorized Veterinary Emergency and Critical Care Services Clinic. (c)An exception to the above exists when the animal is an immediate danger to the community or the owner of the animal is identified and takes responsibility for the injured animal. Each incident shall be documented and, at minimum, include the name of the reporting party and veterinary hospital and/or person to whom the animal is released. If the Animal Shelter is not available, the information will be forwarded for follow-up. 808.5.2 INJURED WILDLIFE Injured wildlife should be referred to the Department of Fish and Wildlife or the Marine Mammal Center as applicable. 808.5.3 RESCUE OF ANIMALS IN VEHICLES If an animal left unattended in a vehicle appears to be in distress, members may enter the vehicle for the purpose of rescuing the animal. Members should (Penal Code § 597.7(d)): (a)Make a reasonable effort to locate the owner before entering the vehicle. (b)Take steps to minimize damage to the vehicle. (c)Refrain from searching the vehicle or seizing items except as otherwise permitted by law. (d)Leave notice on or in the vehicle identifying the location where the animal has been taken and the name and Department of the member involved in the rescue. (e)Make reasonable efforts to contact the owner or secure the vehicle before leaving the scene. (f)Take the animal to an animal care facility, a place of safekeeping or, if necessary, a veterinary hospital for treatment. 808.6 CITATIONS It should be at the discretion of the handling officer or the Field Supervisor as to the need for, or advisability of, the issuance of a citation for a violation. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Animal Control - 582 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Animal Control 808.7 POST-ARREST PROCEDURES The arresting officer should make a reasonable effort to ensure that animals or pets under a person's care will be provided with adequate care when that person is arrested. This is only required when there is no person to provide care and the arrestee is expected to be in custody for a time period longer than would reasonably allow him/her to properly care for the animals. Relatives or neighbors may be contacted, with the owner's consent, to care for the animals. If no persons can be found or the owner does not consent, the animal can be housed at the Rohnert Park Animal Shelter or other appropriate animal care facility. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Animal Control - 583 Policy 809 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act 809.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines to ensure this department fulfills its obligation in complying with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act (Clery Act) as well as applicable California Education Code requirements. 809.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety encourages accurate and prompt reporting of all crimes and takes all such reports seriously (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(C)(iii)). Reports will be accepted in any manner, including in person or in writing, at any Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety facility. Reports will be accepted anonymously, by phone or via email or on the institution’s website. It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to comply with the Clery Act. Compliance with the Clery Act requires a joint effort between the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and the administration of the institution. Supervisors assigned areas of responsibility in the following policy sections are expected to be familiar with the subsections of 20 USC § 1092(f) and 34 CFR 668.46 that are relevant to their responsibilities. 809.3 POLICY, PROCEDURE AND PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT The Director of Public Safety will: (a)Ensure that the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety establishes procedures for immediate emergency response and evacuation, including the use of electronic and cellular communication and testing of these procedures (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(J)(i); 20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(J)(iii)). (b)Enter into written agreements as appropriate with local law enforcement agencies to (Education Code § 67381.1): 1.Identify roles in the investigation of alleged criminal offenses on campus (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(C)(ii)). (a)This includes identification of the responsibilities for sexual assault, hate crimes and Part 1 violent crime investigations (e.g., willful homicide, forcible rape, robbery or aggravated assault as defined in the FBI’s Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Handbook), and establishing the specific geographical boundaries of each agency’s responsibility, including maps as necessary (Education Code § 67381). 2.Assist in the monitoring and reporting of criminal activity at off-campus student organizations that are recognized by the institution and engaged in by students attending the institution, including student organizations with off- campus housing facilities (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(G)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act - 584 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act 3.Ensure coordination of emergency response and evacuation procedures, including procedures to immediately notify the campus community upon the confirmation of a significant emergency or dangerous situation (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(J)). 4.Notify the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety of criminal offenses reported to local law enforcement agencies to assist the institution in meeting its reporting requirements under the Clery Act (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(F)). 5.Notify the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety of criminal offenses reported to local law enforcement agencies to assist in making information available to the campus community in a timely manner and to aid in the prevention of similar crimes. Such disseminated information shall withhold the names of victims as confidential (20 USC § 1092(f)(3)). (c)Appoint a designee to develop programs that are designed to inform students and employees about campus security procedures and practices, and to encourage students and employees to be responsible for their own security and the security of others (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(D)). (d)Appoint a designee to develop programs to inform students and employees about the prevention of crime (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(E)). (e)Appoint a designee to develop educational programs to promote the awareness of rape, acquaintance rape, domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault and stalking, and what to do if an offense occurs, including but not limited to, who should be contacted, the importance of preserving evidence and to whom the alleged offense should be reported (20 USC § 1092(f)(8)(B)). The designee shall also develop written materials to be distributed to reporting persons that explains the rights and options provided for under 20 USC § 1092 (20 USC § 1092(f)(8)(C)). (f)Appoint a designee to make the appropriate notifications to institution staff regarding missing person investigations in order to ensure that the institution complies with the requirements of 34 CFR 668.46(h). 809.3.1 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee will also (Education Code § 67386): (a)Assist the institution with the development of policies and procedures relating to sexual assault, domestic violence, dating violence, and stalking involving a student whether it occurred on- or off-campus including: 1.The differences between standards of proof and defenses in criminal investigations and administrative or disciplinary matters. 2.Victim-centered protocols including privacy protection, responses to reports, interviews, investigations, required notifications, and participation by victim advocates and other supporting individuals. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act - 585 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act (b)Assist, as appropriate, with trauma-informed training for campus personnel involved in investigating and adjudicating sexual assault, domestic violence, dating violence, and stalking cases. (c)Assist, as appropriate, in the development of the institution's comprehensive prevention and outreach programs addressing sexual violence, domestic violence, dating violence, and stalking. (d)Ensure that any reported Part 1 violent crime, sexual assault, or hate crime described in Penal Code § 422.55 (whether it occurred on- or off-campus), is reported as soon as practicable to any local law enforcement agency with investigation responsibilities pursuant to a written agreement with the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or the institution (Education Code § 67380). 1.The identification of the victim shall be withheld, unless the victim consents to being identified after being informed of the right to have their personally identifying information withheld. If the victim does not consent to being identified, then the alleged assailant shall not be identified unless the institution determines that the alleged assailant represents a serious or ongoing threat to the safety of the students, employees, or the institution, and the immediate assistance of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is necessary to contact or detain the assailant (Education Code § 67380). 2.If the institution discloses the identity of the alleged assailant to the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, the institution must immediately inform the victim of that disclosure (Education Code § 67380). (e)Ensure the victim receives the following information: 1.Options on rights to obtain a sexual assault forensic medical examination including the right to be accompanied to the examination by a certified sexual assault counselor and/or support person of the victim's choosing 2.How to access transportation to an examination site, including transportation options provided or arranged by the campus 809.4 RECORDS COLLECTION AND RETENTION The Records Supervisor is responsible for maintaining Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety statistics and making reasonable good-faith efforts to obtain statistics from other law enforcement agencies as necessary to allow the institution to comply with its reporting requirements under the Clery Act (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(F)). The statistics shall be compiled as follows: (a)Statistics concerning the occurrence of the following criminal offenses reported to this department or to local police agencies that occurred on campus, in or on non-campus buildings or property, and on public property including streets, sidewalks and parking facilities within the campus or immediately adjacent to and accessible from the campus (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(F)(i); 34 CFR 668.46(c)): 1.Murder 2.Sex offenses, forcible or non-forcible 3.Robbery Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act - 586 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act 4.Aggravated assault 5.Burglary 6.Motor vehicle theft 7.Manslaughter 8.Arson 9.Arrests or persons referred for campus disciplinary action for liquor law violations, drug-related violations and weapons possession 10.Dating violence, domestic violence and stalking (b)Statistics concerning the crimes described in the section above, theft, simple assault, intimidation, destruction, damage or vandalism of property, and other crimes involving bodily injury to any person where the victim was intentionally selected because of his/ her actual or perceived race, sex, religion, gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, ethnicity or disability. These statistics should be collected and reported according to the category of prejudice (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(F)(ii); 34 CFR 668.46(c)). 1.The statistics shall be compiled using the definitions in the FBI’s UCR system and modifications made pursuant to the Hate Crime Statistics Act (20 USC § 1092(f)(7); 34 CFR 668.46(c)(9)). For the offenses of domestic violence, dating violence and stalking, such statistics shall be compiled in accordance with the definitions used in the Violence Against Women Act (20 USC § 1092(f)(7); 34 USC § 12291; 34 CFR 668.46(a)). The statistics will be categorized separately as offenses that occur in the following places (20 USC § 1092(f)(12); 34 CFR 668.46(c)(5)): (a)On campus. (b)In or on a non-campus building or property. (c)On public property. (d)In dormitories or other on-campus, residential or student facilities. (c)Statistics will be included by the calendar year in which the crime was reported to the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety (34 CFR 668.46(c)(3)). (d)Stalking offenses will include a statistic for each year in which the stalking conduct is reported and will be recorded as occurring either at the first location where the stalking occurred or the location where the victim became aware of the conduct (34 CFR 668.46(c)(6)). (e)Statistics will include the three most recent calendar years (20 USC § 1092(f)(1)(F); 34 CFR 668.46(c)). (f)The statistics shall not identify victims of crimes or persons accused of crimes (20 USC § 1092(f)(7)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act - 587 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act 809.4.1 CRIME LOG The Records Supervisor is responsible for ensuring a daily crime log is created and maintained as follows (20 USC § 1092(f)(4); 34 CFR 668.46(f)): (a)The daily crime log will record all crimes reported to the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, including the nature, date, time and general location of each crime, and the disposition, if known. (b)All log entries shall be made within two business days of the initial report being made to the Department. (c)If new information about an entry becomes available, then the new information shall be recorded in the log not later than two business days after the information becomes available to the police department or security department. (d)The daily crime log for the most recent 60-day period shall be open to the public for inspection at all times during normal business hours. Any portion of the log that is older than 60 days must be made available within two business days of a request for public inspection. Information in the log is not required to be disclosed when: 1.Disclosure of the information is prohibited by law. 2.Disclosure would jeopardize the confidentiality of the victim. 3.There is clear and convincing evidence that the release of such information would jeopardize an ongoing criminal investigation or the safety of an individual, may cause a suspect to flee or evade detection, or could result in the destruction of evidence. In any of these cases, the information may be withheld until that damage is no longer likely to occur from the release of such information. 809.4.2 COMPILING RECORDS FOR DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS The Records Supervisor is also responsible for compiling the following to allow the institution to comply with its disclosure requirements under Education Code § 67380: (a)All occurrences reported to the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and all arrests for crimes that are committed on campus that involve violence, hate violence, theft, destruction of property, illegal drugs, or alcohol intoxication. (b)All occurrences of noncriminal acts of hate violence reported to the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety for which a written report is prepared. 809.5 INFORMATION DISSEMINATION It is the responsibility of the Administration Deputy Chief to ensure that the required Clery Act disclosures are properly forwarded to campus administration and community members in accordance with institution procedures. This includes: (a)Procedures for providing emergency notification of crimes or other incidents and evacuations that might represent an imminent threat to the safety of students or employees (20 USC § 1092(f)(3); 34 CFR 668.46(e); 34 CFR 668.46 (g)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act - 588 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act (b)Procedures for notifying the campus community about crimes considered to be a threat to other students and employees in order to aid in the prevention of similar crimes. Such disseminated information shall withhold the names of victims as confidential (20 USC § 1092(f)(3)). (c)Information necessary for the institution to prepare its annual security report (20 USC § 1092(f)(1); 34 CFR 668.46(b)). This report will include, but is not limited to: 1.Crime statistics and the policies for preparing the crime statistics. 2.Crime and emergency reporting procedures, including the responses to such reports. 3.Policies concerning security of and access to campus facilities. 4.Crime, dating violence, domestic violence, sexual assault and stalking awareness and prevention programs, including (a)Procedures victims should follow. (b)Procedures for protecting the confidentiality of victims and other necessary parties. 5.Enforcement policies related to alcohol and illegal drugs. 6.Locations where the campus community can obtain information about registered sex offenders. 7.Emergency response and evacuation procedures. 8.Missing student notification procedures. 9.Information addressing the jurisdiction and authority of campus security including any working relationships and agreements between campus security personnel and both state and local law enforcement agencies. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Jeanne Clery Campus Security Act - 589 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 9 - Custody Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Custody - 590 Policy 900 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Prisoners - Suspects 900.1 SAFEGUARDING Officers shall be cautious in the arrest and detention of prisoners or suspects and shall take all necessary precautions to prevent an escape, or the carrying of weapons on their person after arrest, or injury to themselves or any other person, or damage to property. 900.2 AVAILABILITY OF WEAPONS Officers shall not permit weapons or objects capable of inflicting serious bodily injury to remain unattended or accessible to a prisoner or suspect. 900.3 OPPOSITE SEX TRANSPORTATION When transporting a prisoner or suspect of the opposite sex, the transporting officer shall notify dispatch via radio of their beginning mileage. When the transport is completed, the officer shall notify dispatch via radio of their ending mileage. The dispatcher shall record the time the transport began and ended and the mileage information. 900.4 TRANSACTING WITH No employee shall buy or accept any article for personal disposition from any suspect or prisoner or from any associate of any suspect or prisoner. 900.5 OFFICER POSTING BAIL No employee shall post bail for persons under arrest, except members of his/her immediate family, without the consent of a commanding officer. 900.6 ARRANGING FOR BOND No employee shall suggest the name of or recommend any person or firm engaged in the business of furnishing bail to any prisoner or person desiring bail except a member of his/her immediate family. 900.7 ARRANGING FOR ATTORNEYS No employee shall suggest the name of or recommend any attorney to any prisoner or person involved in a criminal or civil case of interest to this department, except a member of his/her immediate family. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Prisoners - Suspects - 591 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Chapter 10 - Personnel Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel - 592 Policy 1000 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Recruitment and Selection 1000.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides a framework for employee recruiting efforts and identifying job-related standards for the selection process. This policy supplements the rules that govern employment practices for the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and that are promulgated and maintained by the Department of Human Resources. 1000.2 POLICY In accordance with applicable federal, state, and local law, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety provides equal opportunities for applicants and employees regardless of actual or perceived race, ethnicity, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, age, disability, pregnancy, genetic information, veteran status, marital status, and any other classification or status protected by law. The Department does not show partiality or grant any special status to any applicant, employee, or group of employees unless otherwise required by law. The Department will recruit and hire only those individuals who demonstrate a commitment to service and who possess the traits and characteristics that reflect personal integrity and high ethical standards. 1000.3 RECRUITMENT The Department should employ a comprehensive recruitment and selection strategy to recruit and select employees from a qualified and diverse pool of candidates. The strategy should include: (a)Expanded use of technology and maintenance of a strong Internet presence. This may include an interactive department website and the use of department-managed social networking sites, if resources permit. (b)Expanded outreach through partnerships with media, community groups, citizen academies, local colleges, universities and the military. (c)Employee referral and recruitment incentive programs. (d)Consideration of shared or collaborative regional testing processes. The Department shall avoid advertising, recruiting and screening practices that tend to stereotype, focus on homogeneous applicant pools or screen applicants in a discriminatory manner. The Department should strive to facilitate and expedite the screening and testing process, and should periodically inform each candidate of his/her status in the recruiting process. 1000.4 SELECTION PROCESS The Department shall actively strive to identify a diverse group of candidates who have in some manner distinguished themselves as being outstanding prospects. Minimally, the Department Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Recruitment and Selection - 593 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Recruitment and Selection shall employ a comprehensive screening, background investigation, and selection process that assesses cognitive and physical abilities and includes review and verification of the following: (a)A comprehensive application for employment (including previous employment, references, current and prior addresses, education, military record) 1.The personnel records of any applicant with prior peace officer experience in this state shall be requested from the appropriate law enforcement agency and reviewed prior to extending an offer of employment (Penal Code § 832.12). 2.This includes review of prior law enforcement employment information maintained by POST (Penal Code § 13510.9). (b)Driving record (c)Personal and professional reference checks (d)Employment eligibility, including U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) Employment Eligibility Verification Form I-9 and acceptable identity and employment authorization documents consistent with Labor Code § 1019.1. This required documentation should not be requested until a candidate is hired. This does not prohibit obtaining documents required for other purposes. (e)Information obtained from public internet sites 1.This review should include the identification of any activity that promotes or supports unlawful violence or unlawful bias against persons based on protected characteristics (e.g., race, ethnicity, national origin, religion, gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability). (f)Financial history consistent with the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) (15 USC § 1681 et seq.) (g)Local, state, and federal criminal history record checks (h)Lie detector test (when legally permissible) (Labor Code § 432.2) (i)Medical and psychological examination (may only be given after a conditional offer of employment) 1.The Medical Suitability Declaration (POST form 2-363) provided by the evaluating physician shall be maintained in the candidate's background investigation file (11 CCR 1954). 2.The Psychological Suitability Declaration (POST form 2-364) provided by the evaluator shall be maintained in the candidate's background investigation file (11 CCR 1955). (j)Review board or selection committee assessment (k)Relevant national and state decertification records, if available (l)Any relevant information in the National Law Enforcement Accountability Database Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Recruitment and Selection - 594 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Recruitment and Selection 1000.4.1 VETERAN’S PREFERENCE Qualifying veterans of the United States Armed Forces who receive a passing score on an entrance examination shall be ranked in the top rank of any resulting eligibility list. The veteran’s preference shall also apply to a widow or widower of a veteran or a spouse of a 100 percent disabled veteran (Government Code § 18973.1). 1000.5 BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION Every candidate shall undergo a thorough background investigation to verify his/her personal integrity and high ethical standards, and to identify any past behavior that may be indicative of the candidate’s unsuitability to perform duties relevant to the operation of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety (11 CCR 1953). The narrative report and any other relevant background information shall be shared with the psychological evaluator. Information shall also be shared with others involved in the hiring process if it is relevant to their respective evaluations (11 CCR 1953). 1000.5.1 NOTICES Background investigators shall ensure that investigations are conducted and notices provided in accordance with the requirements of the FCRA and the California Investigative Consumer Reporting Agencies Act (15 USC § 1681d; Civil Code § 1786.16). 1000.5.2 STATE NOTICES If information disclosed in a candidate’s criminal offender record information (CORI) is the basis for an adverse employment decision, a copy of the CORI shall be provided to the applicant (Penal Code § 11105). 1000.5.3 REVIEW OF SOCIAL MEDIA SITES All peace officer candidates shall be subject to a social media search for statements, postings, and/or endorsements made by the candidate that are relevant to suitability for peace officer employment, including bias-relevant information consistent with the requirements of 11 CCR 1955(d)(3) and any public expression of hate made in an online forum, as defined in Penal Code § 13680(g) (11 CCR 1953(e)(12)). Due to the potential for accessing unsubstantiated, private, or protected information, the Administration Deputy Chief shall not require candidates to provide passwords, account information, or access to password-protected social media accounts (Labor Code § 980). The Administration Deputy Chief should consider utilizing the services of an appropriately trained and experienced third party to conduct open source, internet-based searches, and/or review information from social media sites to ensure that: (a)The legal rights of candidates are protected. (b)Material and information to be considered are verified, accurate, and validated. (c)The Department fully complies with applicable privacy protections and local, state, and federal law. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Recruitment and Selection - 595 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Recruitment and Selection Regardless of whether a third party is used, the Administration Deputy Chief should ensure that potentially impermissible information is not available to any person involved in the candidate selection process. 1000.5.4 DOCUMENTING AND REPORTING The background investigator shall summarize the results of the background investigation in a narrative report that includes sufficient information to allow the reviewing authority to decide whether to extend a conditional offer of employment. The report shall include sections that summarize relevant Background Investigation Dimensions and include any findings of behaviors, traits, and/or attributes relevant to bias per the Bias Assessment Framework as described in the POST Background Investigation Manual. The report shall identify the data sources reviewed for the findings, regardless of weight given. The report shall include narrative information in the format described in 11 CCR 1953(g)(1). The report shall also include whether the candidate has engaged or is engaging in membership in a hate group, participation in hate group activity, or advocacy or public expressions of hate, pursuant to Penal Code § 13680 et seq. (11 CCR 1953). The report shall not include any information that is prohibited from use, including that from social media sites, in making employment decisions. The report and all supporting documentation including relevant documentation of bias-related findings and documentation obtained through the social media search shall be included in the candidate's background investigation file (11 CCR 1953). The background investigator shall document proof of verification of qualification for peace officer appointment on the Verification of Qualification for Peace Officer Appointment form and forward to the Administration Deputy Chief for final review and submission to POST (11 CCR 1953). The background investigation file shall be made available during POST compliance inspections (11 CCR 1953). 1000.5.5 RECORDS RETENTION The background report and all supporting documentation shall be maintained according to the established records retention schedule and at a minimum as follows (Government Code § 12946; 11 CCR 1953): (a)Reports and documentation for candidates hired by the Department shall be retained for the entire term of employment and a for a minimum of four years after separation from the Department. (b)Reports and documentation for candidates not hired by the Department for a minimum of four years. 1000.5.6 BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION UPDATE A background investigation update may, at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety, be conducted in lieu of a complete new background investigation on a peace officer candidate who is reappointed within 180 days of voluntary separation from the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, or who is an interim police chief meeting the requirements contained in 11 CCR 1953(f). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Recruitment and Selection - 596 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Recruitment and Selection 1000.5.7 INVESTIGATOR TRAINING Background investigators shall complete POST-certified background investigation training prior to conducting investigations (11 CCR 1953; 11 CCR 1959). 1000.5.8 CONFIDENTIAL POST RECORDS Records released to the Department from POST that were previously withheld from the candidate by POST shall be kept confidential as provided in Penal Code § 13510.9. 1000.6 DISQUALIFICATION GUIDELINES As a general rule, performance indicators and candidate information and records shall be evaluated by considering the candidate as a whole, and taking into consideration the following: •Age at the time the behavior occurred •Passage of time •Patterns of past behavior •Severity of behavior •Probable consequences if past behavior is repeated or made public •Likelihood of recurrence •Relevance of past behavior to public safety employment •Aggravating and mitigating factors •Other relevant considerations A candidate’s qualifications will be assessed on a case-by-case basis, using a totality-of-the- circumstances framework. 1000.7 EMPLOYMENT STANDARDS All candidates shall meet the minimum standards required by state law (Government Code § 1029; Government Code § 1031; Penal Code § 13510.1; 11 CCR 1950 et seq.). Candidates will be evaluated based on merit, ability, competence, and experience, in accordance with the high standards of integrity and ethics valued by the Department and the community. The California Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) developed a Job Dimensions list, which is used as a professional standard in background investigations. Validated, job-related, and nondiscriminatory employment standards shall be established for each job classification and shall minimally identify the training, abilities, knowledge, and skills required to perform the position’s essential duties in a satisfactory manner. Each standard should include performance indicators for candidate evaluation. The Department of Human Resources should maintain validated standards for all positions. 1000.7.1 STANDARDS FOR OFFICERS Candidates shall meet the minimum standards established by POST or required by state law (Government Code § 1029; Government Code § 1031; 11 CCR 1950 et seq.): Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Recruitment and Selection - 597 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Recruitment and Selection (a)Free of any felony convictions (b)Be legally authorized to work in the United States under federal law (c)At least 21 years of age except as provided by Government Code § 1031.4 (d)Fingerprinted for local, state, and national fingerprint check (e)Good moral character as determined by a thorough background investigation (11 CCR 1953) (f)High school graduate, passed the GED or other high school equivalency test, or obtained a two-year, four-year, or advanced degree from an accredited or approved institution (g)Free from any physical, emotional, or mental condition, including bias against race or ethnicity, gender, nationality, religion, disability, or sexual orientation which might adversely affect the exercise of police powers (11 CCR 1954; 11 CCR 1955) (h)Free of hate group memberships, participation in hate group activities, or advocacy of public expressions of hate within the previous seven years, and since 18 years of age, as determined by a background investigation (Penal Code § 13681) (i)Candidates must also satisfy the POST selection requirements, including (11 CCR 1950 et seq.): 1.Reading and writing ability assessment (11 CCR 1951) 2.Oral interview to determine suitability for law enforcement service (11 CCR 1952) (j)POST certification that has not been revoked, denied, or voluntarily surrendered pursuant to Penal Code § 13510.8(f) (k)Not identified in the National Decertification Index of the International Association of Directors of Law Enforcement Standards and Training or similar federal government database that reflects revoked certification for misconduct or reflects misconduct that would result in a revoked certification in California. In addition to the above minimum POST required standards, candidates may be subjected to additional standards established by the Department (Penal Code § 13510(d)). 1000.7.2 STANDARDS FOR DISPATCHER Candidates shall satisfy the POST selection requirements, including (11 CCR 1956): (a)A verbal, reasoning, memory, and perceptual abilities assessment (11 CCR 1957) (b)An oral communication assessment (11 CCR 1958) (c)A medical evaluation (11 CCR 1960) Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Recruitment and Selection - 598 Policy 1001 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Resignation and Reinstatement 1001.1 RESIGNATION An employee wishing to leave the department in good standing must file with the Director of Public Safety, at least two weeks before leaving, a written resignation stating the effective date and the reason for leaving. Failure of the officer to give the notice required is entered on their service record and they will not be eligible for re-employment by the City. 1001.2 REINSTATEMENT An employee who has resigned with a good record may be reinstated within six months or less to their former position if vacant, or to a vacant position in the same or comparable class. Reinstatement is a privilege, not an obligation, and final determination will be made by the City Manager at the time application is made for reinstatement. All reinstatements will follow the current City of Rohnert Park Personnel Rules ad Regulations. If an employee has been separated longer than six months, they will be treated as a new employee and will follow all hiring procedures outlined in this manual. 1001.3 COMMEMORATIVE EQUIPMENT At the approval of the Director of Public Safety, upon honorable separation, and a minimum of two years of full-time service, an employee may request a surplus item as an agency memento. Surplus is defined as an item not able to be put into service. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Resignation and Reinstatement - 599 Policy 1002 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Evaluation of Employees 1002.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Department's employee performance evaluation system is designed to record work performance for both the Department and the employee, providing recognition for good work and developing a guide for improvement. 1002.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety utilizes a performance evaluation report to measure performance and to use as a factor in making personnel decisions that relate to merit increases, promotion, reassignment, discipline, demotion, and termination. The evaluation report is intended to serve as a guide for work planning and review by the supervisor and employee. It gives supervisors a way to create an objective history of work performance based on job standards. The Department evaluates employees in a non-discriminatory manner based upon job-related factors specific to the employee’s position, without regard to actual or perceived race, ethnicity, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, age, disability, pregnancy, genetic information, veteran status, marital status, and any other classification or status protected by law. 1002.3 EVALUATION PROCESS Evaluation reports will cover a specific period of time and should be based on documented performance during that period. Evaluation reports will be completed by each employee’s immediate supervisor. Other supervisors directly familiar with the employee’s performance during the rating period should be consulted by the immediate supervisor for their input. All sworn and non-sworn supervisory personnel shall attend an approved supervisory course that includes training on the completion of performance evaluations within one year of the supervisory appointment. Each supervisor should discuss the tasks of the position, standards of performance expected and the evaluation criteria with each employee at the beginning of the rating period. Supervisors should document this discussion in the prescribed manner. Assessment of an employee’s job performance is an ongoing process. Continued coaching and feedback provides supervisors and employees with opportunities to correct performance issues as they arise. Non-probationary employees demonstrating substandard performance shall be notified in writing of such performance as soon as possible in order to have an opportunity to remediate the issues. Such notification should occur at the earliest opportunity, with the goal being a minimum of 90 days written notice prior to the end of the evaluation period. Employees who disagree with their evaluation and who desire to provide a formal response or a rebuttal may do so in writing in the prescribed format and time period. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Evaluation of Employees - 600 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Evaluation of Employees 1002.3.1 RESERVE OFFICER EVALUATIONS Reserve officer evaluations are covered under the Reserve Officers Policy. 1002.4 FULL TIME PROBATIONARY PERSONNEL Non-sworn personnel are on probation for 12 months before being eligible for certification as permanent employees. The probationary employee will be evaluated at the end of each six month shift rotation during the probationary period. Sworn personnel and dispatchers are on probation for 18 months before being eligible for certification as permanent employees. Probationary officers are evaluated daily during the Field Training Program (FTP). Upon satisfactorily completing the FTP, the probationary officer will be evaluated at the end of each six month shift rotation during the probationary period. Probationary dispatchers are evaluated daily during the Communications Training Program (CTO). Upon satisfactorily completing the CTO, the probationary employee will be evaluated in accordance with the personnel rules. Appointments of all employees are subject to the probationary period specified for their classification in the City of Rohnert Park Personnel Rules and Regulations. During the probationary period of each employee, their adjustment, capacity and general acceptability is rated to determine whether the probationer is fully qualified for permanent status. 1002.5 FULL-TIME PERMANENT STATUS PERSONNEL Permanent employees are subject to the following performance evaluations: Probationary - As outlined in 1002.4 stated above. Annual - An Employee Performance Evaluation shall be completed once each year by the employee's immediate supervisor for all professional and command staff members. Semi-Annual - All sworn personnel other than command staff, and Community Services Officers, will receive an employee performance evaluation every six (6) months by the employees immediate supervisor. Other - A special evaluation, transfer evaluation, or performance improvement plan (PIP), may be completed any time the rater and the rater's supervisor determines one is necessary due to employee performance that is deemed less than standard. Generally, the special evaluation will be the tool used to demonstrate those areas of performance deemed less than standard when follow-up action is planned (action plan, remedial training, retraining, etc.). The evaluation form and the attached documentation shall be submitted as one package. 1002.5.1 RATINGS When completing the Employee Performance Evaluation, the rater will place a check mark in the column that best describes the employee's performance. The definition of each rating category is as follows: Above Standards - Represents performance that is better than expected of a fully competent employee. It is superior to what is expected, but is not of such rare nature to warrant outstanding. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Evaluation of Employees - 601 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Evaluation of Employees Meets Standards - Is the performance of a fully competent employee. It means satisfactory performance that meets the standards required of the position. Below Standards - Is a level of performance less than that expected of a fully competent employee and less than standards required of the position. A needs improvement rating must be thoroughly discussed with the employee. Space for written comments is provided at the end of the evaluation in the rater comments section. This section allows the rater to document the employee's strengths, weaknesses, and suggestions for improvement. Any rating under any job dimension marked "Below Standards" shall be substantiated in the rater comments section. 1002.6 EVALUATION INTERVIEW When the supervisor has completed the preliminary evaluation, arrangements shall be made for a private discussion of the evaluation with the employee. The supervisor should discuss the results of the just completed rating period and clarify any questions the employee may have. If the employee has valid and reasonable protests of any of the ratings, the supervisor may make appropriate changes to the evaluation. Areas needing improvement and goals for reaching the expected level of performance should be identified and discussed. The supervisor should also provide relevant counseling regarding advancement, specialty positions and training opportunities. The supervisor and employee will sign and date the evaluation. Permanent employees may also write comments in the Employee Comments section of the performance evaluation report. 1002.6.1 DISCRIMINATORY HARASSMENT FORM At the time of each employee's annual evaluation, the reviewing supervisor shall require the employee to read the City and Department harassment and discrimination policies. Following such policy review, the supervisor shall provide the employee a form to be completed and returned by the employee certifying the following: (a)That the employee understands the harassment and discrimination policies. (b)Whether any questions the employee has have been sufficiently addressed. (c)That the employee knows how and where to report harassment policy violations. (d)Whether the employee has been the subject of, or witness to, any conduct that violates the discrimination or harassment policy which has not been previously reported. The completed form should be returned to the supervisor (or other authorized individual if the employee is uncomfortable returning the form to the presenting supervisor) within thirty (30) days. The employee's completed answers shall be attached to the evaluation. If the employee has expressed any questions or concerns, the receiving supervisor or other authorized individual shall ensure that appropriate follow-up action is taken. 1002.7 EVALUATION REVIEW 1. Upon receipt of evaluation due notice, notify the employee of pending evaluation. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Evaluation of Employees - 602 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Evaluation of Employees 2. Provide the employee with the pre-performance appraisal questionnaire and have the employee complete it (Optional). 4. The supervisor submits the completed evaluation in the electronic evaluation system. 5. The evaluation will route through the chain of command electronically. 6. Once approved, the employee will have the opportunity to discuss the evaluation with the rating supervisor. 7. The final evaluation will be retained by Human Resources. 1002.8 EVALUATION DISTRIBUTION The original performance evaluation will be maintained in the employee's personnel file in the office of the City Department of Human Resources for the tenure of the employee's employment. A copy will be available to the employee if requested. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Evaluation of Employees - 603 Policy 1003 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Special Assignments and Promotions 1003.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for promotion and for making selections for specialty assignments within the ranks of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. 1003.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety determines assignments and promotions in a non-discriminatory manner based upon job-related factors and candidate skills and qualifications. Assignments and promotions are made by the Director of Public Safety. 1003.3 PROMOTIONAL POSITIONS Public Safety Deputy Chief Public Safety Lieutenant Support Services Manager Public Safety Sergeant Communications Supervisor Records Supervisor 1003.3.1 DESIREABLE QUALIFICATIONS The following minimum qualifications are required for promotion: (a)Off probation (b)Has shown an expressed interest in the position applied for (c)Education, training and demonstrated abilities in related areas (d)Upon selection, successful completion of any training required for the position by POST, law or agency. The Director of Public Safety has the discretion to modify these qualification based on the needs of the agency. 1003.3.2 SELECTION PROCESS The following criteria apply to promotions: (a)Submit Application (b)Minimum Qualification Review (by Department of Human Resources) (c)Subject Matter Expert (SME) Review (d)Administrative evaluation as determined by the Director of Public Safety. This shall include a review of supervisor recommendations. Each supervisor who has supervised or otherwise been involved with the candidate will submit these recommendations. (e)Command Staff Review of candidate Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Special Assignments and Promotions - 604 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Special Assignments and Promotions (f)Assessment Process (g)Recommendation by Command Staff to Director of Public Safety, as applicable. (h)Recommendation by Director of Public Safety to the City Manager. The Director of Public Safety reserves the right to recommend any of the qualifying candidates (i)Appointment by the City Manager (j)All promotional appointments are tentative and subject to a probationary period of one year. Upon conclusion of the promotional examination, the City Manager prepares a promotional list consisting of the names of employees successfully passing the promotional examination. Promotional lists remain in effect six months, unless they are replaced by a new list or are extended by the City Manager. The policy and procedures for all positions may be waived for temporary assignments, emergency situations or for training. 1003.4 PROMOTIONAL REQUIREMENTS Requirements and information regarding any promotional process are available at the Rohnert Park Department of Human Resources. 1003.5 SPECIAL ASSIGNMENT / COLLATERAL POSITIONS The following positions are considered special assignments and not promotions (a)Detective (b)Bicycle Patrol officer (c)Canine handler (d)Collision investigator (e)Communications Training Officer (CTO) (f)Community Oriented Problem Solving Officer (COPS) (g)Conducted Energy Weapon Instructor (h)Defensive Tactics Instructor (i)Field Training Officer (FTO) (j)Fire Services Engineer (k)Firearms Instructor (l)Impact Weapons Instructor (m)Motorcycle Officer (n)Motorcycle Sergeant (o)School Resource Officer (SRO) Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Special Assignments and Promotions - 605 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Special Assignments and Promotions 1003.5.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The following requirements should be considered when selecting a candidate for a special assignment: (a)Relevant experience (b)Off probation (c)Possession of or ability to obtain any certification required by POST or law (d)Exceptional skills, experience, or abilities related to the special assignment 1003.5.2 EVALUATION CRITERIA The following criteria will be used in evaluating candidates for a special assignment: (a)Presents a professional, neat appearance. (b)Maintains a physical condition that aids in his/her performance. (c)Expressed an interest in the assignment. (d)Demonstrates the following traits: 1.Emotional stability and maturity 2.Stress tolerance 3.Sound judgment and decision-making 4.Personal integrity and ethical conduct 5.Leadership skills 6.Initiative 7.Adaptability and flexibility 8.Ability to conform to department goals and objectives in a positive manner 1003.5.3 SPECIAL ASSIGNMENT SELECTION PROCESS The selection process for special assignments may include an administrative evaluation as determined by the Director of Public Safety to include: (a)Supervisor recommendations - Each supervisor who has supervised or otherwise been involved with the candidate will submit a recommendation. 1.The supervisor recommendations will be submitted to the Deputy Chief for whom the candidate will work. (b)Deputy Chief interview - The Deputy Chief will schedule interviews with each candidate. 1.Based on supervisor recommendations and those of the Deputy Chief after the interview, the Deputy Chief will submit his/her recommendations to the Director of Public Safety. (c)Assignment by the Director of Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Special Assignments and Promotions - 606 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Special Assignments and Promotions The selection process for all special assignment positions may be waived for temporary assignments, emergency situations, training, and at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety. 1003.6 PROVISIONAL APPOINTMENTS In the absence of an employment list from which probationary appointments may be made, a person meeting the minimum qualifications for the class to which the vacant position has been allocated, may be provisionally appointed by the City Manager, pending the establishment of an employment list in the manner provided by the City of Rohnert Park’s Personnel Rules and Regulations. 1003.7 TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENT TO POSITION IN OTHER CLASSIFICATION As a matter of policy, if it is apparent that any employee will by absence, leave an essential position vacant for more than 60 days, command staff can recommend to the Director of Public Safety an acting appointment for the position so that there may be a definite placement of responsibility for the function of the position. Whenever an essential position has been vacant for 60 days, any substantial part of which has been filled by an acting appointment, then beginning on the first day following the 60th day, the position is filled by provisional appointment, pending the establishment of an eligibility list. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Special Assignments and Promotions - 607 Policy 1004 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Grievance Procedure 1004.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE It is the policy of this department that all grievances be handled quickly and fairly without discrimination against employees who file a grievance whether or not there is a basis for the grievance. Our Department’s philosophy is to promote a free verbal communication between employees and supervisors. 1004.1.1 GRIEVANCE DEFINED A grievance is any difference of opinion concerning terms or conditions of employment or the dispute involving the interpretation or application of any of the following documents by the person(s) affected: •The employee bargaining agreement (Memorandum of Understanding) •This Policy Manual •City rules and regulations covering personnel practices or working conditions •Department Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) covering personnel practices or working conditions Grievances may be brought by an individual affected employee or by a group representative. Specifically outside the category of grievance are complaints related to allegations of discrimination or harassment subject to the Discriminatory Harassment Policy. Also outside the category of grievances are personnel complaints regarding any allegation of misconduct or improper job performance against any department employee that, if true, would constitute a violation of department policy, federal, state, or local law as set forth in the Personnel Complaint Policy. 1004.2 PROCEDURE Except as otherwise required under a collective bargaining agreement, if an employee believes that he or she has a grievance as defined above, then that employee shall observe the following procedure pursuant to City of Rohnert Park Resolution 79-22: See attachment: Grievance Procedure (Reso 79-22).pdf ARTICLE II - INFORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE General (a)It is the mutual responsibility of employees, employee organizations, and management to resolve grievances informally and at the lowest practicable level of management, whenever possible. (b)Informal procedures must be exhausted prior to initiation of the formal grievance procedure. Step One - Immediate Supervisor Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Grievance Procedure - 608 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Grievance Procedure (a)The grievant shall first present the grievance orally to his/her immediate supervisor in an informal meeting. The grievant may request such a meeting at any reasonable time, and the supervisor shall meet within five (5) working days after such request. In the meeting the grievant shall fully explain the grievance and the solution desired. The supervisor shall present an informal, verbal decision with reasons therefore to the grievant within five (5) working days after the meeting. (b)Any grievant whose grievance is not resolved to his/her satisfaction may institute a formal grievance procedure. Such formal procedure shall conform with the steps and provisions prescribed in Articles Ill and IV of Resolution 79-22. ARTICLE III - FORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE General (a)All the formal grievances shall be in writing. A supply of grievance forms shall be maintained in each department and shall be readily accessible to all employees and recognized employee organizations.See attachment: City Grievance Form.pdf (b)Each level of management upon receipt of a formal grievance shall notify the recognized employee organization (if any) which represents the employees of the unit from which the grievance originates concerning the times and places of all grievance proceedings. The highest level of management involved shall notify the appropriate recognized employee organization(s) in writing prior to implementation of any grievance settlement which affects the rights or conditions of employees they represent. Step Two - Intermediate Supervisor (a)The grievant may appeal the immediate supervisor's decision by completing Section 2 of the grievance form and filing it with the appropriate intermediate supervisor within five (5) working days. (b)The intermediate supervisor shall within ten (10) working days investigate the grievance, discuss the grievance with the grievant and/or representative as requested, render a decision in writing on the grievance form together with the reasons therefore, and return the form to the grievant. Step Three - Department Head (a)The grievant may appeal the intermediate supervisor's decision by completing Section 3 of the grievance form and filing it with the appropriate department head within five (5) working days. (b)The department head shall within ten ( 10) working days investigate the grievance, discuss the grievance with the grievant and/or representative as requested, render a decision in writing on the grievance form together with the reasons therefore, and return the form to the grievant. Step Four - City Manager (a)The grievant may appeal the department head's decision by completing Section 4 of the grievance form and filing it with the City Manager's office within five (5) working days. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Grievance Procedure - 609 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Grievance Procedure (b)The City Manager or his/her representative shall within ten (10) working days investigate the grievance, discuss the grievance with the grievant and/or the grievant's representative as requested, render a decision in writing on the grievance form together with the reasons therefore, and return the form to the grievant. Step Five - Grievance Appeals Committee (a)The grievant may appeal the City Manager's decision by completing Section 5 of the grievance form and filing it with the Personnel Office within ten (10) working days. (b)Upon receipt of a Step Five appeal, the Personnel Office shall notify the members of the Grievance Appeals Committee. The Grievance Appeals Committee shall then schedule the appeal for hearing not later than ten (10) working days from the receipt of the grievance and shall forthwith notify the grievant and his/her representative of the time and place at which the appeal will be considered. (c)The Grievance Appeals Committee shall conduct a hearing, and shall hear all witness, testimony and evidence from both sides and shall render a written decision on the grievance form together with reasons therefore and return the form to the grievant, through the Personnel Office, within ten (10) working days. A complete tape recording and/or transcript shall be kept for all Grievance Appeals Committee hearings. The cost of any transcript or transcript of any tape recording shall be paid for by the requesting party. (d)A majority decision of the Grievance Appeals Committee shall be final and binding unless such decision binds the city to a financial expenditure which can be authorized only by the City Council. In such case the City Council may review the record and affirm, reverse, modify, or refer the matter back to the Grievance Appeals Committee for further hearing. Such action shall be taken by the City Council only on a review of the record and a finding that the decision of the Grievance Appeals Committee was not supported by the record. 1004.3 RULES OF PROCEDURE 1004.3.1 COMBINING GRIEVANCES An employee shall include all current grievances in one grievance procedure. To the degree practicable, grievances shall not be duplicated. If several grievants wish to present grievances which are the same or substantially similar, such grievances shall be joined in one proceeding by mutual agreement of the grievant or grievant's representative and the Personnel Department. Where there is no mutual agreement to join grievances, the same or substantially similar grievances shall be processed sequentially, by appropriate unit, in the order filed and time limitations will be held in abeyance pending complete processing of earlier complaints. 1004.3.2 WAIVING LEVELS OF REVIEW Any steps in the grievance procedure, other than steps one and five, may be waived when the grievant or grievants and all levels of management involved in the steps waived mutually consent to such procedure in writing on the grievance form. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Grievance Procedure - 610 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Grievance Procedure 1004.3.3 TIME LIMITATIONS (a)Time limits established by this procedure may be extended or shortened by mutual agreement in writing on the grievance form by the grievant or grievants and the level of management/Grievance Appeals Committee involved in that step. (b)Failure by a grievant to appeal a decision within the time limits prescribed shall be deemed a resolution of the grievance, unless the grievant is unable to appeal for cogent reasons. Failure of management to meet with the grievant or to render a decision within the time limits prescribed shall justify appeal to the next step of the grievance procedure. 1004.3.4 TIME OFF (a)When practicable, proceedings shall be held within the employees' normal working hours. If held at other than the employees' normal working hours, the employee shall be entitled to an equivalent number of hours off on an hour for hour basis. (b)Reasonable time off from usual duties shall be accorded to employees for the purposes of meeting with employee representatives, preparing and investigating grievances, presenting grievances, serving as a representative of a recognized employee organization at a grievance procedure, or representing a grievant, provided that before leaving his/her usual duties the employee shall obtain permission from the immediate supervisor involved. Such permission shall not be unreasonably withheld. 1004.3.5 PRIVACY All grievance procedures shall be conducted in closed sessions, except that specified observers may be admitted by mutual agreement of the parties involved. 1004.4 EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATION Employees are entitled to have representation during the grievance process. The representative may be selected by the employee from the appropriate employee bargaining group. 1004.5 GRIEVANCE RECORDS At the conclusion of the grievance process, all documents pertaining to the process shall be forwarded to Administration for inclusion into a secure file for all written grievances. A second copy of the written grievance will be maintained by the City Manager’s office to monitor the grievance process. 1004.6 GRIEVANCE AUDITS The Deputy Chief of Police shall perform an annual audit of all grievances filed the previous calendar year to evaluate whether or not any policy/procedure changes or training may be appropriate to avoid future filings of grievances. The Deputy Chief of Police shall record these findings in a confidential and generic memorandum to the Director of Public Safety without including any identifying information from any individual grievance. If the audit identifies any recommended changes or content that may warrant a critical revision to this policy manual, the Deputy Chief of Police should promptly notify the Director of Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Grievance Procedure - 611 Policy 1005 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Reporting of Arrests, Convictions, and Court Orders 1005.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to describe the notification requirements and procedures that members must follow when certain arrests, convictions, and court orders restrict their ability to perform the official duties and responsibilities of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. This policy will also describe the notification requirements and procedures that certain retired officers must follow when an arrest, conviction, or court order disqualifies them from possessing a firearm. 1005.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety requires disclosure of member arrests, convictions, and certain court orders to maintain the high standards, ethics, and integrity in its workforce, and to ensure compatibility with the duties and responsibilities of the Department. 1005.3 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE CONVICTIONS AND COURT ORDERS Federal and California law prohibit individuals convicted of, or having an outstanding warrant for, certain offenses and individuals convicted of certain offenses and individuals subject to certain court orders from lawfully possessing firearms. Such convictions and court orders often involve allegations of the use or attempted use of force, or threatened use of a weapon on any individual in a domestic relationship (e.g., spouse, cohabitant, parent, child) (18 USC § 922; Penal Code § 29805). All members and retired officers with identification cards issued by the Department are responsible for ensuring that they have not been disqualified from possessing firearms by any such conviction or court order, and shall promptly report any such conviction or court order to a supervisor, as provided in this policy. 1005.4 OTHER CRIMINAL CONVICTIONS AND COURT ORDERS Government Code § 1029 prohibits any person convicted of a felony from being a peace officer in the State of California. This prohibition applies regardless of whether the guilt was established by way of a verdict, guilty, or nolo contendere plea. Convictions of certain violations of the Vehicle Code and other provisions of law may also place restrictions on a member's ability to fully perform the duties of the job. Outstanding warrants as provided in Penal Code § 29805 also place restrictions on a member's ability to possess a firearm. While legal restrictions may or may not be imposed by statute or by the courts upon conviction of any criminal offense, criminal conduct by members of this department may be inherently in conflict with law enforcement duties and the public trust, and shall be reported as provided in this policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reporting of Arrests, Convictions, and Court Orders - 612 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Reporting of Arrests, Convictions, and Court Orders 1005.5 REPORTING All members and all retired officers with an identification card issued by the Department shall immediately notify their supervisors (retired officers should immediately notify the Shift Supervisor or the Director of Public Safety) in writing of any past or current criminal detention, arrest, charge, or conviction in any state or foreign country, regardless of whether or not the matter was dropped or rejected, is currently pending or is on appeal, and regardless of the penalty or sentence, if any. All members and all retired officers with an identification card issued by the Department shall further promptly notify their supervisors (retired officers should immediately notify the Shift Supervisor or the Director of Public Safety) in writing if they become the subject of a domestic violence-related order or any court order that prevents the member or retired officer from possessing a firearm or requires suspension or revocation of applicable POST certification. Any member whose criminal arrest, conviction, or court order restricts or prohibits that member from fully and properly performing their duties, including carrying a firearm, may be disciplined. This includes but is not limited to being placed on administrative leave, reassignment, and/or termination. Any effort to remove such disqualification or restriction shall remain entirely the responsibility of the member, on the member's own time and expense. Any member failing to provide prompt written notice pursuant to this policy shall be subject to discipline, up to and including termination. Retired officers may have their identification cards rescinded or modified, as may be appropriate (see the Retiree Concealed Firearms Policy). 1005.5.1 NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS The Administration Deputy Chief shall submit within 10 days of final disposition a notice to POST of a conviction or Government Code § 1029 reason that disqualifies any current peace officer employed by this department or any former peace officer if this department was responsible for the investigation (11 CCR 1003). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Reporting of Arrests, Convictions, and Court Orders - 613 Policy 1006 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace 1006.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish clear and uniform guidelines regarding drugs and alcohol in the workplace (41 USC § 8103). 1006.2 POLICY It is the policy of this department to provide a drug- and alcohol-free workplace for all members. 1006.2.1 PURCHASE, POSSESSION AND USE OF DRUGS OR ALCOHOL ON-DUTY Department employees shall not purchase, possess or use alcohol or other controlled substances on City property, at work, or while on-duty except in the performance of a special assignment as described in this policy. No employee off duty and in uniform, or in any part of uniform dress, shall drink any alcoholic beverages. Employees shall not use tobacco products, electronic cigarettes or vaporizers (vapes) while on duty. Department employees shall not illegally manufacture any alcohol or drugs while on-duty, on City property or at any other time. 1006.2.2 USE OF PRESCRIBED MEDICATIONS Any employee who is required to take any medication with side effects which might impair his/her ability to fully and safely perform all requirements of the position shall report the need for such medication to the immediate supervisor prior to commencing any on-duty status. No employee shall be permitted to work or drive a department-owned or department-leased vehicle while taking such potentially impairing medication without a written release from his/her physician. Possession of medical marijuana or being under the influence of marijuana on- or off-duty is prohibited and may lead to disciplinary action. 1006.3 GENERAL GUIDELINES Alcohol and drug use in the workplace or on department time can endanger the health and safety of department members and the public. Members who have consumed an amount of an alcoholic beverage or taken any medication, or combination thereof, that would tend to adversely affect their mental or physical abilities shall not report for duty. Affected members shall notify the Shift Supervisor or appropriate supervisor as soon as the member is aware that the member will not be able to report to work. If the member is unable to make the notification, every effort should be made to have a representative contact the supervisor in a timely manner. If the member is adversely affected while on-duty, the member shall be immediately removed and released from work (see the Work Restrictions section in this policy). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace - 614 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace 1006.3.1 USE OF MEDICATIONS Members should avoid taking any medications that will impair their ability to safely and completely perform their duties. Any member who is medically required or has a need to take any such medication shall report that need to his/her immediate supervisor prior to commencing any on- duty status. No member shall be permitted to work or drive a vehicle owned or leased by the Department while taking any medication that has the potential to impair his/her abilities, without a written release from his/her physician. Possession of medical marijuana or being under the influence of marijuana on- or off-duty is prohibited and may lead to disciplinary action. 1006.4 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Members shall report for work in an appropriate mental and physical condition. Members are prohibited from purchasing, manufacturing, distributing, dispensing, possessing or using controlled substances or alcohol on department premises or on department time (41 USC § 8103). The lawful possession or use of prescribed medications or over-the-counter remedies is excluded from this prohibition. Members who are authorized to consume alcohol as part of a special assignment shall not do so to the extent of impairing on-duty performance. Members shall notify a supervisor immediately if they observe behavior or other evidence that they believe demonstrates that a fellow member poses a risk to the health and safety of the member or others due to drug or alcohol use. Members are required to notify their immediate supervisors of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five days after such conviction (41 USC § 8103). 1006.5 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM There may be available a voluntary employee assistance program to assist those who wish to seek help for alcohol and drug problems (41 USC § 8103). Insurance coverage that provides treatment for drug and alcohol abuse also may be available. Employees should contact the Department of Human Resources, their insurance providers or the employee assistance program for additional information. It is the responsibility of each employee to seek assistance before alcohol or drug problems lead to performance problems. 1006.5.1 ADDITIONAL SCREENING TESTS FOR OFFICERS The Department may request an employee to submit to a screening test if the employee: (a)Is a law enforcement officer and, during the performance of his/her duties, discharges a firearm other than by accident. (b)During the performance of his/her duties, drives a motor vehicle in such a manner as to cause bodily injury to him/herself or another person or substantial damage to property. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace - 615 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace 1006.5.2 SCREENING TEST REFUSAL An employee is subject to disciplinary action if he/she: (a)Fails or refuses to submit to a screening test as requested. (b)After taking a screening test that indicates the presence of a controlled substance, fails to provide proof, within 72 hours after being requested by his/her appointing authority, that he/she took the controlled substance as directed, pursuant to a current and lawful prescription issued in his/her name. 1006.6 WORK RESTRICTIONS If a member informs a supervisor that he/she has consumed any alcohol, drug or medication that could interfere with a safe and efficient job performance, the member may be required to obtain clearance from his/her physician before continuing to work. If the supervisor reasonably believes, based on objective facts, that a member is impaired by the consumption of alcohol or other drugs, the supervisor shall prevent the member from continuing work and shall ensure that he/she is safely transported away from the Department. 1006.7 REQUESTING SCREENING TESTS The supervisor may request an employee to submit to a screening test under the following circumstances: (a)The supervisor reasonably believes, based upon objective facts, that the employee is under the influence of alcohol or drugs that are impairing his/her ability to perform duties safely and efficiently. (b)The employee discharges a firearm, other than by accident, in the performance of his/ her duties. (c)During the performance of his/her duties, the employee drives a motor vehicle and becomes involved in an incident that results in bodily injury to him/herself or another person, or substantial damage to property. 1006.7.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY The supervisor shall prepare a written record documenting the specific facts that led to the decision to request the test, and shall inform the employee in writing of the following: (a)The test will be given to detect either alcohol or drugs, or both. (b)The result of the test is not admissible in any criminal proceeding against the employee. (c)The employee may refuse the test, but refusal may result in dismissal or other disciplinary action. 1006.7.2 DISCIPLINE An employee may be subject to disciplinary action if the employee: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace - 616 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace (a)Fails or refuses to submit to a screening test as requested. (b)After taking a screening test that indicates the presence of a controlled substance, fails to provide proof, within 72 hours after being requested, that the employee took the controlled substance as directed, pursuant to a current and lawful prescription issued in the employee's name. 1006.8 COMPLIANCE WITH THE DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE ACT No later than 30 days following notice of any drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace involving a member, the Department will take appropriate disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal, and/or requiring the member to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program (41 USC § 8104). 1006.9 CONFIDENTIALITY The Department recognizes the confidentiality and privacy due to its members. Disclosure of any information relating to substance abuse treatment, except on a need-to-know basis, shall only be with the express written consent of the member involved or pursuant to lawful process. The written results of any screening tests and all documents generated by the employee assistance program are considered confidential medical records and shall be maintained separately from the employee’s other personnel files. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace - 617 Policy 1007 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Time Off 1007.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE Employees of this department are provided with annual leave benefit that gives them continued compensation during times of absence due to personal or family illness, vacations, or personal time off. The number of hours available is detailed in the employee's respective personnel manual or applicable collective bargaining agreement. Employees may also be entitled to additional paid or unpaid leave for certain family and medical reasons as provided for in the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) (29 CFR 825). This policy is not intended to cover all types of leaves. For example, employees may be entitled to additional paid or unpaid leave for certain family and medical reasons as provided for in the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) (29 USC § 2601 et seq.), the California Family Rights Act, leave for victims of crime or abuse, or for organ or bone marrow donor procedures (29 CFR 825; Government Code § 12945.2; Labor Code § 230.1; Labor Code § 1510). Pursuant to applicable bargaining agreements, certain employees of this department may also accrue compensatory time. 1007.2 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES Employees desiring time off from their regularly scheduled work shall complete appropriate notifications, depending on the type of leave requested. Availability of leave described below is pursuant to applicable bargaining agreements. Each leave is subject to different procedures based on whether it is planned or unplanned. •Annual Leave includes vacation, personal leave, illness, injury, temporary disability (including pregnancy/maternity). o In cases of illness, injury, or temporary disability, leave may be used to care for the employee's immediate family. o Annual Leave may also be used for medical, dental or vision exams or medical treatment of the employee or the employee's immediate family when it is not possible to schedule such appointments during non-working hours. o Due to the unplanned nature of leave used for injury or illness, its use may be subject to additional review and may result in discipline and/or denial of leave benefits if there is a demonstrable pattern of abuse. o Employees on leave for injury or illness shall not engage in other employment or self-employment, or participate in any sport, hobby, recreational or other activity which may impede recovery from the injury or illness. •Compensatory Time Off (CTO) is earned in lieu of overtime pay and is subject to the same approval requirements used for annual leave. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Time Off - 618 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Time Off 1007.2.1 NOTIFICATION - PLANNED LEAVE All employees must notify their respective supervisor(s) for any foreseeable time off, based on current procedures. Employees without prior supervisory approval for any planned absence, who fail to report to an assigned shift, may be considered absent without leave and subject to disciplinary action. 1007.2.2 NOTIFICATION - UNPLANNED LEAVE DUE TO ILLENSS/INJURY When an employee is unable to work their assigned shift due to an illness or injury, they shall notify the Department as soon as possible of the anticipated absence, to allow for the necessary replacement or substitution of personnel. Employees reporting their absence may do so telephonically. Whenever possible, employees should report the absence to their supervisor. If their supervisor is not on duty or not available, the employee shall notify Dispatch. The dispatcher will accept the message regarding the absence and notify the on-duty patrol supervisor, who will in turn complete an absence report form. When the necessity for leave is foreseeable, such as an expected birth or planned medical treatment, the employee shall, whenever possible, provide the Department with at least seven (7)days notice of the intent to take leave. 1007.3 EXTENDED ABSENCE DUE TO ILLNESS/INJURY Employees on extended absences shall, if possible, contact their unit supervisor at least once during their assigned work cycle to provide an update on their absence and expected date of return. Notwithstanding any preclusions within current bargaining agreements, an employee shall provide a certification from a health care provider when 5 (five) or more days of leave are taken for any illness or injury. A supervisor, with cause, may request an employee to provide a certification from a health care provider if 5 (five) or fewer sick days are taken. Qualified appointments should be scheduled during a member’s non-working hours when it is reasonable to do so. 1007.3.1 NOTIFICATION All members should notify the Shift Supervisor or appropriate supervisor as soon as they are aware that they will not be able to report to work and no less than one hour before the start of their scheduled shifts. If, due to an emergency, a member is unable to contact the supervisor, every effort should be made to have a representative for the member contact the supervisor (Labor Code § 246 ). When the necessity to be absent from work is foreseeable, such as planned medical appointments or treatments, the member shall, whenever possible and practicable, provide the Department with no less than 30 days' notice of the impending absence (Labor Code § 246). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Time Off - 619 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Time Off Upon return to work, members are responsible for ensuring their time off was appropriately accounted for, and for completing and submitting the required documentation describing the type of time off used and the specific amount of time taken. 1007.4 REQUIRED NOTICES The Director of Human Resources shall ensure: (a)Written notice of the amount of paid sick leave available is provided to employees as provided in Labor Code § 246. (b)A poster is displayed in a conspicuous place for employees to review that contains information on paid sick leave as provided in Labor Code § 247. 1007.5 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES The responsibilities of supervisors include, but are not limited to: (a)Monitoring and regularly reviewing the attendance of those under their command to ensure that the use of sick leave and absences is consistent with this policy. (b)Attempting to determine whether an absence of four or more days may qualify as family medical leave and consulting with legal counsel or the Department of Human Resources as appropriate. (c)Addressing absences and sick leave use in the member’s performance evaluation when excessive or unusual use has: 1.Negatively affected the member’s performance or ability to complete assigned duties. 2.Negatively affected department operations. (d)When appropriate, counseling members regarding excessive absences and/or inappropriate use of sick leave. (e)Referring eligible members to an available employee assistance program when appropriate. 1007.6 SHIFT EXCHANGE (TRADE) An eligible employee desiring to be absent from a scheduled tour of duty, may be represented by an off-duty employee of the same rank. No employee shall work a double shift without the prior approval of their Supervisor. 1007.7 DEPARTMENTAL SENIORITY PRIVILEGES Department seniority is an employee’s relative position with respect to all other employees within the same job classification and is determined by the date of his/her most recent appointment to that classification within the department. If two or more employees are appointed on the same date, departmental seniority is determined by the order of appointment or, for officers, their ranking in the police academy. The selection of vacations may be determined either by seniority in job classification or departmental seniority. However, the granting of seniority privileges is of secondary importance Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Time Off - 620 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Time Off to the efficient operation of the department as a whole or a division or bureau therein, and it is not always possible to make selections on a straight seniority basis. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Time Off - 621 Policy 1008 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Communicable Diseases 1008.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides general guidelines to assist in minimizing the risk of department members contracting and/or spreading communicable diseases. 1008.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Communicable disease - A human disease caused by microorganisms that are present in and transmissible through human blood, bodily fluid, tissue, or by breathing or coughing. These diseases commonly include, but are not limited to, hepatitis B virus (HBV), HIV and tuberculosis. Exposure - When an eye, mouth, mucous membrane or non-intact skin comes into contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials, or when these substances are injected or infused under the skin; when an individual is exposed to a person who has a disease that can be passed through the air by talking, sneezing or coughing (e.g., tuberculosis), or the individual is in an area that was occupied by such a person. Exposure only includes those instances that occur due to a member’s position at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. (See the exposure control plan for further details to assist in identifying whether an exposure has occurred.) 1008.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to providing a safe work environment for its members. Members should be aware that they are ultimately responsible for their own health and safety. 1008.3 EXPOSURE CONTROL OFFICER The Director of Public Safety will assign a person as the Exposure Control Officer (ECO). The ECO shall develop an exposure control plan that includes: (a)Exposure-prevention and decontamination procedures. (b)Procedures for when and how to obtain medical attention in the event of an exposure or suspected exposure. (c)The provision that department members will have no-cost access to the appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) (e.g., gloves, face masks, eye protection, pocket masks) for each member's position and risk of exposure. (d)Evaluation of persons in custody for any exposure risk and measures to separate them (15 CCR 1051; 15 CCR 1207). (e)Compliance with all relevant laws or regulations related to communicable diseases, including: 1.Responding to requests and notifications regarding exposures covered under the Ryan White law (42 USC § 300ff-133; 42 USC § 300ff-136). 2.Bloodborne pathogen mandates including (8 CCR 5193): Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Communicable Diseases - 622 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Communicable Diseases (a)Sharps injury log. (b)Needleless systems and sharps injury protection. 3.Airborne transmissible disease mandates including (8 CCR 5199): (a)Engineering and work practice controls related to airborne transmissible diseases. (b)Distribution of appropriate personal protective equipment to minimize exposure to airborne disease. 4.Promptly notifying the county health officer regarding member exposures (Penal Code § 7510). 5.Establishing procedures to ensure that members request exposure notification from health facilities when transporting a person that may have a communicable disease and that the member is notified of any exposure as required by Health and Safety Code § 1797.188. 6.Informing members of the provisions of Health and Safety Code § 1797.188 (exposure to communicable diseases and notification). (f)Provisions for acting as the designated officer liaison with health care facilities regarding communicable disease or condition exposure notification. The designated officer should coordinate with other department members to fulfill the role when not available. The designated officer shall ensure that the name, title, and telephone number of the designated officer is posted on the Department website (Health and Safety Code § 1797.188). The ECO should also act as the liaison with the Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/ OSHA) and may request voluntary compliance inspections. The ECO shall annually review and update the exposure control plan and review implementation of the plan (8 CCR 5193). 1008.4 EXPOSURE PREVENTION AND MITIGATION 1008.4.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS All members are expected to use good judgment and follow training and procedures related to mitigating the risks associated with communicable disease. This includes, but is not limited to (8 CCR 5193): (a)Stocking disposable gloves, antiseptic hand cleanser, CPR masks or other specialized equipment in the work area or department vehicles, as applicable. (b)Wearing department-approved disposable gloves when contact with blood, other potentially infectious materials, mucous membranes and non-intact skin can be reasonably anticipated. (c)Washing hands immediately or as soon as feasible after removal of gloves or other PPE. (d)Treating all human blood and bodily fluids/tissue as if it is known to be infectious for a communicable disease. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Communicable Diseases - 623 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Communicable Diseases (e)Using an appropriate barrier device when providing CPR. (f)Using a face mask or shield if it is reasonable to anticipate an exposure to an airborne transmissible disease. (g)Decontaminating non-disposable equipment (e.g., flashlight, control devices, clothing and portable radio) as soon as possible if the equipment is a potential source of exposure. 1.Clothing that has been contaminated by blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be removed immediately or as soon as feasible and stored/ decontaminated appropriately. (h)Handling all sharps and items that cut or puncture (e.g., needles, broken glass, razors, knives) cautiously and using puncture-resistant containers for their storage and/or transportation. (i)Avoiding eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, or handling contact lenses where there is a reasonable likelihood of exposure. (j)Disposing of biohazardous waste appropriately or labeling biohazardous material properly when it is stored. 1008.4.2 IMMUNIZATIONS Members who could be exposed to HBV due to their positions may receive the HBV vaccine and any routine booster at no cost (8 CCR 5193). 1008.5 POST EXPOSURE 1008.5.1 INITIAL POST-EXPOSURE STEPS Members who experience an exposure or suspected exposure shall: (a)Begin decontamination procedures immediately (e.g., wash hands and any other skin with soap and water, flush mucous membranes with water). (b)Obtain medical attention as appropriate. (c)Notify a supervisor as soon as practicable. 1008.5.2 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS The supervisor on-duty shall investigate every exposure or suspected exposure that occurs as soon as possible following the incident. The supervisor shall ensure the following information is documented (8 CCR 5193): (a)Name and Social Security number of the member exposed (b)Date and time of the incident (c)Location of the incident (d)Potentially infectious materials involved and the source of exposure (e.g., identification of the person who may have been the source) (e)Work being done during exposure Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Communicable Diseases - 624 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Communicable Diseases (f)How the incident occurred or was caused (g)PPE in use at the time of the incident (h)Actions taken post-event (e.g., clean-up, notifications) The supervisor shall advise the member that disclosing the identity and/or infectious status of a source to the public or to anyone who is not involved in the follow-up process is prohibited. The supervisor should complete the incident documentation in conjunction with other reporting requirements that may apply (see the Occupational Disease and Work-Related Injury Reporting Policy). 1008.5.3 MEDICAL CONSULTATION, EVALUATION AND TREATMENT Department members shall have the opportunity to have a confidential medical evaluation immediately after an exposure and follow-up evaluations as necessary (8 CCR 5193). The ECO should request a written opinion/evaluation from the treating medical professional that contains only the following information: (a)Whether the member has been informed of the results of the evaluation. (b)Whether the member has been notified of any medical conditions resulting from exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials which require further evaluation or treatment. No other information should be requested or accepted by the ECO. 1008.5.4 COUNSELING The Department shall provide the member, and his/her family if necessary, the opportunity for counseling and consultation regarding the exposure (8 CCR 5193). 1008.5.5 SOURCE TESTING Testing a person for communicable diseases when that person was the source of an exposure should be done when it is desired by the exposed member or when it is otherwise appropriate (8 CCR 5193). Source testing is the responsibility of the ECO. If the ECO is unavailable to seek timely testing of the source, it is the responsibility of the exposed member’s supervisor to ensure testing is sought. Source testing may be achieved by: (a)Obtaining consent from the individual. (b)Complying with the statutory scheme of Health and Safety Code § 121060. This includes seeking consent from the person who was the source of the exposure and seeking a court order if consent is not given. (c)Testing the exposed member for evidence of a communicable disease and seeking consent from the source individual to either access existing blood samples for testing or for the source to submit to testing (Health and Safety Code § 120262). (d)Taking reasonable steps to immediately contact the County Health Officer and provide preliminary information regarding the circumstances of the exposure and the status Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Communicable Diseases - 625 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Communicable Diseases of the involved individuals to determine whether the County Health Officer will order testing (Penal Code § 7510). (e)Under certain circumstances, a court may issue a search warrant for the purpose of HIV testing a person when the exposed member qualifies as a crime victim (Penal Code § 1524.1). Since there is the potential for overlap between the different manners in which source testing may occur, the ECO is responsible for coordinating the testing to prevent unnecessary or duplicate testing. The ECO should seek the consent of the individual for testing and consult the City Attorney to discuss other options when no statute exists for compelling the source of an exposure to undergo testing if he/she refuses. 1008.6 CONFIDENTIALITY OF REPORTS Medical information shall remain in confidential files and shall not be disclosed to anyone without the member’s written consent (except as required by law). Test results from persons who may have been the source of an exposure are to be kept confidential as well. 1008.7 TRAINING All members shall participate in training regarding communicable diseases commensurate with the requirements of their position. The training (8 CCR 5193): (a)Shall be provided at the time of initial assignment to tasks where an occupational exposure may take place and at least annually after the initial training. (b)Shall be provided whenever the member is assigned new tasks or procedures affecting his/her potential exposure to communicable disease. (c)Should provide guidance on what constitutes an exposure, what steps can be taken to avoid an exposure and what steps should be taken if a suspected exposure occurs. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Communicable Diseases - 626 Policy 1009 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Smoking and Tobacco Use 1009.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes limitations on smoking and the use of tobacco products by members and others while on-duty or while in Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety facilities or vehicles. For the purposes of this policy, smoking and tobacco use includes, but is not limited to, any tobacco product, such as cigarettes, cigars, pipe tobacco, snuff, tobacco pouches and chewing tobacco, as well as any device intended to simulate smoking, such as an electronic cigarette or personal vaporizer. 1009.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety recognizes that tobacco use is a health risk and can be offensive to others. Smoking and tobacco use also presents an unprofessional image for the Department and its members. Therefore smoking and tobacco use is prohibited by members and visitors in all department facilities, buildings and vehicles, and as is further outlined in this policy (Government Code § 7597; Labor Code § 6404.5). 1009.3 EMPLOYEE USE Tobacco use by employees is prohibited anytime employees are in public view representing the Department. Smoking and the use of other tobacco products is not permitted inside any City facility, office or vehicle (California Labor Code § 6404.5). It shall be the responsibility of each employee to ensure that no person under his/her supervision smokes or uses any tobacco product inside City facilities and vehicles. 1009.4 ADDITIONAL PROHIBITIONS No person shall use tobacco products within 20 feet of a main entrance, exit or operable window of any public building (including any department facility), or buildings on the campuses of the University of California, California State University and California community colleges, whether present for training, enforcement or any other purpose (Government Code § 7596 et seq.). 1009.4.1 NOTICE The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee should ensure that proper signage is posted at each entrance to the Department facility (Labor Code § 6404.5). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Smoking and Tobacco Use - 627 Policy 1010 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints 1010.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides guidelines for the reporting, investigation and disposition of complaints regarding the conduct of members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. This policy shall not apply to any questioning, counseling, instruction, informal verbal admonishment or other routine or unplanned contact of a member in the normal course of duty, by a supervisor or any other member, nor shall this policy apply to a criminal investigation. 1010.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety takes seriously all complaints regarding the service provided by the Department and the conduct of its members. The Department will accept and address all complaints of misconduct in accordance with this policy and applicable federal, state and local law, municipal and county rules and the requirements of any collective bargaining agreements. It is also the policy of this department to ensure that the community can report misconduct without concern for reprisal or retaliation. 1010.3 PERSONNEL COMPLAINTS Personnel complaints include any allegation of misconduct or improper job performance that, if true, would constitute a violation of department policy or of federal, state or local law, policy or rule. Personnel complaints may be generated internally or by the public. Inquiries about conduct or performance that, if true, would not violate department policy or federal, state or local law, policy or rule may be handled informally by a supervisor and shall not be considered a personnel complaint. Such inquiries generally include clarification regarding policy, procedures or the response to specific incidents by the Department. 1010.3.1 COMPLAINT CLASSIFICATIONS Personnel complaints shall be classified in one of the following categories: Informal - A matter in which the Shift Supervisor is satisfied that appropriate action has been taken by a supervisor of rank greater than the accused member. Formal - A matter in which a supervisor determines that further action is warranted. Such complaints may be investigated by a supervisor of rank greater than the accused member or referred to the Sergeant or Command Staff, depending on the seriousness and complexity of the investigation. Incomplete - A matter in which the complaining party either refuses to cooperate or becomes unavailable after diligent follow-up investigation. At the discretion of the assigned supervisor or the Sergeant or Command Staff, such matters may be further investigated depending on the seriousness of the complaint and the availability of sufficient information. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 628 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints 1010.3.2 SOURCES OF COMPLAINTS The following applies to the source of complaints: (a)Individuals from the public may make complaints in any form, including in writing, by email, in person or by telephone. (b)Any department member becoming aware of alleged misconduct shall immediately notify a supervisor. (c)Supervisors shall initiate a complaint based upon observed misconduct or receipt from any source alleging misconduct that, if true, could result in disciplinary action. (d)Anonymous and third-party complaints should be accepted and investigated to the extent that sufficient information is provided. (e)Tort claims and lawsuits may generate a personnel complaint. 1010.4 AVAILABILITY AND ACCEPTANCE OF COMPLAINTS 1010.4.1 COMPLAINT FORMS Personnel complaint forms will be maintained in a clearly visible location in the public area of the police facility and be accessible through the department website. Forms may also be available at other City facilities. Personnel complaint forms in languages other than English may also be provided, as determined necessary or practicable. 1010.4.2 ACCEPTANCE All complaints will be courteously accepted by any department member and promptly given to the appropriate supervisor. Although written complaints are preferred, a complaint may also be filed orally, either in person or by telephone. Such complaints will be directed to a supervisor. If a supervisor is not immediately available to take an oral complaint, the receiving member shall obtain contact information sufficient for the supervisor to contact the complainant. The supervisor, upon contact with the complainant, shall complete and submit a complaint form as appropriate. Although not required, complainants should be encouraged to file complaints in person so that proper identification, signatures, photographs, or physical evidence may be obtained as necessary. A complainant shall be provided with a copy of the complaining party's statement at the time it is filed with the Department (Penal Code § 832.7). 1010.4.3 HATE COMPLAINTS AGAINST PEACE OFFICERS Internal complaints or complaints from the public shall be accepted and investigated in accordance with this policy where it is alleged that an officer has in the previous seven years, and since 18 years of age, engaged in membership in a hate group, participated in a hate group activity, or advocated any public expression of hate (Penal Code § 13682). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 629 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints 1010.5 DOCUMENTATION Supervisors shall ensure that all formal and informal complaints are documented on a complaint form. The supervisor shall ensure that the nature of the complaint is defined as clearly as possible. All complaints and inquiries should also be documented in a log that records and tracks complaints. The log shall include the nature of the complaint and the actions taken to address the complaint. On an annual basis, the department should audit the log and send an audit report to the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. 1010.6 ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATIONS Generally, formal complaints on an employee that do not rise to the level of an Internal Affairs Investigation will be investigated by the employee's immediate supervisor.The documentation and results will be captured in Blue Team / IA Pro. These files will be maintained by the office of the Director of Public Safety as described in Personnel Files Policy 1013. All formal complaints will be formatted pursuant to 1010.6.3, Administrative Investigation Format. The dispositions will follow the classifications referenced in 1010.6.4. Allegations of misconduct that rise to the level of an Internal Affairs Investigation will be administratively investigated as follows; 1010.6.1 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES In general, the primary responsibility for the investigation of a personnel complaint shall rest with the member's immediate supervisor, unless the supervisor is the complainant, or the supervisor is the ultimate decision-maker regarding disciplinary action or has any personal involvement regarding the alleged misconduct. The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee may direct that another supervisor investigate any complaint. A supervisor who becomes aware of alleged misconduct shall take reasonable steps to prevent aggravation of the situation. The responsibilities of supervisors include, but are not limited to: (a)Ensuring that upon receiving or initiating any formal complaint, a complaint form is completed. (a)The original complaint form will be directed to the Administrative Assistant to the Director of Public Safety, via the chain of command. Command Staff will take appropriate action and/or determine who will have responsibility for the investigation. (b)In circumstances where the integrity of the investigation could be jeopardized by reducing the complaint to writing or where the confidentiality of a complainant is at issue, a supervisor shall orally report the matter to the member's Deputy Chief or the Director of Public Safety, who will initiate appropriate action. (b)Responding to all complainants in a courteous and professional manner. (c)Resolving those personnel complaints that can be resolved immediately. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 630 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints 1.Follow-up contact with the complainant should be made within 24 hours of the Department receiving the complaint. 2.If the matter is resolved and no further action is required, the supervisor will note the resolution on a civilian complaint checklist and forward the form to the Administrative Assistant to the Director of Public Safety. (d)Ensuring that upon receipt of a complaint involving allegations of a potentially serious nature, Command Staff is notified via the chain of command as soon as practicable. (e)Promptly contacting the Department of Human Resources and Command Staff for direction regarding their roles in addressing a complaint that relates to sexual, racial, ethnic or other forms of prohibited harassment or discrimination. (f)Forwarding unresolved personnel complaints to Command Staff, who will determine whether to contact the complainant or assign the complaint for investigation. (g)Informing the complainant of the investigator’s name and the complaint number within three days after assignment. (h)Investigating a complaint as follows: 1.Making reasonable efforts to obtain names, addresses and telephone numbers of witnesses. 2.When appropriate, ensuring immediate medical attention is provided and photographs of alleged injuries and accessible uninjured areas are taken. (i)Ensuring that the procedural rights of the accused member are followed (Government Code § 3303 et seq.). (j)Ensuring interviews of the complainant are generally conducted during reasonable hours. 1010.6.2 ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES Whether conducted by a supervisor or a member of Command Staff, the following applies to members covered by the Public Safety Officers Procedural Bill of Rights Act (POBR) (Government Code § 3303): (a)Interviews of an accused member shall be conducted during reasonable hours and preferably when the member is on-duty. If the member is off-duty, he/she shall be compensated. (b)Unless waived by the member, interviews of an accused member shall be at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or other reasonable and appropriate place. (c)No more than two interviewers should ask questions of an accused member. (d)Prior to any interview, a member shall be informed of the nature of the investigation, the name, rank and command of the officer in charge of the investigation, the interviewing officers and all other persons to be present during the interview. (e)All interviews shall be for a reasonable period and the member's personal needs should be accommodated. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 631 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints (f)No member should be subjected to offensive or threatening language, nor shall any promises, rewards or other inducements be used to obtain answers. (g)Any member refusing to answer questions directly related to the investigation may be ordered to answer questions administratively and may be subject to discipline for failing to do so. 1.A member should be given an order to answer questions in an administrative investigation that might incriminate the member in a criminal matter only after the member has been given a Lybarger advisement. Administrative investigators should consider the impact that compelling a statement from the member may have on any related criminal investigation and should take reasonable steps to avoid creating any foreseeable conflicts between the two related investigations. This may include conferring with the person in charge of the criminal investigation (e.g., discussion of processes, timing, implications). 2.No information or evidence administratively coerced from a member may be provided to anyone involved in conducting the criminal investigation or to any prosecutor. (h)The interviewer should record all interviews of members and witnesses. The member may also record the interview. If the member has been previously interviewed, a copy of that recorded interview shall be provided to the member prior to any subsequent interview. (i)All members subjected to interviews that could result in discipline have the right to have an uninvolved representative present during the interview. However, in order to maintain the integrity of each individual’s statement, involved members shall not consult or meet with a representative or attorney collectively or in groups prior to being interviewed. (j)All members shall provide complete and truthful responses to questions posed during interviews. (k)No member may be requested or compelled to submit to a polygraph examination, nor shall any refusal to submit to such examination be mentioned in any investigation (Government Code § 3307). No investigation shall be undertaken against any officer solely because the officer has been placed on a prosecutor’s Brady list or the name of the officer may otherwise be subject to disclosure pursuant to Brady v. Maryland. However, an investigation may be based on the underlying acts or omissions for which the officer has been placed on a Brady list or may otherwise be subject to disclosure pursuant to Brady v. Maryland (Government Code § 3305.5). 1010.6.3 ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATION FORMAT Investigations of personnel complaints shall be thorough, complete and essentially follow this format: Introduction - Include the identity of the members, the identity of the assigned investigators, the initial date and source of the complaint. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 632 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints Synopsis - Provide a brief summary of the facts giving rise to the investigation. Summary - List the allegations separately, including applicable policy sections, with a brief summary of the evidence relevant to each allegation. A separate recommended finding should be provided for each allegation. Evidence - Each allegation should be set forth with the details of the evidence applicable to each allegation provided, including comprehensive summaries of member and witness statements. Other evidence related to each allegation should also be detailed in this section. Conclusion - A recommendation regarding further action or disposition should be provided. Exhibits - A separate list of exhibits (e.g., recordings, photos, documents) should be attached to the report. 1010.6.4 DISPOSITIONS Each personnel complaint shall be classified with one of the following dispositions: Unfounded - When the investigation discloses that the alleged acts did not occur or did not involve department members. Complaints that are determined to be frivolous will fall within the classification of unfounded (Penal Code § 832.8). Exonerated - When the investigation discloses that the alleged act occurred but that the act was justified, lawful and/or proper. Not sustained - When the investigation discloses that there is insufficient evidence to sustain the complaint or fully exonerate the member. Sustained - A final determination by an investigating agency, commission, board, hearing officer, or arbitrator, as applicable, following an investigation and opportunity for an administrative appeal pursuant to Government Code § 3304 and Government Code § 3304.5 that the actions of an officer were found to violate law or department policy (Penal Code § 832.8). If an investigation discloses misconduct or improper job performance that was not alleged in the original complaint, the investigator shall take appropriate action with regard to any additional allegations. 1010.6.5 COMPLETION OF INVESTIGATIONS Every investigator or supervisor assigned to investigate a personnel complaint or other alleged misconduct shall proceed with due diligence in an effort to complete the investigation within one year from the date of discovery by an individual authorized to initiate an investigation (Government Code § 3304). In the event that an investigation cannot be completed within one year of discovery, the assigned investigator or supervisor shall ensure that an extension or delay is warranted within the exceptions set forth in Government Code § 3304(d) or Government Code § 3508.1. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 633 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints The assigned investigator or supervisor shall ensure that within 30 days of the final disposition of the complaint, the complainant is provided written notification of the disposition (Penal Code § 832.7(e)). 1010.7 ADMINISTRATIVE SEARCHES Assigned lockers, storage spaces and other areas, including desks, offices and vehicles, may be searched as part of an administrative investigation upon a reasonable suspicion of misconduct. Such areas may also be searched any time by a supervisor for non-investigative purposes, such as obtaining a needed report, radio or other document or equipment. Lockers and storage spaces may only be administratively searched in the member's presence, with the member’s consent, with a valid search warrant or where the member has been given reasonable notice that the search will take place (Government Code § 3309). 1010.7.1 DISCLOSURE OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION An employee may be compelled to disclose personal financial information under the following circumstances (Government Code § 3308): (a)Pursuant to a state law or proper legal process (b)Information exists that tends to indicate a conflict of interest with official duties (c)If the employee is assigned to or being considered for a special assignment with a potential for bribes or other improper inducements 1010.8 ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE When a complaint of misconduct is of a serious nature, or when circumstances indicate that allowing the accused to continue to work would adversely affect the mission of the Department, the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee may temporarily assign an accused employee to administrative leave. Any employee placed on administrative leave: (a)May be required to relinquish any department badge, identification, assigned weapons and any other department equipment. (b)Shall be required to continue to comply with all policies and lawful orders of a supervisor. (c)May be temporarily reassigned to a different shift, generally a normal business-hours shift, during the investigation. The employee may be required to remain available for contact at all times during such shift, and will report as ordered. 1010.9 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION Where a member is accused of potential criminal conduct, a separate supervisor or investigator shall be assigned to investigate the criminal allegations apart from any administrative investigation. Any separate administrative investigation may parallel a criminal investigation. The Director of Public Safety shall be notified as soon as practicable when a member is accused of criminal conduct. The Director of Public Safety may request a criminal investigation by an outside law enforcement agency. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 634 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints A member accused of criminal conduct shall be advised of his/her constitutional rights (Government Code § 3303(h)). The member should not be administratively ordered to provide any information in the criminal investigation. No information or evidence administratively coerced from a member may be provided to anyone involved in conducting the criminal investigation or to any prosecutor. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety may release information concerning the arrest or detention of any member, including an officer, that has not led to a conviction. No disciplinary action should be taken until an independent administrative investigation is conducted. 1010.10 POST-ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES Upon completion of a formal investigation, an investigation report should be forwarded to the Director of Public Safety through the chain of command. Each level of command should review the report and include his/her comments in writing before forwarding the report. The Director of Public Safety may accept or modify any classification or recommendation for disciplinary action. 1010.10.1 COMMAND STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES Upon receipt of any completed personnel investigation, the Deputy Chief of the involved member shall review the entire investigative file, the member's personnel file and any other relevant materials. The Deputy Chief may make recommendations regarding the disposition of any allegations and the amount of discipline, if any, to be imposed. Prior to forwarding recommendations to the Director of Public Safety, the Deputy Chief may return the entire investigation to the assigned investigator or supervisor for further investigation or action. When forwarding any written recommendation to the Director of Public Safety, the Deputy Chief shall include all relevant materials supporting the recommendation. Actual copies of a member's existing personnel file need not be provided and may be incorporated by reference. 1010.10.2 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES Upon receipt of any written recommendation for disciplinary action, the Director of Public Safety shall review the recommendation and all accompanying materials. The Director of Public Safety may modify any recommendation and/or may return the file to the Deputy Chief for further investigation or action. Once the Director of Public Safety is satisfied that no further investigation or action is required by staff, the Director of Public Safety shall determine the amount of discipline, if any, that should be imposed. In the event disciplinary action is proposed, the Director of Public Safety shall provide the member with a pre-disciplinary procedural due process hearing (Skelly) by providing written notice of the charges, proposed action and reasons for the proposed action. Written notice shall be provided within one year from the date of discovery of the misconduct (Government Code § 3304(d)). The Director of Public Safety shall also provide the member with: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 635 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints (a)Access to all of the materials considered by the Director of Public Safety in recommending the proposed discipline. (b)An opportunity to respond orally or in writing to the Director of Public Safety within five days of receiving the notice. 1.Upon a showing of good cause by the member, the Director of Public Safety may grant a reasonable extension of time for the member to respond. 2.If the member elects to respond orally, the presentation may be recorded by the Department. Upon request, the member shall be provided with a copy of the recording. Once the member has completed his/her response or if the member has elected to waive any such response, the Director of Public Safety shall consider all information received in regard to the recommended discipline. The Director of Public Safety shall render a timely written decision to the member and specify the grounds and reasons for discipline and the effective date of the discipline. Once the Director of Public Safety has issued a written decision, the discipline shall become effective. 1010.10.3 NOTICE OF FINAL DISPOSITION TO THE COMPLAINANT The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall ensure that the complainant is notified of the disposition (i.e., sustained, not sustained, exonerated, unfounded) of the complaint (Penal Code § 832.7(f)). 1010.10.4 NOTICE REQUIREMENTS The disposition of any civilian’s complaint shall be released to the complaining party within 30 days of the final disposition. This release shall not include what discipline, if any, was imposed (Penal Code § 832.7(f)). 1010.11 PRE-DISCIPLINE EMPLOYEE RESPONSE The pre-discipline process is intended to provide the accused employee with an opportunity to present a written or oral response to the Director of Public Safety after having had an opportunity to review the supporting materials and prior to imposition of any recommended discipline. The employee shall consider the following: (a)The response is not intended to be an adversarial or formal hearing. (b)Although the employee may be represented by an uninvolved representative or legal counsel, the response is not designed to accommodate the presentation of testimony or witnesses. (c)The employee may suggest that further investigation could be conducted or the employee may offer any additional information or mitigating factors for the Director of Public Safety to consider. (d)In the event that the Director of Public Safety elects to cause further investigation to be conducted, the employee shall be provided with the results prior to the imposition of any discipline. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 636 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints (e)The employee may thereafter have the opportunity to further respond orally or in writing to the Director of Public Safety on the limited issues of information raised in any subsequent materials. 1010.12 RESIGNATIONS/RETIREMENTS PRIOR TO DISCIPLINE In the event that a member tenders a written resignation or notice of retirement prior to the imposition of discipline, it shall be noted in the file. The tender of a resignation or retirement by itself shall not serve as grounds for the termination of any pending investigation or discipline (Penal Code § 13510.8). 1010.13 POST-DISCIPLINE APPEAL RIGHTS Non-probationary employees have the right to appeal a suspension without pay, punitive transfer, demotion, reduction in pay or step, or termination from employment. The employee has the right to appeal using the procedures established by any collective bargaining agreement, Memorandum of Understanding and/or personnel rules. In the event of punitive action against an employee covered by the POBR, the appeal process shall be in compliance with Government Code § 3304 and Government Code § 3304.5. During any administrative appeal, evidence that an officer has been placed on a Brady list or is otherwise subject to Brady restrictions may not be introduced unless the underlying allegations of misconduct have been independently established. Thereafter, such Brady evidence shall be limited to determining the appropriateness of the penalty (Government Code § 3305.5). 1010.14 PROBATIONARY EMPLOYEES AND OTHER MEMBERS At-will and probationary employees and those members other than non-probationary employees may be released from employment for non-disciplinary reasons (e.g., failure to meet standards) without adherence to the procedures set forth in this policy or any right to appeal. However, any probationary officer subjected to an investigation into allegations of misconduct shall be entitled to those procedural rights, as applicable, set forth in the Peace Officer Bill of Rights (Government Code § 3303; Government Code § 3304). At-will, probationary employees and those other than non-probationary employees subjected to discipline or termination as a result of allegations of misconduct shall not be deemed to have acquired a property interest in their position, but shall be given the opportunity to appear before the Director of Public Safety or authorized designee for a non-evidentiary hearing for the sole purpose of attempting to clear their name or liberty interest. There shall be no further opportunity for appeal beyond the liberty interest hearing and the decision of the Director of Public Safety shall be final. 1010.15 RETENTION OF PERSONNEL INVESTIGATION FILES All personnel complaints shall be maintained in accordance with the established records retention schedule and as described in the Personnel Records Policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 637 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints 1010.16 REQUIRED REPORTING TO POST The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall notify POST on the appropriate POST form within 10 days of certain officer personnel events, including but not limited to (Penal Code § 13510.9): (a)Termination or separation from employment or appointment. Separation from employment or appointment includes any involuntary termination, resignation, or retirement. 1.A POST affidavit-of-separation form shall be executed and maintained by the Department and submitted to POST as required by Penal Code § 13510.9 and 11 CCR 1003. (b)Events that could affect an officer's POST certification, such as: 1.Complaints, charges, or allegations of serious misconduct (as defined by Penal Code § 13510.8). 2.Findings of civilian review boards. 3.Final dispositions of any investigations. 4.Civil judgments or court findings based on conduct, or settlement of a civil claim against an officer or the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety based on allegations of conduct by an officer. The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall be responsible for providing POST access to or duplication of investigation documentation (e.g., physical or documentary evidence, witness statements, analysis, conclusions) within the applicable timeframe provided in Penal Code § 13510.9. 1010.16.1 NOTIFICATIONS TO POST FOR SERIOUS MISCONDUCT The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall report allegations of serious misconduct by an officer to POST and the report shall include the following (11 CCR 1207): (a)Name of the Department (b)Administrative case number (c)Name, current address, and phone number of the complainant, if available (d)Name, POST ID, current address, and phone number of the involved officer (e)A summary of the alleged misconduct including: 1.A narrative of the allegations 2.Date and time of incidents 3.Location of occurrence 4.Any witness information, if available 5.Summary of arrest or indictment of involved officer Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 638 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Complaints (f)A change in employment status of the involved officer (e.g., administrative leave, suspension, termination) (g)Name and contact information of the assigned investigator The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall provide updates of the investigation to POST every 90 days until the final disposition in the method designated by POST (11 CCR 1207). Upon completion of the investigation, the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee shall submit to POST the final disposition of the investigation as well as investigation materials and the officer's service record as provided by 11 CCR 1207. 1010.16.2 ADDITIONAL NOTIFICATIONS TO POST FOR SERIOUS MISCONDUCT Additional notification shall be made to POST (11 CCR 1207): (a)If the imposed disciplinary action is pending appeal or other review through an administrative or judicial proceeding: 1.The Department shall provide the name of the body conducting the proceeding. 2.The status of the proceeding, if known. (b)If criminal charges are pending: 1.The name of the court having jurisdiction over the criminal charges against the officer. 2.The status of the criminal case, if known. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Complaints - 639 Policy 1011 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Seat Belts 1011.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes guidelines for the use of seat belts and child restraints. This policy will apply to all members operating or riding in department vehicles (Vehicle Code § 27315.5). 1011.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Child restraint system - An infant or child passenger restraint system that meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) and Regulations set forth in 49 CFR 571.213. 1011.2 WEARING OF SAFETY RESTRAINTS All members shall wear properly adjusted safety restraints when operating or riding in a seat equipped with restraints, in any vehicle owned, leased or rented by this department while on- or off-duty, or in any privately owned vehicle while on-duty. The member driving such a vehicle shall ensure that all other occupants, including non-members, are also properly restrained. Exceptions to the requirement to wear safety restraints may be made only in exceptional situations where, due to unusual circumstances, wearing a seat belt would endanger the member or the public. Members must be prepared to justify any deviation from this requirement. 1011.3 TRANSPORTING PERSONS IN CUSTODY Persons who are in custody should be in a seated position and secured in the rear seat of any department vehicle with a restraint system or, when a restraint system is not available, by seat belts provided by the vehicle manufacturer. The restraint system is not intended to be a substitute for handcuffs or other appendage restraints. An incarcerated person in leg restraints shall be transported in accordance with the Handcuffing and Restraints Policy. 1011.4 INOPERABLE SEAT BELTS Department vehicles shall not be operated when the seat belt in the driver's position is inoperable. Persons shall not be transported in a seat in which the seat belt is inoperable. Department vehicle seat belts shall not be modified, removed, deactivated or altered in any way, except by the vehicle maintenance and repair staff, who shall do so only with the express authorization of the Director of Public Safety. Members who discover an inoperable restraint system shall report the defect to the appropriate supervisor. Prompt action will be taken to replace or repair the system. 1011.5 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety that members use safety and child restraint systems to reduce the possibility of death or injury in a motor vehicle collision. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Seat Belts - 640 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Seat Belts 1011.6 TRANSPORTING CHILDREN Children under the age of 8 shall be transported in compliance with California’s child restraint system requirements (Vehicle Code § 27360; Vehicle Code § 27363). Rear seat passengers in a cage-equipped vehicle may have reduced clearance, which requires careful seating and positioning of seat belts. Due to this reduced clearance, and if permitted by law, children and any child restraint system may be secured in the front seat of such vehicles provided this positioning meets federal safety standards and the vehicle and child restraint system manufacturer’s design and use recommendations. In the event that a child is transported in the front seat of a vehicle, the seat should be pushed back as far as possible and the passenger- side airbag should be deactivated. If this is not possible, members should arrange alternate transportation when feasible. A child shall not be transported in a rear-facing child restraint system in the front seat in a vehicle that is equipped with an active frontal passenger airbag (Vehicle Code § 27363). 1011.7 VEHICLES MANUFACTURED WITHOUT SEAT BELTS Vehicles manufactured and certified for use without seat belts or other restraint systems are subject to the manufacturer’s operator requirements for safe use. 1011.8 VEHICLE AIRBAGS In all vehicles equipped with airbag restraint systems, the system will not be tampered with or deactivated, except when transporting children as written elsewhere in this policy. All equipment installed in vehicles equipped with airbags will be installed as per the vehicle manufacturer specifications to avoid the danger of interfering with the effective deployment of the airbag device. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Seat Belts - 641 Policy 1012 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Body Armor 1012.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide law enforcement officers with guidelines for the proper use of body armor. 1012.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to maximize officer safety through the use of body armor in combination with prescribed safety procedures. While body armor provides a significant level of protection, it is not a substitute for the observance of officer safety procedures. 1012.3 ISSUANCE OF BODY ARMOR The Patrol Division Command Staff Officer, or designee, shall ensure that body armor is issued to all officers when the officer begins service at the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and that, when issued, the body armor meets or exceeds the standards of the National Institute of Justice. The Patrol Division Command Staff Officer, or designee, shall establish a body armor replacement schedule and ensure that replacement body armor is issued pursuant to the schedule or whenever the body armor becomes worn or damaged to the point that its effectiveness or functionality has been compromised. 1012.3.1 USE OF SOFT BODY ARMOR Generally, the use of body armor is required subject to the following: (a)Officers shall only wear agency-approved body armor. (b)Body armor shall be worn when an officer is working in uniform or taking part in Department range training. (c)Officers shall wear body armor anytime they are in a situation where they could reasonably be expected to take enforcement action. (d)Officers may be excused from wearing body armor when they are functioning primarily in an administrative or support capacity and could not reasonably be expected to take enforcement action. (e)Officers working in the Fire Services division may be excused from wearing body armor unless initiating or directed to take law enforcement actions. (f)An officer may be excused from wearing body armor when he/she is involved in undercover or plainclothes work that his/her supervisor determines could be compromised by wearing body armor, or when a supervisor determines that other circumstances make it inappropriate to mandate wearing body armor. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Body Armor - 642 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Body Armor 1012.3.2 INSPECTIONS OF BODY ARMOR Supervisors should ensure that body armor is worn and maintained in accordance with this policy through routine observation and periodic documented inspections. Annual inspections of body armor should be conducted by an authorized designee for fit, cleanliness, and signs of damage, abuse and wear. 1012.3.3 CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF SOFT BODY ARMOR Soft body armor should never be stored for any period of time in an area where environmental conditions (e.g., temperature, light, humidity) are not reasonably controlled (e.g., normal ambient room temperature/humidity conditions), such as in automobiles or automobile trunks. Soft body armor should be cared for and cleaned pursuant to the manufacturer's care instructions provided with the soft body armor. The instructions can be found on labels located on the external surface of each ballistic panel. The carrier should also have a label that contains care instructions. Failure to follow these instructions may damage the ballistic performance capabilities of the armor. If care instructions for the soft body armor cannot be located, contact the manufacturer to request care instructions. Soft body armor should not be exposed to any cleaning agents or methods not specifically recommended by the manufacturer, as noted on the armor panel label. Soft body armor should be replaced in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended replacement schedule. 1012.4 RANGEMASTER RESPONSIBILITIES The Rangemaster should: (a)Monitor technological advances in the body armor industry for any appropriate changes to Department approved body armor. (b)Assess weapons and ammunition currently in use and the suitability of approved body armor to protect against those threats. (c)Provide training that educates officers about the safety benefits of wearing body armor. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Body Armor - 643 Policy 1013 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records 1013.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy governs maintenance and access to personnel records. Personnel records include any file maintained under an individual member's name._ 1013.2 POLICY It is the policy of this department to maintain personnel records and preserve the confidentiality of personnel records pursuant to the Constitution and the laws of California (Penal Code § 832.7). 1013.3 DEPARTMENT FILE The department file shall be maintained as a record of a person’s employment/appointment with this department. The department file should contain, at a minimum: (a)Personal data, including photographs, marital status, names of family members, educational and employment history, or similar information. A photograph of the member should be permanently retained. (b)Election of employee benefits. (c)Personnel action reports reflecting assignments, promotions, and other changes in employment/appointment status. These should be permanently retained. (d)Original performance evaluations. These should be permanently retained. (e)Discipline records, including copies of sustained personnel complaints (see the Personnel Complaints Policy). 1.Disciplinary action resulting from sustained internally initiated complaints or observation of misconduct shall be maintained pursuant to the established records retention schedule and at least four years (Government Code § 12946). 2.Disciplinary action resulting from a sustained civilian's complaint involving misconduct shall be maintained pursuant to the established records retention schedule and at least 15 years (Penal Code § 832.5). 3.A civilian’s complaint involving misconduct that was not sustained shall be maintained pursuant to the established records retention schedule and at least five years (Penal Code § 832.5). (f)Adverse comments such as supervisor notes or memos may be retained in the department file after the member has had the opportunity to read and initial the comment (Government Code § 3305). 1.Once a member has had an opportunity to read and initial any adverse comment, the member shall be given the opportunity to respond in writing to the adverse comment within 30 days (Government Code § 3306). 2.Any member response shall be attached to and retained with the original adverse comment (Government Code § 3306). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 644 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records 3.If a member refuses to initial or sign an adverse comment, at least one supervisor should note the date and time of such refusal on the original comment and the member should sign or initial the noted refusal. Such a refusal, however, shall not be deemed insubordination, nor shall it prohibit the entry of the adverse comment into the member's file (Government Code § 3305). (g)Commendations and awards. (h)Any other information, the disclosure of which would constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. 1013.4 DIVISION FILE Division files may be separately maintained internally by a member's supervisor for the purpose of completing timely performance evaluations. The Division file may contain supervisor comments, notes, notices to correct and other materials that are intended to serve as a foundation for the completion of timely performance evaluations. All materials intended for this interim file shall be provided to the employee prior to being placed in the file in accordance with Government Code § 3305 and Government Code § 3306. 1013.5 TRAINING FILE An individual training file shall be maintained by the Training Coordinator for each member. Training files will contain records of all training; original or photocopies of available certificates, transcripts, diplomas and other documentation; and education and firearms qualifications. Training records may also be created and stored remotely, either manually or automatically (e.g., Daily Training Bulletin (DTB) records)._ (a)The involved member is responsible for providing the Training Coordinator or immediate supervisor with evidence of completed training/education in a timely manner. (b)The Training Coordinator or supervisor shall ensure that copies of such training records are placed in the member’s training file. 1013.6 INTERNAL AFFAIRS FILE Internal affairs files shall be maintained under the exclusive control of the Sergeant or Command Staff in conjunction with the office of the Director of Public Safety. Access to these files may only be approved by the Director of Public Safety or the Sergeant or Command Staff supervisor. These files shall contain the complete investigation of all formal complaints of member misconduct, regardless of disposition (Penal Code § 832.12). Investigations of complaints that result in the following findings shall not be placed in the member's file but will be maintained in the internal affairs file: (a)Not sustained (b)Unfounded (c)Exonerated Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 645 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records Investigation files arising out of sustained civilian’s complaints involving misconduct shall be maintained pursuant to the established records retention schedule and for a period of at least 15 years. Investigations that resulted in other than a sustained finding may not be used by the Department to adversely affect an employee’s career (Penal Code § 832.5). Investigation files arising out of internally generated complaints shall be maintained pursuant to the established records retention schedule and for at least four years (Government Code § 12946). Investigation files arising out of a civilian complaint involving misconduct that was not sustained shall be maintained pursuant to the established records retention schedule and for at least five years (Penal Code § 832.5). 1013.7 MEDICAL FILE A medical file shall be maintained separately from all other personnel records and shall contain all documents relating to the member’s medical condition and history, including but not limited to: (a)Materials relating to a medical leave of absence, including leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA). (b)Documents relating to workers’ compensation claims or the receipt of short- or long- term disability benefits. (c)Fitness-for-duty examinations, psychological and physical examinations, follow-up inquiries and related documents. (d)Medical release forms, doctor’s slips and attendance records that reveal a member’s medical condition. (e)Any other documents or materials that reveal the member’s medical history or medical condition, including past, present or future anticipated mental, psychological or physical limitations. 1013.8 SECURITY Personnel records should be maintained in a secured location and locked either in a cabinet or access-controlled room. Personnel records maintained in an electronic format should have adequate password protection. Personnel records are subject to disclosure only as provided in this policy, the Records Maintenance and Release Policy or according to applicable discovery procedures. Nothing in this policy is intended to preclude review of personnel records by the City Manager, City Attorney or other attorneys or representatives of the City in connection with official business._ 1013.8.1 REQUESTS FOR DISCLOSURE Any member receiving a request for a personnel record shall promptly notify the Custodian of Records or other person charged with the maintenance of such records. Upon receipt of any such request, the responsible person shall notify the affected member as soon as practicable that such a request has been made (Evidence Code § 1043). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 646 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records The responsible person shall further ensure that an appropriate response to the request is made in a timely manner, consistent with applicable law. In many cases, this may require assistance of available legal counsel. All requests for disclosure that result in access to a member’s personnel records shall be logged in the corresponding file._ 1013.8.2 RELEASE OF PERSONNEL INFORMATION Personnel records shall not be disclosed except as allowed by law (Penal Code § 832.7; Evidence Code § 1043) (See also Records Maintenance and Release Policy). Any person who maliciously, and with the intent to obstruct justice or the due administration of the laws, publishes, disseminates, or otherwise discloses the residence address or telephone number of any member of this department may be guilty of a misdemeanor (Penal Code § 146e). The Department may release any factual information concerning a disciplinary investigation if the member who is the subject of the investigation (or the member's representative) publicly makes a statement that is published in the media and that the member (or representative) knows to be false. The disclosure of such information, if any, shall be limited to facts that refute any such false statement (Penal Code § 832.7). 1013.8.3 RELEASE OF LAW ENFORCEMENT GANG INFORMATION Information relating to the termination of an officer from this department for participation in a law enforcement gang shall be disclosed to another law enforcement agency that is conducting a pre- employment background investigation except where specifically prohibited by law (Penal Code § 13670). 1013.8.4 RELEASE OF PEACE OFFICER RECORDS RELATING TO HATE COMPLAINTS Records relating to an officer for an investigation of a hate complaint described in Penal Code § 13682 with a sustained finding that the officer engaged in membership in a hate group, participated in a hate group activity, or advocacy of public expressions of hate are not confidential and shall be made available for public inspection though a public records request (Penal Code § 13683). Records disclosed may be redacted as provided in Penal Code § 13683. 1013.9 BRADY MATERIAL IN PERSONNEL FILES The purpose of this section is to establish a procedure for releasing potentially exculpatory information (so-called Brady material) contained within confidential peace officer personnel files. 1013.9.1 DEFINITIONS Brady Material - In the Brady v. Maryland decision ( 373 U.S. 83 (1963)) the United States Supreme Court held that the prosecution has an affirmative duty to disclose to the defendant evidence which is both favorable and material to the guilt and/or punishment of the defendant. The Prosecution - Refers to the District Attorney and all investigative agencies involved in the criminal prosecution of a defendant, including this department. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 647 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records Penal Code§ 1054.1 - California law also establishes a criminal defendant's right to access potentially exculpatory evidence. 1013.9.2 RELEASE OF PERSONNEL FILES TO DISTRICT ATTORNEY Pursuant to Penal Code § 832.7(a), the only time the District Attorney (Attorney General or Grand Jury) is entitled to access confidential peace officer personnel files without filing a so-called Pitchess motion (Evidence Code § 1043 et seq.) is when they are investigating the conduct of an officer or this department. Such access shall not be considered a waiver of the confidentiality of the information contained in these files. Absent a specific investigation of identified officer(s) or a specific investigation of this department (or the consent of an involved officer), no confidential information from any officer's personnel file shall be released to the District Attorney or Grand Jury without full compliance with the Pitchess process. The prosecution of a criminal defendant is not considered an investigation of any involved officer. Should an officer's credibility or other issues related to an officer's personnel file arise in the context of an officer acting as a witness for the prosecution, access to that officer's personnel file by either the District Attorney or the criminal defendant shall be limited to that which is authorized by the process set forth in Evidence Code § 1043, et seq. 1013.9.3 PROCEDURE If an officer is a material witness in a criminal case, a person or persons designated by the Director of Public Safety may examine the subject officer's personnel file to determine whether there are Brady materials contained therein (e.g., evidence which is both favorable and material to the guilt and/or punishment of the defendant). If Brady material is located, the following procedure shall apply: (a)In the event that a Pitchess motion has not already been filed by the criminal defendant or other party, the District Attorney shall be notified of the potential presence of Brady material in the officer's personnel file (b)The District Attorney should be instructed to file a Pitchess motion in order to initiate an in camera review by the court (c)As with any Pitchess motion, and prior to any review of the files by the court, subject officer(s) shall be notified in writing that a Pitchess motion has been filed (d)The responsible Custodian of Records shall accompany all relevant personnel files during any in camera inspection and address any issues or questions raised by the court in determining whether or not any material contained in the file is both material and favorable to the criminal defendant (e)If the court determines that there is relevant Brady material contained in the file(s), only that material ordered released will be copied and released to the parties filing the Pitchess motion Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 648 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records 1.Prior to the release of any materials pursuant to this process, the Custodian of Records should request a protective order from the Court limiting the use of such materials to the involved case and requiring the return of all copies upon completion of the case. 1013.10 MEMBERS' ACCESS TO THEIR PERSONNEL RECORDS Any member may request access to the member's own personnel records during the normal business hours of those responsible for maintaining such files. Any member seeking the removal of any item from the member's personnel records shall file a written request to the Director of Public Safety through the chain of command. The Department shall remove any such item if appropriate, or within 30 days provide the member with a written explanation of why the contested item will not be removed. If the contested item is not removed from the file, the member’s request and the written response from the Department shall be retained with the contested item in the member’s corresponding personnel record (Government Code § 3306.5). Members may be restricted from accessing files containing any of the following information: (a)An ongoing internal affairs investigation to the extent that it could jeopardize or compromise the investigation pending final disposition or notice to the member of the intent to discipline. (b)Confidential portions of internal affairs files that have not been sustained against the member. (c)Criminal investigations involving the member. (d)Letters of reference concerning employment/appointment, licensing, or issuance of permits regarding the member. (e)Any portion of a test document, except the cumulative total test score for either a section of the test document or for the entire test document. (f)Materials used by the Department for staff management planning, including judgments or recommendations concerning future salary increases and other wage treatments, management bonus plans, promotions and job assignments, or other comments or ratings used for department planning purposes. (g)Information of a personal nature about a person other than the member if disclosure of the information would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of the other person's privacy. (h)Records relevant to any other pending claim between the Department and the member that may be discovered in a judicial proceeding. 1013.11 RETENTION AND PURGING Unless provided otherwise in this policy, personnel records shall be maintained in accordance with the established records retention schedule. (a)During the preparation of each member’s performance evaluation, all personnel complaints and disciplinary actions should be reviewed to determine the relevancy, Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 649 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records if any, to progressive discipline, training and career development. Each supervisor responsible for completing the member's performance evaluation should determine whether any prior sustained disciplinary file should be retained beyond the required period for reasons other than pending litigation or other ongoing legal proceedings. (b)If a supervisor determines that records of prior discipline should be retained beyond the required period, approval for such retention should be obtained through the chain of command from the Director of Public Safety. (c)If, in the opinion of the Director of Public Safety, a personnel complaint or disciplinary action maintained beyond the required retention period is no longer relevant, all records of such matter may be destroyed in accordance with the established records retention schedule._ 1013.12 RELEASE OF PERSONNEL RECORDS AND RECORDS RELATED TO CERTAIN INCIDENTS, COMPLAINTS, AND INVESTIGATIONS OF OFFICERS Personnel records and records related to certain incidents, complaints, and investigations of officers shall be released pursuant to a proper request under the Public Records Act and subject to redaction and delayed release as provided by law. The Custodian of Records should work as appropriate with the Director of Public Safety or the Sergeant or Command Staff supervisor in determining what records may qualify for disclosure when a request for records is received and if the requested record is subject to redaction or delay from disclosure. For purposes of this section, a record includes (Penal Code § 832.7(b)(3): •All investigation reports. •Photographic, audio, and video evidence. •Transcripts or recordings of interviews. •Autopsy reports. •All materials compiled and presented for review to the District Attorney or to any person or body charged with determining whether to file criminal charges against an officer in connection with an incident, whether the officer’s action was consistent with law and department policy for purposes of discipline or administrative action, or what discipline to impose or corrective action to take. •Documents setting forth findings or recommending findings. •Copies of disciplinary records relating to the incident, including any letters of intent to impose discipline, any documents reflecting modifications of discipline due to the Skelly or grievance process, and letters indicating final imposition of discipline or other documentation reflecting implementation of corrective action. Unless a record or information is confidential or qualifies for delayed disclosure as provided by Penal Code § 832.7(b)(8) or other law, the following records (hereinafter qualifying records) shall be made available for public inspection no later than 45 days from the date of a request (Penal Code § 832.7(b)(1)): Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 650 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records (a)Records relating to the report, investigation, or findings of: 1.The discharge of a firearm at another person by an officer. 2.The use of force against a person resulting in death or in great bodily injury (as defined by Penal Code § 243(f)(4)) by an officer. 3.A sustained finding involving a complaint that alleges unreasonable or excessive force. 4.A sustained finding that an officer failed to intervene against another officer using force that is clearly unreasonable or excessive. (b)Records relating to an incident where a sustained finding was made by the Department or oversight agency regarding: 1.An officer engaged in sexual assault of a member of the public (as defined by Penal Code § 832.7(b)). 2.Dishonesty of an officer relating to the reporting, investigation, or prosecution of a crime, or directly relating to the reporting of, or investigation of misconduct by, another officer, including but not limited to any false statements, filing false reports, destruction, falsifying, or concealing of evidence, or perjury._ 3.An officer engaged in conduct including but not limited to verbal statements, writings, online posts, recordings, and gestures involving prejudice or discrimination against a person on the basis of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, age, sexual orientation, or military and veteran status. 4.An officer made an unlawful arrest or conducted an unlawful search. Qualifying records will be made available regardless of whether the officer resigns before the Department or an oversight agency concludes its investigation (Penal Code § 832.7(b)(3)). A record from a separate and prior investigation or assessment of a separate incident shall not be released unless it is independently subject to disclosure (Penal Code § 832.7(b)(4)). When an investigation involves multiple officers, the Department shall not release information about allegations of misconduct or the analysis or disposition of an investigation of an officer unless it relates to a sustained finding of a qualified allegation as provided by Penal Code § 832.7(b)(5). However, factual information about the action of the officer during an incident or the statements of an officer shall be released if the statements are relevant to a finding of the qualified allegation against another officer that is subject to release (Penal Code § 832.7(b)(5)). 1013.12.1 REDACTION The Custodian of Records, in consultation with the Director of Public Safety or authorized designee, shall redact the following portions of qualifying records made available for release (Penal Code § 832.7(b)(6)): (a)Personal data or information (e.g., home address, telephone number, identities of family members) other than the names and work-related information of officers Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 651 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records (b)Information that would compromise the anonymity of whistleblowers, complainants, victims, and witnesses (c)Confidential medical, financial, or other information where disclosure is prohibited by federal law or would cause an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy that clearly outweighs the strong public interest in records about possible misconduct and use of force (d)Where there is a specific, articulable, and particularized reason to believe that disclosure of the record would pose a significant danger to the physical safety of the officer or another person Additionally, a record may be redacted, including redacting personal identifying information, where, on the facts of the particular case, the public interest served by not disclosing the information clearly outweighs the public interest served by disclosing it (Penal Code § 832.7(b)(7)). 1013.12.2 DELAY OF RELEASE Unless otherwise directed by the Director of Public Safety, the Custodian of Records should consult with a supervisor familiar with the underlying investigation to determine whether to delay disclosure of qualifying records due to any of the following conditions (Penal Code § 832.7): (a)Active criminal investigations 1.Disclosure may be delayed 60 days from the date the misconduct or use of force occurred or until the District Attorney determines whether to file criminal charges, whichever occurs sooner. 2.After the initial 60 days, delay of disclosure may be continued if the disclosure could reasonably be expected to interfere with a criminal enforcement proceeding against an officer or against someone other than an officer who engaged in misconduct or used the force. (b)Filed criminal charges 1.When charges are filed related to an incident in which misconduct occurred or force was used, disclosure may be delayed until a verdict on those charges is returned at trial or, if a plea of guilty or no contest is entered, the time to withdraw the plea has passed. (c)Administrative investigations 1.Disclosure may be delayed until: (a)There is a determination from the investigation whether the misconduct or use of force violated law or department policy, but no longer than 180 days after the date of the department’s discovery of the misconduct or use of force or allegation of misconduct or use of force 1013.12.3 NOTICE OF DELAY OF RECORDS When there is justification for delay of disclosure of qualifying records, the Custodian of Records shall provide written notice of the reason for any delay to a requester as follows (Penal Code § 832.7): Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 652 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personnel Records (a)Provide the specific basis for the determination that the interest in delaying disclosure clearly outweighs the public interest in disclosure. The notice shall also include the estimated date for the disclosure of the withheld information. (b)When delay is continued beyond the initial 60 days because of criminal enforcement proceedings against anyone, at 180-day intervals provide the specific basis that disclosure could reasonably be expected to interfere with a criminal enforcement proceeding and the estimated date for disclosure. 1.Information withheld shall be disclosed when the specific basis for withholding the information is resolved, the investigation or proceeding is no longer active, or no later than 18 months after the date of the incident, whichever occurs sooner, unless: (a)When the criminal proceeding is against someone other than an officer and there are extraordinary circumstances to warrant a continued delay due to the ongoing criminal investigation or proceeding, then the Department must show by clear and convincing evidence that the interest in preventing prejudice to the active and ongoing criminal investigation or proceeding outweighs the public interest for prompt disclosure of records about misconduct or use of force by officers. In cases where an action to compel disclosure is brought pursuant to Government Code § 7923.000, the Department may justify delay by filing an application to seal the basis for withholding if disclosure of the written basis itself would impact a privilege or compromise a pending investigation (Penal Code § 832.7(b)(8)). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personnel Records - 653 Policy 1014 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Commendations and Awards 1014.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides general guidelines for recognizing commendable or meritorious acts of members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and individuals from the community. 1014.2 WHO MAY MAKE COMMENDATIONS A written commendation may be made by any supervisor regarding any other employee of the Department, provided the reporting person is superior in rank or is the person-in-charge of the individual being commended. Any employee may recommend a commendation to the supervisor of the employee subject to commendation. 1014.3 COMMENDABLE ACTIONS A meritorious or commendable act by an employee of this department may include, but is not limited to, the following: •Superior handling of a difficult situation by an employee •Conspicuous bravery or outstanding performance by any employee of the Department •Any action or performance that is above and beyond the typical duties of an employee 1014.3.1 COMMENDATION REPORTING A commendation should be entered into Blue Team by the commending supervisor. The following information should be noted: (a)Employee name, bureau, and assignment at the date and time of the commendation (b)A brief account of the commendable action shall be documented on the form with report numbers, as appropriate Once issued, the commendation should follow the chain of command through Blue Team for approval as follows. (a)Sergeant/Supervisor (b)Lieutenant/Manager (c)Deputy Chief (d)Officer/Employee (e)Sergeant/Supervisor (f)Administrative Assistant to Director 1014.4 AWARDS Awards may be bestowed upon any member of the Department for actions taken while serving in their official capacity. These awards include: •Award of Merit: Awarded to a member who distinguishes themselves by meritorious achievement or meritorious service. The degree of merit need not be unique, but must Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Commendations and Awards - 654 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Commendations and Awards be exceptional and superior. Acts of courage which do not meet the voluntary risk of life requirements for the Award of Valor may be considered for the Award of Merit. •Award of Valor: Awarded to a member who distinguishes themselves conspicuously by heroic action. The act must be of such extraordinary nature that the employee exposes themselves to peril above and beyond the call of duty. •Lifesaving Award: Awarded to a member who saves a human life. It is intended that this award be predicated by an overt act which directly results in the saving of a human life, with the implied likelihood that the omission of such act would have resulted in death. •Distinguished Service Award: Awarded to a member who has served in an outstanding, substantive manner, and who has consistently performed their job in a highly professional manner. Some areas for consideration include continued self- improvement and/or consistent outstanding performance. •Purple Heart: Awarded to a member who received an injury of a serious nature inflicted by a weapon/instrument/event, as a result of an action(s), and is capable of causing death, permanent disability (physical or psychological), or great bodily injury. •Impact: Awarded to a member whose efforts contributed significantly to the Department mission. If the actions of an employee have a positive impact on the Department and are above the normal expectations of an employee, but they do not meet the requirement of the other awards, the Impact Award may be warranted. •23152 Pin: Awarded to a sworn member based on their total number of DUI arrests. Different colored pins are awarded at specified intervals to reflect career achievement. •Officer/Professional Staff of the Year: This award is nominated and voted on by peers of the agency. It is not necessarily specific to rank or division; however, a peer group selection to the persons totality of service. One award will be given to a sworn staff member and one award will be given to a professional staff member. Criteria for each award and the selection, presentation, and display of any award are determined by the Director of Public Safety. The Director of Public Safety may order the removal of the display and/or revocation of an award when an employee or former employee fails to maintain the department's expectations and/or ethics, and/or the display and/or retention of an award is contrary to the morale of the department and its employees. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Commendations and Awards - 655 Policy 1015 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Fitness for Duty 1015.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE All officers are required to be free from any physical, emotional, or mental condition which might adversely affect the exercise of peace officer powers. The purpose of this policy is to ensure that all officers of this department remain fit for duty and able to perform their job functions (Government Code § 1031). 1015.2 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES (a)It shall be the responsibility of each member of this department to maintain good physical condition sufficient to safely and properly perform essential duties of their position. (b)Each member of this department shall perform his/her respective duties without physical, emotional, and/or mental constraints. (c)During working hours, all employees are required to be alert, attentive, and capable of performing his/her assigned responsibilities. (d)Any employee who feels unable to perform his/her duties shall promptly notify a supervisor. In the event that an employee believes that another employee is unable to perform his/her duties, such observations and/or belief shall be promptly reported to a supervisor. 1015.3 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES (a)A supervisor observing an employee, or receiving a report of an employee who is perceived to be, unable to safely perform his/her duties due to a physical or mental condition shall take prompt and appropriate action in an effort to resolve the situation. (b)Whenever feasible, the supervisor should attempt to ascertain the reason or source of the problem and in all cases a preliminary evaluation should be made in an effort to determine the level of inability of the employee to perform his/her duties. (c)In the event the employee appears to be in need of immediate medical or psychiatric treatment, all reasonable efforts should be made to provide such care. (d)In conjunction with the Shift Supervisor or employee's available Command Staff member, a determination should be made whether or not the employee should be temporarily relieved from his/her duties. (e)The Director of Public Safety shall be promptly notified in the event that any employee is relieved from duty. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Fitness for Duty - 656 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Fitness for Duty 1015.4 NON-WORK RELATED CONDITIONS Any employee suffering from a non-work related condition which warrants a temporary relief from duty may be required to use sick leave or other paid time off (PTO) in order to obtain medical treatment or other reasonable rest period. 1015.5 WORK RELATED CONDITIONS Any employee suffering from a work related condition which warrants a temporary relief from duty shall be required to comply with personnel rules and guidelines for processing such claims. Upon the recommendation of the Shift Supervisor or unit supervisor and concurrence of a Command Staff member, any employee whose actions or use of force in an official capacity result in death or serious injury to another may be temporarily removed from regularly assigned duties and/or placed on paid administrative leave for the wellbeing of the employee and until such time as the following may be completed: (a)A preliminary determination that the employee's conduct appears to be in compliance with policy and, if appropriate. (b)The employee has had the opportunity to receive necessary counseling and/or psychological clearance to return to full duty. 1015.6 PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL EXAMINATIONS (a)Whenever circumstances reasonably indicate that an employee is unfit for duty, the Director of Public Safety may serve that employee with a written order to undergo a physical and/or psychological examination in cooperation with Department of Human Resources to determine the level of the employee’s fitness for duty. The order shall indicate the date, time and place for the examination. (b)The examining physician or therapist will provide the Department with a report indicating that the employee is either fit for duty or, if not, listing any functional limitations which limit the employee's ability to perform job duties. If the employee places his/her condition at issue in any subsequent or related administrative action/ grievance, the examining physician or therapist may be required to disclose any and all information which is relevant to such proceeding (Civil Code § 56.10(c)(8)). (c)In order to facilitate the examination of any employee, the Department will provide all appropriate documents and available information to assist in the evaluation and/ or treatment. (d)All reports and evaluations submitted by the treating physician or therapist shall be part of the employee’s confidential personnel file. (e)Any employee ordered to receive a fitness for duty examination shall comply with the terms of the order and cooperate fully with the examining physician or therapist regarding any clinical interview, tests administered or other procedures as directed. Any failure to comply with such an order and any failure to cooperate with the Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Fitness for Duty - 657 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Fitness for Duty examining physician or therapist may be deemed insubordination and shall be subject to discipline up to and including termination. (f)Once an employee has been deemed fit for duty by the examining physician or therapist, the employee will be notified to resume his/her duties. 1015.7 APPEALS An employee who is separated from paid employment or receives a reduction in salary resulting from a fitness for duty examination shall be entitled to an administrative appeal as outlined in the Personnel Complaints Policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Fitness for Duty - 658 Policy 1016 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Meal Periods and Breaks 1016.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy regarding meals and breaks, insofar as possible shall conform to the policy governing all City employees that has been established by the City Manager or by the terms of collective bargaining. 1016.1.1 MEAL PERIODS Sworn employees and dispatchers (at minimum staffing) shall remain on duty subject to call during meal breaks. All other employees are not on call during meal breaks unless otherwise directed by Command Staff. Uniformed patrol and traffic officers shall request clearance from the Dispatch Center prior to taking a meal period. Uniformed officers shall take their breaks within the Rohnert Park and Cotati City limits. The time spent for the meal period shall not exceed 30 minutes. Employees who receive a meal per diem (per city rules and regulations) while in training or attending a department sponsored school are not on call during meal breaks for purposes of this policy and are considered off duty, unless otherwise directed by Command Staff. 1016.1.2 15 MINUTE BREAKS Each employee is entitled two 15 minute breaks that have been established by the City Manager or by the terms of collective bargaining. 1016.1.3 PERSONAL BUSINESS Employees in uniform shall not shop extensively or carry large quantities of merchandise unless directly connected with their normal duties or required in the line of duty. 1016.2 CONGREGATING Uniformed employees shall be cognizant of community perceptions anytime two or more officers congregate during work hours, especially during personal breaks. During any authorized break period in public, there shall not be more than two uniformed officers at any one location, with the exception of the following circumstances: •The express permission of a supervisor in furtherance of special department requirements. •The entire crew of one fire apparatus. •Once during a 24-hour fire shift, both fire crews may meet for a meal break at one of the fire stations. •Training teams during regularly scheduled training days. On duty patrol or fire personnel shall not be allowed to join the training teams during their breaks in public. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Meal Periods and Breaks - 659 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Meal Periods and Breaks •The provisions of this policy shall apply to all uniformed Public Safety employees with the exception of Records Bureau personnel. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Meal Periods and Breaks - 660 Policy 1017 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Lactation Break Policy 1017.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide reasonable accommodations to members desiring to express breast milk for the member's infant child (Labor Code § 1034). 1017.2 POLICY It is the policy of this department to provide, in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act, reasonable break time and appropriate facilities to accommodate any member desiring to express breast milk for the member's nursing infant child (29 USC § 218d; Labor Code § 1030). 1017.3 LACTATION BREAK TIME A rest period should be permitted each time the member has the need to express breast milk (29 USC § 218d; Labor Code § 1030). In general, lactation breaks that cumulatively total 30 minutes or less during any four-hour work period or major portion of a four-hour work period would be considered reasonable. However, individual circumstances may require more or less time. Such breaks, if feasible, should be taken at the same time as the member's regularly scheduled rest or meal periods. While a reasonable effort will be made to provide additional time beyond authorized breaks, any such time exceeding regularly scheduled and paid break time will be unpaid (Labor Code § 1030). Members desiring to take a lactation break shall notify the Dispatch Center or a supervisor prior to taking such a break. Such breaks may be reasonably delayed if they would seriously disrupt department operations (Labor Code § 1032). Once a lactation break has been approved, the break should not be interrupted except for emergency or exigent circumstances. 1017.4 PRIVATE LOCATION The Department will make reasonable efforts to accommodate members with the use of an appropriate room or other location to express milk in private. Such room or place should be in close proximity to the member's work area and shall be other than a bathroom or toilet stall. The location must be shielded from view and free from intrusion from co-workers and the public (29 USC § 218d; Labor Code § 1031). Members occupying such private areas shall either secure the door or otherwise make it clear to others that the area is occupied with a need for privacy. All other members should avoid interrupting a member during an authorized break, except to announce an emergency or other urgent circumstance. Authorized lactation breaks for members assigned to the field may be taken at the nearest appropriate private area. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Lactation Break Policy - 661 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Lactation Break Policy 1017.5 STORAGE OF EXPRESSED MILK Any member storing expressed milk in any authorized refrigerated area within the Department shall clearly label it as such and shall remove it when the member ends her shift. 1017.5.1 STATE REQUIREMENTS Members have the right to request lactation accommodations. If a break time or location accommodation cannot be provided, the supervisor shall provide the member with a written response regarding the reasons for the determination (Labor Code § 1034). Lactation rooms or other locations should comply with the prescribed feature and access requirements of Labor Code § 1031. Members who believe that their rights have been violated under this policy or have been the subject of discrimination or retaliation for exercising or attempting to exercise their rights under this policy, are encouraged to follow the chain of command in reporting a violation, but may also file a complaint directly with the Labor Commissioner (Labor Code § 1033). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Lactation Break Policy - 662 Policy 1018 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Payroll Records 1018.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy provides the guidelines for completing and submitting payroll records of department members who are eligible for the payment of wages. 1018.1.1 RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLETION OF TIMESHEETS Employees are responsible for the accurate and timely submission of timesheets for the payment of wages. All timesheets are submitted electronically using the online timesheet system. Time related documents (overtime, time off requests, etc.), are submitted electronically. 1018.1.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR APPROVAL OF TIMESHEETS All timesheets will be submitted by employees and approved by supervisors by the end of the last day of the pay period. In the event an employee's supervisor is unavailable, the timesheet will be approved by another supervisor, acting sergeant, or the next supervisor in the chain of command. The Support Services Manager and the Operations Lieutenants are responsible for ensuring timesheets are completed and approved by the specified due date. Any adjustments to previously submitted timesheets (overtime, court, etc.), shall be submitted, reviewed and approved by a supervisor. 1018.1.3 TIME REQUIREMENTS Supervisors shall review, modify as necessary, and approve all timesheets by the end of their regular workweek.Employees submitting timesheets after the specified due date may experience delayed payment and/or be subject to disciplinary action. All completed timesheets are considered to be submitted to Payroll by 1700hours on Tuesday. 1018.1.4 MODIFICATIONS No employee shall make any changes to a timesheet after the supervisor has approved it, without permission from a supervisor of equal or higher rank. Employees may review changes within the system. 1018.2 RECORDS The Human Resources Department shall ensure that accurate and timely payroll records are maintained as required by 29 CFR 516.2 for a minimum of three years (29 CFR 516.5). Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Payroll Records - 663 Policy 1019 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Overtime Compensation Requests 1019.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE It is the policy of the Department to compensate employees who work authorized overtime as agreed through the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU). In order to be compensated the employee must accurately document the overtime worked on their timesheet. 1019.1.1 DEPARTMENT POLICY Because of the nature of public safety work, and the specific needs of the Department, a degree of flexibility concerning overtime policies must be maintained. Non-exempt employees are not authorized to volunteer work time to the Department. All requests to work overtime shall be approved in advance by a supervisor. If circumstances do not permit prior approval, then approval shall be sought as soon as practical during the overtime shift. Short periods of work at the end of the normal duty day (e.g., less than one hour in duration) may, at the request of the employee, be handled informally between the supervisor and the employee. The adjustment must be made within the same work week by flexing a subsequent shift to compensate for the time worked rather than by submitting requests for overtime payments. The actual time will be documented in the notes of the Base Pay line on the timesheet. The request must come from the employee, the supervisor must approve, and no overtime is requested. The individual employee may request compensatory time in lieu of receiving overtime payment pursuant to the MOU. 1019.2 REQUEST FOR OVERTIME COMPENSATION Employees shall document all overtime payment requests on their timesheets and submit to the appropriate supervisor for verification and approval. Failure to submit a request for overtime payment in a timely manner may result in a delay of compensation. 1019.2.1 EMPLOYEES RESPONSIBILITY Employees shall complete the overtime entry on their timesheet immediately after working the overtime and turn them into their immediate supervisor or the on-duty Shift Supervisor, for approval. On-call compensation shall be documented on the timesheet and approved for the week it is earned. 1019.2.2 SUPERVISORS RESPONSIBILITY The supervisor who verifies the overtime earned shall verify that the overtime was worked before approving the request. After the entry has been made on the employee's time card, the overtime payment request form is forwarded to the employee's Deputy Chief for final approval. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Overtime Compensation Requests - 664 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Overtime Compensation Requests 1019.2.3 DEPUTY CHIEFS RESPONSIBILITY Deputy Chiefs, after approving payment, will then forward the form to the Director of Public Safety for review. 1019.3 ACCOUNTING FOR OVERTIME WORKED Employees are to record the actual time worked in an overtime status. In some cases, the Memorandum of Understanding provides that a minimum number of hours will be paid, (e.g., two hours for Court, four hours for outside overtime). The supervisor will enter the actual time worked. 1019.3.1 ACCOUNTING FOR PORTIONS OF AN HOUR When accounting for less than a full hour, time worked shall be rounded up to the nearest quarter of an hour as indicated by the following chart: TIME WORKED INDICATE ON CARD 1 to 15 minutes .25 hour 16 to 30 minutes .50 hour 31 to 45 minutes .75 hour 46 to 60 minutes 1 hour 1019.3.2 VARIATION IN TIME REPORTED Where two or more employees are assigned to the same activity, case, or court trial and the amount of time for which payment is requested varies from that reported by the other officer, the Shift Supervisor or other approving supervisor may require each employee to include the reason for the variation on the back of the overtime payment request. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Overtime Compensation Requests - 665 Policy 1020 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Outside Employment 1020.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE In order to avoid actual or perceived conflicts of interest for departmental employees engaging in outside employment, all employees shall obtain written approval from the Director of Public Safety prior to engaging in any outside employment. Approval of outside employment shall be at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety in accordance with the provisions of this policy. 1020.1.1 DEFINITIONS Outside Employment - Any member of this department who receives wages, compensation or other consideration of value from another employer, organization or individual not affiliated directly with this department for services, product(s) or benefits rendered. For purposes of this section, the definition of outside employment includes those employees who are self-employed and not affiliated directly with this department for services, product(s) or benefits rendered. 1020.2 OBTAINING APPROVAL No member of this department may engage in any outside employment without first obtaining prior written approval of the Director of Public Safety. Failure to obtain prior written approval for outside employment or engaging in outside employment prohibited by this policy may lead to disciplinary action. In order to obtain approval for outside employment, the employee must complete an Outside Employment Application (located on the Department's network share under Forms) which shall be submitted to the employee's immediate supervisor. The application will then be forwarded through channels to the Director of Public Safety for consideration. If approved, the employee will be provided with a copy of the approved permit. Unless otherwise indicated in writing on the approved permit, a permit will be valid through the end of the calendar year in which the permit is approved. Any employee seeking to renew a permit shall submit a new Outside Employment Application in a timely manner. Any employee seeking approval of outside employment, whose request has been denied, shall be provided with a written reason for the denial of the application at the time of the denial (Penal Code § 70(e)(3)). 1020.2.1 APPEAL OF DENIAL OF OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT If an employee's Outside Employment Application is denied or withdrawn by the Department, the employee may file a written notice of appeal to the Director of Public Safety within ten days of the date of denial. 1020.2.2 REVOCATION/SUSPENSION OF OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT PERMITS Any outside employment permit may be revoked or suspended under the following circumstances: (a)Should an employee's performance at this department decline to a point where it is evaluated by a supervisor as needing improvement to reach an overall level of Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Outside Employment - 666 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Outside Employment competency, the Director of Public Safety may, at his or her discretion, revoke any previously approved outside employment permit(s). That revocation will stand until the employee's performance has been reestablished at a satisfactory level and his/her supervisor recommends reinstatement of the outside employment permit (b)Suspension or revocation of a previously approved outside employment permit may be included as a term or condition of sustained discipline (c)If, at any time during the term of a valid outside employment permit, an employee’s conduct or outside employment conflicts with the provisions of department policy, the permit may be suspended or revoked (d)When an employee is unable to perform at a full duty capacity due to an injury or other condition, any previously approved outside employment permit may be subject to similar restrictions as those applicable to the employee's full time duties until the employee has returned to a full duty status 1020.3 PROHIBITED OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT Consistent with the provisions of Government Code § 1126, the Department expressly reserves the right to deny any Outside Employment Application submitted by an employee seeking to engage in any activity which: (a)Involves the employee’s use of departmental time, facilities, equipment or supplies, the use of the Department badge, uniform, prestige or influence for private gain or advantage (b)Involves the employee’s receipt or acceptance of any money or other consideration from anyone other than this department for the performance of an act which the employee, if not performing such act, would be required or expected to render in the regular course or hours of employment or as a part of the employee’s duties as a member of this department (c)Involves the performance of an act in other than the employee’s capacity as a member of this department that may later be subject directly or indirectly to the control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement of any other employee of this department (d)Involves time demands that would render performance of the employee’s duties for this department less efficient 1020.3.1 OUTSIDE SECURITY AND PEACE OFFICER EMPLOYMENT Consistent with the provisions of Penal Code § 70, and because it would further create a potential conflict of interest, no member of this department may engage in any outside or secondary employment as a private security guard, private investigator or other similar private security position. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Outside Employment - 667 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Outside Employment 1020.4 DEPARTMENT RESOURCES Employees are prohibited from using any department equipment or resources in the course of or for the benefit of any outside employment. This shall include the prohibition of access to official records or databases of this department or other agencies through the use of the employee’s position with this department. 1020.4.1 REVIEW OF FINANCIAL RECORDS Employees approved for outside employment expressly agree that their personal financial records may be requested and reviewed/audited for potential conflict of interest pursuant to Government Code § 3308. Prior to providing written approval for an outside employment position, the Department may request that an officer provide his or her personal financial records for review/ audit in order to determine whether a conflict of interest exists. Failure of the employee to provide the requested personal financial records could result in denial of the off-duty work permit. If, after approving a request for an outside employment position, the Department becomes concerned that a conflict of interest exists based on a financial reason, the Department may request that the employee provide his or her personal financial records for review/audit. If the employee elects not to provide the requested records, his or her off-duty work permit may be revoked pursuant to Policy Manual § 1040.2.2(c). 1020.5 CHANGES IN OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT STATUS If an employee terminates his or her outside employment during the period of a valid permit, the employee shall promptly submit written notification of such termination to the Director of Public Safety through channels. Any subsequent request for renewal or continued outside employment must thereafter be processed and approved through normal procedures set forth in this policy. Employees shall also promptly submit in writing to the Director of Public Safety any material changes in outside employment including any change in the number of hours, type of duties, or demands of any approved outside employment. Employees who are uncertain whether a change in outside employment is material are advised to report the change. 1020.6 OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT WHILE ON DISABILITY Department members engaged in outside employment who are placed on disability leave or modified/light-duty shall inform their immediate supervisor in writing within five days whether or not they intend to continue to engage in such outside employment while on such leave or light- duty status. The immediate supervisor shall review the duties of the outside employment along with any related doctor’s orders, and make a recommendation to the Director of Public Safety whether such outside employment should continue. In the event the Director of Public Safety determines that the outside employment should be discontinued or if the employee fails to promptly notify his/her supervisor of his/her intentions regarding their work permit, a notice of revocation of the member's permit will be forwarded to the involved employee, and a copy attached to the original work permit. Criteria for revoking the outside employment permit include, but are not limited to, the following: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Outside Employment - 668 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Outside Employment (a)The outside employment is medically detrimental to the total recovery of the disabled member, as indicated by the City's professional medical advisors. (b)The outside employment performed requires the same or similar physical ability, as would be required of an on-duty member. (c)The employee’s failure to make timely notice of their intentions to their supervisor. When the disabled member returns to full duty with the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, a request (in writing) may be made to the Director of Public Safety to restore the permit. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Outside Employment - 669 Policy 1021 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Occupational Disease and Work-Related Injury Reporting 1021.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance regarding the timely reporting of occupational diseases, mental health issues, and work-related injuries. 1021.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Occupational disease or work-related injury - An injury, disease, or mental health issue arising out of employment (Labor Code § 3208; Labor Code § 3208.3; Labor Code § 3212 et seq.). 1021.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will address occupational diseases and work- related injuries appropriately, and will comply with applicable state workers’ compensation requirements (Labor Code § 3200 et seq.). 1021.3 RESPONSIBILITIES 1021.3.1 MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Any member sustaining any occupational disease or work-related injury shall report such event as soon as practicable, but within 24 hours, to a supervisor, and shall seek medical care when appropriate (8 CCR 14300.35). 1021.3.2 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES A supervisor learning of any occupational disease or work-related injury should ensure the member receives medical care as appropriate. Supervisors shall ensure that required documents regarding workers’ compensation are completed and forwarded promptly. Any related Citywide disease- or injury-reporting protocol shall also be followed. Supervisors shall determine whether the Major Incident Notification and Illness and Injury Prevention policies apply and take additional action as required. 1021.3.3 DEPUTY CHIEF RESPONSIBILITIES The Deputy Chief who receives a report of an occupational disease or work-related injury should review the report for accuracy and determine what additional action should be taken. The report shall then be forwarded to the Director of Public Safety, the City’s risk management entity, and the Administration Deputy Chief to ensure any required Division of Occupational Health and Safety Administration (Cal/OSHA) reporting is made as required in the illness and injury prevention plan identified in the Illness and Injury Prevention Policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Occupational Disease and Work-Related Injury Reporting - 670 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Occupational Disease and Work-Related Injury Reporting 1021.3.4 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES The Director of Public Safety shall review and forward copies of the report to the Department of Human Resources. Copies of the report and related documents retained by the Department shall be filed in the member’s confidential medical file. 1021.4 OTHER DISEASE OR INJURY Diseases and injuries caused or occurring on-duty that do not qualify for workers’ compensation reporting shall be documented on the designated report of injury form, which shall be signed by a supervisor. A copy of the completed form shall be forwarded to the appropriate Deputy Chief through the chain of command and a copy sent to the Administration Deputy Chief. Unless the injury is extremely minor, this report shall be signed by the affected member, indicating that he/she desired no medical attention at the time of the report. By signing, the member does not preclude his/her ability to later seek medical attention. 1021.5 SETTLEMENT OFFERS When a member sustains an occupational disease or work-related injury that is caused by another person and is subsequently contacted by that person, his/her agent, insurance company or attorney and offered a settlement, the member shall take no action other than to submit a written report of this contact to his/her supervisor as soon as possible. 1021.5.1 NO SETTLEMENT WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL No less than 10 days prior to accepting and finalizing the settlement of any third-party claim arising out of or related to an occupational disease or work-related injury, the member shall provide the Director of Public Safety with written notice of the proposed terms of such settlement. In no case shall the member accept a settlement without first providing written notice to the Director of Public Safety. The purpose of such notice is to permit the City to determine whether the offered settlement will affect any claim the City may have regarding payment for damage to equipment or reimbursement for wages against the person who caused the disease or injury, and to protect the City's right of subrogation, while ensuring that the member's right to receive compensation is not affected. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Occupational Disease and Work-Related Injury Reporting - 671 Policy 1022 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Appearance Standards 1022.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE In order to project uniformity and neutrality toward the public and other members of the department, employees shall maintain their personal hygiene and appearance to project a professional image appropriate for this department and for their assignment. 1022.2 GROOMING STANDARDS Unless otherwise stated and because deviations from these standards could present officer safety issues, the following appearance standards shall apply to all employees, except those whose current assignment would deem them not appropriate, and where the Director of Public Safety has granted exception. 1022.2.1 HAIR Hairstyles of all members shall be neat in appearance. Total hair length for field personnel must be no longer than the horizontal level of the bottom of the uniform patch when the employee is assuming a normal stance. In no instance shall the bulk or length interfere with proper fit of any authorized headgear or SCBA. Hair in the front shall not exceed the eyebrows. Hair clips, barrettes, and ornaments shall be plain and unobtrusive, and match the uniform. 1022.2.2 MUSTACHES A short and neatly trimmed mustache may be worn. Mustaches shall not extend below the mandible line of the lower jaw or beyond the natural hairline of the upper lip, and shall not exceed a width of one-half (1/2) inch to the side from the corner of the mouth. Mustaches must meet SCBA fit testing requirements and remain within those requirements at all times. 1022.2.3 SIDEBURNS Sideburns shall not extend below the bottom of the ear opening and shall be trimmed and neat. 1022.2.4 FACIAL HAIR Facial hair other than sideburns, mustaches and eyebrows shall not be worn, unless authorized by the Director of Public Safety or his or her designee. 1022.2.5 FINGERNAILS Fingernails extending beyond the tip of the finger can pose a safety hazard to officers or others. For this reason, the fingernails of uniformed personnel shall be trimmed so that no point of the nail extends beyond the tip of the finger. 1022.2.6 JEWELRY For the purpose of this policy, jewelry refers to rings, earrings, necklaces, bracelets, wristwatches, and tie tacks or tie bars. Jewelry shall present a professional image and may not create a safety concern for the department member or others. Jewelry that depicts racial, sexual, discriminatory, gang-related, or obscene language is not allowed. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Appearance Standards - 672 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Appearance Standards (a)Necklaces shall not be visible above the shirt collar. (b)Earrings shall be small and worn only in or on the earlobe. (c)One ring or ring set may be worn on each hand of the department member. No rings should be of the type that would cut or pose an unreasonable safety risk to the member or others during a physical altercation, if the member is assigned to a position where that may occur. (d)One small bracelet, including a bracelet identifying a medical condition, may be worn on one arm. (e)Wristwatches shall be conservative and present a professional image. (f)Tie tacks or tie bars worn with civilian attire shall be conservative and present a professional image. 1022.3 TATTOOS At no time while on duty or representing the Department in any official capacity, shall any offensive tattoo or body art be visible (examples of offensive tattoos would include, but not be limited to those which depict racial, sexual, discriminatory, gang related, or obscene language). No employee shall have visible tattoos that bring discredit, undermine the values of, or reflect poorly on the city or department; display contempt for the United States, the rule of law, or advocating the commission of a crime, or supporting those who commit crimes; images depicting the Department patch, badge, or insignia directly associated with the department. The design and location of any visible tattoo that cannot be covered by standard department uniforms must have prior approval by the Director of Public Safety before being visible while on duty or representing the Department in any official capacity. The approval of said tattoo(s) is at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety. Facial tattoos are prohibited with the exception of permanent cosmetic tattooing. 1022.4 BODY PIERCING OR ALTERATION Body piercing or alteration to any area of the body visible in any authorized uniform or attire that is a deviation from normal anatomical features and which is not medically required is prohibited. Such body alteration includes, but is not limited to: (a)Tongue splitting (b)The complete or transdermal implantation of any material other than hair replacement (c)Modifying the shape of the ears, eyes, nose, or teeth (d) 1022.5 EXEMPTIONS Members who seek cultural (e.g., culturally protected hairstyles) or other exemptions to this policy that are protected by law should generally be accommodated (Government Code § 12926). A member with an exemption may be ineligible for an assignment if the individual accommodation Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Appearance Standards - 673 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Personal Appearance Standards presents a security or safety risk. The Director of Public Safety should be advised any time a request for such an accommodation is denied or when a member with a cultural or other exemption is denied an assignment based on a safety or security risk. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Personal Appearance Standards - 674 Policy 1023 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations 1023.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The uniform policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is established to ensure that uniformed officers will be readily identifiable to the public through the proper use and wearing of department uniforms. Employees should also refer to the following associated Policy Manual sections: Section 700 - Department Owned and Personal Property Section 1024 - Body Armor Section 1044 - Grooming Standards The Uniform and Equipment Specifications manual is maintained and periodically updated by the Director of Public Safety or his/her designee (usually in the form of a Uniform Committee). That manual should be consulted regarding authorized equipment and uniform specifications. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will provide uniforms for all employees required to wear them in the manner, quantity and frequency agreed upon in the respective employee group's collective bargaining agreement. 1023.2 WEARING AND CONDITION OF UNIFORM AND EQUIPMENT Public Safety employees wear the uniform to be identified as the law enforcement and fire service authority in society. The uniform also serves an equally important purpose to identify the wearer as a source of assistance in an emergency, crisis or other time of need. (a)Uniform and equipment shall be maintained in a serviceable condition and shall be ready at all times for immediate use. Uniforms shall be neat, clean, and appear professionally pressed. (b)All uniformed personnel of this department shall possess and maintain at all times, a serviceable uniform and the necessary equipment to perform uniformed field duty. (c)Personnel shall wear only the uniform specified for their rank and assignment. (d)The uniform is to be worn in compliance with the specifications set forth in this policy. (e)All supervisors will perform periodic inspections of their personnel to ensure conformance to these regulations. (f)Civilian attire shall not be worn in combination with any distinguishable part of the uniform. (g)Uniforms are only to be worn while on duty, while in transit to or from work, for court, at other official department functions, or events with the authorization of the Director of Public Safety or designee. (h)If the uniform is worn while in transit via a non-department vehicle, an outer garment shall be worn over the uniform shirt so as not to bring attention to the employee while off duty. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 675 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations (i)Employees are not to purchase or drink alcoholic beverages while wearing any part of the department uniform or any logo or design representing the Department of Public Safety. (j)Visible jewelry, other than those items listed below, shall not be worn with the uniform unless specifically authorized by the Director of Public Safety or his designee. 1.Wrist watch 2.Wedding ring(s), class ring, or other ring of tasteful design. A maximum of one ring/set may be worn on each hand 3.Medical alert bracelet 4.Studded earrings 1023.2.1 DEPARTMENT ISSUED IDENTIFICATION The Department issues each employee an official department identification card bearing the employee’s name, identifying information and photo likeness. All employees shall be in possession of their department issued identification card at all times while on duty or when carrying a concealed weapon. (a)Whenever on duty or acting in an official capacity representing the department, employees shall display their department issued identification in a courteous manner to any person upon request and as soon as practical. (b)Officers working specialized assignments may be excused from the possession and display requirements when directed by their Deputy Chief. 1023.3 UNIFORM CLASSES The Policy will outline the uniform classes. The Uniform Manual will specify each uniform class. 1023.3.1 CLASS A UNIFORM The Class A uniform is to be worn on special occasions such as funerals, graduations, ceremonies, or as directed. The Class A uniform is required for all sworn personnel. Shirt and pants must be worn as a matching set of the same brand and material. A. Shirt/Pants: Long sleeve wool or poly blend uniform shirt with navy blue, white or black t-shirt underneath. Matching pants. Brand: Flying Cross Color: LAPD Blue 1.Polyester a. 100% Poly Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 48W66-86 / Female # 204W66-86 b. 100% Poly Pants - Male # 38289-86 / Female # 38200W-86 2. Wool a. 100% Wool Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 20W95-86 / Female # 120W95-86 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 676 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations b. 100% Wool Pants - Male # 32289-86 / Female # 32289W-86 3. Poly/wool blend a. Poly/Wool Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 49W66-86 / Female # 149W66-86 b. Poly/Wool Pants - Male # 47289-86 / Female # 47289W-86 B. Jacket: Ike Jacket (Optional) C. Tie: Black with brass tie bar D. Rank: 1. Epaulets: Command rank on left and right epaulets on Ike Jacket 2. Collar: Fire rank on left and right collar 3. Sleeves: a. 1 Black band – PSO b. 1 Gold band – Sergeant c. 2 Gold bands plus stars – Lieutenant d. 3 Gold bands plus stars – Deputy Chief e. 4 Gold bands plus stars – Director/Chief E. Belt: Black basket weave belt with brass buckle and holster F. Footwear: Boots or shoes with a high polished shine, pointed toes not permitted. Black socks. G. Accessories: 1. Metal badge 2. Name plate 3. Department issued/awards ribbon (maximum 2) or American flag ribbon 4. Specialty pin 5. Rank chevrons 6. Hash marks (Command Staff use stars in lieu of hash marks) 1023.3.2 CLASS B UNIFORM All officers will possess and maintain a serviceable Class B uniform at all times. Shirt and pants must be worn as a matching set of the same brand and material. A. Shirt/Pants: Long sleeve and short sleeve wool or poly blend uniform shirt with navy blue, white or black t-shirt underneath. Matching pants. Brand: Flying Cross Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 677 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations Color: LAPD Blue 1. Polyester a. 100% Poly Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 48W66-86 / Female # 204W66-86 b. 100% Poly Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # 98R66-86 / Female # 254R66-86 c. 100% Poly Pants - Male # 38289-86 / Female # 38200W-86 2. Wool a. 100% Wool Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 20W95-86 / Female # 120W95-86 b. 100% Wool Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # 70R95-86 / Female # 170R95-86 c. 100% Wool Pants - Male # 32289-86/ Female # 32289W-86 3. Poly/wool blend a. Poly/Wool Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 49W66-86 / Female # 149W66-86 b. Poly/Wool Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # 99R84-86 / Female # 199R84-86 c. Poly/Wool Pants - Male # 47289-86 / Female # 47289W-86 B. Jacket: Optional 1. Brand: Blauer 2. Color: Black 3. Model # 9820 Tacshell Jacket C. Belt: Duty belt with appropriate under belt 1. Black basket weave belt with brass buckle or 2. Nylon belt with black buckle and holster (admin duties) D. Footwear: Boots or shoes polished, pointed toes not permitted. Black socks E. Rank: Command or Fire rank on left and right shirt collar F. Gloves (optional): All black with subdued logos G. Undershirt or bike sleeves (optional): All black, fitted (not baggy), no visible logos, end at wrist (no thumb holes) H. Accessories: 1. Metal badge 2. Name plate 3. Department issued/awards ribbon (maximum 2) or American flag ribbon 4. Specialty pin Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 678 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations 5. Rank chevrons 6. Hash marks (Command staff use stars in lieu of hash marks) 1023.3.3 CLASS C UNIFORM The Class C uniform is the daily working uniform in police and fire. Shirt and pants must be worn as a matching set of the same brand and material. I. Police A. Shirt/Pants: Long or short sleeve uniform shirt with navy blue, white or black t-shirt, long sleeve, or mock turtle neck underneath (no logos visible). Matching pants. 1. Flying Cross, LAPD Blue: Polyester a. 100% Poly Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 48W66-86 / Female # 204W66-86 b. 100% Poly Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # 98R66-86 / Female # 254R66-86 c. 100% Poly BDU Pants - Male # 38289-86 / Female # 38200W-86 2. Flying Cross, LAPD Blue: Wool a. 100% Wool Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 20W95-86 / Female # 120W95-86 b. 100% Wool Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # 70R95-86 / Female # 170R95-86 c. 100% Wool Pants - Male # 32289-86 / Female # 32289W-86 3. Flying Cross, LAPD Blue: Polyester/cotton blend a. CrossFX Stat Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # FX7120-86 / Female # FX7120W-86 b. CrossFx Stat Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # FX7100-86 / Female # FX7100W-86 c. CrossFX Stat BDU Pants - Male # FX77300-86 / Female # FX77300W-86 4. 5.11 Stryke, Dark Navy a. Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 72399-724 / Female # 62404-724 b. Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # 71354-724 / Female # 61325-724 c. Pants - Male # 74369-724 / Female # 64386-724 5. 5.11 Stryke PDU, Mid Navy Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 679 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations a. Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 72074-750 / Female # 62010-750 b. Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # 71038-750 / Female # 61018-750 c. Pants - Male # 74427-750 / Female # 64402-750 6. First Tactical, Mid Navy a. Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 111011 / Female # 121011 b. Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # 112001 / Female # 122001 c. Pants - Male # 114011 / Female # 124011 B. Under carrier vest shirt (optional) 1. 5.11 Tactical PDU a. Long Sleeve 511 Taclite PDU Hybrid - Male # 72093-750 / Female # 72074-750 b. Short Sleeve 511 Taclite PDU Hybrid - Male # 71046-750 / Female # 71038-750 2. Flying Cross a. Long Sleeve CrossFX Hybrid - Male # FX7020VS-86 / Female # FX7020VSW-86 b. Short Sleeve CrossFX Hybrid - Male # FX7000VS-86 / Female # FX7000VSW-86 C. Under carrier vest jacket (optional) 1. Flying Cross DutyGuard HT Pullover, Navy Blue, #190449148125 2. First Tactical PRO Duty Pullover, Midnight Navy, #111018 D. Rank: Command or Fire rank on left and right shirt collar E. Jacket (optional) 1. Patrol jacket 2. High visibility liner 3. Rain gear F. Hat: Police baseball hat (optional) or approved Police trucker style hat (optional at employee's expense) G. Belt/Outer carrier vest: 1. Duty belt with appropriate under belt 2. Black basket weave belt with brass buckle or nylon belt with black buckle and holster (admin duties) Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 680 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations 3. Outer carrier vest from approved department vendor H. Footwear: All-black boots or athletic shoes. Sworn personnel must carry approved station boots in their patrol vehicle if not being worn. Black socks if visible. I. Gloves (optional): All black with subdued logos J. Undershirt or bike sleeves (optional): All black, fitted (not baggy), no visible logos, end at wrist (no thumb holes) K. Accessories: 1. Metal badge 2. Name plate 3. Department issued/awards ribbon (maximum 2) or American flag ribbon 4. Specialty pin 5. Hash marks II. Fire A. Standard 1. Shirt: Fire short or long sleeve t-shirt, Fire sweatshirt, or Class C Police shirt 2. Pants: BDU or Class C Police pants 3. Footwear: Station boots (safety toe) or wildland boots 4. Undershirt or bike sleeves (optional): All black, fitted (not baggy), no visible logos, end at wrist (no thumb holes) B. Alternative, paid for by the employee. To be worn only when working in Fire; does not replace yellow pants for fire response. 1. Shirt/Pants: Long or short sleeve uniform shirt with navy blue, white or black t- shirt or long sleeve underneath (no logos visible). Matching pants. a. Flying Cross, LAPD Blue i. Flying Cross Nomex Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # 9820 / Female # 9830 ii. Flying Cross Nomex Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # 9800 / Female # 9810 iii. Flying Cross Nomex Pants - Male # 98200 / Female # 98200W b. Workrite, Midnight Navy i. Workrite Nomex Long Sleeve Shirt - Male # FSC0MN / Female # FSC1MN Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 681 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations ii. Workrite Nomex Short Sleeve Shirt - Male # FSC2MN / Female # FSC3MN iii. Workrite Nomex Pants - Male # FP50MN / Female # FP51MN c. First Tactical, Midnight Navy i. First Tactical Pro-Duty 4-pkt Pan - Male # 114018 / Female # 124018 1023.3.4 TRAINING UNIFORMS The Director of Public Safety has authorized special uniforms to be worn as directed during Departmental training sessions. I.Police A.Shirt: (a)Long or short sleeved t-shirt with RPDPS training logo (b)Dry fit t-shirt with RPDPS training logo B.Jacket: (optional) (a)Patrol jacket (b)Black or high visibility liner (c)Rain gear (d)Department hoodie with RPDPS training logo C.Hat: Police baseball hat (optional) or approved Police trucker style hat (optional at employee's expense) D.Belt: Black basket weave belt with brass buckle or nylon belt with black buckle and holster E.Pants: BDU pants F.Footwear: Boots or shoes (per policy) II.Fire A.Shirt: (a)Fire t-shirt or Fire long sleeve shirt (b)Department issued training t-shirt (c)Long sleeve shirt with Department training logo B.Jacket: (optional) (a)Fire quarter zip sweatshirt (name embroidered) (b)Fire hoodie (c)Department issued Dickies lightweight Fire jacket Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 682 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations (d)Patrol jacket (e)Black or High visibility liner (f)Rain gear C.Hat: Fire baseball hat (optional) or approved Fire trucker style hat (optional at employee's expense) D.Belt: Black basket weave belt with brass buckle or nylon belt with black buckle and holster E.Pants: BDU pants F.Footwear: Station boots (safety toe) or wildland boots III.Training Days - Civilian Clothes A.Civilian clothes may be worn when the Training Division identifies a uniform is not needed to perform the training before the training day. If no notice is given before the training day, then the uniform of the day will automatically revert to the current Police/Fire training uniform. B.All civilian clothes will be clean and free of any rips, tears, holes, and offensive words, pictures, logos, or insignias. C.No shorts, skirts, yoga pants or leggings, sleeveless shirts, open toed shoes, sandals, or Crocs-style shoes will be worn. D.When wearing civilian clothes, all sworn attendees shall have a Patrol uniform and Patrol equipment readily available at any RPDPS station or at their residence within the city limits. E.If attendees elect to wear civilian clothes, any damage to the clothing will not be covered by the employee reimbursement program. IV.Police Academy Trainee A.Shirt: (a)Long sleeve Tact Squad model # 8003 (b)Short Sleeve Tact Squad model # 8013 (c)Color: Light blue B.T-Shirt: (a)SportTech model # ST-340 (b)Color: Navy C.Pants: (a)Dress Trouser Edwards model # 2595-017 (b)Utility BDU 511 Tactical model # 74273-724 D.Sweat Pants: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 683 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations (a)Gildan model # 12100 with pockets (b)Color: Navy 1023.3.5 SPECIALIZED UNIT UNIFORMS The Director of Public Safety has authorized special uniforms to be worn by officers assigned to specialized units. I.Traffic A.Uniform: Class B or Class C B.Helmet C.Shirt: Long or short sleeved wool or poly blend uniform shirt with navy blue, white or black t-shirt, long sleeve, or mock turtle neck underneath (no logos visible) 1.Long or short sleeved wool 2.Long or short sleeved poly blend 3.Long or short sleeved BDU 4.Long or short sleeved 511 PDU Tactical Rapid D.Jacket (optional): 1.Motoport kevlar jacket 2.Patrol jacket 3.High visibility liner 4.Rain gear E.Hat: Police baseball hat (optional) or approved Police trucker style hat (optional at employee's expense) F.Belt: Duty belt (per policy) with appropriate under belt. 1.Black basket weave belt with brass buckle or nylon belt with black buckle and holster (admin duties) 2.Outer carrier vest from approved department vendor G.Pants: 1.Motoport kevlar motorcycle riding pants with gold stripes on legs 2.BDU pants H.Footwear: 1.Black socks if visible 2.Leather riding boots 3.BMW all around motor boots I.Gloves (optional): All black or all tan with subdued logos Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 684 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations J.Accessories: 1.Metal badge 2.Name plate 3.Department issued/awards ribbon (maximum 2) or American flag ribbon 4.Specialty pin 5.Rank chevrons 6.Hash marks II.Administrative/Investigations - Provided by employee A.Shirt: 1.Black or blue RPDPS tactical polo with RPDPS logo (a)Optional: name on right breast plate 2.Business professional, long sleeve button down shirt B.Pants: Business professional slacks C.Belt: Business professional with holster and badge D.Footwear: Business professional 1023.3.6 OTHER UNIFORM GEAR I.Inclement weather gear A.Jacket: (a)Department issued Blauer patrol/rain jacket (a)Metal or cloth badge (b)Name (heat pressed on removable tag) (c)Shoulder patches (d)Rank chevrons (b)Blauer hi-visibility liner (a)Cloth badge (b)POLICE heat pressed above front right pocket and on back of liner (c)Department issued Dickies lightweight fire jacket (d)Department issued high visibility fire rain jacket (c)Department issued Flying Cross patrol/rain jacket (a)Metal or cloth badge (b)Name heat pressed on removable tag (c)Shoulder patches Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 685 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations (d)Rank chevrons (d)Flying Cross jacket liner (optional at employee's expense) (a)For Patrol use (a)Cloth badge (b)Name (c)Shoulder patches (d)Rank chevron (b)For Training/Admin (a)Department logo on chest (b)Name B.Hat: (a)Police or Fire baseball hat (b)Approved Police or Fire trucker style hat (optional at employee's expense) (c)Black beanie with gold "POLICE" or blue beanie with red "FIRE" (optional at employee's expense) C.Pants: Matching Blauer Tacshell rain pants for Department issued jacket (optional at employee's expense) model 9825Z D.Gloves: All black with subdued logos II.Load bearing vest A.Firearm: (a)Firearms are not permitted on the vest. (b)Duty belt holsters and drop holsters are authorized B.Taser: If attached on the vest, taser must be on the weak hand side (same rule as the duty belt) C.Fit: Must be fitted by approved department vendor D.Badge: Metal badge only, no cloth badge E.Outer carrier vest vendor: LPS Tactical •The following list is the minimum standard for ballistic vest and vest carrier. All other add-ons or upgrades are optional at employee's expense: 1.Ballistic vest: (a)6316/26 Level 3A - vest only, standard lining (b)Include back panel extension for CPN (cell phone neck) only if necessary 2.Vest carrier: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 686 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations (a)S-DPS with Air Channeling and two extra mic loops (b)Large radio (c)Double mag with Kydex inserts (d)Utility pouch of size preferred by employee (e)Single handcuff case (f)Laser X26 holster, velcro LH/RH cross/vertical draw, no buckle III.Fire helmet shield A.Required format: (a)Top rocker: "Rohnert Park" in white lettering (b)Middle: "99" in white only, may be raised or sunken (c)Bottom rocker: Last name in white lettering B.Required design: Contrast between the body color and panel lettering (a)Body color: Black (b)Panel color: Red (c)Panel lettering: White (d)Body material: Patent leather or molded leather (e)Stitching: White 1023.3.7 PROFESSIONAL STAFF I.Community Services Officers (CSO) A.Standard 1.Shirt: (a)Long or short sleeved wool, poly blend or BDU in French Blue (b)Navy blue, black or white t-shirt, or long sleeve or mock turtle neck with no logos visible 2.Pants: Matching BDU pants 3.Tie (optional): Black with brass tie bar 4.Jacket (optional) (a)Patrol jacket (b)High visibility liner (c)Rain gear 5.Hat: Police baseball hat (optional) or approved Police trucker style hat (optional at employee's expense) 6.Belt: Duty belt (per policy) with appropriate under belt Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 687 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations (a)Black basket weave belt with brass buckle or nylon belt with black buckle (admin duties) 7.Footwear: All-black boots or athletic shoes. Black socks if visible. 8.Gloves (optional): All black with subdued logos 9.Undershirt or bike sleeves (optional): All black, fitted (not baggy), no visible logos, end at wrist (no thumb holes) 10.Accessories: (a)Metal badge (b)Name plate (c)Department issued/awards ribbon (maximum 2) or American flag ribbon (d)Specialty pin (e)Hash marks B.Alternative: Casual department event 1.Shirt: Black or navy blue polo shirt w/embroidered Department emblem and first initial last name 2.Pants: Black, dark gray, or navy slacks or jeans (unfaded, unripped, undecorated) II.Records/Property A.Standard 1.Shirt: Black or navy blue polo shirt w/embroidered Department emblem and first initial last name (a)Optional black or navy blue short or long sleeved undershirt 2.Pants: Black, dark gray, or navy blue slacks or jeans (unfaded/unripped/ undecorated, full length or crop) 3.Sweater / jacket: (a)Black or navy blue V-neck w/embroidered Department emblem (b)Black or navy blue ½ zip or full zip w/embroidered Department emblem 4.Footwear: Predominantly black business casual or casual, close-toed, pointed toes not permitted; black or navy blue socks if visible B.Alternative 1.Formal department event: Business professional 2.October Breast Cancer Awareness Month (optional): Pink themed RPDPS Fire sweatshirt and t-shirt Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 688 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations III.Dispatch A.Standard: Business casual or casual B.Alternative: Uniformed department event 1.Shirt: Black or navy blue polo shirt w/embroidered Department emblem and first initial last name 2.Pants: Black, dark gray, or navy slacks or jeans (unfaded/unripped/ undecorated, full length or crop) 3.Sweater / jacket: (a)Black or navy blue V-neck w/embroidered Department emblem and first initial last name (b)Black or navy blue ½ zip or full zip w/embroidered Department emblem 4.Footwear: Predominantly black business casual or casual, close-toed, pointed toes not permitted C.Alternative: Formal department event 1.Business professional IV.Administrative Support A.Standard: Business professional or business casual B.Alternative 1: Uniform (a)Shirt: Black or navy blue polo shirt w/embroidered Department emblem and first initial last name (b)Pants: Black, dark gray, or navy slacks or jeans (unfaded/unripped/ undecorated, full length or crop) (c)Sweater / jacket: (a)Black or navy blue V-neck w/embroidered Department emblem and first initial last name (b)Black or navy blue ½ zip or full zip w/embroidered Department emblem (d)Footwear: Predominantly black business casual or casual, close-toed, pointed toes not permitted C.Alternative 2: Formal department event (a)Business professional V.Police Service Aides (PSA) A.Shirt: (a)Long or short sleeved wool, poly blend or BDU in white with department patches Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 689 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations (b)White t-shirt, long sleeve or mock turtle neck with no logos visible B.Tie (optional): Black with brass tie bar C.Jacket (optional): (a)Flying Cross jacket (b)Rain gear D.Belt: Black basket weave belt with brass buckle E.Pants: Matching black pants F.Footwear: Boots or shoes with polishable toe and heel (per policy) (a)Black socks if visible G.Gloves (optional): All black with subdued logos H.Accessories: (a)Metal badge (b)Name plate (c)Department issued/awards ribbon (maximum 2) or American flag ribbon 1023.4 INSIGNIA AND PATCHES Approved items: (a)Shoulder Patches - The authorized shoulder patch supplied by the Department shall be machine stitched to the sleeves of all uniform shirts and jackets, three-quarters of an inch below the shoulder seam of the shirt and be bisected by the crease in the sleeve. (b)Service stripes, stars, etc. - Service stripes and other indicators for length of service may be worn on long sleeved shirts and jackets. They are to be machine stitched onto the uniform. The bottom of the service stripe shall be sewn the width of one and one- half inches above the cuff seam with the rear of the service stripes sewn on the dress of the sleeve. The stripes are to be worn on the left sleeve only. (c)The regulation nameplate shall be worn at all times while in uniform. The nameplate shall display the employee's first initial and last name. The nameplate shall be worn and placed above the right pocket located in the middle, bisected by the pressed shirt seam, with equal distance from both sides of the nameplate to the outer edge of the pocket. (d)When a jacket is worn, the nameplate or an authorized cloth nameplate shall be affixed to the jacket in the same manner as the uniform. (e)Assignment Insignias - Assignment insignias, (MOTORS, FTO, SRO etc.) may be worn as designated by the Director of Public Safety. (f)Flag Pin - A flag pin may be worn, centered above the nameplate. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 690 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations (g)Agency Award Ribbons - Are to be worn centered under the name plate, if two ribbons are to be worn, they will be side by side horizontally, centered under the name plate (max 2 awards). (h)Stork Pin - If an employee delivers a child while on duty, they are authorized to wear a Stork Pin (obtained from SLS) on the right pocket flap. The pin will be centered between the button and inside edge of the pocket flap. The pin can be worn for six months after delivery of the child. (i)City Recognized Event Ribbons - Employees are authorized to wear a ribbon symbolizing a City Council recognized event for the time and duration specified by Council. All ribbons are to be authorized by the Director prior to being worn on the uniform. (j)Badge - The department issued badge, must be worn and visible at all times while in uniform. (k)Rank Insignia - The designated insignia indicating the employee's rank must be worn at all times while in uniform. The Director of Public Safety may authorize exceptions. With the exception of the shoulder patch, rank insignia, hash marks, and badge, all items will be worn on the right side of the uniform shirt. The items will be worn in the following order in reference to the name plate. (a)Name plate (b)American flag pin (above name plate) (c)Specialty assignment pin (above American flag pin) (d)City recognized event pin (above specialty assignment pin) (e)Agency award ribbon (below name plate) (If more than one, side by side below name plate.) (f)Stork (below and to the left of agency award pin) 1023.4.1 MOURNING BADGE At the direction of the Director of Public Safety or designee, uniformed employees may wear a black mourning band across the uniform badge whenever a law enforcement officer or firefighter is killed in the line of duty. The following mourning periods will be observed: (a)An officer of this department - From the time of death until midnight on the 14th day after the death. (b)An officer from this or an adjacent county - From the time of death until midnight on the day of the funeral. (c)Funeral attendee - While attending the funeral of an out of region fallen officer. (d)National Peace Officers Memorial Day or the National Fallen Firefighter Memorial Weekend. (e)As directed by the Director of Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 691 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations 1023.5 CIVILIAN ATTIRE There are assignments within the Department that do not require the wearing of a uniform because recognition and authority are not essential to their function. There are also assignments in which the wearing of civilian attire is necessary. (a)All employees shall wear clothing that fits properly, is clean and free of stains, and not damaged or excessively worn. (b)All administrative, investigative and support personnel who elect to wear civilian clothing to work shall wear button style shirts with a collar, slacks or suits, dresses, or blouses which are moderate in style. (c)The following items shall not be worn on duty: 1.T-shirt alone 2.Open toed sandals or flip-flops 3.Swimsuit, tube tops, or halter-tops 4.Spandex type pants or see-through clothing 5.Distasteful printed slogans, buttons or pins (d)Variations from this order are allowed at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety or designee when the employee's assignment or current task is not conducive to the wearing of such clothing. (e)No item of civilian attire may be worn on duty that would adversely affect the reputation of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or the morale of the employees. 1023.6 POLITICAL ACTIVITIES, ENDORSEMENTS, AND ADVERTISEMENTS Unless specifically authorized by the Director of Public Safety, Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety employees may not wear any part of the uniform, be photographed wearing any part of the uniform, utilize a department badge, patch or other official insignia, or cause to be posted, published, or displayed, the image of another employee, or identify himself/herself as an employee of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to do any of the following (Government Code §§ 3206 and 3302): (a)Endorse, support, oppose, or contradict any political campaign or initiative. (b)Endorse, support, oppose, or contradict any social issue, cause, or religion. (c)Endorse, support, or oppose, any product, service, company or other commercial entity. (d)Appear in any commercial, social, or non-profit publication, or any motion picture, film, video, public broadcast, or any website. 1023.7 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT - MAINTENANCE, AND REPLACEMENT (a)Any of the items listed in the Uniform and Equipment Specifications as optional shall be purchased totally at the expense of the employee. No part of the purchase cost shall be offset by the Department for the cost of providing the Department issued item. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 692 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Uniform Regulations (b)Maintenance of optional items shall be the financial responsibility of the purchasing employee. For example, repairs due to normal wear and tear. (c)Replacement of items listed in this order as optional shall be done as follows: 1.When the item is no longer functional because of normal wear and tear, the employee bears the full cost of replacement. 2.When the item is no longer functional because of damage in the course of the employee's duties, it shall be replaced following the procedures for the replacement of damaged personal property (see the Department Owned and Personal Property Policy). 1023.7.1 RETIREE BADGES The Director of Public Safety may issue identification in the form of a badge, insignia, emblem, device, label, certificate, card or writing that clearly states the person has honorably retired from the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. This identification is separate and distinct from the identification authorized by Penal Code § 25455 and referenced in the Retired Officer CCW Endorsement Policy in this manual. A retiree can be prosecuted for misuse or abuse of a Department Badge (Penal Code § 538d). 1023.8 UNAUTHORIZED UNIFORMS, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety employees may not wear any uniform item, accessory or attachment unless specifically authorized in the Uniform and Equipment Specifications or by the Director of Public Safety or designee. Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety employees may not use or carry any safety item, tool or other piece of equipment unless specifically authorized in the Uniform and Equipment Specifications or by the Director of Public Safety or designee. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Uniform Regulations - 693 Policy 1024 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships 1024.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to ensure equal opportunity and effective employment practices by avoiding actual or perceived favoritism, discrimination or actual or potential conflicts of interest by or between members of this department. These employment practices include: recruiting, testing, hiring, compensation, assignment, use of facilities, access to training opportunities, supervision, performance appraisal, discipline and workplace safety and security. 1024.1.1 DEFINITIONS Business relationship - Serving as an employee, independent contractor, compensated consultant, owner, board member, shareholder, or investor in an outside business, company, partnership, corporation, venture or other transaction, where the Department employee’s annual interest, compensation, investment or obligation is greater than $250. Conflict of interest - Any actual, perceived or potential conflict of interest in which it reasonably appears that a department employee’s action, inaction or decisions are or may be influenced by the employee’s personal or business relationship. Nepotism - The practice of showing favoritism to relatives over others in appointment, employment, promotion or advancement by any public official in a position to influence these personnel decisions. Personal relationship - Includes marriage, cohabitation, dating or any other intimate relationship beyond mere friendship. Public official - A supervisor, officer or employee vested with authority by law, rule or regulation or to whom authority has been delegated. Relative - An employee’s parent, stepparent, spouse, domestic partner, significant other, child (natural, adopted or step), sibling or grandparent. Subordinate - An employee who is subject to the temporary or ongoing direct or indirect authority of a supervisor. Supervisor - An employee who has temporary or ongoing direct or indirect authority over the actions, decisions, evaluation and/or performance of a subordinate employee. 1024.2 RESTRICTED DUTIES AND ASSIGNMENTS The Department will not prohibit all personal or business relationships between employees. However, in order to avoid nepotism or other inappropriate conflicts, the following reasonable restrictions may apply (Government Code § 12940(a)): (a)Employees are prohibited from directly supervising or being directly supervised by any other employee who is a relative or with whom they are involved in a personal or business relationship. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships - 694 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships 1.If circumstances require that such a supervisor/subordinate relationship exist temporarily, the supervisor shall make every reasonable effort to defer matters pertaining to the involved employee to an uninvolved supervisor. 2.When personnel and circumstances permit, the Department will attempt to make every reasonable effort to avoid placing employees in such supervisor/ subordinate situations. The Department, however, reserves the right to transfer or reassign any employee to another position within the same classification in order to avoid conflicts with any provision of this policy. (b)Employees may be prohibited from participating in, contributing to or recommending promotions, assignments, performance evaluations, transfers or other personnel decisions affecting an employee who is a relative or with whom they are involved in a personal or business relationship. (c)Whenever possible, FTOs and CTOs will not be assigned to train relatives. FTOs and CTOs are prohibited from entering into or maintaining personal or business relationships with any employee they are assigned to train until such time as the training has been successfully completed and the employee is off probation. (d)To avoid actual or perceived conflicts of interest, members of this department shall refrain from developing or maintaining personal or financial relationships with victims, witnesses or other individuals during the course of or as a direct result of any official contact. (e)Except as required in the performance of official duties or, in the case of immediate relatives, employees shall not develop or maintain personal or financial relationships with any individual they know or reasonably should know is under criminal investigation, is a convicted felon, parolee, fugitive or registered sex offender or who engages in serious violations of state or federal laws. 1024.2.1 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITY Prior to entering into any personal or business relationship or other circumstance which the employee knows or reasonably should know could create a conflict of interest or other violation of this policy, the employee shall promptly notify his/her uninvolved, next highest level of supervisor. Whenever any employee is placed in circumstances that would require the employee to take enforcement action or provide official information or services to any relative or individual with whom the employee is involved in a personal or business relationship, the employee shall promptly notify his/her uninvolved, immediate supervisor. In the event that no uninvolved supervisor is immediately available, the employee shall promptly notify dispatch to have another uninvolved employee either relieve the involved employee or minimally remain present to witness the action. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships - 695 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships 1024.2.2 SUPERVISOR'S RESPONSIBILITY Upon being notified of, or otherwise becoming aware of any circumstance that could result in or constitute an actual or potential violation of this policy, a supervisor shall take all reasonable steps to promptly mitigate or avoid such violations whenever possible. Supervisors shall also promptly notify the Director of Public Safety of such actual or potential violations through the chain of command. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Nepotism and Conflicting Relationships - 696 Policy 1025 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Badges 1025.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety badge and uniform patch as well as the likeness of these items and the name of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety are property of the Department and their use shall be restricted as set forth in this policy. 1025.2 POLICY The uniform badge shall be issued to department members as a symbol of authority and the use and display of departmental badges shall be in strict compliance with this policy. Only authorized badges issued by this department shall be displayed, carried or worn by members while on duty or otherwise acting in an official or authorized capacity. 1025.2.1 FLAT BADGE Employees, with the approval of the Director of Public Safety, or designee, may purchase through the department, at his/her own expense, a flat badge capable of being carried in a wallet, an authorized commemorative badge, or retiree badge. Any purchased badges shall be considered the property of the Department of Public Safety. The use of any badge is subject to all the same provisions of departmental policy as the issued uniform badge. (a)An employee may sell, exchange, or transfer the badge he/she purchased to another employee within the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety with the approval of the Director of Public Safety or designee. (b)Should the badge become lost, damaged, or otherwise removed from the employee's control, he/she shall make the proper notifications as outlined in the Policy Manual 700. (c)An honorably retired employee may purchase a retiree badge upon retirement. (d)An employee who leaves the agency in good standing may keep his/her purchased badge with the approval of the Director of Public Safety, or designee. (e)An employee who separates from the agency in less than honorable circumstances shall return all acquired department badges. The employee will not be reimbursed for any badge purchased at his/her own expense. (f)The carrying or display of a flat badge is not authorized for non-sworn personnel. 1025.2.2 NON-SWORN PERSONNEL Badges and departmental identification cards issued to non-sworn personnel shall be clearly marked to reflect the position of the assigned employee (e.g. Parking Control, Dispatcher). (a)Non-sworn personnel shall not display any department badge except as a part of his/her uniform and while on duty, or otherwise acting in an official and authorized capacity. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Badges - 697 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Badges (b)Non-sworn personnel shall not display any department badge or represent him/herself, on or off duty, in such a manner which would cause a reasonable person to believe that he/she is a sworn peace officer. 1025.2.3 UNIFORM BADGE Upon honorable retirement, employees may retain their assigned duty badge for display purposes, upon approval from the Director of Public Safety. Upon honorable separation (eligible for rehire) and a minimum of five years of full-time employment in a sworn position, or at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety, employees may retain their assigned duty badge for display purposes. Upon honorable separation with a minimum of two years of full-time employment in a sworn position, or at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety, employees may purchase their assigned duty badge for display purposes. The employee must submit a written request to the Director of Public Safety prior to their last day of employment for approval. It is intended that the duty badge be used only as private memorabilia as other uses of the badge may be unlawful or in violation of this policy. 1025.3 UNAUTHORIZED USE Except as required for on-duty use by current employees, no badge designed for carry or display in a wallet, badge case or similar holder shall be issued to anyone other than a current or honorably retired peace officer. Department badges are issued to all sworn employees and non-sworn uniformed employees for official use only. The department badge, shoulder patch or the likeness thereof, or the department name shall not be used for personal or private reasons including, but not limited to, letters, memoranda, and electronic communications such as electronic mail or web sites and web pages. The use of the badge, uniform patch and department name for all material (printed matter, products or other items) developed for department use shall be subject to approval by the Director of Public Safety. Employees shall not loan his/her department badge or identification card to others and shall not permit the badge or identification card to be reproduced or duplicated. 1025.4 PERMITTED USE BY EMPLOYEE GROUPS The likeness of the department badge shall not be used without the expressed authorization of the Director of Public Safety, or designee, and shall be subject to the following: (a)The employee associations may use the likeness of the department badge for merchandise and official association business provided they are used in a clear representation of the association and not the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. The following modifications shall be included: 1.The text on the upper and lower ribbons is replaced with the name of the employee association. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Badges - 698 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Department Badges 2.The badge number portion displays the acronym of the employee association. (b)The likeness of the department badge for endorsement of political candidates shall not be used without the expressed approval of the Director of Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Department Badges - 699 Policy 1026 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Modified-Duty Assignments 1026.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy establishes procedures for providing temporary modified-duty assignments. This policy is not intended to affect the rights or benefits of employees under federal or state law, City rules, current memorandums of understanding or collective bargaining agreements. For example, nothing in this policy affects the obligation of the Department to engage in a good faith, interactive process to consider reasonable accommodations for any employee with a temporary or permanent disability that is protected under federal or state law. 1026.2 POLICY Subject to operational considerations, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety may identify temporary modified-duty assignments for employees who have an injury or medical condition resulting in temporary work limitations or restrictions. A temporary assignment allows the employee to work, while providing the Department with a productive employee during the temporary period. 1026.3 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS Priority consideration for temporary modified-duty assignments will be given to employees with work-related injuries or illnesses that are temporary in nature. Employees having disabilities covered under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Government Code § 12940 et seq.) shall be treated equally, without regard to any preference for a work-related injury. No position in the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety shall be created or maintained as a temporary modified-duty assignment. Temporary modified-duty assignments are a management prerogative and not an employee right. The availability of temporary modified-duty assignments will be determined on a case-by- case basis, consistent with the operational needs of the Department. Temporary modified-duty assignments are subject to continuous reassessment, with consideration given to operational needs and the employee’s ability to perform in a modified-duty assignment. The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee may restrict employees working in temporary modified-duty assignments from wearing a uniform, displaying a badge, carrying a firearm, operating an emergency vehicle, engaging in outside employment, or being otherwise limited in employing their peace officer powers. Temporary modified-duty assignments shall generally not exceed a cumulative total of 1,040 hours in any one-year period. 1026.4 PROCEDURE The Department of Public Safety provides the opportunity to be considered for modified duty based on a signed statement from a health care provider describing their restrictions, limitations and expected duration. The employee will provide their supervisor with the statement. The Supervisor Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Modified-Duty Assignments - 700 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Modified-Duty Assignments in turn will send the statement to Human Resources via the chain of command. The statement must indicate if the employee requires any workplace accommodations, mobility aids or medical devices. The Director of Public Safety or his/her designee will determine what modified-duty assignments may be available based on the needs of the Department, limitations of the employee and suitability of the employee to work a particular assignment. The employee and his/her supervisors will be notified of the adjusted schedule, assignment, and restrictions as determined by the employee's health care provider. 1026.4.1 MODIFIED-DUTY SCHEDULES The schedules of employees assigned to modified duty may be adjusted to suit medical appointments or Department needs at the discretion of the Director of Public Safety or his/her designee. 1026.4.2 ACCOUNTABILITY The employee's supervisor shall coordinate efforts to ensure proper time accountability. (a)Employees on modified duty are responsible for coordinating required doctor visits and physical therapy appointments in advance with their supervisor to appropriately account for any duty time taken. Doctor visits and appointments for treatment of injuries or illnesses that are not work related shall be arranged during off-duty time or otherwise charged to the employee's sick leave. (b)Employees shall promptly submit a status report for each visit to their treating health care provider and shall immediately notify their supervisor of any change in restrictions or limitations as determined by their health care provider. An employee assigned to a modified-duty assignment shall provide a duty status report to their supervisor following their most recent medical appointment. (c)Supervisors shall keep their Command Staff member apprised of the employee's status and ability to perform the modified-duty assignment. The Command Staff member shall notify the Director of Public Safety or his/her designee on the status of any extended modified-duty assignments with an update of the employee's current status and anticipated date of return to regular duty. Extensions require approval of the Director of Public Safety. (d)When it is determined that an employee on modified duty will return to regular duty, the supervisor shall notify Command Staff. All training and certification necessary for return to duty shall be reviewed and updated as necessary. 1026.4.3 MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS The Department reserves the right to require, prior to returning to full-duty status, a fitness-for- duty examination of any employee assigned to a modified-duty assignment or of any employee having been on such assignment. Such examinations shall be at the expense of the Department. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Modified-Duty Assignments - 701 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Temporary Modified-Duty Assignments Prior to returning to full-duty status, employees shall be required to provide a statement signed by their health care provider indicating that they are medically cleared to perform the basic and essential job functions of their assignment without restriction or limitation. 1026.5 MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS Prior to returning to full-duty status, employees shall be required to provide certification from their treating medical professionals stating that they are medically cleared to perform the essential functions of their jobs without restrictions or limitations. The Department may require a fitness-for-duty examination prior to returning an employee to full- duty status, in accordance with the Fitness for Duty Policy. 1026.6 PREGNANCY If an employee is temporarily unable to perform regular duties due to a pregnancy, childbirth, or a related medical condition, the employee will be treated the same as any other temporarily disabled employee (42 USC § 2000e(k)). A pregnant employee shall not be involuntarily transferred to a temporary modified-duty assignment. Nothing in this policy limits a pregnant employee’s right to a temporary modified-duty assignment if required under Government Code § 12945. 1026.6.1 NOTIFICATION Pregnant employees should notify their immediate supervisors as soon as practicable and provide a statement from their medical providers identifying any pregnancy-related job restrictions or limitations. If at any point during the pregnancy it becomes necessary for the employee to take a leave of absence, such leave shall be granted in accordance with the City’s personnel rules and regulations regarding family and medical care leave. 1026.7 PROBATIONARY EMPLOYEES Probationary employees who are assigned to a temporary modified-duty assignment shall have their probation extended by a period of time equal to their assignment to temporary modified duty. 1026.8 MAINTENANCE OF CERTIFICATION AND TRAINING Employees assigned to temporary modified duty shall maintain all certification, training and qualifications appropriate to both their regular and temporary duties, provided that the certification, training or qualifications are not in conflict with any medical limitations or restrictions. Employees who are assigned to temporary modified duty shall inform their supervisors of any inability to maintain any certification, training or qualifications. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Temporary Modified-Duty Assignments - 702 Policy 1027 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Social Media 1027.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines to department employees and volunteers regarding appropriate speech and expression for personal and department sponsored social networking websites, web pages, and other electronically transmitted or hard copied material. Nothing in this policy is intended to prohibit or infringe upon any communication, speech, or expression by employees that is protected or privileged under law. This policy is intended as a supplement to the City of Rohnert Park Social Media Policy to address issues unique to the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and its employees. 1027.2 DEFINITIONS (a)Social Media - A category of internet-based resources that integrates user-generated content and user participation. This includes, but is not limited to, social networking sites (Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat, MySpace, LinkedIn, WhatsApp), micro- blogging sites (Twitter, Nixle, Tumblr), photo and video-sharing sites (Pinterest, Flickr, YouTube, Tik Tok), wikis (Wikipedia), blogs, and news sites (Digg, Reddit). (b)Social Networks - Online platforms where users can create profiles, share information, and socialize with others using a range of technologies. (c)Electronic Communication - Any kind of communications, created by, represented by, sent to, or stored by any user using any electronic communications system, including all information, data, and attachments to the communication. (d)Blog - A contraction of the term "weblog" is a type of website, usually maintained by an individual with regular entries of commentary, descriptions of events, or other material such as graphics or video. "Blog" can also be used as a verb, meaning to maintain or add content to a blog. (e)Personal Information - Any type of information that might lead to the identification of any individual. Examples may include social security numbers, dates of birth, addresses, phone numbers, e-mail addresses, driver's license or other state identification numbers. (f)Electronic Media - Digital photos, audio recordings, videos or digital information. (g)Post or Posting - Text or digital information that is placed on a website. This includes text, photographs, audio, video, or any other multimedia file. (h)Confidential Information - Any information of a personal or private nature or that is deemed confidential by law. This includes information that is obtained as a result of any law enforcement activity including, but not limited to: information or digital media depicting the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, its employees, crime scenes, internal videos, daily work activity, or information sensitive to law enforcement that has not been authorized for public release. (i)Proprietary Information - Any photographs, videos or information digital or otherwise created or obtained while an employee is on duty remains the property of the Rohnert Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Social Media - 703 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Social Media Park Department of Public Safety. The work product of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is subject to all federal law, state law, City codes, and department policies regarding its confidentiality and release. (j)Work Product - Anything created by an employee as part of the employee's duties or activities on behalf of the City is considered to be the property of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. Examples may include, but are not limited to: photos, videos, audio recordings, blog entries depicting the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or its employees, internal videos, daily work activity, electronic files or documents. (k)Employee - Any full, part-time or temporary employee, intern or volunteer. 1027.3 USE OF DEPARTMENT SOCIAL MEDIA SITES (a)All Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Social Media pages shall adhere to the standards and requirements in the City of Rohnert Park Social Media Policy. (b)No confidential information may be used or posted on any department owned or sponsored social media page without authorization of the Chief of Police, a Deputy Chief, or a Division Manager. (c)Employees may create and use fictitious social media accounts with the approval of a supervisor as a tool to assist with official criminal investigations. (d)When evaluating whether to disseminate information via social media sites, employees shall use the following criteria: 1.Can we legally release the information? 2.Is the information a matter of public interest? 3.Does releasing the information benefit the department and community? 1027.4 EMPLOYEE USE OF PERSONAL SOCIAL MEDIA SITES - STANDARD OF CONDUCT The public has placed its trust in the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to administer a professional, proactive, and progressive law enforcement agency. The department embraces the public trust and recognizes that effective law enforcement would be severely hampered if such trust were lost. (a)By accepting employment with the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, all employees are subject to a higher standard of conduct than is found in other government service. Employees must be aware that their actions on or off duty are subject to public scrutiny and reflect on the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and the law enforcement profession. This includes the use of social media whether for departmental or personal purposes. (b)Subject to any state and federal law, department employees who choose to maintain or participate as private citizens in social media or social networking sites shall abide by the following standards of conduct: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Social Media - 704 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Social Media 1.Employees shall not post content on social media sites that will tend to compromise or damage the mission, function, reputation, or professionalism of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or its employees. 2.Employees are prohibited from using personally-owned or department computers or cell phones/devices for personal participation in social media or social networking, except in the following circumstances or unless permission is granted by a supervisor: (a)When brief personal communication may be warranted by the circumstances (e.g., to inform family of extended hours). (b)During authorized breaks such usage should be limited as much as practicable to areas out of sight and sound of the public and shall not be disruptive to the work environment. 3.Employees shall not disclose, post, transmit, or otherwise disseminate any personal, proprietary, or confidential information to which they have access as a result of their employment without express permission from the Chief of Police, a Deputy Chief, or a Division Manager. 4.Employees shall refrain from speech or expression that could reasonably be foreseen as creating a negative impact on the credibility of the employee as a witness. 5.Employees shall refrain from posting content of any form that could reasonably be foreseen as creating a negative impact on the safety of Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety employees or the security of department operations. 6.Employees shall refrain from posting content that violates the policies and procedures of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or the City of Rohnert Park. 7.Employees shall refrain from posting, transmitting, or disseminating any photographs, video or audio recordings, likenesses or images of department logos, emblems, uniforms, badges, patches, marked vehicles, equipment or other material that specifically identifies the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety on any personal or social networking or other website or web page without the express authorization of the Director of Public Safety or designee. 8.Employees shall take reasonable and prompt action to remove any content that is in violation of this policy and/or posted by others from any web page or website maintained by the employee (e.g., social or personal websites). (c)Department employees should be aware that privacy settings and social media sites are constantly in flux, and they should never assume personal information posted on such sites is protected. Additionally, postings made under the claim of restricted settings may still constitute a violation of policy. (d)Department employees should expect that any information created, transmitted, downloaded, exchanged, or discussed in a public online forum may be accessed by the department at any time without prior notice. Employees are advised that there can Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Social Media - 705 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Social Media be no expectation of privacy with regard to anything they post on social networking sites. The department has the right to view all postings made on public social media sites. (e)Any employee becoming aware of or having knowledge of a posting or of any website or web page in violation of any provision of this policy shall notify his or her supervisor immediately for follow-up action. 1027.5 NIXLE USE ADDENDUM This section is intended to establish guidelines for use of Nixle and as an addendum to the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Social Media Policy. The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety should, whenever practical, utilize Nixle for public notifications in matters concerning public safety, urgent advisories and information such as media releases. 1027.5.1 DEFINITIONS (a)Nixle - A public notification system using SMS, e-mail, Twitter and Facebook for subscribed users. (b)Subscriber - An individual who signs up for Nixle notifications originating from the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. (c)Alert - An emergency notification such as: an evacuation, missing person at risk, shelter in place order, and special instructions essential for public safety of which timely notification is essential. (d)Advisory - An urgent notification such as: wanted subjects, unplanned road closures and wanted vehicles. (e)Community - A notification of a non-urgent variety, such as: planned road closures, media releases and community outreach bulletins. 1027.5.2 PROCEDURE (a)Emergency Notifications - "Alerts" 1.Primary responsibility for emergency notifications will be Communications. 2.Supervisor approval is required for "Alert" notifications. 3."Alerts" should clearly specify the affected area. 4."Alerts" shall be directed to the geographically specific area of the incident. 5."Alerts" shall be sent via SMS and web/e-mail message. (b)Urgent Notifications - "Advisory" 1.Primary responsibility for "Advisory" notifications will be Communications. 2.The on-duty supervisor shall be advised of all "Advisory" messages. 3.Whenever possible "Advisory" notifications should be directed to the geographically specific area of the incident. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Social Media - 706 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Social Media 4."Advisory" notifications should clearly specify the affected area. 5."Advisory" notifications shall be sent via SMS and web/e-mail message. (c)Non-Urgent Notifications - "Community" 1.Primary responsibility for "Community" notifications will be the originator of the message. 2."Community" messages shall be sent via e-mail/web message only. (d)Information Specific to all Messages 1.Utilizing the location filter will allow users to pinpoint notifications by using the map. 2.If using the geographic filtering for a message involving an investigation, do not enter the street number. Use only the street name, city, state and zip of a victim’s address to set the radius. Set the radius at ¼ or greater when targeting subscribers to receive the Nixle. 3.The originator should give consideration to publishing the notification to Twitter and Facebook. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Social Media - 707 Policy 1028 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking 1028.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy is intended to address issues associated with employee use of social networking sites and to provide guidelines for the regulation and balancing of employee speech and expression with the needs of the Department. Nothing in this policy is intended to prohibit or infringe upon any communication, speech or expression that is protected or privileged under law. This includes speech and expression protected under state or federal constitutions as well as labor or other applicable laws. For example, this policy does not limit an employee from speaking as a private citizen, including acting as an authorized member of a recognized bargaining unit or officer associations, about matters of public concern, such as misconduct or corruption. Employees are encouraged to consult with their supervisor regarding any questions arising from the application or potential application of this policy. 1028.1.1 APPLICABILITY This policy applies to all forms of communication including but not limited to film, video, print media, public or private speech, use of all internet services, including the World Wide Web, e- mail, file transfer, remote computer access, news services, social networking, social media, instant messaging, blogs, forums, video, and other file-sharing sites. 1028.2 POLICY Public employees occupy a trusted position in the community, and thus, their statements have the potential to contravene the policies and performance of this department. Due to the nature of the work and influence associated with the law enforcement profession, it is necessary that employees of this department be subject to certain reasonable limitations on their speech and expression. To achieve its mission and efficiently provide service to the public, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety will carefully balance the individual employee’s rights against the Department’s needs and interests when exercising a reasonable degree of control over its employees’ speech and expression. 1028.3 SAFETY Employees should consider carefully the implications of their speech or any other form of expression when using the internet. Speech and expression that may negatively affect the safety of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety employees, such as posting personal information in a public forum, can result in compromising an employee’s home address or family ties. Employees should therefore not disseminate or post any information on any forum or medium that could reasonably be anticipated to compromise the safety of any employee, an employee's family, or associates. Examples of the type of information that could reasonably be expected to compromise safety include: Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking - 708 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking •Disclosing a photograph and name or address of an officer who is working undercover. •Disclosing the address of a fellow officer. •Otherwise disclosing where another officer can be located off-duty. 1028.4 PROHIBITED SPEECH, EXPRESSION, AND CONDUCT To meet the department's safety, performance, and public-trust needs, the following are prohibited unless the speech is otherwise protected (for example, an employee speaking as a private citizen, including acting as an authorized member of a recognized bargaining unit or officer associations, on a matter of public concern): (a)Speech or expression made pursuant to an official duty that tends to compromise or damage the mission, function, reputation, or professionalism of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or its employees. (b)Speech or expression that, while not made pursuant to an official duty, is significantly linked to, or related to, the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety and tends to compromise or damage the mission, function, reputation, or professionalism of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or its employees. Examples may include: 1.Statements that indicate disregard for the law or the state or U.S. Constitution. 2.Expression that demonstrates support for criminal activity. 3.Participating in sexually explicit photographs or videos for compensation or distribution. (c)Speech or expression that could reasonably be foreseen as having a negative impact on the credibility of the employee as a witness. For example, posting statements or expressions to a website that glorify or endorse dishonesty, unlawful discrimination, or illegal behavior. (d)Speech or expression of any form that could reasonably be foreseen as having a negative impact on the safety of the employees of the Department. For example, a statement on a blog that provides specific details as to how and when prisoner transportations are made could reasonably be foreseen as potentially jeopardizing employees by informing criminals of details that could facilitate an escape or attempted escape. (e)Speech or expression that is contrary to the canons of the Law Enforcement Code of Ethics as adopted by the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. (f)Use or disclosure, through whatever means, of any information, photograph, video, or other recording obtained or accessible as a result of employment with the Department for financial or personal gain, or any disclosure of such materials without the express authorization of the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee. (g)Posting, transmitting, or disseminating any photographs, video or audio recordings, likenesses or images of department logos, emblems, uniforms, badges, patches, marked vehicles, equipment, or other material that specifically identifies the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety on any personal or social networking or other website or web page, without the express authorization of the Director of Public Safety. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking - 709 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking Employees must take reasonable and prompt action to remove any content, including content posted by others, that is in violation of this policy from any web page or website maintained by the employee (e.g., social or personal website). 1028.4.1 UNAUTHORIZED ENDORSEMENTS AND ADVERTISEMENTS While employees are not restricted from engaging in the following activities as private citizens or as authorized members of a recognized bargaining unit or officer associations, employees may not represent the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety or identify themselves in any way that could be reasonably perceived as representing the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety in order to do any of the following, unless specifically authorized by the Director of Public Safety (Government Code § 3206; Government Code § 3302): (a)Endorse, support, oppose or contradict any political campaign or initiative. (b)Endorse, support, oppose or contradict any social issue, cause or religion. (c)Endorse, support or oppose any product, service, company or other commercial entity. (d)Appear in any commercial, social or nonprofit publication or any motion picture, film, video, public broadcast or on any website. Additionally, when it can reasonably be construed that an employee, acting in his/her individual capacity or through an outside group or organization (e.g., bargaining group or officer associations), is affiliated with this department, the employee shall give a specific disclaiming statement that any such speech or expression is not representative of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety. Employees retain their right to vote as they choose, to support candidates of their choice and to express their opinions as private citizens, including as authorized members of a recognized bargaining unit or officer associations, on political subjects and candidates at all times while off- duty. However, employees may not use their official authority or influence to interfere with or affect the result of an election or a nomination for office. Employees are also prohibited from directly or indirectly using their official authority to coerce, command or advise another employee to pay, lend or contribute anything of value to a party, committee, organization, agency or person for political purposes (5 USC § 1502). Employees shall not attach posters, advertising matter, or other objects to the property or premises of the Department of Public Safety without authorization from their supervisor. 1028.4.2 BULLETIN BOARD - POSTING Employees shall secure permission of a supervisor before placing any material on a departmental bulletin board. 1028.5 PRIVACY EXPECTATION Employees forfeit any expectation of privacy with regard to e-mails, texts, or anything published or maintained through file-sharing software or any internet site (e.g., Facebook) that is accessed, Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking - 710 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking transmitted, received, or reviewed on any department technology system (see the Information Technology Use Policy for additional guidance). The Department shall not require an employee to disclose a personal user name or password for accessing personal social media or to open a personal social website; however, the Department may request access when it is reasonably believed to be relevant to the investigation of allegations of work-related misconduct (Labor Code § 980). 1028.6 CONSIDERATIONS In determining whether to grant authorization of any speech or conduct that is prohibited under this policy, the factors that the Director of Public Safety or authorized designee should consider include: (a)Whether the speech or conduct would negatively affect the efficiency of delivering public services. (b)Whether the speech or conduct would be contrary to the good order of the Department or the efficiency or morale of its members. (c)Whether the speech or conduct would reflect unfavorably upon the Department. (d)Whether the speech or conduct would negatively affect the member’s appearance of impartiality in the performance of his/her duties. (e)Whether similar speech or conduct has been previously authorized. (f)Whether the speech or conduct may be protected and outweighs any interest of the Department. 1028.7 TRAINING Subject to available resources, the Department should provide training regarding employee speech and the use of social networking to all members of the Department. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Employee Speech, Expression and Social Networking - 711 Policy 1029 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Anti-Retaliation 1029.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This policy prohibits retaliation against members who identify workplace issues, such as fraud, waste, abuse of authority, gross mismanagement or any inappropriate conduct or practices, including violations that may pose a threat to the health, safety or well-being of members. This policy does not prohibit actions taken for nondiscriminatory or non-retaliatory reasons, such as discipline for cause. These guidelines are intended to supplement and not limit members’ access to other applicable remedies. Nothing in this policy shall diminish the rights or remedies of a member pursuant to any applicable federal law, provision of the U.S. Constitution, law, ordinance or memorandum of understanding. 1029.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety has a zero tolerance for retaliation and is committed to taking reasonable steps to protect from retaliation members who, in good faith, engage in permitted behavior or who report or participate in the reporting or investigation of workplace issues. All complaints of retaliation will be taken seriously and will be promptly and appropriately investigated. 1029.3 RETALIATION PROHIBITED No member may retaliate against any person for engaging in lawful or otherwise permitted behavior; for opposing a practice believed to be unlawful, unethical, discriminatory or retaliatory; for reporting or making a complaint under this policy; or for participating in any investigation related to a complaint under this or any other policy. Retaliation includes any adverse action or conduct, including but not limited to: •Refusing to hire or denying a promotion. •Extending the probationary period. •Unjustified reassignment of duties or change of work schedule. •Real or implied threats or other forms of intimidation to dissuade the reporting of wrongdoing or filing of a complaint, or as a consequence of having reported or participated in protected activity. •Taking unwarranted disciplinary action. •Spreading rumors about the person filing the complaint or about the alleged wrongdoing. •Shunning or unreasonably avoiding a person because he/she has engaged in protected activity. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Anti-Retaliation - 712 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Anti-Retaliation 1029.3.1 RETALIATION PROHIBITED FOR REPORTING VIOLATIONS An officer shall not be retaliated against for reporting a suspected violation of a law or regulation of another officer to a supervisor or other person in the Department who has the authority to investigate the violation (Government Code § 7286(b)). 1029.4 COMPLAINTS OF RETALIATION Any member who feels he/she has been retaliated against in violation of this policy should promptly report the matter to any supervisor, command staff member, Director of Public Safety or the City Director of Human Resources. Members shall act in good faith, not engage in unwarranted reporting of trivial or minor deviations or transgressions, and make reasonable efforts to verify facts before making any complaint in order to avoid baseless allegations. Members shall not report or state an intention to report information or an allegation knowing it to be false, with willful or reckless disregard for the truth or falsity of the information or otherwise act in bad faith. Investigations are generally more effective when the identity of the reporting member is known, thereby allowing investigators to obtain additional information from the reporting member. However, complaints may be made anonymously. All reasonable efforts shall be made to protect the reporting member’s identity. However, confidential information may be disclosed to the extent required by law or to the degree necessary to conduct an adequate investigation and make a determination regarding a complaint. In some situations, the investigative process may not be complete unless the source of the information and a statement by the member is part of the investigative process. 1029.5 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Supervisors are expected to remain familiar with this policy and ensure that members under their command are aware of its provisions. The responsibilities of supervisors include, but are not limited to: (a)Ensuring complaints of retaliation are investigated as provided in the Personnel Complaints Policy. (b)Receiving all complaints in a fair and impartial manner. (c)Documenting the complaint and any steps taken to resolve the problem. (d)Acknowledging receipt of the complaint, notifying the Director of Public Safety via the chain of command and explaining to the member how the complaint will be handled. (e)Taking appropriate and reasonable steps to mitigate any further violations of this policy. (f)Monitoring the work environment to ensure that any member making a complaint is not subjected to further retaliation. (g)Periodic follow-up with the complainant to ensure that retaliation is not continuing. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Anti-Retaliation - 713 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Anti-Retaliation (h)Not interfering with or denying the right of a member to make any complaint. (i)Taking reasonable steps to accommodate requests for assignment or schedule changes made by a member who may be the target of retaliation if it would likely mitigate the potential for further violations of this policy. 1029.6 COMMAND STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES The Director of Public Safety should communicate to all supervisors the prohibition against retaliation. Command staff shall treat all complaints as serious matters and shall ensure that prompt actions take place, including but not limited to: (a)Communicating to all members the prohibition against retaliation. (b)The timely review of complaint investigations. (c)Remediation of any inappropriate conduct or condition and instituting measures to eliminate or minimize the likelihood of recurrence. (d)The timely communication of the outcome to the complainant. 1029.7 WHISTLE-BLOWING California law protects members who (Labor Code § 1102.5; Government Code § 53296 et seq.): (a)Report a violation of a state or federal statute or regulation to a government or law enforcement agency, including the member’s supervisor or any other member with the authority to investigate the reported violation. (b)Provide information or testify before a public body if the member has reasonable cause to believe a violation of law occurred. (c)Refuse to participate in an activity that would result in a violation of a state or federal statute or regulation. (d)File a complaint with a local agency about gross mismanagement or a significant waste of funds, abuse of authority, or a substantial and specific danger to public health or safety. Members shall exhaust all available administrative remedies prior to filing a formal complaint. (e)Are family members of a person who has engaged in any protected acts described above. Members are encouraged to report any legal violations through the chain of command (Labor Code § 1102.5). Members who believe they have been the subject of retaliation for engaging in such protected behaviors should promptly report it to a supervisor. Supervisors should refer the complaint to the Sergeant or Command Staff for investigation pursuant to the Personnel Complaints Policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Anti-Retaliation - 714 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Anti-Retaliation 1029.7.1 DISPLAY OF WHISTLE-BLOWER LAWS The Department shall display a notice to members regarding their rights and responsibilities under the whistle-blower laws, including the whistle-blower hotline maintained by the Office of the Attorney General (Labor Code § 1102.8). 1029.8 RECORDS RETENTION AND RELEASE The Records Supervisor shall ensure that documentation of investigations is maintained in accordance with the established records retention schedules. 1029.9 TRAINING The policy should be reviewed with each new member. All members should receive periodic refresher training on the requirements of this policy. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Anti-Retaliation - 715 Policy 1030 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Illness and Injury Prevention 1030.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to establish an ongoing and effective plan to reduce the incidence of illness and injury for members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety, in accordance with the requirements of 8 CCR 3203. This policy specifically applies to illness and injury that results in lost time or that requires medical treatment beyond first aid. Although this policy provides the essential guidelines for a plan that reduces illness and injury, it may be supplemented by procedures outside the Policy Manual. This policy does not supersede, but supplements any related Citywide safety efforts. 1030.2 POLICY The Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety is committed to providing a safe environment for its members and visitors and to minimizing the incidence of work-related illness and injuries. The Department will establish and maintain an Illness and Injury Prevention program and will provide tools, training and safeguards designed to reduce the potential for accidents, illness and injuries. It is the intent of the Department to comply with all laws and regulations related to occupational safety. 1030.3 ILLNESS AND INJURY PREVENTION PLAN The Deputy Chief of Fire is responsible for developing an illness and injury prevention plan that shall include: (a)Workplace safety and health training programs. (b)Regularly scheduled safety meetings. (c)Posted or distributed safety information. (d)A system for members to anonymously inform management about workplace hazards. (e)Establishment of a safety and health committee that will: 1.Meet regularly. 2.Prepare a written record of safety and health committee meetings. 3.Review the results of periodic scheduled inspections. 4.Review investigations of accidents and exposures. 5.Make suggestions to command staff for the prevention of future incidents. 6.Review investigations of alleged hazardous conditions. 7.Submit recommendations to assist in the evaluation of member safety suggestions. 8.Assess the effectiveness of efforts made by the Department to meet relevant standards. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Illness and Injury Prevention - 716 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Illness and Injury Prevention (f)Establishment of a process to ensure serious illnesses or injuries and death are reported as required by the Division of Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Cal/OSHA) (8 CCR 342). 1030.4 DEPUTY CHIEF RESPONSIBILITIES The responsibilities of the Deputy Chief of Fire include but are not limited to: (a)Managing and implementing a plan to reduce the incidence of member illness and injury. (b)Ensuring that a system of communication is in place that facilitates a continuous flow of safety and health information between supervisors and members. This system shall include: 1.New member orientation that includes a discussion of safety and health policies and procedures. 2.Regular member review of the illness and injury prevention plan. 3.Access to the illness and injury prevention plan to members or their representatives as set forth in 8 CCR 3203. (c)Ensuring that all safety and health policies and procedures are clearly communicated and understood by all members. (d)Taking reasonable steps to ensure that all members comply with safety rules in order to maintain a safe work environment. This includes but is not limited to: 1.Informing members of the illness and injury prevention guidelines. 2.Recognizing members who perform safe work practices. 3.Ensuring that the member evaluation process includes member safety performance. 4.Ensuring department compliance to meet standards regarding the following: (a)Respiratory protection (8 CCR 5144) (b)Bloodborne pathogens (8 CCR 5193) (c)Aerosol transmissible diseases (8 CCR 5199) (d)Heat illness (8 CCR 3395) (e)Emergency Action Plan (8 CCR 3220) (f)Fire Prevention Plan (8 CCR 3221) (g)Hazards associated with wildfire smoke (8 CCR 5141.1) (e)Making available the Identified Hazards and Correction Record form to document inspections, unsafe conditions or work practices, and actions taken to correct unsafe conditions and work practices. (f)Making available the Investigation/Corrective Action Report to document individual incidents or accidents. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Illness and Injury Prevention - 717 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Illness and Injury Prevention (g)Making available a form to document the safety and health training of each member. This form will include the member’s name or other identifier, training dates, type of training, and training providers. (h)Conducting and documenting a regular review of the illness and injury prevention plan. 1030.5 SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES Supervisor responsibilities include, but are not limited to: (a)Ensuring member compliance with illness and injury prevention guidelines and answering questions from members about this policy. (b)Training, counseling, instructing or making informal verbal admonishments any time safety performance is deficient. Supervisors may also initiate discipline when it is reasonable and appropriate under the Standards of Conduct Policy. (c)Establishing and maintaining communication with members on health and safety issues. This is essential for an injury-free, productive workplace. (d)Completing required forms and reports relating to illness and injury prevention; such forms and reports shall be submitted to the Administration Deputy Chief. (e)Notifying the Administration Deputy Chief when: 1.New substances, processes, procedures or equipment that present potential new hazards are introduced into the work environment. 2.New, previously unidentified hazards are recognized. 3.Occupational illnesses and injuries occur. 4.New and/or permanent or intermittent members are hired or reassigned to processes, operations or tasks for which a hazard evaluation has not been previously conducted. 5.Workplace conditions warrant an inspection. 1030.6 HAZARDS All members should report and/or take reasonable steps to correct unsafe or unhealthy work conditions, practices or procedures in a timely manner. Members should make their reports to a supervisor (as a general rule, their own supervisors). Supervisors should make reasonable efforts to correct unsafe or unhealthy work conditions in a timely manner, based on the severity of the hazard. These hazards should be corrected when observed or discovered, when it is reasonable to do so. When a hazard exists that cannot be immediately abated without endangering members or property, supervisors should protect or remove all exposed members from the area or item, except those necessary to correct the existing condition. Members who are necessary to correct the hazardous condition shall be provided with the necessary protection. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Illness and Injury Prevention - 718 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Illness and Injury Prevention All significant actions taken and dates they are completed shall be documented on an Identified Hazards and Correction Record form. This form should be forwarded to the Administration Deputy Chief via the chain of command. The Administration Deputy Chief will take appropriate action to ensure the illness and injury prevention plan addresses potential hazards upon such notification. 1030.7 INSPECTIONS Safety inspections are crucial to a safe work environment. These inspections identify and evaluate workplace hazards and permit mitigation of those hazards. A hazard assessment checklist should be used for documentation and to ensure a thorough assessment of the work environment. The Administration Deputy Chief shall ensure that the appropriate documentation is completed for each inspection. 1030.7.1 EQUIPMENT Members are charged with daily vehicle inspections of their assigned vehicles and of their personal protective equipment (PPE) prior to working in the field. Members shall complete the Identified Hazards and Correction Record form if an unsafe condition cannot be immediately corrected. Members should forward this form to their supervisors. 1030.8 INVESTIGATIONS Any member sustaining any work-related illness or injury, as well as any member who is involved in any accident or hazardous substance exposure while on-duty shall report such event as soon as practicable to a supervisor. Members observing or learning of a potentially hazardous condition are to promptly report the condition to their immediate supervisors. A supervisor receiving such a report should personally investigate the incident or ensure that an investigation is conducted. Investigative procedures for workplace accidents and hazardous substance exposures should include: (a)A visit to the accident scene as soon as possible. (b)An interview of the injured member and witnesses. (c)An examination of the workplace for factors associated with the accident/exposure. (d)Determination of the cause of the accident/exposure. (e)Corrective action to prevent the accident/exposure from reoccurring. (f)Documentation of the findings and corrective actions taken. (g)Completion of an Investigation/Corrective Action Report form. (h)Completion of an Identified Hazards and Correction Record form. Additionally, the supervisor should proceed with the steps to report an on-duty injury, as required under the Occupational Disease and Work-Related Injury Reporting Policy, in conjunction with this investigation to avoid duplication and ensure timely reporting. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Illness and Injury Prevention - 719 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Illness and Injury Prevention 1030.9 TRAINING The Administration Deputy Chief should work with the Training Coordinator to provide all members, including supervisors, with training on general and job-specific workplace safety and health practices. Training shall be provided: (a)To supervisors to familiarize them with the safety and health hazards to which members under their immediate direction and control may be exposed. (b)To all members with respect to hazards specific to each member’s job assignment. (c)To all members given new job assignments for which training has not previously been provided. (d)Whenever new substances, processes, procedures or equipment are introduced to the workplace and represent a new hazard. (e)Whenever the Department is made aware of a new or previously unrecognized hazard. 1030.9.1 TRAINING TOPICS The Training Coordinator shall ensure that training includes: (a)Reporting unsafe conditions, work practices and injuries, and informing a supervisor when additional instruction is needed. (b)Use of appropriate clothing, including gloves and footwear. (c)Use of respiratory equipment. (d)Availability of toilet, hand-washing and drinking-water facilities. (e)Provisions for medical services and first aid. (f)Handling of bloodborne pathogens and other biological hazards. (g)Prevention of heat and cold stress. (h)Identification and handling of hazardous materials, including chemical hazards to which members could be exposed, and review of resources for identifying and mitigating hazards (e.g., hazard labels, Safety Data Sheets (SDS)). (i)Mitigation of physical hazards, such as heat and cold stress, noise, and ionizing and non-ionizing radiation. (j)Identification and mitigation of ergonomic hazards, including working on ladders or in a stooped posture for prolonged periods. (k)Back exercises/stretches and proper lifting techniques. (l)Avoidance of slips and falls. (m)Good housekeeping and fire prevention. (n)Other job-specific safety concerns. 1030.10 RECORDS Records and training documentation relating to illness and injury prevention will be maintained in accordance with the established records retention schedule. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Illness and Injury Prevention - 720 Policy 1031 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths 1031.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to members of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety in the event of the death of a member occurring in the line of duty and to direct the Department in providing proper support for the member's survivors. The Director of Public Safety may also apply some or all of this policy for a non-line-of-duty member death, or in situations where members are injured in the line of duty and the injuries are life- threatening. 1031.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Line-of-duty death - The death of an officer during the course of performing law enforcement- related functions while on- or off-duty, or a non-sworn member during the course of performing assigned duties. For an officer, a line-of-duty death includes death that is the direct and proximate result of a personal injury sustained in the line of duty (34 USC § 10281). Survivors - Immediate family members of the deceased member, which can include spouse, children, parents, other next of kin, or significant others. The determination of who should be considered a survivor for purposes of this policy should be made on a case-by-case basis given the individual's relationship with the member and whether the individual was previously designated by the deceased member. 1031.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to make appropriate notifications and to provide assistance and support to survivors and coworkers of a member who dies in the line of duty. It is also the policy of this department to respect the requests of the survivors when they conflict with these guidelines, as appropriate. 1031.3 INITIAL ACTIONS BY COMMAND STAFF (a)Upon learning of a line-of-duty death, the deceased member's supervisor should provide all reasonably available information to the Shift Supervisor and the Dispatch Center. 1.Communication of information concerning the member and the incident should be restricted to secure networks to avoid interception by the media or others (see the Public Information Officer section of this policy). (b)The Shift Supervisor should ensure that notifications are made in accordance with the Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths and Major Incident Notification policies as applicable. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 721 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths (c)If the member has been transported to the hospital, the Shift Supervisor or the authorized designee should respond to the hospital to assume temporary responsibilities as the Hospital Liaison. (d)The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee should assign members to handle survivor notifications and assign members to the roles of Hospital Liaison (to relieve the temporary Hospital Liaison) and the Department Liaison as soon as practicable (see the Notifying Survivors section and the Department Liaison and Hospital Liaison subsections in this policy). 1031.4 NOTIFYING SURVIVORS Survivors should be notified as soon as possible in order to avoid the survivors hearing about the incident in other ways. The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee should review the deceased member's emergency contact information and make accommodations to respect the member's wishes and instructions specific to notifying survivors. However, notification should not be excessively delayed because of attempts to assemble a notification team in accordance with the member's wishes. The Director of Public Safety, Shift Supervisor, or the authorized designee should select at least two members to conduct notification of survivors, one of which may be the Department chaplain. Notifying members should: (a)Make notifications in a direct and compassionate manner, communicating as many facts of the incident as possible, including the current location of the member. Information that is not verified should not be provided until an investigation has been completed. (b)Determine the method of notifying surviving children by consulting with other survivors and taking into account factors such as the child's age, maturity, and current location (e.g., small children at home, children in school). (c)Plan for concerns such as known health concerns of survivors or language barriers. (d)Offer to transport survivors to the hospital, if appropriate. Survivors should be transported in department vehicles. Notifying members shall inform the Hospital Liaison over a secure network that the survivors are on their way to the hospital. Notifying members should remain at the hospital while the survivors are present. (e)When survivors are not at their residences or known places of employment, actively seek information and follow leads from neighbors, other law enforcement, postal authorities, and other sources of information in order to accomplish notification in as timely a fashion as possible. Notifying members shall not disclose the reason for their contact other than a family emergency. (f)If making notification at a survivor's workplace, ask a workplace supervisor for the use of a quiet, private room to meet with the survivor. Members shall not inform the workplace supervisor of the purpose of their visit other than to indicate that it is a family emergency. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 722 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths (g)Offer to call other survivors, friends, or clergy to support the survivors and to avoid leaving survivors alone after notification. (h)Assist the survivors with meeting child care or other immediate needs. (i)Provide other assistance to survivors and take reasonable measures to accommodate their needs, wishes, and desires. Care should be taken not to make promises or commitments to survivors that cannot be met. (j)Inform the survivors of the name and phone number of the Survivor Support Liaison (see the Survivor Support Liaison section of this policy), if known, and the Department Liaison. (k)Provide their contact information to the survivors before departing. (l)Document the survivors' names and contact information, as well as the time and location of notification. This information should be forwarded to the Department Liaison. (m)Inform the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee once survivor notifications have been made so that other Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety members may be apprised that survivor notifications are complete. 1031.4.1 OUT-OF-AREA NOTIFICATIONS The Department Liaison should request assistance from law enforcement agencies in appropriate jurisdictions for in-person notification to survivors who are out of the area. (a)The Department Liaison should contact the appropriate jurisdiction using a secure network and provide the assisting agency with the name and telephone number of the department member that the survivors can call for more information following the notification by the assisting agency. (b)The Department Liaison may assist in making transportation arrangements for the member’s survivors, but will not obligate the Department to pay travel expenses without the authorization of the Director of Public Safety. 1031.5 NOTIFYING DEPARTMENT MEMBERS Supervisors or members designated by the Director of Public Safety are responsible for notifying department members of the line-of-duty death as soon as possible after the survivor notification is made. Notifications and related information should be communicated in person or using secure networks and should not be transmitted over the radio. Notifications should be made in person and as promptly as possible to all members on-duty at the time of the incident. Members reporting for subsequent shifts within a short amount of time should be notified in person at the beginning of their shifts. Members reporting for duty from their residences should be instructed to contact their supervisors as soon as practicable. Those members who are working later shifts or are on days off should be notified by phone as soon as practicable. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 723 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths Members having a close bond with the deceased member should be notified of the incident in person. Supervisors should consider assistance (e.g., peer support, modifying work schedules, approving sick leave) for members who are especially affected by the incident. Supervisors should direct members not to disclose any information outside the Department regarding the deceased member or the incident. 1031.6 LIAISONS AND COORDINATORS The Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee should select members to serve as liaisons and coordinators to handle responsibilities related to a line-of-duty death, including but not limited to: (a)Department Liaison. (b)Hospital Liaison. (c)Survivor Support Liaison. (d)Wellness Support Liaison. (e)Funeral Liaison. (f)Mutual aid coordinator. (g)Benefits Liaison. (h)Finance coordinator. Liaisons and coordinators will be directed by the Department Liaison and should be given sufficient duty time to complete their assignments. Members may be assigned responsibilities of more than one liaison or coordinator position depending on available department resources. The Department Liaison may assign separate liaisons and coordinators to accommodate multiple family units, if needed. The Department should consider seeking assistance from surrounding law enforcement agencies to fill liaison and coordinator positions, as appropriate. 1031.6.1 DEPARTMENT LIAISON The Department Liaison should be a Deputy Chief or of sufficient rank to effectively coordinate department resources, and should serve as a facilitator between the deceased member's survivors and the Department. The Department Liaison reports directly to the Director of Public Safety. The Department Liaison's responsibilities include but are not limited to: (a)Directing the other liaisons and coordinators in fulfilling survivors' needs and requests. Consideration should be given to organizing the effort using the National Incident Management System. (b)Establishing contact with survivors within 24 hours of the incident and providing them contact information. (c)Advising survivors of the other liaison and coordinator positions and their roles and responsibilities. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 724 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths (d)Identifying locations that will accommodate a law enforcement funeral and presenting the options to the appropriate survivors, who will select the location. (e)Coordinating all official law enforcement notifications and arrangements. (f)Making necessary contacts for authorization to display flags at half-staff. (g)Reminding department members of appropriate information-sharing restrictions regarding the release of information that could undermine future legal proceedings. (h)Coordinating security checks of the member's residence as necessary and reasonable. (i)Serving as a liaison with visiting law enforcement agencies during memorial and funeral services. 1031.6.2 HOSPITAL LIAISON The Hospital Liaison should work with hospital personnel to: (a)Establish a command post or incident command system, as appropriate, to facilitate management of the situation and its impact on hospital operations (e.g., influx of people, parking). (b)Arrange for appropriate and separate waiting areas for: 1.The survivors and others whose presence is requested by the survivors. 2.Department members and friends of the deceased member. 3.Media personnel. (c)Ensure, as practicable, that any suspects who are in the hospital and their families or friends are not in proximity to the member's survivors or Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety members (except for members who may be guarding a suspect). (d)Arrange for survivors to receive timely updates regarding the member before information is released to others. (e)Arrange for survivors to have private time with the member, if requested. 1.The Hospital Liaison or hospital personnel may need to explain the condition of the member to the survivors to prepare them accordingly. 2.The Hospital Liaison should accompany the survivors into the room, if requested. (f)Stay with survivors and provide them with other assistance as needed at the hospital. (g)If applicable, explain to the survivors why an autopsy may be needed. (h)Make arrangements for hospital bills to be directed to the Department, that the survivors are not asked to sign as guarantor of payment for any hospital treatment, and that the member's residence address, insurance information, and next of kin are not included on hospital paperwork. Other responsibilities of the Hospital Liaison include but are not limited to: •Arranging transportation for the survivors back to their residence. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 725 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths •Working with investigators to gather and preserve the deceased member's equipment and other items that may be of evidentiary value. •Documenting their actions at the conclusion of duties. 1031.6.3 SURVIVOR SUPPORT LIAISON The Survivor Support Liaison should work with the Department Liaison to fulfill the immediate needs and requests of the survivors of any member who has died in the line of duty, and serve as the long-term department contact for survivors. The Survivor Support Liaison should be selected by the deceased member's Deputy Chief. The following should be considered when selecting the Survivor Support Liaison: •The liaison should be an individual the survivors know and with whom they are comfortable working. •The selection may be made from names recommended by the deceased member's supervisor and/or coworkers. The deceased member's partner or close friends may not be the best selections for this assignment because the emotional connection to the member or survivors may impair their ability to conduct adequate liaison duties. •The liaison must be willing to assume the assignment with an understanding of the emotional and time demands involved. The responsibilities of the Survivor Support Liaison include but are not limited to: (a)Arranging for transportation of survivors to hospitals, places of worship, funeral homes, and other locations, as appropriate. (b)Communicating with the Department Liaison regarding appropriate security measures for the family residence, as needed. (c)If requested by the survivors, providing assistance with instituting methods of screening telephone calls made to their residence after the incident. (d)Providing assistance with travel and lodging arrangements for out-of-town survivors. (e)Returning the deceased member's personal effects from the Department and the hospital to the survivors. The following should be considered when returning the personal effects: 1.Items should not be delivered to the survivors until they are ready to receive the items. 2.Items not retained as evidence should be delivered in a clean, unmarked box. 3.All clothing not retained as evidence should be cleaned and made presentable (e.g., items should be free of blood or other signs of the incident). 4.The return of some personal effects may be delayed due to ongoing investigations. (f)Assisting with the return of department-issued equipment that may be at the deceased member's residence. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 726 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths 1.Unless there are safety concerns, the return of the equipment should take place after the funeral at a time and in a manner considerate of the survivors' wishes. (g)Working with the Wellness Support Liaison for survivors to have access to available counseling services. (h)Coordinating with the department's Public Information Officer (PIO) to brief the survivors on pending press releases related to the incident and to assist the survivors with media relations in accordance with their wishes (see the Public Information Officer section of this policy). (i)Briefing survivors on investigative processes related to the line-of-duty death, such as criminal, internal, and administrative investigations. (j)Informing survivors of any related criminal proceedings and accompanying them to such proceedings. (k)Introducing survivors to prosecutors, victim's assistance personnel, and other involved personnel as appropriate. (l)Maintaining long-term contact with survivors and taking measures to sustain a supportive relationship (e.g., follow-up visits, phone calls, cards on special occasions, special support during holidays). (m)Inviting survivors to department activities, memorial services (e.g., as applicable, the Annual Candlelight Vigil at the National Law Enforcement Officers Memorial), or other functions as appropriate. Survivor Support Liaisons providing services after an incident resulting in multiple members being killed should coordinate with and support each other through conference calls or meetings as necessary. The Department recognizes that the duties of a Survivor Support Liaison will often affect regular assignments over many years, and is committed to supporting members in the assignment. If needed, the Survivor Support Liaison should be issued a personal communication device (PCD) owned by the Department to facilitate communications necessary to the assignment. The department-issued PCD shall be used in accordance with the Personal Communication Devices Policy. 1031.6.4 WELLNESS SUPPORT LIAISON The Wellness Support Liaison should work with the department wellness coordinator or the authorized designee and other liaisons and coordinators to make wellness support and counseling services available to members and survivors who are impacted by a line-of-duty death. The responsibilities of the Wellness Support Liaison include but are not limited to: (a)Identifying members who are likely to be significantly affected by the incident and may have an increased need for wellness support and counseling services, including: 1.Members involved in the incident. 2.Members who witnessed the incident. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 727 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths 3.Members who worked closely with the deceased member but were not involved in the incident. (b)Making arrangements for members who were involved in or witnessed the incident to be relieved of department responsibilities until they can receive wellness support. (c)Making wellness support and counseling resources (e.g., peer support, Critical Incident Stress Debriefing) available to members as soon as reasonably practicable following the line-of-duty death. (d)Coordinating with the Survivor Support Liaison to inform survivors of available wellness support and counseling services and assisting with arrangements as needed. (e)Following up with members and the Survivor Support Liaison in the months following the incident to determine if additional wellness support or counseling services are needed. 1031.6.5 FUNERAL LIAISON The Funeral Liaison should work with the Department Liaison, Survivor Support Liaison, and survivors to coordinate funeral arrangements to the extent the survivors wish. The Funeral Liaison's responsibilities include but are not limited to: (a)Assisting survivors in working with the funeral director regarding funeral arrangements and briefing them on law enforcement funeral procedures. (b)Completing funeral notification to other law enforcement agencies. (c)Coordinating the funeral activities of the Department, including but not limited to the following: 1.Honor Guard (a)Casket watch (b)Color guard (c)Pallbearers (d)Bell/rifle salute 2.Bagpipers/bugler 3.Uniform for burial 4.Flag presentation 5.Last radio call (d)Briefing the Director of Public Safety and command staff concerning funeral arrangements. (e)Assigning an officer to remain at the family home during the viewing and funeral. (f)Arranging for transportation of the survivors to and from the funeral home and interment site using department vehicles and drivers. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 728 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths (g)Addressing event-related logistical matters (e.g., parking, visitor overflow, public assembly areas). 1031.6.6 MUTUAL AID COORDINATOR The mutual aid coordinator should work with the Department Liaison and the Funeral Liaison to request and coordinate any assistance from outside law enforcement agencies needed for, but not limited to: (a)Traffic control during the deceased member's funeral. (b)Area coverage so that as many Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety members can attend funeral services as possible. The mutual aid coordinator should perform duties in accordance with the Outside Agency Assistance Policy. Where practicable, the Director of Public Safety should appoint a mutual aid coordinator to identify external resources in advance of any need (e.g., regional honor guard teams, county- or state- wide resources). 1031.6.7 BENEFITS LIAISON The Benefits Liaison should provide survivors with information concerning available benefits and will assist them in applying for benefits. Responsibilities of the Benefits Liaison include but are not limited to: (a)Confirming the filing of workers' compensation claims and related paperwork (see the Occupational Disease and Work-Related Injury Reporting Policy). (b)Researching and assisting survivors with application for federal government survivor benefits, such as those offered through the following: 1.Public Safety Officers' Benefits Program, including financial assistance available through the Public Safety Officers' Educational Assistance (PSOEA) Program, as applicable (34 USC § 10281 et seq.). 2.Social Security Administration. 3.Department of Veterans Affairs. (c)Researching and assisting survivors with application for state and local government survivor benefits, such as: 1.Education benefits (Education Code § 68120). 2.Health benefits (Labor Code § 4856). 3.Workers' compensation death benefit (Labor Code § 4702). (d)Researching and assisting survivors with application for other survivor benefits such as: 1.Private foundation survivor benefits programs. 2.Survivor scholarship programs. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 729 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths (e)Researching and informing survivors of support programs sponsored by police associations and other organizations. (f)Documenting and informing survivors of inquiries and interest regarding public donations to the survivors. 1.If requested, working with the finance coordinator to assist survivors with establishing a process for the receipt of public donations. (g)Providing survivors with a summary of the nature and amount of benefits applied for, including the name of a contact person at each benefit office. Printed copies of the summary and benefit application documentation should be provided to affected survivors. (h)Maintaining contact with the survivors and assisting with subsequent benefit questions and processes as needed. 1031.6.8 FINANCE COORDINATOR The finance coordinator should work with the Director of Public Safety and the Department Liaison to manage financial matters related to the line-of-duty death. The finance coordinator’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to: (a)Establishing methods for purchasing and monitoring costs related to the incident. (b)Providing information on finance-related issues, such as: 1.Paying survivors’ travel costs if authorized. 2.Transportation costs for the deceased. 3.Funeral and memorial costs. 4.Related funding or accounting questions and issues. (c)Working with the Benefits Liaison to establish a process for the receipt of public donations to the deceased member’s survivors. (d)Providing accounting and cost information as needed. 1031.7 PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER In the event of a line-of-duty death, the department's PIO should be the department's contact point for the media. As such, the PIO should coordinate with the Department Liaison to: (a)Collect and maintain the most current incident information and determine what information should be released. (b)Instruct department members to direct any media inquiries to the PIO. (c)Prepare necessary press releases. 1.Coordinate with other entities having media roles (e.g., outside agencies involved in the investigation or incident). 2.Disseminate important public information, such as information on how the public can show support for the department and deceased member's survivors. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 730 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths (d)Arrange for community and media briefings by the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee as appropriate. (e)Respond, or coordinate the response, to media inquiries. (f)If requested, assist the member's survivors with media inquiries. 1.Brief the survivors on handling sensitive issues such as the types of questions that reasonably could jeopardize future legal proceedings. (g)Release information regarding memorial services and funeral arrangements to department members, other agencies, and the media as appropriate. (h)If desired by the survivors, arrange for the recording of memorial and funeral services via photos and/or video. The identity of deceased members should be withheld until the member's survivors have been notified. If the media have obtained identifying information for the deceased member prior to survivor notification, the PIO should request that the media withhold the information from release until proper notification can be made to survivors. The PIO should notify media when survivor notifications have been made. 1031.8 CHAPLAIN The chaplain may serve a significant role in line-of-duty deaths. His/her duties may include, but are not limited to: •Assisting with survivor notifications and assisting the survivors with counseling, emotional support or other matters, as appropriate. •Assisting liaisons and coordinators with their assignments, as appropriate. •Assisting department members with counseling or emotional support, as requested and appropriate. Further information on the potential roles and responsibilities of the chaplain is in the Chaplains Policy. 1031.9 INVESTIGATION OF THE INCIDENT The Director of Public Safety should make necessary assignments to conduct thorough investigations of any line-of-duty death and may choose to use the investigation process outlined in the Officer-Involved Shootings and Deaths Policy. Investigators from other agencies may be assigned to work on any criminal investigation related to line-of-duty deaths. Partners, close friends, or personnel who worked closely with the deceased member should not have any investigative responsibilities because such relationships may impair the objectivity required for an impartial investigation of the incident. Involved department members should be kept informed of the progress of the investigations and provide investigators with any information that may be pertinent to the investigations. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 731 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Line-of-Duty Deaths 1031.10 LINE-OF-DUTY DEATH OF A LAW ENFORCEMENT ANIMAL The Director of Public Safety may authorize appropriate memorial and funeral services for law enforcement animals killed in the line of duty. 1031.11 NON-LINE-OF-DUTY DEATH The Director of Public Safety may authorize certain support services for the death of a member not occurring in the line of duty. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Line-of-Duty Deaths - 732 Policy 1032 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Wellness Program 1032.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance on establishing and maintaining a proactive wellness program for department members. The wellness program is intended to be a holistic approach to a member's well-being and encompasses aspects such as physical fitness, mental health, and overall wellness. Additional information on member wellness is provided in the: •Chaplains Policy. •Line-of-Duty Deaths Policy. •Drug- and Alcohol-Free Workplace Policy. 1032.1.1 DEFINITIONS Definitions related to this policy include: Critical incident – An event or situation that may cause a strong emotional, cognitive, or physical reaction that has the potential to interfere with daily life. Critical Incident Stress Debriefing (CISD) – A standardized approach using a discussion format to provide education, support, and emotional release opportunities for members involved in work- related critical incidents. Peer support – Mental and emotional wellness support provided by peers trained to help members cope with critical incidents and certain personal or professional problems. 1032.2 POLICY It is the policy of the Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety to prioritize member wellness to foster fitness for duty and support a healthy quality of life for department members. The Department will maintain a wellness program that supports its members with proactive wellness resources, critical incident response, and follow-up support. 1032.3 WELLNESS COORDINATOR The Director of Public Safety should appoint a trained wellness coordinator. The coordinator should report directly to the Director of Public Safety or the authorized designee and should collaborate with advisers (e.g., Department of Human Resources, legal counsel, licensed psychotherapist, qualified health professionals), as appropriate, to fulfill the responsibilities of the position, including but not limited to: (a)Identifying wellness support providers (e.g., licensed psychotherapists, external peer support providers, physical therapists, dietitians, physical fitness trainers holding accredited certifications). 1.As appropriate, selected providers should be trained and experienced in providing mental wellness support and counseling to public safety personnel. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Wellness Program - 733 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Wellness Program 2.When practicable, the Department should not use the same licensed psychotherapist for both member wellness support and fitness for duty evaluations. (b)Developing management and operational procedures for department peer support members, such as: 1.Peer support member selection and retention. 2.Training and applicable certification requirements. 3.Deployment. 4.Managing potential conflicts between peer support members and those seeking service. 5.Monitoring and mitigating peer support member emotional fatigue (i.e., compassion fatigue) associated with providing peer support. 6.Using qualified peer support personnel from other public safety agencies or outside organizations for department peer support, as appropriate. (c)Verifying members have reasonable access to peer support or licensed psychotherapist support. (d)Establishing procedures for CISDs, including: 1.Defining the types of incidents that may initiate debriefings. 2.Steps for organizing debriefings. (e)Facilitating the delivery of wellness information, training, and support through various methods appropriate for the situation (e.g., phone hotlines, electronic applications). (f)Verifying a confidential, appropriate, and timely Employee Assistance Program (EAP) is available for members. This also includes: 1.Obtaining a written description of the program services. 2.Providing for the methods to obtain program services. 3.Providing referrals to the EAP for appropriate diagnosis, treatment, and follow- up resources. 4.Obtaining written procedures and guidelines for referrals to, or mandatory participation in, the program. 5.Obtaining training for supervisors in their role and responsibilities, and identification of member behaviors that would indicate the existence of member concerns, problems, or issues that could impact member job performance. (g)Assisting members who have become disabled with application for federal government benefits such as those offered through the Public Safety Officers' Benefits Program (34 USC § 10281 et seq.). 1.The coordinator should work with appropriate department liaisons to assist qualified members and survivors with benefits, wellness support, and counseling Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Wellness Program - 734 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Wellness Program services, as applicable, when there has been a member death (see the Line-of- Duty Deaths Policy for additional guidance). 1032.4 DEPARTMENT PEER SUPPORT 1032.4.1 PEER SUPPORT MEMBER SELECTION CRITERIA The selection of a department peer support member will be at the discretion of the coordinator. Selection should be based on the member's: •Desire to be a peer support member. •Experience or tenure. •Demonstrated ability as a positive role model. •Ability to communicate and interact effectively. •Evaluation by supervisors and any current peer support members. 1032.4.2 PEER SUPPORT MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES The responsibilities of department peer support members include: (a)Providing pre- and post-critical incident support. (b)Presenting department members with periodic training on wellness topics, including but not limited to: 1.Stress management. 2.Suicide prevention. 3.How to access support resources. (c)Providing referrals to licensed psychotherapists and other resources, where appropriate. 1.Referrals should be made to department-designated resources in situations that are beyond the scope of the peer support member's training. 1032.4.3 PEER SUPPORT MEMBER TRAINING A department peer support member should complete department-approved training prior to being assigned. 1032.5 CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS DEBRIEFINGS A Critical Incident Stress Debriefing should occur as soon as practicable following a critical incident. The coordinator is responsible for organizing the debriefing. Notes and recorded statements shall not be taken because the sole purpose of the debriefing is to help mitigate the stress-related effects of a critical incident. The debriefing is not part of any investigative process. Care should be taken not to release or repeat any communication made during a debriefing unless otherwise authorized by policy, law, or a valid court order. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Wellness Program - 735 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Wellness Program Attendance at the debriefing should only include peer support members and those directly involved in the incident. 1032.6 PEER SUPPORT COMMUNICATIONS Although the Department will honor the sensitivity of communications with peer support members, there is no legal privilege to such communications, unless authorized by law (e.g., peer support communications pursuant to a Law Enforcement Peer Support and Crisis Referral Service Program). 1032.7 PHYSICAL WELLNESS PROGRAM The coordinator is responsible for establishing guidelines for an on-duty physical wellness program, including the following: (a)Voluntary participation by members (b)Allowable physical fitness activities (c)Permitted times and locations for physical fitness activities (d)Acceptable use of department-provided physical fitness facilities and equipment (e)Individual health screening and fitness assessment (f)Individual education (e.g., nutrition, sleep habits, proper exercise, injury prevention) and goal-setting (g)Standards for fitness incentive programs. The coordinator should collaborate with the appropriate entities (e.g., human resources, legal counsel) to verify that any standards are nondiscriminatory (h)Maintenance of physical wellness logs (e.g., attendance, goals, standards, progress) (i)Ongoing support and evaluation 1032.8 WELLNESS PROGRAM AUDIT At least annually, the coordinator or the authorized designee should audit the effectiveness of the department's wellness program and prepare a report summarizing the findings. The report shall not contain the names of members participating in the wellness program, and should include the following information: •Data on the types of support services provided •Wait times for support services •Participant feedback, if available •Program improvement recommendations •Policy revision recommendations The coordinator should present the completed audit to the Director of Public Safety for review and consideration of updates to improve program effectiveness. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Wellness Program - 736 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Wellness Program 1032.9 TRAINING The coordinator or the authorized designee should collaborate with the Training Coordinator to provide all members with regular training on topics related to member wellness, including but not limited to: •The availability and range of department wellness support systems. •Suicide prevention. •Recognizing and managing mental distress, emotional fatigue, post-traumatic stress, and other possible reactions to trauma. •Alcohol and substance disorder awareness. •Countering sleep deprivation and physical fatigue. •Anger management. •Marriage and family wellness. •Benefits of exercise and proper nutrition. •Effective time and personal financial management skills. Training materials, curriculum, and attendance records should be forwarded to the Training Coordinator as appropriate for inclusion in training records. Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Wellness Program - 737 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Attachments Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Attachments - 738 Attachment Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Change Workflow.JPG Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Change Workflow.JPG - 739 Attachment Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Grievance Procedure (Reso 79-22).pdf Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Grievance Procedure (Reso 79-22).pdf - 740 Attachment Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual City Grievance Form.pdf Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety City Grievance Form.pdf - 741 CITY OF ROHNERT PARK FORMAL EMPLOYEE COMPLAINT FORM SECTION 1 – ADMINISTRATIVE 1. Name(s) of complainant(s): 2. Complainant job title(s): 3. City Department(s): 4. Statement of complaint(s): (Provide a clear statement of the nature of the complaint(s); cite any applicable ordinance, resolution, rule, regulation, or memorandum of agreement; and give the date(s) of event(s) giving rise to this (these) complaint(s).) 5. Solution sought: (Describe the action(s) you recommend to resolve this complaint.) 6. Informal procedure: (Provide the name(s) and job title(s) of the immediate supervisor(s) you met with to discuss this complaint and the date(s) of their decision concerning it.) 7. Employee organization(s): (Provide the name(s), if any, of employee organization(s) representing employees in the work unit(s) in which this complaint arose.) 8. Representation at proceedings. Until I (We) revoke this decision, I (we) will be represented in all complaint proceedings by: (Provide name, and if other than a complainant, include the representative’s business title, address, and telephone number.) 9. Signature(s) of complainant(s): Date: SECTION 2 – APPEAL TO INTERMEDIATE SUPERVISOR (STEP 2) 10. Filed with intermediate supervisor: Date Received By 11. Inappropriate level: No Intermediate Supervisor Waived: Date Signature of complainant(s) Signature of Intermediate Supervisor 12. Intermediate Supervisor’s decision and reasons: 13. Notification: (Returned to complainant(s) and employee organization(s) notified.) Date Signature Intermediate Supervisor SECTION 3 – APPEAL TO DEPARTMENT HEAD (STEP 3) 14. Filed with Department Head: Date Received By 15. Inappropriate level: Waived: Date Signatures complainant(s) ______________________________ Signature of Department Head 16. Complainant(s)’s comments on last decision: 17. Department Head’s decision and reasons: 18. Notification: (Returned to complainant(s) and employee organization(s) notified.) Date Signature of Department Head SECTION 4 – APPEAL TO CITY MANAGER (STEP 4) 19. Filed with the City Manager: Date Received By 20. Inappropriate level: Waived: Date Signatures complainant(s) ___________________________ Signature of City Manager 21. Complainant(s)’s comments on last decision: 22. City Manager’s decision and reasons: 23. Notification: (Returned to complainant(s) and employee organization(s) notified.) Date Signature of the City Manager SECTION 5 – APPEAL TO COMPLAINT APPEALS COMMITTEE (STEP 5) Select one of the following options: _____Option A: Layperson Committee; OR _____Option B: Arbitrator Committee; OR _____Option C: Arbitrator Only 24. Filed with the Personnel Office: Date Received By 25. Complainant(s)’s comments on last decision: 26. Complaint Appeals Committee’s or Arbitrator’s decision and reasons: 27. Case to be reviewed by Council: YES NO Date Personnel Office 28. Notification: (Returned to complainant(s) and employee organization(s) notified.) Date Personnel Office Signature 29. City Council review comments and reasons: 30. Notification: (Returned to complainant(s) and employee organization(s) notified.) Date Personnel Office Signature COMPLAINT FORM CONTINUATION SHEET Space for cases referred back to the Complaint Appeals Committee by the City Council and additional space for continuation of comments on previous pages. Use item number to key comments. Item No. Comments Attachment Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Hate Crime Checklist.pdf Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Hate Crime Checklist.pdf - 742 HATE CRIME CHECKLIST Page of Victim Type: Individual Legal name (Last, First): Other Names used (AKA): School, business or organization Name: Type: (e.g., non-profit, private, public school) Address: Faith-based organization Name: Faith: Address: Target of Crime (Check all that apply): Person Private property Public property Other Nature of Crime (Check all that apply): Bodily injury Threat of violence Property damage Other crime: Property damage - estimated value Type of Bias (Check all characteristics that apply): Disability Gender Gender identity/expression Sexual orientation Race Ethnicity Nationality Religion Significant day of offense (e.g., 9/11, holy days) Other: Specify disability (be specific): Actual or Perceived Bias – Victim’s Statement: Actual bias [Victim actually has the indicated characteristic(s)]. Perceived bias [Suspect believed victim had the indicated characteristic(s)]. If perceived, explain the circumstances in narrative portion of Report. Reason for Bias: Do you feel you were targeted based on one of these characteristics? Yes No Explain in narrative portion of Report. Do you know what motivated the suspect to commit this crime? Yes No Explain in narrative portion of Report. Do you feel you were targeted because you associated yourself with an individual or a group? Yes No Explain in narrative portion of Report. Are there indicators the suspect is affiliated with a Hate Group (i.e., literature/tattoos)? Yes No Describe in narrative portion of Report. Are there Indicators the suspect is affiliated with a criminal street gang? Yes No Describe in narrative portion of Report. Bias Indicators (Check all that apply): Hate speech Acts/gestures Property damage Symbol used Written/electronic communication Graffiti/spray paint Other: Describe with exact detail in narrative portion of Report. Relationship Between Suspect & Victim: Suspect known to victim? Yes No Nature of relationship: Length of relationship: If Yes, describe in narrative portion of Report Prior reported incidents with suspect? Total # Prior unreported incidents with suspect? Total # Restraining orders? Yes No If Yes, describe in narrative portion of Report Type of order: Order/Case# Weapon(s) used during incident? Yes No Type: Weapon(s) booked as evidence? Yes No Automated Firearms System (AFS) Inquiry attached to Report? Yes No POST 05/19 (Based on LAPD’s Hate Crime Supplemental Report, used with permission) HATE CRIME CHECKLIST Page of Witnesses present during incident? Yes No Statements taken? Yes No Evidence collected? Yes No Photos taken? Yes No Total # of photos: D#: Taken by: Serial #: Recordings: Video Audio Booked Suspect identified: Field ID By photo Known to victim VICTIM Tattoos Shaking Unresponsive Crying Scared Angry Fearful Calm Agitated Nervous Threatening Apologetic Other observations: SUSPECT Tattoos Shaking Unresponsive Crying Scared Angry Fearful Calm Agitated Nervous Threatening Apologetic Other observations: ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS (Explain all boxes marked "Yes" in narrative portion of report): Has suspect ever threatened you? Yes No Has suspect ever harmed you? Yes No Does suspect possess or have access to a firearm? Yes No Are you afraid for your safety? Yes No Do you have any other information that may be helpful? Yes No Resources offered at scene: Yes No Type: Victim Suspect Declined medical treatment Will seek own medical treatment Received medical treatment Authorization to Release Medical Information, Form 05.03.00, signed? Yes No Paramedics at scene? Yes No Unit # Name(s)/ID #: Hospital: Jail Dispensary: Physician/Doctor: Patient #: Officer (Name/Rank) Date Officer (Name/Rank) Date Supervisor Approving (Name/Rank) Date POST 05/19 Attachment Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Statutes and Legal Requirements.pdf Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Statutes and Legal Requirements.pdf - 743 19APPENDIX - STATUTES AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS Statutes and Legal Requirements Items listed in this section include sections from the California Penal Code (CPC), Welfare and Institutions Code (WI) and Government Code (GC). Definitions CPC 422.55 - Provides general definition of hate crimes in California. CPC 422.56- Provides definitions of terms included in hate crimes statutes. GC 12926- Disability-related definitions applicable to some hate crime statutes. Felonies Hate Crimes CPC 422.7 - Commission of a crime for the purpose of interfering with another’s exercise of civil rights. Related Crimes CPC 190.2(a)(16) - Homicide penalties related to certain hate crime related acts. CPC 190.03(a) - Homicide penalties related to certain hate crime related acts. CPC 288(b)(2) - Sexual assault of dependent person by caretaker CPC 368(b) - Dependent adult abuse generally - may apply as disability-related hate crime. CPC 594.3 - Vandalism of places of worship. CPC 11412 - Causing or attempting to cause other to refrain from exercising religion by threat. CPC 11413 - Arson or destructive device at place of worship. Misdemeanors Hate Crimes CPC 422.6 - Use of force, threats, or destruction of property to interfere with another’s exercise of civil rights. CPC 422.77 - Violation of civil order (Bane Act) protecting the exercise of civil rights Related Crimes CPC 302 - Disorderly conduct during an assemblage of people gathered for religious worship at a tax- exempt place of worship. CPC 538(c) - Unauthorized insertion of advertisements in newspapers and redistribution to the public. CPC 640.2 - Placing handbill, notice of advertisement on a consumer product or product packaged without authorization. CPC 11411 - Terrorism of owner or occupant of real property. Placement or display of sign, symbol, or other physical impression without authorization, engagement in pattern of conduct, or burning or desecration of religious symbols. CALIFORNIA COMMISSION ON PEACE OFFICER STANDARDS AND TRAINING20 Enhancements CPC 190.2(a)(16) - Special circumstances imposing the Death Penalty or Life Without Possibility of Parole, if the victim was intentionally killed because of sexual orientation, gender, or disability. CPC 190.3 - Special circumstances imposing LWOP if the victim was intentionally killed because of sexual orientation, gender, or disability. CPC 422.75 - Penalty for felony committed because of victim’s race, color, religion, nationality, country or origin, ancestry, disability, or sexual orientation shall be enhanced one, two, or three years in prison, if the person acts alone; and two, three, or four years if the person commits the act with another. CPC 1170.8 - Enhancement for robbery or assault at a place of worship. CPC 1170.85(b) - Felony assault or battery enhancement due to age or disability. Reporting CPC 13023- Requirement for law enforcement agencies to report hate crime data to DOJ. WI 15630 – Elder and Dependent Adult Abuse Mandated Reporting (may apply in disability-related hate crimes). Training and Policy Requirements CPC 422.87 - Hate crimes policy adoption and update requirements (AB 1985, Effective January 1, 2019). CPC 13519.6 - Defines hate crime training requirements for peace officers. CPC 13519.41 - Training requirements on sexual orientation and gender identity-related hate crimes for peace officers and dispatchers (AB 2504, Effective January 1, 2019). Miscellaneous Provisions CPC 422.78 - Responsibility for prosecution of stay away order violations. CPC 422.86 - Public policy regarding hate crimes. CPC 422.89 - Legislative intent regarding violations of civil rights and hate crimes CPC 422.92 - Hate crimes victims brochure requirement for law enforcement agencies. CPC 422.93 - Protection of victims and witnesses from being reported to immigration authorities. GC 6254 - Victim confidentiality. Attachment Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Supplemental Hate Crime Report-Agency.pdf Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Supplemental Hate Crime Report-Agency.pdf - 744 SUPPLEMENTAL HATE CRIME REPORT Page 1 of 2  Hate incident (No Crime Committed) Hate Crime (422.6 PC, 51.7 CC, 52.1 CC) VICTIM VICTIM TYPE  Individual Legal name (Last, First): ___________________________________________ Date and time of incident: ______________________________________________ Location of incident: ______________________________________________ Date and time of report: ______________________________________________ Location of report: ______________________________________________ Agency Case #: ______________________________________________ NATURE OF CALL FOR SERVICE (check all that apply)  Crime against persons  Crime against property  Gang activity  Other _____________________________________ Date of Birth Age Sex Race  School, business or organization Name: _____________________________________ Type: _____________________________________ (e.g., non-profit, private, public school)  Faith-based organization Name: _____________________________________ Faith: _____________________________________  Other Name: _____________________________________ Type: _____________________________________ Address: _____________________________________ BIAS TYPE OF BIAS (Check all characteristics that apply)  Disability  Gender  Gender identity/expression  Sexual orientation  Race  Ethnicity  Nationality  Religion  Significant day of offense (e.g., 9/11, holy days)  Association with a person or group with one or more of these characteristics (actual or perceived)  Other: ______________________________ ACTUAL OR PERCEIVED BIAS – VICTIM’S STATEMENT  Actual bias [Victim has the indicated characteristic(s)].  Perceived bias [Suspect believed victim had the indicated characteristic(s)]. REASON FOR BIAS: Do you feel you were targeted based on one of these characteristics?  Yes  No Do you know what motivated the suspect to commit this crime?  Yes  No Do you feel you were targeted because you associated yourself with an individual or a group?  Yes  No Are there indicators the suspect is affiliated with a Hate Group (i.e., literature/tattoos)?  Yes  No Are there Indicators the suspect is affiliated with a criminal street gang?  Yes  No BIAS INDICATORS (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY):  Hate speech  Acts/gestures  Property damage  Symbol used  Written/electronic communication  Graffiti/spray paint  Other: ___________________ SUPPLEMENTAL HATE CRIME REPORT Page 2 of 2 HISTORY SUSPECT INFORMATION Legal name (Last, First): ______________________________________________ Other Names used (AKA): ______________________________________________ RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SUSPECT & VICTIM Suspect known to victim:  Yes  No Nature of relationship: ______________________________________________ Length of relationship: ____________________________  Prior reported incidents with suspect: Total # _______ Prior unreported incidents with suspect:  Yes  No  Unknown Date of Birth Age Sex Race Relationship to Victim: ______________________________________________ WEAPONS/FORCE Weapon(s) used during incident?  Yes  No Type: ________________________________________ Force used during incident?  Yes  No Type: ________________________________________ EVIDENCE Witnesses present during incident?  Yes  No Statements taken?  Yes  No Evidence collected?  Yes  No Photos taken?  Yes  No Recordings:  Video  Audio  Booked Suspect identified:  Field ID  By photo/video  Known RESOURCES Resources offered at scene:  Yes  No  Marsy’s Law Handout  Hate Crimes Brochure  Other: ________________________________________ MEDICAL Victim Suspect Declined medical treatment Will seek own medical treatment Received medical treatment Injuries observed Completed by Date Name/Title/ID number Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual INDEX / TOPICS A ABBREVIATIONS............16 ACCOUNTABILITY TO SUPERVISOR...22 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Policy manual.............18 Policy revisions............19 ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATION...96 ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATIONS OIS..............96, 96, 96 OIS...............96, 96 Recorded media files.........392 ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE.......634 ADULT PROTECTIVE SERVICES.....157 AIRCRAFT Accidents..............433 Ambulance.............428 ALCOHOL...............614 ALCOHOL USE.............614 AMMUNITION Gun violence restraining order surrenders.309 ANIMAL CONTROL PROCEDURES....579 ANIMALS Line-of-duty deaths..........732 ANTI-REPRODUCTIVE RIGHTS CRIMES.261 APPOINTMENTS Communications supervisor.......538 Forfeiture reviewer..........490 Petty cash fund manager........527 Reserve coordinator..........244 ARRESTS First amendment assemblies.....413, 415 ASSET FORFEITURE..........487 Procedure..............488 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING Body-worn cameras..........390 Custodial interrogation.........476 OIS.................98 AUDITS Petty cash..............527 AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORS (AED).................429 B BADGE Mourning Badge...........691 BATON.................80 BETTING...............217 BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE Sexual assault............483 BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES.........281 BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES Hazards.............434, 720 BODY ARMOR.............642 BODY-WORN CAMERAS........390 BOMBS................350 Aircraft accidents...........434 BOMB THREATS............352 BREATH TEST.............463 BRIBE.................217 BUCCAL SWABS............281 C CANINE Handler Compensation.........135 CASH HANDLING, SECURITY AND MANAGEMENT............527 CHAPLAINS Line-of-duty deaths..........731 CHIEF EXECUTIVE...........13 CHILD ABUSE.............180 CHILDREN Transporting.............641 CITATIONS..............447 CIVIL Liability response...........98 CIVIL DISPUTES............409 CIVILIAN/NONSWORN Crisis intervention incidents.......425 CODE-3................123 COMMAND PROTOCOL.........22 COMMAND STAFF Policy review.............19 COMMENDATIONS AND AWARDS....654 COMMUNICABLE DISEASE Health orders.............327 COMMUNICABLE DISEASES......622 COMMUNICATIONS CENTER Crisis intervention incidents.......424 COMMUNICATIONS CENTER......537 COMMUNICATIONS WITH HEARING IMPAIRED OR DISABLED........269 COMPUTERS Digital evidence...........478 CONCEALED WEAPONS PERMITS Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Index - 745 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Retired Officers...........56 CONDUCT Meritorious.............654 CONDUCT UNBECOMING.......217 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION....219 CONFIDENTIALITY Communications center........542 Surreptitious recording........391 CONSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS...12 CONTROL DEVICES..........79 CONTROL DEVICES..........79 CONTROL DEVICES Decontamination...........623 CORRESPONDENCE..........46 COURT APPEARANCE.........239 COURT ORDERS Gun violence restraining order surrenders.309 Surreptitious recording........391 COURT ORDERS, CIVIL DISPUTES...409 COURTROOM ATTIRE.........241 COURTROOM PROTOCOL.......241 CRIME ANALYSIS...........536 CRIME SCENE............325 CRIMINAL ACTIVITIES........217 CRISIS INTERVENTION INCIDENTS...422 CUSTODIAL INTERROGATIONS....476 CUSTODIAN OF RECORDS.......573 D DAMAGE BY CITY PERSONNEL....232 DEADLY FORCE REVIEW........72 DEATH INVESTIGATION........255 DEATH NOTIFICATION........256 DEBRIEFING Tactical...............99 DEFECTIVE VEHICLES........515 DEFINITIONS.............16 DEPARTMENT OWNED PROPERTY...507 DEPARTMENT PROPERTY Loss Or Damage...........510 DEPENDENT ADULT.........157 DISABLED Motorist..............469 DISASTER PLAN............25 DISASTER SCENE...........325 DISCRIMINATION...........216 DISCRIMINATORY HARASSMENT Supervisor's Role..........176 DISGRACEFUL CONDUCT.......217 DISHONESTY.............217 DISOBEDIENCE............217 DISPARAGING REMARKS.......217 DISPUTED CLAIMS..........548 DNA SAMPLES............281 DRIVER'S LICENSE..........217 DRUG USE..............614 DUI ENFORCEMENT..........460 E ELECTRICAL LINES..........369 ELECTRONIC CIGARETTES......627 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN...25 EMERGENCY UTILITY.........369 ENFORCEMENT............446 EPINEPHRINE AUTO-INJECTORS....431 EVIDENCE Digital...............478 Seizing recordings..........420 EVIDENCE, BOMBS..........355 EXCESSIVE FORCE..........217 EXPLOSIONS.............354 EXPLOSIVES.............350 EXTENDED ILLNESS.........619 F FAILURE TO TAKE ACTION......217 FALSE STATEMENTS.........217 FALSIFICATION OF RECORDS.....217 FIDUCIARY ABUSE..........157 FIELD SOBRIETY TESTS........462 FIGHTING..............215 FIREARMS Qualification............104 FIREARMS Removal for vehicle maintenance....515 FIREARM SERIAL NUMBERS......558 FITNESS FOR DUTY..........656 FOOT PURSUIT............399 FORCE................72 FOREIGN DIPLOMATIC AND CONSULAR REPRESENTIVES...........356 G GAMBLING..............217 GRATUITY..............217 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE.......608 GROOMING STANDARDS.......672 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual - 746 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual H HAZARDOUS MATERIAL (HAZMAT) RESPONSE Aircraft accidents..........434 Precautions.............623 HAZARDS..............718 HEARING IMPAIRED.........269 HELICOPTER ASSISTANCE.......375 HIGH-VISIBILITY VESTS........447 HOMELESS..............407 HORSEPLAY.............215 I IDENTITY THEFT...........258 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY USE TECHNOLOGY USE..........227 INSPECTIONS Illness and injury prevention......719 Personal protective equipment.....719 Vehicles..............719 INSUBORDINATION..........217 J JURISDICTION Aircraft accidents..........434 JUVENILES Curfew...............154 Discipline.............154 K KINETIC PROJECTILES.........81 L LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY....262 LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY Communications center........540 M MANDATORY APPEARANCE......239 MANUALS...............25 MEAL PERIODS AND BREAKS.....659 MEDIA Aircraft accidents..........435 OIS................99 MEDIA RELATIONS..........92 MEDICAL Aircraft accidents..........433 Releases..............428 MENTAL ILLNESS Restraints.............333 MISAPPROPRIATION OF PROPERTY..217 MISUSE OF PUBLIC FUNDS......217 MOBILE AUDIO/VIDEO (MAV) OIS................98 MODIFIED-DUTY ASSIGNMENTS....700 N NOTIFICATIONS Aircraft accidents..........434 Cash................528 Impaired driving...........462 Sick leave.............619 O OATH OF OFFICE...........14 OC SPRAY...............80 OFFICER SAFETY Communications center......540, 541 Crime scene and disaster integrity....326 Occupational hazards.........718 Seat belts..............640 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE....21 OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT.......666 Change in Status...........668 Obtaining Approval.........666 Prohibited Outside Employment.....667 Security Employment.........667 OVERTIME PAYMENT.........664 P PATROL FUNCTION..........316 PEPPER PROJECTILES.........80 PEPPER SPRAY............80 PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS Sick leave.............620 PERSONAL APPEARANCE.......672 PERSONAL PROPERTY........507 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual - 747 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Loss Or Damage...........510 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT.522 PERSONNEL COMPLAINTS Portable audio/video review......392 PERSONNEL ORDER..........46 PHOTOGRAPHS Aircraft accidents..........435 PHYSICAL CONDITION........219 POLICY MANUAL...........15 POLITICAL ACTIVITIES........217 POLITICAL ACTIVITY.........710 POLITICAL ENDORSEMENTS......710 PRIVACY EXPECTATIONS Audio/video recordings........390 MDT/MDC.............389 PRIVATE PERSONS ARRESTS.....259 PROMOTIONAL PROCESS.......604 PROPERTY PROCEDURES.......543 Disputed Claims...........548 Property Booking..........543 Property Release...........547 PROTECTED INFORMATION Communications center........542 PUBLIC RECORDING OF LAW ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITY.......419 PUBLIC RECORD REQUEST......561 PUBLIC SAFETY VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 285 R RAPE KIT..............483 RAPID RESPONSE AND DEPLOYMENT.360 RECORDS BUREAU Administrative hearings........466 Impaired driving...........466 RECORDS RELEASE Child deaths............187 Subpoenas and discovery requests....564 RECORDS RETENTION Illness and injury prevention......720 Oath of office............14 Personal protective equipment.....525 REFLECTORIZED VESTS........447 REPORT CORRECTIONS........233 REPORTING POLICE ACTIVITY.....362 REPORT PREPARATION........230 REPORTS U visa and T visa certifications.....367 RESERVE OFFICERS/DEPUTIES.....243 Firearms Requirements........247 Training..............245 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION......523 RESPONSE TO CALLS.........123 RESTRAINTS.............333 RESTRICTED INFORMATION......236 RETIRED OFFICER CCW........56 REVIEWS Crisis intervention incidents......425 Policy manual............18 Portable audio/video.........392 Public records on social media.....305 RIDE-ALONG.............328 Eligibility.............328 ROLL CALL TRAINING........322 S SAFETY Communications center........537 First responder...........326 Inspections (occupations).......719 Personal protective equipment.....522 SAFETY EQUIPMENT First amendment assemblies......413 Seat belts..............640 SCHOOL EMPLOYEE REPORTING....279 SEARCH & SEIZURE..........145 SEARCHES Crime scene............326 Gun violence restraining orders.....309 SEARCHING Dead Bodies............256 SEAT BELTS.............640 SECURITY EMPLOYMENT.......667 SHIFT SUPERVISORS.........385 SKELLY PROCEDURE.........225 SMOKING AND TOBACCO USE.....627 SOCIAL MEDIA............303 SOCIAL NETWORKING........708 SPECIAL ORDER............24 STAF.................15 STAFFING LEVELS...........47 STANDBY..............239 SUBPOENAS.............239 Acceptance.............239 Civil Subpoenas...........241 Failure To Appear..........241 SUBPOENAS Records release and discovery requests..564 SUCCESSION OF COMMAND......22 T Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual - 748 Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual TATTOOS..............673 TEAR GAS...............80 TRAFFIC...............446 TRAFFIC FUNCTION..........446 TRAFFIC SIGNAL...........369 TRAINING AED...............430 Dispatcher.............542 Epinephrine auto-injector.......431 Hazardous materials.........720 Impaired driving...........466 Occupational safety.........720 Opioid medication..........430 Personal protective equipment.....526 Social media............305 TRAINING PLAN............27 TRAINING POLICY...........27 TRANSFER PROCESS.........604 U UNIFORM REGULATIONS.......675 UNITY OF COMMAND.........22 USE OF SOCIAL MEDIA........303 UTILITY SERVICE...........369 V VEHICLE MAINTENANCE.......515 VEHICLES Impound hearings..........458 VICTIM WITNESS...........201 W WARNING SHOTS...........106 WASHING OF VEHICLES........516 WATER LINES............369 Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2025/09/29, All Rights Reserved. Published with permission by Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Rohnert Park Department of Public Safety Policy Manual - 749